Upload
others
View
1
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
A FRAMEWORK FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN THE EKURHULENI DISTRICT
AKOCK
Mini-dissertation submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree Master in Business Administration at the North-West University Potchefstroom
Campus
Supervisor Dr SP van der Merwe
December 2008 Potchefstroom
1
ABSTRACT
With nearly half of its population living in conditions of extreme poverty caused by
high unemployment rate the economic realities of South Africa are harsh And yet
the promise of sustainable development remains bright By creating economic
growth South African entrepreneurs are proving to be at the heart of that promise
and a key weapon in the fight against poverty (Mboweni 20001)
Small and medium enterprises (SMEs) and entrepreneurship form therefore
important parts of any national economy Governments have increasingly recognised
the importance of SMEs and entrepreneurship development It is now widely
recognised that a facilitative or enabling support programmes and the appropriate
regulatory environment is crucial to the development of small and medium
enterprises However programmes aimed at supporting SME and entrepreneurship
development tend to be gender neutral Womens economic potential may thus
remain under-utilised with attendant macro-economic consequences
Although limited research was focused on this topic in South Africa international
research has shown that women face a number of difficulties in establishing and
maintaining businesses Although most of these difficulties are common to both
genders in many cases they tend to be more significant for female entrepreneurs
(Edwards 2001 45) This is due to factors such as gender discrimination and
stereotypes differences in the way women and men approach entrepreneurship
difficulties in reconciling business and family obligations the choice of business types
and sectors information gaps lack of contacts and access to networking
Women entrepreneurship is still in its infancy in South Africa and only recently did the government start to focus on this dynamic field of high importance The Department of Trade and Industry (dti) has over the last few years tried to undertake a range of initiatives to promote and support the economic empowerment of women
I
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its
infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni
attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come
the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment
with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
The objective of this study was the compiling of a framework for the development of
women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district A survey of 80 women
entrepreneurs was conducted A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in
Ekurhuleni was compiled from empirical research The biographical information of the
female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned
businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the
views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the
motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up
phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support
needs of the female entrepreneur
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni district are complex and
calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of
services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result
addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
In the light of above and the research results a development framework was
compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
11
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I would like to express my gratitude to everyone who made it possible to complete this
dissertation First I extend great thanks to Professor Stephan van der Merwe my
dissertation advisor for his patients and considerable mentoring His advice and support
were essential to the successful completion of this research
Secondly thanks to all the women entrepreneurs that made time in their busy schedules
to participate in this study Your effort is greatly appreciated
Lastly and most importantly I would like to extend my heartfelt gratitude to my family and
friends for their love and support through the hard times and above all teaching me to
expect only the best from myself
111
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABSTRACT j
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS jjj
TABLE OF CONTENTS jv
LIST OF FIGURES viii
LIST OF TABLES ix
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY 1
11 INTRODUCTION 1
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT 4
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 6
131 Primary Objective 6
132 Secondary objectives 6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 7
141 Field of Study 7
142 Geographical 7
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 8
151 Literature review 8
152 Empirical research 9
1521 Research design 10
1522 Sampling frame 11
1523 Sampling method 11
1524 Questionnaire design 12
1525 Verification of questionnaire 14
1526 Distribution of questionnaires 15
1527 Data analysis 15
16 LIMITATIONS TO THE STUDY 15
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY 16
IV
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN 19
ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION 19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 20
121 South African employment 20
222 South African economy trajectory 22
223 Reasons for unemployment 24
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA 27
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship 27
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) 29
233 Government strategy 31
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI 38
241 Ekurhuleni demographic 38
242 Ekurhuleni economics 40
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure 41
25 SUMMARY 46
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP 47
31 INTRODUCTION 47
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY 47
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP 50
331 Motivation 52
332 Opportunity identification 54
333 Type of business started 55
334 Venture size 56
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs 56
336 Growth strategies 59
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT 60
35 SUMMARY 65
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 67
41 INTRODUCTION 67
42 GATHERING OF DATA 67
421 Development and construction of questionnaire 67
v
422 Data collection 69
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS 71
431 Age group description of respondents 71
432 Marital status of respondents 72
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
434 Number of children 74
435 Age group description of children 75
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES 77
441 Number of permanent employees 77
442 Turnover of business 78
443 Economic sector of operation 79
444 Legal status of business 81
445 Business premises 82
446 Age of business 83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP 84
451 Path to business ownership 84
452 Previous employment experience 85
453 Years self employed 86
454 Source of start-up funding 87
455 Role models 88
456 First ownership 89
46 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS 90
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors 90
462 Ekurhuleni support 93
463 Obstacles to business start-up 94
464 Obstacles currently faced in business 96
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS 98 48 SUMMARY 99
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 101
51 INTRODUCTION 101
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 101
521 Biographical information results 102
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results 102
VI
523 Path to ownership results 102
524 Motivational factors to self employment result 102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni 103
526 Obstacles to business start-up results 103
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results 103
528 Support need results 104
53 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY 113
55 SUGGESTIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 114
56 SUMMARY 115
BIBLIOGRAPHY 117
APPENDIX A - W O M E N ENTREPRENEURSHIP QUESTIONNAIRE 131
vu
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni metropolitan
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former east Rand) region
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007I
Figure 31 Framework for the support of women entrepreneurship activity
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in
Ekurhuleni
LIST OF TABLES
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006 3
Table 21 Key labour market indicators 21
Table 22 South African projectory indicators 28
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa 32
Table 24 Small business support institutions 34
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks 37
Table 26 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics 39
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship theory 49
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurship 51
Table 41 Age group description of respondents 71
Table 42 Marital status of respondents 72
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
Table 44 Number of children of respondents 75
Table 45 Age group description of children 76
Table 46 Number of permanent employees 77
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business 79
Table 48 Economic sector of operation 80
Table 49 Legal status of business 81
Table 410 Business premises 82
Table 411 Age of business 83
Table 412 Path to business ownership 84
Table 413 Previous employment experience 85
Table 414 Years self employed 87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding 88
Table 416 Role models 89
Table 417 First ownership 90
Table 418 women entrepreneurship motivation factors 91
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support
this district is providing to their business operations 93
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up 95
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business 97
IX
Table 422 Support needs of respondents 98
x
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY
11 INTRODUCTION
In the year 2000 the largest gathering of world leaders in human history signed an agreement committing to achieve measurable improvements in the most critical areas of human development This agreement came to be called the Millennium Development Goals and it contained an important commitment to halve poverty by the year 2015 Now eight years after the Millennium Summit we better understand three important facts (United Nations 2008 1)
bull Poverty alleviation goals will not be achieved without sustainable economic growth in the developing world
bull This economic growth will rely in large part on the success of the private sector
bull Private sector development must touch all segments of the economy including the micro enterprise and SME sectors
The hypothesis that entrepreneurship is linked to economic growth finds Its most immediate foundation in simple intuition common sense and pure economic observation activities to convert ideas into economic opportunities lie at the very heart of entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a source of innovation and change and as such spurs improvements in productivity and economic competitiveness
With nearly half of its population living in conditions of extreme poverty caused by high unemployment rate the economic realities of South Africa are harsh And yet the promise of sustainable development remains bright By creating economic growth South African entrepreneurs are proving to be at the heart of that promise and a key weapon in the fight against poverty (Mboweni 2000 1)
1
No economically successful country can operate using less than half of its business
resources According to the latest labour force survey and mid year population estimates
released by Statistics South Africa women in South Africa currently make up 518
percent of South Africas adult population 439 percent of the workforce 566 percent of
the unemployed and 525 percent of the working age population (Statistics South Africa
2008 3) But unfortunately their contribution has not been adequately nurtured
Although limited research was focused on this topic in South Africa international
research has shown that women face a number of difficulties in establishing and
maintaining businesses Although most of these difficulties are common to both
genders in many cases they tend to be more significant for female entrepreneurs
(Edwards 2001 45) This is due to factors such as
bull Gender discrimination and stereotypes
bull Differences in the way women and men approach entrepreneurship
bull Difficulties in reconciling business and family obligations
bull The choice of business types and sectors
bull Information gaps
bull Lack of contacts and access to networking
Women entrepreneurship is still in its infancy in South Africa and only recently did the
government start to focus on this dynamic field of high importance The Department of
Trade and Industry (dti) has over the last few years tried to undertake a range of
initiatives to promote and support the economic empowerment of women These include
the holding of a number of conferences the establishment of the South African
Womens Empowerment Network and commissioning of studies looking at the internal
operations and external impact of both the Department of Trade and Industry and its
associated institutions from a gender perspective (Department of Trade and Industry
2008 1) Unfortunately these government activities did not shed or lighten any problems
that woman entrepreneurs are still facing today as South Africa is still not placed
favourable against other international countries in regards to entrepreneurship as
2
indicated by the 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) report (Maas amp
Herrington 2006 24)
The GEM is a research programme launched in 1999 that provides annual assessments
of the national level of entrepreneurship GEM analyses are based on a harmonised
assessment of the level of national entrepreneurial activity for the participating countries
and represent one of the rare sources of data on entrepreneurship conducive to crossshy
country comparison The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share
of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a
new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old According to the GEM
report 2006 (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) South Africa is placed 30th out of 42
participant countries as indicated in table 11 The table furthermore indicate that South
Africas position on the global ranking continues to deteriorate relative to other
participating countries This is despite improved macro-economic conditions in the
country
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006
South Africas TEA ranking
2001 14m out of 28 countries
2002 20m out of 37 countries
2003 22nd out of 31 countries
2004 20m out of 34 countries
2005 25th out of 34 countries
2006 30m out of 42 countries
Source Maas amp Herrington (200624)
Currently the global average for female entrepreneurship is standing at seven point
seven percent of the population South African women are however currently
performing at just four point eight percent (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) Almost three
percent lower than the global average indicating that considerable scope exists to
improve the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
3
Therefore a great need for a conceptual framework in the context of women entrepreneurship development must be look into This kind of framework will contribute to an unlimited advantage and sustainable growth for the South African economy
The South African National Small Business Act (1996) and National Small Business Amendment Bill (292004 2) classify micro very small small and medium-sized businesses as businesses that employ less than 200 full-time equivalent of paid employees
The focus of this study was thus small and medium-sized women owned businesses as
define above
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT
Research on women entrepreneurship remains limited in the South African context and
this has a direct influence on the formulation and implementation of policies and support
programmes that could be one of the main causes of South Africas current poor
performance in regards to female entrepreneurship activity
But in order to develop appropriate interventions to promote women entrepreneurs in
South Africa and therefore create a sustaining and entrepreneurial environment in the
country it is necessary first to understand more about them
This study will focus on enhancing the understanding of the profile of the woman entrepreneur through examining the contextual social psychological and economic factors that influence and shape the woman entrepreneur in a complex dynamic environment
Womens entrepreneurship needs to be studied separately for four main reasons
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
4
Firstly because womens entrepreneurs has been recognised during the last decade as
an important untapped source of economic growth Women creating unique solutions to
management business problems and exploitation of entrepreneurial opportunities
necessities this field of study As a result women represent a readily available pool of
potential entrepreneurial activity that countries may leverage to improve their economies
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
Secondly although without a doubt the economic impact of women is significant little
substantial research was done on this field Leaving unventured ground for further
research The topic of women in entrepreneurship has been largely neglected both in
society in general and in the social sciences (Organisation for economic co-operation
and development 2004 5)
Thirdly according to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(2004 5) not only do women participate less in entrepreneurship than men but will also
participate in entrepreneurial activities in other industries than those of their male
counterparts The industries (primarily retail education and other service industries)
chosen by women are often perceived as being less important to economic development
and growth than high-technology and manufacturing
It is thus clear that scientific research on women entrepreneurship is important to gain
knowledge on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs in order to make
recommendations
Lastly current support policies and programmes do not take into consideration the
unique needs of woman entrepreneurs sketching an unequal playing field and resulting
in a bias towards male entrepreneurs
From the worlds largest producer of gold a century ago the geographical area known
as the Ekurhuleni has become an entity of note in a globally competitive business and
industry Leaving ambient source of entrepreneurial opportunities not currently utilised to
5
full potential The study will therefore also aim to lessen this gap in the development of
women entrepreneurs in this dynamic district by developing a contextual framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship specifically in Ekurhuleni
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY
This study is based on both a primary objective and secondary objectives
131 Primary objective
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
132 Secondary objectives
In order to achieve the primary objective the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a South African context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
141 Field of the study
This study focused on the major discipline of entrepreneurship with the specific emphasis on women entrepreneurship
142 Geographical
Ekurhuleni comprised of nine towns of the former East Rand namely Greater Alberton Benoni Germiston Springs Kempton Park Edenvale Nigel Brakpan and Boksburg Refer to figure 11 for a map of the region
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
7
Ekurhuleni is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region
Ekurhuleni is a Tsonga word and can loosely be translated as the place of peace It denotes a place with plentiful opportunities for any enthusiastic entrepreneur but not to the avail of some unique challenges forfeiting by this diverse region
This study therefore determined what unique challenges specifically woman
entrepreneurs are facing while venturing into this dynamic environment
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
151 Literature study
A study of the literature involves tracing identifying and analysing documents containing information relating to the research problem (Struwig amp Stead 2001 38)The main aim of the literature study was first of all is to gain a body of knowledge regarding woman entrepreneurship and geographical aspects where after this knowledge was formulated into a comprehensive understanding of current elements associated to women entrepreneurs This understanding was utilised in the design of the questionnaire for the empirical study
Other advantages to the literature study (Struwig amp Stead 2001 39)
bull The literature study can provide a perspective on the study
bull The literature study can highlight previous investigations pertinent to the research
topic and indicate how other researchers have dealt with similar research problems
in similar situations
bull It can reveal unfamiliar sources of information
8
bull Can stimulate new ideas and approaches
bull It can provide a framework for the evaluation and assessment of future work
Various sources of secondary data including the following was studied and applied to
this study
bull Scientific journals
bull Text books
bull Reports from the Department of Trade and Industry (dti) of South Africa
bull Other dissertations and thesis on entrepreneurship
bull Statistical reports from Statistics South Africa
bull Environmental reports
Sources accessed and retrieved were used to write the literature review covering two
chapters The aim with chapter two was to provide background information to the study
in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise
development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the
South African economy
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
152 Empirical study
Empirical research activities contribute to casual understanding by investigating
relationships between scores obtained from cases on measure of concepts (Schwab
1999 3)
9
Three activities are needed to conduct empirical research
bull Measurement Measurement activities are aimed at obtaining scores on
measurement that correspond to the concepts studied
bull Research design Research design establishes procedures to obtain participants
and to determine how scores are obtained on measures
bull Analyses Analysis are performed to describe scores on single measures and
especlaWy to identify relationships that may exist between scores across different
measures
1521 Research design
The data on female-owned businesses are limited and the need for further research on female entrepreneurs has been identified as long ago as the early 1980s Most international studies on female entrepreneurs suffered from limitations that preluded their generalisation (ONeill amp Viljoen 200137)
Due to the incompleteness of current literature available on the subject of women entrepreneurship quantitative methods was utilised in combination with current available literature to formulate questions established during the study A hypothesis was therefore not formulated due to the exploratory nature of this study
As a component to the explorative nature of the study a survey of female entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni was conducted Survey research can be described as the gathering and scrutiny of responses from samples of people to polls and questionnaires that are designed to draw out their opinions attitudes and sentiments on a particular subject (Wrong 2007 1)
The survey instrument utilised in the study was a standardised questionnaire This questionnaire was administered either as interview schedule in face to face interviewing or was handed to participants to complete by themselves
10
For the purpose of the study the unit of analysis was the individual
The general mode of analysis used in this research is the one referred to as explanation building Explanation building points out that to explain a phenomenon is to stipulate a set of causal links about it In the context of approaches such as these sets of causal links are typically seen as being among the basic elements of a theoretical framework (Campbell 2004 22)
1522 Sampling frame
The sampling frame can be defined as the list of ultimate sampling entities and must be representative of the population and this is a question outside the scope of statistical theory demanding the judgment of experts in the particular subject matter being studied (Bartlett Kotrlik amp Higgins 2001 44)
The sampling frame identified for this study included all women entrepreneurs that owned small and medium-size businesses in Ekurhuleni This could include women entrepreneurs in the start-up phase of their respective business as well as established businesses owned by women
1523 Sampling method
The unavailability of a women owned business database in Ekurhuleni prompted this
review to make use of a hybrid mix of two types of sampling methods for this study
Firstly a convenience sampling method was chosen due to the accessibility and articulation of the sampling frame as well as the sufficiently homogeneous (similar) universe
Secondly Snowball sampling is a special non-probability method used when the desired
sample characteristic is rare While this technique can dramatically lower search costs it
11
comes at the expense of introducing bias because the technique itself reduces the
likelihood that the sample will represent a good cross section from the population
1524 Questionnaire design
The realm of survey research includes concepts and strategies that enable the researcher to accumulate data concerning the attitudes opinions and knowledge of a population or sample
One of the most potent survey research tools is the questionnaire which can be administered directly by telephone through the mail or used as structure in a face to face interview Because a questionnaire allows a researcher to gather data conveniently from large samples it is a useful tool to collect and analyse data from groups that may be affected by changes in professional practice or education
Unfortunately many questionnaires contain major flaws that render them incomprehensible to respondents or do not collect the intended data If a questionnaire is incomprehensible to the recipient it is unlikely to be returned a questionnaire that does not gather valid information does not allow the researcher to address the research problem being studied
A researchers attention to several fundamental principles for developing a questionnaire
greatly enhances the likelihood that valid and reliable data will be gathered
Generally the term validity refers to the ability of an instrument to measure actually what the researcher intends to measure Reliability refers to the consistency of a questionnaire in gathering data Optimally each time an individual responds to an item he or she should choose the same response Thus carefully developed questionnaires tend to gather data that accurately represent the knowledge attitudes or opinions of the respondents and address the researchers research problem
12
As a tool to collect data the questionnaire has advantages and limitations that must be taken into account
The main advantages of using a questionnaire are the following
bull Data are gathered economically because the cost for each completed response is low
bull Distributional flexibility is provided because the questionnaire can be sent almost anywhere
bull Data can be gathered from a large number of subjects
bull The data gathered can be standardised especially if an item requires a response from a group of choices provided by the researcher
bull The process is time efficient because it generally involves less of the researchers time to gather data in comparison with an equivalent number of interviews
The main limitations of a questionnaire are the following
bull The subjects motivation while completing a questionnaire is unknown
bull Data cannot be gathered from subjects who are illiterate
bull The researcher must assume all subjects have sufficient knowledge to complete the
questionnaire
bull The researcher must assume that all subjects are willing to answer all questions
bull All subjects who receive questionnaires may not complete and return them
bull Questionnaires do not allow follow-up questions such as an interviewer may pose to
clarify a given response
bull Although each subject receives the same items in a questionnaire test conditions
cannot be standardised
bull Subjects may not interpret items contained in a questionnaire in the same manner
Perceptions of what an item asks may differ
13
After carefully reviewing the advantages and limitations of using a questionnaire for a
particular study a researcher must decide if the advantages outweigh the limitations
Keeping the above advantages and disadvantages in mind this review followed the
below nine step plan in the questionnaire design process
bull Step one (1) Identify the problem to be studied
bull Step two (2) Translate the problem into a testable form
bull Step three (3) Determine what data must be collected and analysed
bull Step four (4) Identify sources where data can be obtained
bull Step five (5) Describe how data will be gathered
bull Step six (6) Decide on input method
bull Step seven (7) Construct questionnaire in an understandable format
bull Step eight (8) Verification of questionnaire
bull Step nine (9) Distribution
The questionnaire design was two folded This review made use of selection based
questions where more than one answer could be marked Another method employed
was the use of a seven point Likert scale
In the arena of social sciences Likert scale is a popular instrument to measure
constructs such as attitudes images and opinions To facilitate data analysis each
response category on the scale is generally assigned successively an integer value The
questionnaire requests respondents to specify their level of agreement to each of a list
of statements
1525 Verification of questionnaires
The questionnaire was pretested by fellow students at the Potchefstroom Business
School to test the accuracy precision and statistical usefulness of the questionnaire
prior to study
14
After the completion of the pretest a pilot phase was conducted by selecting women
entrepreneurs from a target population and simulates the procedures and protocol that will take place during the actual study The questionnaire was adapted accordance to any problems accounted during the verification process
1526 Distribution of questionnaires
Various options for questionnaire distribution are available to researches Questionnaire can be distributed either by post e-mail fax or directly delivered to participants This review made use of e-mail and direct delivery as to reduce the time frame for returns
1527 Data analysis
Descriptive statistics was used to obtain baseline data Data from questionnaires was coded The data collected were statistically analysed using Statistica (Statsoft 2008) Advanced statistical procedures were utilised to investigate and transform data to useful outputs such as frequency tables These frequency tables were used to make conclusions and provide recommendations to the development of the women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni
16 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY
This review has identified the following limitations of the study
bull The primary limitations of the study were possible threats to internal validity through (1) size of the sample (2) lack of randomisation The findings of this research can thus not be generalised to all women-owned enterprises in Ekurhuleni South Africa or the world
bull Academic articles on women business owners are still rare and mainstream entrepreneurship journals pay little attention to gender issues The discrepancy
15
between achievements in business ownership and lack of attention to them poses a
paradox
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY
The figure below depicts a simplified process through which this research will
predicatively flow It began with a choice of a broad research area progressed through
the formulation of a well defined and delimited research problem and the development of
an appropriate methodology This step will follow with the research proposal
Note the two headed arrows between each stage of the process indicating the cyclical nature of research planning After each step is completed it might be necessary to alter or rework previous steps to supply structure to the study
The research study is divided into six chapters
Chapter 1 Nature and scope of the study
Chapter 1 serves to orientate the reader to a paradigm perspective to the study This
chapter includes aspects such as the problem statement objectives of the study scope
of the study research methodology limitations of the study and the layout of the study
Chapter 2 and 3 Literature review
These chapters forms part of the literature review from which the research problem was
developed
The aim with chapter two is to provide background information to the study in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the South African economy
16
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
IDEA OR BROAD TOPIC AREA x WELL DEFINED AND DELIMITED RESEARCH PROBLEM
RESEARCH PROPOSAL
TMPERICAL STUDY
X HPR(
X t
TER2and3)
DATA COLLECTION
SAMPLING DESIGN
vfhL V
B^^^^Ji^^lWETATIIOfCsectlaquot^5)
Source Botha (2006)
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
17
Chapter 4 Results and discussion of empirical research
In chapter four a full exposition of the research design and analysis is offered This
empirical research chapter contains the following topics questionnaire design study
population gathering of data presentation of results and discussion of findings
The main purpose of the empirical research chapter is to display the findings in a clear and accessible manner The researcher made use of tables to illustrate the findings
Chapters Conclusions and recommendations
The body of information in this chapter portrays the following topics the conclusion recommendations achievement of the objectives and suggestions for further research
18
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION
According to Zahra Ireland Gutierrez and Hitt (2000 518) much has been discussed and written about the need for entrepreneurial development as an important force for economic development The reality is however that entrepreneurship as a possible economic activity is still not well recognised and poorly supported (Hitt Dacin Levitas Arregle amp Borza 2000 453)
Revivo-Steiner (2006 1) indicates that research findings have shown a high positive correlation between the level of national womens entrepreneurial activity and growth in Gross Domestic Product (GDP) suggesting that countries that are successful in promoting entrepreneurship among women could experience a positive impact on economic growth rates A refreshing new approach to entrepreneurship by women emphasises relative advantages of women and how they can be leveraged into entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a dynamic field particularly as it relates to the experience of women entrepreneurs (Kouriloff 2000 60)
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 10) are of the opinion that in common with other developed economies the number of women starting up new businesses in South Africa far exceeds the number of men Since the 1970s more women especially married women have become involved in the full-time workforce With the overall growth in the number of women in full-time work there has been a commensurate increase in the number of women starting their own businesses and hence an increase in the number of potential women entrepreneurs (Department of Trade and Industry (dti) 2001 2) The purpose of this literature study is to embed a research setting as to emphasise the need for the current study
19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Since the advent of democracy in 1994 South Africas economy has been undergoing
tremendous structural transformation The 2008 Organisation for Economic Coshy
operation and Development (OECD) economic survey focused entirely on this economic
metamorphosis and a number of broad factor changes have been isolated in the report
The OECD (2008 2) is of the opinion that before 1994 the economy was wracked by
long years of internal conflict and external sanctions Post 1994 brought forward an era
of considerable government populism in an effort to boost short term growth According
to the OECD (2008 2) this has resulted in public finances being stabilised inflation was
brought down foreign capital was attracted in growing amounts and economic growth
improved greatly
221 South African employment
Despite this macroeconomic prudence which has fostered fiscal and external
sustainability the OECD (2008 3) is of the opinion that some very serious weaknesses
in the economic record to date persist especially as regards to unemployment
inequality and poverty
Levels of poverty and unemployment in South Africa are critically high despite the
countrys status as an upper middle income country According to Mohr and Fourie
(2000 121) unemployment is arguably the most important and vexing problem facing
the South African economy and its governance The problem is that the economy is
currently unable to absorb productively all the current labour force or all the increment to
the labour force The public and private sectors have also been shedding labour in
response to economic imperatives of the domestic and global circumstances (Koller
2006 6) Accordingly more and more people are taking the route to informal sector
entrepreneurship (Mahadea 2008 5) As unemployment causes the unemployed to
20
suffer mental and physical hardship it poses a serious threat to social and political
stability (Mohr amp Fourie 2000 121)
In its starkest terms the issue of unemployment is depicted in Table 21 The latest
Quarterly Labour Force Survey (QLFS) conducted by Statistics South Africa released
in August 2008 measured the unemployment rate at 231 percent Out of a population of
30 705 000 (15-64 years) the labour force was measured at 17 844 000 Employment
stood at 13 729 000 and not economically active participants at 12 861 000 (Statistics
South Africa (QLFS) 2008 3)
Table 21 Key labour market indicators
April - June 2008
Thousands
Population 15-64 years 30 705
Labour force 17 844
Employed 13 729
Formal sector (Non-agriculture) 9415
Informal sector (Non-agriculture) 2340
Agriculture 790
Private households 1185
Unemployed 4114
Not economically active 12861
Discouraged work-seekers 1079
Other (not economically active) 11783
Rate () Unemployment rate 231
Employedpopulation ratio (Absorption) 447
Labour force participation rate 581
Source Statistic South Africa (2008 7)
21
Unemployment in South Africa was not always so high At the time of democratic
transition in 1994 unemployment was substantially lower than it is today (Banerjee
Galiani Levinsohn McLaren amp Woolard 2007 3) Banerjee et al (2007 3) state that
unemployment was fairly low through the 1970s although data limitations prelude
certainty They also indicated that during a nationally representative survey conducted
just before the 1994 transition the unemployment was measured at 13 percent By the
end of the decade unemployment jumped to 30 percent before starting to decline
slightly
Frey (2006 1) are of the opinion that taking in consideration that it is a middle-income
developing country two aspects of South Africas employment trends are striking
bull The first relates to the small and declining proportion of public sector employment
Public sector employment has shrunk as a result of governments restrictive fiscal
stance as well as its desire to improve efficiency in the public service In terms of its
fiscal stance the South African government has sought to release funds from current
to capital expenditure Moving away from a very substantial personnel budget
towards greater investment in infrastructure
bull The second unusual feature is the small proportion of non-formal employment The
non-formal economy does appear to have grown quite substantially since the mid-
1990s but has stagnated since 2000 and that the dynamics underpinning the growth
of the non-formal economy are poorly understood
222 South African economy trajectory
It is important to begin by outlying the character of South Africas economic development
trajectory during the past 50 years as this provides the context within which the demand
for labour and its skill composition is determined This trajectory analysis should
however be approach with caution due to several factors
22
bull Labour market data in South Africa is cause of some concern Data collected during
Apartheid and in the early post-apartheid period are problematic for various reasons
such as differing sampling non-coverage of former homelands1 in some surveys and
small samples (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
bull Kingdon and Knight (2005 2) explains further that the comparability of the data over
time is undermined both by changing questions between the various surveys
particularly as between the October Household Surveys (OHS) and Labour Force
Survey (LFS) and according to Casale and Posel (2002 170) by changes in the
way employment and unemployment are derived from the questions in the different
surveys
bull Another controversy in regards to unemployment data that are also needed to be
mentioned are the fact that because population estimates change at every census a
re-estimation of recent statistics need to be done after each five year revision of the
weights that have cause differences in the data (Chandra amp Nganou 2001 14) The
definition of the informal sector has also changed in 1997 also leading to differences
in data making comparability difficult (Devey Skinner amp Valodia 2002 5)
bull Lastly labour market data display some inexplicable large fluctuations For instance
employment figures rise sharply (by 104 percent) in a single year between 1998 and
1999 employment in subsistence agriculture rose and dipped over 1999- 2001 and
there are large fluctuations from year to year in the numbers employed in the
informal sector on a comparable definition between 1997 and 2002 (Bhorat 2002 5)
It is thus hazardous to make categorical statements about labour market changes over
time in South Africa This hazard is somewhat reduced if one takes a longer term view
than to look at year-on-year changes Nevertheless the purpose of this review is
intended not to be seen as an accurate reflection of specific labour market numbers but
rather as a description of broad labour market trends (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
23
223 Reasons for unemployment
In the case of the South African economy voluminous research was conducted in regard to the reasons for the high unemployment currently straining the country (Lewis 2002 733 Edwards 2001 48 Bhorat amp Hodge 1999 362 Devey etai 2002 6 Mayer amp Altman 2005 45) Therefore this review will attempt to briefly touch on certain elements of this research by looking into the trajectory development of the South African economy
Mayer and Altman (2005 45) are of the opinion that the primary cause of unemployment in South Africa is the capital-intensity that historically characterized the minerals economy and globalisation more recently Altman (2001 314) states that resource extraction has been the central driver of South Africas economic development Ostensson and Uwizeye-Mapendano (2000 4) argue that as a minerals economy South Africas industrial development has been driven by all the attendant complications associated with a resource curse
In general minerals economies tend to grow and experience structural shifts more slowly than non-minerals exporters (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34) These economies also tend to have a more capital-intensive structure of production This is explained by a number of characteristics that are common to these economies
Edwards (2001 45) are of the opinion that most developing countries go through a phase of low-wage low-productivity manufacturing development that has the impact of mopping up the labour surplus The pattern of development experienced by labour surplus developing economies usually follows a familiar path where underproductive labour moves off the farms and into labour-intensive manufacturing traded sectors (Lewis 2002 731) As there is a labour surplus wages are low and the sectors can therefore be highly competitive internationally Lewis (2002 731) goes further by explaining that only once there is a tighter labour market do wages begin to rise and the economy moves into the development of more capital and skill intensive industries and
24
the emphasis on labour-intensive traded sectors is a necessary step in an economy that
is capital and foreign exchange constrained
Altman (2001 314) is of the opinion that the more successful newly industrialised countries are those that simultaneously invested in human capital development so that the skills base developed alongside these structural shifts
In contrast minerals economies such as South Africa tend to leapfrog from the resource
base into the development of heavy and chemicals industries bypassing the
development stage of labour intensive manufacturing and this is made possible by the
large surpluses generated from resource extraction (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34)
Devey et al (2006 6) goes further by explaining that consequently the mass creation of jobs in labour intensive traded sectors is less viable in a context of high domestic cost structures Overvalued exchange rates caused by minerals exports earnings render labour intensive agricultural and manufactured exports uncompetitive Job creation is not a requirement of manufacturing development as it is in developing economies that do not have ready access to capital and foreign exchange (Devey et alr 2006 6)
Lewis (2002 733) is therefore of the opinion that the benefits of the minerals economy
do not tend to spread widely and high levels of income inequality and unemployment
result since heavy and chemicals industries are capital intensive and that domestic
demand may not expand as much as in other economies
Altman (2001 314) explains that in accordance with the experience of other minerals economies South Africa bypassed the phase of development where large numbers of workers are absorbed into low-cost low-skill labour-intensive traded goods sectors and that therefore the low growth and high levels of unemployment that characterize the economy today are the consequence of a minerals economy
25
Another reason for the high unemployment according to Klasen and Woolard (1999
300) might be due to Apartheid policies The Apartheid policies persistent legacy serve
to amplify this path dependence and that the apartheid legacy also leaves low rates of
economic participation and significant skills gaps in its wake They further argues that
unemployment continues to rise despite the positive relation between GDP and
employment and that this is explained partly by the relatively slow rate of GDP growth
Another reason might also be the dramatic increase in the number of people seeking
employment in the post-apartheid era This has widened the gap between labour force
entry and the ability of the economy to create jobs
Samson (2000 8) is of the opinion that in light of the relatively large output and
employment multipliers associated with government capital expenditure limited growth
in actual and planned expenditure has dampened potential growth and employment
creation and therefore the inability of the economy to absorb labour at the required
scale
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 15) argue that the jobs losses have been less a result of
import penetration and more related to technology and process adaptation and changing
forms of work organization leading to subcontracting of non-core activities
According to Edwards (2001 65) growing trade has also had the impact of shifting the
economy towards a higher skills composition in the demand for labour In the traded
sectors the demand for lower skill labour has fallen in the context of a very large
oversupply therefore in contrast the demand for higher skill labour has risen in the
context of a severe skills shortage
Banerjee et al (2007 3) concluded in their study that the increase in unemployment
could have been due to structural changes in the economy in the resent years resulting
in a new equilibrium unemployment rate or to negative shocks that had a temporarily
increasing effect on unemployment
26
While South Africas problems are difficult and multi-faceted a combination of sound
macroeconomic policies with structural policies aimed at enhancing entrepreneurship
appear to be most promising to unleash the enormous potential of South-Africas labour
force and address social ambitions within the framework of a strongly growing economy
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship
The development of entrepreneurship is the focus of considerable policy interest in
South Africa and many other countries of the world (Walker 2003 113) This is
particularly in recognition of its contribution to economic growth poverty alleviation and
employment
But amidst all this resent attention studies shows that South Africa is still doing poorly in
comparison to other emerging economies in terms of entrepreneurial activity and
development
There are various strands in the empirical literature on entrepreneurship and economic growth using different measures of entrepreneurial activity (United Nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) For instance while one strand of empirical studies measures entrepreneurship in terms of the relative share of economic activity accounted for by small firms other studies use data on self-employment the number of market participants (competition) or firm start-ups as an indicator of entrepreneurial activities (Carree amp Thurik 2002 16)
The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old (United nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) The primary measure of entrepreneurship used by GEM is the Total Early-Stage Entrepreneurial Activity (TEA) index The TEA index measures the
27
percentage of individuals between the ages of 18 and 64 years that are involved in starting a new business The TEA index consists of two different phases namely
bull The start-up phase (businesses between 0 and 3 months)
bull New firm businesses (businesses between periods of 3-42 months)
The GEM study does not focus on established businesses (businesses older than 42 months)
In the seven years in which South Africa has participated in this research initiative it has
consistently emerged that it has a low level of early stage entrepreneurial activity nearly
half that of the average of the 40 emerging economy countries which participate
Data from previous GEM studies also indicated that TEA rates for most countries do not
change significantly over time The TEA rates for South African have also not changed
significantly over the years (see Table 22)
Table 22 South African projectory TEA rates
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 TEA 43 62 41 51 50 50
Source Maas and Herrington (200715)
For the TEA rates to be significantly different from one year to another massive
changes in the macro environment must occur which is clearly not the case in South
Africa (Maas amp Herrington 2007 15)
28
Many researchers have questioned whether South Africa should be concerned about its TEA rates According to Maas and Heirington (2007 15) the following reasons could explain the projectory low TEA rates of South Africa
bull South Africa has a dual-logic economy which might have an influence on the TEA rating On the one side there is a highly developed economic sector and on the other side one struggling for survival
bull Although the TEA rates are lower when compared with the averages of different
categories of countries it can again be influenced by the dual-logic nature of the
economy and that a lower TEA rate is not necessarily a sign that nothing is
happening in a country It can also be a good indication
Any government interested in boosting economic prosperity should be interested in
promoting the entrepreneurial dynamic of its country Adult women represent a readily
available pool of potential entrepreneurs that countries can leverage to improve their
economies (Botha 2006149)
The 2006 GEM report specifically focus on the importance of developing women
entrepreneurship in any country Maas and Herrington (2006 14) indicated in their 2006
report that the global average for female entrepreneurship was standing on 772 of the
population where South African women were however performing at just 483 this is
289 lower than the global average There is therefore considerable scope to improve
the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME)
In South Africa various new strategies and institutions have been created recently with a view to empower formerly disadvantaged members to enter the mainstream economy as entrepreneurs rather than job seekers In parallel to and as part of this shift there has been the emergence of the micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) sector as a
29
significant component in economic development and employment (Richardson Howarth
ampFinnegan 2004 16)
SMMEs and entrepreneurship are fast becoming the dominant form of business
ventures in developing economies Especially on the African continent with high
unemployment rates people are turning toward informal and formal small business in
order to sustain their livelihood (De Klerk amp Havenga 2004 1)
According to Niewenhuizen and Kroon (2003 300) the South African small- micro- and
medium-sized enterprise (SMME) economy has been actively promoted since 1995
Some significant ratios and trends about the dynamics of the small enterprise sector in
South Africa can be seen in the Department of Trade and Industrys review of ten years
of small business support in South Africa report 1994 - 2004 (Department of Trade and
Industry (dti) 2004 4)
bull Combining formal and informal sector activities the small enterprise sector includes
about 95 of all enterprises in South Africa
bull On the basis of the most inclusive categorisation (covering non VAT-registered firms
and those regularly operating in the informal sector) there are currently between 18-
million and 25-million small enterprises in South Africa This number probably
doubled over the past 10 years which is equivalent to a seven percent increase in
numbers per year If we include rural subsistence agricultural activities the size of
this sector can grow by a further 15-million to 25-million even though average
income levels of that segment are very low
bull If we adjust gross domestic product (GDP) values to incorporate informal sector
value-added the small enterprise sector of South Africa contributes about 45 to
50 to the GDP with the share probably rising very slowly The other half is
contributed by large enterprises and the public sector
30
Despite voluminous research however there is still little clarity about the extent to which South Africas SMMEs and entrepreneurship contribute to poverty alleviation economic growth or international competitiveness
Berry Blottnitz Cassim Kesper Rajaratnam and Van Seventer (2002 3) list the following contributions of SMMEs
bull SMMEs are generally more labour-intensive than larger firms and hence have a
higher labour absorption capacity
bull SMMEs as enterprises have some economic roles to fulfil They contribute to the
countrys national product by either manufacturing goods of value or through the
provision of services to both consumers andor other enterprises
bull From an economic perspective enterprises are not just suppliers but also consumers which have an important role to play if they are able to position themselves in a market with purchasing power their demand for industrial or consumer goods will stimulate the activity of their suppliers just as their own activity is stimulated by the demands of their clients Demand in the form of investment plays a dual role both from a demand-side (with regard to the suppliers of industrial goods) and on the supply-side (through the potential for new production arising from upgraded equipment) In addition demand is important to income-generation potential of SMMEs and their ability to stimulate the demand for both consumption and capital goods
232 Government strategy
Unfortunately there is currently little clarity on how SMMEs fit within the industrial policy framework and other objectives of government Some attempts were initiated by government in resent years A strategy was outlined in a White paper by the Department of Trade and Industry in 1995 entitled A National Strategy for the Development of Small Business in South Africa (May 1995) A year later the National Small Business
31
Act was passed by Parliament which provided for the institutions to implement this
strategy (South Africa 1996 377)
The National Small Business Act divides SMMEs into the following categories
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa
Category of SMME
Description
Survivalist enterprises
bull Operates in the informal sector of the economy bull Mainly undertaken by unemployed persons bull Income generated below the poverty line providing minimum means to
keep the unemployed and their families alive bull Little capital invested not much assets bull Not much training bull Opportunities for growing the business very small
Micro enterprises
bull Between one to five employees usually the owner and family
raquo Informal no license formal business premises labour legislation raquo Turnover below the VAT registration level of R300 000 peryear bull Basic business skills and training
bull Potential to make the transition to a viable formal small business
Very small enterprise
raquo Part of the formal economy
Use technology raquo Less than 10 paid employees raquo Include self-employed artisans (electricians plumbers) and professionals
Small enterprise raquo 1 1 - 5 0 employees raquo More established than very small enterprises formal and registered raquo fixed business premises raquo Owner managed but more complex management structure
Medium enterprise
51 - 2 0 0 employees
Still mainly owner managed but decentralised management structure with division of labour Operates from fixed premises with all formal requirements
Note Women represent approximately 56 percent of the survivalist company category 38 percent of micro-enterprises with no employees and 15 percent of micro-enterprises with 1-4 employees
Source South African Government (2008)
32
Small business can also be divided between established formal SMMEs in predominantly urban settings and emerging SMME economy situated in townships informal settlements and rural areas According to the White paper by far the largest sector is the survivalist enterprise sector This implies that most people are active in the informal sector where they have little institutional support
The governments national small business strategy seeks to address the following
common problems faced by SMMEs (South African Government Information 20081)
bull An unfavourable legal environment
bull Lack of access to markets and procurement
bull Lack of access to finance and credit
bull Low skills levels
bull Lack of access to information
bull Shortage of effective supportive institutions
The White paper and Act sets out the objectives of our SMME development policy as (South Africa 1996377)
bull Alleviating poverty by making it possible for poor people to generate income to meet
basic needs
bull Reducing poverty through employment creation
bull Redistribution of wealth income and opportunities
bull Contributing to economic growth by improving innovation and thus competitiveness
The Act provided the foundation for the establishment of the institutions listed in the table 23 below to support small businesses
33
Table 24 Small business support institutions
Institution Services Target
Centre for Small Business Promotion
This is a Chief directorate in the DTI responsible for policy and coordinashytion of support programmes for SMMEs It also mobilises funds and supervises the establishment of new institutions
Ntsika Enterprise Promotion Agency
Provides non-financial support such as mentoring programmes business advice help with government tenders and technology support to small enterprises through bull Local business service centres
(LBSC) bull Tender Advice Centres (TACs)
Targets survivalist micro and very small enterprises Majority of the LBSCs focus on start-up business targeting unemployed women and youth
Khula Provides access to finance through bull Khula Credit Guarantee Scheme
- provide guarantee products to banks
bull Other institutions and NGOs referred to as Retail Finance Intermediaries (RFIs) which borrow from Khula to make loans to SMMEs
bull Khula-Start access to micro credit in rural areas
Mainly targets very small small and medium enterprises Have two small programmes forthe survivalist and micro sector
IMAMAC Two key programmes bull Manufacturing advisory centres
(MACs) providing support for small scale manufacturing businesses
bull Business Referral and Information Network (BRAIN) -information and a help line
The MACs are mainly for small and medium more formal businesses BRAIN forthe entire spectrum of SMMEs
34
Instftution Services Target
Provincial SMME desks
To provide a one-stop information centre to SMMEs and developing enabling government policy to support SMMEs in each province Activities of the SMME desks include (though not in all provinces)
bull Keeping data bases of SMMEs in the province
bull Developing SMME orientated procurement and sub-contracting policies for provincial government
bull Targeted support programmes forHDIs women contractors tourism entrepreneurs smallmicro manufacturers
Land Bank Finance agricultural businesses From small to large scale farmers
Industrial Development Corporation
Supports and funds various industrial development programmes
Predominantly large scale projects but some small to medium enterprises Has a specific BEE mandate
National Empowerment Corporation
Funded by government it provides funding for black economic empowerment ventures
Large but also small and medium enterprises
Source South African Government (2008)
As part of the National Skills Development Strategy the Sector Education and Training
Authorities (SETAs) are also supposed to develop programmes that help develop small
businesses in their respective sectors
There are a number of other parastatals which also support small businesses though
mainly at the upper end of the spectrum These include
bull Independent Development Corporation (IDC) tourism development venture capital
low interest empowerment and emerging entrepreneur schemes
bull South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) through its missing links programme
provide quality assistance and awareness to SMMEs
35
bull Centre for Science and Industrial Research (CSIR) product improvement and
manufacturing assistance to SMMEs through their National Manufacturing Centre
The institutions and organisations mentioned above also provide a wide range of business management support services to entrepreneurs and small enterprises such as (South African Government Information 2008 1)
bull Developing business plans
bull Doing market research
bull Managing a small business
bull Legal requirements of small businesses
bull Marketing
bull Business development
bull Advice on government tender processes
The national small business strategy since its inception sought to target women However women continue to make up the bulk of the survivalist sector of SMMEs and of the poor During the last decade a number of organisations and institutions were established by and for women entrepreneurs Table 24 refers to a number of such organisations
These support programmes however have not achieved their objectives if judged against the number of SMMEs that utilise them Rogerson (2004 212) estimate that a mere 6 of SMMEs and entrepreneurs utilise support programmes and argue that this is due to distrust of external agencies among SMMEs and incapacity to raise awareness about their existence and efficiency Moreover the poor coordination of service providers results in a replication of services and clustering of institutions in urban areas (Ntsika 19994)
36
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks
South African Women Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) -launched July 2001
SAWEN identifies the origin of women entrepreneurs problems as bull Gender-despite the fact that women-owned enterprises are contributing an
increasing share to national revenue they are generally perceived to lack the capacity of their male equivalents
bull Size - Nearly all women-owned enterprises belong to the lower end of the SMME category being either very small or micro sized companies Men are predominant in the more lucrative sectors Approximately 70 percent of informal businesses in South Africa are ownedcontrolled by women
SAWEN seeks to affiliate all women enterprise groups co-operatives organisations and initiatives in to a national umbrella body that will represent and articulate the aspirations of all women entrepreneurs (potential and existing) that operate within the South African SMME sector as well as lobby for their support needs It also seeks to target rural women Since its launch in 2001 it has established a number of provincial chapters
Women in Oil and Energy in South Africa (WOESA)-launched March 2002
Facilitates the participation of women in business ventures in the oil gas and other energy sectors
Technology for Women in Business (TW1P)
Aimed at enhancing the accessibility of science and technology to women in business in particular SMMEs It is a national programme under the auspices of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) The CSIR as contracted by DTI acts as an agent for DTI to implement the TWIB programme
South African Women in Construction -launched August 1999
Promotion and advancement of women in construction of education and contribution to the betterment of the construction industry and the enhancement of the entrepreneurial development of women-owned enterprises in construction
Source South African Government (2008)
37
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI
241 Ekurtiuleni demographic
The Metropolitan Municipality of Ekurtiuleni was established in 2000 and covers a vast
area for approximately 45 kilometres from west to east and for 55 kilometres from north
to south covering an area of approximately 26421 square kilometres (EMM 2007 4)
This large area is divided for administrative efficacy into the Northern Southern and Eastern Service Delivery Regions (SDRs) and is one of six Metropolitan Municipalities resulting from the restructuring of local government (refer to figure 21)
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former East Rand) region
r-4 gt J i
^ Hampton Park
J i
j Northern Ragioi
tmdashJ 0 Johannesburg _ pound International v
y trade trade Airport
I Bedrordview
bull
bull Bonon 1 GetmMon bullgt
Boksburg m Bnkpan 1
i Springs
Alberton J Eaitem Region
J Southern Region 1 ff ^
(f Nigallaquo
^
(f Nigallaquo
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
38
I
The former local administrations of nine towns in the East Rand - Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan EdenvaleLethabong Germiston Kempton ParkTembisa Nigel and Springs -were amalgamated into the new Metropolitan Municipality along with two other councils - the Kyalami Metropolitan Council and the Eastern Gauteng Services Council It is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents as replicated in Table 25
Table 25 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics
Key Statistics (2007 estimates) Ekurhuleni Gauteng National Region area (sq km) 2642 1 16975 1 1221246
Population 2534180 8845741 46710858
Population density (nr of people persq km) 959 521 38
Economically active population (as of total pop) 53 53 39
No of households 787040 2731869 12144712
Average household income (Rand current prices) 88025 115817 70326
Annual per capita income (Rand current prices) 27338 35768 18284
Gini coefficient 057 060 064
Formal sector employment estimates 679213 3156772 9058793
Informal sector employment estimates 84249 362647 1699327
Unemployment rate (expanded definition) 40 35 41
Percentage of persons in poverty 27 27 46
Poverty gap (R million) 974 3251 3 32960
Human development index (HDI) 067 069 059
Index of Buying power (IBP) 008 034 100
Economic output in 2003 (R million current prices) 84000 416562 1100929
Share of economic output (GVA of SA in current prices)
76 378 100
Economic output in 2003 (R1 million constant 1995 prices)
48074 236846 619790
Share of Economic output (GVA of SA in constant 1995 prices)
78 382 100
Economic growth performance 1996-2003 (GVA growth pa constant 1995 prices)
24 37 25
Source Ekurhuleni metropolitan municipality (20075)
39
Ekurhuleni constitutes 56 of the national population and makes up 28 of Gautengs population The population density is approximately 1 250 people per km2 making Ekurhuleni one of the most densely populated areas in the country and province By comparison population density in Gauteng is 513 people per km2 and 38 people per km2 in the country
The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region (EMM 2007 9)
242 Ekurhuleni economics
The Ekurhuleni Metropolitan economy is larger and more diverse than that of many of the smaller countries in Africa including all the countries in Southern Africa It accounts for nearly a quarter of the Gauteng economy which in turn contributes over a third of the national GDP Ekurhuleni contributes seven percent to the countrys spending power and seven percent to the nations production In most respects per capita income unemployment poverty average wages and other indicators of human development - it is similar to the rest of Gauteng (EMM 2007 9)
However there is one important structural difference many of the plants for production of goods and commodities are located in Ekurhuleni Manufacturing in Ekurhuleni accounts for just under 20 of the GDP of Gauteng In Ekurhuleni itself manufacturing accounts for some 28 of total production
Because of the largest concentration of industry in the whole of South Africa (and in Africa) Ekurhuleni is often referred to as Africas Workshop (EMM 2007 9) The downside of the manufacturing sector is that globalisation has a definitive impact on the structure of production and on the demand for labour Ekurhuleni although not benefiting from direct capital investments as a result of the automotive sector developments in the country continues to play the role of the workshop of the economy
40
with production of structural steel and fabricated metal products serving as inputs into other areas economies
Despite the area historically being one of the largest producers of gold the major
economic sectors now include manufacturing wholesale and trade energy and
services and finance with manufacturing and industry in Ekurhuleni comprising 40 of
all activity in the Province Mining contributes only 2 to Ekurhuleni economy (EMM
2007 4)
Annual economic growth in Ekurhuleni has recorded a pickup in the period 1998 to
2003 and has been almost double the rate of the national manufacturing growth rate
The economically active population is 52 compared to 38 nationally Household
income and per capita income exceed the national average by 10 and 33
respectively The percentage of people living in poverty nationally is 49 compared to
29 in Ekurhuleni (EMM 2007 4)
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure
Ekurhuleni has a network of roads airports rail lines telephones electricity grids and telecommunications that rivals that of Europe and America - a first world infrastructure supporting a well established industrial and commercial complex Ekurhuleni can in fact be regarded as the transportation hub of the country The municipality is home to the OR Thambo International Airport the busiest airport in Africa and services the entire continent and links to major cities throughout the world Similarly many of the worlds leading airlines fly into the OR Thambo Airport Some 14 million passengers pass through this airport each year In addition a number of smaller domestic airlines connect the OR Thambo Airport with cities throughout South Africa (EMM 2007 4)
South Africas largest railway hub is in Ekurhuleni [Germiston] and links the city to all the major population centres and ports in the Southern African region
41
A number of South Africas modern freeways and expressways connect Ekurhuleni to
other cities and provinces The Maputo corridor development South Africas most
advanced spatial development initiative connects Ekurhuleni with Mozambiques capital
and largest Indian Ocean port Direct rail road and air links connect Ekurhuleni to
Durban South Africas largest and busiest port
During the period 1995 to 2005 the Gauteng government made strategic investments in
upgrading some of the ageing road networks linked to the industrial hub to promote the
movement of goods and services The Blue IQ projects situated within Ekurhuleni
include the Wadeville-Alrode Industrial Corridor with linkages to the largest logistical
hub the City Deep Container terminal the planned Gautrain rapid rail link to
Johannesburg and Tshwane and the OR Thambo Industrial Development Zone [IDZ]
The latter aims to cluster light manufacturing more especially in beneficiation and to
develop an aero space park The EMMs annual budget is in the region of R11 billion of
which plusmnR1 billion is being budgeted annually for capital projects in line with the priorities
set in the Integrated Development Plan [IDP] The bulk of this expenditure is dedicated
to upgrading facilities and infrastructure backlogs (EMM 2007 9)
The three major land cover classes are natural untransformed areas cultivated land and
urban residential zones as presented in figure 22
42
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007
Transformed (industrial)
Transformed (commercial)mdash-
2
Transformed (urban)
27
Transformed (cuftivatjon) mdash mdash
15 Transformed
(forestry) 1
Transformed (mining)
5
Natural 43
Degraded 001
Transformed (grazing)
2
Source Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality (2007 9)
The following are notable patterns in land use (EMM 2007 4)
bull There is a central east-west orientated mining and industrial activity belt which
served as the core around which towns were established
bull A belt of residential developments surrounding the industrial activity belt and
bull Ruralagricultural areas to the northeast and in the central portion in the southern
part of EMM
The mining belt was historically the core around which the various towns and settlements were established Four major concentrations of mines and quarries exist Reiger Park between Gemniston and Boksburg the area east of Benoni an area east and south of Springs and 3 sites in the vidnity of Kwatsaduza The first 3 areas are respectively known as the GermistonBoksburg the BenoniBrakpanSprings and the SpringsNigel mining belts Mining occurs in a linear form along a belt which runs to the
43
I
north of the Germiston and Boksburg Central Business Districts (CBDs) and then along
a broad strip of land roughly between the Benoni CBD and Daveyton to the north and
Brakpan and Springs to the south To the south between Springs and Nigel another
major concentration of mining activity exists (EMM 2007 4)
Most of the urban activity is concentrated along the western edge and central spine of EMM The road engineering and social infrastructure strongly correlates to this urban form (EMM 2007 4)
The largest complex of small-holdings is situated in an east-west band lying east of
Kempton Park and north-west of Daveyton The second largest complex is situated west
of KwaThema surrounding the Sallies Gold Mine and Springs Municipal Crushers
There are other smaller patches of agricultural holdings scattered throughout the
metropolitan area (EMM 2007 5)
The EMM has an evenly distributed multi-nodal structure The central business district
however currently experience problems of urban decay as the cream of the retail
component of the CBDs have been drawn away to the four main shopping malls in the
area - Eastgate East Rand Mall Lakeside Mall and Alberton Mall Commercial activities
make good use of the main transport routes to provide access to such activities
Furthermore there is an imbalance in the distribution of land use for commercial activity
which is concentrated within higher income areas (Kempton Park Edenvaie a portion of
Bedfordview Boksburg Central Benoni Central Brakpan and small portions of Springs)
(EMM 2007 7)
In common with most black townships in the country there is very little formal commercial activity within the township complexes
Industrial activities are largely located within the south-western part of the metropolitan area in areas such as Germiston and Alrode These areas tend to be located near mining land and wedged between lower income areas (Katorus southern Benoni
KwaThema Tsakane small portion of Springs and areas north of Etwatwa) and the
higher income areas (between Alberton and Katlehong Germiston and
SpruitviewLeondale) Within Kempton Park and Edenvale some industrial activity
developed around the airport due to the agglomeration benefits and access to airfreight
transport facilities Industrial activities are also closely linked to the railway system
(EMM 2007 7)
Farming activities (cultivation) are grouped in the north-eastern part of EMM where more than a third of the land is cultivated This includes areas surrounding Bapsfontein areas north of the Benoni Agricultural Holdings and east of the R21 highway Smaller agricultural activities lie just south of Sunward Park while the remaining agricultural activities are grouped on the southern border of the metropolitan area (EMM 2007 4) During the past five years the EMM has made steady progress in developing its strategic planning capacity and process The Integrated Development Planning [IDP] process was institutionalised within national guidelines for local government planning and budgeting and the IDP together with its strategic sectoral plans such as the Spatial Development Framework [SDF] has become the principal strategic planning tool within the local authority However the IDP primarily deals with solutions to immediate development challenges within a five year time frame Therefore a holistic long term development vision and strategy for Ekurhuleni which will create common purpose between all development stakeholders and which will act as a guiding framework within which the IDPs can be formulated is needed (EMM 2007 8) With the above in mind the EMM embarked on a process to formulate a long-term development strategy During 2004 research was undertaken on national and international best practice examples as well as on key success factors relating to city development strategies This led to a strategy being formulated in early 2005 The strategy formulation process kicked off with a Mayoral Committee workshop on 29 January 2005 during which it was resolved to name the strategy the Ekurhuleni Growth and Development Strategy [GDS] 2025 as well as proposed 2025 development agenda (EMM 2007 8)
25 SUMMARY
Economically entrepreneurship invigorates markets The formation of new business leads to job creator) and has a multiplying effect on the economy Socially entrepreneurship empowers citizens generates innovation and changes mindsets These changes have the potential to integrate developing countries into the global economy (UNECE 2004 2)
The promotion of the SMME sector is a critical dimension of a broader employment
creation strategy because the creation of new firms is essential if the development of
stronger linkages through procurement is to materialise
If South Africa is to grow out of poverty unemployment and create a more prosperous
future it will need more SMMEs entrepreneurs and bigger businesses However to
achieve this a better environment is required for entrepreneurs to start up businesses
operate and grow (Mahadea 2008 3) Within the context of overall macro-economic
performance the ideal policy package for SMME support in South Africa should allow
this sector to maximise its contribution to the economys overall performance in terms of
growth employment and income distribution This is likely to involve making more
resources available to the sector as well as raising the efficiency with which it uses the
resources already available to it
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
31 INTRODUCTION
The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures have generated value and fuelled innovation on community and global levels The increased presence has had a remarkable impact on employment and on business environments worldwide (Kantor 2001 8)
Scholarly research in this area has examined the many forms of economic and social
value that women-owned businesses generate vis-a-vis peculiar barriers constraining their establishment and growth (Verwey 2006 3 Botha 2006 126 Cliff 1998 526 McClelland Swail Bell amp Ibbotson 2005 8) These barriers constitute unique challenges for women as research has shown that men are able to surmount them more easily
The intensity of research studies in this area has increased as scholars and
policymakers have begun to devote more serious attention toward understanding and
supporting women entrepreneurs
The purpose of this section is to provide an evaluative summary of the literature on
woman entrepreneurship and through this enhance the understanding of the profile of
the woman entrepreneur
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY
Entrepreneurship as an area of study has been claimed by a number of different
disciplines including psychology and economics each arriving at different definitions
derived from their own disciplines
47
Baruah (2005 3) are of the opinion that to an economist an entrepreneur is one who
brings resources labour materials and other assets into combinations that make their
value greater than before and also one who introduces changes innovations and a
new order To a psychologist such a person is typically driven by certain forces the
needs to obtain or attain something to experiment to accomplish or perhaps to escape
the authority of others (Hisrich Peters amp Shepherd 2005 8)
A series of studies recognise the need to re-think the people side of entrepreneurship research (Kouriloff 2000 62 Simon amp Houghton 2002 106 Keh Foo amp Lim 2002 136 Markman Balkin amp Baron 2002 162 Shepherd amp Krueger 2002 177 Gatewood Shaver Powers amp Gartner 2002 200 Korunka Frank Lueger amp Mugler 2003 35 Mitchell Busenitz Lant McDougall Morse amp Smith 2002 94)
Defining the term entrepreneurship is a difficult exercise in itself as the term has little specific definition either in common usage or in academic research (Arif 2008 5) In describing the key factors which are seen to influence entrepreneurial roles this review will strive to encapsulate some meaning behind the term entrepreneurship
Research has shown several approaches by different researchers in the development of
an entrepreneurship definition According to Bennett and Dann (2000 3) much will
depend on the viewpoint and academic background of the researcher as well as the
time period the researcher refrained at Table 31 gives a brief summary as to the
development of the term entrepreneurship
48
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship in theory
Year Researcher Entrepreneurial Role (ER)
Classical era 1755 R Cantillon Introduced the term Entrepreneur ER as speculator
1800 JB Say ER as coordinator
Early Neoclassical era 1890 A Marshall ER as coordinator innovator arbitrageur
1907 FB Hawley ER as owner of output (uncertainty bearer)
1911 J Schumpeter ER as innovator
1921 F Knight ER as responsible decision maker in an uncertain environment
1925 F Edgeworth ER as coordinator
Mature Neoclassical era
1925 M Dobb ER as innovator
1927 C Tuttle ER as responsible owner in an uncertain environment
Modem Neoclassical era
1973 l Kirzner ER arbitrageur and alertto profitable opportunities
1982 M Casson ER coordination of scarce resources under uncertainty
1993 W Baumol ER innovator and manager influenced by existing incentive structure
Source Aidis (20035)
These definitions are the natural point of departure because they have been the decisive
factor for the retrieval of data for the works of many researchers
For the purpose of this study the definition of Hisrich Peters and Shepherd (2005 8) was adopted The authors defined entrepreneurship as follows Entrepreneurship is the process of creating something new with value by devoting the necessary time and effort assuming the accompanying financial psychic and social risks and receiving the resulting rewards of monetary and personal satisfaction and independence
49
I
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Previous research into gender differences among entrepreneurs has yielded varied explanations as to why female entrepreneurs differ from male entrepreneurs A review of literature reveals that female entrepreneurs do have some characteristics that are unique in comparison to their male counterparts and that they have faced significant challenges in their efforts as they venture into a once male dominated environment This following section presents a comparative assessment of differences in entrepreneurial attributes of male and female individuals as to emphasise the unique environment where within women entrepreneurs operates
The social feminism theory asserts that women entrepreneurs have different but equally
effective qualities values and ways of thinking due to variations in early and ongoing
socialisation processes (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu 2003 3)
Affholder and Box (2004 3) are of the opinion that the research on personality seems to
have conflicting results some researchers finding no significant differences between
male and female entrepreneurs and others identifying specific personality differences
Table 32 emphasise the unique differences between male and female entrepreneurs as concluded by several researchers Due to the voluminous work completed in this regard the purpose of this presentation is not to supply a comprehensive review of current literature available but rather to compile a summary overview off research conducted as to encapsulate an overall body of knowledge in regards to observed gender characteristics in entrepreneurs
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurs hip
Characteristic Female entrepreneurs Male entrepreneurs
Research
Personality characteristics
Women are expected to possess higher communal qualities such as selflessness a concern for others and interpersonal sensitivity Female entrepreneurs tended to be visionaries and catalysts
Men are expected to have high levels of self-assertion self-expansion and the urge to master Male entrepreneurs tended to be more traditionalists
(Affholder amp Box 2004 3)
(Greene Hart Gatewood Brush amp Carter 20031)
(Du Rietz Henrekson 2000 5)
Area of importance
Women tend to assign more importance to social values and qualitative ambiguous measures of achievement and success such as personal fulfilment and strong interpersonal relations Women business owners tend to pursue a balance between economic goals such as profit and growth and non-economic goals such as product quality personal enjoyment and helping others
Men tend to assign more emphasis on economic values and quantitative non-ambiguous measures of achievement of success such as status and wealth
(Carter Anderson amp Shaw 20011)
(Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Possig 2002 80)
Success factors
Women will measure success qualitatively as they will look at interpersonal relationships and other less objective criteria such as personal satisfaction customer service ratings and additional employment created
Men will measure success quantitatively as they will look at size market position turnover and profitability
(Verwey 2006 3)
(Botha 2006126)
(Sigh Reynolds amp Muhammad 2001 180)
Growth elements
Female entrepreneurs tend to have less industry management and prior business start-up experience and that contribute to their modest growth expectations Women face domestic demands remaining the primary parent emotional nurturer and housekeeper despite their entrepreneurial ventures impacting on their ventures growth prospects report
The primary family responsibility of m e n - t o be a good provider is compatible with heading a growing firm
CKyro 20011)
(Cliff 1998526)
(Kantor 20014)
Source Own compilation
51
331 Motivation
Motivation is the factor other than knowledge that energizes directs and sustains an
individuals behaviour (Locke amp Latham 1990 7) According to Bennett and Dann (2000
6) motivation is an essential factor in the establishment of entrepreneurial activity Many
individuals have the characteristics that enable them to identify an opportunity combined
with the resources to implement the venture yet do not have the incentive or motivation
to do so
Botha (2006 122) proposed two closely-related explanations of entrepreneurial
motivation the push theory and the pull theory The push theory argues that
individuals are pushed into entrepreneurship by negative external forces such as job
dissatisfaction difficulty finding employment insufficient salary or an inflexible work
schedule The push or negative factors are therefore associated with the necessity
factors that force the female into pursuing her business idea McClelland Swail Bell and
Ibbotson (2005 85) emphasize that in this situation becoming an entrepreneur is not a
first choice but nevertheless argue that such negative motivational factors are more
important with entrepreneurs drawn from certain groups in society that may face
discrimination such as ethnic minority groups younger age groups and women
The pull or positive factors are those associated with factors of choice and the desire
for entrepreneurial aspirations The pull theory therefore contends that individuals are
attracted into entrepreneurial activities seeking independence self-fulfilment wealth
and other desirable outcomes (Hogskola 2008 19)
To date a numerous of studies have examined womens motivations for becoming
entrepreneurs The following summary provides an overview of key motWaiional factors
identified in several studies
I
Table 33 Push and pull motivational factors
PULL MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
MOTIVATIONA FACTOR STUDY
Desire for greater independence Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208) Hisrich and Peters (1996 98) Hughes (2006109)
Provides a challenge Hughes (2006109)
Improved financial opportunity Hughes (2006109) Marlow (1997208)
Self-fulfilment Borgia Schoenfeld and Segal (20053) Hughes (2006109) Bruni Gherardi and Poggio (2004260)
Desire to be own boss DeMatino and Barbato (2003 830) Hughes (2006109)
Flexibility for balancing family and work Borgia ef al (20053) Carter Gartner Shaver and Gatewood (2003 17) Hughes (2006109) Lombard (2001216)
Potential to develop a hobby Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208)
Gaining recognition of others Eckel and Grossman (2002288)
Role model influence Anna Chandler Jansen and Mero (2000392)
PUSH MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
Job dissatisfaction Borgia et al (20053) Tangiguchi (2002 882)
Prolonged joblessness Hughes (2006109)
Lack of available work Hughes (2006109)
Insufficient salary Borgia et al (20053)
Hitting the glass ceiling Georgellis and Wall (20041)
Involuntary layoff Hughes (2006109)
Career frustration Marlow (1997208)
Source Own compilation
While is it difficult to compare studies given the wide range of approaches and measures
used this overview nevertheless allows this review to identify the most commonly cited
motivators across several different contexts and time periods
332 Opportunity identification
According to Reynolds Hay Bygrave Camp and Autio (2000 5) the ability to perceive
good business opportunities is assumed to be important for entrepreneurship
Kepler and Shane (2007 200) state that female entrepreneurs search for new business
opportunities differently than male entrepreneurs for a variety of reasons
First many opportunities are identified through information that is transferred through
social networks Women have different types of social networks than men (Renzulli
Aldrich amp Moody 2000 534) As a result they have access to different sources of
information about opportunities For instance male entrepreneurs are more likely than
female entrepreneurs to identify opportunities through conversations with investors and
bankers because on average they know more investors and bankers (Anna Chandler
Jansen amp Mero 2000 392)
Second learned behaviours and social norms lead men and women to develop different
cognitive processing styles (Cassar 2006 628) As a result on average men and
women gather information and solve problems differently (DeMatino amp Barbato 2003
830) For instance female entrepreneurs are thought to learn from a greater variety of
sources than male entrepreneurs while male entrepreneurs are thought to learn more
from setbacks than female entrepreneurs (Lombard 2001 217) In addition the greater
risk aversion of female entrepreneurs may lead them to search for more information that
mitigates the potential risks about business opportunities than their male counterparts
(Eckel amp Grossman 2003 290)
333 Type of business started
Kepler and Shane (2007 309 ) are of the opinion that male and female entrepreneurs
do not start the same types of businesses Historically women entrepreneurship
activities were concentrated in the apparel cosmetics and food processing fields
(Taylor 1988 38) Whereas McVicar and Craig (1981 11) listed traditional categories in
their study of service-related businesses such as cooking teaching child care
secretarial services and sewing Female-led businesses are more likely to be found in
personal services and retail trade and less likely to be found in manufacturing and high
technology (Anna et al 2000 290 Brush et a 2006 18) In addition women start
businesses that are less growth-oriented and less driven by opportunity and more
oriented towards wage substitution (Eckel amp Grossman 2002 290)
Some researchers argue that gender differences in the types of businesses that men
and women found are the result of socialisation and structural barriers (Kepler amp Shane
2007 309) Women tend to work in certain occupations and industries because these
occupations and industries are more socially acceptable for women and because
women face obstacles to working in other industries and occupations (Marlow 1997
153) Sigh Reynolds and Muhammad (2007 180) argues that because entrepreneurs
tend to identify opportunities to start businesses that are similar in type and industry to
those in which they previously worked the tendency of women to work in certain types
of businesses leads them to start those types of businesses In addition some
businesses cannot be founded easily by people without the appropriate educational
background This is particularly the case for businesses that rely heavily on technology
Because women are less likely than men to study engineering or science (Brush et al
2006) they often lack the education to start businesses that demand technical skills
Furthermore some businesses are inherently easier to start than others because they
have lower barriers to entry (Boden amp Nucci 2000 353) Women may be more likely to
start businesses that face low barriers to entry because these businesses make lesser
55
demands on human or financial capital than other businesses and women may lack
these types of capital
334 Venture size
Women start businesses that are smaller than those started by men (Kepler amp Shane
2007) Studies of surviving businesses show that those that are women-owned are
smaller than those that are men-owned (Brown 2000 5) In addition women start
businesses with lower levels of initial employment and capitalization than men (Renzulli
et al 2000540)
The smaller scale of female-led start-ups is believed to be the result of a lack of access
to larger-scale business opportunities and the financial resources necessary to develop
them and different goals and intentions for their businesses (McClelland e^ al 2005
100)
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs
Richardson (2004 2) argues that while women are active in entrepreneurship they face
particular problems and challenges in starting and developing their businesses They
face more or at least different social cultural educational and technological challenges
than men when it comes to establishing and developing their own enterprises and
accessing economic resources (Mayoux 2001 20)
Kantor (20016) is of the opinion that constraints affecting the entrepreneur in general
but women more intensively include
bull Access to financing
bull Information bull Productive resources and markets
bull Levels of skills and knowledge
56
bull Relevance of education and experience
bull Effects of market saturation
bull Compliance costs
Furthermore it is recognised that women in most societies carry the added burden of
family and domestic responsibilities and this has a detrimental or limiting impact upon
their ability to generate income outside of the home
Kepler and Shane (2007) are of the opinion that research suggests that social norms
about the role of women in society the shortage of female role models and the greater
household- burdens faced by women lead female entrepreneurs to face more start-up
problems and for those problems to be of greater magnitude than their male
counterparts For instance attitudes toward the role of women make it more difficult for
female entrepreneurs to be taken seriously as business people (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu
2003 3) and to gain support for their entrepreneurial activities from their spouses
family and friends (Bradley amp Boles 2003 301) In addition the relative shortage of
female role models makes it more difficult for female entrepreneurs to obtain adequate
mentorship for their start-up efforts Furthermore the greater household and childcare
responsibilities of women lead them to have more trouble balancing business formation
and family responsibilities (Affholder amp Box 2004 18)
Research finds that one of the major barriers for women entrepreneurs are the access to capital finance (Revivo-Steiner 2006 20) Lack of access to capital has been a primary obstacle for women entrepreneurs and recent research suggests it continues to be (Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Posig 2002 72) This could also include start-up financing and credit cash flow management in the early operations and financial planning Research suggests that the primary source of funding for women has been through family loans personal savings credit cards and home equity loans (Gundry Ben-Yoseph and Posig 2002) In fact Verwey (2006 5) found that womens personal savings constitute between 80 and 99 of initial capitalisation compared to men where the figure is between 30 and 59 Some of the reasons stem from stereotypes created by the
57
masculine mentality in the banking industry (Weiler amp Bernasek 2001 92) Women are
entering an environment constructed by men therefore they may be perceived as less
legitimate in the eyes of prospective financial backers
Information is another resource that women entrepreneurs have difficulty accessing (ONeill amp Viljoen 2001 40) The information can be about markets suppliers export opportunities Large enterprises often have greater power time and resources to both access information for themselves and limit others access to it (Kouriloff 2000 65) Information can be obtained through informal networks as well as through membership in organizations such as trade guilds associations and unions (Kantor 2001 6) Female compared to male owners may have greater difficulty in accessing information because of difficulties in attending events due to their dual work roles and the resulting time constraints (Edwards 2001 58)
A lack of relevant skills and knowledge constrains the growth potential of entrepreneurial businesses (Kyro 2001 2) This is compounded by deficiencies in basic education Women tend to be less likely to have had education and experience relevant to starting and managing a business and thus have less potential for success (Botha 2006 30) Gaining relevant skills and knowledge also can be more difficult for women since their double work burden and childcare responsibilities make them less able to attend formal and informal training than men (Brush eiai 2006 18)
Kantor (2001 8) points out that womens more demanding role in the family relative to mens affects their entrepreneurial ability by reducing the time energy and concentration levels women can apply to their market work Women may have lower earnings and productivity levels since the amount of time they have available for market work will be limited by the time necessary to care for the family and their concentration while working may be reduced if there are multiple distractions leading to a further reduction in productivity and earnings (Hogskola 2008 25) Responsibility for household welfare also may make women more risk averse while societal perceptions of womens gender roles influence their treatment when they step outside of the perceived boundaries of
58
these roles limiting their access to the resources required for successful entrepreneurship (Anna etal 2000 291)
336 Growth Strategies
A relatively unexplored dimension of entrepreneurship on which male and female entrepreneurs are supposed to differ is their attitude towards growth (Verwey 2006 1) The process through which women-led entrepreneurial firms plan and achieve continual and sustainable growth often reflects a complex set of motivators and intentions that support this strategic path
Cliff (1998523) however researched whether gender differences do exist through quantitative as well as qualitative analysis of personal interviews with 229 small business owners in the Greater Vancouver are of British Columbia Canada Her study provided novel insights into the factors affecting an entrepreneurs growth decision and desired pace of expansion She found that both male and female entrepreneurs desire growth but there are important differences with respect to how they wish to expand (Verwey 2006 1)
Casale and Posel (2000 180) are of the opinion that female entrepreneurs are more likely to establish maximum business size thresholds beyond which they do not wish to expand and that moreover these thresholds are smaller than those set by male entrepreneurs This size relates to what she can manage and control with comfort balancing work and personal life Women tend to deliberately adopt a slow and steady pace of expansion as personal considerations appear to ovenide economic considerations in the business expansion decision According to Cliff (1998523) the attainment of such size thresholds appear to be a key trigger in the no-growth decision
This managed approach by female entrepreneurs to business expansion not letting growth get out of control may result in ventures that are able to out survive those headed by entrepreneurs pursuing more risky high-growth strategies (Bennett amp Dann
59
2000 78) This might lead to banks viewing women as lesser loan risks given their more cautious approach toward growth (Eckel amp Grossman 2000 288) Further research is needed to determine whether these different strategy approaches towards growth would affect venture performance If a more cautious approach leads to long-term survival of the firm awareness should be raised of the favourable outcomes of a more cautious approach This would require recognition that one approach to business ownership - the desire to head a large quickly growing enterprise may not necessarily fit all (Taniguchi 2002 888)
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT
Jalbert (200055) are of the opinion that womens entrepreneurship is gaining increasing
recognition in public policy circles National governments and international organisations
alike are coming to realise that fostering womens economic development through
enterprise creation can have a positive impact in a number of areas
First and foremost it enhances economic growth and provides employment opportunities for the owners and their workers In addition providing economic opportunities for women can also improve the social educational and health status of women and their families
The nature of the multitudinous challenges and obstacles facing women entrepreneurs suggest that their full economic potential is not fully actualised and women do not feature on the mainstream of the economic agenda One aspect that may be the route course of this dilemma that is faced by many female entrepreneurs may be the lack of proper support (De Groot 2001 9) Support is a potentially important means of raising the level of entrepreneurship in society overall
This section provides an overview of some efforts that are supporting the development of women-owned businesses Although this analysis is not a comprehensive review of
60
current literature and research it provides the best of what is known about womens
entrepreneurship
The objective of women entrepreneurship promotion is to create awareness of enterprise as an attractive employment option among women and to raise the profile of women entrepreneurs as credible role models to others It is a particularly important aspect in reinforcing the social value of entrepreneurship in the economy and in positioning it as a viable and feasible activity (International Labour Office (1LO) 2004 12)
The following examples illustrate how it is possible to promote effectively female entrepreneurship across a broad range of actions For example this might include (International Labour Office (ILO) 2004 12)
bull The establishment of specific institutions for (potential) female entrepreneurs
bull The provision of targeted support services and programmes the implementation of
electronic platforms for women entrepreneurs
bull The organisation of specific events targeted at female entrepreneurs
Before actual awareness campaigns can be initiated it is of the utmost importance to
establish an entrepreneurial environment that will in fact be attractive to potential women
entrepreneurs
While a growing body of literature exists on entrepreneurial environments the literature is highly fragmented Reviewing the empirical literature one can observe that Me research or even conceptualisation of the environment for entrepreneurship - enabling or otherwise - has been completed (Sannikova 20074) Some gaps that are evident in the literature are (Fogel 1994 1)
First a conceptual framework is lacking to integrate the available literature on
entrepreneurial environments
61
Second explicit links have not been established between the needs of
entrepreneurs and how environments can fulfil entrepreneurs needs induce or
reinforce their desire to go into business and thus facilitate the process of new
venture creation Third limited guidelines exist to conduct empirical research on entrepreneurial
environments
Finally a limited body of literature addresses the needs of policy makers despite the
recognition of this group as an important audience for research on entrepreneurship
One potential theory with implications for environmental factors and entrepreneurship is the resource dependence theory The resource dependence theory is based on the notion that environments are the source of scarce resources
The framework highlighted in figure 31 outline the key resources that support the
creation of an enabling environment for womens entrepreneurship These are
(Sannikova 20074)
bull Policy coordination and legal environment
bull Finance and Premises
bull Training and mentoring
bull Business Support
bull Network
bull Promotion
62
Figure 31 Framework for supporting women entrepreneurship activity
Source Sannikova (200718-19)
This framework fall inline with current issues addressed by the International Labour Office (ILO) In line with the ILOs gender policy the approach to women entrepreneurship seeks to redress existing gender imbalances in enterprise development through approaches and activities aimed specifically at women while simultaneously working with constituents to ensure that all small enterprise initiatives address gender in their formulation and roll-out The ILOs work to date has been in four main areas (Intemational Labour Office (ILO) 200412)
bull The development of a knowledge base on women entrepreneurs bull The development of a variety of support services for women entrepreneurs and their
service providers bull Supporting advocacy bull Developing internal and external partnerships
63
In 2002 the Austrian Institute for Small Business Research conducted a comprehensive study in regards to good practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002 105) They studied all available support organisations and programmes available to women entrepreneurs in Europe
A few critical success factors supporting good practice in the promotion of female entrepreneurship may be elaborated from the experience provided in this study These include (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002105)
bull Agencies should use female mentors trainers and advisers whenever possible to
increase the relevance of measures for women and to provide role models
bull Measures should be designed for both groups and individuals Group based
measures give women a chance to make contacts to network and to learn from the
experience of others Individual-based measures allow women to receive highly
effective advice directly related to the problems they face
bull Measures supporting enterprise start-ups should focus on sectors that can provide
women with an adequate income thereby increasing womens financial self-
sufficiency Strategies to move women into higher value markets in traditional or new
sectors are therefore important
bull Training measures should apply a modular approach with both a set of basic
courses such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and the opportunity
to select from a set of additional courses in various substantive areas This would
make the training flexible and give clients the independence to choose the skills on
which they want to focus
bull Training measures should also include entrepreneurship development training in
order to foster the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business
Business skills may not be sufficient for women who often lack confidence and belief
in their own abilities as entrepreneurs
bull Post-start-up support should be offered to trainees after having applied skills learned
in earlier training This may for example be offered by means of mentoring
64
addressing the specific problems faced by women entrepreneurs Additionally pre-
start-up mentoring can help women thinking about starting a business to determine if
it is really the right career choice
bull Women entrepreneurs should not be the only focus of business support and
personal development measures Reaching girls in order to encourage them to
become entrepreneurs and to develop their belief in their abilities is also important
bull Finally access to credit should be a key element in business support as limited
access to finance is a constraint faced by many entrepreneurs both female and
male Different methods of providing access to finance such as loan guarantees or
partnerships with formal financial institutions can reduce the costs of providing
credits to micro entrepreneurs and women entrepreneurs in particular
It has been demonstrated that there are various ways to tackle general and more specific problems faced by female entrepreneurs As many of the obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs are common all over the world most of the good practices that have been described above are not country-specific but might enrich the pool of possible actions in other countries as well
35 SUMMARY
Growing evidence asserts that womens entrepreneurship while differentiated is fundamentally different than mens It is apparent that women are crafting new visions and models of entrepreneurship and are experiencing unique processes entwining the developing self values of work life and family and the personal dynamics of change with the processes of developing and leading a business These phenomena deserve careful and critical exploration if we are to understand radical changes now occurring in women business owners work-lives and enterprise development The importance of supporting women entrepreneurship extends beyond academic relevance Government officials and NGOs have expressed interest in women entrepreneurship in countries in transition as a key to stimulating economies
65
Academics have been recommended to develop policy makers understanding by studying conditions and processes that encourage women entrepreneurship There is a particular theoretical need to conceptualise this environment and to test the environmental variables associated with women entrepreneurs
This support in developed countries usually has one main points to maximize the economic potential of self-employed women and also to encourage taking up of self-employment amongst women from disadvantaged backgrounds
Clearly the development of female entrepreneurship needs support through policies and adequate institutions in many areas such as education and training access to credit and financing access to information business networks and new technologies The Governments in partnership with other stakeholders should take the lead and responsibility for establishing institutions and policies aimed at development of SMEs These policies however should be gender sensitive and address specific barriers in entrepreneurial activities
It is increasingly recognised that entrepreneurship support offers a new model for
fighting poverty and ensuring economic growth in countries
66
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
41 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to present what has been empirically observed as set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the broader problem area Hence in the discussion the findings are interpreted in the light of the research questions The various methodological issues and considerations involved in the gathering of the data are also discussed
42 GATHERING OF DATA
This section contains a thorough explanation of the various methodological issues and considerations involved in obtaining and handling the data used in the study It has been divided into two parts each of which concerns a different component of the data collection gathering process
421 Development and construction of questionnaire
As explained in chapter one the survey instrument utilised in the study was a
standardised questionnaire Information could either be entered by the respondents
themselves or the review used it as a structure for face to face interviewing
The first step was to design a questionnaire with questions and items developed from the initial research problem and the literature study conducted
Questions or items of the same kind or that seek the same sort of information was grouped together They fell into a range of categories where some consisted of a small number of related questions The intend was to elicit information of a particular type
67
Analytical categories relevant to the research were determined from the literature These
topics were aggregated by unit of analysis
bull Section A Personal information
- Age - Marital status
- Educational level
- Number and age of children
- Employment history
bull Section B Business information
- Industry - Legal status of business
- Age of business
- Path to business ownership
- Source of start-up funding
- Business premises
- Number of employees
- Annual turnover
- Previous exposure to business
bull Section C Wlotivational factors and demographic aspects
bull Section D Obstacles towards women entrepreneurship
- During start-up phase of business
- During current operations
bull Section E Development needs of female entrepreneurs
- Previous development by private or government agency
- Women entrepreneurship association awareness
68
- Needs classification
In section A B and E the questionnaire was designed so that the responded could indicate the applicable answer by marking a designated block with a cross More than one block could be marked where applicable
In section C and D a Seven point Likert scale method was applied to measure
responses that range from disagree strongly to agree strongly A value of one will be
linked to disagree strongly and a value of seven to agree strongly
The idea of using the Likert scale method is that instead of learning whether or not the respondent was favourably inclined on an issue one also gets a measure and a reasonably reliable one of the actual position on the continuum However this method is frequently criticised because a number of unique response patterns can result in the same total score (Tull amp Hawkins 1980 322)
422 Data collection
The questionnaire in the form of printed copies was distributed to 100 women
entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni as a result of the sampling method applied
The study made use of both a convenience sampling method and secondly made use of
a snowball sampling method
Snowball sampling relies on referrals from initial subjects to generate additional subjects Therefore base selection of a primary informant took place The base selected for this study was the Chamber of Commerce for Gauteng which acted as an informant of women owned businesses Referrals were contacted to confirm if they adhere to the definition of small and medium-sized women owned businesses More referrals were subsequently collected by theses women owned business expanding the database It
69
may be extremely difficult or cost prohibitive to locate respondents in these situations A
list of 100 women owned business was compiled as a result of these efforts
Techniques for distributing questionnaires included e-mail personal delivery and structured interviews
This review aimed to distribute questionnaires to wide variety business sectors demographic locations and races as to obtain a representative view of women entrepreneurs
Business sectors included were ie retail trade wholesale trade manufacturing construction transportdistribution accommodation and restaurant food industry agricultureforestryfishing and services
Demographic areas included all towns within the boundaries of Ekurhuleni ie Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan Endenvale Lethabong Germiston Kempton Park Tembisa Nigel and Springs
A period of two weeks for responding to the questionnaire were allowed from where
questionnaires were collected either personally by the researcher or via facsimile and e-
A total of 80 usable questionnaires were returned from the sample This constitutes a
80 response rate
The major reasons for non returns faced during the process were the limited time available to the respondents to complete the questionnaires due to busy work schedules and the availability of certain owners that resided overseas
70
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS
431 Age group description of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A1 in Section A of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was
to determine the age group description of respondents
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented
in Table 41 below
Table 41 Age group description of respondents
Age group Frequency Percentage 40 to 49 years old 27 3375
30 to 39 years old 20 2500
50 to 59 years old 14 1750
20 tot 29 years old 12 1500
60+ years old 6 750
lt19 years old 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
The biggest category in this review is represented by the 40 to 49 year old group (refer
to table 41) were 3375 of the respondents indicated the age group A fourth (25) of
the respondents represents the 30 to 39 year age group
71
The remainder of the group constitutes less than 20 of the respondents where 1750
represents the 50 to 59 age group 1500 the 20 to 29 year old 750 the 60+ group
and 125) less than 19 years old respectively
All respondents answered the question
432 Marital status of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A2 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the marital status of respondents The results will be used to determine if
there is any link between the marital status of the women and their path to self
employment
bull Results obtained
The marital status of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 42 below
Table 42 Marital status of respondents
Marital status Frequency Percentage Married 52 6500
Single 10 1250
Widowed 9 1125
Divorced 7 875 Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
72
bull Analysis of the results
Table 42 indicates that more than half that is 52 (6500) of the respondents are married A total of 1250 of respondents are single 1125 are widowed and 875 are divorced
Two respondents did not indicate their marital status
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A3 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the highest academic qualification of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous education on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
bull Results obtained
The highest academic qualification of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 43 below
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents
Highest academic qualification Frequency Percentage Diploma (Technical college orTechnicon) 29 3625 University degree 29 3625
Matric 16 2000
Certificate 4 500
Post graduate degree 2 250
Total 80 10000
73
bull Analysis of the results
Table 43 indicates that a diploma and university degree constitute the largest group of all responses Both the diploma and university degree represent 3625 of the respondents respectively
A total of 16 (2000) of the respondents indicated a matric as their highest academic qualification whereas four respondents (500) indicated a certificate and two (250) indicated a post graduate degree
All respondents answered the question
434 Number of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A4 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of children of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 44 below
74
Table 44 Number of children of respondents
Number of children Frequency Percentage Two (2) children 31 3875
One (1) child 14 1750
Three (3) children 14 1750 None 10 1250
Four (4) children 8 1000
Five (5) children 3 375
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of the respondents (3875) have only 2 children A total of 1750 are
presented equally by both the one child and three child groups A total of 10 (1250)
respondents have no children Eight (1000) respondents have four children and three
or 375 have five children
All respondents answered the question
435 Age group description of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the age of children of the participants The results will be utilised in
determining if the age of children might have an influence on the path to business
ownership and act as an obstacle due to family responsibility to women entrepreneurs
75
bull Results obtained
The age of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 45 below
Table 45 Age group description of children
Age group description Frequency Percentage 18+years old 25 3125
11-18 years old 15 1875
1-5 years old 13 1625
No children 10 1250
6-10 years old 9 1125
Missing 8 1000
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 45 indicates that the majority of the respondents (25 or 3125) children are
older than 18 years A total of 15 (1875) of the respondents children are between 11
and 18 years 13 (1625) between one to five years old and nine (1125) between six
and 10 years old
A total of ten (1250) of the respondents indicated that they do not have children
whereas eight respondents did not answer the question
76
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES
441 Number of permanent employees
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B7 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of permanent employees of the participating women owned
businesses and to determine whether the family business can be classified as a micro-
very small- small- or a medium-sized enterprise
bull Results obtained
Table 46 Number of permanent employees
Number of permanent employees Frequency Percentage 2-4 30 3750 26-50 23 2875
Myself 10 1250
5-10 10 1250
11-25 4 500
101-200 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
A combined forty (5000) of the women owned business can be classified as micro-
enterprise from which 30 (3750) of the business have two to four employees and 10
(1250) of the businesses are only operated by the entrepreneur herself
77
A total of ten (125) of the businesses can be classified as very small enterprise
consisting of five to ten employees
Small-enterprises are represented by twenty seven (3375) of the businesses with four
(5) employed of 11 to 25 employees and 23 (2875) 26 to 50 employees
Only two (250) of the businesses surveyed can be classified as medium-enterprise
Of the 80 respondents only one responded (125) did not answer the question
Figure 46 indicates that the majority of the businesses surveyed falls into the micro-
enterprise category
442 Turnover of the business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B8 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the financial success and the size of the participating women
owned businesses
bull Results obtained
The annual turnover of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table
47
I
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business
Annual turnover Frequency Percentage R100 000 to R500 000 27 3375
R1 million to R5 million 20 2500
R500 000to R1 million 18 2250
R50 000toR100 000 9 1125
R5 million+ 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Twenty seven (3375) of the family businesses annual turnover were between the R100 000 to R500 000 range followed by twenty (2500) between the R1 to R5 million range eighteen (2250) in the R500 000 to R1 million range nine (1125) in the R50 000 to R100 000 range and six (75) in the more than R5 million range
All participants answered the question
443 Economic sector of operation
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B1 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the economic sector that the women owned businesses
operates in The sector may have an influence on specific needs for the women owned
businesses as well as policy implications
bull Results obtained
The economic sector of operation of the women owned businesses in this study is
presented in table 48
79
I
Table 48 Economic sector of operation
Economic sector Frequency Percentage Retail trade 33 4125
Services 26 3250
Accommodation and restaurant 7 875
Wholesale trade 6 750
Manufacturing trade 4 500
Transportdistribution 2 250
Food industry 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 33 (4125)) of the businesses in this study operate in retail trade that also represents that largest group within this review The service category is represented by 26 (3250) of the respondents This include the following businesses ie bakery school transport ballet studios swimming lessons DVD rentals garden services cleaning services doggy parlour dry cleaning wedding planning landscaping physiotherapy attorney petrol garage dress maker hair salons catering services graphic design party rentals business machine servicing and beauty salons
Other industries of operation includes seven (875) businesses in accommodation and
restaurant six (750) in wholesale trade four (500) businesses in manufacturing
and two (250) in distribution and food industry respectively
All respondents answered the question
80
444 Legal status of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B2 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The legal status of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table 49
Table 49 Legal status of business
Category Frequency Percentage Sole proprietorship 42 5250
Partnership 18 2250
Company (Private) 12 1500
Not registered 7 875
Close corporation 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Just more than half (52505)) of the participating women-owned businesses in this
study are registered as sole proprietorship 18 (2250) are registered partnerships 12
(1500) as private companies and one (125) business indicated a close corporation
A total of seven (875) of the businesses in this study is however not registered None
of the business indicated a business trust or public company All respondents answered
the question
81
445 Business premises
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B6 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The premises from where the women owned businesses in this study are operating from
are presented in table 410
Table 410 Business premises
Business district Frequency Percentage Outlying business area 50 6250
Home based 16 2000
Central business district (CBD) 12 1500
Agriculture 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
More than half (6250) of the respondents operate their business from an outlying
business area as indicated in table 410 A total of 16 (20) of the businesses in this
review are home-based with only 12 (1500) situated in a central business district
Agriculture land is only utilised by two (250) of the women owned businesses in this
review None of the respondent businesses operates from an industrial area
All respondents answered this question
82
446 Age of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B3 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the age of all women owned businesses that participated in this review
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women owned businesses that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 411 below
Table 411 Age of business
Age of business Frequency Percentage One (1) to five (5) years old 45 5625
Six (6) to 10 years old 24 3000
11 to 20 years old 6 750
21 to 30 years old 3 375
31 to 40 years old 1 125 41 to 50 years old 1 125
Analysis of the results
According to table 411 more than half (5625) of the respondents businesses are relatively young and fall under the one to five year old category A large group of 24 (30) of the participating businesses are between six and 10 years old The remainder of the categories are represented by less than 10 of the respondents where six (750) business are between 11 and 20 years old three (375) between 21 and 30 years and 1 (125) between 31 to 40 years and one (125) between 41 to 50 years respectively All respondents answered the question
83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP
451 Path to business ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B4 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the path to business ownership of respondents
bull Results obtained
The path to business ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 412 below
Table 412 Path to business ownership
Path to business ownership Frequency Percentage
Founded the business 52 6500
Purchase the business 25 3125
Join family business 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 412 reflects that 52 (6500) of the businesses studied in this review were
founded by the entrepreneur Just less than a third or 25 (3125) of the businesses
were purchased A total of two (250) respondents actually joined family businesses
and one (125) did not answer the question
84
452 Previous employment experience
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the previous employment experience of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous experience on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs The respondents had the option to choose between six experience levels categories
bull Results obtained
The previous employment experience of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 413 below
Table 413 Previous employment experience
Previous employment experience Frequency Percentage Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier) 34 4250
Self-employed 14 1750
Supervisor 11 1375
Middle management 9 1125
Unemployed 8 1000
Top management 4 500
Total 80 10000
85
bull Analysis of the results
Less than half (4250) of the respondents were previously employed as non-
management workers whereas only 11 (1375) of the respondents were supervisors A
total of nine (1125) of respondents indicated that they were employed in middle
management with only four (5) in top management A number of eight (1000)
respondents were previously unemployed
A quite interesting observation is the 14 or 1750 of respondents that were previously
self-employed that also constitute the second largest group in this review
All respondents answered the question
453 Years self-employed
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A6 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of years self employed of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of years self-employed of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 414 below
86
Table 414 Years self-employed
Number of years self-employed Frequency Percentage Four (4) to five (5) years 27 3375 Six (6) to 10 years 26 3250 One (1) to Three (3) years 14 1750
More than 10 years 12 1500
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of respondents are between four and ten years self-employed A number of
27 (3375) of the respondents has indicated a four to five year period and 26 (3250)
indicating a six to 10 year period The remainder of the age groups are represented by
less than 20 of the respondents where 14 (1750) fall within the relative young one
to three year category and 12 (1500) in the established more than ten year category
Only one (125) respondent did not answer the question
454 Source of start-up funding
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B5 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the source of start-up funding of the participants
bull Results obtained
The source of start-up funding of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 415 below
87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding
Source of start-up funding Frequency Percentage Bank loan 30 3750
Personal savings 29 3625
Relatives 10 1250
Householdspouse 5 625
Sold business 4 500
Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Both bank loan and personal savings constitutes the largest sources for start-up funding
with 30 (3750) made use of bank loans and 29 (3625) utilised personal savings
A total of 10 (1250) respondents collected start-up funds from relatives and five
(625) from a household member or spouse A number of four (500) respondents
sold their previous business to obtain funds
Respondents not answering the question accounted for 250 of the sample
455 Role models
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B9 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine if the respondents was inspired by someone during their youth to become an entrepreneur The results will be used to determine if there is any link between this previous influence and the women entrepreneurs decision to enter into self employment
bull Results obtained
The influence of role models on all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 416 below
Table 416 Role models
Influenced by role models Frequency Percentage No 68 8500
Yes 12 1500
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority (8500) of respondents indicated that they had no one inspiring them to
become entrepreneurs where 12 (1500) of the respondents claimed that they had
some influence Eight respondents indicated that their parents owned businesses where
four indicated that close friends of the family motivated them from childhood to enter
own employment
All respondents answered this question
456 First ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B10 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to determine if the current business is the women entrepreneurs first self owned
business
89
bull Results obtained
An indication of first ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 417 below
Table 417 First ownership
Category Frequency Percentage
Yes 62 7750
No 12 1500
Missing 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 62 (7750)) of the respondents indicated that their current business is their
first business owned Only a small amount of 12 (1500) of the respondents indicated
previously owned business or no to the answer A total of seven of the business was
sold of four is still operating and one went out of business
Quite a large total of six (750) of the respondents did not answer the question at all
46 MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C1-15 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the main motivational factors for women entrepreneurs entering own business ventures The results will be utilised in determining the influence of these motivational factors on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
90
bull Results obtained
The average response or mean (x) and the standard deviation (s) (variation around the
mean) of each of the 15 items indicating motivational factors for entering own
employment are indicated in Table 418
Table 418 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
Motivation n X s
Need for a challenge 80 6250 1326
Self-fulfilment 79 6215 1356
Confidence in the productservice offered 80 6188 0813
Insufficient family income 80 5513 1765
The need for independence 80 5488 1800
Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 80 5363 1759
Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) 80 5150 1870
Need forflexible work schedule 80 5063 2143
Desire for wealth 80 4900 1900
Ensure high job security 80 4700 2095
To develop hobby 78 4654 2373
Compatibility with family duties 80 4238 2279
Difficulty finding a job 80 3750 2405
Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 80 2650 1822
Entered the family business 80 1825 1310
Total 4796 0906
bull Analysis of the results
The standard deviations of all 15 statements averages are fairly high ranging from
0813 to 2405
Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement Thus a higher number representing agreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be true by the respondents Likewise a low number representing disagreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be false
The motivational statement indicating the highest agreement was need for challenge Participants indicated a very high average mean of x = 6250 for this statement Other
statements that also obtained high levels of agreement was self-fulfilment (x = 6215)
and confidence in the productservice offered (x = 6188)
Five items indicated average means higher than five Insufficient family income indicated an average mean of x = 5513 the need for independence an average mean
of x= 5488 dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) an average
mean of x= 5363 role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) an average x- 5150 and the need for flexible work schedule an average mean of x = 5063
Five items indicated average means higher than four Desire for wealth indicated an
average mean of x = 4900 ensure high job security an average mean ofx = 4700
to develop hobby and average mean ofx= 4654 and compatibility with family duties indicated an average mean of x =4238
Difficult finding a job only indicated an average mean of x = 3750 and redundancy (lost
their job retrenchment) an average mean of x = 2650
Entering family business was the statement with the lowest agreement standing on
an average mean of x = 1825
92
462 Ekurhuleni support
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C17- 21 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations The participating women entrepreneurs had to indicate their response on five statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is
providing to their business operations are reflected in Table 419 below
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations
Category n X s
Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 80 5288 1275
Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 80 5075 1100
Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 79 4772 1395
The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 80 4325 1589
Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 80 2563 1349
Total 4403 0837
93
bull Analysis of the results
An average mean of x = 5288 was calculated for the statement Ekurhuleni is a
source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities This result indicates
that the participants have a relative high agreement with the statement A high
agreement was also calculated for Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export
opportunities (x = 5075) Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road
network) adequately meet the needs of my business (x = 4772) and The
Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses
(x = 4325)
The statement Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women
entrepreneurship in the region however indicated a very low level of agreement with a
standard mean of only x = 2563
463 Obstacles to business start-up
bull Purpose of question
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers have for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those
barriers still exist today
The purpose of question D 1-14 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A)
was to accumulate a body of knowledge of banners that were faced by current female
entrepreneurs in entering their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate
their response on fourteen statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale
type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent
disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with
the statement
94
bull Results obtained
Agreement to obstacles that the respondents experienced during the start-up phase of
their businesses are presented in Table 420 below
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up
Obstacles n X s
Lack of business management skills 80 5888 1607
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5725 1646
Lack of timely business information 80 5438 1422
Risk averse (great fear of failure) 79 5253 1829
Lack of self-confidence 79 5241 1876
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 5150 1700
Inequality of access to credit (difficult to obtain financing as a female) 80 4875 1760
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 2009
Isolation from business network 80 4713 1917
Lack of education and training (in general) 80 4625 2065
Legislative (lack of focused women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government) 80 4400 1718
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3750 1832
Lack of female role models 80 3475 1882
Total 4874 1091
bull Analysis of the results
All fourteen statements as reflected in table 419 indicated high levels of agreement The statement lack of business management skills was indicated as the highest level of agreement with an average mean of x= 5888 A total of five other statements also indicated relative high agreements with inter role conflict (workhome conflict) indicating a standard mean of x= 5725 lack of timely business information (x = 5438) risk averse (great fear of failure) (x = 5253) lack of self-confidence (x =
95
5241) and awareness or access to business support indicating an average mean of
x =5150
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 3475
464 Obstacles currently faced in business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question D 16- 27 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers that were faced by female entrepreneurs currently operating their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate their response on 12 statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Obstacles that the respondents are experiencing in their current business operations are reflected in Table 421
96
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business
Obstacles n X s
Liquidity and other financial problems 80 6225 1102
Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 80 5775 1405
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5538 1793
Lack of business management skills 80 5488 1359
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 1872
Lack of timely business information 80 4663 1771
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 4600 1846
No time for trainingupgrading of skills 80 4563 1948
Isolation from business network 79 4506 1839
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3338 1771
Lack of female role models 79 2835 1581
Total 4764 0968
bull Analysis of the results
The statement with the highest level of agreement was liquidity and other financial
problems The average mean for this statement was calculated on a very high x -
6225
A total of three other statements also indicated relative high agreements with gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) indicating a standard mean
of x= 5775 inter role conflict (workhome conflict) (5c = 5538) and lack of business management skills indicating an average mean of x = 5488
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 2835
97
I
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question E3 Section E of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the development needs of respondents (refer to table 421)
bull Results obtained
Development needs indicated by all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 422 below
Table 422 Support needs of respondents
Category Frequency Percentage
Financial support 68 8500
Growth support 64 8000
Marketing support 62 7750
Business advice information counselling mentoring 57 7125
Networking with other business owners 55 6875
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area 53 6625
Legal support 41 5125
Tools equipment machinery 38 4750
Trainingknowledgeskills 35 4375
Suitable business premises 33 4125
Psychological support 21 2625
Technical support 20 2500
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity) 19 2375
98
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 68 (8500) of the respondents indicated that their greatest need is financial support with 64 (8000) also indicating growth support as a great need in the operation of their businesses A number of two categories also received high scoring with 62 (7750) respondents indicating marketing support and 57 (7125) indicating business advice information counselling and mentoring as support greatly needed
Almost half of the respondents also indicated that the following support will benefit their business A total of 41 (5125) of the participating women entrepreneurs indicated that legal support will benefit them 38 (4750) tools equipment and machinery support Trainingknowledge and skills was indicated by 4375 of respondents and a suitable business premises by 33 (4125) of the participating women entrepreneurs
Only 21 (2625) respondents indicated that psychological support will benefit them and
20 (2500o) indicated that technical support will be of use A small number of 19
(2375) indicated a need for infrastructure
48 SUMMARY
This chapter started of with the various methodological issues and considerations
involved in the gathering of the data from where results were presented in the form of
frequency tables on what has been empirically observed The results were analysed as
set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the
broader problem area
Data explored during this study included biographical information of all participating women entrepreneurs This includes age group description marital status highest academic qualification number of children and age group description of children
This empirical research also undertook the task to gather information in regards to the structure of the participating women entrepreneurs businesses This information
99
included number of permanent employees annual turnover of the business economic
sector of operation legal status of the business the business premises and age of the
business
Path to ownership information was also recorded by this study that includes the
following Path to business ownership previous employment experience number of
years self-employed source of start-up funding influence of role models and first
ownership
Factors of importance also gathered by this review includes motivational factors to enter self employment women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their businesses obstacles to business start-up obstacles currently faced within business operations and support needs of respondents
The information gathered by the empirical research was utilised in the drafting of the
Ekurhuleni women entrepreneurship profile discussed in chapter five This profile will be
of purpose in the drafting of the women entrepreneurship development framework for
the Ekurhuleni district
100
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
51 INTRODUCTION
Despite the large amount of research on the key factors influencing womens
entrepreneurship no study has yet provided an empirical field assessment of factors
influencing women at a municipality context
With the goal of delineating the unique circumstances of women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni this review undertook a study of 80 women entrepreneurial businesses The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures in this area have generated value and fuelled innovation on all levels The increased presence of women entrepreneurs has had a remarkable impact on employment
The purpose of this chapter is therefore to conclude on the empirical study by compiling
a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni Theoretical applications of these links
would derive strong arguments
Recommendations to women entrepreneurship development for this area will be made followed by a critical evaluation of the study Suggestions for future studies will be implied and this chapter will be concluded by a summary
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
The following reflects the make-up of the Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur as concluded in the empirical study conducted
101
521 Biographical information results
The majority of the women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
that participated in this study are between 30 to 49 years of age She is furthermore
married with an average of two children mainly older than eighteen years The
entrepreneur is well littered with either a diploma or university degree
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results
The average women-owned business in Ekurhuleni is between one to five years old with
an annual turnover in the R100 000 to R500 000 range Operation is mainly within the
retail trade or service sector within the micro-enterprise environment Most businesses
can be found in outlying business areas The legal status of the participating businesses
is mainly reserved to sole proprietorships
523 Path to ownership results
The Ekurhuleni women-owned business is either founded or purchased by the female entrepreneur which are on average four to ten years self-employed and mostly a first-time owner A bank loan or personal funding provided start-up capital Owners were not motivated by childhood role models
524 Motivational factors to self employment results
The need for a challenge self-fulfilment and confidence in the product or service offered are the main motivators for these women entrepreneurs Factors such as difficulty f inding a job redundancy and entering of family business are least motivational
indicating that the average Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur are drawn to self-employment by pull factors rather than push factors (Botha 2006 122)
102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni
For the average female entrepreneur Ekurhuleni will be a source of an ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities The Ekurhuleni infrastructure meets the needs of their businesses and the region provides good network opportunities with other businesses However most of the participating women entrepreneurs feel that the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality do not have proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in this district
526 Obstacles to business start-up results
The lack of business management skills inter-role conflict with home and work the lack of timely business information high risk aversion by women entrepreneurs lack of self-confidence and a lack of awareness or access to business support are all considered as huge obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs during the start-up phase of their respective business
Factors such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models are not considered as major obstacles to business start-ups
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results
The main current obstacles experienced by the average female entrepreneur are liquidity and other financial problems Aspects such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models were once again recognised as the least considered obstacles in current business operations
103
528 Support needs results
The average female entrepreneur feels that they can mostly benefit from financial and growth support whereas psychological technical and infrastructure support are rated low on urgency
53 RECOMMENDATIONS
In the light of the research results explained a development framework was compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni Figure 51 represents the specific elements of the Ekurhuleni entrepreneurial development framework (refer to the next page)
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs on in Ekurhuleni district are complex and calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
The main recommendation issued by this review is the establishing of an Ekurhuleni
women entrepreneurship development centre The main responsibility of this centre will
be the implementation and co-ordination of the recommendations listed below
104
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
Own compilation
The purpose of the section to follow is to provide a description of the specific elements
within the recommended framework to develop women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
105
531 Promotion
Recommendation
The review recommends the formation of a specific women entrepreneurship advocacy team within the overall development centre
Motivation
The main role of the advocacy team will be to raise the visibility of womens economic contribution and to change the policy to support womens role in the Ekurhuleni district It is important that the advocacy team are aware of the heterogeneity of their client group Without this awareness policy changes risk being unintentionally biased against a group such as women entrepreneurs
532 Strategy
Recommendation
It is recommended that women entrepreneurship specific policies be drafted within the
Ekurhuleni district and emphasis placed on continued research into the development of
the women entrepreneurs in the district
Motivation
bull The process of policy formulation has to incorporate gender mainstreaming strategies On a national base government has been introducing new gender-specific laws of a general nature but gender issues were not considered in all the other laws of relevance to womens entrepreneurship development
106
bull These policies must address awareness since many institutions are not aware of the gender-specific constraints of women entrepreneurs and therefore unable to address them adequately when providing the necessary services
bull Associations in charge of the enhancement of the status of women NGOs womens organisations and technical programmes could play an important role in emphasising gender issues in the creation of a more enabling policy and legal environment In this connection the importance of the systematic collection and analysis of gender specific data and information for gender-sensitive industrial policy formulation and implementation cannot be over emphasised This is necessary in order to identify the constraints and needs of women entrepreneurs prior to the formulation of any development programme targeting women
bull It is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations lobby groups and the municipality should strive for the systematic collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship
bull The creation of awareness about entrepreneurship requires the adoption of an entrepreneurial culture among potential women entrepreneurs and among youth in general as they are the future entrepreneurs This could be done if local support institutions professional assodations media and womens associations put emphasis on creating awareness about entrepreneurship Media and school campaigns exposure to role models and targeted training could also be used for this purpose
107
533 Support
bull Training
Recommendation
The development of proper training programmes focussing on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs is a necessity
Motivation
bull Training is one of the most common business development services provided Training initiatives include both the provision of general business skills as well as skills more particular to an industry General business training includes basic business skills such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and is usually a central element of an integrated service package Training in skills is often not sufficient for women and successful training programmes for women entrepreneurs therefore also include confidence building entrepreneurship developmenttraining fostering the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business are just a few to mention
bull Programmes that not only confine themselves to training existing or potential women entrepreneurs but also make efforts to reach girls in order to encourage them to become entrepreneurs must be developed
bull A modular approach to the training programme design must be followed - it offers core courses and then allows clients to select other courses suiting their needs This makes the training flexible and gives clients the independence to choose the skills on which they lack the most or want to focus on
bull However successful programme designs are always those which are based on realistic needs-based assessments Women have different training needs in terms of course content scheduling length and delivery Programme designers must be aware of womens multiple roles and programmes should be scheduled when
108
women are likely to be free Participatory techniques and incremental learning using
female instructors are considered good teaching models for reaching women
entrepreneurs
bull Access to credit
Recommendation
A proper study into good practices should be launched to enhance accesses for women
entrepreneurs to credit from where specific plans must be drafted to ensure better
access to financing for these women entrepreneurs
Motivation
Credit is a constraint faced by many women entrepreneurs Women need to be able to
access mainstream banking and finance and need support in this area Increased
access to credit is a key to the development of women entrepreneurs in SMEs
bull Counselling and mentoring programmes
Recommendation
This study recommends the establishing of counselling and mentoring centres
Motivation
bull Individually-based services where clients receive help and support on problems
specific to their businesses have proven to be most effective
bull Counselling programmes tend to be expensive One way of cutting costs is by using
volunteers and using group-based services for more general issues
109
bull Attention must be paid to hiring female consultants avoiding a male environment and providing services sensitive to womens needs In addition gender training of consultants should be done
bull Many women want post-start-up support accessible after trying out the skills learned in earlier training Mentoring is one method of providing this support which can be very effective as it addresses the specific problems faced by the individual entrepreneur This kind of support includes individual or group-based assistance directed at specific problems where mentors serve as role models Based on a longer-term relationship with the mentor this is essentially a form of knowledge transfer It can be tailored to client needs and therefore can have high effectiveness and impact However it can also be costly in terms of mentors time
bull Mentoring can be offered to individuals or groups Individual mentoring is often more effective and have a greater impact as it addresses problems specific to the womens businesses Group-based mentoring offers other benefits such as group solidarity and the opportunity to learn from others experiences
bull However as mentioned earlier mentoring can be an expensive service to provide Many support agencies have cut costs by using volunteer mentors but mentor quality has to be monitored Supply of female mentors volunteer or not is sometimes a problem Coupling mentoring with a sectoral focus has emerged as a good strategy to help women to enter new industries Use of female mentors and having women-only group mentoring programmes increases the likelihood that women will use the services
bull Information sharing and network formation
Recommendation
The study wants to emphasize the need for the development of a specific women entrepreneur association within the Ekurhuleni district for the main purpose of networking and information sharing
110
Motivation
Information is a key resource for women entrepreneurs Information can relate to markets suppliers costs and technology and networks have emerged as key strategy for offering support to women entrepreneurs Networking is very important to the success of a business and it is identified as one of the key ways to strengthen womens enterprises as it can provide access to information new customers and suppliers Networks are relations with others in the business community and are an important way to access information
Sometimes training courses provide early networking opportunities giving practice
time to women before they go out to network in the wider business environment
Training courses also allow women to meet others starting businesses Networks can
also contribute to the knowledge and development of support agencies
Information exchange in the networks is provided through many means including one-
stop shops trade fairs and the Internet Information technology has proven to be an
important asset for accessing information and expanding networks Often the network
makes services and information available to entrepreneurs by toll free telephone fax in
person and through the Internet In fact the use of the internet has greatly helped to
widen the geographic areas of networks both between entrepreneurs and between
support agencies Internet allows clients to access it at times that suit their schedules
This helps women have greater access as they often have to juggle multiple demands
on their time Online networks and community business centres offer networking
opportunities Decentralized service provision also insures that the information provided
to local women is relevant to the local context
i l l
bull Support organisations
Recommendation
Accumulation of support organisations must take place Through awareness the involvement of organisations and institutions must be increased
Motivation
Many different types of organisations can provide either direct or indirect support to women entrepreneurs The different organisations working with women entrepreneurs include NGOs credit providers training and technical assistance centres research institutes and universities professional organisations government agencies and private sector organisations
Professional membership organisations have also emerged as important agencies which work to change policy and provide services and networks to members They work best when they serve a clientele with common interests The membership organisations must serve women business owners with gender being perceived as one commonality across which membership organisations can be established
Private sector actors other than banks or private training providers include suppliers of inputs final goods customers and consultants They work with women entrepreneurs through subcontracting arrangements and by supplying inputs raw materials used equipment or technical assistance These are viewed as an increasingly important source of assistance for women entrepreneurs particularly for-profit service providers In addition to this consultants may work with entrepreneurs directly for a fee or as volunteers For example some firms may volunteer their staffs time as consultants while some individuals working in the private sector may do so independent of their place of work
112
Universities and research institutes can also contribute to the development of women entrepreneurs through provision of trainers and consultants and through direct research on entrepreneurship with particular focus on women and by highlighting their contribution to the local regional and national economy In some cases they can also develop technologies to improve productivity and reduce the time burden of women
54 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY
The success of this study is based upon the realising of the primary and secondary
objectives as indicated in section 13 of this study
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
In order to reach the primary objectives successfully the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a global context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
The first secondary objective namely to gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African economy was achieved through a comprehensive literature study in chapter two This chapter act as a motivation to this question by supplying ambient evidence in the role women entrepreneurs plays in the South African economy
113
The second secondary objective that is to study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur was also realised through the literature review in chapter two
The third secondary objective to identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing their own business ventures was achieved by both the literature review in chapter three and the detailed empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five
The fourth secondary objective to examine current development programmes in a
global context was realised through both chapter twos literature review focusing on
South African development programmes and a detailed description of international good
practices in chapter three
The last secondary objective to suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district was achieved through the results obtained during the empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five The results of this empirical research led to the development of a women entrepreneurship development framework as represented in section 53 of chapter five Practical recommendations forms part of the framework developed
Trough the achieving of all secondary objectives and the framework discussed in section
53 it can therefore be concluded that the primary objective namely the development of
a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
were achieved
55 SUGGESTION FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
Forthcoming work can build on this review by focusing on measuring the effectiveness
of programmes and initiative that was implemented due to recommendation issued in
section 53 of this review
114
Furthermore as explained earlier it is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations and the municipality should strive for the systematic and frequent collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship as to ensure that up to date and relevant programmes are in place to support the female entrepreneurs
56 SUMMARY
The purpose of this chapter was to conclude on the empirical study by compiling a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni was given that included the following aspects The biographical information of the female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support needs of the female entrepreneur
The empirical research resulted in recommendations to women entrepreneurship
development in Ekurhuleni being made That was followed by a critical evaluation of the
study in regards to the achievement of the research objectives Suggestions for future
studies were also recommended
Gender sensitivity of programme design and service delivery is critical Agencies which have a successful record in reaching women are always aware of the characteristics of their female and male clients and the gender-specific barriers affecting their economic participation when designing programmes Thus gender aware needs assessment is a vital tool to good service design and delivery
115
Furthermore developing a supportive environment for womens entrepreneurship is important to womens success This includes helping women to deal with their multiple roles and involving men families and communities (as appropriate) in womens entrepreneurship Support agencies must understand womens goals and objectives in becoming entrepreneurs and work to support those goals Providing for both practical and strategic gender needs is central to womens economic success While not all agencies can work at both levels the experience from developed countries shows that service providers should make an effort to partner with agencies which work to address deeper strategic issues through advocacy and policy change
Therefore an important learning is the need to couple programme actions with policy work In order to make long-term changes in womens ability to participate freely in the economy the socio-cultural constraints on women must be addressed Advocacy work should be directed at policymakers in order to raise their awareness of the important role of women in the economy and the positive effect of economic participation on women and their families
116
BIBLIOGRAPHY
AFFHOLDER J amp BOX DM 2004 Struggles of female entrepreneurs Allied
Academies International Conference Proceedings of the Academy of Entrepreneurship
10(1)
AIDIS R 2003 Entrepreneurship and economic transition Tinbergen Institute
discussion paper pp 5
ALTMAN M 2001 Paths to employment expansion in a minerals economy Urban
Forum Special Issue First International Conference on Employment Creation in
Development 12(3-4) 314
ANNA L CHANDLER G JANSEN E amp MERO N 2000 Women business owners
in traditional and non-traditional industries Journal of Business Venturing 15(3) 279-
303
ARIF M 2008 Definition and introduction of entrepreneurship Shri Ramswaroop
College of Engineering amp Management
AUSTRIAN INSTITUTE FOR SMALL BUSINESS RESEARCH (IFGH) 2002 Good
practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship Examples from Europe and other
OECD countries Pp 1 - 110
BANERJEE A GALIANI S LEVINSOHN J MCLAREN Z amp WOOLARD I 2007
Why has unemployment risen in the new South Africa [Web]
httpwwwnberorgpapersw13167 [Date of access 20 July 2008]
BARTLETT J E KOTRLIK J W amp HIGGINS C 2001 Organizational research
Determining appropriate sample size for survey research information Technology
Learning and Performance Journal 19(1) 43-50
117
BARUAH S 2005 Entrepreneurship Concept and definition Indian Institute of
Entrepreneurship
BENNETT R amp DANN S 2000 The changing experience of Australian female
entrepreneurs Gender Work and Organization 7(2) 75-83
BERRY A VON BLOTTNITZ M CASSIM R KESPER A RAJARATNAM B amp
VAN SEVENTER D 2002 The economics of SMMES in South Africa Paper presented
at the 2002 Trade and industrial policy strategy conference
BHORAT H 2002 Employment and unemployment trends in Post-Apartheid South
Africa Paper Prepared for the Presidency 10-Year Cabinet Review Process 2nd draft
BHORAT H amp HODGE J 1999 Decomposing shifts in labour demand in South Africa
South African Journal of Economics 67(3) 348-380
BHORAT H amp CASSIM R 2004 The challenge of growth employment and poverty in
the South African economy since democracy An exploratory review of selected issues
Development Southern Africa 21 (1) 7 -31
BODEN R amp NUCCI A 2000 On the survival prospects of mens and womens new
business ventures Journal of Business Venturing 15(4) 347-362
BORGIA D SEGAL G amp SCHOENFELD J 2005 The motivation to become an
entrepreneur College of Business Fort Myers Florida USA
BOTHA M 2006 Measuring the effectiveness of the women entrepreneurship
programme as a training intervention on potential start-up and established women
entrepreneurs in South Africa Pretoria University of Pretoria (Unpublished PhD-
thesis)
118
BRADLEY F amp BOLES K 2003 Female entrepreneurs from ethnic backgrounds An
exploration of motivations and barriers pp 301
BROWN W 2002 Ambition versus action do males and females exhibit conflicting
perspectives of entrepreneurial potential and growth A study among entrepreneurship
students and entrepreneurship graduates before and after start-up Paper presented at
the 25th Institute for Small Business and Entrepreneurship National Small Firms Policy
and Research Conference Competing Perspectives of Small Business and
Entrepreneurship
BRUNI A GHERARDI S amp POGGIO B 2004 Entrepreneur-mentality gender and
the study of women entrepreneurs Journal of Organizational Change Management
17(3) 256-268
BRUSH C CARTER N GATEWOOD E GREENE P amp HART M 2006 Womens
entrepreneurship in the United States
CAMPBELL H 2004 A study of knowledge management strategies as enabled by the
support of asynchronous groupware systems Pretoria University of South Africa
(Unpublished PhD-thesis)
CARREE M ampTHURIK AR 1998 Small firms and economic growth in Europe
Atlantic Economic Journal 26 (2) 137-146
CASALE D amp POSEL D 2002 The continued feminisation of the labour force in South
Africa An analysis of recent data and trends South African Journal of Economics
70(1) 156-184
CASSAR G 2006 Entrepreneur opportunity costs and intended venture growth
Journal of Business Venturing 21 610-632
119
CARTER S ANDERSON S amp SHAW E 2001 Womens business ownership A
review of the academic popular and internet literature Report to the Small Business
Service wwwsbsgovukcontentresearchcarter-reportpaf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
CARTER N GARTNER W SHAVER K amp GATEWOOD E 2003 The career
reasons of nascent entrepreneurs Journal of Business Ventunng 18 13-39
CHANDRA V amp NGANOU J 2001 Obstacles to formal employment creation in South
Africa Evidence from recent firm surveys Paper presented to DPRU Conference
Johannesburg November
CLIFF J 1998 Does one size fit all Exploring the relationship between attitudes
towards growth gender and business size Journal of Business Ventunng 13(6) 523-
542
DE GROOT TU 2001 Women entrepreneurship development in selected African
countries For United Nations Industrial Development Organization Pp 1 -36
DE KLERK GJ amp HAVENGA JJD 2004 SME networks and clusters and their
impact on economic growth An exploratory overview of Africa Potchefstroom Northshy
west University
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY (DTI) 2001 Driving competiveness in
South-Africa The integrated industrial strategy Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE A N D INDUSTRY (DTI) 2004 Ten years of small business
support in South Africa 1994-2004 Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Isivande Womens fund [Web]
httpwwwdtiqovzaisivandemainhtm [Date of access 10 September 2008]
120
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 South African Women
Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzasawensawenmainhtm
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Technology for women in business
(TWIB) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzathedtitwibhtm [Date of access 10 September
2008]
DEVEY R SKINNER C amp VALODIA I 2002 The informal economy in South Africa
who where what and how much Paper presented to the DPRU Conference on Labour
Markets and Poverty in South Africa Johannesburg 22-24 October 2002
DEMARTINO Ramp BARBATO R 2003 Differences Between Women and Men MBA
Entrepreneurs Exploring Family Flexibility and Wealth Creation as Career Motivators
Journal of Business Ventunng 18 815-832
DINING OUT 2008 South African restaurants [Web] httpwwwdining-
outcozaEkurhuleni-Mapasp [Date of access 10 September 2008]
DU RIETZ A amp HENREKSON M 2000 Testing the female underperformance
hypothesis Small Business Economics 14 1-10
ECKEL C amp GROSSMAN P 2002 Sex differences and statistical stereotyping in
attitudes toward financial risk Evolution and Human Behaviour 23(4) 281-295
EDWARDS L 2001 Globalisation and the skills bias of occupational employment in
South Africa South African Journal of Economics 69(1) 40-72
EKURHULENI METROPOLITAN MUNICIPALITY (EMM) 2007 Growth and
development strategy 2025 [Web] httpwwwekurhulenicomcontentview454296
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
121
FREY I 2006 Poverty and unemployment in South Africa National Labour and
Economic Development Institute [Web]
http7wwwnalediorgzadocsPovertv20and20unemployment20in20South20A
frica20Feb202006pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
FOGEL DS 1994 Environments for entrepreneurship development key dimensions
and research implications mmsjribsbs02usersAmeMy
DocumentsDEVELOPMENTEnvironments for entrepreneurship development key
dimensions and research implications_ Company Activities amp Management Company
Structures amp Ownership from AIIBusiness_commht [Date of access 1 October 2008]
GATEWOOD E SHAVER K POWERS J amp GARTNER W 2002 Entrepreneurial
expectancy task effort and performance Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2)
187-206
GEORGELLIS Y amp WALL H 2004 Gender differences in self-employment Working
paper The Federal Reserve Bank of Saint Louis
httpresearchstlouisfedOrgwp19991999-008pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
GREENE P HART M GATEWOOD E BRUSH C amp CARTER N 2003 Moving
front and centre An overview of research and theory [Web]
wwwusasbcorgknowledgewhitepapersgreene2003pdf [Date of access 19 March
2008]
GUN DRY L BEN-YOSEPH M amp POSIG M 2002 Contemporary perspectives on
womens entrepreneurship A review and strategic recommendations Journal of
Enterprising Culture 10 (1) 67-86
HISRICH RD PETERS MP amp SHEPHERD DA 2005 Entrepreneurship 6th ed
New York NY McGraw-Hill Irwin
122
HITT MA DACIN TM LEVITAS E ARREGLE JL amp BORZA A 2000 Partner
selection in emerging and developed market contexts resource-based and
organizational learning perspectives Academy of Management Journal 43(3) 449-468
HOGSKOLA M 2008 Female entrepreneurs in Sweden and Thailand Differences and
similarities in Motivation Sweden School of Sustainable Development of Society and
Technology (Unpublished MBA-dissertation)
HUGHES KD 2006 Exploring motivation and success among Canadian women
entrepreneurs America University of Alberta (Unpublished PhD-Thesis)
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR OFFICE (ILO) 2004 Supporting growth-oriented women
entrepreneurs in Ethiopia Kenya amp Tanzania SEED programme Pp 1-113
JALBERT E 2000 Women entrepreneurs in the global economy Pp 55
KANTOR P 2001 Promoting womens entrepreneurship development based on good
to South practice programmes Some experiences from North to South SEED Working
Paper No 9 International Labour Office Geneva
KEH H FOO M amp LIM B 2002 Opportunity evaluation under risky conditions The
cognitive processes of entrepreneurs Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 125-
148
KEPLER E amp SHANE S 2007 Are male and female entrepreneurs really that
different Small business research summary 309(1)
KINGDON G amp KNIGHT J 2005 Unemployment in South Africa 1995-2003 causes
problems and policies Global Poverty Research Group [Web] httpwwwqprqorg
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
123
KLASEN S amp WOOLARD I 1999 Levels trends and consistency of employment and
unemployment figures in South Africa Development Southern Africa 16(1)
KOLLER M 2006 Hysteresis and unemployment in South Africa Bloemfontein
University of the Free State (Dissertation - MCom)
KORUNKA C FRANK H LUEGER M amp MUGLER J 2003 The entrepreneurial
personality in the context of resources environment and the start-up process - A
configurational approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 28(1) 23-42
KOLIRILOFF M 2000 Exploring perceptions of a prior barriers to entrepreneurship A
multidisciplinary approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 25(2) 59-80
KUTANI RO amp BAYRAKTAROGLU S 2003 Female entrepreneurs Social feminist
insights for overcoming the barriers Sakarya University The Faculty of Business
Studies Turkey Pp 3
KYRO P 2001 Women entrepreneurs question mens criteria for success
wwwbabsoneduentrepferBabson202001 [Date of access 10 September 2008]
LEWIS JD 2002 Promoting growth and employment in South Africa South African
Journal of Economics 70(5) 725-41
LOCKE EA amp LATHAM GP 1990 A theory of goal setting and task performance
Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall
LOMBARD K 2001 Female self-employment and demand for flexible non-standard
work schedules Economic Inquiry 39(2) 214-237
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
124
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2007 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
MAHADEA D 2008 The environmental context for SMME entrepreneurship in
Kwazulu-Natal The regulatory environment and its impact on the nature and level of
economic growth and development in South Africa Conference 2008
MARKMAN G BALKIN D amp BARON R 2002 Inventors and new venture formation
The effects of general self-efficacy and regretful thinking Entrepreneurship Theory and
Practice 27(2) 149-166
MARLOW S 1997 Self-employed women new opportunities old challenges
Entrepreneurship amp Regional Development 9(3) 199-211
MAYER M amp ALTMAN M 2005 South Africas economic development trajectory
implications for skills development Journal of Education and Work 18(1) 33-56
MAYOUX L 2001 Jobs gender and small enterprises Getting the policy environment
right - SEED Working Paper No 15 - SEED Working Paper No 15 ILO Geneva
MAYSAMI RC amp GOBY VP 1999 Female business owners in Singapore and
elsewhere A review of studies Journal of Small Business Management 37(2) 96-105
MBOWENI TT 2000 A new monetary policy framework Statement of the Monetary
Policy Committee 6 April SARB [Web] httpwwwreservebankcoza internet
publicationnsf [Date of access 10 September 2008]
MCCLELLAND E SWAIL J BELL J amp IBBOTSON P 2005 Following the pathway
of female entrepreneurs A six-country investigation International Journal of
Entrepreneurial Behavior amp Research 11 (2) 84-107
MCVICAR M amp CRAIG JF 1981 Minding my own business Entrepreneurial women
share their secrets of success New York Richard Marek
MITCHELL R BUSENITZ L LANT T MCDOUGALL P MORSE E amp SMITH J
2002 Toward a theory of entrepreneurial cognition Rethinking the people side of
entrepreneurship research Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 93-104
MOHR P amp FOURIE L 2000 Economics for South African students 2nd ed Pretoria
Van Schaik Publishers
NIEUWENHUIZEN C amp KROON J 2003 The Relationship between financing criteria
and the success factors of entrepreneurs in small and medium enterprises
Development Southern Africa 20 (1)
NTSIKA ENTERPRISE PROMOTION AGENCY 1999 State of small business in South
Africa Policy and Research Division Pretoria
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2004 Promoting entrepreneurship and innovative SMEs in a Global economy Towards
a more responsible and inclusive globalisation Paper read at2n d OECD conference of
ministers responsible for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) Turkey Istanbul
OECD 1998 Women Entrepreneurs in Small and Medium Enterprises OECD Paris
[Web] httpwwwoecdorg [Date of access 8 September 2008]
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2008 Economic assessment of South Africa 2008 [Web] httpwwwsourceoecdorg
[Date of access 6 June 2008]
OSTENSSON O amp UWIZEYE-MAPENDANO A 2000 Growth and diversification in
mineral economies paper presented at the Regional Workshop for Mineral Economies
in Africa 7-9 November Cape Town South Africa
REVIVO-STEINER M 2006 Women entrepreneurs A growing and promising
phenomenon [Web]
httpyywwwaltassetscomknowledqebankleaminqcurve2006nz9913php [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
ONEILL RC amp VILJOEN L 2001 Support for female entrepreneurs in South Africa
Improvement or decline Journal of Family Ecology and Consumer Sciences 29(1) 37 -
44
RENZULLI L ALDRICH H amp MOODY J 2000 Family matters Gender networks
and entrepreneurial outcomes Social Forces 79(2) 523-546
REYNOLDS PD HAY M BYGRAVE WD CAMP SM AUTIO E 2000 Global
Entrepreneurship Monitor Kauffman Centre for Entrepreneurial Leadership at the Ewing
Marion Kauffman Foundation
RICHARDSON P HOWARTH R amp FINNEGAN G 2004 The Challenges of Growing
Small Businesses Insights from Women Entrepreneurs in Africa SEED Working Paper
No 47
ROGERSON C M 2004 The impact of the South African Governments SMME
Programmes a ten year review (1994-2003) Development Southern Africa 21 (5)
SAMSON M 2000 The macroeconomics of job-creating growth EPRI Research Paper
10 Cape Town Economic Policy Research Institute
SHANE S LOCKE EA amp COLLINS CJ 2003 Entrepreneurial motivation Human
Resource Management Review 13(2) 257-279
127
SANNIKOVA E 2004 Regulatory impediments to enterprise development Mobilizing
womens economic potential International Conference on Reducing Barriers to
Entrepreneurship and Encouraging Enterprise Development Policy Options Salle VII
Palais des Nations 18-19 June 2007 pp 1-13
SHEPHERD D amp KRUEGER N 2002 An intentions-based model of entrepreneurial
teams social cognition Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 167-186
SIGH S REYNOLDSR amp MUHAMMADS 2001 A gender-based performance
analysis of micro and small enterprises in Java Indonesia Journal of Small Business
Management 39 (2) 174-182
SIMMON M amp HOUGHTON S 2002 The relationship among biases misperceptions
and introducing pioneering products examining differences in venture decision contexts
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 105-124
SOUTH AFRICA 1996 National Small Business Act 102 of 1996 Government Gazette
377(17612)
SOUTH AFRICA 2004 National Small Business Amendment Bill 26926 of 2004
Government Gazette B23-2004
SOUTH AFRICAN GOVERNMENT 2008 South African government information
[Web] httpwwwinfogovzaissuesqovtprogstarthtm [Date of access 24 April 2008]
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Mid year population estimates July 2008
rWeblhttpwwwstatssaqovzapublicationsP0302P03022008pdf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
128
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Statistics South Africa 2008 Quarterly labour
force survey (QLFS) Quarter 1 and Quarter 2 rWeb1httpwwwstatssaqovza [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
STATSOFT INC 2008 Statistica (Data Analysis Software System) Vers 8 [Web]
vwvwstatsoftcom [Date of access 16 December 2008]
STRUWIG FW amp STEAD GB 2004 Planning designing and reporting research 3rd
ed Cape Town Pearson Education
TANIGUCHI H 2002 Determinants of womens entry into self-employment Social
Science Quarterly 83(3) 875-894
TAYLOR RR 1988 Exceptional entrepreneurial women Strategies for success New
York NY Quorum Books
TULL DS amp HAWKINS DI 1980 Marketing research Measurement and method 2nd
ed New York NY Macmillan Publishing
UNITED NATIONS 2008 Millennium development goals [Web]
httpwwwunorgrnilleriniumgoals
UNITED NATIONS ECONOMIC COMMISSION FOR EUROPE (UNECE) 2004
Womens self employment and entrepreneurship in the ECE Region Regional
Symposium on Mainstreaming Gender into Economic Policies 28-30 January 2004
UNECE Secretariat Geneva
VERWEY I 2006 Development bank of Southern Africa Case studies on how women entrepreneur in construction experience the entrepreneurial process and manage growth Pp 1-10
129
WALKER C 2003 Piety in the sky gender policy and land reform in South Africa
Journal of Agrarian Change 3(1-2) 113-148
WEILER S amp BERNASEK A 2001 Dodging the glass ceiling Networks and the new
wave of women entrepreneurs The Social Science Journal 3885-103
WRONG DH 2007 Sociology [Web] httpencartamsncom [Date of access 2
February 2008]
ZAHRA SA IRELAND DR GUTIERREZ I amp HITT MA 2000 Privatization and
entrepreneurial transformation emerging issues and a future research agenda
130
Private Bag X6001 Potchefstroom Campus
W^P North-West University BUSINESS SCHOOL Potchefstroom
2520
Code number
APPENDIX A
QUESTIONNAIRE WOMEN ENTREPRENUERSHIP DEVELOPMENT IN
EKURHULENI
CONTACT DETAILS Ame1 Kock
Cell 082 783 0041 E-mail amekockmwebcoza
I9J NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESIT1 YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT POTCHEFSTROOM CAMPUS
WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE PLEASE NOTE
This questionnaire must only be completed by women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni District
All information will be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL and will only be used for academic purposes
Instructions for completion
1 Please answer the questions as objectively and honestly as possible 2 Place a cross (x) in the space provided at each question which reflects your answer the
most accurately Use the following key 1 = Strongly disagree 2 = Disagree 3 = Slightly disagree 4 = Neutral view 5 = Slightly agree 6 = Agree 7 = Strongly agree
Str
ongl
y di
sagr
ee
U)
0) Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
Neu
tral
view
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0)
ltD i_
lt Str
ongl
y ag
ree
B7 Ekurhuleni Municipality is assisting adequately in the needs of especially women entrepreneurs
1 2 3 4 laquo 6 7
It is essential you indicate your choice clearly with a pen
3 Where asked for comments or to express your own opinion keep answers short and to the point
4 Please answer all the questions as this will provide more information to the researcher so that an accurate analysis and interpretation of data can be made
Thank you for your co-operation We hope that you will find the questionnaire interesting and stimulating
l
SECTION A PERSONAL INFORMATION The following information is needed to help us with the statistical analysis of the data for comparisons among different businesses All your responses will be treated confidentially We appreciate your help in providing this important information
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which age group do you fall lt19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
A2 What is your marital status Single Married Divorced Widowed
(01) (02) (03) (04)
Indicate your highest academic qualification
Lower than matric
Matric
Certificate
Diploma (Technical College orTechnicon)
University degree
Postgraduate degree
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the number of children that you have
None
One (1) child
Two (2) children
Three (3) children
Four (4) children
Five (5) children
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the age of your children
No children
One (1) to five (5) years
Six (6) to 10 years
1 1 - 1 8 years
18+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
2
A5 Indicate your past experience before self-employment (occupational background)
Unemployed
Self-employed (owned a business)
Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier)
Supervisor (first-line management)
Middle management
Top (executive) management
A6 Indicate the number of years that you are self-employed
Less than one (1) year
1 -3 years
4 - 5 years
6 - 1 0 years
More than 10 years Please specify
3
SECTION B BUSINESS INFORMATION
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which industry does your business operate
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Manufacturing
Construction
Transportdistribution
Accommodation and restaurant (guest houses hotel)
Food industry
Agricultureforest ryfishing
Services (Please specify the type of service)
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
Indicate the legal status of your business (form of business ownership)
Sole proprietorship
Partnership
Close corporation
Company (private)
Company (public)
Business Trust
Not registered
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
What is the age of the business (years)
Please specify
4
B4 Indicate your path to business ownership
Started (founded) the business (01)
Purchase the business (02)
Join the family business (03)
Inherited the business (from the family) (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B5 Indicate your source of start-up funding
Personal savings (01)
Borrowed orgifted(donated) from relative or friend (02)
Householdspouse (03)
Sold previous business (04)
Bank loan (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
B6 Indicate the business premises (from where does the business operates)
From home (home-based) (01)
Central business district (CBD) (02)
Outlying business area (03)
Industrial area (03)
Agriculture land (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B7 How many permanent employees are employed by your business
Myself 2-4 5-10 11-25 26-50 51-100 101-200 200+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
gt
Indicate the turnover (annual sales) that your business generates
Less than R30 000
R30 000 - R50 000
R50 000-R100 000
R100 000-R500 000
R500 000 - R1 million
R1 million - R5 million
R5 million+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
Did you have any exposure to business in your childhood (ie partents close family friend owned a business)
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes who owned the business (Please specify - ie father mother sibling family friend close friend)
B10 Is the present business the first business that you own Yes (01)
No (02)
If no please indicate what happened to the business previously owned
Went out of business (03)
Still successful (04)
Sold of (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
6
SECTION C MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS The purpose of this section is to determine which factors drove female entrepreneurs to
enter into their own business ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block with a cross (X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee 0
W Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
MOTIVATION FOR ENTERING SELF-EMPLOYMENT OR TO START OWN BUSINESS
C1 The need for independence 2 3 4 5 6 7
C2 Need for flexible work schedule 2 3 4 5 6 7
C3 Need for a challenge 2 3 4 5 6 7
C4 Self-fulfilment 2 3 4 5 6 7
C5 To develop my hobby 2 3 4 5 6 7
C6 Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members 2 3 4 5 6 7
C7 Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C8 Difficulty finding a job 2 3 4 5 6 7
C9 Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C10 Compatibility with family duties 2 3 4 5 6 7
C11 Insufficient family income 2 3 4 5 6 7
C12 Desire for wealth 2 3 4 5 6 7
C13 Ensure high job security 2 3 4 5 6 7
C14 Entered the family business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C15 Confidence in the productservice offered 2 3 4 5 6 7
C16 Others (Please specify)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD
O) a w a S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree CD
0) i_
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
DEMOGRAPHIC ASPECTS
C17 Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C18 Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 2 3 4 5 6 7
C19 The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 2 3 4 5 6 7
C20 Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C21 Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C22 Other aspects of Ekurhuleni that motivated you in starting your business in this region
8
SECTION D OBSTACLES TOWARDS WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers has for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those barriers
still exist today The purpose of this section is to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers
that were faced by current female entrepreneurs in entering and running their own business
ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block Witha cross(X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD CD
O )
cgt
b Slig
htly
di
sagr
ee
Neu
tral
view
S
light
ly
agre
e CD CD
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) THAT INHIBIT THE FEMALE ENTREPRENEUR TO START HER OWN BUSINESS
D1 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D2 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D3 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D4 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D5 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D6 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D7 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D8 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D9 Lack of education and training (in general) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D10 Inequality of access to credit (difficultto obtain financing as a female)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D11 Lack of self-confidence 2 3 4 5 6 7
D12 Risk averse (great fear of failure) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D13 Legislative (lack of focussed women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D14 Other (Please specify)
9
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
U) m b S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree (D
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) YOU ARE FACING CURRENTLY IN RUNNING YOUR BUSINESS
D15 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D16 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D17 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D18 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D19 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D20 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D21 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D22 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D23 Liquidity and other financial problems 2 3 4 5 6 7
D24 Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D25 No timefortrainingupgrading of skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D26 Other (Please specify)
SECTION E DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF ENTREPRENEURS Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
Have you ever been trained or developed by either a government agency or the private sector
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes name the institution
Indicate the type of training that you received
Technical skills (ie hand crafting)
Communication skills
Accounting skills
Management skills
Technological skills (computers)
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
Do you know any organisation which is specifically established for women entrepreneurs
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes what is the name of that organisation
How does the organisation helps to develop women entrepreneurs in their activities (Choose one or more)
Provides education and training
Provides financial assistance
Supportsenables networking with other women entrepreneurs
Provides accessexposure to motivational speakersrole models
Provides business information
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
11
Indicate your specific needs (Choose one or more)
Financial support
Trainingknowledgeskills
Tools equipment machinery
Business advice information counselling mentoring
Marketing support
Suitable business premises
Growth Support
Technical support
Psychological support
Networking with other business owners
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity)
Legal support
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area
Other (Please specify)
THANK YOU FOR YOUR TIME
12
ABSTRACT
With nearly half of its population living in conditions of extreme poverty caused by
high unemployment rate the economic realities of South Africa are harsh And yet
the promise of sustainable development remains bright By creating economic
growth South African entrepreneurs are proving to be at the heart of that promise
and a key weapon in the fight against poverty (Mboweni 20001)
Small and medium enterprises (SMEs) and entrepreneurship form therefore
important parts of any national economy Governments have increasingly recognised
the importance of SMEs and entrepreneurship development It is now widely
recognised that a facilitative or enabling support programmes and the appropriate
regulatory environment is crucial to the development of small and medium
enterprises However programmes aimed at supporting SME and entrepreneurship
development tend to be gender neutral Womens economic potential may thus
remain under-utilised with attendant macro-economic consequences
Although limited research was focused on this topic in South Africa international
research has shown that women face a number of difficulties in establishing and
maintaining businesses Although most of these difficulties are common to both
genders in many cases they tend to be more significant for female entrepreneurs
(Edwards 2001 45) This is due to factors such as gender discrimination and
stereotypes differences in the way women and men approach entrepreneurship
difficulties in reconciling business and family obligations the choice of business types
and sectors information gaps lack of contacts and access to networking
Women entrepreneurship is still in its infancy in South Africa and only recently did the government start to focus on this dynamic field of high importance The Department of Trade and Industry (dti) has over the last few years tried to undertake a range of initiatives to promote and support the economic empowerment of women
I
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its
infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni
attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come
the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment
with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
The objective of this study was the compiling of a framework for the development of
women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district A survey of 80 women
entrepreneurs was conducted A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in
Ekurhuleni was compiled from empirical research The biographical information of the
female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned
businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the
views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the
motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up
phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support
needs of the female entrepreneur
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni district are complex and
calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of
services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result
addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
In the light of above and the research results a development framework was
compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
11
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I would like to express my gratitude to everyone who made it possible to complete this
dissertation First I extend great thanks to Professor Stephan van der Merwe my
dissertation advisor for his patients and considerable mentoring His advice and support
were essential to the successful completion of this research
Secondly thanks to all the women entrepreneurs that made time in their busy schedules
to participate in this study Your effort is greatly appreciated
Lastly and most importantly I would like to extend my heartfelt gratitude to my family and
friends for their love and support through the hard times and above all teaching me to
expect only the best from myself
111
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABSTRACT j
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS jjj
TABLE OF CONTENTS jv
LIST OF FIGURES viii
LIST OF TABLES ix
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY 1
11 INTRODUCTION 1
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT 4
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 6
131 Primary Objective 6
132 Secondary objectives 6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 7
141 Field of Study 7
142 Geographical 7
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 8
151 Literature review 8
152 Empirical research 9
1521 Research design 10
1522 Sampling frame 11
1523 Sampling method 11
1524 Questionnaire design 12
1525 Verification of questionnaire 14
1526 Distribution of questionnaires 15
1527 Data analysis 15
16 LIMITATIONS TO THE STUDY 15
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY 16
IV
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN 19
ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION 19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 20
121 South African employment 20
222 South African economy trajectory 22
223 Reasons for unemployment 24
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA 27
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship 27
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) 29
233 Government strategy 31
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI 38
241 Ekurhuleni demographic 38
242 Ekurhuleni economics 40
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure 41
25 SUMMARY 46
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP 47
31 INTRODUCTION 47
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY 47
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP 50
331 Motivation 52
332 Opportunity identification 54
333 Type of business started 55
334 Venture size 56
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs 56
336 Growth strategies 59
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT 60
35 SUMMARY 65
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 67
41 INTRODUCTION 67
42 GATHERING OF DATA 67
421 Development and construction of questionnaire 67
v
422 Data collection 69
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS 71
431 Age group description of respondents 71
432 Marital status of respondents 72
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
434 Number of children 74
435 Age group description of children 75
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES 77
441 Number of permanent employees 77
442 Turnover of business 78
443 Economic sector of operation 79
444 Legal status of business 81
445 Business premises 82
446 Age of business 83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP 84
451 Path to business ownership 84
452 Previous employment experience 85
453 Years self employed 86
454 Source of start-up funding 87
455 Role models 88
456 First ownership 89
46 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS 90
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors 90
462 Ekurhuleni support 93
463 Obstacles to business start-up 94
464 Obstacles currently faced in business 96
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS 98 48 SUMMARY 99
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 101
51 INTRODUCTION 101
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 101
521 Biographical information results 102
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results 102
VI
523 Path to ownership results 102
524 Motivational factors to self employment result 102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni 103
526 Obstacles to business start-up results 103
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results 103
528 Support need results 104
53 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY 113
55 SUGGESTIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 114
56 SUMMARY 115
BIBLIOGRAPHY 117
APPENDIX A - W O M E N ENTREPRENEURSHIP QUESTIONNAIRE 131
vu
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni metropolitan
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former east Rand) region
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007I
Figure 31 Framework for the support of women entrepreneurship activity
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in
Ekurhuleni
LIST OF TABLES
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006 3
Table 21 Key labour market indicators 21
Table 22 South African projectory indicators 28
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa 32
Table 24 Small business support institutions 34
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks 37
Table 26 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics 39
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship theory 49
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurship 51
Table 41 Age group description of respondents 71
Table 42 Marital status of respondents 72
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
Table 44 Number of children of respondents 75
Table 45 Age group description of children 76
Table 46 Number of permanent employees 77
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business 79
Table 48 Economic sector of operation 80
Table 49 Legal status of business 81
Table 410 Business premises 82
Table 411 Age of business 83
Table 412 Path to business ownership 84
Table 413 Previous employment experience 85
Table 414 Years self employed 87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding 88
Table 416 Role models 89
Table 417 First ownership 90
Table 418 women entrepreneurship motivation factors 91
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support
this district is providing to their business operations 93
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up 95
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business 97
IX
Table 422 Support needs of respondents 98
x
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY
11 INTRODUCTION
In the year 2000 the largest gathering of world leaders in human history signed an agreement committing to achieve measurable improvements in the most critical areas of human development This agreement came to be called the Millennium Development Goals and it contained an important commitment to halve poverty by the year 2015 Now eight years after the Millennium Summit we better understand three important facts (United Nations 2008 1)
bull Poverty alleviation goals will not be achieved without sustainable economic growth in the developing world
bull This economic growth will rely in large part on the success of the private sector
bull Private sector development must touch all segments of the economy including the micro enterprise and SME sectors
The hypothesis that entrepreneurship is linked to economic growth finds Its most immediate foundation in simple intuition common sense and pure economic observation activities to convert ideas into economic opportunities lie at the very heart of entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a source of innovation and change and as such spurs improvements in productivity and economic competitiveness
With nearly half of its population living in conditions of extreme poverty caused by high unemployment rate the economic realities of South Africa are harsh And yet the promise of sustainable development remains bright By creating economic growth South African entrepreneurs are proving to be at the heart of that promise and a key weapon in the fight against poverty (Mboweni 2000 1)
1
No economically successful country can operate using less than half of its business
resources According to the latest labour force survey and mid year population estimates
released by Statistics South Africa women in South Africa currently make up 518
percent of South Africas adult population 439 percent of the workforce 566 percent of
the unemployed and 525 percent of the working age population (Statistics South Africa
2008 3) But unfortunately their contribution has not been adequately nurtured
Although limited research was focused on this topic in South Africa international
research has shown that women face a number of difficulties in establishing and
maintaining businesses Although most of these difficulties are common to both
genders in many cases they tend to be more significant for female entrepreneurs
(Edwards 2001 45) This is due to factors such as
bull Gender discrimination and stereotypes
bull Differences in the way women and men approach entrepreneurship
bull Difficulties in reconciling business and family obligations
bull The choice of business types and sectors
bull Information gaps
bull Lack of contacts and access to networking
Women entrepreneurship is still in its infancy in South Africa and only recently did the
government start to focus on this dynamic field of high importance The Department of
Trade and Industry (dti) has over the last few years tried to undertake a range of
initiatives to promote and support the economic empowerment of women These include
the holding of a number of conferences the establishment of the South African
Womens Empowerment Network and commissioning of studies looking at the internal
operations and external impact of both the Department of Trade and Industry and its
associated institutions from a gender perspective (Department of Trade and Industry
2008 1) Unfortunately these government activities did not shed or lighten any problems
that woman entrepreneurs are still facing today as South Africa is still not placed
favourable against other international countries in regards to entrepreneurship as
2
indicated by the 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) report (Maas amp
Herrington 2006 24)
The GEM is a research programme launched in 1999 that provides annual assessments
of the national level of entrepreneurship GEM analyses are based on a harmonised
assessment of the level of national entrepreneurial activity for the participating countries
and represent one of the rare sources of data on entrepreneurship conducive to crossshy
country comparison The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share
of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a
new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old According to the GEM
report 2006 (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) South Africa is placed 30th out of 42
participant countries as indicated in table 11 The table furthermore indicate that South
Africas position on the global ranking continues to deteriorate relative to other
participating countries This is despite improved macro-economic conditions in the
country
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006
South Africas TEA ranking
2001 14m out of 28 countries
2002 20m out of 37 countries
2003 22nd out of 31 countries
2004 20m out of 34 countries
2005 25th out of 34 countries
2006 30m out of 42 countries
Source Maas amp Herrington (200624)
Currently the global average for female entrepreneurship is standing at seven point
seven percent of the population South African women are however currently
performing at just four point eight percent (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) Almost three
percent lower than the global average indicating that considerable scope exists to
improve the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
3
Therefore a great need for a conceptual framework in the context of women entrepreneurship development must be look into This kind of framework will contribute to an unlimited advantage and sustainable growth for the South African economy
The South African National Small Business Act (1996) and National Small Business Amendment Bill (292004 2) classify micro very small small and medium-sized businesses as businesses that employ less than 200 full-time equivalent of paid employees
The focus of this study was thus small and medium-sized women owned businesses as
define above
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT
Research on women entrepreneurship remains limited in the South African context and
this has a direct influence on the formulation and implementation of policies and support
programmes that could be one of the main causes of South Africas current poor
performance in regards to female entrepreneurship activity
But in order to develop appropriate interventions to promote women entrepreneurs in
South Africa and therefore create a sustaining and entrepreneurial environment in the
country it is necessary first to understand more about them
This study will focus on enhancing the understanding of the profile of the woman entrepreneur through examining the contextual social psychological and economic factors that influence and shape the woman entrepreneur in a complex dynamic environment
Womens entrepreneurship needs to be studied separately for four main reasons
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
4
Firstly because womens entrepreneurs has been recognised during the last decade as
an important untapped source of economic growth Women creating unique solutions to
management business problems and exploitation of entrepreneurial opportunities
necessities this field of study As a result women represent a readily available pool of
potential entrepreneurial activity that countries may leverage to improve their economies
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
Secondly although without a doubt the economic impact of women is significant little
substantial research was done on this field Leaving unventured ground for further
research The topic of women in entrepreneurship has been largely neglected both in
society in general and in the social sciences (Organisation for economic co-operation
and development 2004 5)
Thirdly according to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(2004 5) not only do women participate less in entrepreneurship than men but will also
participate in entrepreneurial activities in other industries than those of their male
counterparts The industries (primarily retail education and other service industries)
chosen by women are often perceived as being less important to economic development
and growth than high-technology and manufacturing
It is thus clear that scientific research on women entrepreneurship is important to gain
knowledge on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs in order to make
recommendations
Lastly current support policies and programmes do not take into consideration the
unique needs of woman entrepreneurs sketching an unequal playing field and resulting
in a bias towards male entrepreneurs
From the worlds largest producer of gold a century ago the geographical area known
as the Ekurhuleni has become an entity of note in a globally competitive business and
industry Leaving ambient source of entrepreneurial opportunities not currently utilised to
5
full potential The study will therefore also aim to lessen this gap in the development of
women entrepreneurs in this dynamic district by developing a contextual framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship specifically in Ekurhuleni
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY
This study is based on both a primary objective and secondary objectives
131 Primary objective
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
132 Secondary objectives
In order to achieve the primary objective the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a South African context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
141 Field of the study
This study focused on the major discipline of entrepreneurship with the specific emphasis on women entrepreneurship
142 Geographical
Ekurhuleni comprised of nine towns of the former East Rand namely Greater Alberton Benoni Germiston Springs Kempton Park Edenvale Nigel Brakpan and Boksburg Refer to figure 11 for a map of the region
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
7
Ekurhuleni is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region
Ekurhuleni is a Tsonga word and can loosely be translated as the place of peace It denotes a place with plentiful opportunities for any enthusiastic entrepreneur but not to the avail of some unique challenges forfeiting by this diverse region
This study therefore determined what unique challenges specifically woman
entrepreneurs are facing while venturing into this dynamic environment
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
151 Literature study
A study of the literature involves tracing identifying and analysing documents containing information relating to the research problem (Struwig amp Stead 2001 38)The main aim of the literature study was first of all is to gain a body of knowledge regarding woman entrepreneurship and geographical aspects where after this knowledge was formulated into a comprehensive understanding of current elements associated to women entrepreneurs This understanding was utilised in the design of the questionnaire for the empirical study
Other advantages to the literature study (Struwig amp Stead 2001 39)
bull The literature study can provide a perspective on the study
bull The literature study can highlight previous investigations pertinent to the research
topic and indicate how other researchers have dealt with similar research problems
in similar situations
bull It can reveal unfamiliar sources of information
8
bull Can stimulate new ideas and approaches
bull It can provide a framework for the evaluation and assessment of future work
Various sources of secondary data including the following was studied and applied to
this study
bull Scientific journals
bull Text books
bull Reports from the Department of Trade and Industry (dti) of South Africa
bull Other dissertations and thesis on entrepreneurship
bull Statistical reports from Statistics South Africa
bull Environmental reports
Sources accessed and retrieved were used to write the literature review covering two
chapters The aim with chapter two was to provide background information to the study
in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise
development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the
South African economy
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
152 Empirical study
Empirical research activities contribute to casual understanding by investigating
relationships between scores obtained from cases on measure of concepts (Schwab
1999 3)
9
Three activities are needed to conduct empirical research
bull Measurement Measurement activities are aimed at obtaining scores on
measurement that correspond to the concepts studied
bull Research design Research design establishes procedures to obtain participants
and to determine how scores are obtained on measures
bull Analyses Analysis are performed to describe scores on single measures and
especlaWy to identify relationships that may exist between scores across different
measures
1521 Research design
The data on female-owned businesses are limited and the need for further research on female entrepreneurs has been identified as long ago as the early 1980s Most international studies on female entrepreneurs suffered from limitations that preluded their generalisation (ONeill amp Viljoen 200137)
Due to the incompleteness of current literature available on the subject of women entrepreneurship quantitative methods was utilised in combination with current available literature to formulate questions established during the study A hypothesis was therefore not formulated due to the exploratory nature of this study
As a component to the explorative nature of the study a survey of female entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni was conducted Survey research can be described as the gathering and scrutiny of responses from samples of people to polls and questionnaires that are designed to draw out their opinions attitudes and sentiments on a particular subject (Wrong 2007 1)
The survey instrument utilised in the study was a standardised questionnaire This questionnaire was administered either as interview schedule in face to face interviewing or was handed to participants to complete by themselves
10
For the purpose of the study the unit of analysis was the individual
The general mode of analysis used in this research is the one referred to as explanation building Explanation building points out that to explain a phenomenon is to stipulate a set of causal links about it In the context of approaches such as these sets of causal links are typically seen as being among the basic elements of a theoretical framework (Campbell 2004 22)
1522 Sampling frame
The sampling frame can be defined as the list of ultimate sampling entities and must be representative of the population and this is a question outside the scope of statistical theory demanding the judgment of experts in the particular subject matter being studied (Bartlett Kotrlik amp Higgins 2001 44)
The sampling frame identified for this study included all women entrepreneurs that owned small and medium-size businesses in Ekurhuleni This could include women entrepreneurs in the start-up phase of their respective business as well as established businesses owned by women
1523 Sampling method
The unavailability of a women owned business database in Ekurhuleni prompted this
review to make use of a hybrid mix of two types of sampling methods for this study
Firstly a convenience sampling method was chosen due to the accessibility and articulation of the sampling frame as well as the sufficiently homogeneous (similar) universe
Secondly Snowball sampling is a special non-probability method used when the desired
sample characteristic is rare While this technique can dramatically lower search costs it
11
comes at the expense of introducing bias because the technique itself reduces the
likelihood that the sample will represent a good cross section from the population
1524 Questionnaire design
The realm of survey research includes concepts and strategies that enable the researcher to accumulate data concerning the attitudes opinions and knowledge of a population or sample
One of the most potent survey research tools is the questionnaire which can be administered directly by telephone through the mail or used as structure in a face to face interview Because a questionnaire allows a researcher to gather data conveniently from large samples it is a useful tool to collect and analyse data from groups that may be affected by changes in professional practice or education
Unfortunately many questionnaires contain major flaws that render them incomprehensible to respondents or do not collect the intended data If a questionnaire is incomprehensible to the recipient it is unlikely to be returned a questionnaire that does not gather valid information does not allow the researcher to address the research problem being studied
A researchers attention to several fundamental principles for developing a questionnaire
greatly enhances the likelihood that valid and reliable data will be gathered
Generally the term validity refers to the ability of an instrument to measure actually what the researcher intends to measure Reliability refers to the consistency of a questionnaire in gathering data Optimally each time an individual responds to an item he or she should choose the same response Thus carefully developed questionnaires tend to gather data that accurately represent the knowledge attitudes or opinions of the respondents and address the researchers research problem
12
As a tool to collect data the questionnaire has advantages and limitations that must be taken into account
The main advantages of using a questionnaire are the following
bull Data are gathered economically because the cost for each completed response is low
bull Distributional flexibility is provided because the questionnaire can be sent almost anywhere
bull Data can be gathered from a large number of subjects
bull The data gathered can be standardised especially if an item requires a response from a group of choices provided by the researcher
bull The process is time efficient because it generally involves less of the researchers time to gather data in comparison with an equivalent number of interviews
The main limitations of a questionnaire are the following
bull The subjects motivation while completing a questionnaire is unknown
bull Data cannot be gathered from subjects who are illiterate
bull The researcher must assume all subjects have sufficient knowledge to complete the
questionnaire
bull The researcher must assume that all subjects are willing to answer all questions
bull All subjects who receive questionnaires may not complete and return them
bull Questionnaires do not allow follow-up questions such as an interviewer may pose to
clarify a given response
bull Although each subject receives the same items in a questionnaire test conditions
cannot be standardised
bull Subjects may not interpret items contained in a questionnaire in the same manner
Perceptions of what an item asks may differ
13
After carefully reviewing the advantages and limitations of using a questionnaire for a
particular study a researcher must decide if the advantages outweigh the limitations
Keeping the above advantages and disadvantages in mind this review followed the
below nine step plan in the questionnaire design process
bull Step one (1) Identify the problem to be studied
bull Step two (2) Translate the problem into a testable form
bull Step three (3) Determine what data must be collected and analysed
bull Step four (4) Identify sources where data can be obtained
bull Step five (5) Describe how data will be gathered
bull Step six (6) Decide on input method
bull Step seven (7) Construct questionnaire in an understandable format
bull Step eight (8) Verification of questionnaire
bull Step nine (9) Distribution
The questionnaire design was two folded This review made use of selection based
questions where more than one answer could be marked Another method employed
was the use of a seven point Likert scale
In the arena of social sciences Likert scale is a popular instrument to measure
constructs such as attitudes images and opinions To facilitate data analysis each
response category on the scale is generally assigned successively an integer value The
questionnaire requests respondents to specify their level of agreement to each of a list
of statements
1525 Verification of questionnaires
The questionnaire was pretested by fellow students at the Potchefstroom Business
School to test the accuracy precision and statistical usefulness of the questionnaire
prior to study
14
After the completion of the pretest a pilot phase was conducted by selecting women
entrepreneurs from a target population and simulates the procedures and protocol that will take place during the actual study The questionnaire was adapted accordance to any problems accounted during the verification process
1526 Distribution of questionnaires
Various options for questionnaire distribution are available to researches Questionnaire can be distributed either by post e-mail fax or directly delivered to participants This review made use of e-mail and direct delivery as to reduce the time frame for returns
1527 Data analysis
Descriptive statistics was used to obtain baseline data Data from questionnaires was coded The data collected were statistically analysed using Statistica (Statsoft 2008) Advanced statistical procedures were utilised to investigate and transform data to useful outputs such as frequency tables These frequency tables were used to make conclusions and provide recommendations to the development of the women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni
16 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY
This review has identified the following limitations of the study
bull The primary limitations of the study were possible threats to internal validity through (1) size of the sample (2) lack of randomisation The findings of this research can thus not be generalised to all women-owned enterprises in Ekurhuleni South Africa or the world
bull Academic articles on women business owners are still rare and mainstream entrepreneurship journals pay little attention to gender issues The discrepancy
15
between achievements in business ownership and lack of attention to them poses a
paradox
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY
The figure below depicts a simplified process through which this research will
predicatively flow It began with a choice of a broad research area progressed through
the formulation of a well defined and delimited research problem and the development of
an appropriate methodology This step will follow with the research proposal
Note the two headed arrows between each stage of the process indicating the cyclical nature of research planning After each step is completed it might be necessary to alter or rework previous steps to supply structure to the study
The research study is divided into six chapters
Chapter 1 Nature and scope of the study
Chapter 1 serves to orientate the reader to a paradigm perspective to the study This
chapter includes aspects such as the problem statement objectives of the study scope
of the study research methodology limitations of the study and the layout of the study
Chapter 2 and 3 Literature review
These chapters forms part of the literature review from which the research problem was
developed
The aim with chapter two is to provide background information to the study in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the South African economy
16
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
IDEA OR BROAD TOPIC AREA x WELL DEFINED AND DELIMITED RESEARCH PROBLEM
RESEARCH PROPOSAL
TMPERICAL STUDY
X HPR(
X t
TER2and3)
DATA COLLECTION
SAMPLING DESIGN
vfhL V
B^^^^Ji^^lWETATIIOfCsectlaquot^5)
Source Botha (2006)
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
17
Chapter 4 Results and discussion of empirical research
In chapter four a full exposition of the research design and analysis is offered This
empirical research chapter contains the following topics questionnaire design study
population gathering of data presentation of results and discussion of findings
The main purpose of the empirical research chapter is to display the findings in a clear and accessible manner The researcher made use of tables to illustrate the findings
Chapters Conclusions and recommendations
The body of information in this chapter portrays the following topics the conclusion recommendations achievement of the objectives and suggestions for further research
18
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION
According to Zahra Ireland Gutierrez and Hitt (2000 518) much has been discussed and written about the need for entrepreneurial development as an important force for economic development The reality is however that entrepreneurship as a possible economic activity is still not well recognised and poorly supported (Hitt Dacin Levitas Arregle amp Borza 2000 453)
Revivo-Steiner (2006 1) indicates that research findings have shown a high positive correlation between the level of national womens entrepreneurial activity and growth in Gross Domestic Product (GDP) suggesting that countries that are successful in promoting entrepreneurship among women could experience a positive impact on economic growth rates A refreshing new approach to entrepreneurship by women emphasises relative advantages of women and how they can be leveraged into entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a dynamic field particularly as it relates to the experience of women entrepreneurs (Kouriloff 2000 60)
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 10) are of the opinion that in common with other developed economies the number of women starting up new businesses in South Africa far exceeds the number of men Since the 1970s more women especially married women have become involved in the full-time workforce With the overall growth in the number of women in full-time work there has been a commensurate increase in the number of women starting their own businesses and hence an increase in the number of potential women entrepreneurs (Department of Trade and Industry (dti) 2001 2) The purpose of this literature study is to embed a research setting as to emphasise the need for the current study
19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Since the advent of democracy in 1994 South Africas economy has been undergoing
tremendous structural transformation The 2008 Organisation for Economic Coshy
operation and Development (OECD) economic survey focused entirely on this economic
metamorphosis and a number of broad factor changes have been isolated in the report
The OECD (2008 2) is of the opinion that before 1994 the economy was wracked by
long years of internal conflict and external sanctions Post 1994 brought forward an era
of considerable government populism in an effort to boost short term growth According
to the OECD (2008 2) this has resulted in public finances being stabilised inflation was
brought down foreign capital was attracted in growing amounts and economic growth
improved greatly
221 South African employment
Despite this macroeconomic prudence which has fostered fiscal and external
sustainability the OECD (2008 3) is of the opinion that some very serious weaknesses
in the economic record to date persist especially as regards to unemployment
inequality and poverty
Levels of poverty and unemployment in South Africa are critically high despite the
countrys status as an upper middle income country According to Mohr and Fourie
(2000 121) unemployment is arguably the most important and vexing problem facing
the South African economy and its governance The problem is that the economy is
currently unable to absorb productively all the current labour force or all the increment to
the labour force The public and private sectors have also been shedding labour in
response to economic imperatives of the domestic and global circumstances (Koller
2006 6) Accordingly more and more people are taking the route to informal sector
entrepreneurship (Mahadea 2008 5) As unemployment causes the unemployed to
20
suffer mental and physical hardship it poses a serious threat to social and political
stability (Mohr amp Fourie 2000 121)
In its starkest terms the issue of unemployment is depicted in Table 21 The latest
Quarterly Labour Force Survey (QLFS) conducted by Statistics South Africa released
in August 2008 measured the unemployment rate at 231 percent Out of a population of
30 705 000 (15-64 years) the labour force was measured at 17 844 000 Employment
stood at 13 729 000 and not economically active participants at 12 861 000 (Statistics
South Africa (QLFS) 2008 3)
Table 21 Key labour market indicators
April - June 2008
Thousands
Population 15-64 years 30 705
Labour force 17 844
Employed 13 729
Formal sector (Non-agriculture) 9415
Informal sector (Non-agriculture) 2340
Agriculture 790
Private households 1185
Unemployed 4114
Not economically active 12861
Discouraged work-seekers 1079
Other (not economically active) 11783
Rate () Unemployment rate 231
Employedpopulation ratio (Absorption) 447
Labour force participation rate 581
Source Statistic South Africa (2008 7)
21
Unemployment in South Africa was not always so high At the time of democratic
transition in 1994 unemployment was substantially lower than it is today (Banerjee
Galiani Levinsohn McLaren amp Woolard 2007 3) Banerjee et al (2007 3) state that
unemployment was fairly low through the 1970s although data limitations prelude
certainty They also indicated that during a nationally representative survey conducted
just before the 1994 transition the unemployment was measured at 13 percent By the
end of the decade unemployment jumped to 30 percent before starting to decline
slightly
Frey (2006 1) are of the opinion that taking in consideration that it is a middle-income
developing country two aspects of South Africas employment trends are striking
bull The first relates to the small and declining proportion of public sector employment
Public sector employment has shrunk as a result of governments restrictive fiscal
stance as well as its desire to improve efficiency in the public service In terms of its
fiscal stance the South African government has sought to release funds from current
to capital expenditure Moving away from a very substantial personnel budget
towards greater investment in infrastructure
bull The second unusual feature is the small proportion of non-formal employment The
non-formal economy does appear to have grown quite substantially since the mid-
1990s but has stagnated since 2000 and that the dynamics underpinning the growth
of the non-formal economy are poorly understood
222 South African economy trajectory
It is important to begin by outlying the character of South Africas economic development
trajectory during the past 50 years as this provides the context within which the demand
for labour and its skill composition is determined This trajectory analysis should
however be approach with caution due to several factors
22
bull Labour market data in South Africa is cause of some concern Data collected during
Apartheid and in the early post-apartheid period are problematic for various reasons
such as differing sampling non-coverage of former homelands1 in some surveys and
small samples (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
bull Kingdon and Knight (2005 2) explains further that the comparability of the data over
time is undermined both by changing questions between the various surveys
particularly as between the October Household Surveys (OHS) and Labour Force
Survey (LFS) and according to Casale and Posel (2002 170) by changes in the
way employment and unemployment are derived from the questions in the different
surveys
bull Another controversy in regards to unemployment data that are also needed to be
mentioned are the fact that because population estimates change at every census a
re-estimation of recent statistics need to be done after each five year revision of the
weights that have cause differences in the data (Chandra amp Nganou 2001 14) The
definition of the informal sector has also changed in 1997 also leading to differences
in data making comparability difficult (Devey Skinner amp Valodia 2002 5)
bull Lastly labour market data display some inexplicable large fluctuations For instance
employment figures rise sharply (by 104 percent) in a single year between 1998 and
1999 employment in subsistence agriculture rose and dipped over 1999- 2001 and
there are large fluctuations from year to year in the numbers employed in the
informal sector on a comparable definition between 1997 and 2002 (Bhorat 2002 5)
It is thus hazardous to make categorical statements about labour market changes over
time in South Africa This hazard is somewhat reduced if one takes a longer term view
than to look at year-on-year changes Nevertheless the purpose of this review is
intended not to be seen as an accurate reflection of specific labour market numbers but
rather as a description of broad labour market trends (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
23
223 Reasons for unemployment
In the case of the South African economy voluminous research was conducted in regard to the reasons for the high unemployment currently straining the country (Lewis 2002 733 Edwards 2001 48 Bhorat amp Hodge 1999 362 Devey etai 2002 6 Mayer amp Altman 2005 45) Therefore this review will attempt to briefly touch on certain elements of this research by looking into the trajectory development of the South African economy
Mayer and Altman (2005 45) are of the opinion that the primary cause of unemployment in South Africa is the capital-intensity that historically characterized the minerals economy and globalisation more recently Altman (2001 314) states that resource extraction has been the central driver of South Africas economic development Ostensson and Uwizeye-Mapendano (2000 4) argue that as a minerals economy South Africas industrial development has been driven by all the attendant complications associated with a resource curse
In general minerals economies tend to grow and experience structural shifts more slowly than non-minerals exporters (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34) These economies also tend to have a more capital-intensive structure of production This is explained by a number of characteristics that are common to these economies
Edwards (2001 45) are of the opinion that most developing countries go through a phase of low-wage low-productivity manufacturing development that has the impact of mopping up the labour surplus The pattern of development experienced by labour surplus developing economies usually follows a familiar path where underproductive labour moves off the farms and into labour-intensive manufacturing traded sectors (Lewis 2002 731) As there is a labour surplus wages are low and the sectors can therefore be highly competitive internationally Lewis (2002 731) goes further by explaining that only once there is a tighter labour market do wages begin to rise and the economy moves into the development of more capital and skill intensive industries and
24
the emphasis on labour-intensive traded sectors is a necessary step in an economy that
is capital and foreign exchange constrained
Altman (2001 314) is of the opinion that the more successful newly industrialised countries are those that simultaneously invested in human capital development so that the skills base developed alongside these structural shifts
In contrast minerals economies such as South Africa tend to leapfrog from the resource
base into the development of heavy and chemicals industries bypassing the
development stage of labour intensive manufacturing and this is made possible by the
large surpluses generated from resource extraction (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34)
Devey et al (2006 6) goes further by explaining that consequently the mass creation of jobs in labour intensive traded sectors is less viable in a context of high domestic cost structures Overvalued exchange rates caused by minerals exports earnings render labour intensive agricultural and manufactured exports uncompetitive Job creation is not a requirement of manufacturing development as it is in developing economies that do not have ready access to capital and foreign exchange (Devey et alr 2006 6)
Lewis (2002 733) is therefore of the opinion that the benefits of the minerals economy
do not tend to spread widely and high levels of income inequality and unemployment
result since heavy and chemicals industries are capital intensive and that domestic
demand may not expand as much as in other economies
Altman (2001 314) explains that in accordance with the experience of other minerals economies South Africa bypassed the phase of development where large numbers of workers are absorbed into low-cost low-skill labour-intensive traded goods sectors and that therefore the low growth and high levels of unemployment that characterize the economy today are the consequence of a minerals economy
25
Another reason for the high unemployment according to Klasen and Woolard (1999
300) might be due to Apartheid policies The Apartheid policies persistent legacy serve
to amplify this path dependence and that the apartheid legacy also leaves low rates of
economic participation and significant skills gaps in its wake They further argues that
unemployment continues to rise despite the positive relation between GDP and
employment and that this is explained partly by the relatively slow rate of GDP growth
Another reason might also be the dramatic increase in the number of people seeking
employment in the post-apartheid era This has widened the gap between labour force
entry and the ability of the economy to create jobs
Samson (2000 8) is of the opinion that in light of the relatively large output and
employment multipliers associated with government capital expenditure limited growth
in actual and planned expenditure has dampened potential growth and employment
creation and therefore the inability of the economy to absorb labour at the required
scale
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 15) argue that the jobs losses have been less a result of
import penetration and more related to technology and process adaptation and changing
forms of work organization leading to subcontracting of non-core activities
According to Edwards (2001 65) growing trade has also had the impact of shifting the
economy towards a higher skills composition in the demand for labour In the traded
sectors the demand for lower skill labour has fallen in the context of a very large
oversupply therefore in contrast the demand for higher skill labour has risen in the
context of a severe skills shortage
Banerjee et al (2007 3) concluded in their study that the increase in unemployment
could have been due to structural changes in the economy in the resent years resulting
in a new equilibrium unemployment rate or to negative shocks that had a temporarily
increasing effect on unemployment
26
While South Africas problems are difficult and multi-faceted a combination of sound
macroeconomic policies with structural policies aimed at enhancing entrepreneurship
appear to be most promising to unleash the enormous potential of South-Africas labour
force and address social ambitions within the framework of a strongly growing economy
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship
The development of entrepreneurship is the focus of considerable policy interest in
South Africa and many other countries of the world (Walker 2003 113) This is
particularly in recognition of its contribution to economic growth poverty alleviation and
employment
But amidst all this resent attention studies shows that South Africa is still doing poorly in
comparison to other emerging economies in terms of entrepreneurial activity and
development
There are various strands in the empirical literature on entrepreneurship and economic growth using different measures of entrepreneurial activity (United Nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) For instance while one strand of empirical studies measures entrepreneurship in terms of the relative share of economic activity accounted for by small firms other studies use data on self-employment the number of market participants (competition) or firm start-ups as an indicator of entrepreneurial activities (Carree amp Thurik 2002 16)
The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old (United nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) The primary measure of entrepreneurship used by GEM is the Total Early-Stage Entrepreneurial Activity (TEA) index The TEA index measures the
27
percentage of individuals between the ages of 18 and 64 years that are involved in starting a new business The TEA index consists of two different phases namely
bull The start-up phase (businesses between 0 and 3 months)
bull New firm businesses (businesses between periods of 3-42 months)
The GEM study does not focus on established businesses (businesses older than 42 months)
In the seven years in which South Africa has participated in this research initiative it has
consistently emerged that it has a low level of early stage entrepreneurial activity nearly
half that of the average of the 40 emerging economy countries which participate
Data from previous GEM studies also indicated that TEA rates for most countries do not
change significantly over time The TEA rates for South African have also not changed
significantly over the years (see Table 22)
Table 22 South African projectory TEA rates
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 TEA 43 62 41 51 50 50
Source Maas and Herrington (200715)
For the TEA rates to be significantly different from one year to another massive
changes in the macro environment must occur which is clearly not the case in South
Africa (Maas amp Herrington 2007 15)
28
Many researchers have questioned whether South Africa should be concerned about its TEA rates According to Maas and Heirington (2007 15) the following reasons could explain the projectory low TEA rates of South Africa
bull South Africa has a dual-logic economy which might have an influence on the TEA rating On the one side there is a highly developed economic sector and on the other side one struggling for survival
bull Although the TEA rates are lower when compared with the averages of different
categories of countries it can again be influenced by the dual-logic nature of the
economy and that a lower TEA rate is not necessarily a sign that nothing is
happening in a country It can also be a good indication
Any government interested in boosting economic prosperity should be interested in
promoting the entrepreneurial dynamic of its country Adult women represent a readily
available pool of potential entrepreneurs that countries can leverage to improve their
economies (Botha 2006149)
The 2006 GEM report specifically focus on the importance of developing women
entrepreneurship in any country Maas and Herrington (2006 14) indicated in their 2006
report that the global average for female entrepreneurship was standing on 772 of the
population where South African women were however performing at just 483 this is
289 lower than the global average There is therefore considerable scope to improve
the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME)
In South Africa various new strategies and institutions have been created recently with a view to empower formerly disadvantaged members to enter the mainstream economy as entrepreneurs rather than job seekers In parallel to and as part of this shift there has been the emergence of the micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) sector as a
29
significant component in economic development and employment (Richardson Howarth
ampFinnegan 2004 16)
SMMEs and entrepreneurship are fast becoming the dominant form of business
ventures in developing economies Especially on the African continent with high
unemployment rates people are turning toward informal and formal small business in
order to sustain their livelihood (De Klerk amp Havenga 2004 1)
According to Niewenhuizen and Kroon (2003 300) the South African small- micro- and
medium-sized enterprise (SMME) economy has been actively promoted since 1995
Some significant ratios and trends about the dynamics of the small enterprise sector in
South Africa can be seen in the Department of Trade and Industrys review of ten years
of small business support in South Africa report 1994 - 2004 (Department of Trade and
Industry (dti) 2004 4)
bull Combining formal and informal sector activities the small enterprise sector includes
about 95 of all enterprises in South Africa
bull On the basis of the most inclusive categorisation (covering non VAT-registered firms
and those regularly operating in the informal sector) there are currently between 18-
million and 25-million small enterprises in South Africa This number probably
doubled over the past 10 years which is equivalent to a seven percent increase in
numbers per year If we include rural subsistence agricultural activities the size of
this sector can grow by a further 15-million to 25-million even though average
income levels of that segment are very low
bull If we adjust gross domestic product (GDP) values to incorporate informal sector
value-added the small enterprise sector of South Africa contributes about 45 to
50 to the GDP with the share probably rising very slowly The other half is
contributed by large enterprises and the public sector
30
Despite voluminous research however there is still little clarity about the extent to which South Africas SMMEs and entrepreneurship contribute to poverty alleviation economic growth or international competitiveness
Berry Blottnitz Cassim Kesper Rajaratnam and Van Seventer (2002 3) list the following contributions of SMMEs
bull SMMEs are generally more labour-intensive than larger firms and hence have a
higher labour absorption capacity
bull SMMEs as enterprises have some economic roles to fulfil They contribute to the
countrys national product by either manufacturing goods of value or through the
provision of services to both consumers andor other enterprises
bull From an economic perspective enterprises are not just suppliers but also consumers which have an important role to play if they are able to position themselves in a market with purchasing power their demand for industrial or consumer goods will stimulate the activity of their suppliers just as their own activity is stimulated by the demands of their clients Demand in the form of investment plays a dual role both from a demand-side (with regard to the suppliers of industrial goods) and on the supply-side (through the potential for new production arising from upgraded equipment) In addition demand is important to income-generation potential of SMMEs and their ability to stimulate the demand for both consumption and capital goods
232 Government strategy
Unfortunately there is currently little clarity on how SMMEs fit within the industrial policy framework and other objectives of government Some attempts were initiated by government in resent years A strategy was outlined in a White paper by the Department of Trade and Industry in 1995 entitled A National Strategy for the Development of Small Business in South Africa (May 1995) A year later the National Small Business
31
Act was passed by Parliament which provided for the institutions to implement this
strategy (South Africa 1996 377)
The National Small Business Act divides SMMEs into the following categories
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa
Category of SMME
Description
Survivalist enterprises
bull Operates in the informal sector of the economy bull Mainly undertaken by unemployed persons bull Income generated below the poverty line providing minimum means to
keep the unemployed and their families alive bull Little capital invested not much assets bull Not much training bull Opportunities for growing the business very small
Micro enterprises
bull Between one to five employees usually the owner and family
raquo Informal no license formal business premises labour legislation raquo Turnover below the VAT registration level of R300 000 peryear bull Basic business skills and training
bull Potential to make the transition to a viable formal small business
Very small enterprise
raquo Part of the formal economy
Use technology raquo Less than 10 paid employees raquo Include self-employed artisans (electricians plumbers) and professionals
Small enterprise raquo 1 1 - 5 0 employees raquo More established than very small enterprises formal and registered raquo fixed business premises raquo Owner managed but more complex management structure
Medium enterprise
51 - 2 0 0 employees
Still mainly owner managed but decentralised management structure with division of labour Operates from fixed premises with all formal requirements
Note Women represent approximately 56 percent of the survivalist company category 38 percent of micro-enterprises with no employees and 15 percent of micro-enterprises with 1-4 employees
Source South African Government (2008)
32
Small business can also be divided between established formal SMMEs in predominantly urban settings and emerging SMME economy situated in townships informal settlements and rural areas According to the White paper by far the largest sector is the survivalist enterprise sector This implies that most people are active in the informal sector where they have little institutional support
The governments national small business strategy seeks to address the following
common problems faced by SMMEs (South African Government Information 20081)
bull An unfavourable legal environment
bull Lack of access to markets and procurement
bull Lack of access to finance and credit
bull Low skills levels
bull Lack of access to information
bull Shortage of effective supportive institutions
The White paper and Act sets out the objectives of our SMME development policy as (South Africa 1996377)
bull Alleviating poverty by making it possible for poor people to generate income to meet
basic needs
bull Reducing poverty through employment creation
bull Redistribution of wealth income and opportunities
bull Contributing to economic growth by improving innovation and thus competitiveness
The Act provided the foundation for the establishment of the institutions listed in the table 23 below to support small businesses
33
Table 24 Small business support institutions
Institution Services Target
Centre for Small Business Promotion
This is a Chief directorate in the DTI responsible for policy and coordinashytion of support programmes for SMMEs It also mobilises funds and supervises the establishment of new institutions
Ntsika Enterprise Promotion Agency
Provides non-financial support such as mentoring programmes business advice help with government tenders and technology support to small enterprises through bull Local business service centres
(LBSC) bull Tender Advice Centres (TACs)
Targets survivalist micro and very small enterprises Majority of the LBSCs focus on start-up business targeting unemployed women and youth
Khula Provides access to finance through bull Khula Credit Guarantee Scheme
- provide guarantee products to banks
bull Other institutions and NGOs referred to as Retail Finance Intermediaries (RFIs) which borrow from Khula to make loans to SMMEs
bull Khula-Start access to micro credit in rural areas
Mainly targets very small small and medium enterprises Have two small programmes forthe survivalist and micro sector
IMAMAC Two key programmes bull Manufacturing advisory centres
(MACs) providing support for small scale manufacturing businesses
bull Business Referral and Information Network (BRAIN) -information and a help line
The MACs are mainly for small and medium more formal businesses BRAIN forthe entire spectrum of SMMEs
34
Instftution Services Target
Provincial SMME desks
To provide a one-stop information centre to SMMEs and developing enabling government policy to support SMMEs in each province Activities of the SMME desks include (though not in all provinces)
bull Keeping data bases of SMMEs in the province
bull Developing SMME orientated procurement and sub-contracting policies for provincial government
bull Targeted support programmes forHDIs women contractors tourism entrepreneurs smallmicro manufacturers
Land Bank Finance agricultural businesses From small to large scale farmers
Industrial Development Corporation
Supports and funds various industrial development programmes
Predominantly large scale projects but some small to medium enterprises Has a specific BEE mandate
National Empowerment Corporation
Funded by government it provides funding for black economic empowerment ventures
Large but also small and medium enterprises
Source South African Government (2008)
As part of the National Skills Development Strategy the Sector Education and Training
Authorities (SETAs) are also supposed to develop programmes that help develop small
businesses in their respective sectors
There are a number of other parastatals which also support small businesses though
mainly at the upper end of the spectrum These include
bull Independent Development Corporation (IDC) tourism development venture capital
low interest empowerment and emerging entrepreneur schemes
bull South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) through its missing links programme
provide quality assistance and awareness to SMMEs
35
bull Centre for Science and Industrial Research (CSIR) product improvement and
manufacturing assistance to SMMEs through their National Manufacturing Centre
The institutions and organisations mentioned above also provide a wide range of business management support services to entrepreneurs and small enterprises such as (South African Government Information 2008 1)
bull Developing business plans
bull Doing market research
bull Managing a small business
bull Legal requirements of small businesses
bull Marketing
bull Business development
bull Advice on government tender processes
The national small business strategy since its inception sought to target women However women continue to make up the bulk of the survivalist sector of SMMEs and of the poor During the last decade a number of organisations and institutions were established by and for women entrepreneurs Table 24 refers to a number of such organisations
These support programmes however have not achieved their objectives if judged against the number of SMMEs that utilise them Rogerson (2004 212) estimate that a mere 6 of SMMEs and entrepreneurs utilise support programmes and argue that this is due to distrust of external agencies among SMMEs and incapacity to raise awareness about their existence and efficiency Moreover the poor coordination of service providers results in a replication of services and clustering of institutions in urban areas (Ntsika 19994)
36
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks
South African Women Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) -launched July 2001
SAWEN identifies the origin of women entrepreneurs problems as bull Gender-despite the fact that women-owned enterprises are contributing an
increasing share to national revenue they are generally perceived to lack the capacity of their male equivalents
bull Size - Nearly all women-owned enterprises belong to the lower end of the SMME category being either very small or micro sized companies Men are predominant in the more lucrative sectors Approximately 70 percent of informal businesses in South Africa are ownedcontrolled by women
SAWEN seeks to affiliate all women enterprise groups co-operatives organisations and initiatives in to a national umbrella body that will represent and articulate the aspirations of all women entrepreneurs (potential and existing) that operate within the South African SMME sector as well as lobby for their support needs It also seeks to target rural women Since its launch in 2001 it has established a number of provincial chapters
Women in Oil and Energy in South Africa (WOESA)-launched March 2002
Facilitates the participation of women in business ventures in the oil gas and other energy sectors
Technology for Women in Business (TW1P)
Aimed at enhancing the accessibility of science and technology to women in business in particular SMMEs It is a national programme under the auspices of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) The CSIR as contracted by DTI acts as an agent for DTI to implement the TWIB programme
South African Women in Construction -launched August 1999
Promotion and advancement of women in construction of education and contribution to the betterment of the construction industry and the enhancement of the entrepreneurial development of women-owned enterprises in construction
Source South African Government (2008)
37
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI
241 Ekurtiuleni demographic
The Metropolitan Municipality of Ekurtiuleni was established in 2000 and covers a vast
area for approximately 45 kilometres from west to east and for 55 kilometres from north
to south covering an area of approximately 26421 square kilometres (EMM 2007 4)
This large area is divided for administrative efficacy into the Northern Southern and Eastern Service Delivery Regions (SDRs) and is one of six Metropolitan Municipalities resulting from the restructuring of local government (refer to figure 21)
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former East Rand) region
r-4 gt J i
^ Hampton Park
J i
j Northern Ragioi
tmdashJ 0 Johannesburg _ pound International v
y trade trade Airport
I Bedrordview
bull
bull Bonon 1 GetmMon bullgt
Boksburg m Bnkpan 1
i Springs
Alberton J Eaitem Region
J Southern Region 1 ff ^
(f Nigallaquo
^
(f Nigallaquo
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
38
I
The former local administrations of nine towns in the East Rand - Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan EdenvaleLethabong Germiston Kempton ParkTembisa Nigel and Springs -were amalgamated into the new Metropolitan Municipality along with two other councils - the Kyalami Metropolitan Council and the Eastern Gauteng Services Council It is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents as replicated in Table 25
Table 25 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics
Key Statistics (2007 estimates) Ekurhuleni Gauteng National Region area (sq km) 2642 1 16975 1 1221246
Population 2534180 8845741 46710858
Population density (nr of people persq km) 959 521 38
Economically active population (as of total pop) 53 53 39
No of households 787040 2731869 12144712
Average household income (Rand current prices) 88025 115817 70326
Annual per capita income (Rand current prices) 27338 35768 18284
Gini coefficient 057 060 064
Formal sector employment estimates 679213 3156772 9058793
Informal sector employment estimates 84249 362647 1699327
Unemployment rate (expanded definition) 40 35 41
Percentage of persons in poverty 27 27 46
Poverty gap (R million) 974 3251 3 32960
Human development index (HDI) 067 069 059
Index of Buying power (IBP) 008 034 100
Economic output in 2003 (R million current prices) 84000 416562 1100929
Share of economic output (GVA of SA in current prices)
76 378 100
Economic output in 2003 (R1 million constant 1995 prices)
48074 236846 619790
Share of Economic output (GVA of SA in constant 1995 prices)
78 382 100
Economic growth performance 1996-2003 (GVA growth pa constant 1995 prices)
24 37 25
Source Ekurhuleni metropolitan municipality (20075)
39
Ekurhuleni constitutes 56 of the national population and makes up 28 of Gautengs population The population density is approximately 1 250 people per km2 making Ekurhuleni one of the most densely populated areas in the country and province By comparison population density in Gauteng is 513 people per km2 and 38 people per km2 in the country
The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region (EMM 2007 9)
242 Ekurhuleni economics
The Ekurhuleni Metropolitan economy is larger and more diverse than that of many of the smaller countries in Africa including all the countries in Southern Africa It accounts for nearly a quarter of the Gauteng economy which in turn contributes over a third of the national GDP Ekurhuleni contributes seven percent to the countrys spending power and seven percent to the nations production In most respects per capita income unemployment poverty average wages and other indicators of human development - it is similar to the rest of Gauteng (EMM 2007 9)
However there is one important structural difference many of the plants for production of goods and commodities are located in Ekurhuleni Manufacturing in Ekurhuleni accounts for just under 20 of the GDP of Gauteng In Ekurhuleni itself manufacturing accounts for some 28 of total production
Because of the largest concentration of industry in the whole of South Africa (and in Africa) Ekurhuleni is often referred to as Africas Workshop (EMM 2007 9) The downside of the manufacturing sector is that globalisation has a definitive impact on the structure of production and on the demand for labour Ekurhuleni although not benefiting from direct capital investments as a result of the automotive sector developments in the country continues to play the role of the workshop of the economy
40
with production of structural steel and fabricated metal products serving as inputs into other areas economies
Despite the area historically being one of the largest producers of gold the major
economic sectors now include manufacturing wholesale and trade energy and
services and finance with manufacturing and industry in Ekurhuleni comprising 40 of
all activity in the Province Mining contributes only 2 to Ekurhuleni economy (EMM
2007 4)
Annual economic growth in Ekurhuleni has recorded a pickup in the period 1998 to
2003 and has been almost double the rate of the national manufacturing growth rate
The economically active population is 52 compared to 38 nationally Household
income and per capita income exceed the national average by 10 and 33
respectively The percentage of people living in poverty nationally is 49 compared to
29 in Ekurhuleni (EMM 2007 4)
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure
Ekurhuleni has a network of roads airports rail lines telephones electricity grids and telecommunications that rivals that of Europe and America - a first world infrastructure supporting a well established industrial and commercial complex Ekurhuleni can in fact be regarded as the transportation hub of the country The municipality is home to the OR Thambo International Airport the busiest airport in Africa and services the entire continent and links to major cities throughout the world Similarly many of the worlds leading airlines fly into the OR Thambo Airport Some 14 million passengers pass through this airport each year In addition a number of smaller domestic airlines connect the OR Thambo Airport with cities throughout South Africa (EMM 2007 4)
South Africas largest railway hub is in Ekurhuleni [Germiston] and links the city to all the major population centres and ports in the Southern African region
41
A number of South Africas modern freeways and expressways connect Ekurhuleni to
other cities and provinces The Maputo corridor development South Africas most
advanced spatial development initiative connects Ekurhuleni with Mozambiques capital
and largest Indian Ocean port Direct rail road and air links connect Ekurhuleni to
Durban South Africas largest and busiest port
During the period 1995 to 2005 the Gauteng government made strategic investments in
upgrading some of the ageing road networks linked to the industrial hub to promote the
movement of goods and services The Blue IQ projects situated within Ekurhuleni
include the Wadeville-Alrode Industrial Corridor with linkages to the largest logistical
hub the City Deep Container terminal the planned Gautrain rapid rail link to
Johannesburg and Tshwane and the OR Thambo Industrial Development Zone [IDZ]
The latter aims to cluster light manufacturing more especially in beneficiation and to
develop an aero space park The EMMs annual budget is in the region of R11 billion of
which plusmnR1 billion is being budgeted annually for capital projects in line with the priorities
set in the Integrated Development Plan [IDP] The bulk of this expenditure is dedicated
to upgrading facilities and infrastructure backlogs (EMM 2007 9)
The three major land cover classes are natural untransformed areas cultivated land and
urban residential zones as presented in figure 22
42
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007
Transformed (industrial)
Transformed (commercial)mdash-
2
Transformed (urban)
27
Transformed (cuftivatjon) mdash mdash
15 Transformed
(forestry) 1
Transformed (mining)
5
Natural 43
Degraded 001
Transformed (grazing)
2
Source Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality (2007 9)
The following are notable patterns in land use (EMM 2007 4)
bull There is a central east-west orientated mining and industrial activity belt which
served as the core around which towns were established
bull A belt of residential developments surrounding the industrial activity belt and
bull Ruralagricultural areas to the northeast and in the central portion in the southern
part of EMM
The mining belt was historically the core around which the various towns and settlements were established Four major concentrations of mines and quarries exist Reiger Park between Gemniston and Boksburg the area east of Benoni an area east and south of Springs and 3 sites in the vidnity of Kwatsaduza The first 3 areas are respectively known as the GermistonBoksburg the BenoniBrakpanSprings and the SpringsNigel mining belts Mining occurs in a linear form along a belt which runs to the
43
I
north of the Germiston and Boksburg Central Business Districts (CBDs) and then along
a broad strip of land roughly between the Benoni CBD and Daveyton to the north and
Brakpan and Springs to the south To the south between Springs and Nigel another
major concentration of mining activity exists (EMM 2007 4)
Most of the urban activity is concentrated along the western edge and central spine of EMM The road engineering and social infrastructure strongly correlates to this urban form (EMM 2007 4)
The largest complex of small-holdings is situated in an east-west band lying east of
Kempton Park and north-west of Daveyton The second largest complex is situated west
of KwaThema surrounding the Sallies Gold Mine and Springs Municipal Crushers
There are other smaller patches of agricultural holdings scattered throughout the
metropolitan area (EMM 2007 5)
The EMM has an evenly distributed multi-nodal structure The central business district
however currently experience problems of urban decay as the cream of the retail
component of the CBDs have been drawn away to the four main shopping malls in the
area - Eastgate East Rand Mall Lakeside Mall and Alberton Mall Commercial activities
make good use of the main transport routes to provide access to such activities
Furthermore there is an imbalance in the distribution of land use for commercial activity
which is concentrated within higher income areas (Kempton Park Edenvaie a portion of
Bedfordview Boksburg Central Benoni Central Brakpan and small portions of Springs)
(EMM 2007 7)
In common with most black townships in the country there is very little formal commercial activity within the township complexes
Industrial activities are largely located within the south-western part of the metropolitan area in areas such as Germiston and Alrode These areas tend to be located near mining land and wedged between lower income areas (Katorus southern Benoni
KwaThema Tsakane small portion of Springs and areas north of Etwatwa) and the
higher income areas (between Alberton and Katlehong Germiston and
SpruitviewLeondale) Within Kempton Park and Edenvale some industrial activity
developed around the airport due to the agglomeration benefits and access to airfreight
transport facilities Industrial activities are also closely linked to the railway system
(EMM 2007 7)
Farming activities (cultivation) are grouped in the north-eastern part of EMM where more than a third of the land is cultivated This includes areas surrounding Bapsfontein areas north of the Benoni Agricultural Holdings and east of the R21 highway Smaller agricultural activities lie just south of Sunward Park while the remaining agricultural activities are grouped on the southern border of the metropolitan area (EMM 2007 4) During the past five years the EMM has made steady progress in developing its strategic planning capacity and process The Integrated Development Planning [IDP] process was institutionalised within national guidelines for local government planning and budgeting and the IDP together with its strategic sectoral plans such as the Spatial Development Framework [SDF] has become the principal strategic planning tool within the local authority However the IDP primarily deals with solutions to immediate development challenges within a five year time frame Therefore a holistic long term development vision and strategy for Ekurhuleni which will create common purpose between all development stakeholders and which will act as a guiding framework within which the IDPs can be formulated is needed (EMM 2007 8) With the above in mind the EMM embarked on a process to formulate a long-term development strategy During 2004 research was undertaken on national and international best practice examples as well as on key success factors relating to city development strategies This led to a strategy being formulated in early 2005 The strategy formulation process kicked off with a Mayoral Committee workshop on 29 January 2005 during which it was resolved to name the strategy the Ekurhuleni Growth and Development Strategy [GDS] 2025 as well as proposed 2025 development agenda (EMM 2007 8)
25 SUMMARY
Economically entrepreneurship invigorates markets The formation of new business leads to job creator) and has a multiplying effect on the economy Socially entrepreneurship empowers citizens generates innovation and changes mindsets These changes have the potential to integrate developing countries into the global economy (UNECE 2004 2)
The promotion of the SMME sector is a critical dimension of a broader employment
creation strategy because the creation of new firms is essential if the development of
stronger linkages through procurement is to materialise
If South Africa is to grow out of poverty unemployment and create a more prosperous
future it will need more SMMEs entrepreneurs and bigger businesses However to
achieve this a better environment is required for entrepreneurs to start up businesses
operate and grow (Mahadea 2008 3) Within the context of overall macro-economic
performance the ideal policy package for SMME support in South Africa should allow
this sector to maximise its contribution to the economys overall performance in terms of
growth employment and income distribution This is likely to involve making more
resources available to the sector as well as raising the efficiency with which it uses the
resources already available to it
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
31 INTRODUCTION
The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures have generated value and fuelled innovation on community and global levels The increased presence has had a remarkable impact on employment and on business environments worldwide (Kantor 2001 8)
Scholarly research in this area has examined the many forms of economic and social
value that women-owned businesses generate vis-a-vis peculiar barriers constraining their establishment and growth (Verwey 2006 3 Botha 2006 126 Cliff 1998 526 McClelland Swail Bell amp Ibbotson 2005 8) These barriers constitute unique challenges for women as research has shown that men are able to surmount them more easily
The intensity of research studies in this area has increased as scholars and
policymakers have begun to devote more serious attention toward understanding and
supporting women entrepreneurs
The purpose of this section is to provide an evaluative summary of the literature on
woman entrepreneurship and through this enhance the understanding of the profile of
the woman entrepreneur
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY
Entrepreneurship as an area of study has been claimed by a number of different
disciplines including psychology and economics each arriving at different definitions
derived from their own disciplines
47
Baruah (2005 3) are of the opinion that to an economist an entrepreneur is one who
brings resources labour materials and other assets into combinations that make their
value greater than before and also one who introduces changes innovations and a
new order To a psychologist such a person is typically driven by certain forces the
needs to obtain or attain something to experiment to accomplish or perhaps to escape
the authority of others (Hisrich Peters amp Shepherd 2005 8)
A series of studies recognise the need to re-think the people side of entrepreneurship research (Kouriloff 2000 62 Simon amp Houghton 2002 106 Keh Foo amp Lim 2002 136 Markman Balkin amp Baron 2002 162 Shepherd amp Krueger 2002 177 Gatewood Shaver Powers amp Gartner 2002 200 Korunka Frank Lueger amp Mugler 2003 35 Mitchell Busenitz Lant McDougall Morse amp Smith 2002 94)
Defining the term entrepreneurship is a difficult exercise in itself as the term has little specific definition either in common usage or in academic research (Arif 2008 5) In describing the key factors which are seen to influence entrepreneurial roles this review will strive to encapsulate some meaning behind the term entrepreneurship
Research has shown several approaches by different researchers in the development of
an entrepreneurship definition According to Bennett and Dann (2000 3) much will
depend on the viewpoint and academic background of the researcher as well as the
time period the researcher refrained at Table 31 gives a brief summary as to the
development of the term entrepreneurship
48
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship in theory
Year Researcher Entrepreneurial Role (ER)
Classical era 1755 R Cantillon Introduced the term Entrepreneur ER as speculator
1800 JB Say ER as coordinator
Early Neoclassical era 1890 A Marshall ER as coordinator innovator arbitrageur
1907 FB Hawley ER as owner of output (uncertainty bearer)
1911 J Schumpeter ER as innovator
1921 F Knight ER as responsible decision maker in an uncertain environment
1925 F Edgeworth ER as coordinator
Mature Neoclassical era
1925 M Dobb ER as innovator
1927 C Tuttle ER as responsible owner in an uncertain environment
Modem Neoclassical era
1973 l Kirzner ER arbitrageur and alertto profitable opportunities
1982 M Casson ER coordination of scarce resources under uncertainty
1993 W Baumol ER innovator and manager influenced by existing incentive structure
Source Aidis (20035)
These definitions are the natural point of departure because they have been the decisive
factor for the retrieval of data for the works of many researchers
For the purpose of this study the definition of Hisrich Peters and Shepherd (2005 8) was adopted The authors defined entrepreneurship as follows Entrepreneurship is the process of creating something new with value by devoting the necessary time and effort assuming the accompanying financial psychic and social risks and receiving the resulting rewards of monetary and personal satisfaction and independence
49
I
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Previous research into gender differences among entrepreneurs has yielded varied explanations as to why female entrepreneurs differ from male entrepreneurs A review of literature reveals that female entrepreneurs do have some characteristics that are unique in comparison to their male counterparts and that they have faced significant challenges in their efforts as they venture into a once male dominated environment This following section presents a comparative assessment of differences in entrepreneurial attributes of male and female individuals as to emphasise the unique environment where within women entrepreneurs operates
The social feminism theory asserts that women entrepreneurs have different but equally
effective qualities values and ways of thinking due to variations in early and ongoing
socialisation processes (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu 2003 3)
Affholder and Box (2004 3) are of the opinion that the research on personality seems to
have conflicting results some researchers finding no significant differences between
male and female entrepreneurs and others identifying specific personality differences
Table 32 emphasise the unique differences between male and female entrepreneurs as concluded by several researchers Due to the voluminous work completed in this regard the purpose of this presentation is not to supply a comprehensive review of current literature available but rather to compile a summary overview off research conducted as to encapsulate an overall body of knowledge in regards to observed gender characteristics in entrepreneurs
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurs hip
Characteristic Female entrepreneurs Male entrepreneurs
Research
Personality characteristics
Women are expected to possess higher communal qualities such as selflessness a concern for others and interpersonal sensitivity Female entrepreneurs tended to be visionaries and catalysts
Men are expected to have high levels of self-assertion self-expansion and the urge to master Male entrepreneurs tended to be more traditionalists
(Affholder amp Box 2004 3)
(Greene Hart Gatewood Brush amp Carter 20031)
(Du Rietz Henrekson 2000 5)
Area of importance
Women tend to assign more importance to social values and qualitative ambiguous measures of achievement and success such as personal fulfilment and strong interpersonal relations Women business owners tend to pursue a balance between economic goals such as profit and growth and non-economic goals such as product quality personal enjoyment and helping others
Men tend to assign more emphasis on economic values and quantitative non-ambiguous measures of achievement of success such as status and wealth
(Carter Anderson amp Shaw 20011)
(Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Possig 2002 80)
Success factors
Women will measure success qualitatively as they will look at interpersonal relationships and other less objective criteria such as personal satisfaction customer service ratings and additional employment created
Men will measure success quantitatively as they will look at size market position turnover and profitability
(Verwey 2006 3)
(Botha 2006126)
(Sigh Reynolds amp Muhammad 2001 180)
Growth elements
Female entrepreneurs tend to have less industry management and prior business start-up experience and that contribute to their modest growth expectations Women face domestic demands remaining the primary parent emotional nurturer and housekeeper despite their entrepreneurial ventures impacting on their ventures growth prospects report
The primary family responsibility of m e n - t o be a good provider is compatible with heading a growing firm
CKyro 20011)
(Cliff 1998526)
(Kantor 20014)
Source Own compilation
51
331 Motivation
Motivation is the factor other than knowledge that energizes directs and sustains an
individuals behaviour (Locke amp Latham 1990 7) According to Bennett and Dann (2000
6) motivation is an essential factor in the establishment of entrepreneurial activity Many
individuals have the characteristics that enable them to identify an opportunity combined
with the resources to implement the venture yet do not have the incentive or motivation
to do so
Botha (2006 122) proposed two closely-related explanations of entrepreneurial
motivation the push theory and the pull theory The push theory argues that
individuals are pushed into entrepreneurship by negative external forces such as job
dissatisfaction difficulty finding employment insufficient salary or an inflexible work
schedule The push or negative factors are therefore associated with the necessity
factors that force the female into pursuing her business idea McClelland Swail Bell and
Ibbotson (2005 85) emphasize that in this situation becoming an entrepreneur is not a
first choice but nevertheless argue that such negative motivational factors are more
important with entrepreneurs drawn from certain groups in society that may face
discrimination such as ethnic minority groups younger age groups and women
The pull or positive factors are those associated with factors of choice and the desire
for entrepreneurial aspirations The pull theory therefore contends that individuals are
attracted into entrepreneurial activities seeking independence self-fulfilment wealth
and other desirable outcomes (Hogskola 2008 19)
To date a numerous of studies have examined womens motivations for becoming
entrepreneurs The following summary provides an overview of key motWaiional factors
identified in several studies
I
Table 33 Push and pull motivational factors
PULL MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
MOTIVATIONA FACTOR STUDY
Desire for greater independence Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208) Hisrich and Peters (1996 98) Hughes (2006109)
Provides a challenge Hughes (2006109)
Improved financial opportunity Hughes (2006109) Marlow (1997208)
Self-fulfilment Borgia Schoenfeld and Segal (20053) Hughes (2006109) Bruni Gherardi and Poggio (2004260)
Desire to be own boss DeMatino and Barbato (2003 830) Hughes (2006109)
Flexibility for balancing family and work Borgia ef al (20053) Carter Gartner Shaver and Gatewood (2003 17) Hughes (2006109) Lombard (2001216)
Potential to develop a hobby Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208)
Gaining recognition of others Eckel and Grossman (2002288)
Role model influence Anna Chandler Jansen and Mero (2000392)
PUSH MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
Job dissatisfaction Borgia et al (20053) Tangiguchi (2002 882)
Prolonged joblessness Hughes (2006109)
Lack of available work Hughes (2006109)
Insufficient salary Borgia et al (20053)
Hitting the glass ceiling Georgellis and Wall (20041)
Involuntary layoff Hughes (2006109)
Career frustration Marlow (1997208)
Source Own compilation
While is it difficult to compare studies given the wide range of approaches and measures
used this overview nevertheless allows this review to identify the most commonly cited
motivators across several different contexts and time periods
332 Opportunity identification
According to Reynolds Hay Bygrave Camp and Autio (2000 5) the ability to perceive
good business opportunities is assumed to be important for entrepreneurship
Kepler and Shane (2007 200) state that female entrepreneurs search for new business
opportunities differently than male entrepreneurs for a variety of reasons
First many opportunities are identified through information that is transferred through
social networks Women have different types of social networks than men (Renzulli
Aldrich amp Moody 2000 534) As a result they have access to different sources of
information about opportunities For instance male entrepreneurs are more likely than
female entrepreneurs to identify opportunities through conversations with investors and
bankers because on average they know more investors and bankers (Anna Chandler
Jansen amp Mero 2000 392)
Second learned behaviours and social norms lead men and women to develop different
cognitive processing styles (Cassar 2006 628) As a result on average men and
women gather information and solve problems differently (DeMatino amp Barbato 2003
830) For instance female entrepreneurs are thought to learn from a greater variety of
sources than male entrepreneurs while male entrepreneurs are thought to learn more
from setbacks than female entrepreneurs (Lombard 2001 217) In addition the greater
risk aversion of female entrepreneurs may lead them to search for more information that
mitigates the potential risks about business opportunities than their male counterparts
(Eckel amp Grossman 2003 290)
333 Type of business started
Kepler and Shane (2007 309 ) are of the opinion that male and female entrepreneurs
do not start the same types of businesses Historically women entrepreneurship
activities were concentrated in the apparel cosmetics and food processing fields
(Taylor 1988 38) Whereas McVicar and Craig (1981 11) listed traditional categories in
their study of service-related businesses such as cooking teaching child care
secretarial services and sewing Female-led businesses are more likely to be found in
personal services and retail trade and less likely to be found in manufacturing and high
technology (Anna et al 2000 290 Brush et a 2006 18) In addition women start
businesses that are less growth-oriented and less driven by opportunity and more
oriented towards wage substitution (Eckel amp Grossman 2002 290)
Some researchers argue that gender differences in the types of businesses that men
and women found are the result of socialisation and structural barriers (Kepler amp Shane
2007 309) Women tend to work in certain occupations and industries because these
occupations and industries are more socially acceptable for women and because
women face obstacles to working in other industries and occupations (Marlow 1997
153) Sigh Reynolds and Muhammad (2007 180) argues that because entrepreneurs
tend to identify opportunities to start businesses that are similar in type and industry to
those in which they previously worked the tendency of women to work in certain types
of businesses leads them to start those types of businesses In addition some
businesses cannot be founded easily by people without the appropriate educational
background This is particularly the case for businesses that rely heavily on technology
Because women are less likely than men to study engineering or science (Brush et al
2006) they often lack the education to start businesses that demand technical skills
Furthermore some businesses are inherently easier to start than others because they
have lower barriers to entry (Boden amp Nucci 2000 353) Women may be more likely to
start businesses that face low barriers to entry because these businesses make lesser
55
demands on human or financial capital than other businesses and women may lack
these types of capital
334 Venture size
Women start businesses that are smaller than those started by men (Kepler amp Shane
2007) Studies of surviving businesses show that those that are women-owned are
smaller than those that are men-owned (Brown 2000 5) In addition women start
businesses with lower levels of initial employment and capitalization than men (Renzulli
et al 2000540)
The smaller scale of female-led start-ups is believed to be the result of a lack of access
to larger-scale business opportunities and the financial resources necessary to develop
them and different goals and intentions for their businesses (McClelland e^ al 2005
100)
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs
Richardson (2004 2) argues that while women are active in entrepreneurship they face
particular problems and challenges in starting and developing their businesses They
face more or at least different social cultural educational and technological challenges
than men when it comes to establishing and developing their own enterprises and
accessing economic resources (Mayoux 2001 20)
Kantor (20016) is of the opinion that constraints affecting the entrepreneur in general
but women more intensively include
bull Access to financing
bull Information bull Productive resources and markets
bull Levels of skills and knowledge
56
bull Relevance of education and experience
bull Effects of market saturation
bull Compliance costs
Furthermore it is recognised that women in most societies carry the added burden of
family and domestic responsibilities and this has a detrimental or limiting impact upon
their ability to generate income outside of the home
Kepler and Shane (2007) are of the opinion that research suggests that social norms
about the role of women in society the shortage of female role models and the greater
household- burdens faced by women lead female entrepreneurs to face more start-up
problems and for those problems to be of greater magnitude than their male
counterparts For instance attitudes toward the role of women make it more difficult for
female entrepreneurs to be taken seriously as business people (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu
2003 3) and to gain support for their entrepreneurial activities from their spouses
family and friends (Bradley amp Boles 2003 301) In addition the relative shortage of
female role models makes it more difficult for female entrepreneurs to obtain adequate
mentorship for their start-up efforts Furthermore the greater household and childcare
responsibilities of women lead them to have more trouble balancing business formation
and family responsibilities (Affholder amp Box 2004 18)
Research finds that one of the major barriers for women entrepreneurs are the access to capital finance (Revivo-Steiner 2006 20) Lack of access to capital has been a primary obstacle for women entrepreneurs and recent research suggests it continues to be (Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Posig 2002 72) This could also include start-up financing and credit cash flow management in the early operations and financial planning Research suggests that the primary source of funding for women has been through family loans personal savings credit cards and home equity loans (Gundry Ben-Yoseph and Posig 2002) In fact Verwey (2006 5) found that womens personal savings constitute between 80 and 99 of initial capitalisation compared to men where the figure is between 30 and 59 Some of the reasons stem from stereotypes created by the
57
masculine mentality in the banking industry (Weiler amp Bernasek 2001 92) Women are
entering an environment constructed by men therefore they may be perceived as less
legitimate in the eyes of prospective financial backers
Information is another resource that women entrepreneurs have difficulty accessing (ONeill amp Viljoen 2001 40) The information can be about markets suppliers export opportunities Large enterprises often have greater power time and resources to both access information for themselves and limit others access to it (Kouriloff 2000 65) Information can be obtained through informal networks as well as through membership in organizations such as trade guilds associations and unions (Kantor 2001 6) Female compared to male owners may have greater difficulty in accessing information because of difficulties in attending events due to their dual work roles and the resulting time constraints (Edwards 2001 58)
A lack of relevant skills and knowledge constrains the growth potential of entrepreneurial businesses (Kyro 2001 2) This is compounded by deficiencies in basic education Women tend to be less likely to have had education and experience relevant to starting and managing a business and thus have less potential for success (Botha 2006 30) Gaining relevant skills and knowledge also can be more difficult for women since their double work burden and childcare responsibilities make them less able to attend formal and informal training than men (Brush eiai 2006 18)
Kantor (2001 8) points out that womens more demanding role in the family relative to mens affects their entrepreneurial ability by reducing the time energy and concentration levels women can apply to their market work Women may have lower earnings and productivity levels since the amount of time they have available for market work will be limited by the time necessary to care for the family and their concentration while working may be reduced if there are multiple distractions leading to a further reduction in productivity and earnings (Hogskola 2008 25) Responsibility for household welfare also may make women more risk averse while societal perceptions of womens gender roles influence their treatment when they step outside of the perceived boundaries of
58
these roles limiting their access to the resources required for successful entrepreneurship (Anna etal 2000 291)
336 Growth Strategies
A relatively unexplored dimension of entrepreneurship on which male and female entrepreneurs are supposed to differ is their attitude towards growth (Verwey 2006 1) The process through which women-led entrepreneurial firms plan and achieve continual and sustainable growth often reflects a complex set of motivators and intentions that support this strategic path
Cliff (1998523) however researched whether gender differences do exist through quantitative as well as qualitative analysis of personal interviews with 229 small business owners in the Greater Vancouver are of British Columbia Canada Her study provided novel insights into the factors affecting an entrepreneurs growth decision and desired pace of expansion She found that both male and female entrepreneurs desire growth but there are important differences with respect to how they wish to expand (Verwey 2006 1)
Casale and Posel (2000 180) are of the opinion that female entrepreneurs are more likely to establish maximum business size thresholds beyond which they do not wish to expand and that moreover these thresholds are smaller than those set by male entrepreneurs This size relates to what she can manage and control with comfort balancing work and personal life Women tend to deliberately adopt a slow and steady pace of expansion as personal considerations appear to ovenide economic considerations in the business expansion decision According to Cliff (1998523) the attainment of such size thresholds appear to be a key trigger in the no-growth decision
This managed approach by female entrepreneurs to business expansion not letting growth get out of control may result in ventures that are able to out survive those headed by entrepreneurs pursuing more risky high-growth strategies (Bennett amp Dann
59
2000 78) This might lead to banks viewing women as lesser loan risks given their more cautious approach toward growth (Eckel amp Grossman 2000 288) Further research is needed to determine whether these different strategy approaches towards growth would affect venture performance If a more cautious approach leads to long-term survival of the firm awareness should be raised of the favourable outcomes of a more cautious approach This would require recognition that one approach to business ownership - the desire to head a large quickly growing enterprise may not necessarily fit all (Taniguchi 2002 888)
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT
Jalbert (200055) are of the opinion that womens entrepreneurship is gaining increasing
recognition in public policy circles National governments and international organisations
alike are coming to realise that fostering womens economic development through
enterprise creation can have a positive impact in a number of areas
First and foremost it enhances economic growth and provides employment opportunities for the owners and their workers In addition providing economic opportunities for women can also improve the social educational and health status of women and their families
The nature of the multitudinous challenges and obstacles facing women entrepreneurs suggest that their full economic potential is not fully actualised and women do not feature on the mainstream of the economic agenda One aspect that may be the route course of this dilemma that is faced by many female entrepreneurs may be the lack of proper support (De Groot 2001 9) Support is a potentially important means of raising the level of entrepreneurship in society overall
This section provides an overview of some efforts that are supporting the development of women-owned businesses Although this analysis is not a comprehensive review of
60
current literature and research it provides the best of what is known about womens
entrepreneurship
The objective of women entrepreneurship promotion is to create awareness of enterprise as an attractive employment option among women and to raise the profile of women entrepreneurs as credible role models to others It is a particularly important aspect in reinforcing the social value of entrepreneurship in the economy and in positioning it as a viable and feasible activity (International Labour Office (1LO) 2004 12)
The following examples illustrate how it is possible to promote effectively female entrepreneurship across a broad range of actions For example this might include (International Labour Office (ILO) 2004 12)
bull The establishment of specific institutions for (potential) female entrepreneurs
bull The provision of targeted support services and programmes the implementation of
electronic platforms for women entrepreneurs
bull The organisation of specific events targeted at female entrepreneurs
Before actual awareness campaigns can be initiated it is of the utmost importance to
establish an entrepreneurial environment that will in fact be attractive to potential women
entrepreneurs
While a growing body of literature exists on entrepreneurial environments the literature is highly fragmented Reviewing the empirical literature one can observe that Me research or even conceptualisation of the environment for entrepreneurship - enabling or otherwise - has been completed (Sannikova 20074) Some gaps that are evident in the literature are (Fogel 1994 1)
First a conceptual framework is lacking to integrate the available literature on
entrepreneurial environments
61
Second explicit links have not been established between the needs of
entrepreneurs and how environments can fulfil entrepreneurs needs induce or
reinforce their desire to go into business and thus facilitate the process of new
venture creation Third limited guidelines exist to conduct empirical research on entrepreneurial
environments
Finally a limited body of literature addresses the needs of policy makers despite the
recognition of this group as an important audience for research on entrepreneurship
One potential theory with implications for environmental factors and entrepreneurship is the resource dependence theory The resource dependence theory is based on the notion that environments are the source of scarce resources
The framework highlighted in figure 31 outline the key resources that support the
creation of an enabling environment for womens entrepreneurship These are
(Sannikova 20074)
bull Policy coordination and legal environment
bull Finance and Premises
bull Training and mentoring
bull Business Support
bull Network
bull Promotion
62
Figure 31 Framework for supporting women entrepreneurship activity
Source Sannikova (200718-19)
This framework fall inline with current issues addressed by the International Labour Office (ILO) In line with the ILOs gender policy the approach to women entrepreneurship seeks to redress existing gender imbalances in enterprise development through approaches and activities aimed specifically at women while simultaneously working with constituents to ensure that all small enterprise initiatives address gender in their formulation and roll-out The ILOs work to date has been in four main areas (Intemational Labour Office (ILO) 200412)
bull The development of a knowledge base on women entrepreneurs bull The development of a variety of support services for women entrepreneurs and their
service providers bull Supporting advocacy bull Developing internal and external partnerships
63
In 2002 the Austrian Institute for Small Business Research conducted a comprehensive study in regards to good practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002 105) They studied all available support organisations and programmes available to women entrepreneurs in Europe
A few critical success factors supporting good practice in the promotion of female entrepreneurship may be elaborated from the experience provided in this study These include (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002105)
bull Agencies should use female mentors trainers and advisers whenever possible to
increase the relevance of measures for women and to provide role models
bull Measures should be designed for both groups and individuals Group based
measures give women a chance to make contacts to network and to learn from the
experience of others Individual-based measures allow women to receive highly
effective advice directly related to the problems they face
bull Measures supporting enterprise start-ups should focus on sectors that can provide
women with an adequate income thereby increasing womens financial self-
sufficiency Strategies to move women into higher value markets in traditional or new
sectors are therefore important
bull Training measures should apply a modular approach with both a set of basic
courses such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and the opportunity
to select from a set of additional courses in various substantive areas This would
make the training flexible and give clients the independence to choose the skills on
which they want to focus
bull Training measures should also include entrepreneurship development training in
order to foster the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business
Business skills may not be sufficient for women who often lack confidence and belief
in their own abilities as entrepreneurs
bull Post-start-up support should be offered to trainees after having applied skills learned
in earlier training This may for example be offered by means of mentoring
64
addressing the specific problems faced by women entrepreneurs Additionally pre-
start-up mentoring can help women thinking about starting a business to determine if
it is really the right career choice
bull Women entrepreneurs should not be the only focus of business support and
personal development measures Reaching girls in order to encourage them to
become entrepreneurs and to develop their belief in their abilities is also important
bull Finally access to credit should be a key element in business support as limited
access to finance is a constraint faced by many entrepreneurs both female and
male Different methods of providing access to finance such as loan guarantees or
partnerships with formal financial institutions can reduce the costs of providing
credits to micro entrepreneurs and women entrepreneurs in particular
It has been demonstrated that there are various ways to tackle general and more specific problems faced by female entrepreneurs As many of the obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs are common all over the world most of the good practices that have been described above are not country-specific but might enrich the pool of possible actions in other countries as well
35 SUMMARY
Growing evidence asserts that womens entrepreneurship while differentiated is fundamentally different than mens It is apparent that women are crafting new visions and models of entrepreneurship and are experiencing unique processes entwining the developing self values of work life and family and the personal dynamics of change with the processes of developing and leading a business These phenomena deserve careful and critical exploration if we are to understand radical changes now occurring in women business owners work-lives and enterprise development The importance of supporting women entrepreneurship extends beyond academic relevance Government officials and NGOs have expressed interest in women entrepreneurship in countries in transition as a key to stimulating economies
65
Academics have been recommended to develop policy makers understanding by studying conditions and processes that encourage women entrepreneurship There is a particular theoretical need to conceptualise this environment and to test the environmental variables associated with women entrepreneurs
This support in developed countries usually has one main points to maximize the economic potential of self-employed women and also to encourage taking up of self-employment amongst women from disadvantaged backgrounds
Clearly the development of female entrepreneurship needs support through policies and adequate institutions in many areas such as education and training access to credit and financing access to information business networks and new technologies The Governments in partnership with other stakeholders should take the lead and responsibility for establishing institutions and policies aimed at development of SMEs These policies however should be gender sensitive and address specific barriers in entrepreneurial activities
It is increasingly recognised that entrepreneurship support offers a new model for
fighting poverty and ensuring economic growth in countries
66
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
41 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to present what has been empirically observed as set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the broader problem area Hence in the discussion the findings are interpreted in the light of the research questions The various methodological issues and considerations involved in the gathering of the data are also discussed
42 GATHERING OF DATA
This section contains a thorough explanation of the various methodological issues and considerations involved in obtaining and handling the data used in the study It has been divided into two parts each of which concerns a different component of the data collection gathering process
421 Development and construction of questionnaire
As explained in chapter one the survey instrument utilised in the study was a
standardised questionnaire Information could either be entered by the respondents
themselves or the review used it as a structure for face to face interviewing
The first step was to design a questionnaire with questions and items developed from the initial research problem and the literature study conducted
Questions or items of the same kind or that seek the same sort of information was grouped together They fell into a range of categories where some consisted of a small number of related questions The intend was to elicit information of a particular type
67
Analytical categories relevant to the research were determined from the literature These
topics were aggregated by unit of analysis
bull Section A Personal information
- Age - Marital status
- Educational level
- Number and age of children
- Employment history
bull Section B Business information
- Industry - Legal status of business
- Age of business
- Path to business ownership
- Source of start-up funding
- Business premises
- Number of employees
- Annual turnover
- Previous exposure to business
bull Section C Wlotivational factors and demographic aspects
bull Section D Obstacles towards women entrepreneurship
- During start-up phase of business
- During current operations
bull Section E Development needs of female entrepreneurs
- Previous development by private or government agency
- Women entrepreneurship association awareness
68
- Needs classification
In section A B and E the questionnaire was designed so that the responded could indicate the applicable answer by marking a designated block with a cross More than one block could be marked where applicable
In section C and D a Seven point Likert scale method was applied to measure
responses that range from disagree strongly to agree strongly A value of one will be
linked to disagree strongly and a value of seven to agree strongly
The idea of using the Likert scale method is that instead of learning whether or not the respondent was favourably inclined on an issue one also gets a measure and a reasonably reliable one of the actual position on the continuum However this method is frequently criticised because a number of unique response patterns can result in the same total score (Tull amp Hawkins 1980 322)
422 Data collection
The questionnaire in the form of printed copies was distributed to 100 women
entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni as a result of the sampling method applied
The study made use of both a convenience sampling method and secondly made use of
a snowball sampling method
Snowball sampling relies on referrals from initial subjects to generate additional subjects Therefore base selection of a primary informant took place The base selected for this study was the Chamber of Commerce for Gauteng which acted as an informant of women owned businesses Referrals were contacted to confirm if they adhere to the definition of small and medium-sized women owned businesses More referrals were subsequently collected by theses women owned business expanding the database It
69
may be extremely difficult or cost prohibitive to locate respondents in these situations A
list of 100 women owned business was compiled as a result of these efforts
Techniques for distributing questionnaires included e-mail personal delivery and structured interviews
This review aimed to distribute questionnaires to wide variety business sectors demographic locations and races as to obtain a representative view of women entrepreneurs
Business sectors included were ie retail trade wholesale trade manufacturing construction transportdistribution accommodation and restaurant food industry agricultureforestryfishing and services
Demographic areas included all towns within the boundaries of Ekurhuleni ie Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan Endenvale Lethabong Germiston Kempton Park Tembisa Nigel and Springs
A period of two weeks for responding to the questionnaire were allowed from where
questionnaires were collected either personally by the researcher or via facsimile and e-
A total of 80 usable questionnaires were returned from the sample This constitutes a
80 response rate
The major reasons for non returns faced during the process were the limited time available to the respondents to complete the questionnaires due to busy work schedules and the availability of certain owners that resided overseas
70
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS
431 Age group description of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A1 in Section A of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was
to determine the age group description of respondents
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented
in Table 41 below
Table 41 Age group description of respondents
Age group Frequency Percentage 40 to 49 years old 27 3375
30 to 39 years old 20 2500
50 to 59 years old 14 1750
20 tot 29 years old 12 1500
60+ years old 6 750
lt19 years old 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
The biggest category in this review is represented by the 40 to 49 year old group (refer
to table 41) were 3375 of the respondents indicated the age group A fourth (25) of
the respondents represents the 30 to 39 year age group
71
The remainder of the group constitutes less than 20 of the respondents where 1750
represents the 50 to 59 age group 1500 the 20 to 29 year old 750 the 60+ group
and 125) less than 19 years old respectively
All respondents answered the question
432 Marital status of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A2 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the marital status of respondents The results will be used to determine if
there is any link between the marital status of the women and their path to self
employment
bull Results obtained
The marital status of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 42 below
Table 42 Marital status of respondents
Marital status Frequency Percentage Married 52 6500
Single 10 1250
Widowed 9 1125
Divorced 7 875 Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
72
bull Analysis of the results
Table 42 indicates that more than half that is 52 (6500) of the respondents are married A total of 1250 of respondents are single 1125 are widowed and 875 are divorced
Two respondents did not indicate their marital status
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A3 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the highest academic qualification of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous education on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
bull Results obtained
The highest academic qualification of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 43 below
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents
Highest academic qualification Frequency Percentage Diploma (Technical college orTechnicon) 29 3625 University degree 29 3625
Matric 16 2000
Certificate 4 500
Post graduate degree 2 250
Total 80 10000
73
bull Analysis of the results
Table 43 indicates that a diploma and university degree constitute the largest group of all responses Both the diploma and university degree represent 3625 of the respondents respectively
A total of 16 (2000) of the respondents indicated a matric as their highest academic qualification whereas four respondents (500) indicated a certificate and two (250) indicated a post graduate degree
All respondents answered the question
434 Number of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A4 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of children of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 44 below
74
Table 44 Number of children of respondents
Number of children Frequency Percentage Two (2) children 31 3875
One (1) child 14 1750
Three (3) children 14 1750 None 10 1250
Four (4) children 8 1000
Five (5) children 3 375
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of the respondents (3875) have only 2 children A total of 1750 are
presented equally by both the one child and three child groups A total of 10 (1250)
respondents have no children Eight (1000) respondents have four children and three
or 375 have five children
All respondents answered the question
435 Age group description of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the age of children of the participants The results will be utilised in
determining if the age of children might have an influence on the path to business
ownership and act as an obstacle due to family responsibility to women entrepreneurs
75
bull Results obtained
The age of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 45 below
Table 45 Age group description of children
Age group description Frequency Percentage 18+years old 25 3125
11-18 years old 15 1875
1-5 years old 13 1625
No children 10 1250
6-10 years old 9 1125
Missing 8 1000
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 45 indicates that the majority of the respondents (25 or 3125) children are
older than 18 years A total of 15 (1875) of the respondents children are between 11
and 18 years 13 (1625) between one to five years old and nine (1125) between six
and 10 years old
A total of ten (1250) of the respondents indicated that they do not have children
whereas eight respondents did not answer the question
76
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES
441 Number of permanent employees
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B7 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of permanent employees of the participating women owned
businesses and to determine whether the family business can be classified as a micro-
very small- small- or a medium-sized enterprise
bull Results obtained
Table 46 Number of permanent employees
Number of permanent employees Frequency Percentage 2-4 30 3750 26-50 23 2875
Myself 10 1250
5-10 10 1250
11-25 4 500
101-200 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
A combined forty (5000) of the women owned business can be classified as micro-
enterprise from which 30 (3750) of the business have two to four employees and 10
(1250) of the businesses are only operated by the entrepreneur herself
77
A total of ten (125) of the businesses can be classified as very small enterprise
consisting of five to ten employees
Small-enterprises are represented by twenty seven (3375) of the businesses with four
(5) employed of 11 to 25 employees and 23 (2875) 26 to 50 employees
Only two (250) of the businesses surveyed can be classified as medium-enterprise
Of the 80 respondents only one responded (125) did not answer the question
Figure 46 indicates that the majority of the businesses surveyed falls into the micro-
enterprise category
442 Turnover of the business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B8 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the financial success and the size of the participating women
owned businesses
bull Results obtained
The annual turnover of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table
47
I
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business
Annual turnover Frequency Percentage R100 000 to R500 000 27 3375
R1 million to R5 million 20 2500
R500 000to R1 million 18 2250
R50 000toR100 000 9 1125
R5 million+ 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Twenty seven (3375) of the family businesses annual turnover were between the R100 000 to R500 000 range followed by twenty (2500) between the R1 to R5 million range eighteen (2250) in the R500 000 to R1 million range nine (1125) in the R50 000 to R100 000 range and six (75) in the more than R5 million range
All participants answered the question
443 Economic sector of operation
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B1 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the economic sector that the women owned businesses
operates in The sector may have an influence on specific needs for the women owned
businesses as well as policy implications
bull Results obtained
The economic sector of operation of the women owned businesses in this study is
presented in table 48
79
I
Table 48 Economic sector of operation
Economic sector Frequency Percentage Retail trade 33 4125
Services 26 3250
Accommodation and restaurant 7 875
Wholesale trade 6 750
Manufacturing trade 4 500
Transportdistribution 2 250
Food industry 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 33 (4125)) of the businesses in this study operate in retail trade that also represents that largest group within this review The service category is represented by 26 (3250) of the respondents This include the following businesses ie bakery school transport ballet studios swimming lessons DVD rentals garden services cleaning services doggy parlour dry cleaning wedding planning landscaping physiotherapy attorney petrol garage dress maker hair salons catering services graphic design party rentals business machine servicing and beauty salons
Other industries of operation includes seven (875) businesses in accommodation and
restaurant six (750) in wholesale trade four (500) businesses in manufacturing
and two (250) in distribution and food industry respectively
All respondents answered the question
80
444 Legal status of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B2 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The legal status of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table 49
Table 49 Legal status of business
Category Frequency Percentage Sole proprietorship 42 5250
Partnership 18 2250
Company (Private) 12 1500
Not registered 7 875
Close corporation 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Just more than half (52505)) of the participating women-owned businesses in this
study are registered as sole proprietorship 18 (2250) are registered partnerships 12
(1500) as private companies and one (125) business indicated a close corporation
A total of seven (875) of the businesses in this study is however not registered None
of the business indicated a business trust or public company All respondents answered
the question
81
445 Business premises
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B6 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The premises from where the women owned businesses in this study are operating from
are presented in table 410
Table 410 Business premises
Business district Frequency Percentage Outlying business area 50 6250
Home based 16 2000
Central business district (CBD) 12 1500
Agriculture 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
More than half (6250) of the respondents operate their business from an outlying
business area as indicated in table 410 A total of 16 (20) of the businesses in this
review are home-based with only 12 (1500) situated in a central business district
Agriculture land is only utilised by two (250) of the women owned businesses in this
review None of the respondent businesses operates from an industrial area
All respondents answered this question
82
446 Age of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B3 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the age of all women owned businesses that participated in this review
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women owned businesses that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 411 below
Table 411 Age of business
Age of business Frequency Percentage One (1) to five (5) years old 45 5625
Six (6) to 10 years old 24 3000
11 to 20 years old 6 750
21 to 30 years old 3 375
31 to 40 years old 1 125 41 to 50 years old 1 125
Analysis of the results
According to table 411 more than half (5625) of the respondents businesses are relatively young and fall under the one to five year old category A large group of 24 (30) of the participating businesses are between six and 10 years old The remainder of the categories are represented by less than 10 of the respondents where six (750) business are between 11 and 20 years old three (375) between 21 and 30 years and 1 (125) between 31 to 40 years and one (125) between 41 to 50 years respectively All respondents answered the question
83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP
451 Path to business ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B4 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the path to business ownership of respondents
bull Results obtained
The path to business ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 412 below
Table 412 Path to business ownership
Path to business ownership Frequency Percentage
Founded the business 52 6500
Purchase the business 25 3125
Join family business 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 412 reflects that 52 (6500) of the businesses studied in this review were
founded by the entrepreneur Just less than a third or 25 (3125) of the businesses
were purchased A total of two (250) respondents actually joined family businesses
and one (125) did not answer the question
84
452 Previous employment experience
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the previous employment experience of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous experience on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs The respondents had the option to choose between six experience levels categories
bull Results obtained
The previous employment experience of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 413 below
Table 413 Previous employment experience
Previous employment experience Frequency Percentage Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier) 34 4250
Self-employed 14 1750
Supervisor 11 1375
Middle management 9 1125
Unemployed 8 1000
Top management 4 500
Total 80 10000
85
bull Analysis of the results
Less than half (4250) of the respondents were previously employed as non-
management workers whereas only 11 (1375) of the respondents were supervisors A
total of nine (1125) of respondents indicated that they were employed in middle
management with only four (5) in top management A number of eight (1000)
respondents were previously unemployed
A quite interesting observation is the 14 or 1750 of respondents that were previously
self-employed that also constitute the second largest group in this review
All respondents answered the question
453 Years self-employed
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A6 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of years self employed of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of years self-employed of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 414 below
86
Table 414 Years self-employed
Number of years self-employed Frequency Percentage Four (4) to five (5) years 27 3375 Six (6) to 10 years 26 3250 One (1) to Three (3) years 14 1750
More than 10 years 12 1500
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of respondents are between four and ten years self-employed A number of
27 (3375) of the respondents has indicated a four to five year period and 26 (3250)
indicating a six to 10 year period The remainder of the age groups are represented by
less than 20 of the respondents where 14 (1750) fall within the relative young one
to three year category and 12 (1500) in the established more than ten year category
Only one (125) respondent did not answer the question
454 Source of start-up funding
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B5 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the source of start-up funding of the participants
bull Results obtained
The source of start-up funding of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 415 below
87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding
Source of start-up funding Frequency Percentage Bank loan 30 3750
Personal savings 29 3625
Relatives 10 1250
Householdspouse 5 625
Sold business 4 500
Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Both bank loan and personal savings constitutes the largest sources for start-up funding
with 30 (3750) made use of bank loans and 29 (3625) utilised personal savings
A total of 10 (1250) respondents collected start-up funds from relatives and five
(625) from a household member or spouse A number of four (500) respondents
sold their previous business to obtain funds
Respondents not answering the question accounted for 250 of the sample
455 Role models
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B9 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine if the respondents was inspired by someone during their youth to become an entrepreneur The results will be used to determine if there is any link between this previous influence and the women entrepreneurs decision to enter into self employment
bull Results obtained
The influence of role models on all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 416 below
Table 416 Role models
Influenced by role models Frequency Percentage No 68 8500
Yes 12 1500
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority (8500) of respondents indicated that they had no one inspiring them to
become entrepreneurs where 12 (1500) of the respondents claimed that they had
some influence Eight respondents indicated that their parents owned businesses where
four indicated that close friends of the family motivated them from childhood to enter
own employment
All respondents answered this question
456 First ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B10 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to determine if the current business is the women entrepreneurs first self owned
business
89
bull Results obtained
An indication of first ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 417 below
Table 417 First ownership
Category Frequency Percentage
Yes 62 7750
No 12 1500
Missing 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 62 (7750)) of the respondents indicated that their current business is their
first business owned Only a small amount of 12 (1500) of the respondents indicated
previously owned business or no to the answer A total of seven of the business was
sold of four is still operating and one went out of business
Quite a large total of six (750) of the respondents did not answer the question at all
46 MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C1-15 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the main motivational factors for women entrepreneurs entering own business ventures The results will be utilised in determining the influence of these motivational factors on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
90
bull Results obtained
The average response or mean (x) and the standard deviation (s) (variation around the
mean) of each of the 15 items indicating motivational factors for entering own
employment are indicated in Table 418
Table 418 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
Motivation n X s
Need for a challenge 80 6250 1326
Self-fulfilment 79 6215 1356
Confidence in the productservice offered 80 6188 0813
Insufficient family income 80 5513 1765
The need for independence 80 5488 1800
Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 80 5363 1759
Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) 80 5150 1870
Need forflexible work schedule 80 5063 2143
Desire for wealth 80 4900 1900
Ensure high job security 80 4700 2095
To develop hobby 78 4654 2373
Compatibility with family duties 80 4238 2279
Difficulty finding a job 80 3750 2405
Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 80 2650 1822
Entered the family business 80 1825 1310
Total 4796 0906
bull Analysis of the results
The standard deviations of all 15 statements averages are fairly high ranging from
0813 to 2405
Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement Thus a higher number representing agreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be true by the respondents Likewise a low number representing disagreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be false
The motivational statement indicating the highest agreement was need for challenge Participants indicated a very high average mean of x = 6250 for this statement Other
statements that also obtained high levels of agreement was self-fulfilment (x = 6215)
and confidence in the productservice offered (x = 6188)
Five items indicated average means higher than five Insufficient family income indicated an average mean of x = 5513 the need for independence an average mean
of x= 5488 dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) an average
mean of x= 5363 role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) an average x- 5150 and the need for flexible work schedule an average mean of x = 5063
Five items indicated average means higher than four Desire for wealth indicated an
average mean of x = 4900 ensure high job security an average mean ofx = 4700
to develop hobby and average mean ofx= 4654 and compatibility with family duties indicated an average mean of x =4238
Difficult finding a job only indicated an average mean of x = 3750 and redundancy (lost
their job retrenchment) an average mean of x = 2650
Entering family business was the statement with the lowest agreement standing on
an average mean of x = 1825
92
462 Ekurhuleni support
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C17- 21 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations The participating women entrepreneurs had to indicate their response on five statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is
providing to their business operations are reflected in Table 419 below
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations
Category n X s
Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 80 5288 1275
Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 80 5075 1100
Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 79 4772 1395
The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 80 4325 1589
Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 80 2563 1349
Total 4403 0837
93
bull Analysis of the results
An average mean of x = 5288 was calculated for the statement Ekurhuleni is a
source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities This result indicates
that the participants have a relative high agreement with the statement A high
agreement was also calculated for Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export
opportunities (x = 5075) Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road
network) adequately meet the needs of my business (x = 4772) and The
Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses
(x = 4325)
The statement Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women
entrepreneurship in the region however indicated a very low level of agreement with a
standard mean of only x = 2563
463 Obstacles to business start-up
bull Purpose of question
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers have for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those
barriers still exist today
The purpose of question D 1-14 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A)
was to accumulate a body of knowledge of banners that were faced by current female
entrepreneurs in entering their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate
their response on fourteen statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale
type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent
disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with
the statement
94
bull Results obtained
Agreement to obstacles that the respondents experienced during the start-up phase of
their businesses are presented in Table 420 below
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up
Obstacles n X s
Lack of business management skills 80 5888 1607
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5725 1646
Lack of timely business information 80 5438 1422
Risk averse (great fear of failure) 79 5253 1829
Lack of self-confidence 79 5241 1876
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 5150 1700
Inequality of access to credit (difficult to obtain financing as a female) 80 4875 1760
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 2009
Isolation from business network 80 4713 1917
Lack of education and training (in general) 80 4625 2065
Legislative (lack of focused women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government) 80 4400 1718
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3750 1832
Lack of female role models 80 3475 1882
Total 4874 1091
bull Analysis of the results
All fourteen statements as reflected in table 419 indicated high levels of agreement The statement lack of business management skills was indicated as the highest level of agreement with an average mean of x= 5888 A total of five other statements also indicated relative high agreements with inter role conflict (workhome conflict) indicating a standard mean of x= 5725 lack of timely business information (x = 5438) risk averse (great fear of failure) (x = 5253) lack of self-confidence (x =
95
5241) and awareness or access to business support indicating an average mean of
x =5150
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 3475
464 Obstacles currently faced in business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question D 16- 27 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers that were faced by female entrepreneurs currently operating their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate their response on 12 statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Obstacles that the respondents are experiencing in their current business operations are reflected in Table 421
96
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business
Obstacles n X s
Liquidity and other financial problems 80 6225 1102
Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 80 5775 1405
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5538 1793
Lack of business management skills 80 5488 1359
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 1872
Lack of timely business information 80 4663 1771
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 4600 1846
No time for trainingupgrading of skills 80 4563 1948
Isolation from business network 79 4506 1839
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3338 1771
Lack of female role models 79 2835 1581
Total 4764 0968
bull Analysis of the results
The statement with the highest level of agreement was liquidity and other financial
problems The average mean for this statement was calculated on a very high x -
6225
A total of three other statements also indicated relative high agreements with gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) indicating a standard mean
of x= 5775 inter role conflict (workhome conflict) (5c = 5538) and lack of business management skills indicating an average mean of x = 5488
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 2835
97
I
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question E3 Section E of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the development needs of respondents (refer to table 421)
bull Results obtained
Development needs indicated by all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 422 below
Table 422 Support needs of respondents
Category Frequency Percentage
Financial support 68 8500
Growth support 64 8000
Marketing support 62 7750
Business advice information counselling mentoring 57 7125
Networking with other business owners 55 6875
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area 53 6625
Legal support 41 5125
Tools equipment machinery 38 4750
Trainingknowledgeskills 35 4375
Suitable business premises 33 4125
Psychological support 21 2625
Technical support 20 2500
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity) 19 2375
98
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 68 (8500) of the respondents indicated that their greatest need is financial support with 64 (8000) also indicating growth support as a great need in the operation of their businesses A number of two categories also received high scoring with 62 (7750) respondents indicating marketing support and 57 (7125) indicating business advice information counselling and mentoring as support greatly needed
Almost half of the respondents also indicated that the following support will benefit their business A total of 41 (5125) of the participating women entrepreneurs indicated that legal support will benefit them 38 (4750) tools equipment and machinery support Trainingknowledge and skills was indicated by 4375 of respondents and a suitable business premises by 33 (4125) of the participating women entrepreneurs
Only 21 (2625) respondents indicated that psychological support will benefit them and
20 (2500o) indicated that technical support will be of use A small number of 19
(2375) indicated a need for infrastructure
48 SUMMARY
This chapter started of with the various methodological issues and considerations
involved in the gathering of the data from where results were presented in the form of
frequency tables on what has been empirically observed The results were analysed as
set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the
broader problem area
Data explored during this study included biographical information of all participating women entrepreneurs This includes age group description marital status highest academic qualification number of children and age group description of children
This empirical research also undertook the task to gather information in regards to the structure of the participating women entrepreneurs businesses This information
99
included number of permanent employees annual turnover of the business economic
sector of operation legal status of the business the business premises and age of the
business
Path to ownership information was also recorded by this study that includes the
following Path to business ownership previous employment experience number of
years self-employed source of start-up funding influence of role models and first
ownership
Factors of importance also gathered by this review includes motivational factors to enter self employment women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their businesses obstacles to business start-up obstacles currently faced within business operations and support needs of respondents
The information gathered by the empirical research was utilised in the drafting of the
Ekurhuleni women entrepreneurship profile discussed in chapter five This profile will be
of purpose in the drafting of the women entrepreneurship development framework for
the Ekurhuleni district
100
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
51 INTRODUCTION
Despite the large amount of research on the key factors influencing womens
entrepreneurship no study has yet provided an empirical field assessment of factors
influencing women at a municipality context
With the goal of delineating the unique circumstances of women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni this review undertook a study of 80 women entrepreneurial businesses The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures in this area have generated value and fuelled innovation on all levels The increased presence of women entrepreneurs has had a remarkable impact on employment
The purpose of this chapter is therefore to conclude on the empirical study by compiling
a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni Theoretical applications of these links
would derive strong arguments
Recommendations to women entrepreneurship development for this area will be made followed by a critical evaluation of the study Suggestions for future studies will be implied and this chapter will be concluded by a summary
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
The following reflects the make-up of the Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur as concluded in the empirical study conducted
101
521 Biographical information results
The majority of the women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
that participated in this study are between 30 to 49 years of age She is furthermore
married with an average of two children mainly older than eighteen years The
entrepreneur is well littered with either a diploma or university degree
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results
The average women-owned business in Ekurhuleni is between one to five years old with
an annual turnover in the R100 000 to R500 000 range Operation is mainly within the
retail trade or service sector within the micro-enterprise environment Most businesses
can be found in outlying business areas The legal status of the participating businesses
is mainly reserved to sole proprietorships
523 Path to ownership results
The Ekurhuleni women-owned business is either founded or purchased by the female entrepreneur which are on average four to ten years self-employed and mostly a first-time owner A bank loan or personal funding provided start-up capital Owners were not motivated by childhood role models
524 Motivational factors to self employment results
The need for a challenge self-fulfilment and confidence in the product or service offered are the main motivators for these women entrepreneurs Factors such as difficulty f inding a job redundancy and entering of family business are least motivational
indicating that the average Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur are drawn to self-employment by pull factors rather than push factors (Botha 2006 122)
102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni
For the average female entrepreneur Ekurhuleni will be a source of an ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities The Ekurhuleni infrastructure meets the needs of their businesses and the region provides good network opportunities with other businesses However most of the participating women entrepreneurs feel that the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality do not have proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in this district
526 Obstacles to business start-up results
The lack of business management skills inter-role conflict with home and work the lack of timely business information high risk aversion by women entrepreneurs lack of self-confidence and a lack of awareness or access to business support are all considered as huge obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs during the start-up phase of their respective business
Factors such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models are not considered as major obstacles to business start-ups
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results
The main current obstacles experienced by the average female entrepreneur are liquidity and other financial problems Aspects such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models were once again recognised as the least considered obstacles in current business operations
103
528 Support needs results
The average female entrepreneur feels that they can mostly benefit from financial and growth support whereas psychological technical and infrastructure support are rated low on urgency
53 RECOMMENDATIONS
In the light of the research results explained a development framework was compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni Figure 51 represents the specific elements of the Ekurhuleni entrepreneurial development framework (refer to the next page)
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs on in Ekurhuleni district are complex and calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
The main recommendation issued by this review is the establishing of an Ekurhuleni
women entrepreneurship development centre The main responsibility of this centre will
be the implementation and co-ordination of the recommendations listed below
104
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
Own compilation
The purpose of the section to follow is to provide a description of the specific elements
within the recommended framework to develop women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
105
531 Promotion
Recommendation
The review recommends the formation of a specific women entrepreneurship advocacy team within the overall development centre
Motivation
The main role of the advocacy team will be to raise the visibility of womens economic contribution and to change the policy to support womens role in the Ekurhuleni district It is important that the advocacy team are aware of the heterogeneity of their client group Without this awareness policy changes risk being unintentionally biased against a group such as women entrepreneurs
532 Strategy
Recommendation
It is recommended that women entrepreneurship specific policies be drafted within the
Ekurhuleni district and emphasis placed on continued research into the development of
the women entrepreneurs in the district
Motivation
bull The process of policy formulation has to incorporate gender mainstreaming strategies On a national base government has been introducing new gender-specific laws of a general nature but gender issues were not considered in all the other laws of relevance to womens entrepreneurship development
106
bull These policies must address awareness since many institutions are not aware of the gender-specific constraints of women entrepreneurs and therefore unable to address them adequately when providing the necessary services
bull Associations in charge of the enhancement of the status of women NGOs womens organisations and technical programmes could play an important role in emphasising gender issues in the creation of a more enabling policy and legal environment In this connection the importance of the systematic collection and analysis of gender specific data and information for gender-sensitive industrial policy formulation and implementation cannot be over emphasised This is necessary in order to identify the constraints and needs of women entrepreneurs prior to the formulation of any development programme targeting women
bull It is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations lobby groups and the municipality should strive for the systematic collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship
bull The creation of awareness about entrepreneurship requires the adoption of an entrepreneurial culture among potential women entrepreneurs and among youth in general as they are the future entrepreneurs This could be done if local support institutions professional assodations media and womens associations put emphasis on creating awareness about entrepreneurship Media and school campaigns exposure to role models and targeted training could also be used for this purpose
107
533 Support
bull Training
Recommendation
The development of proper training programmes focussing on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs is a necessity
Motivation
bull Training is one of the most common business development services provided Training initiatives include both the provision of general business skills as well as skills more particular to an industry General business training includes basic business skills such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and is usually a central element of an integrated service package Training in skills is often not sufficient for women and successful training programmes for women entrepreneurs therefore also include confidence building entrepreneurship developmenttraining fostering the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business are just a few to mention
bull Programmes that not only confine themselves to training existing or potential women entrepreneurs but also make efforts to reach girls in order to encourage them to become entrepreneurs must be developed
bull A modular approach to the training programme design must be followed - it offers core courses and then allows clients to select other courses suiting their needs This makes the training flexible and gives clients the independence to choose the skills on which they lack the most or want to focus on
bull However successful programme designs are always those which are based on realistic needs-based assessments Women have different training needs in terms of course content scheduling length and delivery Programme designers must be aware of womens multiple roles and programmes should be scheduled when
108
women are likely to be free Participatory techniques and incremental learning using
female instructors are considered good teaching models for reaching women
entrepreneurs
bull Access to credit
Recommendation
A proper study into good practices should be launched to enhance accesses for women
entrepreneurs to credit from where specific plans must be drafted to ensure better
access to financing for these women entrepreneurs
Motivation
Credit is a constraint faced by many women entrepreneurs Women need to be able to
access mainstream banking and finance and need support in this area Increased
access to credit is a key to the development of women entrepreneurs in SMEs
bull Counselling and mentoring programmes
Recommendation
This study recommends the establishing of counselling and mentoring centres
Motivation
bull Individually-based services where clients receive help and support on problems
specific to their businesses have proven to be most effective
bull Counselling programmes tend to be expensive One way of cutting costs is by using
volunteers and using group-based services for more general issues
109
bull Attention must be paid to hiring female consultants avoiding a male environment and providing services sensitive to womens needs In addition gender training of consultants should be done
bull Many women want post-start-up support accessible after trying out the skills learned in earlier training Mentoring is one method of providing this support which can be very effective as it addresses the specific problems faced by the individual entrepreneur This kind of support includes individual or group-based assistance directed at specific problems where mentors serve as role models Based on a longer-term relationship with the mentor this is essentially a form of knowledge transfer It can be tailored to client needs and therefore can have high effectiveness and impact However it can also be costly in terms of mentors time
bull Mentoring can be offered to individuals or groups Individual mentoring is often more effective and have a greater impact as it addresses problems specific to the womens businesses Group-based mentoring offers other benefits such as group solidarity and the opportunity to learn from others experiences
bull However as mentioned earlier mentoring can be an expensive service to provide Many support agencies have cut costs by using volunteer mentors but mentor quality has to be monitored Supply of female mentors volunteer or not is sometimes a problem Coupling mentoring with a sectoral focus has emerged as a good strategy to help women to enter new industries Use of female mentors and having women-only group mentoring programmes increases the likelihood that women will use the services
bull Information sharing and network formation
Recommendation
The study wants to emphasize the need for the development of a specific women entrepreneur association within the Ekurhuleni district for the main purpose of networking and information sharing
110
Motivation
Information is a key resource for women entrepreneurs Information can relate to markets suppliers costs and technology and networks have emerged as key strategy for offering support to women entrepreneurs Networking is very important to the success of a business and it is identified as one of the key ways to strengthen womens enterprises as it can provide access to information new customers and suppliers Networks are relations with others in the business community and are an important way to access information
Sometimes training courses provide early networking opportunities giving practice
time to women before they go out to network in the wider business environment
Training courses also allow women to meet others starting businesses Networks can
also contribute to the knowledge and development of support agencies
Information exchange in the networks is provided through many means including one-
stop shops trade fairs and the Internet Information technology has proven to be an
important asset for accessing information and expanding networks Often the network
makes services and information available to entrepreneurs by toll free telephone fax in
person and through the Internet In fact the use of the internet has greatly helped to
widen the geographic areas of networks both between entrepreneurs and between
support agencies Internet allows clients to access it at times that suit their schedules
This helps women have greater access as they often have to juggle multiple demands
on their time Online networks and community business centres offer networking
opportunities Decentralized service provision also insures that the information provided
to local women is relevant to the local context
i l l
bull Support organisations
Recommendation
Accumulation of support organisations must take place Through awareness the involvement of organisations and institutions must be increased
Motivation
Many different types of organisations can provide either direct or indirect support to women entrepreneurs The different organisations working with women entrepreneurs include NGOs credit providers training and technical assistance centres research institutes and universities professional organisations government agencies and private sector organisations
Professional membership organisations have also emerged as important agencies which work to change policy and provide services and networks to members They work best when they serve a clientele with common interests The membership organisations must serve women business owners with gender being perceived as one commonality across which membership organisations can be established
Private sector actors other than banks or private training providers include suppliers of inputs final goods customers and consultants They work with women entrepreneurs through subcontracting arrangements and by supplying inputs raw materials used equipment or technical assistance These are viewed as an increasingly important source of assistance for women entrepreneurs particularly for-profit service providers In addition to this consultants may work with entrepreneurs directly for a fee or as volunteers For example some firms may volunteer their staffs time as consultants while some individuals working in the private sector may do so independent of their place of work
112
Universities and research institutes can also contribute to the development of women entrepreneurs through provision of trainers and consultants and through direct research on entrepreneurship with particular focus on women and by highlighting their contribution to the local regional and national economy In some cases they can also develop technologies to improve productivity and reduce the time burden of women
54 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY
The success of this study is based upon the realising of the primary and secondary
objectives as indicated in section 13 of this study
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
In order to reach the primary objectives successfully the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a global context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
The first secondary objective namely to gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African economy was achieved through a comprehensive literature study in chapter two This chapter act as a motivation to this question by supplying ambient evidence in the role women entrepreneurs plays in the South African economy
113
The second secondary objective that is to study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur was also realised through the literature review in chapter two
The third secondary objective to identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing their own business ventures was achieved by both the literature review in chapter three and the detailed empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five
The fourth secondary objective to examine current development programmes in a
global context was realised through both chapter twos literature review focusing on
South African development programmes and a detailed description of international good
practices in chapter three
The last secondary objective to suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district was achieved through the results obtained during the empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five The results of this empirical research led to the development of a women entrepreneurship development framework as represented in section 53 of chapter five Practical recommendations forms part of the framework developed
Trough the achieving of all secondary objectives and the framework discussed in section
53 it can therefore be concluded that the primary objective namely the development of
a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
were achieved
55 SUGGESTION FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
Forthcoming work can build on this review by focusing on measuring the effectiveness
of programmes and initiative that was implemented due to recommendation issued in
section 53 of this review
114
Furthermore as explained earlier it is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations and the municipality should strive for the systematic and frequent collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship as to ensure that up to date and relevant programmes are in place to support the female entrepreneurs
56 SUMMARY
The purpose of this chapter was to conclude on the empirical study by compiling a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni was given that included the following aspects The biographical information of the female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support needs of the female entrepreneur
The empirical research resulted in recommendations to women entrepreneurship
development in Ekurhuleni being made That was followed by a critical evaluation of the
study in regards to the achievement of the research objectives Suggestions for future
studies were also recommended
Gender sensitivity of programme design and service delivery is critical Agencies which have a successful record in reaching women are always aware of the characteristics of their female and male clients and the gender-specific barriers affecting their economic participation when designing programmes Thus gender aware needs assessment is a vital tool to good service design and delivery
115
Furthermore developing a supportive environment for womens entrepreneurship is important to womens success This includes helping women to deal with their multiple roles and involving men families and communities (as appropriate) in womens entrepreneurship Support agencies must understand womens goals and objectives in becoming entrepreneurs and work to support those goals Providing for both practical and strategic gender needs is central to womens economic success While not all agencies can work at both levels the experience from developed countries shows that service providers should make an effort to partner with agencies which work to address deeper strategic issues through advocacy and policy change
Therefore an important learning is the need to couple programme actions with policy work In order to make long-term changes in womens ability to participate freely in the economy the socio-cultural constraints on women must be addressed Advocacy work should be directed at policymakers in order to raise their awareness of the important role of women in the economy and the positive effect of economic participation on women and their families
116
BIBLIOGRAPHY
AFFHOLDER J amp BOX DM 2004 Struggles of female entrepreneurs Allied
Academies International Conference Proceedings of the Academy of Entrepreneurship
10(1)
AIDIS R 2003 Entrepreneurship and economic transition Tinbergen Institute
discussion paper pp 5
ALTMAN M 2001 Paths to employment expansion in a minerals economy Urban
Forum Special Issue First International Conference on Employment Creation in
Development 12(3-4) 314
ANNA L CHANDLER G JANSEN E amp MERO N 2000 Women business owners
in traditional and non-traditional industries Journal of Business Venturing 15(3) 279-
303
ARIF M 2008 Definition and introduction of entrepreneurship Shri Ramswaroop
College of Engineering amp Management
AUSTRIAN INSTITUTE FOR SMALL BUSINESS RESEARCH (IFGH) 2002 Good
practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship Examples from Europe and other
OECD countries Pp 1 - 110
BANERJEE A GALIANI S LEVINSOHN J MCLAREN Z amp WOOLARD I 2007
Why has unemployment risen in the new South Africa [Web]
httpwwwnberorgpapersw13167 [Date of access 20 July 2008]
BARTLETT J E KOTRLIK J W amp HIGGINS C 2001 Organizational research
Determining appropriate sample size for survey research information Technology
Learning and Performance Journal 19(1) 43-50
117
BARUAH S 2005 Entrepreneurship Concept and definition Indian Institute of
Entrepreneurship
BENNETT R amp DANN S 2000 The changing experience of Australian female
entrepreneurs Gender Work and Organization 7(2) 75-83
BERRY A VON BLOTTNITZ M CASSIM R KESPER A RAJARATNAM B amp
VAN SEVENTER D 2002 The economics of SMMES in South Africa Paper presented
at the 2002 Trade and industrial policy strategy conference
BHORAT H 2002 Employment and unemployment trends in Post-Apartheid South
Africa Paper Prepared for the Presidency 10-Year Cabinet Review Process 2nd draft
BHORAT H amp HODGE J 1999 Decomposing shifts in labour demand in South Africa
South African Journal of Economics 67(3) 348-380
BHORAT H amp CASSIM R 2004 The challenge of growth employment and poverty in
the South African economy since democracy An exploratory review of selected issues
Development Southern Africa 21 (1) 7 -31
BODEN R amp NUCCI A 2000 On the survival prospects of mens and womens new
business ventures Journal of Business Venturing 15(4) 347-362
BORGIA D SEGAL G amp SCHOENFELD J 2005 The motivation to become an
entrepreneur College of Business Fort Myers Florida USA
BOTHA M 2006 Measuring the effectiveness of the women entrepreneurship
programme as a training intervention on potential start-up and established women
entrepreneurs in South Africa Pretoria University of Pretoria (Unpublished PhD-
thesis)
118
BRADLEY F amp BOLES K 2003 Female entrepreneurs from ethnic backgrounds An
exploration of motivations and barriers pp 301
BROWN W 2002 Ambition versus action do males and females exhibit conflicting
perspectives of entrepreneurial potential and growth A study among entrepreneurship
students and entrepreneurship graduates before and after start-up Paper presented at
the 25th Institute for Small Business and Entrepreneurship National Small Firms Policy
and Research Conference Competing Perspectives of Small Business and
Entrepreneurship
BRUNI A GHERARDI S amp POGGIO B 2004 Entrepreneur-mentality gender and
the study of women entrepreneurs Journal of Organizational Change Management
17(3) 256-268
BRUSH C CARTER N GATEWOOD E GREENE P amp HART M 2006 Womens
entrepreneurship in the United States
CAMPBELL H 2004 A study of knowledge management strategies as enabled by the
support of asynchronous groupware systems Pretoria University of South Africa
(Unpublished PhD-thesis)
CARREE M ampTHURIK AR 1998 Small firms and economic growth in Europe
Atlantic Economic Journal 26 (2) 137-146
CASALE D amp POSEL D 2002 The continued feminisation of the labour force in South
Africa An analysis of recent data and trends South African Journal of Economics
70(1) 156-184
CASSAR G 2006 Entrepreneur opportunity costs and intended venture growth
Journal of Business Venturing 21 610-632
119
CARTER S ANDERSON S amp SHAW E 2001 Womens business ownership A
review of the academic popular and internet literature Report to the Small Business
Service wwwsbsgovukcontentresearchcarter-reportpaf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
CARTER N GARTNER W SHAVER K amp GATEWOOD E 2003 The career
reasons of nascent entrepreneurs Journal of Business Ventunng 18 13-39
CHANDRA V amp NGANOU J 2001 Obstacles to formal employment creation in South
Africa Evidence from recent firm surveys Paper presented to DPRU Conference
Johannesburg November
CLIFF J 1998 Does one size fit all Exploring the relationship between attitudes
towards growth gender and business size Journal of Business Ventunng 13(6) 523-
542
DE GROOT TU 2001 Women entrepreneurship development in selected African
countries For United Nations Industrial Development Organization Pp 1 -36
DE KLERK GJ amp HAVENGA JJD 2004 SME networks and clusters and their
impact on economic growth An exploratory overview of Africa Potchefstroom Northshy
west University
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY (DTI) 2001 Driving competiveness in
South-Africa The integrated industrial strategy Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE A N D INDUSTRY (DTI) 2004 Ten years of small business
support in South Africa 1994-2004 Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Isivande Womens fund [Web]
httpwwwdtiqovzaisivandemainhtm [Date of access 10 September 2008]
120
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 South African Women
Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzasawensawenmainhtm
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Technology for women in business
(TWIB) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzathedtitwibhtm [Date of access 10 September
2008]
DEVEY R SKINNER C amp VALODIA I 2002 The informal economy in South Africa
who where what and how much Paper presented to the DPRU Conference on Labour
Markets and Poverty in South Africa Johannesburg 22-24 October 2002
DEMARTINO Ramp BARBATO R 2003 Differences Between Women and Men MBA
Entrepreneurs Exploring Family Flexibility and Wealth Creation as Career Motivators
Journal of Business Ventunng 18 815-832
DINING OUT 2008 South African restaurants [Web] httpwwwdining-
outcozaEkurhuleni-Mapasp [Date of access 10 September 2008]
DU RIETZ A amp HENREKSON M 2000 Testing the female underperformance
hypothesis Small Business Economics 14 1-10
ECKEL C amp GROSSMAN P 2002 Sex differences and statistical stereotyping in
attitudes toward financial risk Evolution and Human Behaviour 23(4) 281-295
EDWARDS L 2001 Globalisation and the skills bias of occupational employment in
South Africa South African Journal of Economics 69(1) 40-72
EKURHULENI METROPOLITAN MUNICIPALITY (EMM) 2007 Growth and
development strategy 2025 [Web] httpwwwekurhulenicomcontentview454296
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
121
FREY I 2006 Poverty and unemployment in South Africa National Labour and
Economic Development Institute [Web]
http7wwwnalediorgzadocsPovertv20and20unemployment20in20South20A
frica20Feb202006pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
FOGEL DS 1994 Environments for entrepreneurship development key dimensions
and research implications mmsjribsbs02usersAmeMy
DocumentsDEVELOPMENTEnvironments for entrepreneurship development key
dimensions and research implications_ Company Activities amp Management Company
Structures amp Ownership from AIIBusiness_commht [Date of access 1 October 2008]
GATEWOOD E SHAVER K POWERS J amp GARTNER W 2002 Entrepreneurial
expectancy task effort and performance Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2)
187-206
GEORGELLIS Y amp WALL H 2004 Gender differences in self-employment Working
paper The Federal Reserve Bank of Saint Louis
httpresearchstlouisfedOrgwp19991999-008pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
GREENE P HART M GATEWOOD E BRUSH C amp CARTER N 2003 Moving
front and centre An overview of research and theory [Web]
wwwusasbcorgknowledgewhitepapersgreene2003pdf [Date of access 19 March
2008]
GUN DRY L BEN-YOSEPH M amp POSIG M 2002 Contemporary perspectives on
womens entrepreneurship A review and strategic recommendations Journal of
Enterprising Culture 10 (1) 67-86
HISRICH RD PETERS MP amp SHEPHERD DA 2005 Entrepreneurship 6th ed
New York NY McGraw-Hill Irwin
122
HITT MA DACIN TM LEVITAS E ARREGLE JL amp BORZA A 2000 Partner
selection in emerging and developed market contexts resource-based and
organizational learning perspectives Academy of Management Journal 43(3) 449-468
HOGSKOLA M 2008 Female entrepreneurs in Sweden and Thailand Differences and
similarities in Motivation Sweden School of Sustainable Development of Society and
Technology (Unpublished MBA-dissertation)
HUGHES KD 2006 Exploring motivation and success among Canadian women
entrepreneurs America University of Alberta (Unpublished PhD-Thesis)
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR OFFICE (ILO) 2004 Supporting growth-oriented women
entrepreneurs in Ethiopia Kenya amp Tanzania SEED programme Pp 1-113
JALBERT E 2000 Women entrepreneurs in the global economy Pp 55
KANTOR P 2001 Promoting womens entrepreneurship development based on good
to South practice programmes Some experiences from North to South SEED Working
Paper No 9 International Labour Office Geneva
KEH H FOO M amp LIM B 2002 Opportunity evaluation under risky conditions The
cognitive processes of entrepreneurs Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 125-
148
KEPLER E amp SHANE S 2007 Are male and female entrepreneurs really that
different Small business research summary 309(1)
KINGDON G amp KNIGHT J 2005 Unemployment in South Africa 1995-2003 causes
problems and policies Global Poverty Research Group [Web] httpwwwqprqorg
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
123
KLASEN S amp WOOLARD I 1999 Levels trends and consistency of employment and
unemployment figures in South Africa Development Southern Africa 16(1)
KOLLER M 2006 Hysteresis and unemployment in South Africa Bloemfontein
University of the Free State (Dissertation - MCom)
KORUNKA C FRANK H LUEGER M amp MUGLER J 2003 The entrepreneurial
personality in the context of resources environment and the start-up process - A
configurational approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 28(1) 23-42
KOLIRILOFF M 2000 Exploring perceptions of a prior barriers to entrepreneurship A
multidisciplinary approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 25(2) 59-80
KUTANI RO amp BAYRAKTAROGLU S 2003 Female entrepreneurs Social feminist
insights for overcoming the barriers Sakarya University The Faculty of Business
Studies Turkey Pp 3
KYRO P 2001 Women entrepreneurs question mens criteria for success
wwwbabsoneduentrepferBabson202001 [Date of access 10 September 2008]
LEWIS JD 2002 Promoting growth and employment in South Africa South African
Journal of Economics 70(5) 725-41
LOCKE EA amp LATHAM GP 1990 A theory of goal setting and task performance
Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall
LOMBARD K 2001 Female self-employment and demand for flexible non-standard
work schedules Economic Inquiry 39(2) 214-237
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
124
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2007 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
MAHADEA D 2008 The environmental context for SMME entrepreneurship in
Kwazulu-Natal The regulatory environment and its impact on the nature and level of
economic growth and development in South Africa Conference 2008
MARKMAN G BALKIN D amp BARON R 2002 Inventors and new venture formation
The effects of general self-efficacy and regretful thinking Entrepreneurship Theory and
Practice 27(2) 149-166
MARLOW S 1997 Self-employed women new opportunities old challenges
Entrepreneurship amp Regional Development 9(3) 199-211
MAYER M amp ALTMAN M 2005 South Africas economic development trajectory
implications for skills development Journal of Education and Work 18(1) 33-56
MAYOUX L 2001 Jobs gender and small enterprises Getting the policy environment
right - SEED Working Paper No 15 - SEED Working Paper No 15 ILO Geneva
MAYSAMI RC amp GOBY VP 1999 Female business owners in Singapore and
elsewhere A review of studies Journal of Small Business Management 37(2) 96-105
MBOWENI TT 2000 A new monetary policy framework Statement of the Monetary
Policy Committee 6 April SARB [Web] httpwwwreservebankcoza internet
publicationnsf [Date of access 10 September 2008]
MCCLELLAND E SWAIL J BELL J amp IBBOTSON P 2005 Following the pathway
of female entrepreneurs A six-country investigation International Journal of
Entrepreneurial Behavior amp Research 11 (2) 84-107
MCVICAR M amp CRAIG JF 1981 Minding my own business Entrepreneurial women
share their secrets of success New York Richard Marek
MITCHELL R BUSENITZ L LANT T MCDOUGALL P MORSE E amp SMITH J
2002 Toward a theory of entrepreneurial cognition Rethinking the people side of
entrepreneurship research Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 93-104
MOHR P amp FOURIE L 2000 Economics for South African students 2nd ed Pretoria
Van Schaik Publishers
NIEUWENHUIZEN C amp KROON J 2003 The Relationship between financing criteria
and the success factors of entrepreneurs in small and medium enterprises
Development Southern Africa 20 (1)
NTSIKA ENTERPRISE PROMOTION AGENCY 1999 State of small business in South
Africa Policy and Research Division Pretoria
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2004 Promoting entrepreneurship and innovative SMEs in a Global economy Towards
a more responsible and inclusive globalisation Paper read at2n d OECD conference of
ministers responsible for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) Turkey Istanbul
OECD 1998 Women Entrepreneurs in Small and Medium Enterprises OECD Paris
[Web] httpwwwoecdorg [Date of access 8 September 2008]
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2008 Economic assessment of South Africa 2008 [Web] httpwwwsourceoecdorg
[Date of access 6 June 2008]
OSTENSSON O amp UWIZEYE-MAPENDANO A 2000 Growth and diversification in
mineral economies paper presented at the Regional Workshop for Mineral Economies
in Africa 7-9 November Cape Town South Africa
REVIVO-STEINER M 2006 Women entrepreneurs A growing and promising
phenomenon [Web]
httpyywwwaltassetscomknowledqebankleaminqcurve2006nz9913php [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
ONEILL RC amp VILJOEN L 2001 Support for female entrepreneurs in South Africa
Improvement or decline Journal of Family Ecology and Consumer Sciences 29(1) 37 -
44
RENZULLI L ALDRICH H amp MOODY J 2000 Family matters Gender networks
and entrepreneurial outcomes Social Forces 79(2) 523-546
REYNOLDS PD HAY M BYGRAVE WD CAMP SM AUTIO E 2000 Global
Entrepreneurship Monitor Kauffman Centre for Entrepreneurial Leadership at the Ewing
Marion Kauffman Foundation
RICHARDSON P HOWARTH R amp FINNEGAN G 2004 The Challenges of Growing
Small Businesses Insights from Women Entrepreneurs in Africa SEED Working Paper
No 47
ROGERSON C M 2004 The impact of the South African Governments SMME
Programmes a ten year review (1994-2003) Development Southern Africa 21 (5)
SAMSON M 2000 The macroeconomics of job-creating growth EPRI Research Paper
10 Cape Town Economic Policy Research Institute
SHANE S LOCKE EA amp COLLINS CJ 2003 Entrepreneurial motivation Human
Resource Management Review 13(2) 257-279
127
SANNIKOVA E 2004 Regulatory impediments to enterprise development Mobilizing
womens economic potential International Conference on Reducing Barriers to
Entrepreneurship and Encouraging Enterprise Development Policy Options Salle VII
Palais des Nations 18-19 June 2007 pp 1-13
SHEPHERD D amp KRUEGER N 2002 An intentions-based model of entrepreneurial
teams social cognition Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 167-186
SIGH S REYNOLDSR amp MUHAMMADS 2001 A gender-based performance
analysis of micro and small enterprises in Java Indonesia Journal of Small Business
Management 39 (2) 174-182
SIMMON M amp HOUGHTON S 2002 The relationship among biases misperceptions
and introducing pioneering products examining differences in venture decision contexts
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 105-124
SOUTH AFRICA 1996 National Small Business Act 102 of 1996 Government Gazette
377(17612)
SOUTH AFRICA 2004 National Small Business Amendment Bill 26926 of 2004
Government Gazette B23-2004
SOUTH AFRICAN GOVERNMENT 2008 South African government information
[Web] httpwwwinfogovzaissuesqovtprogstarthtm [Date of access 24 April 2008]
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Mid year population estimates July 2008
rWeblhttpwwwstatssaqovzapublicationsP0302P03022008pdf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
128
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Statistics South Africa 2008 Quarterly labour
force survey (QLFS) Quarter 1 and Quarter 2 rWeb1httpwwwstatssaqovza [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
STATSOFT INC 2008 Statistica (Data Analysis Software System) Vers 8 [Web]
vwvwstatsoftcom [Date of access 16 December 2008]
STRUWIG FW amp STEAD GB 2004 Planning designing and reporting research 3rd
ed Cape Town Pearson Education
TANIGUCHI H 2002 Determinants of womens entry into self-employment Social
Science Quarterly 83(3) 875-894
TAYLOR RR 1988 Exceptional entrepreneurial women Strategies for success New
York NY Quorum Books
TULL DS amp HAWKINS DI 1980 Marketing research Measurement and method 2nd
ed New York NY Macmillan Publishing
UNITED NATIONS 2008 Millennium development goals [Web]
httpwwwunorgrnilleriniumgoals
UNITED NATIONS ECONOMIC COMMISSION FOR EUROPE (UNECE) 2004
Womens self employment and entrepreneurship in the ECE Region Regional
Symposium on Mainstreaming Gender into Economic Policies 28-30 January 2004
UNECE Secretariat Geneva
VERWEY I 2006 Development bank of Southern Africa Case studies on how women entrepreneur in construction experience the entrepreneurial process and manage growth Pp 1-10
129
WALKER C 2003 Piety in the sky gender policy and land reform in South Africa
Journal of Agrarian Change 3(1-2) 113-148
WEILER S amp BERNASEK A 2001 Dodging the glass ceiling Networks and the new
wave of women entrepreneurs The Social Science Journal 3885-103
WRONG DH 2007 Sociology [Web] httpencartamsncom [Date of access 2
February 2008]
ZAHRA SA IRELAND DR GUTIERREZ I amp HITT MA 2000 Privatization and
entrepreneurial transformation emerging issues and a future research agenda
130
Private Bag X6001 Potchefstroom Campus
W^P North-West University BUSINESS SCHOOL Potchefstroom
2520
Code number
APPENDIX A
QUESTIONNAIRE WOMEN ENTREPRENUERSHIP DEVELOPMENT IN
EKURHULENI
CONTACT DETAILS Ame1 Kock
Cell 082 783 0041 E-mail amekockmwebcoza
I9J NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESIT1 YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT POTCHEFSTROOM CAMPUS
WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE PLEASE NOTE
This questionnaire must only be completed by women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni District
All information will be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL and will only be used for academic purposes
Instructions for completion
1 Please answer the questions as objectively and honestly as possible 2 Place a cross (x) in the space provided at each question which reflects your answer the
most accurately Use the following key 1 = Strongly disagree 2 = Disagree 3 = Slightly disagree 4 = Neutral view 5 = Slightly agree 6 = Agree 7 = Strongly agree
Str
ongl
y di
sagr
ee
U)
0) Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
Neu
tral
view
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0)
ltD i_
lt Str
ongl
y ag
ree
B7 Ekurhuleni Municipality is assisting adequately in the needs of especially women entrepreneurs
1 2 3 4 laquo 6 7
It is essential you indicate your choice clearly with a pen
3 Where asked for comments or to express your own opinion keep answers short and to the point
4 Please answer all the questions as this will provide more information to the researcher so that an accurate analysis and interpretation of data can be made
Thank you for your co-operation We hope that you will find the questionnaire interesting and stimulating
l
SECTION A PERSONAL INFORMATION The following information is needed to help us with the statistical analysis of the data for comparisons among different businesses All your responses will be treated confidentially We appreciate your help in providing this important information
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which age group do you fall lt19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
A2 What is your marital status Single Married Divorced Widowed
(01) (02) (03) (04)
Indicate your highest academic qualification
Lower than matric
Matric
Certificate
Diploma (Technical College orTechnicon)
University degree
Postgraduate degree
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the number of children that you have
None
One (1) child
Two (2) children
Three (3) children
Four (4) children
Five (5) children
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the age of your children
No children
One (1) to five (5) years
Six (6) to 10 years
1 1 - 1 8 years
18+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
2
A5 Indicate your past experience before self-employment (occupational background)
Unemployed
Self-employed (owned a business)
Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier)
Supervisor (first-line management)
Middle management
Top (executive) management
A6 Indicate the number of years that you are self-employed
Less than one (1) year
1 -3 years
4 - 5 years
6 - 1 0 years
More than 10 years Please specify
3
SECTION B BUSINESS INFORMATION
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which industry does your business operate
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Manufacturing
Construction
Transportdistribution
Accommodation and restaurant (guest houses hotel)
Food industry
Agricultureforest ryfishing
Services (Please specify the type of service)
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
Indicate the legal status of your business (form of business ownership)
Sole proprietorship
Partnership
Close corporation
Company (private)
Company (public)
Business Trust
Not registered
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
What is the age of the business (years)
Please specify
4
B4 Indicate your path to business ownership
Started (founded) the business (01)
Purchase the business (02)
Join the family business (03)
Inherited the business (from the family) (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B5 Indicate your source of start-up funding
Personal savings (01)
Borrowed orgifted(donated) from relative or friend (02)
Householdspouse (03)
Sold previous business (04)
Bank loan (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
B6 Indicate the business premises (from where does the business operates)
From home (home-based) (01)
Central business district (CBD) (02)
Outlying business area (03)
Industrial area (03)
Agriculture land (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B7 How many permanent employees are employed by your business
Myself 2-4 5-10 11-25 26-50 51-100 101-200 200+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
gt
Indicate the turnover (annual sales) that your business generates
Less than R30 000
R30 000 - R50 000
R50 000-R100 000
R100 000-R500 000
R500 000 - R1 million
R1 million - R5 million
R5 million+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
Did you have any exposure to business in your childhood (ie partents close family friend owned a business)
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes who owned the business (Please specify - ie father mother sibling family friend close friend)
B10 Is the present business the first business that you own Yes (01)
No (02)
If no please indicate what happened to the business previously owned
Went out of business (03)
Still successful (04)
Sold of (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
6
SECTION C MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS The purpose of this section is to determine which factors drove female entrepreneurs to
enter into their own business ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block with a cross (X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee 0
W Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
MOTIVATION FOR ENTERING SELF-EMPLOYMENT OR TO START OWN BUSINESS
C1 The need for independence 2 3 4 5 6 7
C2 Need for flexible work schedule 2 3 4 5 6 7
C3 Need for a challenge 2 3 4 5 6 7
C4 Self-fulfilment 2 3 4 5 6 7
C5 To develop my hobby 2 3 4 5 6 7
C6 Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members 2 3 4 5 6 7
C7 Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C8 Difficulty finding a job 2 3 4 5 6 7
C9 Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C10 Compatibility with family duties 2 3 4 5 6 7
C11 Insufficient family income 2 3 4 5 6 7
C12 Desire for wealth 2 3 4 5 6 7
C13 Ensure high job security 2 3 4 5 6 7
C14 Entered the family business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C15 Confidence in the productservice offered 2 3 4 5 6 7
C16 Others (Please specify)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD
O) a w a S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree CD
0) i_
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
DEMOGRAPHIC ASPECTS
C17 Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C18 Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 2 3 4 5 6 7
C19 The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 2 3 4 5 6 7
C20 Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C21 Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C22 Other aspects of Ekurhuleni that motivated you in starting your business in this region
8
SECTION D OBSTACLES TOWARDS WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers has for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those barriers
still exist today The purpose of this section is to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers
that were faced by current female entrepreneurs in entering and running their own business
ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block Witha cross(X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD CD
O )
cgt
b Slig
htly
di
sagr
ee
Neu
tral
view
S
light
ly
agre
e CD CD
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) THAT INHIBIT THE FEMALE ENTREPRENEUR TO START HER OWN BUSINESS
D1 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D2 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D3 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D4 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D5 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D6 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D7 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D8 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D9 Lack of education and training (in general) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D10 Inequality of access to credit (difficultto obtain financing as a female)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D11 Lack of self-confidence 2 3 4 5 6 7
D12 Risk averse (great fear of failure) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D13 Legislative (lack of focussed women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D14 Other (Please specify)
9
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
U) m b S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree (D
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) YOU ARE FACING CURRENTLY IN RUNNING YOUR BUSINESS
D15 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D16 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D17 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D18 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D19 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D20 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D21 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D22 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D23 Liquidity and other financial problems 2 3 4 5 6 7
D24 Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D25 No timefortrainingupgrading of skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D26 Other (Please specify)
SECTION E DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF ENTREPRENEURS Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
Have you ever been trained or developed by either a government agency or the private sector
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes name the institution
Indicate the type of training that you received
Technical skills (ie hand crafting)
Communication skills
Accounting skills
Management skills
Technological skills (computers)
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
Do you know any organisation which is specifically established for women entrepreneurs
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes what is the name of that organisation
How does the organisation helps to develop women entrepreneurs in their activities (Choose one or more)
Provides education and training
Provides financial assistance
Supportsenables networking with other women entrepreneurs
Provides accessexposure to motivational speakersrole models
Provides business information
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
11
Indicate your specific needs (Choose one or more)
Financial support
Trainingknowledgeskills
Tools equipment machinery
Business advice information counselling mentoring
Marketing support
Suitable business premises
Growth Support
Technical support
Psychological support
Networking with other business owners
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity)
Legal support
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area
Other (Please specify)
THANK YOU FOR YOUR TIME
12
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its
infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni
attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come
the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment
with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
The objective of this study was the compiling of a framework for the development of
women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district A survey of 80 women
entrepreneurs was conducted A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in
Ekurhuleni was compiled from empirical research The biographical information of the
female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned
businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the
views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the
motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up
phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support
needs of the female entrepreneur
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni district are complex and
calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of
services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result
addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
In the light of above and the research results a development framework was
compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
11
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I would like to express my gratitude to everyone who made it possible to complete this
dissertation First I extend great thanks to Professor Stephan van der Merwe my
dissertation advisor for his patients and considerable mentoring His advice and support
were essential to the successful completion of this research
Secondly thanks to all the women entrepreneurs that made time in their busy schedules
to participate in this study Your effort is greatly appreciated
Lastly and most importantly I would like to extend my heartfelt gratitude to my family and
friends for their love and support through the hard times and above all teaching me to
expect only the best from myself
111
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABSTRACT j
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS jjj
TABLE OF CONTENTS jv
LIST OF FIGURES viii
LIST OF TABLES ix
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY 1
11 INTRODUCTION 1
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT 4
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 6
131 Primary Objective 6
132 Secondary objectives 6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 7
141 Field of Study 7
142 Geographical 7
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 8
151 Literature review 8
152 Empirical research 9
1521 Research design 10
1522 Sampling frame 11
1523 Sampling method 11
1524 Questionnaire design 12
1525 Verification of questionnaire 14
1526 Distribution of questionnaires 15
1527 Data analysis 15
16 LIMITATIONS TO THE STUDY 15
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY 16
IV
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN 19
ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION 19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 20
121 South African employment 20
222 South African economy trajectory 22
223 Reasons for unemployment 24
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA 27
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship 27
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) 29
233 Government strategy 31
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI 38
241 Ekurhuleni demographic 38
242 Ekurhuleni economics 40
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure 41
25 SUMMARY 46
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP 47
31 INTRODUCTION 47
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY 47
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP 50
331 Motivation 52
332 Opportunity identification 54
333 Type of business started 55
334 Venture size 56
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs 56
336 Growth strategies 59
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT 60
35 SUMMARY 65
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 67
41 INTRODUCTION 67
42 GATHERING OF DATA 67
421 Development and construction of questionnaire 67
v
422 Data collection 69
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS 71
431 Age group description of respondents 71
432 Marital status of respondents 72
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
434 Number of children 74
435 Age group description of children 75
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES 77
441 Number of permanent employees 77
442 Turnover of business 78
443 Economic sector of operation 79
444 Legal status of business 81
445 Business premises 82
446 Age of business 83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP 84
451 Path to business ownership 84
452 Previous employment experience 85
453 Years self employed 86
454 Source of start-up funding 87
455 Role models 88
456 First ownership 89
46 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS 90
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors 90
462 Ekurhuleni support 93
463 Obstacles to business start-up 94
464 Obstacles currently faced in business 96
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS 98 48 SUMMARY 99
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 101
51 INTRODUCTION 101
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 101
521 Biographical information results 102
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results 102
VI
523 Path to ownership results 102
524 Motivational factors to self employment result 102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni 103
526 Obstacles to business start-up results 103
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results 103
528 Support need results 104
53 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY 113
55 SUGGESTIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 114
56 SUMMARY 115
BIBLIOGRAPHY 117
APPENDIX A - W O M E N ENTREPRENEURSHIP QUESTIONNAIRE 131
vu
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni metropolitan
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former east Rand) region
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007I
Figure 31 Framework for the support of women entrepreneurship activity
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in
Ekurhuleni
LIST OF TABLES
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006 3
Table 21 Key labour market indicators 21
Table 22 South African projectory indicators 28
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa 32
Table 24 Small business support institutions 34
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks 37
Table 26 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics 39
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship theory 49
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurship 51
Table 41 Age group description of respondents 71
Table 42 Marital status of respondents 72
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
Table 44 Number of children of respondents 75
Table 45 Age group description of children 76
Table 46 Number of permanent employees 77
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business 79
Table 48 Economic sector of operation 80
Table 49 Legal status of business 81
Table 410 Business premises 82
Table 411 Age of business 83
Table 412 Path to business ownership 84
Table 413 Previous employment experience 85
Table 414 Years self employed 87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding 88
Table 416 Role models 89
Table 417 First ownership 90
Table 418 women entrepreneurship motivation factors 91
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support
this district is providing to their business operations 93
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up 95
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business 97
IX
Table 422 Support needs of respondents 98
x
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY
11 INTRODUCTION
In the year 2000 the largest gathering of world leaders in human history signed an agreement committing to achieve measurable improvements in the most critical areas of human development This agreement came to be called the Millennium Development Goals and it contained an important commitment to halve poverty by the year 2015 Now eight years after the Millennium Summit we better understand three important facts (United Nations 2008 1)
bull Poverty alleviation goals will not be achieved without sustainable economic growth in the developing world
bull This economic growth will rely in large part on the success of the private sector
bull Private sector development must touch all segments of the economy including the micro enterprise and SME sectors
The hypothesis that entrepreneurship is linked to economic growth finds Its most immediate foundation in simple intuition common sense and pure economic observation activities to convert ideas into economic opportunities lie at the very heart of entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a source of innovation and change and as such spurs improvements in productivity and economic competitiveness
With nearly half of its population living in conditions of extreme poverty caused by high unemployment rate the economic realities of South Africa are harsh And yet the promise of sustainable development remains bright By creating economic growth South African entrepreneurs are proving to be at the heart of that promise and a key weapon in the fight against poverty (Mboweni 2000 1)
1
No economically successful country can operate using less than half of its business
resources According to the latest labour force survey and mid year population estimates
released by Statistics South Africa women in South Africa currently make up 518
percent of South Africas adult population 439 percent of the workforce 566 percent of
the unemployed and 525 percent of the working age population (Statistics South Africa
2008 3) But unfortunately their contribution has not been adequately nurtured
Although limited research was focused on this topic in South Africa international
research has shown that women face a number of difficulties in establishing and
maintaining businesses Although most of these difficulties are common to both
genders in many cases they tend to be more significant for female entrepreneurs
(Edwards 2001 45) This is due to factors such as
bull Gender discrimination and stereotypes
bull Differences in the way women and men approach entrepreneurship
bull Difficulties in reconciling business and family obligations
bull The choice of business types and sectors
bull Information gaps
bull Lack of contacts and access to networking
Women entrepreneurship is still in its infancy in South Africa and only recently did the
government start to focus on this dynamic field of high importance The Department of
Trade and Industry (dti) has over the last few years tried to undertake a range of
initiatives to promote and support the economic empowerment of women These include
the holding of a number of conferences the establishment of the South African
Womens Empowerment Network and commissioning of studies looking at the internal
operations and external impact of both the Department of Trade and Industry and its
associated institutions from a gender perspective (Department of Trade and Industry
2008 1) Unfortunately these government activities did not shed or lighten any problems
that woman entrepreneurs are still facing today as South Africa is still not placed
favourable against other international countries in regards to entrepreneurship as
2
indicated by the 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) report (Maas amp
Herrington 2006 24)
The GEM is a research programme launched in 1999 that provides annual assessments
of the national level of entrepreneurship GEM analyses are based on a harmonised
assessment of the level of national entrepreneurial activity for the participating countries
and represent one of the rare sources of data on entrepreneurship conducive to crossshy
country comparison The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share
of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a
new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old According to the GEM
report 2006 (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) South Africa is placed 30th out of 42
participant countries as indicated in table 11 The table furthermore indicate that South
Africas position on the global ranking continues to deteriorate relative to other
participating countries This is despite improved macro-economic conditions in the
country
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006
South Africas TEA ranking
2001 14m out of 28 countries
2002 20m out of 37 countries
2003 22nd out of 31 countries
2004 20m out of 34 countries
2005 25th out of 34 countries
2006 30m out of 42 countries
Source Maas amp Herrington (200624)
Currently the global average for female entrepreneurship is standing at seven point
seven percent of the population South African women are however currently
performing at just four point eight percent (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) Almost three
percent lower than the global average indicating that considerable scope exists to
improve the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
3
Therefore a great need for a conceptual framework in the context of women entrepreneurship development must be look into This kind of framework will contribute to an unlimited advantage and sustainable growth for the South African economy
The South African National Small Business Act (1996) and National Small Business Amendment Bill (292004 2) classify micro very small small and medium-sized businesses as businesses that employ less than 200 full-time equivalent of paid employees
The focus of this study was thus small and medium-sized women owned businesses as
define above
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT
Research on women entrepreneurship remains limited in the South African context and
this has a direct influence on the formulation and implementation of policies and support
programmes that could be one of the main causes of South Africas current poor
performance in regards to female entrepreneurship activity
But in order to develop appropriate interventions to promote women entrepreneurs in
South Africa and therefore create a sustaining and entrepreneurial environment in the
country it is necessary first to understand more about them
This study will focus on enhancing the understanding of the profile of the woman entrepreneur through examining the contextual social psychological and economic factors that influence and shape the woman entrepreneur in a complex dynamic environment
Womens entrepreneurship needs to be studied separately for four main reasons
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
4
Firstly because womens entrepreneurs has been recognised during the last decade as
an important untapped source of economic growth Women creating unique solutions to
management business problems and exploitation of entrepreneurial opportunities
necessities this field of study As a result women represent a readily available pool of
potential entrepreneurial activity that countries may leverage to improve their economies
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
Secondly although without a doubt the economic impact of women is significant little
substantial research was done on this field Leaving unventured ground for further
research The topic of women in entrepreneurship has been largely neglected both in
society in general and in the social sciences (Organisation for economic co-operation
and development 2004 5)
Thirdly according to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(2004 5) not only do women participate less in entrepreneurship than men but will also
participate in entrepreneurial activities in other industries than those of their male
counterparts The industries (primarily retail education and other service industries)
chosen by women are often perceived as being less important to economic development
and growth than high-technology and manufacturing
It is thus clear that scientific research on women entrepreneurship is important to gain
knowledge on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs in order to make
recommendations
Lastly current support policies and programmes do not take into consideration the
unique needs of woman entrepreneurs sketching an unequal playing field and resulting
in a bias towards male entrepreneurs
From the worlds largest producer of gold a century ago the geographical area known
as the Ekurhuleni has become an entity of note in a globally competitive business and
industry Leaving ambient source of entrepreneurial opportunities not currently utilised to
5
full potential The study will therefore also aim to lessen this gap in the development of
women entrepreneurs in this dynamic district by developing a contextual framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship specifically in Ekurhuleni
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY
This study is based on both a primary objective and secondary objectives
131 Primary objective
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
132 Secondary objectives
In order to achieve the primary objective the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a South African context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
141 Field of the study
This study focused on the major discipline of entrepreneurship with the specific emphasis on women entrepreneurship
142 Geographical
Ekurhuleni comprised of nine towns of the former East Rand namely Greater Alberton Benoni Germiston Springs Kempton Park Edenvale Nigel Brakpan and Boksburg Refer to figure 11 for a map of the region
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
7
Ekurhuleni is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region
Ekurhuleni is a Tsonga word and can loosely be translated as the place of peace It denotes a place with plentiful opportunities for any enthusiastic entrepreneur but not to the avail of some unique challenges forfeiting by this diverse region
This study therefore determined what unique challenges specifically woman
entrepreneurs are facing while venturing into this dynamic environment
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
151 Literature study
A study of the literature involves tracing identifying and analysing documents containing information relating to the research problem (Struwig amp Stead 2001 38)The main aim of the literature study was first of all is to gain a body of knowledge regarding woman entrepreneurship and geographical aspects where after this knowledge was formulated into a comprehensive understanding of current elements associated to women entrepreneurs This understanding was utilised in the design of the questionnaire for the empirical study
Other advantages to the literature study (Struwig amp Stead 2001 39)
bull The literature study can provide a perspective on the study
bull The literature study can highlight previous investigations pertinent to the research
topic and indicate how other researchers have dealt with similar research problems
in similar situations
bull It can reveal unfamiliar sources of information
8
bull Can stimulate new ideas and approaches
bull It can provide a framework for the evaluation and assessment of future work
Various sources of secondary data including the following was studied and applied to
this study
bull Scientific journals
bull Text books
bull Reports from the Department of Trade and Industry (dti) of South Africa
bull Other dissertations and thesis on entrepreneurship
bull Statistical reports from Statistics South Africa
bull Environmental reports
Sources accessed and retrieved were used to write the literature review covering two
chapters The aim with chapter two was to provide background information to the study
in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise
development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the
South African economy
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
152 Empirical study
Empirical research activities contribute to casual understanding by investigating
relationships between scores obtained from cases on measure of concepts (Schwab
1999 3)
9
Three activities are needed to conduct empirical research
bull Measurement Measurement activities are aimed at obtaining scores on
measurement that correspond to the concepts studied
bull Research design Research design establishes procedures to obtain participants
and to determine how scores are obtained on measures
bull Analyses Analysis are performed to describe scores on single measures and
especlaWy to identify relationships that may exist between scores across different
measures
1521 Research design
The data on female-owned businesses are limited and the need for further research on female entrepreneurs has been identified as long ago as the early 1980s Most international studies on female entrepreneurs suffered from limitations that preluded their generalisation (ONeill amp Viljoen 200137)
Due to the incompleteness of current literature available on the subject of women entrepreneurship quantitative methods was utilised in combination with current available literature to formulate questions established during the study A hypothesis was therefore not formulated due to the exploratory nature of this study
As a component to the explorative nature of the study a survey of female entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni was conducted Survey research can be described as the gathering and scrutiny of responses from samples of people to polls and questionnaires that are designed to draw out their opinions attitudes and sentiments on a particular subject (Wrong 2007 1)
The survey instrument utilised in the study was a standardised questionnaire This questionnaire was administered either as interview schedule in face to face interviewing or was handed to participants to complete by themselves
10
For the purpose of the study the unit of analysis was the individual
The general mode of analysis used in this research is the one referred to as explanation building Explanation building points out that to explain a phenomenon is to stipulate a set of causal links about it In the context of approaches such as these sets of causal links are typically seen as being among the basic elements of a theoretical framework (Campbell 2004 22)
1522 Sampling frame
The sampling frame can be defined as the list of ultimate sampling entities and must be representative of the population and this is a question outside the scope of statistical theory demanding the judgment of experts in the particular subject matter being studied (Bartlett Kotrlik amp Higgins 2001 44)
The sampling frame identified for this study included all women entrepreneurs that owned small and medium-size businesses in Ekurhuleni This could include women entrepreneurs in the start-up phase of their respective business as well as established businesses owned by women
1523 Sampling method
The unavailability of a women owned business database in Ekurhuleni prompted this
review to make use of a hybrid mix of two types of sampling methods for this study
Firstly a convenience sampling method was chosen due to the accessibility and articulation of the sampling frame as well as the sufficiently homogeneous (similar) universe
Secondly Snowball sampling is a special non-probability method used when the desired
sample characteristic is rare While this technique can dramatically lower search costs it
11
comes at the expense of introducing bias because the technique itself reduces the
likelihood that the sample will represent a good cross section from the population
1524 Questionnaire design
The realm of survey research includes concepts and strategies that enable the researcher to accumulate data concerning the attitudes opinions and knowledge of a population or sample
One of the most potent survey research tools is the questionnaire which can be administered directly by telephone through the mail or used as structure in a face to face interview Because a questionnaire allows a researcher to gather data conveniently from large samples it is a useful tool to collect and analyse data from groups that may be affected by changes in professional practice or education
Unfortunately many questionnaires contain major flaws that render them incomprehensible to respondents or do not collect the intended data If a questionnaire is incomprehensible to the recipient it is unlikely to be returned a questionnaire that does not gather valid information does not allow the researcher to address the research problem being studied
A researchers attention to several fundamental principles for developing a questionnaire
greatly enhances the likelihood that valid and reliable data will be gathered
Generally the term validity refers to the ability of an instrument to measure actually what the researcher intends to measure Reliability refers to the consistency of a questionnaire in gathering data Optimally each time an individual responds to an item he or she should choose the same response Thus carefully developed questionnaires tend to gather data that accurately represent the knowledge attitudes or opinions of the respondents and address the researchers research problem
12
As a tool to collect data the questionnaire has advantages and limitations that must be taken into account
The main advantages of using a questionnaire are the following
bull Data are gathered economically because the cost for each completed response is low
bull Distributional flexibility is provided because the questionnaire can be sent almost anywhere
bull Data can be gathered from a large number of subjects
bull The data gathered can be standardised especially if an item requires a response from a group of choices provided by the researcher
bull The process is time efficient because it generally involves less of the researchers time to gather data in comparison with an equivalent number of interviews
The main limitations of a questionnaire are the following
bull The subjects motivation while completing a questionnaire is unknown
bull Data cannot be gathered from subjects who are illiterate
bull The researcher must assume all subjects have sufficient knowledge to complete the
questionnaire
bull The researcher must assume that all subjects are willing to answer all questions
bull All subjects who receive questionnaires may not complete and return them
bull Questionnaires do not allow follow-up questions such as an interviewer may pose to
clarify a given response
bull Although each subject receives the same items in a questionnaire test conditions
cannot be standardised
bull Subjects may not interpret items contained in a questionnaire in the same manner
Perceptions of what an item asks may differ
13
After carefully reviewing the advantages and limitations of using a questionnaire for a
particular study a researcher must decide if the advantages outweigh the limitations
Keeping the above advantages and disadvantages in mind this review followed the
below nine step plan in the questionnaire design process
bull Step one (1) Identify the problem to be studied
bull Step two (2) Translate the problem into a testable form
bull Step three (3) Determine what data must be collected and analysed
bull Step four (4) Identify sources where data can be obtained
bull Step five (5) Describe how data will be gathered
bull Step six (6) Decide on input method
bull Step seven (7) Construct questionnaire in an understandable format
bull Step eight (8) Verification of questionnaire
bull Step nine (9) Distribution
The questionnaire design was two folded This review made use of selection based
questions where more than one answer could be marked Another method employed
was the use of a seven point Likert scale
In the arena of social sciences Likert scale is a popular instrument to measure
constructs such as attitudes images and opinions To facilitate data analysis each
response category on the scale is generally assigned successively an integer value The
questionnaire requests respondents to specify their level of agreement to each of a list
of statements
1525 Verification of questionnaires
The questionnaire was pretested by fellow students at the Potchefstroom Business
School to test the accuracy precision and statistical usefulness of the questionnaire
prior to study
14
After the completion of the pretest a pilot phase was conducted by selecting women
entrepreneurs from a target population and simulates the procedures and protocol that will take place during the actual study The questionnaire was adapted accordance to any problems accounted during the verification process
1526 Distribution of questionnaires
Various options for questionnaire distribution are available to researches Questionnaire can be distributed either by post e-mail fax or directly delivered to participants This review made use of e-mail and direct delivery as to reduce the time frame for returns
1527 Data analysis
Descriptive statistics was used to obtain baseline data Data from questionnaires was coded The data collected were statistically analysed using Statistica (Statsoft 2008) Advanced statistical procedures were utilised to investigate and transform data to useful outputs such as frequency tables These frequency tables were used to make conclusions and provide recommendations to the development of the women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni
16 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY
This review has identified the following limitations of the study
bull The primary limitations of the study were possible threats to internal validity through (1) size of the sample (2) lack of randomisation The findings of this research can thus not be generalised to all women-owned enterprises in Ekurhuleni South Africa or the world
bull Academic articles on women business owners are still rare and mainstream entrepreneurship journals pay little attention to gender issues The discrepancy
15
between achievements in business ownership and lack of attention to them poses a
paradox
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY
The figure below depicts a simplified process through which this research will
predicatively flow It began with a choice of a broad research area progressed through
the formulation of a well defined and delimited research problem and the development of
an appropriate methodology This step will follow with the research proposal
Note the two headed arrows between each stage of the process indicating the cyclical nature of research planning After each step is completed it might be necessary to alter or rework previous steps to supply structure to the study
The research study is divided into six chapters
Chapter 1 Nature and scope of the study
Chapter 1 serves to orientate the reader to a paradigm perspective to the study This
chapter includes aspects such as the problem statement objectives of the study scope
of the study research methodology limitations of the study and the layout of the study
Chapter 2 and 3 Literature review
These chapters forms part of the literature review from which the research problem was
developed
The aim with chapter two is to provide background information to the study in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the South African economy
16
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
IDEA OR BROAD TOPIC AREA x WELL DEFINED AND DELIMITED RESEARCH PROBLEM
RESEARCH PROPOSAL
TMPERICAL STUDY
X HPR(
X t
TER2and3)
DATA COLLECTION
SAMPLING DESIGN
vfhL V
B^^^^Ji^^lWETATIIOfCsectlaquot^5)
Source Botha (2006)
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
17
Chapter 4 Results and discussion of empirical research
In chapter four a full exposition of the research design and analysis is offered This
empirical research chapter contains the following topics questionnaire design study
population gathering of data presentation of results and discussion of findings
The main purpose of the empirical research chapter is to display the findings in a clear and accessible manner The researcher made use of tables to illustrate the findings
Chapters Conclusions and recommendations
The body of information in this chapter portrays the following topics the conclusion recommendations achievement of the objectives and suggestions for further research
18
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION
According to Zahra Ireland Gutierrez and Hitt (2000 518) much has been discussed and written about the need for entrepreneurial development as an important force for economic development The reality is however that entrepreneurship as a possible economic activity is still not well recognised and poorly supported (Hitt Dacin Levitas Arregle amp Borza 2000 453)
Revivo-Steiner (2006 1) indicates that research findings have shown a high positive correlation between the level of national womens entrepreneurial activity and growth in Gross Domestic Product (GDP) suggesting that countries that are successful in promoting entrepreneurship among women could experience a positive impact on economic growth rates A refreshing new approach to entrepreneurship by women emphasises relative advantages of women and how they can be leveraged into entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a dynamic field particularly as it relates to the experience of women entrepreneurs (Kouriloff 2000 60)
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 10) are of the opinion that in common with other developed economies the number of women starting up new businesses in South Africa far exceeds the number of men Since the 1970s more women especially married women have become involved in the full-time workforce With the overall growth in the number of women in full-time work there has been a commensurate increase in the number of women starting their own businesses and hence an increase in the number of potential women entrepreneurs (Department of Trade and Industry (dti) 2001 2) The purpose of this literature study is to embed a research setting as to emphasise the need for the current study
19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Since the advent of democracy in 1994 South Africas economy has been undergoing
tremendous structural transformation The 2008 Organisation for Economic Coshy
operation and Development (OECD) economic survey focused entirely on this economic
metamorphosis and a number of broad factor changes have been isolated in the report
The OECD (2008 2) is of the opinion that before 1994 the economy was wracked by
long years of internal conflict and external sanctions Post 1994 brought forward an era
of considerable government populism in an effort to boost short term growth According
to the OECD (2008 2) this has resulted in public finances being stabilised inflation was
brought down foreign capital was attracted in growing amounts and economic growth
improved greatly
221 South African employment
Despite this macroeconomic prudence which has fostered fiscal and external
sustainability the OECD (2008 3) is of the opinion that some very serious weaknesses
in the economic record to date persist especially as regards to unemployment
inequality and poverty
Levels of poverty and unemployment in South Africa are critically high despite the
countrys status as an upper middle income country According to Mohr and Fourie
(2000 121) unemployment is arguably the most important and vexing problem facing
the South African economy and its governance The problem is that the economy is
currently unable to absorb productively all the current labour force or all the increment to
the labour force The public and private sectors have also been shedding labour in
response to economic imperatives of the domestic and global circumstances (Koller
2006 6) Accordingly more and more people are taking the route to informal sector
entrepreneurship (Mahadea 2008 5) As unemployment causes the unemployed to
20
suffer mental and physical hardship it poses a serious threat to social and political
stability (Mohr amp Fourie 2000 121)
In its starkest terms the issue of unemployment is depicted in Table 21 The latest
Quarterly Labour Force Survey (QLFS) conducted by Statistics South Africa released
in August 2008 measured the unemployment rate at 231 percent Out of a population of
30 705 000 (15-64 years) the labour force was measured at 17 844 000 Employment
stood at 13 729 000 and not economically active participants at 12 861 000 (Statistics
South Africa (QLFS) 2008 3)
Table 21 Key labour market indicators
April - June 2008
Thousands
Population 15-64 years 30 705
Labour force 17 844
Employed 13 729
Formal sector (Non-agriculture) 9415
Informal sector (Non-agriculture) 2340
Agriculture 790
Private households 1185
Unemployed 4114
Not economically active 12861
Discouraged work-seekers 1079
Other (not economically active) 11783
Rate () Unemployment rate 231
Employedpopulation ratio (Absorption) 447
Labour force participation rate 581
Source Statistic South Africa (2008 7)
21
Unemployment in South Africa was not always so high At the time of democratic
transition in 1994 unemployment was substantially lower than it is today (Banerjee
Galiani Levinsohn McLaren amp Woolard 2007 3) Banerjee et al (2007 3) state that
unemployment was fairly low through the 1970s although data limitations prelude
certainty They also indicated that during a nationally representative survey conducted
just before the 1994 transition the unemployment was measured at 13 percent By the
end of the decade unemployment jumped to 30 percent before starting to decline
slightly
Frey (2006 1) are of the opinion that taking in consideration that it is a middle-income
developing country two aspects of South Africas employment trends are striking
bull The first relates to the small and declining proportion of public sector employment
Public sector employment has shrunk as a result of governments restrictive fiscal
stance as well as its desire to improve efficiency in the public service In terms of its
fiscal stance the South African government has sought to release funds from current
to capital expenditure Moving away from a very substantial personnel budget
towards greater investment in infrastructure
bull The second unusual feature is the small proportion of non-formal employment The
non-formal economy does appear to have grown quite substantially since the mid-
1990s but has stagnated since 2000 and that the dynamics underpinning the growth
of the non-formal economy are poorly understood
222 South African economy trajectory
It is important to begin by outlying the character of South Africas economic development
trajectory during the past 50 years as this provides the context within which the demand
for labour and its skill composition is determined This trajectory analysis should
however be approach with caution due to several factors
22
bull Labour market data in South Africa is cause of some concern Data collected during
Apartheid and in the early post-apartheid period are problematic for various reasons
such as differing sampling non-coverage of former homelands1 in some surveys and
small samples (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
bull Kingdon and Knight (2005 2) explains further that the comparability of the data over
time is undermined both by changing questions between the various surveys
particularly as between the October Household Surveys (OHS) and Labour Force
Survey (LFS) and according to Casale and Posel (2002 170) by changes in the
way employment and unemployment are derived from the questions in the different
surveys
bull Another controversy in regards to unemployment data that are also needed to be
mentioned are the fact that because population estimates change at every census a
re-estimation of recent statistics need to be done after each five year revision of the
weights that have cause differences in the data (Chandra amp Nganou 2001 14) The
definition of the informal sector has also changed in 1997 also leading to differences
in data making comparability difficult (Devey Skinner amp Valodia 2002 5)
bull Lastly labour market data display some inexplicable large fluctuations For instance
employment figures rise sharply (by 104 percent) in a single year between 1998 and
1999 employment in subsistence agriculture rose and dipped over 1999- 2001 and
there are large fluctuations from year to year in the numbers employed in the
informal sector on a comparable definition between 1997 and 2002 (Bhorat 2002 5)
It is thus hazardous to make categorical statements about labour market changes over
time in South Africa This hazard is somewhat reduced if one takes a longer term view
than to look at year-on-year changes Nevertheless the purpose of this review is
intended not to be seen as an accurate reflection of specific labour market numbers but
rather as a description of broad labour market trends (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
23
223 Reasons for unemployment
In the case of the South African economy voluminous research was conducted in regard to the reasons for the high unemployment currently straining the country (Lewis 2002 733 Edwards 2001 48 Bhorat amp Hodge 1999 362 Devey etai 2002 6 Mayer amp Altman 2005 45) Therefore this review will attempt to briefly touch on certain elements of this research by looking into the trajectory development of the South African economy
Mayer and Altman (2005 45) are of the opinion that the primary cause of unemployment in South Africa is the capital-intensity that historically characterized the minerals economy and globalisation more recently Altman (2001 314) states that resource extraction has been the central driver of South Africas economic development Ostensson and Uwizeye-Mapendano (2000 4) argue that as a minerals economy South Africas industrial development has been driven by all the attendant complications associated with a resource curse
In general minerals economies tend to grow and experience structural shifts more slowly than non-minerals exporters (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34) These economies also tend to have a more capital-intensive structure of production This is explained by a number of characteristics that are common to these economies
Edwards (2001 45) are of the opinion that most developing countries go through a phase of low-wage low-productivity manufacturing development that has the impact of mopping up the labour surplus The pattern of development experienced by labour surplus developing economies usually follows a familiar path where underproductive labour moves off the farms and into labour-intensive manufacturing traded sectors (Lewis 2002 731) As there is a labour surplus wages are low and the sectors can therefore be highly competitive internationally Lewis (2002 731) goes further by explaining that only once there is a tighter labour market do wages begin to rise and the economy moves into the development of more capital and skill intensive industries and
24
the emphasis on labour-intensive traded sectors is a necessary step in an economy that
is capital and foreign exchange constrained
Altman (2001 314) is of the opinion that the more successful newly industrialised countries are those that simultaneously invested in human capital development so that the skills base developed alongside these structural shifts
In contrast minerals economies such as South Africa tend to leapfrog from the resource
base into the development of heavy and chemicals industries bypassing the
development stage of labour intensive manufacturing and this is made possible by the
large surpluses generated from resource extraction (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34)
Devey et al (2006 6) goes further by explaining that consequently the mass creation of jobs in labour intensive traded sectors is less viable in a context of high domestic cost structures Overvalued exchange rates caused by minerals exports earnings render labour intensive agricultural and manufactured exports uncompetitive Job creation is not a requirement of manufacturing development as it is in developing economies that do not have ready access to capital and foreign exchange (Devey et alr 2006 6)
Lewis (2002 733) is therefore of the opinion that the benefits of the minerals economy
do not tend to spread widely and high levels of income inequality and unemployment
result since heavy and chemicals industries are capital intensive and that domestic
demand may not expand as much as in other economies
Altman (2001 314) explains that in accordance with the experience of other minerals economies South Africa bypassed the phase of development where large numbers of workers are absorbed into low-cost low-skill labour-intensive traded goods sectors and that therefore the low growth and high levels of unemployment that characterize the economy today are the consequence of a minerals economy
25
Another reason for the high unemployment according to Klasen and Woolard (1999
300) might be due to Apartheid policies The Apartheid policies persistent legacy serve
to amplify this path dependence and that the apartheid legacy also leaves low rates of
economic participation and significant skills gaps in its wake They further argues that
unemployment continues to rise despite the positive relation between GDP and
employment and that this is explained partly by the relatively slow rate of GDP growth
Another reason might also be the dramatic increase in the number of people seeking
employment in the post-apartheid era This has widened the gap between labour force
entry and the ability of the economy to create jobs
Samson (2000 8) is of the opinion that in light of the relatively large output and
employment multipliers associated with government capital expenditure limited growth
in actual and planned expenditure has dampened potential growth and employment
creation and therefore the inability of the economy to absorb labour at the required
scale
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 15) argue that the jobs losses have been less a result of
import penetration and more related to technology and process adaptation and changing
forms of work organization leading to subcontracting of non-core activities
According to Edwards (2001 65) growing trade has also had the impact of shifting the
economy towards a higher skills composition in the demand for labour In the traded
sectors the demand for lower skill labour has fallen in the context of a very large
oversupply therefore in contrast the demand for higher skill labour has risen in the
context of a severe skills shortage
Banerjee et al (2007 3) concluded in their study that the increase in unemployment
could have been due to structural changes in the economy in the resent years resulting
in a new equilibrium unemployment rate or to negative shocks that had a temporarily
increasing effect on unemployment
26
While South Africas problems are difficult and multi-faceted a combination of sound
macroeconomic policies with structural policies aimed at enhancing entrepreneurship
appear to be most promising to unleash the enormous potential of South-Africas labour
force and address social ambitions within the framework of a strongly growing economy
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship
The development of entrepreneurship is the focus of considerable policy interest in
South Africa and many other countries of the world (Walker 2003 113) This is
particularly in recognition of its contribution to economic growth poverty alleviation and
employment
But amidst all this resent attention studies shows that South Africa is still doing poorly in
comparison to other emerging economies in terms of entrepreneurial activity and
development
There are various strands in the empirical literature on entrepreneurship and economic growth using different measures of entrepreneurial activity (United Nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) For instance while one strand of empirical studies measures entrepreneurship in terms of the relative share of economic activity accounted for by small firms other studies use data on self-employment the number of market participants (competition) or firm start-ups as an indicator of entrepreneurial activities (Carree amp Thurik 2002 16)
The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old (United nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) The primary measure of entrepreneurship used by GEM is the Total Early-Stage Entrepreneurial Activity (TEA) index The TEA index measures the
27
percentage of individuals between the ages of 18 and 64 years that are involved in starting a new business The TEA index consists of two different phases namely
bull The start-up phase (businesses between 0 and 3 months)
bull New firm businesses (businesses between periods of 3-42 months)
The GEM study does not focus on established businesses (businesses older than 42 months)
In the seven years in which South Africa has participated in this research initiative it has
consistently emerged that it has a low level of early stage entrepreneurial activity nearly
half that of the average of the 40 emerging economy countries which participate
Data from previous GEM studies also indicated that TEA rates for most countries do not
change significantly over time The TEA rates for South African have also not changed
significantly over the years (see Table 22)
Table 22 South African projectory TEA rates
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 TEA 43 62 41 51 50 50
Source Maas and Herrington (200715)
For the TEA rates to be significantly different from one year to another massive
changes in the macro environment must occur which is clearly not the case in South
Africa (Maas amp Herrington 2007 15)
28
Many researchers have questioned whether South Africa should be concerned about its TEA rates According to Maas and Heirington (2007 15) the following reasons could explain the projectory low TEA rates of South Africa
bull South Africa has a dual-logic economy which might have an influence on the TEA rating On the one side there is a highly developed economic sector and on the other side one struggling for survival
bull Although the TEA rates are lower when compared with the averages of different
categories of countries it can again be influenced by the dual-logic nature of the
economy and that a lower TEA rate is not necessarily a sign that nothing is
happening in a country It can also be a good indication
Any government interested in boosting economic prosperity should be interested in
promoting the entrepreneurial dynamic of its country Adult women represent a readily
available pool of potential entrepreneurs that countries can leverage to improve their
economies (Botha 2006149)
The 2006 GEM report specifically focus on the importance of developing women
entrepreneurship in any country Maas and Herrington (2006 14) indicated in their 2006
report that the global average for female entrepreneurship was standing on 772 of the
population where South African women were however performing at just 483 this is
289 lower than the global average There is therefore considerable scope to improve
the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME)
In South Africa various new strategies and institutions have been created recently with a view to empower formerly disadvantaged members to enter the mainstream economy as entrepreneurs rather than job seekers In parallel to and as part of this shift there has been the emergence of the micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) sector as a
29
significant component in economic development and employment (Richardson Howarth
ampFinnegan 2004 16)
SMMEs and entrepreneurship are fast becoming the dominant form of business
ventures in developing economies Especially on the African continent with high
unemployment rates people are turning toward informal and formal small business in
order to sustain their livelihood (De Klerk amp Havenga 2004 1)
According to Niewenhuizen and Kroon (2003 300) the South African small- micro- and
medium-sized enterprise (SMME) economy has been actively promoted since 1995
Some significant ratios and trends about the dynamics of the small enterprise sector in
South Africa can be seen in the Department of Trade and Industrys review of ten years
of small business support in South Africa report 1994 - 2004 (Department of Trade and
Industry (dti) 2004 4)
bull Combining formal and informal sector activities the small enterprise sector includes
about 95 of all enterprises in South Africa
bull On the basis of the most inclusive categorisation (covering non VAT-registered firms
and those regularly operating in the informal sector) there are currently between 18-
million and 25-million small enterprises in South Africa This number probably
doubled over the past 10 years which is equivalent to a seven percent increase in
numbers per year If we include rural subsistence agricultural activities the size of
this sector can grow by a further 15-million to 25-million even though average
income levels of that segment are very low
bull If we adjust gross domestic product (GDP) values to incorporate informal sector
value-added the small enterprise sector of South Africa contributes about 45 to
50 to the GDP with the share probably rising very slowly The other half is
contributed by large enterprises and the public sector
30
Despite voluminous research however there is still little clarity about the extent to which South Africas SMMEs and entrepreneurship contribute to poverty alleviation economic growth or international competitiveness
Berry Blottnitz Cassim Kesper Rajaratnam and Van Seventer (2002 3) list the following contributions of SMMEs
bull SMMEs are generally more labour-intensive than larger firms and hence have a
higher labour absorption capacity
bull SMMEs as enterprises have some economic roles to fulfil They contribute to the
countrys national product by either manufacturing goods of value or through the
provision of services to both consumers andor other enterprises
bull From an economic perspective enterprises are not just suppliers but also consumers which have an important role to play if they are able to position themselves in a market with purchasing power their demand for industrial or consumer goods will stimulate the activity of their suppliers just as their own activity is stimulated by the demands of their clients Demand in the form of investment plays a dual role both from a demand-side (with regard to the suppliers of industrial goods) and on the supply-side (through the potential for new production arising from upgraded equipment) In addition demand is important to income-generation potential of SMMEs and their ability to stimulate the demand for both consumption and capital goods
232 Government strategy
Unfortunately there is currently little clarity on how SMMEs fit within the industrial policy framework and other objectives of government Some attempts were initiated by government in resent years A strategy was outlined in a White paper by the Department of Trade and Industry in 1995 entitled A National Strategy for the Development of Small Business in South Africa (May 1995) A year later the National Small Business
31
Act was passed by Parliament which provided for the institutions to implement this
strategy (South Africa 1996 377)
The National Small Business Act divides SMMEs into the following categories
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa
Category of SMME
Description
Survivalist enterprises
bull Operates in the informal sector of the economy bull Mainly undertaken by unemployed persons bull Income generated below the poverty line providing minimum means to
keep the unemployed and their families alive bull Little capital invested not much assets bull Not much training bull Opportunities for growing the business very small
Micro enterprises
bull Between one to five employees usually the owner and family
raquo Informal no license formal business premises labour legislation raquo Turnover below the VAT registration level of R300 000 peryear bull Basic business skills and training
bull Potential to make the transition to a viable formal small business
Very small enterprise
raquo Part of the formal economy
Use technology raquo Less than 10 paid employees raquo Include self-employed artisans (electricians plumbers) and professionals
Small enterprise raquo 1 1 - 5 0 employees raquo More established than very small enterprises formal and registered raquo fixed business premises raquo Owner managed but more complex management structure
Medium enterprise
51 - 2 0 0 employees
Still mainly owner managed but decentralised management structure with division of labour Operates from fixed premises with all formal requirements
Note Women represent approximately 56 percent of the survivalist company category 38 percent of micro-enterprises with no employees and 15 percent of micro-enterprises with 1-4 employees
Source South African Government (2008)
32
Small business can also be divided between established formal SMMEs in predominantly urban settings and emerging SMME economy situated in townships informal settlements and rural areas According to the White paper by far the largest sector is the survivalist enterprise sector This implies that most people are active in the informal sector where they have little institutional support
The governments national small business strategy seeks to address the following
common problems faced by SMMEs (South African Government Information 20081)
bull An unfavourable legal environment
bull Lack of access to markets and procurement
bull Lack of access to finance and credit
bull Low skills levels
bull Lack of access to information
bull Shortage of effective supportive institutions
The White paper and Act sets out the objectives of our SMME development policy as (South Africa 1996377)
bull Alleviating poverty by making it possible for poor people to generate income to meet
basic needs
bull Reducing poverty through employment creation
bull Redistribution of wealth income and opportunities
bull Contributing to economic growth by improving innovation and thus competitiveness
The Act provided the foundation for the establishment of the institutions listed in the table 23 below to support small businesses
33
Table 24 Small business support institutions
Institution Services Target
Centre for Small Business Promotion
This is a Chief directorate in the DTI responsible for policy and coordinashytion of support programmes for SMMEs It also mobilises funds and supervises the establishment of new institutions
Ntsika Enterprise Promotion Agency
Provides non-financial support such as mentoring programmes business advice help with government tenders and technology support to small enterprises through bull Local business service centres
(LBSC) bull Tender Advice Centres (TACs)
Targets survivalist micro and very small enterprises Majority of the LBSCs focus on start-up business targeting unemployed women and youth
Khula Provides access to finance through bull Khula Credit Guarantee Scheme
- provide guarantee products to banks
bull Other institutions and NGOs referred to as Retail Finance Intermediaries (RFIs) which borrow from Khula to make loans to SMMEs
bull Khula-Start access to micro credit in rural areas
Mainly targets very small small and medium enterprises Have two small programmes forthe survivalist and micro sector
IMAMAC Two key programmes bull Manufacturing advisory centres
(MACs) providing support for small scale manufacturing businesses
bull Business Referral and Information Network (BRAIN) -information and a help line
The MACs are mainly for small and medium more formal businesses BRAIN forthe entire spectrum of SMMEs
34
Instftution Services Target
Provincial SMME desks
To provide a one-stop information centre to SMMEs and developing enabling government policy to support SMMEs in each province Activities of the SMME desks include (though not in all provinces)
bull Keeping data bases of SMMEs in the province
bull Developing SMME orientated procurement and sub-contracting policies for provincial government
bull Targeted support programmes forHDIs women contractors tourism entrepreneurs smallmicro manufacturers
Land Bank Finance agricultural businesses From small to large scale farmers
Industrial Development Corporation
Supports and funds various industrial development programmes
Predominantly large scale projects but some small to medium enterprises Has a specific BEE mandate
National Empowerment Corporation
Funded by government it provides funding for black economic empowerment ventures
Large but also small and medium enterprises
Source South African Government (2008)
As part of the National Skills Development Strategy the Sector Education and Training
Authorities (SETAs) are also supposed to develop programmes that help develop small
businesses in their respective sectors
There are a number of other parastatals which also support small businesses though
mainly at the upper end of the spectrum These include
bull Independent Development Corporation (IDC) tourism development venture capital
low interest empowerment and emerging entrepreneur schemes
bull South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) through its missing links programme
provide quality assistance and awareness to SMMEs
35
bull Centre for Science and Industrial Research (CSIR) product improvement and
manufacturing assistance to SMMEs through their National Manufacturing Centre
The institutions and organisations mentioned above also provide a wide range of business management support services to entrepreneurs and small enterprises such as (South African Government Information 2008 1)
bull Developing business plans
bull Doing market research
bull Managing a small business
bull Legal requirements of small businesses
bull Marketing
bull Business development
bull Advice on government tender processes
The national small business strategy since its inception sought to target women However women continue to make up the bulk of the survivalist sector of SMMEs and of the poor During the last decade a number of organisations and institutions were established by and for women entrepreneurs Table 24 refers to a number of such organisations
These support programmes however have not achieved their objectives if judged against the number of SMMEs that utilise them Rogerson (2004 212) estimate that a mere 6 of SMMEs and entrepreneurs utilise support programmes and argue that this is due to distrust of external agencies among SMMEs and incapacity to raise awareness about their existence and efficiency Moreover the poor coordination of service providers results in a replication of services and clustering of institutions in urban areas (Ntsika 19994)
36
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks
South African Women Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) -launched July 2001
SAWEN identifies the origin of women entrepreneurs problems as bull Gender-despite the fact that women-owned enterprises are contributing an
increasing share to national revenue they are generally perceived to lack the capacity of their male equivalents
bull Size - Nearly all women-owned enterprises belong to the lower end of the SMME category being either very small or micro sized companies Men are predominant in the more lucrative sectors Approximately 70 percent of informal businesses in South Africa are ownedcontrolled by women
SAWEN seeks to affiliate all women enterprise groups co-operatives organisations and initiatives in to a national umbrella body that will represent and articulate the aspirations of all women entrepreneurs (potential and existing) that operate within the South African SMME sector as well as lobby for their support needs It also seeks to target rural women Since its launch in 2001 it has established a number of provincial chapters
Women in Oil and Energy in South Africa (WOESA)-launched March 2002
Facilitates the participation of women in business ventures in the oil gas and other energy sectors
Technology for Women in Business (TW1P)
Aimed at enhancing the accessibility of science and technology to women in business in particular SMMEs It is a national programme under the auspices of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) The CSIR as contracted by DTI acts as an agent for DTI to implement the TWIB programme
South African Women in Construction -launched August 1999
Promotion and advancement of women in construction of education and contribution to the betterment of the construction industry and the enhancement of the entrepreneurial development of women-owned enterprises in construction
Source South African Government (2008)
37
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI
241 Ekurtiuleni demographic
The Metropolitan Municipality of Ekurtiuleni was established in 2000 and covers a vast
area for approximately 45 kilometres from west to east and for 55 kilometres from north
to south covering an area of approximately 26421 square kilometres (EMM 2007 4)
This large area is divided for administrative efficacy into the Northern Southern and Eastern Service Delivery Regions (SDRs) and is one of six Metropolitan Municipalities resulting from the restructuring of local government (refer to figure 21)
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former East Rand) region
r-4 gt J i
^ Hampton Park
J i
j Northern Ragioi
tmdashJ 0 Johannesburg _ pound International v
y trade trade Airport
I Bedrordview
bull
bull Bonon 1 GetmMon bullgt
Boksburg m Bnkpan 1
i Springs
Alberton J Eaitem Region
J Southern Region 1 ff ^
(f Nigallaquo
^
(f Nigallaquo
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
38
I
The former local administrations of nine towns in the East Rand - Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan EdenvaleLethabong Germiston Kempton ParkTembisa Nigel and Springs -were amalgamated into the new Metropolitan Municipality along with two other councils - the Kyalami Metropolitan Council and the Eastern Gauteng Services Council It is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents as replicated in Table 25
Table 25 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics
Key Statistics (2007 estimates) Ekurhuleni Gauteng National Region area (sq km) 2642 1 16975 1 1221246
Population 2534180 8845741 46710858
Population density (nr of people persq km) 959 521 38
Economically active population (as of total pop) 53 53 39
No of households 787040 2731869 12144712
Average household income (Rand current prices) 88025 115817 70326
Annual per capita income (Rand current prices) 27338 35768 18284
Gini coefficient 057 060 064
Formal sector employment estimates 679213 3156772 9058793
Informal sector employment estimates 84249 362647 1699327
Unemployment rate (expanded definition) 40 35 41
Percentage of persons in poverty 27 27 46
Poverty gap (R million) 974 3251 3 32960
Human development index (HDI) 067 069 059
Index of Buying power (IBP) 008 034 100
Economic output in 2003 (R million current prices) 84000 416562 1100929
Share of economic output (GVA of SA in current prices)
76 378 100
Economic output in 2003 (R1 million constant 1995 prices)
48074 236846 619790
Share of Economic output (GVA of SA in constant 1995 prices)
78 382 100
Economic growth performance 1996-2003 (GVA growth pa constant 1995 prices)
24 37 25
Source Ekurhuleni metropolitan municipality (20075)
39
Ekurhuleni constitutes 56 of the national population and makes up 28 of Gautengs population The population density is approximately 1 250 people per km2 making Ekurhuleni one of the most densely populated areas in the country and province By comparison population density in Gauteng is 513 people per km2 and 38 people per km2 in the country
The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region (EMM 2007 9)
242 Ekurhuleni economics
The Ekurhuleni Metropolitan economy is larger and more diverse than that of many of the smaller countries in Africa including all the countries in Southern Africa It accounts for nearly a quarter of the Gauteng economy which in turn contributes over a third of the national GDP Ekurhuleni contributes seven percent to the countrys spending power and seven percent to the nations production In most respects per capita income unemployment poverty average wages and other indicators of human development - it is similar to the rest of Gauteng (EMM 2007 9)
However there is one important structural difference many of the plants for production of goods and commodities are located in Ekurhuleni Manufacturing in Ekurhuleni accounts for just under 20 of the GDP of Gauteng In Ekurhuleni itself manufacturing accounts for some 28 of total production
Because of the largest concentration of industry in the whole of South Africa (and in Africa) Ekurhuleni is often referred to as Africas Workshop (EMM 2007 9) The downside of the manufacturing sector is that globalisation has a definitive impact on the structure of production and on the demand for labour Ekurhuleni although not benefiting from direct capital investments as a result of the automotive sector developments in the country continues to play the role of the workshop of the economy
40
with production of structural steel and fabricated metal products serving as inputs into other areas economies
Despite the area historically being one of the largest producers of gold the major
economic sectors now include manufacturing wholesale and trade energy and
services and finance with manufacturing and industry in Ekurhuleni comprising 40 of
all activity in the Province Mining contributes only 2 to Ekurhuleni economy (EMM
2007 4)
Annual economic growth in Ekurhuleni has recorded a pickup in the period 1998 to
2003 and has been almost double the rate of the national manufacturing growth rate
The economically active population is 52 compared to 38 nationally Household
income and per capita income exceed the national average by 10 and 33
respectively The percentage of people living in poverty nationally is 49 compared to
29 in Ekurhuleni (EMM 2007 4)
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure
Ekurhuleni has a network of roads airports rail lines telephones electricity grids and telecommunications that rivals that of Europe and America - a first world infrastructure supporting a well established industrial and commercial complex Ekurhuleni can in fact be regarded as the transportation hub of the country The municipality is home to the OR Thambo International Airport the busiest airport in Africa and services the entire continent and links to major cities throughout the world Similarly many of the worlds leading airlines fly into the OR Thambo Airport Some 14 million passengers pass through this airport each year In addition a number of smaller domestic airlines connect the OR Thambo Airport with cities throughout South Africa (EMM 2007 4)
South Africas largest railway hub is in Ekurhuleni [Germiston] and links the city to all the major population centres and ports in the Southern African region
41
A number of South Africas modern freeways and expressways connect Ekurhuleni to
other cities and provinces The Maputo corridor development South Africas most
advanced spatial development initiative connects Ekurhuleni with Mozambiques capital
and largest Indian Ocean port Direct rail road and air links connect Ekurhuleni to
Durban South Africas largest and busiest port
During the period 1995 to 2005 the Gauteng government made strategic investments in
upgrading some of the ageing road networks linked to the industrial hub to promote the
movement of goods and services The Blue IQ projects situated within Ekurhuleni
include the Wadeville-Alrode Industrial Corridor with linkages to the largest logistical
hub the City Deep Container terminal the planned Gautrain rapid rail link to
Johannesburg and Tshwane and the OR Thambo Industrial Development Zone [IDZ]
The latter aims to cluster light manufacturing more especially in beneficiation and to
develop an aero space park The EMMs annual budget is in the region of R11 billion of
which plusmnR1 billion is being budgeted annually for capital projects in line with the priorities
set in the Integrated Development Plan [IDP] The bulk of this expenditure is dedicated
to upgrading facilities and infrastructure backlogs (EMM 2007 9)
The three major land cover classes are natural untransformed areas cultivated land and
urban residential zones as presented in figure 22
42
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007
Transformed (industrial)
Transformed (commercial)mdash-
2
Transformed (urban)
27
Transformed (cuftivatjon) mdash mdash
15 Transformed
(forestry) 1
Transformed (mining)
5
Natural 43
Degraded 001
Transformed (grazing)
2
Source Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality (2007 9)
The following are notable patterns in land use (EMM 2007 4)
bull There is a central east-west orientated mining and industrial activity belt which
served as the core around which towns were established
bull A belt of residential developments surrounding the industrial activity belt and
bull Ruralagricultural areas to the northeast and in the central portion in the southern
part of EMM
The mining belt was historically the core around which the various towns and settlements were established Four major concentrations of mines and quarries exist Reiger Park between Gemniston and Boksburg the area east of Benoni an area east and south of Springs and 3 sites in the vidnity of Kwatsaduza The first 3 areas are respectively known as the GermistonBoksburg the BenoniBrakpanSprings and the SpringsNigel mining belts Mining occurs in a linear form along a belt which runs to the
43
I
north of the Germiston and Boksburg Central Business Districts (CBDs) and then along
a broad strip of land roughly between the Benoni CBD and Daveyton to the north and
Brakpan and Springs to the south To the south between Springs and Nigel another
major concentration of mining activity exists (EMM 2007 4)
Most of the urban activity is concentrated along the western edge and central spine of EMM The road engineering and social infrastructure strongly correlates to this urban form (EMM 2007 4)
The largest complex of small-holdings is situated in an east-west band lying east of
Kempton Park and north-west of Daveyton The second largest complex is situated west
of KwaThema surrounding the Sallies Gold Mine and Springs Municipal Crushers
There are other smaller patches of agricultural holdings scattered throughout the
metropolitan area (EMM 2007 5)
The EMM has an evenly distributed multi-nodal structure The central business district
however currently experience problems of urban decay as the cream of the retail
component of the CBDs have been drawn away to the four main shopping malls in the
area - Eastgate East Rand Mall Lakeside Mall and Alberton Mall Commercial activities
make good use of the main transport routes to provide access to such activities
Furthermore there is an imbalance in the distribution of land use for commercial activity
which is concentrated within higher income areas (Kempton Park Edenvaie a portion of
Bedfordview Boksburg Central Benoni Central Brakpan and small portions of Springs)
(EMM 2007 7)
In common with most black townships in the country there is very little formal commercial activity within the township complexes
Industrial activities are largely located within the south-western part of the metropolitan area in areas such as Germiston and Alrode These areas tend to be located near mining land and wedged between lower income areas (Katorus southern Benoni
KwaThema Tsakane small portion of Springs and areas north of Etwatwa) and the
higher income areas (between Alberton and Katlehong Germiston and
SpruitviewLeondale) Within Kempton Park and Edenvale some industrial activity
developed around the airport due to the agglomeration benefits and access to airfreight
transport facilities Industrial activities are also closely linked to the railway system
(EMM 2007 7)
Farming activities (cultivation) are grouped in the north-eastern part of EMM where more than a third of the land is cultivated This includes areas surrounding Bapsfontein areas north of the Benoni Agricultural Holdings and east of the R21 highway Smaller agricultural activities lie just south of Sunward Park while the remaining agricultural activities are grouped on the southern border of the metropolitan area (EMM 2007 4) During the past five years the EMM has made steady progress in developing its strategic planning capacity and process The Integrated Development Planning [IDP] process was institutionalised within national guidelines for local government planning and budgeting and the IDP together with its strategic sectoral plans such as the Spatial Development Framework [SDF] has become the principal strategic planning tool within the local authority However the IDP primarily deals with solutions to immediate development challenges within a five year time frame Therefore a holistic long term development vision and strategy for Ekurhuleni which will create common purpose between all development stakeholders and which will act as a guiding framework within which the IDPs can be formulated is needed (EMM 2007 8) With the above in mind the EMM embarked on a process to formulate a long-term development strategy During 2004 research was undertaken on national and international best practice examples as well as on key success factors relating to city development strategies This led to a strategy being formulated in early 2005 The strategy formulation process kicked off with a Mayoral Committee workshop on 29 January 2005 during which it was resolved to name the strategy the Ekurhuleni Growth and Development Strategy [GDS] 2025 as well as proposed 2025 development agenda (EMM 2007 8)
25 SUMMARY
Economically entrepreneurship invigorates markets The formation of new business leads to job creator) and has a multiplying effect on the economy Socially entrepreneurship empowers citizens generates innovation and changes mindsets These changes have the potential to integrate developing countries into the global economy (UNECE 2004 2)
The promotion of the SMME sector is a critical dimension of a broader employment
creation strategy because the creation of new firms is essential if the development of
stronger linkages through procurement is to materialise
If South Africa is to grow out of poverty unemployment and create a more prosperous
future it will need more SMMEs entrepreneurs and bigger businesses However to
achieve this a better environment is required for entrepreneurs to start up businesses
operate and grow (Mahadea 2008 3) Within the context of overall macro-economic
performance the ideal policy package for SMME support in South Africa should allow
this sector to maximise its contribution to the economys overall performance in terms of
growth employment and income distribution This is likely to involve making more
resources available to the sector as well as raising the efficiency with which it uses the
resources already available to it
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
31 INTRODUCTION
The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures have generated value and fuelled innovation on community and global levels The increased presence has had a remarkable impact on employment and on business environments worldwide (Kantor 2001 8)
Scholarly research in this area has examined the many forms of economic and social
value that women-owned businesses generate vis-a-vis peculiar barriers constraining their establishment and growth (Verwey 2006 3 Botha 2006 126 Cliff 1998 526 McClelland Swail Bell amp Ibbotson 2005 8) These barriers constitute unique challenges for women as research has shown that men are able to surmount them more easily
The intensity of research studies in this area has increased as scholars and
policymakers have begun to devote more serious attention toward understanding and
supporting women entrepreneurs
The purpose of this section is to provide an evaluative summary of the literature on
woman entrepreneurship and through this enhance the understanding of the profile of
the woman entrepreneur
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY
Entrepreneurship as an area of study has been claimed by a number of different
disciplines including psychology and economics each arriving at different definitions
derived from their own disciplines
47
Baruah (2005 3) are of the opinion that to an economist an entrepreneur is one who
brings resources labour materials and other assets into combinations that make their
value greater than before and also one who introduces changes innovations and a
new order To a psychologist such a person is typically driven by certain forces the
needs to obtain or attain something to experiment to accomplish or perhaps to escape
the authority of others (Hisrich Peters amp Shepherd 2005 8)
A series of studies recognise the need to re-think the people side of entrepreneurship research (Kouriloff 2000 62 Simon amp Houghton 2002 106 Keh Foo amp Lim 2002 136 Markman Balkin amp Baron 2002 162 Shepherd amp Krueger 2002 177 Gatewood Shaver Powers amp Gartner 2002 200 Korunka Frank Lueger amp Mugler 2003 35 Mitchell Busenitz Lant McDougall Morse amp Smith 2002 94)
Defining the term entrepreneurship is a difficult exercise in itself as the term has little specific definition either in common usage or in academic research (Arif 2008 5) In describing the key factors which are seen to influence entrepreneurial roles this review will strive to encapsulate some meaning behind the term entrepreneurship
Research has shown several approaches by different researchers in the development of
an entrepreneurship definition According to Bennett and Dann (2000 3) much will
depend on the viewpoint and academic background of the researcher as well as the
time period the researcher refrained at Table 31 gives a brief summary as to the
development of the term entrepreneurship
48
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship in theory
Year Researcher Entrepreneurial Role (ER)
Classical era 1755 R Cantillon Introduced the term Entrepreneur ER as speculator
1800 JB Say ER as coordinator
Early Neoclassical era 1890 A Marshall ER as coordinator innovator arbitrageur
1907 FB Hawley ER as owner of output (uncertainty bearer)
1911 J Schumpeter ER as innovator
1921 F Knight ER as responsible decision maker in an uncertain environment
1925 F Edgeworth ER as coordinator
Mature Neoclassical era
1925 M Dobb ER as innovator
1927 C Tuttle ER as responsible owner in an uncertain environment
Modem Neoclassical era
1973 l Kirzner ER arbitrageur and alertto profitable opportunities
1982 M Casson ER coordination of scarce resources under uncertainty
1993 W Baumol ER innovator and manager influenced by existing incentive structure
Source Aidis (20035)
These definitions are the natural point of departure because they have been the decisive
factor for the retrieval of data for the works of many researchers
For the purpose of this study the definition of Hisrich Peters and Shepherd (2005 8) was adopted The authors defined entrepreneurship as follows Entrepreneurship is the process of creating something new with value by devoting the necessary time and effort assuming the accompanying financial psychic and social risks and receiving the resulting rewards of monetary and personal satisfaction and independence
49
I
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Previous research into gender differences among entrepreneurs has yielded varied explanations as to why female entrepreneurs differ from male entrepreneurs A review of literature reveals that female entrepreneurs do have some characteristics that are unique in comparison to their male counterparts and that they have faced significant challenges in their efforts as they venture into a once male dominated environment This following section presents a comparative assessment of differences in entrepreneurial attributes of male and female individuals as to emphasise the unique environment where within women entrepreneurs operates
The social feminism theory asserts that women entrepreneurs have different but equally
effective qualities values and ways of thinking due to variations in early and ongoing
socialisation processes (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu 2003 3)
Affholder and Box (2004 3) are of the opinion that the research on personality seems to
have conflicting results some researchers finding no significant differences between
male and female entrepreneurs and others identifying specific personality differences
Table 32 emphasise the unique differences between male and female entrepreneurs as concluded by several researchers Due to the voluminous work completed in this regard the purpose of this presentation is not to supply a comprehensive review of current literature available but rather to compile a summary overview off research conducted as to encapsulate an overall body of knowledge in regards to observed gender characteristics in entrepreneurs
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurs hip
Characteristic Female entrepreneurs Male entrepreneurs
Research
Personality characteristics
Women are expected to possess higher communal qualities such as selflessness a concern for others and interpersonal sensitivity Female entrepreneurs tended to be visionaries and catalysts
Men are expected to have high levels of self-assertion self-expansion and the urge to master Male entrepreneurs tended to be more traditionalists
(Affholder amp Box 2004 3)
(Greene Hart Gatewood Brush amp Carter 20031)
(Du Rietz Henrekson 2000 5)
Area of importance
Women tend to assign more importance to social values and qualitative ambiguous measures of achievement and success such as personal fulfilment and strong interpersonal relations Women business owners tend to pursue a balance between economic goals such as profit and growth and non-economic goals such as product quality personal enjoyment and helping others
Men tend to assign more emphasis on economic values and quantitative non-ambiguous measures of achievement of success such as status and wealth
(Carter Anderson amp Shaw 20011)
(Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Possig 2002 80)
Success factors
Women will measure success qualitatively as they will look at interpersonal relationships and other less objective criteria such as personal satisfaction customer service ratings and additional employment created
Men will measure success quantitatively as they will look at size market position turnover and profitability
(Verwey 2006 3)
(Botha 2006126)
(Sigh Reynolds amp Muhammad 2001 180)
Growth elements
Female entrepreneurs tend to have less industry management and prior business start-up experience and that contribute to their modest growth expectations Women face domestic demands remaining the primary parent emotional nurturer and housekeeper despite their entrepreneurial ventures impacting on their ventures growth prospects report
The primary family responsibility of m e n - t o be a good provider is compatible with heading a growing firm
CKyro 20011)
(Cliff 1998526)
(Kantor 20014)
Source Own compilation
51
331 Motivation
Motivation is the factor other than knowledge that energizes directs and sustains an
individuals behaviour (Locke amp Latham 1990 7) According to Bennett and Dann (2000
6) motivation is an essential factor in the establishment of entrepreneurial activity Many
individuals have the characteristics that enable them to identify an opportunity combined
with the resources to implement the venture yet do not have the incentive or motivation
to do so
Botha (2006 122) proposed two closely-related explanations of entrepreneurial
motivation the push theory and the pull theory The push theory argues that
individuals are pushed into entrepreneurship by negative external forces such as job
dissatisfaction difficulty finding employment insufficient salary or an inflexible work
schedule The push or negative factors are therefore associated with the necessity
factors that force the female into pursuing her business idea McClelland Swail Bell and
Ibbotson (2005 85) emphasize that in this situation becoming an entrepreneur is not a
first choice but nevertheless argue that such negative motivational factors are more
important with entrepreneurs drawn from certain groups in society that may face
discrimination such as ethnic minority groups younger age groups and women
The pull or positive factors are those associated with factors of choice and the desire
for entrepreneurial aspirations The pull theory therefore contends that individuals are
attracted into entrepreneurial activities seeking independence self-fulfilment wealth
and other desirable outcomes (Hogskola 2008 19)
To date a numerous of studies have examined womens motivations for becoming
entrepreneurs The following summary provides an overview of key motWaiional factors
identified in several studies
I
Table 33 Push and pull motivational factors
PULL MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
MOTIVATIONA FACTOR STUDY
Desire for greater independence Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208) Hisrich and Peters (1996 98) Hughes (2006109)
Provides a challenge Hughes (2006109)
Improved financial opportunity Hughes (2006109) Marlow (1997208)
Self-fulfilment Borgia Schoenfeld and Segal (20053) Hughes (2006109) Bruni Gherardi and Poggio (2004260)
Desire to be own boss DeMatino and Barbato (2003 830) Hughes (2006109)
Flexibility for balancing family and work Borgia ef al (20053) Carter Gartner Shaver and Gatewood (2003 17) Hughes (2006109) Lombard (2001216)
Potential to develop a hobby Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208)
Gaining recognition of others Eckel and Grossman (2002288)
Role model influence Anna Chandler Jansen and Mero (2000392)
PUSH MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
Job dissatisfaction Borgia et al (20053) Tangiguchi (2002 882)
Prolonged joblessness Hughes (2006109)
Lack of available work Hughes (2006109)
Insufficient salary Borgia et al (20053)
Hitting the glass ceiling Georgellis and Wall (20041)
Involuntary layoff Hughes (2006109)
Career frustration Marlow (1997208)
Source Own compilation
While is it difficult to compare studies given the wide range of approaches and measures
used this overview nevertheless allows this review to identify the most commonly cited
motivators across several different contexts and time periods
332 Opportunity identification
According to Reynolds Hay Bygrave Camp and Autio (2000 5) the ability to perceive
good business opportunities is assumed to be important for entrepreneurship
Kepler and Shane (2007 200) state that female entrepreneurs search for new business
opportunities differently than male entrepreneurs for a variety of reasons
First many opportunities are identified through information that is transferred through
social networks Women have different types of social networks than men (Renzulli
Aldrich amp Moody 2000 534) As a result they have access to different sources of
information about opportunities For instance male entrepreneurs are more likely than
female entrepreneurs to identify opportunities through conversations with investors and
bankers because on average they know more investors and bankers (Anna Chandler
Jansen amp Mero 2000 392)
Second learned behaviours and social norms lead men and women to develop different
cognitive processing styles (Cassar 2006 628) As a result on average men and
women gather information and solve problems differently (DeMatino amp Barbato 2003
830) For instance female entrepreneurs are thought to learn from a greater variety of
sources than male entrepreneurs while male entrepreneurs are thought to learn more
from setbacks than female entrepreneurs (Lombard 2001 217) In addition the greater
risk aversion of female entrepreneurs may lead them to search for more information that
mitigates the potential risks about business opportunities than their male counterparts
(Eckel amp Grossman 2003 290)
333 Type of business started
Kepler and Shane (2007 309 ) are of the opinion that male and female entrepreneurs
do not start the same types of businesses Historically women entrepreneurship
activities were concentrated in the apparel cosmetics and food processing fields
(Taylor 1988 38) Whereas McVicar and Craig (1981 11) listed traditional categories in
their study of service-related businesses such as cooking teaching child care
secretarial services and sewing Female-led businesses are more likely to be found in
personal services and retail trade and less likely to be found in manufacturing and high
technology (Anna et al 2000 290 Brush et a 2006 18) In addition women start
businesses that are less growth-oriented and less driven by opportunity and more
oriented towards wage substitution (Eckel amp Grossman 2002 290)
Some researchers argue that gender differences in the types of businesses that men
and women found are the result of socialisation and structural barriers (Kepler amp Shane
2007 309) Women tend to work in certain occupations and industries because these
occupations and industries are more socially acceptable for women and because
women face obstacles to working in other industries and occupations (Marlow 1997
153) Sigh Reynolds and Muhammad (2007 180) argues that because entrepreneurs
tend to identify opportunities to start businesses that are similar in type and industry to
those in which they previously worked the tendency of women to work in certain types
of businesses leads them to start those types of businesses In addition some
businesses cannot be founded easily by people without the appropriate educational
background This is particularly the case for businesses that rely heavily on technology
Because women are less likely than men to study engineering or science (Brush et al
2006) they often lack the education to start businesses that demand technical skills
Furthermore some businesses are inherently easier to start than others because they
have lower barriers to entry (Boden amp Nucci 2000 353) Women may be more likely to
start businesses that face low barriers to entry because these businesses make lesser
55
demands on human or financial capital than other businesses and women may lack
these types of capital
334 Venture size
Women start businesses that are smaller than those started by men (Kepler amp Shane
2007) Studies of surviving businesses show that those that are women-owned are
smaller than those that are men-owned (Brown 2000 5) In addition women start
businesses with lower levels of initial employment and capitalization than men (Renzulli
et al 2000540)
The smaller scale of female-led start-ups is believed to be the result of a lack of access
to larger-scale business opportunities and the financial resources necessary to develop
them and different goals and intentions for their businesses (McClelland e^ al 2005
100)
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs
Richardson (2004 2) argues that while women are active in entrepreneurship they face
particular problems and challenges in starting and developing their businesses They
face more or at least different social cultural educational and technological challenges
than men when it comes to establishing and developing their own enterprises and
accessing economic resources (Mayoux 2001 20)
Kantor (20016) is of the opinion that constraints affecting the entrepreneur in general
but women more intensively include
bull Access to financing
bull Information bull Productive resources and markets
bull Levels of skills and knowledge
56
bull Relevance of education and experience
bull Effects of market saturation
bull Compliance costs
Furthermore it is recognised that women in most societies carry the added burden of
family and domestic responsibilities and this has a detrimental or limiting impact upon
their ability to generate income outside of the home
Kepler and Shane (2007) are of the opinion that research suggests that social norms
about the role of women in society the shortage of female role models and the greater
household- burdens faced by women lead female entrepreneurs to face more start-up
problems and for those problems to be of greater magnitude than their male
counterparts For instance attitudes toward the role of women make it more difficult for
female entrepreneurs to be taken seriously as business people (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu
2003 3) and to gain support for their entrepreneurial activities from their spouses
family and friends (Bradley amp Boles 2003 301) In addition the relative shortage of
female role models makes it more difficult for female entrepreneurs to obtain adequate
mentorship for their start-up efforts Furthermore the greater household and childcare
responsibilities of women lead them to have more trouble balancing business formation
and family responsibilities (Affholder amp Box 2004 18)
Research finds that one of the major barriers for women entrepreneurs are the access to capital finance (Revivo-Steiner 2006 20) Lack of access to capital has been a primary obstacle for women entrepreneurs and recent research suggests it continues to be (Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Posig 2002 72) This could also include start-up financing and credit cash flow management in the early operations and financial planning Research suggests that the primary source of funding for women has been through family loans personal savings credit cards and home equity loans (Gundry Ben-Yoseph and Posig 2002) In fact Verwey (2006 5) found that womens personal savings constitute between 80 and 99 of initial capitalisation compared to men where the figure is between 30 and 59 Some of the reasons stem from stereotypes created by the
57
masculine mentality in the banking industry (Weiler amp Bernasek 2001 92) Women are
entering an environment constructed by men therefore they may be perceived as less
legitimate in the eyes of prospective financial backers
Information is another resource that women entrepreneurs have difficulty accessing (ONeill amp Viljoen 2001 40) The information can be about markets suppliers export opportunities Large enterprises often have greater power time and resources to both access information for themselves and limit others access to it (Kouriloff 2000 65) Information can be obtained through informal networks as well as through membership in organizations such as trade guilds associations and unions (Kantor 2001 6) Female compared to male owners may have greater difficulty in accessing information because of difficulties in attending events due to their dual work roles and the resulting time constraints (Edwards 2001 58)
A lack of relevant skills and knowledge constrains the growth potential of entrepreneurial businesses (Kyro 2001 2) This is compounded by deficiencies in basic education Women tend to be less likely to have had education and experience relevant to starting and managing a business and thus have less potential for success (Botha 2006 30) Gaining relevant skills and knowledge also can be more difficult for women since their double work burden and childcare responsibilities make them less able to attend formal and informal training than men (Brush eiai 2006 18)
Kantor (2001 8) points out that womens more demanding role in the family relative to mens affects their entrepreneurial ability by reducing the time energy and concentration levels women can apply to their market work Women may have lower earnings and productivity levels since the amount of time they have available for market work will be limited by the time necessary to care for the family and their concentration while working may be reduced if there are multiple distractions leading to a further reduction in productivity and earnings (Hogskola 2008 25) Responsibility for household welfare also may make women more risk averse while societal perceptions of womens gender roles influence their treatment when they step outside of the perceived boundaries of
58
these roles limiting their access to the resources required for successful entrepreneurship (Anna etal 2000 291)
336 Growth Strategies
A relatively unexplored dimension of entrepreneurship on which male and female entrepreneurs are supposed to differ is their attitude towards growth (Verwey 2006 1) The process through which women-led entrepreneurial firms plan and achieve continual and sustainable growth often reflects a complex set of motivators and intentions that support this strategic path
Cliff (1998523) however researched whether gender differences do exist through quantitative as well as qualitative analysis of personal interviews with 229 small business owners in the Greater Vancouver are of British Columbia Canada Her study provided novel insights into the factors affecting an entrepreneurs growth decision and desired pace of expansion She found that both male and female entrepreneurs desire growth but there are important differences with respect to how they wish to expand (Verwey 2006 1)
Casale and Posel (2000 180) are of the opinion that female entrepreneurs are more likely to establish maximum business size thresholds beyond which they do not wish to expand and that moreover these thresholds are smaller than those set by male entrepreneurs This size relates to what she can manage and control with comfort balancing work and personal life Women tend to deliberately adopt a slow and steady pace of expansion as personal considerations appear to ovenide economic considerations in the business expansion decision According to Cliff (1998523) the attainment of such size thresholds appear to be a key trigger in the no-growth decision
This managed approach by female entrepreneurs to business expansion not letting growth get out of control may result in ventures that are able to out survive those headed by entrepreneurs pursuing more risky high-growth strategies (Bennett amp Dann
59
2000 78) This might lead to banks viewing women as lesser loan risks given their more cautious approach toward growth (Eckel amp Grossman 2000 288) Further research is needed to determine whether these different strategy approaches towards growth would affect venture performance If a more cautious approach leads to long-term survival of the firm awareness should be raised of the favourable outcomes of a more cautious approach This would require recognition that one approach to business ownership - the desire to head a large quickly growing enterprise may not necessarily fit all (Taniguchi 2002 888)
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT
Jalbert (200055) are of the opinion that womens entrepreneurship is gaining increasing
recognition in public policy circles National governments and international organisations
alike are coming to realise that fostering womens economic development through
enterprise creation can have a positive impact in a number of areas
First and foremost it enhances economic growth and provides employment opportunities for the owners and their workers In addition providing economic opportunities for women can also improve the social educational and health status of women and their families
The nature of the multitudinous challenges and obstacles facing women entrepreneurs suggest that their full economic potential is not fully actualised and women do not feature on the mainstream of the economic agenda One aspect that may be the route course of this dilemma that is faced by many female entrepreneurs may be the lack of proper support (De Groot 2001 9) Support is a potentially important means of raising the level of entrepreneurship in society overall
This section provides an overview of some efforts that are supporting the development of women-owned businesses Although this analysis is not a comprehensive review of
60
current literature and research it provides the best of what is known about womens
entrepreneurship
The objective of women entrepreneurship promotion is to create awareness of enterprise as an attractive employment option among women and to raise the profile of women entrepreneurs as credible role models to others It is a particularly important aspect in reinforcing the social value of entrepreneurship in the economy and in positioning it as a viable and feasible activity (International Labour Office (1LO) 2004 12)
The following examples illustrate how it is possible to promote effectively female entrepreneurship across a broad range of actions For example this might include (International Labour Office (ILO) 2004 12)
bull The establishment of specific institutions for (potential) female entrepreneurs
bull The provision of targeted support services and programmes the implementation of
electronic platforms for women entrepreneurs
bull The organisation of specific events targeted at female entrepreneurs
Before actual awareness campaigns can be initiated it is of the utmost importance to
establish an entrepreneurial environment that will in fact be attractive to potential women
entrepreneurs
While a growing body of literature exists on entrepreneurial environments the literature is highly fragmented Reviewing the empirical literature one can observe that Me research or even conceptualisation of the environment for entrepreneurship - enabling or otherwise - has been completed (Sannikova 20074) Some gaps that are evident in the literature are (Fogel 1994 1)
First a conceptual framework is lacking to integrate the available literature on
entrepreneurial environments
61
Second explicit links have not been established between the needs of
entrepreneurs and how environments can fulfil entrepreneurs needs induce or
reinforce their desire to go into business and thus facilitate the process of new
venture creation Third limited guidelines exist to conduct empirical research on entrepreneurial
environments
Finally a limited body of literature addresses the needs of policy makers despite the
recognition of this group as an important audience for research on entrepreneurship
One potential theory with implications for environmental factors and entrepreneurship is the resource dependence theory The resource dependence theory is based on the notion that environments are the source of scarce resources
The framework highlighted in figure 31 outline the key resources that support the
creation of an enabling environment for womens entrepreneurship These are
(Sannikova 20074)
bull Policy coordination and legal environment
bull Finance and Premises
bull Training and mentoring
bull Business Support
bull Network
bull Promotion
62
Figure 31 Framework for supporting women entrepreneurship activity
Source Sannikova (200718-19)
This framework fall inline with current issues addressed by the International Labour Office (ILO) In line with the ILOs gender policy the approach to women entrepreneurship seeks to redress existing gender imbalances in enterprise development through approaches and activities aimed specifically at women while simultaneously working with constituents to ensure that all small enterprise initiatives address gender in their formulation and roll-out The ILOs work to date has been in four main areas (Intemational Labour Office (ILO) 200412)
bull The development of a knowledge base on women entrepreneurs bull The development of a variety of support services for women entrepreneurs and their
service providers bull Supporting advocacy bull Developing internal and external partnerships
63
In 2002 the Austrian Institute for Small Business Research conducted a comprehensive study in regards to good practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002 105) They studied all available support organisations and programmes available to women entrepreneurs in Europe
A few critical success factors supporting good practice in the promotion of female entrepreneurship may be elaborated from the experience provided in this study These include (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002105)
bull Agencies should use female mentors trainers and advisers whenever possible to
increase the relevance of measures for women and to provide role models
bull Measures should be designed for both groups and individuals Group based
measures give women a chance to make contacts to network and to learn from the
experience of others Individual-based measures allow women to receive highly
effective advice directly related to the problems they face
bull Measures supporting enterprise start-ups should focus on sectors that can provide
women with an adequate income thereby increasing womens financial self-
sufficiency Strategies to move women into higher value markets in traditional or new
sectors are therefore important
bull Training measures should apply a modular approach with both a set of basic
courses such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and the opportunity
to select from a set of additional courses in various substantive areas This would
make the training flexible and give clients the independence to choose the skills on
which they want to focus
bull Training measures should also include entrepreneurship development training in
order to foster the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business
Business skills may not be sufficient for women who often lack confidence and belief
in their own abilities as entrepreneurs
bull Post-start-up support should be offered to trainees after having applied skills learned
in earlier training This may for example be offered by means of mentoring
64
addressing the specific problems faced by women entrepreneurs Additionally pre-
start-up mentoring can help women thinking about starting a business to determine if
it is really the right career choice
bull Women entrepreneurs should not be the only focus of business support and
personal development measures Reaching girls in order to encourage them to
become entrepreneurs and to develop their belief in their abilities is also important
bull Finally access to credit should be a key element in business support as limited
access to finance is a constraint faced by many entrepreneurs both female and
male Different methods of providing access to finance such as loan guarantees or
partnerships with formal financial institutions can reduce the costs of providing
credits to micro entrepreneurs and women entrepreneurs in particular
It has been demonstrated that there are various ways to tackle general and more specific problems faced by female entrepreneurs As many of the obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs are common all over the world most of the good practices that have been described above are not country-specific but might enrich the pool of possible actions in other countries as well
35 SUMMARY
Growing evidence asserts that womens entrepreneurship while differentiated is fundamentally different than mens It is apparent that women are crafting new visions and models of entrepreneurship and are experiencing unique processes entwining the developing self values of work life and family and the personal dynamics of change with the processes of developing and leading a business These phenomena deserve careful and critical exploration if we are to understand radical changes now occurring in women business owners work-lives and enterprise development The importance of supporting women entrepreneurship extends beyond academic relevance Government officials and NGOs have expressed interest in women entrepreneurship in countries in transition as a key to stimulating economies
65
Academics have been recommended to develop policy makers understanding by studying conditions and processes that encourage women entrepreneurship There is a particular theoretical need to conceptualise this environment and to test the environmental variables associated with women entrepreneurs
This support in developed countries usually has one main points to maximize the economic potential of self-employed women and also to encourage taking up of self-employment amongst women from disadvantaged backgrounds
Clearly the development of female entrepreneurship needs support through policies and adequate institutions in many areas such as education and training access to credit and financing access to information business networks and new technologies The Governments in partnership with other stakeholders should take the lead and responsibility for establishing institutions and policies aimed at development of SMEs These policies however should be gender sensitive and address specific barriers in entrepreneurial activities
It is increasingly recognised that entrepreneurship support offers a new model for
fighting poverty and ensuring economic growth in countries
66
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
41 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to present what has been empirically observed as set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the broader problem area Hence in the discussion the findings are interpreted in the light of the research questions The various methodological issues and considerations involved in the gathering of the data are also discussed
42 GATHERING OF DATA
This section contains a thorough explanation of the various methodological issues and considerations involved in obtaining and handling the data used in the study It has been divided into two parts each of which concerns a different component of the data collection gathering process
421 Development and construction of questionnaire
As explained in chapter one the survey instrument utilised in the study was a
standardised questionnaire Information could either be entered by the respondents
themselves or the review used it as a structure for face to face interviewing
The first step was to design a questionnaire with questions and items developed from the initial research problem and the literature study conducted
Questions or items of the same kind or that seek the same sort of information was grouped together They fell into a range of categories where some consisted of a small number of related questions The intend was to elicit information of a particular type
67
Analytical categories relevant to the research were determined from the literature These
topics were aggregated by unit of analysis
bull Section A Personal information
- Age - Marital status
- Educational level
- Number and age of children
- Employment history
bull Section B Business information
- Industry - Legal status of business
- Age of business
- Path to business ownership
- Source of start-up funding
- Business premises
- Number of employees
- Annual turnover
- Previous exposure to business
bull Section C Wlotivational factors and demographic aspects
bull Section D Obstacles towards women entrepreneurship
- During start-up phase of business
- During current operations
bull Section E Development needs of female entrepreneurs
- Previous development by private or government agency
- Women entrepreneurship association awareness
68
- Needs classification
In section A B and E the questionnaire was designed so that the responded could indicate the applicable answer by marking a designated block with a cross More than one block could be marked where applicable
In section C and D a Seven point Likert scale method was applied to measure
responses that range from disagree strongly to agree strongly A value of one will be
linked to disagree strongly and a value of seven to agree strongly
The idea of using the Likert scale method is that instead of learning whether or not the respondent was favourably inclined on an issue one also gets a measure and a reasonably reliable one of the actual position on the continuum However this method is frequently criticised because a number of unique response patterns can result in the same total score (Tull amp Hawkins 1980 322)
422 Data collection
The questionnaire in the form of printed copies was distributed to 100 women
entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni as a result of the sampling method applied
The study made use of both a convenience sampling method and secondly made use of
a snowball sampling method
Snowball sampling relies on referrals from initial subjects to generate additional subjects Therefore base selection of a primary informant took place The base selected for this study was the Chamber of Commerce for Gauteng which acted as an informant of women owned businesses Referrals were contacted to confirm if they adhere to the definition of small and medium-sized women owned businesses More referrals were subsequently collected by theses women owned business expanding the database It
69
may be extremely difficult or cost prohibitive to locate respondents in these situations A
list of 100 women owned business was compiled as a result of these efforts
Techniques for distributing questionnaires included e-mail personal delivery and structured interviews
This review aimed to distribute questionnaires to wide variety business sectors demographic locations and races as to obtain a representative view of women entrepreneurs
Business sectors included were ie retail trade wholesale trade manufacturing construction transportdistribution accommodation and restaurant food industry agricultureforestryfishing and services
Demographic areas included all towns within the boundaries of Ekurhuleni ie Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan Endenvale Lethabong Germiston Kempton Park Tembisa Nigel and Springs
A period of two weeks for responding to the questionnaire were allowed from where
questionnaires were collected either personally by the researcher or via facsimile and e-
A total of 80 usable questionnaires were returned from the sample This constitutes a
80 response rate
The major reasons for non returns faced during the process were the limited time available to the respondents to complete the questionnaires due to busy work schedules and the availability of certain owners that resided overseas
70
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS
431 Age group description of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A1 in Section A of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was
to determine the age group description of respondents
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented
in Table 41 below
Table 41 Age group description of respondents
Age group Frequency Percentage 40 to 49 years old 27 3375
30 to 39 years old 20 2500
50 to 59 years old 14 1750
20 tot 29 years old 12 1500
60+ years old 6 750
lt19 years old 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
The biggest category in this review is represented by the 40 to 49 year old group (refer
to table 41) were 3375 of the respondents indicated the age group A fourth (25) of
the respondents represents the 30 to 39 year age group
71
The remainder of the group constitutes less than 20 of the respondents where 1750
represents the 50 to 59 age group 1500 the 20 to 29 year old 750 the 60+ group
and 125) less than 19 years old respectively
All respondents answered the question
432 Marital status of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A2 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the marital status of respondents The results will be used to determine if
there is any link between the marital status of the women and their path to self
employment
bull Results obtained
The marital status of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 42 below
Table 42 Marital status of respondents
Marital status Frequency Percentage Married 52 6500
Single 10 1250
Widowed 9 1125
Divorced 7 875 Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
72
bull Analysis of the results
Table 42 indicates that more than half that is 52 (6500) of the respondents are married A total of 1250 of respondents are single 1125 are widowed and 875 are divorced
Two respondents did not indicate their marital status
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A3 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the highest academic qualification of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous education on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
bull Results obtained
The highest academic qualification of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 43 below
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents
Highest academic qualification Frequency Percentage Diploma (Technical college orTechnicon) 29 3625 University degree 29 3625
Matric 16 2000
Certificate 4 500
Post graduate degree 2 250
Total 80 10000
73
bull Analysis of the results
Table 43 indicates that a diploma and university degree constitute the largest group of all responses Both the diploma and university degree represent 3625 of the respondents respectively
A total of 16 (2000) of the respondents indicated a matric as their highest academic qualification whereas four respondents (500) indicated a certificate and two (250) indicated a post graduate degree
All respondents answered the question
434 Number of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A4 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of children of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 44 below
74
Table 44 Number of children of respondents
Number of children Frequency Percentage Two (2) children 31 3875
One (1) child 14 1750
Three (3) children 14 1750 None 10 1250
Four (4) children 8 1000
Five (5) children 3 375
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of the respondents (3875) have only 2 children A total of 1750 are
presented equally by both the one child and three child groups A total of 10 (1250)
respondents have no children Eight (1000) respondents have four children and three
or 375 have five children
All respondents answered the question
435 Age group description of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the age of children of the participants The results will be utilised in
determining if the age of children might have an influence on the path to business
ownership and act as an obstacle due to family responsibility to women entrepreneurs
75
bull Results obtained
The age of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 45 below
Table 45 Age group description of children
Age group description Frequency Percentage 18+years old 25 3125
11-18 years old 15 1875
1-5 years old 13 1625
No children 10 1250
6-10 years old 9 1125
Missing 8 1000
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 45 indicates that the majority of the respondents (25 or 3125) children are
older than 18 years A total of 15 (1875) of the respondents children are between 11
and 18 years 13 (1625) between one to five years old and nine (1125) between six
and 10 years old
A total of ten (1250) of the respondents indicated that they do not have children
whereas eight respondents did not answer the question
76
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES
441 Number of permanent employees
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B7 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of permanent employees of the participating women owned
businesses and to determine whether the family business can be classified as a micro-
very small- small- or a medium-sized enterprise
bull Results obtained
Table 46 Number of permanent employees
Number of permanent employees Frequency Percentage 2-4 30 3750 26-50 23 2875
Myself 10 1250
5-10 10 1250
11-25 4 500
101-200 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
A combined forty (5000) of the women owned business can be classified as micro-
enterprise from which 30 (3750) of the business have two to four employees and 10
(1250) of the businesses are only operated by the entrepreneur herself
77
A total of ten (125) of the businesses can be classified as very small enterprise
consisting of five to ten employees
Small-enterprises are represented by twenty seven (3375) of the businesses with four
(5) employed of 11 to 25 employees and 23 (2875) 26 to 50 employees
Only two (250) of the businesses surveyed can be classified as medium-enterprise
Of the 80 respondents only one responded (125) did not answer the question
Figure 46 indicates that the majority of the businesses surveyed falls into the micro-
enterprise category
442 Turnover of the business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B8 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the financial success and the size of the participating women
owned businesses
bull Results obtained
The annual turnover of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table
47
I
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business
Annual turnover Frequency Percentage R100 000 to R500 000 27 3375
R1 million to R5 million 20 2500
R500 000to R1 million 18 2250
R50 000toR100 000 9 1125
R5 million+ 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Twenty seven (3375) of the family businesses annual turnover were between the R100 000 to R500 000 range followed by twenty (2500) between the R1 to R5 million range eighteen (2250) in the R500 000 to R1 million range nine (1125) in the R50 000 to R100 000 range and six (75) in the more than R5 million range
All participants answered the question
443 Economic sector of operation
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B1 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the economic sector that the women owned businesses
operates in The sector may have an influence on specific needs for the women owned
businesses as well as policy implications
bull Results obtained
The economic sector of operation of the women owned businesses in this study is
presented in table 48
79
I
Table 48 Economic sector of operation
Economic sector Frequency Percentage Retail trade 33 4125
Services 26 3250
Accommodation and restaurant 7 875
Wholesale trade 6 750
Manufacturing trade 4 500
Transportdistribution 2 250
Food industry 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 33 (4125)) of the businesses in this study operate in retail trade that also represents that largest group within this review The service category is represented by 26 (3250) of the respondents This include the following businesses ie bakery school transport ballet studios swimming lessons DVD rentals garden services cleaning services doggy parlour dry cleaning wedding planning landscaping physiotherapy attorney petrol garage dress maker hair salons catering services graphic design party rentals business machine servicing and beauty salons
Other industries of operation includes seven (875) businesses in accommodation and
restaurant six (750) in wholesale trade four (500) businesses in manufacturing
and two (250) in distribution and food industry respectively
All respondents answered the question
80
444 Legal status of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B2 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The legal status of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table 49
Table 49 Legal status of business
Category Frequency Percentage Sole proprietorship 42 5250
Partnership 18 2250
Company (Private) 12 1500
Not registered 7 875
Close corporation 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Just more than half (52505)) of the participating women-owned businesses in this
study are registered as sole proprietorship 18 (2250) are registered partnerships 12
(1500) as private companies and one (125) business indicated a close corporation
A total of seven (875) of the businesses in this study is however not registered None
of the business indicated a business trust or public company All respondents answered
the question
81
445 Business premises
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B6 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The premises from where the women owned businesses in this study are operating from
are presented in table 410
Table 410 Business premises
Business district Frequency Percentage Outlying business area 50 6250
Home based 16 2000
Central business district (CBD) 12 1500
Agriculture 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
More than half (6250) of the respondents operate their business from an outlying
business area as indicated in table 410 A total of 16 (20) of the businesses in this
review are home-based with only 12 (1500) situated in a central business district
Agriculture land is only utilised by two (250) of the women owned businesses in this
review None of the respondent businesses operates from an industrial area
All respondents answered this question
82
446 Age of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B3 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the age of all women owned businesses that participated in this review
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women owned businesses that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 411 below
Table 411 Age of business
Age of business Frequency Percentage One (1) to five (5) years old 45 5625
Six (6) to 10 years old 24 3000
11 to 20 years old 6 750
21 to 30 years old 3 375
31 to 40 years old 1 125 41 to 50 years old 1 125
Analysis of the results
According to table 411 more than half (5625) of the respondents businesses are relatively young and fall under the one to five year old category A large group of 24 (30) of the participating businesses are between six and 10 years old The remainder of the categories are represented by less than 10 of the respondents where six (750) business are between 11 and 20 years old three (375) between 21 and 30 years and 1 (125) between 31 to 40 years and one (125) between 41 to 50 years respectively All respondents answered the question
83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP
451 Path to business ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B4 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the path to business ownership of respondents
bull Results obtained
The path to business ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 412 below
Table 412 Path to business ownership
Path to business ownership Frequency Percentage
Founded the business 52 6500
Purchase the business 25 3125
Join family business 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 412 reflects that 52 (6500) of the businesses studied in this review were
founded by the entrepreneur Just less than a third or 25 (3125) of the businesses
were purchased A total of two (250) respondents actually joined family businesses
and one (125) did not answer the question
84
452 Previous employment experience
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the previous employment experience of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous experience on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs The respondents had the option to choose between six experience levels categories
bull Results obtained
The previous employment experience of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 413 below
Table 413 Previous employment experience
Previous employment experience Frequency Percentage Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier) 34 4250
Self-employed 14 1750
Supervisor 11 1375
Middle management 9 1125
Unemployed 8 1000
Top management 4 500
Total 80 10000
85
bull Analysis of the results
Less than half (4250) of the respondents were previously employed as non-
management workers whereas only 11 (1375) of the respondents were supervisors A
total of nine (1125) of respondents indicated that they were employed in middle
management with only four (5) in top management A number of eight (1000)
respondents were previously unemployed
A quite interesting observation is the 14 or 1750 of respondents that were previously
self-employed that also constitute the second largest group in this review
All respondents answered the question
453 Years self-employed
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A6 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of years self employed of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of years self-employed of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 414 below
86
Table 414 Years self-employed
Number of years self-employed Frequency Percentage Four (4) to five (5) years 27 3375 Six (6) to 10 years 26 3250 One (1) to Three (3) years 14 1750
More than 10 years 12 1500
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of respondents are between four and ten years self-employed A number of
27 (3375) of the respondents has indicated a four to five year period and 26 (3250)
indicating a six to 10 year period The remainder of the age groups are represented by
less than 20 of the respondents where 14 (1750) fall within the relative young one
to three year category and 12 (1500) in the established more than ten year category
Only one (125) respondent did not answer the question
454 Source of start-up funding
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B5 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the source of start-up funding of the participants
bull Results obtained
The source of start-up funding of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 415 below
87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding
Source of start-up funding Frequency Percentage Bank loan 30 3750
Personal savings 29 3625
Relatives 10 1250
Householdspouse 5 625
Sold business 4 500
Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Both bank loan and personal savings constitutes the largest sources for start-up funding
with 30 (3750) made use of bank loans and 29 (3625) utilised personal savings
A total of 10 (1250) respondents collected start-up funds from relatives and five
(625) from a household member or spouse A number of four (500) respondents
sold their previous business to obtain funds
Respondents not answering the question accounted for 250 of the sample
455 Role models
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B9 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine if the respondents was inspired by someone during their youth to become an entrepreneur The results will be used to determine if there is any link between this previous influence and the women entrepreneurs decision to enter into self employment
bull Results obtained
The influence of role models on all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 416 below
Table 416 Role models
Influenced by role models Frequency Percentage No 68 8500
Yes 12 1500
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority (8500) of respondents indicated that they had no one inspiring them to
become entrepreneurs where 12 (1500) of the respondents claimed that they had
some influence Eight respondents indicated that their parents owned businesses where
four indicated that close friends of the family motivated them from childhood to enter
own employment
All respondents answered this question
456 First ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B10 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to determine if the current business is the women entrepreneurs first self owned
business
89
bull Results obtained
An indication of first ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 417 below
Table 417 First ownership
Category Frequency Percentage
Yes 62 7750
No 12 1500
Missing 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 62 (7750)) of the respondents indicated that their current business is their
first business owned Only a small amount of 12 (1500) of the respondents indicated
previously owned business or no to the answer A total of seven of the business was
sold of four is still operating and one went out of business
Quite a large total of six (750) of the respondents did not answer the question at all
46 MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C1-15 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the main motivational factors for women entrepreneurs entering own business ventures The results will be utilised in determining the influence of these motivational factors on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
90
bull Results obtained
The average response or mean (x) and the standard deviation (s) (variation around the
mean) of each of the 15 items indicating motivational factors for entering own
employment are indicated in Table 418
Table 418 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
Motivation n X s
Need for a challenge 80 6250 1326
Self-fulfilment 79 6215 1356
Confidence in the productservice offered 80 6188 0813
Insufficient family income 80 5513 1765
The need for independence 80 5488 1800
Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 80 5363 1759
Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) 80 5150 1870
Need forflexible work schedule 80 5063 2143
Desire for wealth 80 4900 1900
Ensure high job security 80 4700 2095
To develop hobby 78 4654 2373
Compatibility with family duties 80 4238 2279
Difficulty finding a job 80 3750 2405
Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 80 2650 1822
Entered the family business 80 1825 1310
Total 4796 0906
bull Analysis of the results
The standard deviations of all 15 statements averages are fairly high ranging from
0813 to 2405
Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement Thus a higher number representing agreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be true by the respondents Likewise a low number representing disagreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be false
The motivational statement indicating the highest agreement was need for challenge Participants indicated a very high average mean of x = 6250 for this statement Other
statements that also obtained high levels of agreement was self-fulfilment (x = 6215)
and confidence in the productservice offered (x = 6188)
Five items indicated average means higher than five Insufficient family income indicated an average mean of x = 5513 the need for independence an average mean
of x= 5488 dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) an average
mean of x= 5363 role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) an average x- 5150 and the need for flexible work schedule an average mean of x = 5063
Five items indicated average means higher than four Desire for wealth indicated an
average mean of x = 4900 ensure high job security an average mean ofx = 4700
to develop hobby and average mean ofx= 4654 and compatibility with family duties indicated an average mean of x =4238
Difficult finding a job only indicated an average mean of x = 3750 and redundancy (lost
their job retrenchment) an average mean of x = 2650
Entering family business was the statement with the lowest agreement standing on
an average mean of x = 1825
92
462 Ekurhuleni support
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C17- 21 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations The participating women entrepreneurs had to indicate their response on five statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is
providing to their business operations are reflected in Table 419 below
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations
Category n X s
Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 80 5288 1275
Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 80 5075 1100
Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 79 4772 1395
The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 80 4325 1589
Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 80 2563 1349
Total 4403 0837
93
bull Analysis of the results
An average mean of x = 5288 was calculated for the statement Ekurhuleni is a
source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities This result indicates
that the participants have a relative high agreement with the statement A high
agreement was also calculated for Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export
opportunities (x = 5075) Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road
network) adequately meet the needs of my business (x = 4772) and The
Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses
(x = 4325)
The statement Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women
entrepreneurship in the region however indicated a very low level of agreement with a
standard mean of only x = 2563
463 Obstacles to business start-up
bull Purpose of question
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers have for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those
barriers still exist today
The purpose of question D 1-14 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A)
was to accumulate a body of knowledge of banners that were faced by current female
entrepreneurs in entering their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate
their response on fourteen statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale
type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent
disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with
the statement
94
bull Results obtained
Agreement to obstacles that the respondents experienced during the start-up phase of
their businesses are presented in Table 420 below
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up
Obstacles n X s
Lack of business management skills 80 5888 1607
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5725 1646
Lack of timely business information 80 5438 1422
Risk averse (great fear of failure) 79 5253 1829
Lack of self-confidence 79 5241 1876
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 5150 1700
Inequality of access to credit (difficult to obtain financing as a female) 80 4875 1760
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 2009
Isolation from business network 80 4713 1917
Lack of education and training (in general) 80 4625 2065
Legislative (lack of focused women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government) 80 4400 1718
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3750 1832
Lack of female role models 80 3475 1882
Total 4874 1091
bull Analysis of the results
All fourteen statements as reflected in table 419 indicated high levels of agreement The statement lack of business management skills was indicated as the highest level of agreement with an average mean of x= 5888 A total of five other statements also indicated relative high agreements with inter role conflict (workhome conflict) indicating a standard mean of x= 5725 lack of timely business information (x = 5438) risk averse (great fear of failure) (x = 5253) lack of self-confidence (x =
95
5241) and awareness or access to business support indicating an average mean of
x =5150
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 3475
464 Obstacles currently faced in business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question D 16- 27 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers that were faced by female entrepreneurs currently operating their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate their response on 12 statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Obstacles that the respondents are experiencing in their current business operations are reflected in Table 421
96
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business
Obstacles n X s
Liquidity and other financial problems 80 6225 1102
Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 80 5775 1405
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5538 1793
Lack of business management skills 80 5488 1359
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 1872
Lack of timely business information 80 4663 1771
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 4600 1846
No time for trainingupgrading of skills 80 4563 1948
Isolation from business network 79 4506 1839
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3338 1771
Lack of female role models 79 2835 1581
Total 4764 0968
bull Analysis of the results
The statement with the highest level of agreement was liquidity and other financial
problems The average mean for this statement was calculated on a very high x -
6225
A total of three other statements also indicated relative high agreements with gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) indicating a standard mean
of x= 5775 inter role conflict (workhome conflict) (5c = 5538) and lack of business management skills indicating an average mean of x = 5488
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 2835
97
I
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question E3 Section E of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the development needs of respondents (refer to table 421)
bull Results obtained
Development needs indicated by all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 422 below
Table 422 Support needs of respondents
Category Frequency Percentage
Financial support 68 8500
Growth support 64 8000
Marketing support 62 7750
Business advice information counselling mentoring 57 7125
Networking with other business owners 55 6875
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area 53 6625
Legal support 41 5125
Tools equipment machinery 38 4750
Trainingknowledgeskills 35 4375
Suitable business premises 33 4125
Psychological support 21 2625
Technical support 20 2500
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity) 19 2375
98
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 68 (8500) of the respondents indicated that their greatest need is financial support with 64 (8000) also indicating growth support as a great need in the operation of their businesses A number of two categories also received high scoring with 62 (7750) respondents indicating marketing support and 57 (7125) indicating business advice information counselling and mentoring as support greatly needed
Almost half of the respondents also indicated that the following support will benefit their business A total of 41 (5125) of the participating women entrepreneurs indicated that legal support will benefit them 38 (4750) tools equipment and machinery support Trainingknowledge and skills was indicated by 4375 of respondents and a suitable business premises by 33 (4125) of the participating women entrepreneurs
Only 21 (2625) respondents indicated that psychological support will benefit them and
20 (2500o) indicated that technical support will be of use A small number of 19
(2375) indicated a need for infrastructure
48 SUMMARY
This chapter started of with the various methodological issues and considerations
involved in the gathering of the data from where results were presented in the form of
frequency tables on what has been empirically observed The results were analysed as
set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the
broader problem area
Data explored during this study included biographical information of all participating women entrepreneurs This includes age group description marital status highest academic qualification number of children and age group description of children
This empirical research also undertook the task to gather information in regards to the structure of the participating women entrepreneurs businesses This information
99
included number of permanent employees annual turnover of the business economic
sector of operation legal status of the business the business premises and age of the
business
Path to ownership information was also recorded by this study that includes the
following Path to business ownership previous employment experience number of
years self-employed source of start-up funding influence of role models and first
ownership
Factors of importance also gathered by this review includes motivational factors to enter self employment women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their businesses obstacles to business start-up obstacles currently faced within business operations and support needs of respondents
The information gathered by the empirical research was utilised in the drafting of the
Ekurhuleni women entrepreneurship profile discussed in chapter five This profile will be
of purpose in the drafting of the women entrepreneurship development framework for
the Ekurhuleni district
100
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
51 INTRODUCTION
Despite the large amount of research on the key factors influencing womens
entrepreneurship no study has yet provided an empirical field assessment of factors
influencing women at a municipality context
With the goal of delineating the unique circumstances of women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni this review undertook a study of 80 women entrepreneurial businesses The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures in this area have generated value and fuelled innovation on all levels The increased presence of women entrepreneurs has had a remarkable impact on employment
The purpose of this chapter is therefore to conclude on the empirical study by compiling
a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni Theoretical applications of these links
would derive strong arguments
Recommendations to women entrepreneurship development for this area will be made followed by a critical evaluation of the study Suggestions for future studies will be implied and this chapter will be concluded by a summary
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
The following reflects the make-up of the Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur as concluded in the empirical study conducted
101
521 Biographical information results
The majority of the women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
that participated in this study are between 30 to 49 years of age She is furthermore
married with an average of two children mainly older than eighteen years The
entrepreneur is well littered with either a diploma or university degree
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results
The average women-owned business in Ekurhuleni is between one to five years old with
an annual turnover in the R100 000 to R500 000 range Operation is mainly within the
retail trade or service sector within the micro-enterprise environment Most businesses
can be found in outlying business areas The legal status of the participating businesses
is mainly reserved to sole proprietorships
523 Path to ownership results
The Ekurhuleni women-owned business is either founded or purchased by the female entrepreneur which are on average four to ten years self-employed and mostly a first-time owner A bank loan or personal funding provided start-up capital Owners were not motivated by childhood role models
524 Motivational factors to self employment results
The need for a challenge self-fulfilment and confidence in the product or service offered are the main motivators for these women entrepreneurs Factors such as difficulty f inding a job redundancy and entering of family business are least motivational
indicating that the average Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur are drawn to self-employment by pull factors rather than push factors (Botha 2006 122)
102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni
For the average female entrepreneur Ekurhuleni will be a source of an ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities The Ekurhuleni infrastructure meets the needs of their businesses and the region provides good network opportunities with other businesses However most of the participating women entrepreneurs feel that the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality do not have proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in this district
526 Obstacles to business start-up results
The lack of business management skills inter-role conflict with home and work the lack of timely business information high risk aversion by women entrepreneurs lack of self-confidence and a lack of awareness or access to business support are all considered as huge obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs during the start-up phase of their respective business
Factors such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models are not considered as major obstacles to business start-ups
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results
The main current obstacles experienced by the average female entrepreneur are liquidity and other financial problems Aspects such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models were once again recognised as the least considered obstacles in current business operations
103
528 Support needs results
The average female entrepreneur feels that they can mostly benefit from financial and growth support whereas psychological technical and infrastructure support are rated low on urgency
53 RECOMMENDATIONS
In the light of the research results explained a development framework was compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni Figure 51 represents the specific elements of the Ekurhuleni entrepreneurial development framework (refer to the next page)
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs on in Ekurhuleni district are complex and calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
The main recommendation issued by this review is the establishing of an Ekurhuleni
women entrepreneurship development centre The main responsibility of this centre will
be the implementation and co-ordination of the recommendations listed below
104
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
Own compilation
The purpose of the section to follow is to provide a description of the specific elements
within the recommended framework to develop women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
105
531 Promotion
Recommendation
The review recommends the formation of a specific women entrepreneurship advocacy team within the overall development centre
Motivation
The main role of the advocacy team will be to raise the visibility of womens economic contribution and to change the policy to support womens role in the Ekurhuleni district It is important that the advocacy team are aware of the heterogeneity of their client group Without this awareness policy changes risk being unintentionally biased against a group such as women entrepreneurs
532 Strategy
Recommendation
It is recommended that women entrepreneurship specific policies be drafted within the
Ekurhuleni district and emphasis placed on continued research into the development of
the women entrepreneurs in the district
Motivation
bull The process of policy formulation has to incorporate gender mainstreaming strategies On a national base government has been introducing new gender-specific laws of a general nature but gender issues were not considered in all the other laws of relevance to womens entrepreneurship development
106
bull These policies must address awareness since many institutions are not aware of the gender-specific constraints of women entrepreneurs and therefore unable to address them adequately when providing the necessary services
bull Associations in charge of the enhancement of the status of women NGOs womens organisations and technical programmes could play an important role in emphasising gender issues in the creation of a more enabling policy and legal environment In this connection the importance of the systematic collection and analysis of gender specific data and information for gender-sensitive industrial policy formulation and implementation cannot be over emphasised This is necessary in order to identify the constraints and needs of women entrepreneurs prior to the formulation of any development programme targeting women
bull It is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations lobby groups and the municipality should strive for the systematic collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship
bull The creation of awareness about entrepreneurship requires the adoption of an entrepreneurial culture among potential women entrepreneurs and among youth in general as they are the future entrepreneurs This could be done if local support institutions professional assodations media and womens associations put emphasis on creating awareness about entrepreneurship Media and school campaigns exposure to role models and targeted training could also be used for this purpose
107
533 Support
bull Training
Recommendation
The development of proper training programmes focussing on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs is a necessity
Motivation
bull Training is one of the most common business development services provided Training initiatives include both the provision of general business skills as well as skills more particular to an industry General business training includes basic business skills such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and is usually a central element of an integrated service package Training in skills is often not sufficient for women and successful training programmes for women entrepreneurs therefore also include confidence building entrepreneurship developmenttraining fostering the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business are just a few to mention
bull Programmes that not only confine themselves to training existing or potential women entrepreneurs but also make efforts to reach girls in order to encourage them to become entrepreneurs must be developed
bull A modular approach to the training programme design must be followed - it offers core courses and then allows clients to select other courses suiting their needs This makes the training flexible and gives clients the independence to choose the skills on which they lack the most or want to focus on
bull However successful programme designs are always those which are based on realistic needs-based assessments Women have different training needs in terms of course content scheduling length and delivery Programme designers must be aware of womens multiple roles and programmes should be scheduled when
108
women are likely to be free Participatory techniques and incremental learning using
female instructors are considered good teaching models for reaching women
entrepreneurs
bull Access to credit
Recommendation
A proper study into good practices should be launched to enhance accesses for women
entrepreneurs to credit from where specific plans must be drafted to ensure better
access to financing for these women entrepreneurs
Motivation
Credit is a constraint faced by many women entrepreneurs Women need to be able to
access mainstream banking and finance and need support in this area Increased
access to credit is a key to the development of women entrepreneurs in SMEs
bull Counselling and mentoring programmes
Recommendation
This study recommends the establishing of counselling and mentoring centres
Motivation
bull Individually-based services where clients receive help and support on problems
specific to their businesses have proven to be most effective
bull Counselling programmes tend to be expensive One way of cutting costs is by using
volunteers and using group-based services for more general issues
109
bull Attention must be paid to hiring female consultants avoiding a male environment and providing services sensitive to womens needs In addition gender training of consultants should be done
bull Many women want post-start-up support accessible after trying out the skills learned in earlier training Mentoring is one method of providing this support which can be very effective as it addresses the specific problems faced by the individual entrepreneur This kind of support includes individual or group-based assistance directed at specific problems where mentors serve as role models Based on a longer-term relationship with the mentor this is essentially a form of knowledge transfer It can be tailored to client needs and therefore can have high effectiveness and impact However it can also be costly in terms of mentors time
bull Mentoring can be offered to individuals or groups Individual mentoring is often more effective and have a greater impact as it addresses problems specific to the womens businesses Group-based mentoring offers other benefits such as group solidarity and the opportunity to learn from others experiences
bull However as mentioned earlier mentoring can be an expensive service to provide Many support agencies have cut costs by using volunteer mentors but mentor quality has to be monitored Supply of female mentors volunteer or not is sometimes a problem Coupling mentoring with a sectoral focus has emerged as a good strategy to help women to enter new industries Use of female mentors and having women-only group mentoring programmes increases the likelihood that women will use the services
bull Information sharing and network formation
Recommendation
The study wants to emphasize the need for the development of a specific women entrepreneur association within the Ekurhuleni district for the main purpose of networking and information sharing
110
Motivation
Information is a key resource for women entrepreneurs Information can relate to markets suppliers costs and technology and networks have emerged as key strategy for offering support to women entrepreneurs Networking is very important to the success of a business and it is identified as one of the key ways to strengthen womens enterprises as it can provide access to information new customers and suppliers Networks are relations with others in the business community and are an important way to access information
Sometimes training courses provide early networking opportunities giving practice
time to women before they go out to network in the wider business environment
Training courses also allow women to meet others starting businesses Networks can
also contribute to the knowledge and development of support agencies
Information exchange in the networks is provided through many means including one-
stop shops trade fairs and the Internet Information technology has proven to be an
important asset for accessing information and expanding networks Often the network
makes services and information available to entrepreneurs by toll free telephone fax in
person and through the Internet In fact the use of the internet has greatly helped to
widen the geographic areas of networks both between entrepreneurs and between
support agencies Internet allows clients to access it at times that suit their schedules
This helps women have greater access as they often have to juggle multiple demands
on their time Online networks and community business centres offer networking
opportunities Decentralized service provision also insures that the information provided
to local women is relevant to the local context
i l l
bull Support organisations
Recommendation
Accumulation of support organisations must take place Through awareness the involvement of organisations and institutions must be increased
Motivation
Many different types of organisations can provide either direct or indirect support to women entrepreneurs The different organisations working with women entrepreneurs include NGOs credit providers training and technical assistance centres research institutes and universities professional organisations government agencies and private sector organisations
Professional membership organisations have also emerged as important agencies which work to change policy and provide services and networks to members They work best when they serve a clientele with common interests The membership organisations must serve women business owners with gender being perceived as one commonality across which membership organisations can be established
Private sector actors other than banks or private training providers include suppliers of inputs final goods customers and consultants They work with women entrepreneurs through subcontracting arrangements and by supplying inputs raw materials used equipment or technical assistance These are viewed as an increasingly important source of assistance for women entrepreneurs particularly for-profit service providers In addition to this consultants may work with entrepreneurs directly for a fee or as volunteers For example some firms may volunteer their staffs time as consultants while some individuals working in the private sector may do so independent of their place of work
112
Universities and research institutes can also contribute to the development of women entrepreneurs through provision of trainers and consultants and through direct research on entrepreneurship with particular focus on women and by highlighting their contribution to the local regional and national economy In some cases they can also develop technologies to improve productivity and reduce the time burden of women
54 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY
The success of this study is based upon the realising of the primary and secondary
objectives as indicated in section 13 of this study
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
In order to reach the primary objectives successfully the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a global context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
The first secondary objective namely to gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African economy was achieved through a comprehensive literature study in chapter two This chapter act as a motivation to this question by supplying ambient evidence in the role women entrepreneurs plays in the South African economy
113
The second secondary objective that is to study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur was also realised through the literature review in chapter two
The third secondary objective to identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing their own business ventures was achieved by both the literature review in chapter three and the detailed empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five
The fourth secondary objective to examine current development programmes in a
global context was realised through both chapter twos literature review focusing on
South African development programmes and a detailed description of international good
practices in chapter three
The last secondary objective to suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district was achieved through the results obtained during the empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five The results of this empirical research led to the development of a women entrepreneurship development framework as represented in section 53 of chapter five Practical recommendations forms part of the framework developed
Trough the achieving of all secondary objectives and the framework discussed in section
53 it can therefore be concluded that the primary objective namely the development of
a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
were achieved
55 SUGGESTION FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
Forthcoming work can build on this review by focusing on measuring the effectiveness
of programmes and initiative that was implemented due to recommendation issued in
section 53 of this review
114
Furthermore as explained earlier it is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations and the municipality should strive for the systematic and frequent collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship as to ensure that up to date and relevant programmes are in place to support the female entrepreneurs
56 SUMMARY
The purpose of this chapter was to conclude on the empirical study by compiling a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni was given that included the following aspects The biographical information of the female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support needs of the female entrepreneur
The empirical research resulted in recommendations to women entrepreneurship
development in Ekurhuleni being made That was followed by a critical evaluation of the
study in regards to the achievement of the research objectives Suggestions for future
studies were also recommended
Gender sensitivity of programme design and service delivery is critical Agencies which have a successful record in reaching women are always aware of the characteristics of their female and male clients and the gender-specific barriers affecting their economic participation when designing programmes Thus gender aware needs assessment is a vital tool to good service design and delivery
115
Furthermore developing a supportive environment for womens entrepreneurship is important to womens success This includes helping women to deal with their multiple roles and involving men families and communities (as appropriate) in womens entrepreneurship Support agencies must understand womens goals and objectives in becoming entrepreneurs and work to support those goals Providing for both practical and strategic gender needs is central to womens economic success While not all agencies can work at both levels the experience from developed countries shows that service providers should make an effort to partner with agencies which work to address deeper strategic issues through advocacy and policy change
Therefore an important learning is the need to couple programme actions with policy work In order to make long-term changes in womens ability to participate freely in the economy the socio-cultural constraints on women must be addressed Advocacy work should be directed at policymakers in order to raise their awareness of the important role of women in the economy and the positive effect of economic participation on women and their families
116
BIBLIOGRAPHY
AFFHOLDER J amp BOX DM 2004 Struggles of female entrepreneurs Allied
Academies International Conference Proceedings of the Academy of Entrepreneurship
10(1)
AIDIS R 2003 Entrepreneurship and economic transition Tinbergen Institute
discussion paper pp 5
ALTMAN M 2001 Paths to employment expansion in a minerals economy Urban
Forum Special Issue First International Conference on Employment Creation in
Development 12(3-4) 314
ANNA L CHANDLER G JANSEN E amp MERO N 2000 Women business owners
in traditional and non-traditional industries Journal of Business Venturing 15(3) 279-
303
ARIF M 2008 Definition and introduction of entrepreneurship Shri Ramswaroop
College of Engineering amp Management
AUSTRIAN INSTITUTE FOR SMALL BUSINESS RESEARCH (IFGH) 2002 Good
practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship Examples from Europe and other
OECD countries Pp 1 - 110
BANERJEE A GALIANI S LEVINSOHN J MCLAREN Z amp WOOLARD I 2007
Why has unemployment risen in the new South Africa [Web]
httpwwwnberorgpapersw13167 [Date of access 20 July 2008]
BARTLETT J E KOTRLIK J W amp HIGGINS C 2001 Organizational research
Determining appropriate sample size for survey research information Technology
Learning and Performance Journal 19(1) 43-50
117
BARUAH S 2005 Entrepreneurship Concept and definition Indian Institute of
Entrepreneurship
BENNETT R amp DANN S 2000 The changing experience of Australian female
entrepreneurs Gender Work and Organization 7(2) 75-83
BERRY A VON BLOTTNITZ M CASSIM R KESPER A RAJARATNAM B amp
VAN SEVENTER D 2002 The economics of SMMES in South Africa Paper presented
at the 2002 Trade and industrial policy strategy conference
BHORAT H 2002 Employment and unemployment trends in Post-Apartheid South
Africa Paper Prepared for the Presidency 10-Year Cabinet Review Process 2nd draft
BHORAT H amp HODGE J 1999 Decomposing shifts in labour demand in South Africa
South African Journal of Economics 67(3) 348-380
BHORAT H amp CASSIM R 2004 The challenge of growth employment and poverty in
the South African economy since democracy An exploratory review of selected issues
Development Southern Africa 21 (1) 7 -31
BODEN R amp NUCCI A 2000 On the survival prospects of mens and womens new
business ventures Journal of Business Venturing 15(4) 347-362
BORGIA D SEGAL G amp SCHOENFELD J 2005 The motivation to become an
entrepreneur College of Business Fort Myers Florida USA
BOTHA M 2006 Measuring the effectiveness of the women entrepreneurship
programme as a training intervention on potential start-up and established women
entrepreneurs in South Africa Pretoria University of Pretoria (Unpublished PhD-
thesis)
118
BRADLEY F amp BOLES K 2003 Female entrepreneurs from ethnic backgrounds An
exploration of motivations and barriers pp 301
BROWN W 2002 Ambition versus action do males and females exhibit conflicting
perspectives of entrepreneurial potential and growth A study among entrepreneurship
students and entrepreneurship graduates before and after start-up Paper presented at
the 25th Institute for Small Business and Entrepreneurship National Small Firms Policy
and Research Conference Competing Perspectives of Small Business and
Entrepreneurship
BRUNI A GHERARDI S amp POGGIO B 2004 Entrepreneur-mentality gender and
the study of women entrepreneurs Journal of Organizational Change Management
17(3) 256-268
BRUSH C CARTER N GATEWOOD E GREENE P amp HART M 2006 Womens
entrepreneurship in the United States
CAMPBELL H 2004 A study of knowledge management strategies as enabled by the
support of asynchronous groupware systems Pretoria University of South Africa
(Unpublished PhD-thesis)
CARREE M ampTHURIK AR 1998 Small firms and economic growth in Europe
Atlantic Economic Journal 26 (2) 137-146
CASALE D amp POSEL D 2002 The continued feminisation of the labour force in South
Africa An analysis of recent data and trends South African Journal of Economics
70(1) 156-184
CASSAR G 2006 Entrepreneur opportunity costs and intended venture growth
Journal of Business Venturing 21 610-632
119
CARTER S ANDERSON S amp SHAW E 2001 Womens business ownership A
review of the academic popular and internet literature Report to the Small Business
Service wwwsbsgovukcontentresearchcarter-reportpaf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
CARTER N GARTNER W SHAVER K amp GATEWOOD E 2003 The career
reasons of nascent entrepreneurs Journal of Business Ventunng 18 13-39
CHANDRA V amp NGANOU J 2001 Obstacles to formal employment creation in South
Africa Evidence from recent firm surveys Paper presented to DPRU Conference
Johannesburg November
CLIFF J 1998 Does one size fit all Exploring the relationship between attitudes
towards growth gender and business size Journal of Business Ventunng 13(6) 523-
542
DE GROOT TU 2001 Women entrepreneurship development in selected African
countries For United Nations Industrial Development Organization Pp 1 -36
DE KLERK GJ amp HAVENGA JJD 2004 SME networks and clusters and their
impact on economic growth An exploratory overview of Africa Potchefstroom Northshy
west University
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY (DTI) 2001 Driving competiveness in
South-Africa The integrated industrial strategy Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE A N D INDUSTRY (DTI) 2004 Ten years of small business
support in South Africa 1994-2004 Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Isivande Womens fund [Web]
httpwwwdtiqovzaisivandemainhtm [Date of access 10 September 2008]
120
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 South African Women
Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzasawensawenmainhtm
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Technology for women in business
(TWIB) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzathedtitwibhtm [Date of access 10 September
2008]
DEVEY R SKINNER C amp VALODIA I 2002 The informal economy in South Africa
who where what and how much Paper presented to the DPRU Conference on Labour
Markets and Poverty in South Africa Johannesburg 22-24 October 2002
DEMARTINO Ramp BARBATO R 2003 Differences Between Women and Men MBA
Entrepreneurs Exploring Family Flexibility and Wealth Creation as Career Motivators
Journal of Business Ventunng 18 815-832
DINING OUT 2008 South African restaurants [Web] httpwwwdining-
outcozaEkurhuleni-Mapasp [Date of access 10 September 2008]
DU RIETZ A amp HENREKSON M 2000 Testing the female underperformance
hypothesis Small Business Economics 14 1-10
ECKEL C amp GROSSMAN P 2002 Sex differences and statistical stereotyping in
attitudes toward financial risk Evolution and Human Behaviour 23(4) 281-295
EDWARDS L 2001 Globalisation and the skills bias of occupational employment in
South Africa South African Journal of Economics 69(1) 40-72
EKURHULENI METROPOLITAN MUNICIPALITY (EMM) 2007 Growth and
development strategy 2025 [Web] httpwwwekurhulenicomcontentview454296
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
121
FREY I 2006 Poverty and unemployment in South Africa National Labour and
Economic Development Institute [Web]
http7wwwnalediorgzadocsPovertv20and20unemployment20in20South20A
frica20Feb202006pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
FOGEL DS 1994 Environments for entrepreneurship development key dimensions
and research implications mmsjribsbs02usersAmeMy
DocumentsDEVELOPMENTEnvironments for entrepreneurship development key
dimensions and research implications_ Company Activities amp Management Company
Structures amp Ownership from AIIBusiness_commht [Date of access 1 October 2008]
GATEWOOD E SHAVER K POWERS J amp GARTNER W 2002 Entrepreneurial
expectancy task effort and performance Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2)
187-206
GEORGELLIS Y amp WALL H 2004 Gender differences in self-employment Working
paper The Federal Reserve Bank of Saint Louis
httpresearchstlouisfedOrgwp19991999-008pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
GREENE P HART M GATEWOOD E BRUSH C amp CARTER N 2003 Moving
front and centre An overview of research and theory [Web]
wwwusasbcorgknowledgewhitepapersgreene2003pdf [Date of access 19 March
2008]
GUN DRY L BEN-YOSEPH M amp POSIG M 2002 Contemporary perspectives on
womens entrepreneurship A review and strategic recommendations Journal of
Enterprising Culture 10 (1) 67-86
HISRICH RD PETERS MP amp SHEPHERD DA 2005 Entrepreneurship 6th ed
New York NY McGraw-Hill Irwin
122
HITT MA DACIN TM LEVITAS E ARREGLE JL amp BORZA A 2000 Partner
selection in emerging and developed market contexts resource-based and
organizational learning perspectives Academy of Management Journal 43(3) 449-468
HOGSKOLA M 2008 Female entrepreneurs in Sweden and Thailand Differences and
similarities in Motivation Sweden School of Sustainable Development of Society and
Technology (Unpublished MBA-dissertation)
HUGHES KD 2006 Exploring motivation and success among Canadian women
entrepreneurs America University of Alberta (Unpublished PhD-Thesis)
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR OFFICE (ILO) 2004 Supporting growth-oriented women
entrepreneurs in Ethiopia Kenya amp Tanzania SEED programme Pp 1-113
JALBERT E 2000 Women entrepreneurs in the global economy Pp 55
KANTOR P 2001 Promoting womens entrepreneurship development based on good
to South practice programmes Some experiences from North to South SEED Working
Paper No 9 International Labour Office Geneva
KEH H FOO M amp LIM B 2002 Opportunity evaluation under risky conditions The
cognitive processes of entrepreneurs Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 125-
148
KEPLER E amp SHANE S 2007 Are male and female entrepreneurs really that
different Small business research summary 309(1)
KINGDON G amp KNIGHT J 2005 Unemployment in South Africa 1995-2003 causes
problems and policies Global Poverty Research Group [Web] httpwwwqprqorg
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
123
KLASEN S amp WOOLARD I 1999 Levels trends and consistency of employment and
unemployment figures in South Africa Development Southern Africa 16(1)
KOLLER M 2006 Hysteresis and unemployment in South Africa Bloemfontein
University of the Free State (Dissertation - MCom)
KORUNKA C FRANK H LUEGER M amp MUGLER J 2003 The entrepreneurial
personality in the context of resources environment and the start-up process - A
configurational approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 28(1) 23-42
KOLIRILOFF M 2000 Exploring perceptions of a prior barriers to entrepreneurship A
multidisciplinary approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 25(2) 59-80
KUTANI RO amp BAYRAKTAROGLU S 2003 Female entrepreneurs Social feminist
insights for overcoming the barriers Sakarya University The Faculty of Business
Studies Turkey Pp 3
KYRO P 2001 Women entrepreneurs question mens criteria for success
wwwbabsoneduentrepferBabson202001 [Date of access 10 September 2008]
LEWIS JD 2002 Promoting growth and employment in South Africa South African
Journal of Economics 70(5) 725-41
LOCKE EA amp LATHAM GP 1990 A theory of goal setting and task performance
Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall
LOMBARD K 2001 Female self-employment and demand for flexible non-standard
work schedules Economic Inquiry 39(2) 214-237
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
124
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2007 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
MAHADEA D 2008 The environmental context for SMME entrepreneurship in
Kwazulu-Natal The regulatory environment and its impact on the nature and level of
economic growth and development in South Africa Conference 2008
MARKMAN G BALKIN D amp BARON R 2002 Inventors and new venture formation
The effects of general self-efficacy and regretful thinking Entrepreneurship Theory and
Practice 27(2) 149-166
MARLOW S 1997 Self-employed women new opportunities old challenges
Entrepreneurship amp Regional Development 9(3) 199-211
MAYER M amp ALTMAN M 2005 South Africas economic development trajectory
implications for skills development Journal of Education and Work 18(1) 33-56
MAYOUX L 2001 Jobs gender and small enterprises Getting the policy environment
right - SEED Working Paper No 15 - SEED Working Paper No 15 ILO Geneva
MAYSAMI RC amp GOBY VP 1999 Female business owners in Singapore and
elsewhere A review of studies Journal of Small Business Management 37(2) 96-105
MBOWENI TT 2000 A new monetary policy framework Statement of the Monetary
Policy Committee 6 April SARB [Web] httpwwwreservebankcoza internet
publicationnsf [Date of access 10 September 2008]
MCCLELLAND E SWAIL J BELL J amp IBBOTSON P 2005 Following the pathway
of female entrepreneurs A six-country investigation International Journal of
Entrepreneurial Behavior amp Research 11 (2) 84-107
MCVICAR M amp CRAIG JF 1981 Minding my own business Entrepreneurial women
share their secrets of success New York Richard Marek
MITCHELL R BUSENITZ L LANT T MCDOUGALL P MORSE E amp SMITH J
2002 Toward a theory of entrepreneurial cognition Rethinking the people side of
entrepreneurship research Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 93-104
MOHR P amp FOURIE L 2000 Economics for South African students 2nd ed Pretoria
Van Schaik Publishers
NIEUWENHUIZEN C amp KROON J 2003 The Relationship between financing criteria
and the success factors of entrepreneurs in small and medium enterprises
Development Southern Africa 20 (1)
NTSIKA ENTERPRISE PROMOTION AGENCY 1999 State of small business in South
Africa Policy and Research Division Pretoria
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2004 Promoting entrepreneurship and innovative SMEs in a Global economy Towards
a more responsible and inclusive globalisation Paper read at2n d OECD conference of
ministers responsible for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) Turkey Istanbul
OECD 1998 Women Entrepreneurs in Small and Medium Enterprises OECD Paris
[Web] httpwwwoecdorg [Date of access 8 September 2008]
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2008 Economic assessment of South Africa 2008 [Web] httpwwwsourceoecdorg
[Date of access 6 June 2008]
OSTENSSON O amp UWIZEYE-MAPENDANO A 2000 Growth and diversification in
mineral economies paper presented at the Regional Workshop for Mineral Economies
in Africa 7-9 November Cape Town South Africa
REVIVO-STEINER M 2006 Women entrepreneurs A growing and promising
phenomenon [Web]
httpyywwwaltassetscomknowledqebankleaminqcurve2006nz9913php [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
ONEILL RC amp VILJOEN L 2001 Support for female entrepreneurs in South Africa
Improvement or decline Journal of Family Ecology and Consumer Sciences 29(1) 37 -
44
RENZULLI L ALDRICH H amp MOODY J 2000 Family matters Gender networks
and entrepreneurial outcomes Social Forces 79(2) 523-546
REYNOLDS PD HAY M BYGRAVE WD CAMP SM AUTIO E 2000 Global
Entrepreneurship Monitor Kauffman Centre for Entrepreneurial Leadership at the Ewing
Marion Kauffman Foundation
RICHARDSON P HOWARTH R amp FINNEGAN G 2004 The Challenges of Growing
Small Businesses Insights from Women Entrepreneurs in Africa SEED Working Paper
No 47
ROGERSON C M 2004 The impact of the South African Governments SMME
Programmes a ten year review (1994-2003) Development Southern Africa 21 (5)
SAMSON M 2000 The macroeconomics of job-creating growth EPRI Research Paper
10 Cape Town Economic Policy Research Institute
SHANE S LOCKE EA amp COLLINS CJ 2003 Entrepreneurial motivation Human
Resource Management Review 13(2) 257-279
127
SANNIKOVA E 2004 Regulatory impediments to enterprise development Mobilizing
womens economic potential International Conference on Reducing Barriers to
Entrepreneurship and Encouraging Enterprise Development Policy Options Salle VII
Palais des Nations 18-19 June 2007 pp 1-13
SHEPHERD D amp KRUEGER N 2002 An intentions-based model of entrepreneurial
teams social cognition Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 167-186
SIGH S REYNOLDSR amp MUHAMMADS 2001 A gender-based performance
analysis of micro and small enterprises in Java Indonesia Journal of Small Business
Management 39 (2) 174-182
SIMMON M amp HOUGHTON S 2002 The relationship among biases misperceptions
and introducing pioneering products examining differences in venture decision contexts
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 105-124
SOUTH AFRICA 1996 National Small Business Act 102 of 1996 Government Gazette
377(17612)
SOUTH AFRICA 2004 National Small Business Amendment Bill 26926 of 2004
Government Gazette B23-2004
SOUTH AFRICAN GOVERNMENT 2008 South African government information
[Web] httpwwwinfogovzaissuesqovtprogstarthtm [Date of access 24 April 2008]
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Mid year population estimates July 2008
rWeblhttpwwwstatssaqovzapublicationsP0302P03022008pdf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
128
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Statistics South Africa 2008 Quarterly labour
force survey (QLFS) Quarter 1 and Quarter 2 rWeb1httpwwwstatssaqovza [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
STATSOFT INC 2008 Statistica (Data Analysis Software System) Vers 8 [Web]
vwvwstatsoftcom [Date of access 16 December 2008]
STRUWIG FW amp STEAD GB 2004 Planning designing and reporting research 3rd
ed Cape Town Pearson Education
TANIGUCHI H 2002 Determinants of womens entry into self-employment Social
Science Quarterly 83(3) 875-894
TAYLOR RR 1988 Exceptional entrepreneurial women Strategies for success New
York NY Quorum Books
TULL DS amp HAWKINS DI 1980 Marketing research Measurement and method 2nd
ed New York NY Macmillan Publishing
UNITED NATIONS 2008 Millennium development goals [Web]
httpwwwunorgrnilleriniumgoals
UNITED NATIONS ECONOMIC COMMISSION FOR EUROPE (UNECE) 2004
Womens self employment and entrepreneurship in the ECE Region Regional
Symposium on Mainstreaming Gender into Economic Policies 28-30 January 2004
UNECE Secretariat Geneva
VERWEY I 2006 Development bank of Southern Africa Case studies on how women entrepreneur in construction experience the entrepreneurial process and manage growth Pp 1-10
129
WALKER C 2003 Piety in the sky gender policy and land reform in South Africa
Journal of Agrarian Change 3(1-2) 113-148
WEILER S amp BERNASEK A 2001 Dodging the glass ceiling Networks and the new
wave of women entrepreneurs The Social Science Journal 3885-103
WRONG DH 2007 Sociology [Web] httpencartamsncom [Date of access 2
February 2008]
ZAHRA SA IRELAND DR GUTIERREZ I amp HITT MA 2000 Privatization and
entrepreneurial transformation emerging issues and a future research agenda
130
Private Bag X6001 Potchefstroom Campus
W^P North-West University BUSINESS SCHOOL Potchefstroom
2520
Code number
APPENDIX A
QUESTIONNAIRE WOMEN ENTREPRENUERSHIP DEVELOPMENT IN
EKURHULENI
CONTACT DETAILS Ame1 Kock
Cell 082 783 0041 E-mail amekockmwebcoza
I9J NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESIT1 YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT POTCHEFSTROOM CAMPUS
WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE PLEASE NOTE
This questionnaire must only be completed by women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni District
All information will be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL and will only be used for academic purposes
Instructions for completion
1 Please answer the questions as objectively and honestly as possible 2 Place a cross (x) in the space provided at each question which reflects your answer the
most accurately Use the following key 1 = Strongly disagree 2 = Disagree 3 = Slightly disagree 4 = Neutral view 5 = Slightly agree 6 = Agree 7 = Strongly agree
Str
ongl
y di
sagr
ee
U)
0) Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
Neu
tral
view
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0)
ltD i_
lt Str
ongl
y ag
ree
B7 Ekurhuleni Municipality is assisting adequately in the needs of especially women entrepreneurs
1 2 3 4 laquo 6 7
It is essential you indicate your choice clearly with a pen
3 Where asked for comments or to express your own opinion keep answers short and to the point
4 Please answer all the questions as this will provide more information to the researcher so that an accurate analysis and interpretation of data can be made
Thank you for your co-operation We hope that you will find the questionnaire interesting and stimulating
l
SECTION A PERSONAL INFORMATION The following information is needed to help us with the statistical analysis of the data for comparisons among different businesses All your responses will be treated confidentially We appreciate your help in providing this important information
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which age group do you fall lt19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
A2 What is your marital status Single Married Divorced Widowed
(01) (02) (03) (04)
Indicate your highest academic qualification
Lower than matric
Matric
Certificate
Diploma (Technical College orTechnicon)
University degree
Postgraduate degree
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the number of children that you have
None
One (1) child
Two (2) children
Three (3) children
Four (4) children
Five (5) children
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the age of your children
No children
One (1) to five (5) years
Six (6) to 10 years
1 1 - 1 8 years
18+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
2
A5 Indicate your past experience before self-employment (occupational background)
Unemployed
Self-employed (owned a business)
Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier)
Supervisor (first-line management)
Middle management
Top (executive) management
A6 Indicate the number of years that you are self-employed
Less than one (1) year
1 -3 years
4 - 5 years
6 - 1 0 years
More than 10 years Please specify
3
SECTION B BUSINESS INFORMATION
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which industry does your business operate
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Manufacturing
Construction
Transportdistribution
Accommodation and restaurant (guest houses hotel)
Food industry
Agricultureforest ryfishing
Services (Please specify the type of service)
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
Indicate the legal status of your business (form of business ownership)
Sole proprietorship
Partnership
Close corporation
Company (private)
Company (public)
Business Trust
Not registered
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
What is the age of the business (years)
Please specify
4
B4 Indicate your path to business ownership
Started (founded) the business (01)
Purchase the business (02)
Join the family business (03)
Inherited the business (from the family) (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B5 Indicate your source of start-up funding
Personal savings (01)
Borrowed orgifted(donated) from relative or friend (02)
Householdspouse (03)
Sold previous business (04)
Bank loan (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
B6 Indicate the business premises (from where does the business operates)
From home (home-based) (01)
Central business district (CBD) (02)
Outlying business area (03)
Industrial area (03)
Agriculture land (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B7 How many permanent employees are employed by your business
Myself 2-4 5-10 11-25 26-50 51-100 101-200 200+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
gt
Indicate the turnover (annual sales) that your business generates
Less than R30 000
R30 000 - R50 000
R50 000-R100 000
R100 000-R500 000
R500 000 - R1 million
R1 million - R5 million
R5 million+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
Did you have any exposure to business in your childhood (ie partents close family friend owned a business)
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes who owned the business (Please specify - ie father mother sibling family friend close friend)
B10 Is the present business the first business that you own Yes (01)
No (02)
If no please indicate what happened to the business previously owned
Went out of business (03)
Still successful (04)
Sold of (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
6
SECTION C MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS The purpose of this section is to determine which factors drove female entrepreneurs to
enter into their own business ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block with a cross (X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee 0
W Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
MOTIVATION FOR ENTERING SELF-EMPLOYMENT OR TO START OWN BUSINESS
C1 The need for independence 2 3 4 5 6 7
C2 Need for flexible work schedule 2 3 4 5 6 7
C3 Need for a challenge 2 3 4 5 6 7
C4 Self-fulfilment 2 3 4 5 6 7
C5 To develop my hobby 2 3 4 5 6 7
C6 Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members 2 3 4 5 6 7
C7 Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C8 Difficulty finding a job 2 3 4 5 6 7
C9 Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C10 Compatibility with family duties 2 3 4 5 6 7
C11 Insufficient family income 2 3 4 5 6 7
C12 Desire for wealth 2 3 4 5 6 7
C13 Ensure high job security 2 3 4 5 6 7
C14 Entered the family business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C15 Confidence in the productservice offered 2 3 4 5 6 7
C16 Others (Please specify)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD
O) a w a S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree CD
0) i_
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
DEMOGRAPHIC ASPECTS
C17 Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C18 Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 2 3 4 5 6 7
C19 The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 2 3 4 5 6 7
C20 Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C21 Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C22 Other aspects of Ekurhuleni that motivated you in starting your business in this region
8
SECTION D OBSTACLES TOWARDS WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers has for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those barriers
still exist today The purpose of this section is to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers
that were faced by current female entrepreneurs in entering and running their own business
ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block Witha cross(X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD CD
O )
cgt
b Slig
htly
di
sagr
ee
Neu
tral
view
S
light
ly
agre
e CD CD
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) THAT INHIBIT THE FEMALE ENTREPRENEUR TO START HER OWN BUSINESS
D1 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D2 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D3 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D4 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D5 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D6 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D7 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D8 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D9 Lack of education and training (in general) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D10 Inequality of access to credit (difficultto obtain financing as a female)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D11 Lack of self-confidence 2 3 4 5 6 7
D12 Risk averse (great fear of failure) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D13 Legislative (lack of focussed women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D14 Other (Please specify)
9
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
U) m b S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree (D
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) YOU ARE FACING CURRENTLY IN RUNNING YOUR BUSINESS
D15 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D16 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D17 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D18 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D19 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D20 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D21 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D22 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D23 Liquidity and other financial problems 2 3 4 5 6 7
D24 Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D25 No timefortrainingupgrading of skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D26 Other (Please specify)
SECTION E DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF ENTREPRENEURS Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
Have you ever been trained or developed by either a government agency or the private sector
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes name the institution
Indicate the type of training that you received
Technical skills (ie hand crafting)
Communication skills
Accounting skills
Management skills
Technological skills (computers)
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
Do you know any organisation which is specifically established for women entrepreneurs
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes what is the name of that organisation
How does the organisation helps to develop women entrepreneurs in their activities (Choose one or more)
Provides education and training
Provides financial assistance
Supportsenables networking with other women entrepreneurs
Provides accessexposure to motivational speakersrole models
Provides business information
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
11
Indicate your specific needs (Choose one or more)
Financial support
Trainingknowledgeskills
Tools equipment machinery
Business advice information counselling mentoring
Marketing support
Suitable business premises
Growth Support
Technical support
Psychological support
Networking with other business owners
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity)
Legal support
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area
Other (Please specify)
THANK YOU FOR YOUR TIME
12
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I would like to express my gratitude to everyone who made it possible to complete this
dissertation First I extend great thanks to Professor Stephan van der Merwe my
dissertation advisor for his patients and considerable mentoring His advice and support
were essential to the successful completion of this research
Secondly thanks to all the women entrepreneurs that made time in their busy schedules
to participate in this study Your effort is greatly appreciated
Lastly and most importantly I would like to extend my heartfelt gratitude to my family and
friends for their love and support through the hard times and above all teaching me to
expect only the best from myself
111
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABSTRACT j
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS jjj
TABLE OF CONTENTS jv
LIST OF FIGURES viii
LIST OF TABLES ix
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY 1
11 INTRODUCTION 1
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT 4
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 6
131 Primary Objective 6
132 Secondary objectives 6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 7
141 Field of Study 7
142 Geographical 7
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 8
151 Literature review 8
152 Empirical research 9
1521 Research design 10
1522 Sampling frame 11
1523 Sampling method 11
1524 Questionnaire design 12
1525 Verification of questionnaire 14
1526 Distribution of questionnaires 15
1527 Data analysis 15
16 LIMITATIONS TO THE STUDY 15
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY 16
IV
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN 19
ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION 19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 20
121 South African employment 20
222 South African economy trajectory 22
223 Reasons for unemployment 24
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA 27
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship 27
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) 29
233 Government strategy 31
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI 38
241 Ekurhuleni demographic 38
242 Ekurhuleni economics 40
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure 41
25 SUMMARY 46
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP 47
31 INTRODUCTION 47
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY 47
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP 50
331 Motivation 52
332 Opportunity identification 54
333 Type of business started 55
334 Venture size 56
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs 56
336 Growth strategies 59
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT 60
35 SUMMARY 65
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 67
41 INTRODUCTION 67
42 GATHERING OF DATA 67
421 Development and construction of questionnaire 67
v
422 Data collection 69
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS 71
431 Age group description of respondents 71
432 Marital status of respondents 72
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
434 Number of children 74
435 Age group description of children 75
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES 77
441 Number of permanent employees 77
442 Turnover of business 78
443 Economic sector of operation 79
444 Legal status of business 81
445 Business premises 82
446 Age of business 83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP 84
451 Path to business ownership 84
452 Previous employment experience 85
453 Years self employed 86
454 Source of start-up funding 87
455 Role models 88
456 First ownership 89
46 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS 90
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors 90
462 Ekurhuleni support 93
463 Obstacles to business start-up 94
464 Obstacles currently faced in business 96
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS 98 48 SUMMARY 99
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 101
51 INTRODUCTION 101
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 101
521 Biographical information results 102
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results 102
VI
523 Path to ownership results 102
524 Motivational factors to self employment result 102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni 103
526 Obstacles to business start-up results 103
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results 103
528 Support need results 104
53 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY 113
55 SUGGESTIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 114
56 SUMMARY 115
BIBLIOGRAPHY 117
APPENDIX A - W O M E N ENTREPRENEURSHIP QUESTIONNAIRE 131
vu
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni metropolitan
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former east Rand) region
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007I
Figure 31 Framework for the support of women entrepreneurship activity
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in
Ekurhuleni
LIST OF TABLES
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006 3
Table 21 Key labour market indicators 21
Table 22 South African projectory indicators 28
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa 32
Table 24 Small business support institutions 34
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks 37
Table 26 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics 39
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship theory 49
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurship 51
Table 41 Age group description of respondents 71
Table 42 Marital status of respondents 72
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
Table 44 Number of children of respondents 75
Table 45 Age group description of children 76
Table 46 Number of permanent employees 77
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business 79
Table 48 Economic sector of operation 80
Table 49 Legal status of business 81
Table 410 Business premises 82
Table 411 Age of business 83
Table 412 Path to business ownership 84
Table 413 Previous employment experience 85
Table 414 Years self employed 87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding 88
Table 416 Role models 89
Table 417 First ownership 90
Table 418 women entrepreneurship motivation factors 91
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support
this district is providing to their business operations 93
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up 95
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business 97
IX
Table 422 Support needs of respondents 98
x
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY
11 INTRODUCTION
In the year 2000 the largest gathering of world leaders in human history signed an agreement committing to achieve measurable improvements in the most critical areas of human development This agreement came to be called the Millennium Development Goals and it contained an important commitment to halve poverty by the year 2015 Now eight years after the Millennium Summit we better understand three important facts (United Nations 2008 1)
bull Poverty alleviation goals will not be achieved without sustainable economic growth in the developing world
bull This economic growth will rely in large part on the success of the private sector
bull Private sector development must touch all segments of the economy including the micro enterprise and SME sectors
The hypothesis that entrepreneurship is linked to economic growth finds Its most immediate foundation in simple intuition common sense and pure economic observation activities to convert ideas into economic opportunities lie at the very heart of entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a source of innovation and change and as such spurs improvements in productivity and economic competitiveness
With nearly half of its population living in conditions of extreme poverty caused by high unemployment rate the economic realities of South Africa are harsh And yet the promise of sustainable development remains bright By creating economic growth South African entrepreneurs are proving to be at the heart of that promise and a key weapon in the fight against poverty (Mboweni 2000 1)
1
No economically successful country can operate using less than half of its business
resources According to the latest labour force survey and mid year population estimates
released by Statistics South Africa women in South Africa currently make up 518
percent of South Africas adult population 439 percent of the workforce 566 percent of
the unemployed and 525 percent of the working age population (Statistics South Africa
2008 3) But unfortunately their contribution has not been adequately nurtured
Although limited research was focused on this topic in South Africa international
research has shown that women face a number of difficulties in establishing and
maintaining businesses Although most of these difficulties are common to both
genders in many cases they tend to be more significant for female entrepreneurs
(Edwards 2001 45) This is due to factors such as
bull Gender discrimination and stereotypes
bull Differences in the way women and men approach entrepreneurship
bull Difficulties in reconciling business and family obligations
bull The choice of business types and sectors
bull Information gaps
bull Lack of contacts and access to networking
Women entrepreneurship is still in its infancy in South Africa and only recently did the
government start to focus on this dynamic field of high importance The Department of
Trade and Industry (dti) has over the last few years tried to undertake a range of
initiatives to promote and support the economic empowerment of women These include
the holding of a number of conferences the establishment of the South African
Womens Empowerment Network and commissioning of studies looking at the internal
operations and external impact of both the Department of Trade and Industry and its
associated institutions from a gender perspective (Department of Trade and Industry
2008 1) Unfortunately these government activities did not shed or lighten any problems
that woman entrepreneurs are still facing today as South Africa is still not placed
favourable against other international countries in regards to entrepreneurship as
2
indicated by the 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) report (Maas amp
Herrington 2006 24)
The GEM is a research programme launched in 1999 that provides annual assessments
of the national level of entrepreneurship GEM analyses are based on a harmonised
assessment of the level of national entrepreneurial activity for the participating countries
and represent one of the rare sources of data on entrepreneurship conducive to crossshy
country comparison The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share
of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a
new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old According to the GEM
report 2006 (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) South Africa is placed 30th out of 42
participant countries as indicated in table 11 The table furthermore indicate that South
Africas position on the global ranking continues to deteriorate relative to other
participating countries This is despite improved macro-economic conditions in the
country
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006
South Africas TEA ranking
2001 14m out of 28 countries
2002 20m out of 37 countries
2003 22nd out of 31 countries
2004 20m out of 34 countries
2005 25th out of 34 countries
2006 30m out of 42 countries
Source Maas amp Herrington (200624)
Currently the global average for female entrepreneurship is standing at seven point
seven percent of the population South African women are however currently
performing at just four point eight percent (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) Almost three
percent lower than the global average indicating that considerable scope exists to
improve the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
3
Therefore a great need for a conceptual framework in the context of women entrepreneurship development must be look into This kind of framework will contribute to an unlimited advantage and sustainable growth for the South African economy
The South African National Small Business Act (1996) and National Small Business Amendment Bill (292004 2) classify micro very small small and medium-sized businesses as businesses that employ less than 200 full-time equivalent of paid employees
The focus of this study was thus small and medium-sized women owned businesses as
define above
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT
Research on women entrepreneurship remains limited in the South African context and
this has a direct influence on the formulation and implementation of policies and support
programmes that could be one of the main causes of South Africas current poor
performance in regards to female entrepreneurship activity
But in order to develop appropriate interventions to promote women entrepreneurs in
South Africa and therefore create a sustaining and entrepreneurial environment in the
country it is necessary first to understand more about them
This study will focus on enhancing the understanding of the profile of the woman entrepreneur through examining the contextual social psychological and economic factors that influence and shape the woman entrepreneur in a complex dynamic environment
Womens entrepreneurship needs to be studied separately for four main reasons
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
4
Firstly because womens entrepreneurs has been recognised during the last decade as
an important untapped source of economic growth Women creating unique solutions to
management business problems and exploitation of entrepreneurial opportunities
necessities this field of study As a result women represent a readily available pool of
potential entrepreneurial activity that countries may leverage to improve their economies
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
Secondly although without a doubt the economic impact of women is significant little
substantial research was done on this field Leaving unventured ground for further
research The topic of women in entrepreneurship has been largely neglected both in
society in general and in the social sciences (Organisation for economic co-operation
and development 2004 5)
Thirdly according to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(2004 5) not only do women participate less in entrepreneurship than men but will also
participate in entrepreneurial activities in other industries than those of their male
counterparts The industries (primarily retail education and other service industries)
chosen by women are often perceived as being less important to economic development
and growth than high-technology and manufacturing
It is thus clear that scientific research on women entrepreneurship is important to gain
knowledge on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs in order to make
recommendations
Lastly current support policies and programmes do not take into consideration the
unique needs of woman entrepreneurs sketching an unequal playing field and resulting
in a bias towards male entrepreneurs
From the worlds largest producer of gold a century ago the geographical area known
as the Ekurhuleni has become an entity of note in a globally competitive business and
industry Leaving ambient source of entrepreneurial opportunities not currently utilised to
5
full potential The study will therefore also aim to lessen this gap in the development of
women entrepreneurs in this dynamic district by developing a contextual framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship specifically in Ekurhuleni
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY
This study is based on both a primary objective and secondary objectives
131 Primary objective
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
132 Secondary objectives
In order to achieve the primary objective the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a South African context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
141 Field of the study
This study focused on the major discipline of entrepreneurship with the specific emphasis on women entrepreneurship
142 Geographical
Ekurhuleni comprised of nine towns of the former East Rand namely Greater Alberton Benoni Germiston Springs Kempton Park Edenvale Nigel Brakpan and Boksburg Refer to figure 11 for a map of the region
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
7
Ekurhuleni is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region
Ekurhuleni is a Tsonga word and can loosely be translated as the place of peace It denotes a place with plentiful opportunities for any enthusiastic entrepreneur but not to the avail of some unique challenges forfeiting by this diverse region
This study therefore determined what unique challenges specifically woman
entrepreneurs are facing while venturing into this dynamic environment
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
151 Literature study
A study of the literature involves tracing identifying and analysing documents containing information relating to the research problem (Struwig amp Stead 2001 38)The main aim of the literature study was first of all is to gain a body of knowledge regarding woman entrepreneurship and geographical aspects where after this knowledge was formulated into a comprehensive understanding of current elements associated to women entrepreneurs This understanding was utilised in the design of the questionnaire for the empirical study
Other advantages to the literature study (Struwig amp Stead 2001 39)
bull The literature study can provide a perspective on the study
bull The literature study can highlight previous investigations pertinent to the research
topic and indicate how other researchers have dealt with similar research problems
in similar situations
bull It can reveal unfamiliar sources of information
8
bull Can stimulate new ideas and approaches
bull It can provide a framework for the evaluation and assessment of future work
Various sources of secondary data including the following was studied and applied to
this study
bull Scientific journals
bull Text books
bull Reports from the Department of Trade and Industry (dti) of South Africa
bull Other dissertations and thesis on entrepreneurship
bull Statistical reports from Statistics South Africa
bull Environmental reports
Sources accessed and retrieved were used to write the literature review covering two
chapters The aim with chapter two was to provide background information to the study
in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise
development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the
South African economy
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
152 Empirical study
Empirical research activities contribute to casual understanding by investigating
relationships between scores obtained from cases on measure of concepts (Schwab
1999 3)
9
Three activities are needed to conduct empirical research
bull Measurement Measurement activities are aimed at obtaining scores on
measurement that correspond to the concepts studied
bull Research design Research design establishes procedures to obtain participants
and to determine how scores are obtained on measures
bull Analyses Analysis are performed to describe scores on single measures and
especlaWy to identify relationships that may exist between scores across different
measures
1521 Research design
The data on female-owned businesses are limited and the need for further research on female entrepreneurs has been identified as long ago as the early 1980s Most international studies on female entrepreneurs suffered from limitations that preluded their generalisation (ONeill amp Viljoen 200137)
Due to the incompleteness of current literature available on the subject of women entrepreneurship quantitative methods was utilised in combination with current available literature to formulate questions established during the study A hypothesis was therefore not formulated due to the exploratory nature of this study
As a component to the explorative nature of the study a survey of female entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni was conducted Survey research can be described as the gathering and scrutiny of responses from samples of people to polls and questionnaires that are designed to draw out their opinions attitudes and sentiments on a particular subject (Wrong 2007 1)
The survey instrument utilised in the study was a standardised questionnaire This questionnaire was administered either as interview schedule in face to face interviewing or was handed to participants to complete by themselves
10
For the purpose of the study the unit of analysis was the individual
The general mode of analysis used in this research is the one referred to as explanation building Explanation building points out that to explain a phenomenon is to stipulate a set of causal links about it In the context of approaches such as these sets of causal links are typically seen as being among the basic elements of a theoretical framework (Campbell 2004 22)
1522 Sampling frame
The sampling frame can be defined as the list of ultimate sampling entities and must be representative of the population and this is a question outside the scope of statistical theory demanding the judgment of experts in the particular subject matter being studied (Bartlett Kotrlik amp Higgins 2001 44)
The sampling frame identified for this study included all women entrepreneurs that owned small and medium-size businesses in Ekurhuleni This could include women entrepreneurs in the start-up phase of their respective business as well as established businesses owned by women
1523 Sampling method
The unavailability of a women owned business database in Ekurhuleni prompted this
review to make use of a hybrid mix of two types of sampling methods for this study
Firstly a convenience sampling method was chosen due to the accessibility and articulation of the sampling frame as well as the sufficiently homogeneous (similar) universe
Secondly Snowball sampling is a special non-probability method used when the desired
sample characteristic is rare While this technique can dramatically lower search costs it
11
comes at the expense of introducing bias because the technique itself reduces the
likelihood that the sample will represent a good cross section from the population
1524 Questionnaire design
The realm of survey research includes concepts and strategies that enable the researcher to accumulate data concerning the attitudes opinions and knowledge of a population or sample
One of the most potent survey research tools is the questionnaire which can be administered directly by telephone through the mail or used as structure in a face to face interview Because a questionnaire allows a researcher to gather data conveniently from large samples it is a useful tool to collect and analyse data from groups that may be affected by changes in professional practice or education
Unfortunately many questionnaires contain major flaws that render them incomprehensible to respondents or do not collect the intended data If a questionnaire is incomprehensible to the recipient it is unlikely to be returned a questionnaire that does not gather valid information does not allow the researcher to address the research problem being studied
A researchers attention to several fundamental principles for developing a questionnaire
greatly enhances the likelihood that valid and reliable data will be gathered
Generally the term validity refers to the ability of an instrument to measure actually what the researcher intends to measure Reliability refers to the consistency of a questionnaire in gathering data Optimally each time an individual responds to an item he or she should choose the same response Thus carefully developed questionnaires tend to gather data that accurately represent the knowledge attitudes or opinions of the respondents and address the researchers research problem
12
As a tool to collect data the questionnaire has advantages and limitations that must be taken into account
The main advantages of using a questionnaire are the following
bull Data are gathered economically because the cost for each completed response is low
bull Distributional flexibility is provided because the questionnaire can be sent almost anywhere
bull Data can be gathered from a large number of subjects
bull The data gathered can be standardised especially if an item requires a response from a group of choices provided by the researcher
bull The process is time efficient because it generally involves less of the researchers time to gather data in comparison with an equivalent number of interviews
The main limitations of a questionnaire are the following
bull The subjects motivation while completing a questionnaire is unknown
bull Data cannot be gathered from subjects who are illiterate
bull The researcher must assume all subjects have sufficient knowledge to complete the
questionnaire
bull The researcher must assume that all subjects are willing to answer all questions
bull All subjects who receive questionnaires may not complete and return them
bull Questionnaires do not allow follow-up questions such as an interviewer may pose to
clarify a given response
bull Although each subject receives the same items in a questionnaire test conditions
cannot be standardised
bull Subjects may not interpret items contained in a questionnaire in the same manner
Perceptions of what an item asks may differ
13
After carefully reviewing the advantages and limitations of using a questionnaire for a
particular study a researcher must decide if the advantages outweigh the limitations
Keeping the above advantages and disadvantages in mind this review followed the
below nine step plan in the questionnaire design process
bull Step one (1) Identify the problem to be studied
bull Step two (2) Translate the problem into a testable form
bull Step three (3) Determine what data must be collected and analysed
bull Step four (4) Identify sources where data can be obtained
bull Step five (5) Describe how data will be gathered
bull Step six (6) Decide on input method
bull Step seven (7) Construct questionnaire in an understandable format
bull Step eight (8) Verification of questionnaire
bull Step nine (9) Distribution
The questionnaire design was two folded This review made use of selection based
questions where more than one answer could be marked Another method employed
was the use of a seven point Likert scale
In the arena of social sciences Likert scale is a popular instrument to measure
constructs such as attitudes images and opinions To facilitate data analysis each
response category on the scale is generally assigned successively an integer value The
questionnaire requests respondents to specify their level of agreement to each of a list
of statements
1525 Verification of questionnaires
The questionnaire was pretested by fellow students at the Potchefstroom Business
School to test the accuracy precision and statistical usefulness of the questionnaire
prior to study
14
After the completion of the pretest a pilot phase was conducted by selecting women
entrepreneurs from a target population and simulates the procedures and protocol that will take place during the actual study The questionnaire was adapted accordance to any problems accounted during the verification process
1526 Distribution of questionnaires
Various options for questionnaire distribution are available to researches Questionnaire can be distributed either by post e-mail fax or directly delivered to participants This review made use of e-mail and direct delivery as to reduce the time frame for returns
1527 Data analysis
Descriptive statistics was used to obtain baseline data Data from questionnaires was coded The data collected were statistically analysed using Statistica (Statsoft 2008) Advanced statistical procedures were utilised to investigate and transform data to useful outputs such as frequency tables These frequency tables were used to make conclusions and provide recommendations to the development of the women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni
16 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY
This review has identified the following limitations of the study
bull The primary limitations of the study were possible threats to internal validity through (1) size of the sample (2) lack of randomisation The findings of this research can thus not be generalised to all women-owned enterprises in Ekurhuleni South Africa or the world
bull Academic articles on women business owners are still rare and mainstream entrepreneurship journals pay little attention to gender issues The discrepancy
15
between achievements in business ownership and lack of attention to them poses a
paradox
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY
The figure below depicts a simplified process through which this research will
predicatively flow It began with a choice of a broad research area progressed through
the formulation of a well defined and delimited research problem and the development of
an appropriate methodology This step will follow with the research proposal
Note the two headed arrows between each stage of the process indicating the cyclical nature of research planning After each step is completed it might be necessary to alter or rework previous steps to supply structure to the study
The research study is divided into six chapters
Chapter 1 Nature and scope of the study
Chapter 1 serves to orientate the reader to a paradigm perspective to the study This
chapter includes aspects such as the problem statement objectives of the study scope
of the study research methodology limitations of the study and the layout of the study
Chapter 2 and 3 Literature review
These chapters forms part of the literature review from which the research problem was
developed
The aim with chapter two is to provide background information to the study in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the South African economy
16
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
IDEA OR BROAD TOPIC AREA x WELL DEFINED AND DELIMITED RESEARCH PROBLEM
RESEARCH PROPOSAL
TMPERICAL STUDY
X HPR(
X t
TER2and3)
DATA COLLECTION
SAMPLING DESIGN
vfhL V
B^^^^Ji^^lWETATIIOfCsectlaquot^5)
Source Botha (2006)
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
17
Chapter 4 Results and discussion of empirical research
In chapter four a full exposition of the research design and analysis is offered This
empirical research chapter contains the following topics questionnaire design study
population gathering of data presentation of results and discussion of findings
The main purpose of the empirical research chapter is to display the findings in a clear and accessible manner The researcher made use of tables to illustrate the findings
Chapters Conclusions and recommendations
The body of information in this chapter portrays the following topics the conclusion recommendations achievement of the objectives and suggestions for further research
18
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION
According to Zahra Ireland Gutierrez and Hitt (2000 518) much has been discussed and written about the need for entrepreneurial development as an important force for economic development The reality is however that entrepreneurship as a possible economic activity is still not well recognised and poorly supported (Hitt Dacin Levitas Arregle amp Borza 2000 453)
Revivo-Steiner (2006 1) indicates that research findings have shown a high positive correlation between the level of national womens entrepreneurial activity and growth in Gross Domestic Product (GDP) suggesting that countries that are successful in promoting entrepreneurship among women could experience a positive impact on economic growth rates A refreshing new approach to entrepreneurship by women emphasises relative advantages of women and how they can be leveraged into entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a dynamic field particularly as it relates to the experience of women entrepreneurs (Kouriloff 2000 60)
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 10) are of the opinion that in common with other developed economies the number of women starting up new businesses in South Africa far exceeds the number of men Since the 1970s more women especially married women have become involved in the full-time workforce With the overall growth in the number of women in full-time work there has been a commensurate increase in the number of women starting their own businesses and hence an increase in the number of potential women entrepreneurs (Department of Trade and Industry (dti) 2001 2) The purpose of this literature study is to embed a research setting as to emphasise the need for the current study
19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Since the advent of democracy in 1994 South Africas economy has been undergoing
tremendous structural transformation The 2008 Organisation for Economic Coshy
operation and Development (OECD) economic survey focused entirely on this economic
metamorphosis and a number of broad factor changes have been isolated in the report
The OECD (2008 2) is of the opinion that before 1994 the economy was wracked by
long years of internal conflict and external sanctions Post 1994 brought forward an era
of considerable government populism in an effort to boost short term growth According
to the OECD (2008 2) this has resulted in public finances being stabilised inflation was
brought down foreign capital was attracted in growing amounts and economic growth
improved greatly
221 South African employment
Despite this macroeconomic prudence which has fostered fiscal and external
sustainability the OECD (2008 3) is of the opinion that some very serious weaknesses
in the economic record to date persist especially as regards to unemployment
inequality and poverty
Levels of poverty and unemployment in South Africa are critically high despite the
countrys status as an upper middle income country According to Mohr and Fourie
(2000 121) unemployment is arguably the most important and vexing problem facing
the South African economy and its governance The problem is that the economy is
currently unable to absorb productively all the current labour force or all the increment to
the labour force The public and private sectors have also been shedding labour in
response to economic imperatives of the domestic and global circumstances (Koller
2006 6) Accordingly more and more people are taking the route to informal sector
entrepreneurship (Mahadea 2008 5) As unemployment causes the unemployed to
20
suffer mental and physical hardship it poses a serious threat to social and political
stability (Mohr amp Fourie 2000 121)
In its starkest terms the issue of unemployment is depicted in Table 21 The latest
Quarterly Labour Force Survey (QLFS) conducted by Statistics South Africa released
in August 2008 measured the unemployment rate at 231 percent Out of a population of
30 705 000 (15-64 years) the labour force was measured at 17 844 000 Employment
stood at 13 729 000 and not economically active participants at 12 861 000 (Statistics
South Africa (QLFS) 2008 3)
Table 21 Key labour market indicators
April - June 2008
Thousands
Population 15-64 years 30 705
Labour force 17 844
Employed 13 729
Formal sector (Non-agriculture) 9415
Informal sector (Non-agriculture) 2340
Agriculture 790
Private households 1185
Unemployed 4114
Not economically active 12861
Discouraged work-seekers 1079
Other (not economically active) 11783
Rate () Unemployment rate 231
Employedpopulation ratio (Absorption) 447
Labour force participation rate 581
Source Statistic South Africa (2008 7)
21
Unemployment in South Africa was not always so high At the time of democratic
transition in 1994 unemployment was substantially lower than it is today (Banerjee
Galiani Levinsohn McLaren amp Woolard 2007 3) Banerjee et al (2007 3) state that
unemployment was fairly low through the 1970s although data limitations prelude
certainty They also indicated that during a nationally representative survey conducted
just before the 1994 transition the unemployment was measured at 13 percent By the
end of the decade unemployment jumped to 30 percent before starting to decline
slightly
Frey (2006 1) are of the opinion that taking in consideration that it is a middle-income
developing country two aspects of South Africas employment trends are striking
bull The first relates to the small and declining proportion of public sector employment
Public sector employment has shrunk as a result of governments restrictive fiscal
stance as well as its desire to improve efficiency in the public service In terms of its
fiscal stance the South African government has sought to release funds from current
to capital expenditure Moving away from a very substantial personnel budget
towards greater investment in infrastructure
bull The second unusual feature is the small proportion of non-formal employment The
non-formal economy does appear to have grown quite substantially since the mid-
1990s but has stagnated since 2000 and that the dynamics underpinning the growth
of the non-formal economy are poorly understood
222 South African economy trajectory
It is important to begin by outlying the character of South Africas economic development
trajectory during the past 50 years as this provides the context within which the demand
for labour and its skill composition is determined This trajectory analysis should
however be approach with caution due to several factors
22
bull Labour market data in South Africa is cause of some concern Data collected during
Apartheid and in the early post-apartheid period are problematic for various reasons
such as differing sampling non-coverage of former homelands1 in some surveys and
small samples (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
bull Kingdon and Knight (2005 2) explains further that the comparability of the data over
time is undermined both by changing questions between the various surveys
particularly as between the October Household Surveys (OHS) and Labour Force
Survey (LFS) and according to Casale and Posel (2002 170) by changes in the
way employment and unemployment are derived from the questions in the different
surveys
bull Another controversy in regards to unemployment data that are also needed to be
mentioned are the fact that because population estimates change at every census a
re-estimation of recent statistics need to be done after each five year revision of the
weights that have cause differences in the data (Chandra amp Nganou 2001 14) The
definition of the informal sector has also changed in 1997 also leading to differences
in data making comparability difficult (Devey Skinner amp Valodia 2002 5)
bull Lastly labour market data display some inexplicable large fluctuations For instance
employment figures rise sharply (by 104 percent) in a single year between 1998 and
1999 employment in subsistence agriculture rose and dipped over 1999- 2001 and
there are large fluctuations from year to year in the numbers employed in the
informal sector on a comparable definition between 1997 and 2002 (Bhorat 2002 5)
It is thus hazardous to make categorical statements about labour market changes over
time in South Africa This hazard is somewhat reduced if one takes a longer term view
than to look at year-on-year changes Nevertheless the purpose of this review is
intended not to be seen as an accurate reflection of specific labour market numbers but
rather as a description of broad labour market trends (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
23
223 Reasons for unemployment
In the case of the South African economy voluminous research was conducted in regard to the reasons for the high unemployment currently straining the country (Lewis 2002 733 Edwards 2001 48 Bhorat amp Hodge 1999 362 Devey etai 2002 6 Mayer amp Altman 2005 45) Therefore this review will attempt to briefly touch on certain elements of this research by looking into the trajectory development of the South African economy
Mayer and Altman (2005 45) are of the opinion that the primary cause of unemployment in South Africa is the capital-intensity that historically characterized the minerals economy and globalisation more recently Altman (2001 314) states that resource extraction has been the central driver of South Africas economic development Ostensson and Uwizeye-Mapendano (2000 4) argue that as a minerals economy South Africas industrial development has been driven by all the attendant complications associated with a resource curse
In general minerals economies tend to grow and experience structural shifts more slowly than non-minerals exporters (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34) These economies also tend to have a more capital-intensive structure of production This is explained by a number of characteristics that are common to these economies
Edwards (2001 45) are of the opinion that most developing countries go through a phase of low-wage low-productivity manufacturing development that has the impact of mopping up the labour surplus The pattern of development experienced by labour surplus developing economies usually follows a familiar path where underproductive labour moves off the farms and into labour-intensive manufacturing traded sectors (Lewis 2002 731) As there is a labour surplus wages are low and the sectors can therefore be highly competitive internationally Lewis (2002 731) goes further by explaining that only once there is a tighter labour market do wages begin to rise and the economy moves into the development of more capital and skill intensive industries and
24
the emphasis on labour-intensive traded sectors is a necessary step in an economy that
is capital and foreign exchange constrained
Altman (2001 314) is of the opinion that the more successful newly industrialised countries are those that simultaneously invested in human capital development so that the skills base developed alongside these structural shifts
In contrast minerals economies such as South Africa tend to leapfrog from the resource
base into the development of heavy and chemicals industries bypassing the
development stage of labour intensive manufacturing and this is made possible by the
large surpluses generated from resource extraction (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34)
Devey et al (2006 6) goes further by explaining that consequently the mass creation of jobs in labour intensive traded sectors is less viable in a context of high domestic cost structures Overvalued exchange rates caused by minerals exports earnings render labour intensive agricultural and manufactured exports uncompetitive Job creation is not a requirement of manufacturing development as it is in developing economies that do not have ready access to capital and foreign exchange (Devey et alr 2006 6)
Lewis (2002 733) is therefore of the opinion that the benefits of the minerals economy
do not tend to spread widely and high levels of income inequality and unemployment
result since heavy and chemicals industries are capital intensive and that domestic
demand may not expand as much as in other economies
Altman (2001 314) explains that in accordance with the experience of other minerals economies South Africa bypassed the phase of development where large numbers of workers are absorbed into low-cost low-skill labour-intensive traded goods sectors and that therefore the low growth and high levels of unemployment that characterize the economy today are the consequence of a minerals economy
25
Another reason for the high unemployment according to Klasen and Woolard (1999
300) might be due to Apartheid policies The Apartheid policies persistent legacy serve
to amplify this path dependence and that the apartheid legacy also leaves low rates of
economic participation and significant skills gaps in its wake They further argues that
unemployment continues to rise despite the positive relation between GDP and
employment and that this is explained partly by the relatively slow rate of GDP growth
Another reason might also be the dramatic increase in the number of people seeking
employment in the post-apartheid era This has widened the gap between labour force
entry and the ability of the economy to create jobs
Samson (2000 8) is of the opinion that in light of the relatively large output and
employment multipliers associated with government capital expenditure limited growth
in actual and planned expenditure has dampened potential growth and employment
creation and therefore the inability of the economy to absorb labour at the required
scale
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 15) argue that the jobs losses have been less a result of
import penetration and more related to technology and process adaptation and changing
forms of work organization leading to subcontracting of non-core activities
According to Edwards (2001 65) growing trade has also had the impact of shifting the
economy towards a higher skills composition in the demand for labour In the traded
sectors the demand for lower skill labour has fallen in the context of a very large
oversupply therefore in contrast the demand for higher skill labour has risen in the
context of a severe skills shortage
Banerjee et al (2007 3) concluded in their study that the increase in unemployment
could have been due to structural changes in the economy in the resent years resulting
in a new equilibrium unemployment rate or to negative shocks that had a temporarily
increasing effect on unemployment
26
While South Africas problems are difficult and multi-faceted a combination of sound
macroeconomic policies with structural policies aimed at enhancing entrepreneurship
appear to be most promising to unleash the enormous potential of South-Africas labour
force and address social ambitions within the framework of a strongly growing economy
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship
The development of entrepreneurship is the focus of considerable policy interest in
South Africa and many other countries of the world (Walker 2003 113) This is
particularly in recognition of its contribution to economic growth poverty alleviation and
employment
But amidst all this resent attention studies shows that South Africa is still doing poorly in
comparison to other emerging economies in terms of entrepreneurial activity and
development
There are various strands in the empirical literature on entrepreneurship and economic growth using different measures of entrepreneurial activity (United Nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) For instance while one strand of empirical studies measures entrepreneurship in terms of the relative share of economic activity accounted for by small firms other studies use data on self-employment the number of market participants (competition) or firm start-ups as an indicator of entrepreneurial activities (Carree amp Thurik 2002 16)
The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old (United nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) The primary measure of entrepreneurship used by GEM is the Total Early-Stage Entrepreneurial Activity (TEA) index The TEA index measures the
27
percentage of individuals between the ages of 18 and 64 years that are involved in starting a new business The TEA index consists of two different phases namely
bull The start-up phase (businesses between 0 and 3 months)
bull New firm businesses (businesses between periods of 3-42 months)
The GEM study does not focus on established businesses (businesses older than 42 months)
In the seven years in which South Africa has participated in this research initiative it has
consistently emerged that it has a low level of early stage entrepreneurial activity nearly
half that of the average of the 40 emerging economy countries which participate
Data from previous GEM studies also indicated that TEA rates for most countries do not
change significantly over time The TEA rates for South African have also not changed
significantly over the years (see Table 22)
Table 22 South African projectory TEA rates
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 TEA 43 62 41 51 50 50
Source Maas and Herrington (200715)
For the TEA rates to be significantly different from one year to another massive
changes in the macro environment must occur which is clearly not the case in South
Africa (Maas amp Herrington 2007 15)
28
Many researchers have questioned whether South Africa should be concerned about its TEA rates According to Maas and Heirington (2007 15) the following reasons could explain the projectory low TEA rates of South Africa
bull South Africa has a dual-logic economy which might have an influence on the TEA rating On the one side there is a highly developed economic sector and on the other side one struggling for survival
bull Although the TEA rates are lower when compared with the averages of different
categories of countries it can again be influenced by the dual-logic nature of the
economy and that a lower TEA rate is not necessarily a sign that nothing is
happening in a country It can also be a good indication
Any government interested in boosting economic prosperity should be interested in
promoting the entrepreneurial dynamic of its country Adult women represent a readily
available pool of potential entrepreneurs that countries can leverage to improve their
economies (Botha 2006149)
The 2006 GEM report specifically focus on the importance of developing women
entrepreneurship in any country Maas and Herrington (2006 14) indicated in their 2006
report that the global average for female entrepreneurship was standing on 772 of the
population where South African women were however performing at just 483 this is
289 lower than the global average There is therefore considerable scope to improve
the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME)
In South Africa various new strategies and institutions have been created recently with a view to empower formerly disadvantaged members to enter the mainstream economy as entrepreneurs rather than job seekers In parallel to and as part of this shift there has been the emergence of the micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) sector as a
29
significant component in economic development and employment (Richardson Howarth
ampFinnegan 2004 16)
SMMEs and entrepreneurship are fast becoming the dominant form of business
ventures in developing economies Especially on the African continent with high
unemployment rates people are turning toward informal and formal small business in
order to sustain their livelihood (De Klerk amp Havenga 2004 1)
According to Niewenhuizen and Kroon (2003 300) the South African small- micro- and
medium-sized enterprise (SMME) economy has been actively promoted since 1995
Some significant ratios and trends about the dynamics of the small enterprise sector in
South Africa can be seen in the Department of Trade and Industrys review of ten years
of small business support in South Africa report 1994 - 2004 (Department of Trade and
Industry (dti) 2004 4)
bull Combining formal and informal sector activities the small enterprise sector includes
about 95 of all enterprises in South Africa
bull On the basis of the most inclusive categorisation (covering non VAT-registered firms
and those regularly operating in the informal sector) there are currently between 18-
million and 25-million small enterprises in South Africa This number probably
doubled over the past 10 years which is equivalent to a seven percent increase in
numbers per year If we include rural subsistence agricultural activities the size of
this sector can grow by a further 15-million to 25-million even though average
income levels of that segment are very low
bull If we adjust gross domestic product (GDP) values to incorporate informal sector
value-added the small enterprise sector of South Africa contributes about 45 to
50 to the GDP with the share probably rising very slowly The other half is
contributed by large enterprises and the public sector
30
Despite voluminous research however there is still little clarity about the extent to which South Africas SMMEs and entrepreneurship contribute to poverty alleviation economic growth or international competitiveness
Berry Blottnitz Cassim Kesper Rajaratnam and Van Seventer (2002 3) list the following contributions of SMMEs
bull SMMEs are generally more labour-intensive than larger firms and hence have a
higher labour absorption capacity
bull SMMEs as enterprises have some economic roles to fulfil They contribute to the
countrys national product by either manufacturing goods of value or through the
provision of services to both consumers andor other enterprises
bull From an economic perspective enterprises are not just suppliers but also consumers which have an important role to play if they are able to position themselves in a market with purchasing power their demand for industrial or consumer goods will stimulate the activity of their suppliers just as their own activity is stimulated by the demands of their clients Demand in the form of investment plays a dual role both from a demand-side (with regard to the suppliers of industrial goods) and on the supply-side (through the potential for new production arising from upgraded equipment) In addition demand is important to income-generation potential of SMMEs and their ability to stimulate the demand for both consumption and capital goods
232 Government strategy
Unfortunately there is currently little clarity on how SMMEs fit within the industrial policy framework and other objectives of government Some attempts were initiated by government in resent years A strategy was outlined in a White paper by the Department of Trade and Industry in 1995 entitled A National Strategy for the Development of Small Business in South Africa (May 1995) A year later the National Small Business
31
Act was passed by Parliament which provided for the institutions to implement this
strategy (South Africa 1996 377)
The National Small Business Act divides SMMEs into the following categories
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa
Category of SMME
Description
Survivalist enterprises
bull Operates in the informal sector of the economy bull Mainly undertaken by unemployed persons bull Income generated below the poverty line providing minimum means to
keep the unemployed and their families alive bull Little capital invested not much assets bull Not much training bull Opportunities for growing the business very small
Micro enterprises
bull Between one to five employees usually the owner and family
raquo Informal no license formal business premises labour legislation raquo Turnover below the VAT registration level of R300 000 peryear bull Basic business skills and training
bull Potential to make the transition to a viable formal small business
Very small enterprise
raquo Part of the formal economy
Use technology raquo Less than 10 paid employees raquo Include self-employed artisans (electricians plumbers) and professionals
Small enterprise raquo 1 1 - 5 0 employees raquo More established than very small enterprises formal and registered raquo fixed business premises raquo Owner managed but more complex management structure
Medium enterprise
51 - 2 0 0 employees
Still mainly owner managed but decentralised management structure with division of labour Operates from fixed premises with all formal requirements
Note Women represent approximately 56 percent of the survivalist company category 38 percent of micro-enterprises with no employees and 15 percent of micro-enterprises with 1-4 employees
Source South African Government (2008)
32
Small business can also be divided between established formal SMMEs in predominantly urban settings and emerging SMME economy situated in townships informal settlements and rural areas According to the White paper by far the largest sector is the survivalist enterprise sector This implies that most people are active in the informal sector where they have little institutional support
The governments national small business strategy seeks to address the following
common problems faced by SMMEs (South African Government Information 20081)
bull An unfavourable legal environment
bull Lack of access to markets and procurement
bull Lack of access to finance and credit
bull Low skills levels
bull Lack of access to information
bull Shortage of effective supportive institutions
The White paper and Act sets out the objectives of our SMME development policy as (South Africa 1996377)
bull Alleviating poverty by making it possible for poor people to generate income to meet
basic needs
bull Reducing poverty through employment creation
bull Redistribution of wealth income and opportunities
bull Contributing to economic growth by improving innovation and thus competitiveness
The Act provided the foundation for the establishment of the institutions listed in the table 23 below to support small businesses
33
Table 24 Small business support institutions
Institution Services Target
Centre for Small Business Promotion
This is a Chief directorate in the DTI responsible for policy and coordinashytion of support programmes for SMMEs It also mobilises funds and supervises the establishment of new institutions
Ntsika Enterprise Promotion Agency
Provides non-financial support such as mentoring programmes business advice help with government tenders and technology support to small enterprises through bull Local business service centres
(LBSC) bull Tender Advice Centres (TACs)
Targets survivalist micro and very small enterprises Majority of the LBSCs focus on start-up business targeting unemployed women and youth
Khula Provides access to finance through bull Khula Credit Guarantee Scheme
- provide guarantee products to banks
bull Other institutions and NGOs referred to as Retail Finance Intermediaries (RFIs) which borrow from Khula to make loans to SMMEs
bull Khula-Start access to micro credit in rural areas
Mainly targets very small small and medium enterprises Have two small programmes forthe survivalist and micro sector
IMAMAC Two key programmes bull Manufacturing advisory centres
(MACs) providing support for small scale manufacturing businesses
bull Business Referral and Information Network (BRAIN) -information and a help line
The MACs are mainly for small and medium more formal businesses BRAIN forthe entire spectrum of SMMEs
34
Instftution Services Target
Provincial SMME desks
To provide a one-stop information centre to SMMEs and developing enabling government policy to support SMMEs in each province Activities of the SMME desks include (though not in all provinces)
bull Keeping data bases of SMMEs in the province
bull Developing SMME orientated procurement and sub-contracting policies for provincial government
bull Targeted support programmes forHDIs women contractors tourism entrepreneurs smallmicro manufacturers
Land Bank Finance agricultural businesses From small to large scale farmers
Industrial Development Corporation
Supports and funds various industrial development programmes
Predominantly large scale projects but some small to medium enterprises Has a specific BEE mandate
National Empowerment Corporation
Funded by government it provides funding for black economic empowerment ventures
Large but also small and medium enterprises
Source South African Government (2008)
As part of the National Skills Development Strategy the Sector Education and Training
Authorities (SETAs) are also supposed to develop programmes that help develop small
businesses in their respective sectors
There are a number of other parastatals which also support small businesses though
mainly at the upper end of the spectrum These include
bull Independent Development Corporation (IDC) tourism development venture capital
low interest empowerment and emerging entrepreneur schemes
bull South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) through its missing links programme
provide quality assistance and awareness to SMMEs
35
bull Centre for Science and Industrial Research (CSIR) product improvement and
manufacturing assistance to SMMEs through their National Manufacturing Centre
The institutions and organisations mentioned above also provide a wide range of business management support services to entrepreneurs and small enterprises such as (South African Government Information 2008 1)
bull Developing business plans
bull Doing market research
bull Managing a small business
bull Legal requirements of small businesses
bull Marketing
bull Business development
bull Advice on government tender processes
The national small business strategy since its inception sought to target women However women continue to make up the bulk of the survivalist sector of SMMEs and of the poor During the last decade a number of organisations and institutions were established by and for women entrepreneurs Table 24 refers to a number of such organisations
These support programmes however have not achieved their objectives if judged against the number of SMMEs that utilise them Rogerson (2004 212) estimate that a mere 6 of SMMEs and entrepreneurs utilise support programmes and argue that this is due to distrust of external agencies among SMMEs and incapacity to raise awareness about their existence and efficiency Moreover the poor coordination of service providers results in a replication of services and clustering of institutions in urban areas (Ntsika 19994)
36
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks
South African Women Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) -launched July 2001
SAWEN identifies the origin of women entrepreneurs problems as bull Gender-despite the fact that women-owned enterprises are contributing an
increasing share to national revenue they are generally perceived to lack the capacity of their male equivalents
bull Size - Nearly all women-owned enterprises belong to the lower end of the SMME category being either very small or micro sized companies Men are predominant in the more lucrative sectors Approximately 70 percent of informal businesses in South Africa are ownedcontrolled by women
SAWEN seeks to affiliate all women enterprise groups co-operatives organisations and initiatives in to a national umbrella body that will represent and articulate the aspirations of all women entrepreneurs (potential and existing) that operate within the South African SMME sector as well as lobby for their support needs It also seeks to target rural women Since its launch in 2001 it has established a number of provincial chapters
Women in Oil and Energy in South Africa (WOESA)-launched March 2002
Facilitates the participation of women in business ventures in the oil gas and other energy sectors
Technology for Women in Business (TW1P)
Aimed at enhancing the accessibility of science and technology to women in business in particular SMMEs It is a national programme under the auspices of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) The CSIR as contracted by DTI acts as an agent for DTI to implement the TWIB programme
South African Women in Construction -launched August 1999
Promotion and advancement of women in construction of education and contribution to the betterment of the construction industry and the enhancement of the entrepreneurial development of women-owned enterprises in construction
Source South African Government (2008)
37
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI
241 Ekurtiuleni demographic
The Metropolitan Municipality of Ekurtiuleni was established in 2000 and covers a vast
area for approximately 45 kilometres from west to east and for 55 kilometres from north
to south covering an area of approximately 26421 square kilometres (EMM 2007 4)
This large area is divided for administrative efficacy into the Northern Southern and Eastern Service Delivery Regions (SDRs) and is one of six Metropolitan Municipalities resulting from the restructuring of local government (refer to figure 21)
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former East Rand) region
r-4 gt J i
^ Hampton Park
J i
j Northern Ragioi
tmdashJ 0 Johannesburg _ pound International v
y trade trade Airport
I Bedrordview
bull
bull Bonon 1 GetmMon bullgt
Boksburg m Bnkpan 1
i Springs
Alberton J Eaitem Region
J Southern Region 1 ff ^
(f Nigallaquo
^
(f Nigallaquo
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
38
I
The former local administrations of nine towns in the East Rand - Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan EdenvaleLethabong Germiston Kempton ParkTembisa Nigel and Springs -were amalgamated into the new Metropolitan Municipality along with two other councils - the Kyalami Metropolitan Council and the Eastern Gauteng Services Council It is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents as replicated in Table 25
Table 25 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics
Key Statistics (2007 estimates) Ekurhuleni Gauteng National Region area (sq km) 2642 1 16975 1 1221246
Population 2534180 8845741 46710858
Population density (nr of people persq km) 959 521 38
Economically active population (as of total pop) 53 53 39
No of households 787040 2731869 12144712
Average household income (Rand current prices) 88025 115817 70326
Annual per capita income (Rand current prices) 27338 35768 18284
Gini coefficient 057 060 064
Formal sector employment estimates 679213 3156772 9058793
Informal sector employment estimates 84249 362647 1699327
Unemployment rate (expanded definition) 40 35 41
Percentage of persons in poverty 27 27 46
Poverty gap (R million) 974 3251 3 32960
Human development index (HDI) 067 069 059
Index of Buying power (IBP) 008 034 100
Economic output in 2003 (R million current prices) 84000 416562 1100929
Share of economic output (GVA of SA in current prices)
76 378 100
Economic output in 2003 (R1 million constant 1995 prices)
48074 236846 619790
Share of Economic output (GVA of SA in constant 1995 prices)
78 382 100
Economic growth performance 1996-2003 (GVA growth pa constant 1995 prices)
24 37 25
Source Ekurhuleni metropolitan municipality (20075)
39
Ekurhuleni constitutes 56 of the national population and makes up 28 of Gautengs population The population density is approximately 1 250 people per km2 making Ekurhuleni one of the most densely populated areas in the country and province By comparison population density in Gauteng is 513 people per km2 and 38 people per km2 in the country
The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region (EMM 2007 9)
242 Ekurhuleni economics
The Ekurhuleni Metropolitan economy is larger and more diverse than that of many of the smaller countries in Africa including all the countries in Southern Africa It accounts for nearly a quarter of the Gauteng economy which in turn contributes over a third of the national GDP Ekurhuleni contributes seven percent to the countrys spending power and seven percent to the nations production In most respects per capita income unemployment poverty average wages and other indicators of human development - it is similar to the rest of Gauteng (EMM 2007 9)
However there is one important structural difference many of the plants for production of goods and commodities are located in Ekurhuleni Manufacturing in Ekurhuleni accounts for just under 20 of the GDP of Gauteng In Ekurhuleni itself manufacturing accounts for some 28 of total production
Because of the largest concentration of industry in the whole of South Africa (and in Africa) Ekurhuleni is often referred to as Africas Workshop (EMM 2007 9) The downside of the manufacturing sector is that globalisation has a definitive impact on the structure of production and on the demand for labour Ekurhuleni although not benefiting from direct capital investments as a result of the automotive sector developments in the country continues to play the role of the workshop of the economy
40
with production of structural steel and fabricated metal products serving as inputs into other areas economies
Despite the area historically being one of the largest producers of gold the major
economic sectors now include manufacturing wholesale and trade energy and
services and finance with manufacturing and industry in Ekurhuleni comprising 40 of
all activity in the Province Mining contributes only 2 to Ekurhuleni economy (EMM
2007 4)
Annual economic growth in Ekurhuleni has recorded a pickup in the period 1998 to
2003 and has been almost double the rate of the national manufacturing growth rate
The economically active population is 52 compared to 38 nationally Household
income and per capita income exceed the national average by 10 and 33
respectively The percentage of people living in poverty nationally is 49 compared to
29 in Ekurhuleni (EMM 2007 4)
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure
Ekurhuleni has a network of roads airports rail lines telephones electricity grids and telecommunications that rivals that of Europe and America - a first world infrastructure supporting a well established industrial and commercial complex Ekurhuleni can in fact be regarded as the transportation hub of the country The municipality is home to the OR Thambo International Airport the busiest airport in Africa and services the entire continent and links to major cities throughout the world Similarly many of the worlds leading airlines fly into the OR Thambo Airport Some 14 million passengers pass through this airport each year In addition a number of smaller domestic airlines connect the OR Thambo Airport with cities throughout South Africa (EMM 2007 4)
South Africas largest railway hub is in Ekurhuleni [Germiston] and links the city to all the major population centres and ports in the Southern African region
41
A number of South Africas modern freeways and expressways connect Ekurhuleni to
other cities and provinces The Maputo corridor development South Africas most
advanced spatial development initiative connects Ekurhuleni with Mozambiques capital
and largest Indian Ocean port Direct rail road and air links connect Ekurhuleni to
Durban South Africas largest and busiest port
During the period 1995 to 2005 the Gauteng government made strategic investments in
upgrading some of the ageing road networks linked to the industrial hub to promote the
movement of goods and services The Blue IQ projects situated within Ekurhuleni
include the Wadeville-Alrode Industrial Corridor with linkages to the largest logistical
hub the City Deep Container terminal the planned Gautrain rapid rail link to
Johannesburg and Tshwane and the OR Thambo Industrial Development Zone [IDZ]
The latter aims to cluster light manufacturing more especially in beneficiation and to
develop an aero space park The EMMs annual budget is in the region of R11 billion of
which plusmnR1 billion is being budgeted annually for capital projects in line with the priorities
set in the Integrated Development Plan [IDP] The bulk of this expenditure is dedicated
to upgrading facilities and infrastructure backlogs (EMM 2007 9)
The three major land cover classes are natural untransformed areas cultivated land and
urban residential zones as presented in figure 22
42
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007
Transformed (industrial)
Transformed (commercial)mdash-
2
Transformed (urban)
27
Transformed (cuftivatjon) mdash mdash
15 Transformed
(forestry) 1
Transformed (mining)
5
Natural 43
Degraded 001
Transformed (grazing)
2
Source Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality (2007 9)
The following are notable patterns in land use (EMM 2007 4)
bull There is a central east-west orientated mining and industrial activity belt which
served as the core around which towns were established
bull A belt of residential developments surrounding the industrial activity belt and
bull Ruralagricultural areas to the northeast and in the central portion in the southern
part of EMM
The mining belt was historically the core around which the various towns and settlements were established Four major concentrations of mines and quarries exist Reiger Park between Gemniston and Boksburg the area east of Benoni an area east and south of Springs and 3 sites in the vidnity of Kwatsaduza The first 3 areas are respectively known as the GermistonBoksburg the BenoniBrakpanSprings and the SpringsNigel mining belts Mining occurs in a linear form along a belt which runs to the
43
I
north of the Germiston and Boksburg Central Business Districts (CBDs) and then along
a broad strip of land roughly between the Benoni CBD and Daveyton to the north and
Brakpan and Springs to the south To the south between Springs and Nigel another
major concentration of mining activity exists (EMM 2007 4)
Most of the urban activity is concentrated along the western edge and central spine of EMM The road engineering and social infrastructure strongly correlates to this urban form (EMM 2007 4)
The largest complex of small-holdings is situated in an east-west band lying east of
Kempton Park and north-west of Daveyton The second largest complex is situated west
of KwaThema surrounding the Sallies Gold Mine and Springs Municipal Crushers
There are other smaller patches of agricultural holdings scattered throughout the
metropolitan area (EMM 2007 5)
The EMM has an evenly distributed multi-nodal structure The central business district
however currently experience problems of urban decay as the cream of the retail
component of the CBDs have been drawn away to the four main shopping malls in the
area - Eastgate East Rand Mall Lakeside Mall and Alberton Mall Commercial activities
make good use of the main transport routes to provide access to such activities
Furthermore there is an imbalance in the distribution of land use for commercial activity
which is concentrated within higher income areas (Kempton Park Edenvaie a portion of
Bedfordview Boksburg Central Benoni Central Brakpan and small portions of Springs)
(EMM 2007 7)
In common with most black townships in the country there is very little formal commercial activity within the township complexes
Industrial activities are largely located within the south-western part of the metropolitan area in areas such as Germiston and Alrode These areas tend to be located near mining land and wedged between lower income areas (Katorus southern Benoni
KwaThema Tsakane small portion of Springs and areas north of Etwatwa) and the
higher income areas (between Alberton and Katlehong Germiston and
SpruitviewLeondale) Within Kempton Park and Edenvale some industrial activity
developed around the airport due to the agglomeration benefits and access to airfreight
transport facilities Industrial activities are also closely linked to the railway system
(EMM 2007 7)
Farming activities (cultivation) are grouped in the north-eastern part of EMM where more than a third of the land is cultivated This includes areas surrounding Bapsfontein areas north of the Benoni Agricultural Holdings and east of the R21 highway Smaller agricultural activities lie just south of Sunward Park while the remaining agricultural activities are grouped on the southern border of the metropolitan area (EMM 2007 4) During the past five years the EMM has made steady progress in developing its strategic planning capacity and process The Integrated Development Planning [IDP] process was institutionalised within national guidelines for local government planning and budgeting and the IDP together with its strategic sectoral plans such as the Spatial Development Framework [SDF] has become the principal strategic planning tool within the local authority However the IDP primarily deals with solutions to immediate development challenges within a five year time frame Therefore a holistic long term development vision and strategy for Ekurhuleni which will create common purpose between all development stakeholders and which will act as a guiding framework within which the IDPs can be formulated is needed (EMM 2007 8) With the above in mind the EMM embarked on a process to formulate a long-term development strategy During 2004 research was undertaken on national and international best practice examples as well as on key success factors relating to city development strategies This led to a strategy being formulated in early 2005 The strategy formulation process kicked off with a Mayoral Committee workshop on 29 January 2005 during which it was resolved to name the strategy the Ekurhuleni Growth and Development Strategy [GDS] 2025 as well as proposed 2025 development agenda (EMM 2007 8)
25 SUMMARY
Economically entrepreneurship invigorates markets The formation of new business leads to job creator) and has a multiplying effect on the economy Socially entrepreneurship empowers citizens generates innovation and changes mindsets These changes have the potential to integrate developing countries into the global economy (UNECE 2004 2)
The promotion of the SMME sector is a critical dimension of a broader employment
creation strategy because the creation of new firms is essential if the development of
stronger linkages through procurement is to materialise
If South Africa is to grow out of poverty unemployment and create a more prosperous
future it will need more SMMEs entrepreneurs and bigger businesses However to
achieve this a better environment is required for entrepreneurs to start up businesses
operate and grow (Mahadea 2008 3) Within the context of overall macro-economic
performance the ideal policy package for SMME support in South Africa should allow
this sector to maximise its contribution to the economys overall performance in terms of
growth employment and income distribution This is likely to involve making more
resources available to the sector as well as raising the efficiency with which it uses the
resources already available to it
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
31 INTRODUCTION
The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures have generated value and fuelled innovation on community and global levels The increased presence has had a remarkable impact on employment and on business environments worldwide (Kantor 2001 8)
Scholarly research in this area has examined the many forms of economic and social
value that women-owned businesses generate vis-a-vis peculiar barriers constraining their establishment and growth (Verwey 2006 3 Botha 2006 126 Cliff 1998 526 McClelland Swail Bell amp Ibbotson 2005 8) These barriers constitute unique challenges for women as research has shown that men are able to surmount them more easily
The intensity of research studies in this area has increased as scholars and
policymakers have begun to devote more serious attention toward understanding and
supporting women entrepreneurs
The purpose of this section is to provide an evaluative summary of the literature on
woman entrepreneurship and through this enhance the understanding of the profile of
the woman entrepreneur
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY
Entrepreneurship as an area of study has been claimed by a number of different
disciplines including psychology and economics each arriving at different definitions
derived from their own disciplines
47
Baruah (2005 3) are of the opinion that to an economist an entrepreneur is one who
brings resources labour materials and other assets into combinations that make their
value greater than before and also one who introduces changes innovations and a
new order To a psychologist such a person is typically driven by certain forces the
needs to obtain or attain something to experiment to accomplish or perhaps to escape
the authority of others (Hisrich Peters amp Shepherd 2005 8)
A series of studies recognise the need to re-think the people side of entrepreneurship research (Kouriloff 2000 62 Simon amp Houghton 2002 106 Keh Foo amp Lim 2002 136 Markman Balkin amp Baron 2002 162 Shepherd amp Krueger 2002 177 Gatewood Shaver Powers amp Gartner 2002 200 Korunka Frank Lueger amp Mugler 2003 35 Mitchell Busenitz Lant McDougall Morse amp Smith 2002 94)
Defining the term entrepreneurship is a difficult exercise in itself as the term has little specific definition either in common usage or in academic research (Arif 2008 5) In describing the key factors which are seen to influence entrepreneurial roles this review will strive to encapsulate some meaning behind the term entrepreneurship
Research has shown several approaches by different researchers in the development of
an entrepreneurship definition According to Bennett and Dann (2000 3) much will
depend on the viewpoint and academic background of the researcher as well as the
time period the researcher refrained at Table 31 gives a brief summary as to the
development of the term entrepreneurship
48
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship in theory
Year Researcher Entrepreneurial Role (ER)
Classical era 1755 R Cantillon Introduced the term Entrepreneur ER as speculator
1800 JB Say ER as coordinator
Early Neoclassical era 1890 A Marshall ER as coordinator innovator arbitrageur
1907 FB Hawley ER as owner of output (uncertainty bearer)
1911 J Schumpeter ER as innovator
1921 F Knight ER as responsible decision maker in an uncertain environment
1925 F Edgeworth ER as coordinator
Mature Neoclassical era
1925 M Dobb ER as innovator
1927 C Tuttle ER as responsible owner in an uncertain environment
Modem Neoclassical era
1973 l Kirzner ER arbitrageur and alertto profitable opportunities
1982 M Casson ER coordination of scarce resources under uncertainty
1993 W Baumol ER innovator and manager influenced by existing incentive structure
Source Aidis (20035)
These definitions are the natural point of departure because they have been the decisive
factor for the retrieval of data for the works of many researchers
For the purpose of this study the definition of Hisrich Peters and Shepherd (2005 8) was adopted The authors defined entrepreneurship as follows Entrepreneurship is the process of creating something new with value by devoting the necessary time and effort assuming the accompanying financial psychic and social risks and receiving the resulting rewards of monetary and personal satisfaction and independence
49
I
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Previous research into gender differences among entrepreneurs has yielded varied explanations as to why female entrepreneurs differ from male entrepreneurs A review of literature reveals that female entrepreneurs do have some characteristics that are unique in comparison to their male counterparts and that they have faced significant challenges in their efforts as they venture into a once male dominated environment This following section presents a comparative assessment of differences in entrepreneurial attributes of male and female individuals as to emphasise the unique environment where within women entrepreneurs operates
The social feminism theory asserts that women entrepreneurs have different but equally
effective qualities values and ways of thinking due to variations in early and ongoing
socialisation processes (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu 2003 3)
Affholder and Box (2004 3) are of the opinion that the research on personality seems to
have conflicting results some researchers finding no significant differences between
male and female entrepreneurs and others identifying specific personality differences
Table 32 emphasise the unique differences between male and female entrepreneurs as concluded by several researchers Due to the voluminous work completed in this regard the purpose of this presentation is not to supply a comprehensive review of current literature available but rather to compile a summary overview off research conducted as to encapsulate an overall body of knowledge in regards to observed gender characteristics in entrepreneurs
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurs hip
Characteristic Female entrepreneurs Male entrepreneurs
Research
Personality characteristics
Women are expected to possess higher communal qualities such as selflessness a concern for others and interpersonal sensitivity Female entrepreneurs tended to be visionaries and catalysts
Men are expected to have high levels of self-assertion self-expansion and the urge to master Male entrepreneurs tended to be more traditionalists
(Affholder amp Box 2004 3)
(Greene Hart Gatewood Brush amp Carter 20031)
(Du Rietz Henrekson 2000 5)
Area of importance
Women tend to assign more importance to social values and qualitative ambiguous measures of achievement and success such as personal fulfilment and strong interpersonal relations Women business owners tend to pursue a balance between economic goals such as profit and growth and non-economic goals such as product quality personal enjoyment and helping others
Men tend to assign more emphasis on economic values and quantitative non-ambiguous measures of achievement of success such as status and wealth
(Carter Anderson amp Shaw 20011)
(Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Possig 2002 80)
Success factors
Women will measure success qualitatively as they will look at interpersonal relationships and other less objective criteria such as personal satisfaction customer service ratings and additional employment created
Men will measure success quantitatively as they will look at size market position turnover and profitability
(Verwey 2006 3)
(Botha 2006126)
(Sigh Reynolds amp Muhammad 2001 180)
Growth elements
Female entrepreneurs tend to have less industry management and prior business start-up experience and that contribute to their modest growth expectations Women face domestic demands remaining the primary parent emotional nurturer and housekeeper despite their entrepreneurial ventures impacting on their ventures growth prospects report
The primary family responsibility of m e n - t o be a good provider is compatible with heading a growing firm
CKyro 20011)
(Cliff 1998526)
(Kantor 20014)
Source Own compilation
51
331 Motivation
Motivation is the factor other than knowledge that energizes directs and sustains an
individuals behaviour (Locke amp Latham 1990 7) According to Bennett and Dann (2000
6) motivation is an essential factor in the establishment of entrepreneurial activity Many
individuals have the characteristics that enable them to identify an opportunity combined
with the resources to implement the venture yet do not have the incentive or motivation
to do so
Botha (2006 122) proposed two closely-related explanations of entrepreneurial
motivation the push theory and the pull theory The push theory argues that
individuals are pushed into entrepreneurship by negative external forces such as job
dissatisfaction difficulty finding employment insufficient salary or an inflexible work
schedule The push or negative factors are therefore associated with the necessity
factors that force the female into pursuing her business idea McClelland Swail Bell and
Ibbotson (2005 85) emphasize that in this situation becoming an entrepreneur is not a
first choice but nevertheless argue that such negative motivational factors are more
important with entrepreneurs drawn from certain groups in society that may face
discrimination such as ethnic minority groups younger age groups and women
The pull or positive factors are those associated with factors of choice and the desire
for entrepreneurial aspirations The pull theory therefore contends that individuals are
attracted into entrepreneurial activities seeking independence self-fulfilment wealth
and other desirable outcomes (Hogskola 2008 19)
To date a numerous of studies have examined womens motivations for becoming
entrepreneurs The following summary provides an overview of key motWaiional factors
identified in several studies
I
Table 33 Push and pull motivational factors
PULL MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
MOTIVATIONA FACTOR STUDY
Desire for greater independence Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208) Hisrich and Peters (1996 98) Hughes (2006109)
Provides a challenge Hughes (2006109)
Improved financial opportunity Hughes (2006109) Marlow (1997208)
Self-fulfilment Borgia Schoenfeld and Segal (20053) Hughes (2006109) Bruni Gherardi and Poggio (2004260)
Desire to be own boss DeMatino and Barbato (2003 830) Hughes (2006109)
Flexibility for balancing family and work Borgia ef al (20053) Carter Gartner Shaver and Gatewood (2003 17) Hughes (2006109) Lombard (2001216)
Potential to develop a hobby Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208)
Gaining recognition of others Eckel and Grossman (2002288)
Role model influence Anna Chandler Jansen and Mero (2000392)
PUSH MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
Job dissatisfaction Borgia et al (20053) Tangiguchi (2002 882)
Prolonged joblessness Hughes (2006109)
Lack of available work Hughes (2006109)
Insufficient salary Borgia et al (20053)
Hitting the glass ceiling Georgellis and Wall (20041)
Involuntary layoff Hughes (2006109)
Career frustration Marlow (1997208)
Source Own compilation
While is it difficult to compare studies given the wide range of approaches and measures
used this overview nevertheless allows this review to identify the most commonly cited
motivators across several different contexts and time periods
332 Opportunity identification
According to Reynolds Hay Bygrave Camp and Autio (2000 5) the ability to perceive
good business opportunities is assumed to be important for entrepreneurship
Kepler and Shane (2007 200) state that female entrepreneurs search for new business
opportunities differently than male entrepreneurs for a variety of reasons
First many opportunities are identified through information that is transferred through
social networks Women have different types of social networks than men (Renzulli
Aldrich amp Moody 2000 534) As a result they have access to different sources of
information about opportunities For instance male entrepreneurs are more likely than
female entrepreneurs to identify opportunities through conversations with investors and
bankers because on average they know more investors and bankers (Anna Chandler
Jansen amp Mero 2000 392)
Second learned behaviours and social norms lead men and women to develop different
cognitive processing styles (Cassar 2006 628) As a result on average men and
women gather information and solve problems differently (DeMatino amp Barbato 2003
830) For instance female entrepreneurs are thought to learn from a greater variety of
sources than male entrepreneurs while male entrepreneurs are thought to learn more
from setbacks than female entrepreneurs (Lombard 2001 217) In addition the greater
risk aversion of female entrepreneurs may lead them to search for more information that
mitigates the potential risks about business opportunities than their male counterparts
(Eckel amp Grossman 2003 290)
333 Type of business started
Kepler and Shane (2007 309 ) are of the opinion that male and female entrepreneurs
do not start the same types of businesses Historically women entrepreneurship
activities were concentrated in the apparel cosmetics and food processing fields
(Taylor 1988 38) Whereas McVicar and Craig (1981 11) listed traditional categories in
their study of service-related businesses such as cooking teaching child care
secretarial services and sewing Female-led businesses are more likely to be found in
personal services and retail trade and less likely to be found in manufacturing and high
technology (Anna et al 2000 290 Brush et a 2006 18) In addition women start
businesses that are less growth-oriented and less driven by opportunity and more
oriented towards wage substitution (Eckel amp Grossman 2002 290)
Some researchers argue that gender differences in the types of businesses that men
and women found are the result of socialisation and structural barriers (Kepler amp Shane
2007 309) Women tend to work in certain occupations and industries because these
occupations and industries are more socially acceptable for women and because
women face obstacles to working in other industries and occupations (Marlow 1997
153) Sigh Reynolds and Muhammad (2007 180) argues that because entrepreneurs
tend to identify opportunities to start businesses that are similar in type and industry to
those in which they previously worked the tendency of women to work in certain types
of businesses leads them to start those types of businesses In addition some
businesses cannot be founded easily by people without the appropriate educational
background This is particularly the case for businesses that rely heavily on technology
Because women are less likely than men to study engineering or science (Brush et al
2006) they often lack the education to start businesses that demand technical skills
Furthermore some businesses are inherently easier to start than others because they
have lower barriers to entry (Boden amp Nucci 2000 353) Women may be more likely to
start businesses that face low barriers to entry because these businesses make lesser
55
demands on human or financial capital than other businesses and women may lack
these types of capital
334 Venture size
Women start businesses that are smaller than those started by men (Kepler amp Shane
2007) Studies of surviving businesses show that those that are women-owned are
smaller than those that are men-owned (Brown 2000 5) In addition women start
businesses with lower levels of initial employment and capitalization than men (Renzulli
et al 2000540)
The smaller scale of female-led start-ups is believed to be the result of a lack of access
to larger-scale business opportunities and the financial resources necessary to develop
them and different goals and intentions for their businesses (McClelland e^ al 2005
100)
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs
Richardson (2004 2) argues that while women are active in entrepreneurship they face
particular problems and challenges in starting and developing their businesses They
face more or at least different social cultural educational and technological challenges
than men when it comes to establishing and developing their own enterprises and
accessing economic resources (Mayoux 2001 20)
Kantor (20016) is of the opinion that constraints affecting the entrepreneur in general
but women more intensively include
bull Access to financing
bull Information bull Productive resources and markets
bull Levels of skills and knowledge
56
bull Relevance of education and experience
bull Effects of market saturation
bull Compliance costs
Furthermore it is recognised that women in most societies carry the added burden of
family and domestic responsibilities and this has a detrimental or limiting impact upon
their ability to generate income outside of the home
Kepler and Shane (2007) are of the opinion that research suggests that social norms
about the role of women in society the shortage of female role models and the greater
household- burdens faced by women lead female entrepreneurs to face more start-up
problems and for those problems to be of greater magnitude than their male
counterparts For instance attitudes toward the role of women make it more difficult for
female entrepreneurs to be taken seriously as business people (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu
2003 3) and to gain support for their entrepreneurial activities from their spouses
family and friends (Bradley amp Boles 2003 301) In addition the relative shortage of
female role models makes it more difficult for female entrepreneurs to obtain adequate
mentorship for their start-up efforts Furthermore the greater household and childcare
responsibilities of women lead them to have more trouble balancing business formation
and family responsibilities (Affholder amp Box 2004 18)
Research finds that one of the major barriers for women entrepreneurs are the access to capital finance (Revivo-Steiner 2006 20) Lack of access to capital has been a primary obstacle for women entrepreneurs and recent research suggests it continues to be (Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Posig 2002 72) This could also include start-up financing and credit cash flow management in the early operations and financial planning Research suggests that the primary source of funding for women has been through family loans personal savings credit cards and home equity loans (Gundry Ben-Yoseph and Posig 2002) In fact Verwey (2006 5) found that womens personal savings constitute between 80 and 99 of initial capitalisation compared to men where the figure is between 30 and 59 Some of the reasons stem from stereotypes created by the
57
masculine mentality in the banking industry (Weiler amp Bernasek 2001 92) Women are
entering an environment constructed by men therefore they may be perceived as less
legitimate in the eyes of prospective financial backers
Information is another resource that women entrepreneurs have difficulty accessing (ONeill amp Viljoen 2001 40) The information can be about markets suppliers export opportunities Large enterprises often have greater power time and resources to both access information for themselves and limit others access to it (Kouriloff 2000 65) Information can be obtained through informal networks as well as through membership in organizations such as trade guilds associations and unions (Kantor 2001 6) Female compared to male owners may have greater difficulty in accessing information because of difficulties in attending events due to their dual work roles and the resulting time constraints (Edwards 2001 58)
A lack of relevant skills and knowledge constrains the growth potential of entrepreneurial businesses (Kyro 2001 2) This is compounded by deficiencies in basic education Women tend to be less likely to have had education and experience relevant to starting and managing a business and thus have less potential for success (Botha 2006 30) Gaining relevant skills and knowledge also can be more difficult for women since their double work burden and childcare responsibilities make them less able to attend formal and informal training than men (Brush eiai 2006 18)
Kantor (2001 8) points out that womens more demanding role in the family relative to mens affects their entrepreneurial ability by reducing the time energy and concentration levels women can apply to their market work Women may have lower earnings and productivity levels since the amount of time they have available for market work will be limited by the time necessary to care for the family and their concentration while working may be reduced if there are multiple distractions leading to a further reduction in productivity and earnings (Hogskola 2008 25) Responsibility for household welfare also may make women more risk averse while societal perceptions of womens gender roles influence their treatment when they step outside of the perceived boundaries of
58
these roles limiting their access to the resources required for successful entrepreneurship (Anna etal 2000 291)
336 Growth Strategies
A relatively unexplored dimension of entrepreneurship on which male and female entrepreneurs are supposed to differ is their attitude towards growth (Verwey 2006 1) The process through which women-led entrepreneurial firms plan and achieve continual and sustainable growth often reflects a complex set of motivators and intentions that support this strategic path
Cliff (1998523) however researched whether gender differences do exist through quantitative as well as qualitative analysis of personal interviews with 229 small business owners in the Greater Vancouver are of British Columbia Canada Her study provided novel insights into the factors affecting an entrepreneurs growth decision and desired pace of expansion She found that both male and female entrepreneurs desire growth but there are important differences with respect to how they wish to expand (Verwey 2006 1)
Casale and Posel (2000 180) are of the opinion that female entrepreneurs are more likely to establish maximum business size thresholds beyond which they do not wish to expand and that moreover these thresholds are smaller than those set by male entrepreneurs This size relates to what she can manage and control with comfort balancing work and personal life Women tend to deliberately adopt a slow and steady pace of expansion as personal considerations appear to ovenide economic considerations in the business expansion decision According to Cliff (1998523) the attainment of such size thresholds appear to be a key trigger in the no-growth decision
This managed approach by female entrepreneurs to business expansion not letting growth get out of control may result in ventures that are able to out survive those headed by entrepreneurs pursuing more risky high-growth strategies (Bennett amp Dann
59
2000 78) This might lead to banks viewing women as lesser loan risks given their more cautious approach toward growth (Eckel amp Grossman 2000 288) Further research is needed to determine whether these different strategy approaches towards growth would affect venture performance If a more cautious approach leads to long-term survival of the firm awareness should be raised of the favourable outcomes of a more cautious approach This would require recognition that one approach to business ownership - the desire to head a large quickly growing enterprise may not necessarily fit all (Taniguchi 2002 888)
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT
Jalbert (200055) are of the opinion that womens entrepreneurship is gaining increasing
recognition in public policy circles National governments and international organisations
alike are coming to realise that fostering womens economic development through
enterprise creation can have a positive impact in a number of areas
First and foremost it enhances economic growth and provides employment opportunities for the owners and their workers In addition providing economic opportunities for women can also improve the social educational and health status of women and their families
The nature of the multitudinous challenges and obstacles facing women entrepreneurs suggest that their full economic potential is not fully actualised and women do not feature on the mainstream of the economic agenda One aspect that may be the route course of this dilemma that is faced by many female entrepreneurs may be the lack of proper support (De Groot 2001 9) Support is a potentially important means of raising the level of entrepreneurship in society overall
This section provides an overview of some efforts that are supporting the development of women-owned businesses Although this analysis is not a comprehensive review of
60
current literature and research it provides the best of what is known about womens
entrepreneurship
The objective of women entrepreneurship promotion is to create awareness of enterprise as an attractive employment option among women and to raise the profile of women entrepreneurs as credible role models to others It is a particularly important aspect in reinforcing the social value of entrepreneurship in the economy and in positioning it as a viable and feasible activity (International Labour Office (1LO) 2004 12)
The following examples illustrate how it is possible to promote effectively female entrepreneurship across a broad range of actions For example this might include (International Labour Office (ILO) 2004 12)
bull The establishment of specific institutions for (potential) female entrepreneurs
bull The provision of targeted support services and programmes the implementation of
electronic platforms for women entrepreneurs
bull The organisation of specific events targeted at female entrepreneurs
Before actual awareness campaigns can be initiated it is of the utmost importance to
establish an entrepreneurial environment that will in fact be attractive to potential women
entrepreneurs
While a growing body of literature exists on entrepreneurial environments the literature is highly fragmented Reviewing the empirical literature one can observe that Me research or even conceptualisation of the environment for entrepreneurship - enabling or otherwise - has been completed (Sannikova 20074) Some gaps that are evident in the literature are (Fogel 1994 1)
First a conceptual framework is lacking to integrate the available literature on
entrepreneurial environments
61
Second explicit links have not been established between the needs of
entrepreneurs and how environments can fulfil entrepreneurs needs induce or
reinforce their desire to go into business and thus facilitate the process of new
venture creation Third limited guidelines exist to conduct empirical research on entrepreneurial
environments
Finally a limited body of literature addresses the needs of policy makers despite the
recognition of this group as an important audience for research on entrepreneurship
One potential theory with implications for environmental factors and entrepreneurship is the resource dependence theory The resource dependence theory is based on the notion that environments are the source of scarce resources
The framework highlighted in figure 31 outline the key resources that support the
creation of an enabling environment for womens entrepreneurship These are
(Sannikova 20074)
bull Policy coordination and legal environment
bull Finance and Premises
bull Training and mentoring
bull Business Support
bull Network
bull Promotion
62
Figure 31 Framework for supporting women entrepreneurship activity
Source Sannikova (200718-19)
This framework fall inline with current issues addressed by the International Labour Office (ILO) In line with the ILOs gender policy the approach to women entrepreneurship seeks to redress existing gender imbalances in enterprise development through approaches and activities aimed specifically at women while simultaneously working with constituents to ensure that all small enterprise initiatives address gender in their formulation and roll-out The ILOs work to date has been in four main areas (Intemational Labour Office (ILO) 200412)
bull The development of a knowledge base on women entrepreneurs bull The development of a variety of support services for women entrepreneurs and their
service providers bull Supporting advocacy bull Developing internal and external partnerships
63
In 2002 the Austrian Institute for Small Business Research conducted a comprehensive study in regards to good practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002 105) They studied all available support organisations and programmes available to women entrepreneurs in Europe
A few critical success factors supporting good practice in the promotion of female entrepreneurship may be elaborated from the experience provided in this study These include (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002105)
bull Agencies should use female mentors trainers and advisers whenever possible to
increase the relevance of measures for women and to provide role models
bull Measures should be designed for both groups and individuals Group based
measures give women a chance to make contacts to network and to learn from the
experience of others Individual-based measures allow women to receive highly
effective advice directly related to the problems they face
bull Measures supporting enterprise start-ups should focus on sectors that can provide
women with an adequate income thereby increasing womens financial self-
sufficiency Strategies to move women into higher value markets in traditional or new
sectors are therefore important
bull Training measures should apply a modular approach with both a set of basic
courses such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and the opportunity
to select from a set of additional courses in various substantive areas This would
make the training flexible and give clients the independence to choose the skills on
which they want to focus
bull Training measures should also include entrepreneurship development training in
order to foster the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business
Business skills may not be sufficient for women who often lack confidence and belief
in their own abilities as entrepreneurs
bull Post-start-up support should be offered to trainees after having applied skills learned
in earlier training This may for example be offered by means of mentoring
64
addressing the specific problems faced by women entrepreneurs Additionally pre-
start-up mentoring can help women thinking about starting a business to determine if
it is really the right career choice
bull Women entrepreneurs should not be the only focus of business support and
personal development measures Reaching girls in order to encourage them to
become entrepreneurs and to develop their belief in their abilities is also important
bull Finally access to credit should be a key element in business support as limited
access to finance is a constraint faced by many entrepreneurs both female and
male Different methods of providing access to finance such as loan guarantees or
partnerships with formal financial institutions can reduce the costs of providing
credits to micro entrepreneurs and women entrepreneurs in particular
It has been demonstrated that there are various ways to tackle general and more specific problems faced by female entrepreneurs As many of the obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs are common all over the world most of the good practices that have been described above are not country-specific but might enrich the pool of possible actions in other countries as well
35 SUMMARY
Growing evidence asserts that womens entrepreneurship while differentiated is fundamentally different than mens It is apparent that women are crafting new visions and models of entrepreneurship and are experiencing unique processes entwining the developing self values of work life and family and the personal dynamics of change with the processes of developing and leading a business These phenomena deserve careful and critical exploration if we are to understand radical changes now occurring in women business owners work-lives and enterprise development The importance of supporting women entrepreneurship extends beyond academic relevance Government officials and NGOs have expressed interest in women entrepreneurship in countries in transition as a key to stimulating economies
65
Academics have been recommended to develop policy makers understanding by studying conditions and processes that encourage women entrepreneurship There is a particular theoretical need to conceptualise this environment and to test the environmental variables associated with women entrepreneurs
This support in developed countries usually has one main points to maximize the economic potential of self-employed women and also to encourage taking up of self-employment amongst women from disadvantaged backgrounds
Clearly the development of female entrepreneurship needs support through policies and adequate institutions in many areas such as education and training access to credit and financing access to information business networks and new technologies The Governments in partnership with other stakeholders should take the lead and responsibility for establishing institutions and policies aimed at development of SMEs These policies however should be gender sensitive and address specific barriers in entrepreneurial activities
It is increasingly recognised that entrepreneurship support offers a new model for
fighting poverty and ensuring economic growth in countries
66
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
41 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to present what has been empirically observed as set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the broader problem area Hence in the discussion the findings are interpreted in the light of the research questions The various methodological issues and considerations involved in the gathering of the data are also discussed
42 GATHERING OF DATA
This section contains a thorough explanation of the various methodological issues and considerations involved in obtaining and handling the data used in the study It has been divided into two parts each of which concerns a different component of the data collection gathering process
421 Development and construction of questionnaire
As explained in chapter one the survey instrument utilised in the study was a
standardised questionnaire Information could either be entered by the respondents
themselves or the review used it as a structure for face to face interviewing
The first step was to design a questionnaire with questions and items developed from the initial research problem and the literature study conducted
Questions or items of the same kind or that seek the same sort of information was grouped together They fell into a range of categories where some consisted of a small number of related questions The intend was to elicit information of a particular type
67
Analytical categories relevant to the research were determined from the literature These
topics were aggregated by unit of analysis
bull Section A Personal information
- Age - Marital status
- Educational level
- Number and age of children
- Employment history
bull Section B Business information
- Industry - Legal status of business
- Age of business
- Path to business ownership
- Source of start-up funding
- Business premises
- Number of employees
- Annual turnover
- Previous exposure to business
bull Section C Wlotivational factors and demographic aspects
bull Section D Obstacles towards women entrepreneurship
- During start-up phase of business
- During current operations
bull Section E Development needs of female entrepreneurs
- Previous development by private or government agency
- Women entrepreneurship association awareness
68
- Needs classification
In section A B and E the questionnaire was designed so that the responded could indicate the applicable answer by marking a designated block with a cross More than one block could be marked where applicable
In section C and D a Seven point Likert scale method was applied to measure
responses that range from disagree strongly to agree strongly A value of one will be
linked to disagree strongly and a value of seven to agree strongly
The idea of using the Likert scale method is that instead of learning whether or not the respondent was favourably inclined on an issue one also gets a measure and a reasonably reliable one of the actual position on the continuum However this method is frequently criticised because a number of unique response patterns can result in the same total score (Tull amp Hawkins 1980 322)
422 Data collection
The questionnaire in the form of printed copies was distributed to 100 women
entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni as a result of the sampling method applied
The study made use of both a convenience sampling method and secondly made use of
a snowball sampling method
Snowball sampling relies on referrals from initial subjects to generate additional subjects Therefore base selection of a primary informant took place The base selected for this study was the Chamber of Commerce for Gauteng which acted as an informant of women owned businesses Referrals were contacted to confirm if they adhere to the definition of small and medium-sized women owned businesses More referrals were subsequently collected by theses women owned business expanding the database It
69
may be extremely difficult or cost prohibitive to locate respondents in these situations A
list of 100 women owned business was compiled as a result of these efforts
Techniques for distributing questionnaires included e-mail personal delivery and structured interviews
This review aimed to distribute questionnaires to wide variety business sectors demographic locations and races as to obtain a representative view of women entrepreneurs
Business sectors included were ie retail trade wholesale trade manufacturing construction transportdistribution accommodation and restaurant food industry agricultureforestryfishing and services
Demographic areas included all towns within the boundaries of Ekurhuleni ie Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan Endenvale Lethabong Germiston Kempton Park Tembisa Nigel and Springs
A period of two weeks for responding to the questionnaire were allowed from where
questionnaires were collected either personally by the researcher or via facsimile and e-
A total of 80 usable questionnaires were returned from the sample This constitutes a
80 response rate
The major reasons for non returns faced during the process were the limited time available to the respondents to complete the questionnaires due to busy work schedules and the availability of certain owners that resided overseas
70
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS
431 Age group description of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A1 in Section A of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was
to determine the age group description of respondents
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented
in Table 41 below
Table 41 Age group description of respondents
Age group Frequency Percentage 40 to 49 years old 27 3375
30 to 39 years old 20 2500
50 to 59 years old 14 1750
20 tot 29 years old 12 1500
60+ years old 6 750
lt19 years old 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
The biggest category in this review is represented by the 40 to 49 year old group (refer
to table 41) were 3375 of the respondents indicated the age group A fourth (25) of
the respondents represents the 30 to 39 year age group
71
The remainder of the group constitutes less than 20 of the respondents where 1750
represents the 50 to 59 age group 1500 the 20 to 29 year old 750 the 60+ group
and 125) less than 19 years old respectively
All respondents answered the question
432 Marital status of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A2 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the marital status of respondents The results will be used to determine if
there is any link between the marital status of the women and their path to self
employment
bull Results obtained
The marital status of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 42 below
Table 42 Marital status of respondents
Marital status Frequency Percentage Married 52 6500
Single 10 1250
Widowed 9 1125
Divorced 7 875 Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
72
bull Analysis of the results
Table 42 indicates that more than half that is 52 (6500) of the respondents are married A total of 1250 of respondents are single 1125 are widowed and 875 are divorced
Two respondents did not indicate their marital status
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A3 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the highest academic qualification of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous education on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
bull Results obtained
The highest academic qualification of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 43 below
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents
Highest academic qualification Frequency Percentage Diploma (Technical college orTechnicon) 29 3625 University degree 29 3625
Matric 16 2000
Certificate 4 500
Post graduate degree 2 250
Total 80 10000
73
bull Analysis of the results
Table 43 indicates that a diploma and university degree constitute the largest group of all responses Both the diploma and university degree represent 3625 of the respondents respectively
A total of 16 (2000) of the respondents indicated a matric as their highest academic qualification whereas four respondents (500) indicated a certificate and two (250) indicated a post graduate degree
All respondents answered the question
434 Number of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A4 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of children of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 44 below
74
Table 44 Number of children of respondents
Number of children Frequency Percentage Two (2) children 31 3875
One (1) child 14 1750
Three (3) children 14 1750 None 10 1250
Four (4) children 8 1000
Five (5) children 3 375
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of the respondents (3875) have only 2 children A total of 1750 are
presented equally by both the one child and three child groups A total of 10 (1250)
respondents have no children Eight (1000) respondents have four children and three
or 375 have five children
All respondents answered the question
435 Age group description of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the age of children of the participants The results will be utilised in
determining if the age of children might have an influence on the path to business
ownership and act as an obstacle due to family responsibility to women entrepreneurs
75
bull Results obtained
The age of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 45 below
Table 45 Age group description of children
Age group description Frequency Percentage 18+years old 25 3125
11-18 years old 15 1875
1-5 years old 13 1625
No children 10 1250
6-10 years old 9 1125
Missing 8 1000
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 45 indicates that the majority of the respondents (25 or 3125) children are
older than 18 years A total of 15 (1875) of the respondents children are between 11
and 18 years 13 (1625) between one to five years old and nine (1125) between six
and 10 years old
A total of ten (1250) of the respondents indicated that they do not have children
whereas eight respondents did not answer the question
76
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES
441 Number of permanent employees
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B7 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of permanent employees of the participating women owned
businesses and to determine whether the family business can be classified as a micro-
very small- small- or a medium-sized enterprise
bull Results obtained
Table 46 Number of permanent employees
Number of permanent employees Frequency Percentage 2-4 30 3750 26-50 23 2875
Myself 10 1250
5-10 10 1250
11-25 4 500
101-200 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
A combined forty (5000) of the women owned business can be classified as micro-
enterprise from which 30 (3750) of the business have two to four employees and 10
(1250) of the businesses are only operated by the entrepreneur herself
77
A total of ten (125) of the businesses can be classified as very small enterprise
consisting of five to ten employees
Small-enterprises are represented by twenty seven (3375) of the businesses with four
(5) employed of 11 to 25 employees and 23 (2875) 26 to 50 employees
Only two (250) of the businesses surveyed can be classified as medium-enterprise
Of the 80 respondents only one responded (125) did not answer the question
Figure 46 indicates that the majority of the businesses surveyed falls into the micro-
enterprise category
442 Turnover of the business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B8 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the financial success and the size of the participating women
owned businesses
bull Results obtained
The annual turnover of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table
47
I
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business
Annual turnover Frequency Percentage R100 000 to R500 000 27 3375
R1 million to R5 million 20 2500
R500 000to R1 million 18 2250
R50 000toR100 000 9 1125
R5 million+ 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Twenty seven (3375) of the family businesses annual turnover were between the R100 000 to R500 000 range followed by twenty (2500) between the R1 to R5 million range eighteen (2250) in the R500 000 to R1 million range nine (1125) in the R50 000 to R100 000 range and six (75) in the more than R5 million range
All participants answered the question
443 Economic sector of operation
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B1 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the economic sector that the women owned businesses
operates in The sector may have an influence on specific needs for the women owned
businesses as well as policy implications
bull Results obtained
The economic sector of operation of the women owned businesses in this study is
presented in table 48
79
I
Table 48 Economic sector of operation
Economic sector Frequency Percentage Retail trade 33 4125
Services 26 3250
Accommodation and restaurant 7 875
Wholesale trade 6 750
Manufacturing trade 4 500
Transportdistribution 2 250
Food industry 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 33 (4125)) of the businesses in this study operate in retail trade that also represents that largest group within this review The service category is represented by 26 (3250) of the respondents This include the following businesses ie bakery school transport ballet studios swimming lessons DVD rentals garden services cleaning services doggy parlour dry cleaning wedding planning landscaping physiotherapy attorney petrol garage dress maker hair salons catering services graphic design party rentals business machine servicing and beauty salons
Other industries of operation includes seven (875) businesses in accommodation and
restaurant six (750) in wholesale trade four (500) businesses in manufacturing
and two (250) in distribution and food industry respectively
All respondents answered the question
80
444 Legal status of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B2 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The legal status of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table 49
Table 49 Legal status of business
Category Frequency Percentage Sole proprietorship 42 5250
Partnership 18 2250
Company (Private) 12 1500
Not registered 7 875
Close corporation 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Just more than half (52505)) of the participating women-owned businesses in this
study are registered as sole proprietorship 18 (2250) are registered partnerships 12
(1500) as private companies and one (125) business indicated a close corporation
A total of seven (875) of the businesses in this study is however not registered None
of the business indicated a business trust or public company All respondents answered
the question
81
445 Business premises
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B6 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The premises from where the women owned businesses in this study are operating from
are presented in table 410
Table 410 Business premises
Business district Frequency Percentage Outlying business area 50 6250
Home based 16 2000
Central business district (CBD) 12 1500
Agriculture 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
More than half (6250) of the respondents operate their business from an outlying
business area as indicated in table 410 A total of 16 (20) of the businesses in this
review are home-based with only 12 (1500) situated in a central business district
Agriculture land is only utilised by two (250) of the women owned businesses in this
review None of the respondent businesses operates from an industrial area
All respondents answered this question
82
446 Age of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B3 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the age of all women owned businesses that participated in this review
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women owned businesses that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 411 below
Table 411 Age of business
Age of business Frequency Percentage One (1) to five (5) years old 45 5625
Six (6) to 10 years old 24 3000
11 to 20 years old 6 750
21 to 30 years old 3 375
31 to 40 years old 1 125 41 to 50 years old 1 125
Analysis of the results
According to table 411 more than half (5625) of the respondents businesses are relatively young and fall under the one to five year old category A large group of 24 (30) of the participating businesses are between six and 10 years old The remainder of the categories are represented by less than 10 of the respondents where six (750) business are between 11 and 20 years old three (375) between 21 and 30 years and 1 (125) between 31 to 40 years and one (125) between 41 to 50 years respectively All respondents answered the question
83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP
451 Path to business ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B4 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the path to business ownership of respondents
bull Results obtained
The path to business ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 412 below
Table 412 Path to business ownership
Path to business ownership Frequency Percentage
Founded the business 52 6500
Purchase the business 25 3125
Join family business 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 412 reflects that 52 (6500) of the businesses studied in this review were
founded by the entrepreneur Just less than a third or 25 (3125) of the businesses
were purchased A total of two (250) respondents actually joined family businesses
and one (125) did not answer the question
84
452 Previous employment experience
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the previous employment experience of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous experience on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs The respondents had the option to choose between six experience levels categories
bull Results obtained
The previous employment experience of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 413 below
Table 413 Previous employment experience
Previous employment experience Frequency Percentage Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier) 34 4250
Self-employed 14 1750
Supervisor 11 1375
Middle management 9 1125
Unemployed 8 1000
Top management 4 500
Total 80 10000
85
bull Analysis of the results
Less than half (4250) of the respondents were previously employed as non-
management workers whereas only 11 (1375) of the respondents were supervisors A
total of nine (1125) of respondents indicated that they were employed in middle
management with only four (5) in top management A number of eight (1000)
respondents were previously unemployed
A quite interesting observation is the 14 or 1750 of respondents that were previously
self-employed that also constitute the second largest group in this review
All respondents answered the question
453 Years self-employed
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A6 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of years self employed of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of years self-employed of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 414 below
86
Table 414 Years self-employed
Number of years self-employed Frequency Percentage Four (4) to five (5) years 27 3375 Six (6) to 10 years 26 3250 One (1) to Three (3) years 14 1750
More than 10 years 12 1500
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of respondents are between four and ten years self-employed A number of
27 (3375) of the respondents has indicated a four to five year period and 26 (3250)
indicating a six to 10 year period The remainder of the age groups are represented by
less than 20 of the respondents where 14 (1750) fall within the relative young one
to three year category and 12 (1500) in the established more than ten year category
Only one (125) respondent did not answer the question
454 Source of start-up funding
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B5 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the source of start-up funding of the participants
bull Results obtained
The source of start-up funding of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 415 below
87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding
Source of start-up funding Frequency Percentage Bank loan 30 3750
Personal savings 29 3625
Relatives 10 1250
Householdspouse 5 625
Sold business 4 500
Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Both bank loan and personal savings constitutes the largest sources for start-up funding
with 30 (3750) made use of bank loans and 29 (3625) utilised personal savings
A total of 10 (1250) respondents collected start-up funds from relatives and five
(625) from a household member or spouse A number of four (500) respondents
sold their previous business to obtain funds
Respondents not answering the question accounted for 250 of the sample
455 Role models
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B9 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine if the respondents was inspired by someone during their youth to become an entrepreneur The results will be used to determine if there is any link between this previous influence and the women entrepreneurs decision to enter into self employment
bull Results obtained
The influence of role models on all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 416 below
Table 416 Role models
Influenced by role models Frequency Percentage No 68 8500
Yes 12 1500
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority (8500) of respondents indicated that they had no one inspiring them to
become entrepreneurs where 12 (1500) of the respondents claimed that they had
some influence Eight respondents indicated that their parents owned businesses where
four indicated that close friends of the family motivated them from childhood to enter
own employment
All respondents answered this question
456 First ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B10 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to determine if the current business is the women entrepreneurs first self owned
business
89
bull Results obtained
An indication of first ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 417 below
Table 417 First ownership
Category Frequency Percentage
Yes 62 7750
No 12 1500
Missing 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 62 (7750)) of the respondents indicated that their current business is their
first business owned Only a small amount of 12 (1500) of the respondents indicated
previously owned business or no to the answer A total of seven of the business was
sold of four is still operating and one went out of business
Quite a large total of six (750) of the respondents did not answer the question at all
46 MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C1-15 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the main motivational factors for women entrepreneurs entering own business ventures The results will be utilised in determining the influence of these motivational factors on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
90
bull Results obtained
The average response or mean (x) and the standard deviation (s) (variation around the
mean) of each of the 15 items indicating motivational factors for entering own
employment are indicated in Table 418
Table 418 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
Motivation n X s
Need for a challenge 80 6250 1326
Self-fulfilment 79 6215 1356
Confidence in the productservice offered 80 6188 0813
Insufficient family income 80 5513 1765
The need for independence 80 5488 1800
Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 80 5363 1759
Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) 80 5150 1870
Need forflexible work schedule 80 5063 2143
Desire for wealth 80 4900 1900
Ensure high job security 80 4700 2095
To develop hobby 78 4654 2373
Compatibility with family duties 80 4238 2279
Difficulty finding a job 80 3750 2405
Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 80 2650 1822
Entered the family business 80 1825 1310
Total 4796 0906
bull Analysis of the results
The standard deviations of all 15 statements averages are fairly high ranging from
0813 to 2405
Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement Thus a higher number representing agreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be true by the respondents Likewise a low number representing disagreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be false
The motivational statement indicating the highest agreement was need for challenge Participants indicated a very high average mean of x = 6250 for this statement Other
statements that also obtained high levels of agreement was self-fulfilment (x = 6215)
and confidence in the productservice offered (x = 6188)
Five items indicated average means higher than five Insufficient family income indicated an average mean of x = 5513 the need for independence an average mean
of x= 5488 dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) an average
mean of x= 5363 role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) an average x- 5150 and the need for flexible work schedule an average mean of x = 5063
Five items indicated average means higher than four Desire for wealth indicated an
average mean of x = 4900 ensure high job security an average mean ofx = 4700
to develop hobby and average mean ofx= 4654 and compatibility with family duties indicated an average mean of x =4238
Difficult finding a job only indicated an average mean of x = 3750 and redundancy (lost
their job retrenchment) an average mean of x = 2650
Entering family business was the statement with the lowest agreement standing on
an average mean of x = 1825
92
462 Ekurhuleni support
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C17- 21 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations The participating women entrepreneurs had to indicate their response on five statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is
providing to their business operations are reflected in Table 419 below
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations
Category n X s
Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 80 5288 1275
Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 80 5075 1100
Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 79 4772 1395
The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 80 4325 1589
Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 80 2563 1349
Total 4403 0837
93
bull Analysis of the results
An average mean of x = 5288 was calculated for the statement Ekurhuleni is a
source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities This result indicates
that the participants have a relative high agreement with the statement A high
agreement was also calculated for Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export
opportunities (x = 5075) Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road
network) adequately meet the needs of my business (x = 4772) and The
Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses
(x = 4325)
The statement Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women
entrepreneurship in the region however indicated a very low level of agreement with a
standard mean of only x = 2563
463 Obstacles to business start-up
bull Purpose of question
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers have for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those
barriers still exist today
The purpose of question D 1-14 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A)
was to accumulate a body of knowledge of banners that were faced by current female
entrepreneurs in entering their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate
their response on fourteen statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale
type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent
disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with
the statement
94
bull Results obtained
Agreement to obstacles that the respondents experienced during the start-up phase of
their businesses are presented in Table 420 below
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up
Obstacles n X s
Lack of business management skills 80 5888 1607
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5725 1646
Lack of timely business information 80 5438 1422
Risk averse (great fear of failure) 79 5253 1829
Lack of self-confidence 79 5241 1876
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 5150 1700
Inequality of access to credit (difficult to obtain financing as a female) 80 4875 1760
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 2009
Isolation from business network 80 4713 1917
Lack of education and training (in general) 80 4625 2065
Legislative (lack of focused women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government) 80 4400 1718
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3750 1832
Lack of female role models 80 3475 1882
Total 4874 1091
bull Analysis of the results
All fourteen statements as reflected in table 419 indicated high levels of agreement The statement lack of business management skills was indicated as the highest level of agreement with an average mean of x= 5888 A total of five other statements also indicated relative high agreements with inter role conflict (workhome conflict) indicating a standard mean of x= 5725 lack of timely business information (x = 5438) risk averse (great fear of failure) (x = 5253) lack of self-confidence (x =
95
5241) and awareness or access to business support indicating an average mean of
x =5150
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 3475
464 Obstacles currently faced in business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question D 16- 27 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers that were faced by female entrepreneurs currently operating their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate their response on 12 statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Obstacles that the respondents are experiencing in their current business operations are reflected in Table 421
96
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business
Obstacles n X s
Liquidity and other financial problems 80 6225 1102
Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 80 5775 1405
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5538 1793
Lack of business management skills 80 5488 1359
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 1872
Lack of timely business information 80 4663 1771
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 4600 1846
No time for trainingupgrading of skills 80 4563 1948
Isolation from business network 79 4506 1839
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3338 1771
Lack of female role models 79 2835 1581
Total 4764 0968
bull Analysis of the results
The statement with the highest level of agreement was liquidity and other financial
problems The average mean for this statement was calculated on a very high x -
6225
A total of three other statements also indicated relative high agreements with gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) indicating a standard mean
of x= 5775 inter role conflict (workhome conflict) (5c = 5538) and lack of business management skills indicating an average mean of x = 5488
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 2835
97
I
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question E3 Section E of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the development needs of respondents (refer to table 421)
bull Results obtained
Development needs indicated by all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 422 below
Table 422 Support needs of respondents
Category Frequency Percentage
Financial support 68 8500
Growth support 64 8000
Marketing support 62 7750
Business advice information counselling mentoring 57 7125
Networking with other business owners 55 6875
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area 53 6625
Legal support 41 5125
Tools equipment machinery 38 4750
Trainingknowledgeskills 35 4375
Suitable business premises 33 4125
Psychological support 21 2625
Technical support 20 2500
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity) 19 2375
98
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 68 (8500) of the respondents indicated that their greatest need is financial support with 64 (8000) also indicating growth support as a great need in the operation of their businesses A number of two categories also received high scoring with 62 (7750) respondents indicating marketing support and 57 (7125) indicating business advice information counselling and mentoring as support greatly needed
Almost half of the respondents also indicated that the following support will benefit their business A total of 41 (5125) of the participating women entrepreneurs indicated that legal support will benefit them 38 (4750) tools equipment and machinery support Trainingknowledge and skills was indicated by 4375 of respondents and a suitable business premises by 33 (4125) of the participating women entrepreneurs
Only 21 (2625) respondents indicated that psychological support will benefit them and
20 (2500o) indicated that technical support will be of use A small number of 19
(2375) indicated a need for infrastructure
48 SUMMARY
This chapter started of with the various methodological issues and considerations
involved in the gathering of the data from where results were presented in the form of
frequency tables on what has been empirically observed The results were analysed as
set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the
broader problem area
Data explored during this study included biographical information of all participating women entrepreneurs This includes age group description marital status highest academic qualification number of children and age group description of children
This empirical research also undertook the task to gather information in regards to the structure of the participating women entrepreneurs businesses This information
99
included number of permanent employees annual turnover of the business economic
sector of operation legal status of the business the business premises and age of the
business
Path to ownership information was also recorded by this study that includes the
following Path to business ownership previous employment experience number of
years self-employed source of start-up funding influence of role models and first
ownership
Factors of importance also gathered by this review includes motivational factors to enter self employment women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their businesses obstacles to business start-up obstacles currently faced within business operations and support needs of respondents
The information gathered by the empirical research was utilised in the drafting of the
Ekurhuleni women entrepreneurship profile discussed in chapter five This profile will be
of purpose in the drafting of the women entrepreneurship development framework for
the Ekurhuleni district
100
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
51 INTRODUCTION
Despite the large amount of research on the key factors influencing womens
entrepreneurship no study has yet provided an empirical field assessment of factors
influencing women at a municipality context
With the goal of delineating the unique circumstances of women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni this review undertook a study of 80 women entrepreneurial businesses The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures in this area have generated value and fuelled innovation on all levels The increased presence of women entrepreneurs has had a remarkable impact on employment
The purpose of this chapter is therefore to conclude on the empirical study by compiling
a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni Theoretical applications of these links
would derive strong arguments
Recommendations to women entrepreneurship development for this area will be made followed by a critical evaluation of the study Suggestions for future studies will be implied and this chapter will be concluded by a summary
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
The following reflects the make-up of the Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur as concluded in the empirical study conducted
101
521 Biographical information results
The majority of the women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
that participated in this study are between 30 to 49 years of age She is furthermore
married with an average of two children mainly older than eighteen years The
entrepreneur is well littered with either a diploma or university degree
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results
The average women-owned business in Ekurhuleni is between one to five years old with
an annual turnover in the R100 000 to R500 000 range Operation is mainly within the
retail trade or service sector within the micro-enterprise environment Most businesses
can be found in outlying business areas The legal status of the participating businesses
is mainly reserved to sole proprietorships
523 Path to ownership results
The Ekurhuleni women-owned business is either founded or purchased by the female entrepreneur which are on average four to ten years self-employed and mostly a first-time owner A bank loan or personal funding provided start-up capital Owners were not motivated by childhood role models
524 Motivational factors to self employment results
The need for a challenge self-fulfilment and confidence in the product or service offered are the main motivators for these women entrepreneurs Factors such as difficulty f inding a job redundancy and entering of family business are least motivational
indicating that the average Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur are drawn to self-employment by pull factors rather than push factors (Botha 2006 122)
102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni
For the average female entrepreneur Ekurhuleni will be a source of an ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities The Ekurhuleni infrastructure meets the needs of their businesses and the region provides good network opportunities with other businesses However most of the participating women entrepreneurs feel that the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality do not have proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in this district
526 Obstacles to business start-up results
The lack of business management skills inter-role conflict with home and work the lack of timely business information high risk aversion by women entrepreneurs lack of self-confidence and a lack of awareness or access to business support are all considered as huge obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs during the start-up phase of their respective business
Factors such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models are not considered as major obstacles to business start-ups
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results
The main current obstacles experienced by the average female entrepreneur are liquidity and other financial problems Aspects such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models were once again recognised as the least considered obstacles in current business operations
103
528 Support needs results
The average female entrepreneur feels that they can mostly benefit from financial and growth support whereas psychological technical and infrastructure support are rated low on urgency
53 RECOMMENDATIONS
In the light of the research results explained a development framework was compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni Figure 51 represents the specific elements of the Ekurhuleni entrepreneurial development framework (refer to the next page)
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs on in Ekurhuleni district are complex and calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
The main recommendation issued by this review is the establishing of an Ekurhuleni
women entrepreneurship development centre The main responsibility of this centre will
be the implementation and co-ordination of the recommendations listed below
104
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
Own compilation
The purpose of the section to follow is to provide a description of the specific elements
within the recommended framework to develop women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
105
531 Promotion
Recommendation
The review recommends the formation of a specific women entrepreneurship advocacy team within the overall development centre
Motivation
The main role of the advocacy team will be to raise the visibility of womens economic contribution and to change the policy to support womens role in the Ekurhuleni district It is important that the advocacy team are aware of the heterogeneity of their client group Without this awareness policy changes risk being unintentionally biased against a group such as women entrepreneurs
532 Strategy
Recommendation
It is recommended that women entrepreneurship specific policies be drafted within the
Ekurhuleni district and emphasis placed on continued research into the development of
the women entrepreneurs in the district
Motivation
bull The process of policy formulation has to incorporate gender mainstreaming strategies On a national base government has been introducing new gender-specific laws of a general nature but gender issues were not considered in all the other laws of relevance to womens entrepreneurship development
106
bull These policies must address awareness since many institutions are not aware of the gender-specific constraints of women entrepreneurs and therefore unable to address them adequately when providing the necessary services
bull Associations in charge of the enhancement of the status of women NGOs womens organisations and technical programmes could play an important role in emphasising gender issues in the creation of a more enabling policy and legal environment In this connection the importance of the systematic collection and analysis of gender specific data and information for gender-sensitive industrial policy formulation and implementation cannot be over emphasised This is necessary in order to identify the constraints and needs of women entrepreneurs prior to the formulation of any development programme targeting women
bull It is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations lobby groups and the municipality should strive for the systematic collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship
bull The creation of awareness about entrepreneurship requires the adoption of an entrepreneurial culture among potential women entrepreneurs and among youth in general as they are the future entrepreneurs This could be done if local support institutions professional assodations media and womens associations put emphasis on creating awareness about entrepreneurship Media and school campaigns exposure to role models and targeted training could also be used for this purpose
107
533 Support
bull Training
Recommendation
The development of proper training programmes focussing on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs is a necessity
Motivation
bull Training is one of the most common business development services provided Training initiatives include both the provision of general business skills as well as skills more particular to an industry General business training includes basic business skills such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and is usually a central element of an integrated service package Training in skills is often not sufficient for women and successful training programmes for women entrepreneurs therefore also include confidence building entrepreneurship developmenttraining fostering the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business are just a few to mention
bull Programmes that not only confine themselves to training existing or potential women entrepreneurs but also make efforts to reach girls in order to encourage them to become entrepreneurs must be developed
bull A modular approach to the training programme design must be followed - it offers core courses and then allows clients to select other courses suiting their needs This makes the training flexible and gives clients the independence to choose the skills on which they lack the most or want to focus on
bull However successful programme designs are always those which are based on realistic needs-based assessments Women have different training needs in terms of course content scheduling length and delivery Programme designers must be aware of womens multiple roles and programmes should be scheduled when
108
women are likely to be free Participatory techniques and incremental learning using
female instructors are considered good teaching models for reaching women
entrepreneurs
bull Access to credit
Recommendation
A proper study into good practices should be launched to enhance accesses for women
entrepreneurs to credit from where specific plans must be drafted to ensure better
access to financing for these women entrepreneurs
Motivation
Credit is a constraint faced by many women entrepreneurs Women need to be able to
access mainstream banking and finance and need support in this area Increased
access to credit is a key to the development of women entrepreneurs in SMEs
bull Counselling and mentoring programmes
Recommendation
This study recommends the establishing of counselling and mentoring centres
Motivation
bull Individually-based services where clients receive help and support on problems
specific to their businesses have proven to be most effective
bull Counselling programmes tend to be expensive One way of cutting costs is by using
volunteers and using group-based services for more general issues
109
bull Attention must be paid to hiring female consultants avoiding a male environment and providing services sensitive to womens needs In addition gender training of consultants should be done
bull Many women want post-start-up support accessible after trying out the skills learned in earlier training Mentoring is one method of providing this support which can be very effective as it addresses the specific problems faced by the individual entrepreneur This kind of support includes individual or group-based assistance directed at specific problems where mentors serve as role models Based on a longer-term relationship with the mentor this is essentially a form of knowledge transfer It can be tailored to client needs and therefore can have high effectiveness and impact However it can also be costly in terms of mentors time
bull Mentoring can be offered to individuals or groups Individual mentoring is often more effective and have a greater impact as it addresses problems specific to the womens businesses Group-based mentoring offers other benefits such as group solidarity and the opportunity to learn from others experiences
bull However as mentioned earlier mentoring can be an expensive service to provide Many support agencies have cut costs by using volunteer mentors but mentor quality has to be monitored Supply of female mentors volunteer or not is sometimes a problem Coupling mentoring with a sectoral focus has emerged as a good strategy to help women to enter new industries Use of female mentors and having women-only group mentoring programmes increases the likelihood that women will use the services
bull Information sharing and network formation
Recommendation
The study wants to emphasize the need for the development of a specific women entrepreneur association within the Ekurhuleni district for the main purpose of networking and information sharing
110
Motivation
Information is a key resource for women entrepreneurs Information can relate to markets suppliers costs and technology and networks have emerged as key strategy for offering support to women entrepreneurs Networking is very important to the success of a business and it is identified as one of the key ways to strengthen womens enterprises as it can provide access to information new customers and suppliers Networks are relations with others in the business community and are an important way to access information
Sometimes training courses provide early networking opportunities giving practice
time to women before they go out to network in the wider business environment
Training courses also allow women to meet others starting businesses Networks can
also contribute to the knowledge and development of support agencies
Information exchange in the networks is provided through many means including one-
stop shops trade fairs and the Internet Information technology has proven to be an
important asset for accessing information and expanding networks Often the network
makes services and information available to entrepreneurs by toll free telephone fax in
person and through the Internet In fact the use of the internet has greatly helped to
widen the geographic areas of networks both between entrepreneurs and between
support agencies Internet allows clients to access it at times that suit their schedules
This helps women have greater access as they often have to juggle multiple demands
on their time Online networks and community business centres offer networking
opportunities Decentralized service provision also insures that the information provided
to local women is relevant to the local context
i l l
bull Support organisations
Recommendation
Accumulation of support organisations must take place Through awareness the involvement of organisations and institutions must be increased
Motivation
Many different types of organisations can provide either direct or indirect support to women entrepreneurs The different organisations working with women entrepreneurs include NGOs credit providers training and technical assistance centres research institutes and universities professional organisations government agencies and private sector organisations
Professional membership organisations have also emerged as important agencies which work to change policy and provide services and networks to members They work best when they serve a clientele with common interests The membership organisations must serve women business owners with gender being perceived as one commonality across which membership organisations can be established
Private sector actors other than banks or private training providers include suppliers of inputs final goods customers and consultants They work with women entrepreneurs through subcontracting arrangements and by supplying inputs raw materials used equipment or technical assistance These are viewed as an increasingly important source of assistance for women entrepreneurs particularly for-profit service providers In addition to this consultants may work with entrepreneurs directly for a fee or as volunteers For example some firms may volunteer their staffs time as consultants while some individuals working in the private sector may do so independent of their place of work
112
Universities and research institutes can also contribute to the development of women entrepreneurs through provision of trainers and consultants and through direct research on entrepreneurship with particular focus on women and by highlighting their contribution to the local regional and national economy In some cases they can also develop technologies to improve productivity and reduce the time burden of women
54 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY
The success of this study is based upon the realising of the primary and secondary
objectives as indicated in section 13 of this study
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
In order to reach the primary objectives successfully the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a global context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
The first secondary objective namely to gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African economy was achieved through a comprehensive literature study in chapter two This chapter act as a motivation to this question by supplying ambient evidence in the role women entrepreneurs plays in the South African economy
113
The second secondary objective that is to study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur was also realised through the literature review in chapter two
The third secondary objective to identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing their own business ventures was achieved by both the literature review in chapter three and the detailed empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five
The fourth secondary objective to examine current development programmes in a
global context was realised through both chapter twos literature review focusing on
South African development programmes and a detailed description of international good
practices in chapter three
The last secondary objective to suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district was achieved through the results obtained during the empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five The results of this empirical research led to the development of a women entrepreneurship development framework as represented in section 53 of chapter five Practical recommendations forms part of the framework developed
Trough the achieving of all secondary objectives and the framework discussed in section
53 it can therefore be concluded that the primary objective namely the development of
a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
were achieved
55 SUGGESTION FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
Forthcoming work can build on this review by focusing on measuring the effectiveness
of programmes and initiative that was implemented due to recommendation issued in
section 53 of this review
114
Furthermore as explained earlier it is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations and the municipality should strive for the systematic and frequent collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship as to ensure that up to date and relevant programmes are in place to support the female entrepreneurs
56 SUMMARY
The purpose of this chapter was to conclude on the empirical study by compiling a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni was given that included the following aspects The biographical information of the female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support needs of the female entrepreneur
The empirical research resulted in recommendations to women entrepreneurship
development in Ekurhuleni being made That was followed by a critical evaluation of the
study in regards to the achievement of the research objectives Suggestions for future
studies were also recommended
Gender sensitivity of programme design and service delivery is critical Agencies which have a successful record in reaching women are always aware of the characteristics of their female and male clients and the gender-specific barriers affecting their economic participation when designing programmes Thus gender aware needs assessment is a vital tool to good service design and delivery
115
Furthermore developing a supportive environment for womens entrepreneurship is important to womens success This includes helping women to deal with their multiple roles and involving men families and communities (as appropriate) in womens entrepreneurship Support agencies must understand womens goals and objectives in becoming entrepreneurs and work to support those goals Providing for both practical and strategic gender needs is central to womens economic success While not all agencies can work at both levels the experience from developed countries shows that service providers should make an effort to partner with agencies which work to address deeper strategic issues through advocacy and policy change
Therefore an important learning is the need to couple programme actions with policy work In order to make long-term changes in womens ability to participate freely in the economy the socio-cultural constraints on women must be addressed Advocacy work should be directed at policymakers in order to raise their awareness of the important role of women in the economy and the positive effect of economic participation on women and their families
116
BIBLIOGRAPHY
AFFHOLDER J amp BOX DM 2004 Struggles of female entrepreneurs Allied
Academies International Conference Proceedings of the Academy of Entrepreneurship
10(1)
AIDIS R 2003 Entrepreneurship and economic transition Tinbergen Institute
discussion paper pp 5
ALTMAN M 2001 Paths to employment expansion in a minerals economy Urban
Forum Special Issue First International Conference on Employment Creation in
Development 12(3-4) 314
ANNA L CHANDLER G JANSEN E amp MERO N 2000 Women business owners
in traditional and non-traditional industries Journal of Business Venturing 15(3) 279-
303
ARIF M 2008 Definition and introduction of entrepreneurship Shri Ramswaroop
College of Engineering amp Management
AUSTRIAN INSTITUTE FOR SMALL BUSINESS RESEARCH (IFGH) 2002 Good
practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship Examples from Europe and other
OECD countries Pp 1 - 110
BANERJEE A GALIANI S LEVINSOHN J MCLAREN Z amp WOOLARD I 2007
Why has unemployment risen in the new South Africa [Web]
httpwwwnberorgpapersw13167 [Date of access 20 July 2008]
BARTLETT J E KOTRLIK J W amp HIGGINS C 2001 Organizational research
Determining appropriate sample size for survey research information Technology
Learning and Performance Journal 19(1) 43-50
117
BARUAH S 2005 Entrepreneurship Concept and definition Indian Institute of
Entrepreneurship
BENNETT R amp DANN S 2000 The changing experience of Australian female
entrepreneurs Gender Work and Organization 7(2) 75-83
BERRY A VON BLOTTNITZ M CASSIM R KESPER A RAJARATNAM B amp
VAN SEVENTER D 2002 The economics of SMMES in South Africa Paper presented
at the 2002 Trade and industrial policy strategy conference
BHORAT H 2002 Employment and unemployment trends in Post-Apartheid South
Africa Paper Prepared for the Presidency 10-Year Cabinet Review Process 2nd draft
BHORAT H amp HODGE J 1999 Decomposing shifts in labour demand in South Africa
South African Journal of Economics 67(3) 348-380
BHORAT H amp CASSIM R 2004 The challenge of growth employment and poverty in
the South African economy since democracy An exploratory review of selected issues
Development Southern Africa 21 (1) 7 -31
BODEN R amp NUCCI A 2000 On the survival prospects of mens and womens new
business ventures Journal of Business Venturing 15(4) 347-362
BORGIA D SEGAL G amp SCHOENFELD J 2005 The motivation to become an
entrepreneur College of Business Fort Myers Florida USA
BOTHA M 2006 Measuring the effectiveness of the women entrepreneurship
programme as a training intervention on potential start-up and established women
entrepreneurs in South Africa Pretoria University of Pretoria (Unpublished PhD-
thesis)
118
BRADLEY F amp BOLES K 2003 Female entrepreneurs from ethnic backgrounds An
exploration of motivations and barriers pp 301
BROWN W 2002 Ambition versus action do males and females exhibit conflicting
perspectives of entrepreneurial potential and growth A study among entrepreneurship
students and entrepreneurship graduates before and after start-up Paper presented at
the 25th Institute for Small Business and Entrepreneurship National Small Firms Policy
and Research Conference Competing Perspectives of Small Business and
Entrepreneurship
BRUNI A GHERARDI S amp POGGIO B 2004 Entrepreneur-mentality gender and
the study of women entrepreneurs Journal of Organizational Change Management
17(3) 256-268
BRUSH C CARTER N GATEWOOD E GREENE P amp HART M 2006 Womens
entrepreneurship in the United States
CAMPBELL H 2004 A study of knowledge management strategies as enabled by the
support of asynchronous groupware systems Pretoria University of South Africa
(Unpublished PhD-thesis)
CARREE M ampTHURIK AR 1998 Small firms and economic growth in Europe
Atlantic Economic Journal 26 (2) 137-146
CASALE D amp POSEL D 2002 The continued feminisation of the labour force in South
Africa An analysis of recent data and trends South African Journal of Economics
70(1) 156-184
CASSAR G 2006 Entrepreneur opportunity costs and intended venture growth
Journal of Business Venturing 21 610-632
119
CARTER S ANDERSON S amp SHAW E 2001 Womens business ownership A
review of the academic popular and internet literature Report to the Small Business
Service wwwsbsgovukcontentresearchcarter-reportpaf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
CARTER N GARTNER W SHAVER K amp GATEWOOD E 2003 The career
reasons of nascent entrepreneurs Journal of Business Ventunng 18 13-39
CHANDRA V amp NGANOU J 2001 Obstacles to formal employment creation in South
Africa Evidence from recent firm surveys Paper presented to DPRU Conference
Johannesburg November
CLIFF J 1998 Does one size fit all Exploring the relationship between attitudes
towards growth gender and business size Journal of Business Ventunng 13(6) 523-
542
DE GROOT TU 2001 Women entrepreneurship development in selected African
countries For United Nations Industrial Development Organization Pp 1 -36
DE KLERK GJ amp HAVENGA JJD 2004 SME networks and clusters and their
impact on economic growth An exploratory overview of Africa Potchefstroom Northshy
west University
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY (DTI) 2001 Driving competiveness in
South-Africa The integrated industrial strategy Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE A N D INDUSTRY (DTI) 2004 Ten years of small business
support in South Africa 1994-2004 Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Isivande Womens fund [Web]
httpwwwdtiqovzaisivandemainhtm [Date of access 10 September 2008]
120
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 South African Women
Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzasawensawenmainhtm
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Technology for women in business
(TWIB) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzathedtitwibhtm [Date of access 10 September
2008]
DEVEY R SKINNER C amp VALODIA I 2002 The informal economy in South Africa
who where what and how much Paper presented to the DPRU Conference on Labour
Markets and Poverty in South Africa Johannesburg 22-24 October 2002
DEMARTINO Ramp BARBATO R 2003 Differences Between Women and Men MBA
Entrepreneurs Exploring Family Flexibility and Wealth Creation as Career Motivators
Journal of Business Ventunng 18 815-832
DINING OUT 2008 South African restaurants [Web] httpwwwdining-
outcozaEkurhuleni-Mapasp [Date of access 10 September 2008]
DU RIETZ A amp HENREKSON M 2000 Testing the female underperformance
hypothesis Small Business Economics 14 1-10
ECKEL C amp GROSSMAN P 2002 Sex differences and statistical stereotyping in
attitudes toward financial risk Evolution and Human Behaviour 23(4) 281-295
EDWARDS L 2001 Globalisation and the skills bias of occupational employment in
South Africa South African Journal of Economics 69(1) 40-72
EKURHULENI METROPOLITAN MUNICIPALITY (EMM) 2007 Growth and
development strategy 2025 [Web] httpwwwekurhulenicomcontentview454296
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
121
FREY I 2006 Poverty and unemployment in South Africa National Labour and
Economic Development Institute [Web]
http7wwwnalediorgzadocsPovertv20and20unemployment20in20South20A
frica20Feb202006pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
FOGEL DS 1994 Environments for entrepreneurship development key dimensions
and research implications mmsjribsbs02usersAmeMy
DocumentsDEVELOPMENTEnvironments for entrepreneurship development key
dimensions and research implications_ Company Activities amp Management Company
Structures amp Ownership from AIIBusiness_commht [Date of access 1 October 2008]
GATEWOOD E SHAVER K POWERS J amp GARTNER W 2002 Entrepreneurial
expectancy task effort and performance Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2)
187-206
GEORGELLIS Y amp WALL H 2004 Gender differences in self-employment Working
paper The Federal Reserve Bank of Saint Louis
httpresearchstlouisfedOrgwp19991999-008pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
GREENE P HART M GATEWOOD E BRUSH C amp CARTER N 2003 Moving
front and centre An overview of research and theory [Web]
wwwusasbcorgknowledgewhitepapersgreene2003pdf [Date of access 19 March
2008]
GUN DRY L BEN-YOSEPH M amp POSIG M 2002 Contemporary perspectives on
womens entrepreneurship A review and strategic recommendations Journal of
Enterprising Culture 10 (1) 67-86
HISRICH RD PETERS MP amp SHEPHERD DA 2005 Entrepreneurship 6th ed
New York NY McGraw-Hill Irwin
122
HITT MA DACIN TM LEVITAS E ARREGLE JL amp BORZA A 2000 Partner
selection in emerging and developed market contexts resource-based and
organizational learning perspectives Academy of Management Journal 43(3) 449-468
HOGSKOLA M 2008 Female entrepreneurs in Sweden and Thailand Differences and
similarities in Motivation Sweden School of Sustainable Development of Society and
Technology (Unpublished MBA-dissertation)
HUGHES KD 2006 Exploring motivation and success among Canadian women
entrepreneurs America University of Alberta (Unpublished PhD-Thesis)
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR OFFICE (ILO) 2004 Supporting growth-oriented women
entrepreneurs in Ethiopia Kenya amp Tanzania SEED programme Pp 1-113
JALBERT E 2000 Women entrepreneurs in the global economy Pp 55
KANTOR P 2001 Promoting womens entrepreneurship development based on good
to South practice programmes Some experiences from North to South SEED Working
Paper No 9 International Labour Office Geneva
KEH H FOO M amp LIM B 2002 Opportunity evaluation under risky conditions The
cognitive processes of entrepreneurs Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 125-
148
KEPLER E amp SHANE S 2007 Are male and female entrepreneurs really that
different Small business research summary 309(1)
KINGDON G amp KNIGHT J 2005 Unemployment in South Africa 1995-2003 causes
problems and policies Global Poverty Research Group [Web] httpwwwqprqorg
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
123
KLASEN S amp WOOLARD I 1999 Levels trends and consistency of employment and
unemployment figures in South Africa Development Southern Africa 16(1)
KOLLER M 2006 Hysteresis and unemployment in South Africa Bloemfontein
University of the Free State (Dissertation - MCom)
KORUNKA C FRANK H LUEGER M amp MUGLER J 2003 The entrepreneurial
personality in the context of resources environment and the start-up process - A
configurational approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 28(1) 23-42
KOLIRILOFF M 2000 Exploring perceptions of a prior barriers to entrepreneurship A
multidisciplinary approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 25(2) 59-80
KUTANI RO amp BAYRAKTAROGLU S 2003 Female entrepreneurs Social feminist
insights for overcoming the barriers Sakarya University The Faculty of Business
Studies Turkey Pp 3
KYRO P 2001 Women entrepreneurs question mens criteria for success
wwwbabsoneduentrepferBabson202001 [Date of access 10 September 2008]
LEWIS JD 2002 Promoting growth and employment in South Africa South African
Journal of Economics 70(5) 725-41
LOCKE EA amp LATHAM GP 1990 A theory of goal setting and task performance
Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall
LOMBARD K 2001 Female self-employment and demand for flexible non-standard
work schedules Economic Inquiry 39(2) 214-237
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
124
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2007 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
MAHADEA D 2008 The environmental context for SMME entrepreneurship in
Kwazulu-Natal The regulatory environment and its impact on the nature and level of
economic growth and development in South Africa Conference 2008
MARKMAN G BALKIN D amp BARON R 2002 Inventors and new venture formation
The effects of general self-efficacy and regretful thinking Entrepreneurship Theory and
Practice 27(2) 149-166
MARLOW S 1997 Self-employed women new opportunities old challenges
Entrepreneurship amp Regional Development 9(3) 199-211
MAYER M amp ALTMAN M 2005 South Africas economic development trajectory
implications for skills development Journal of Education and Work 18(1) 33-56
MAYOUX L 2001 Jobs gender and small enterprises Getting the policy environment
right - SEED Working Paper No 15 - SEED Working Paper No 15 ILO Geneva
MAYSAMI RC amp GOBY VP 1999 Female business owners in Singapore and
elsewhere A review of studies Journal of Small Business Management 37(2) 96-105
MBOWENI TT 2000 A new monetary policy framework Statement of the Monetary
Policy Committee 6 April SARB [Web] httpwwwreservebankcoza internet
publicationnsf [Date of access 10 September 2008]
MCCLELLAND E SWAIL J BELL J amp IBBOTSON P 2005 Following the pathway
of female entrepreneurs A six-country investigation International Journal of
Entrepreneurial Behavior amp Research 11 (2) 84-107
MCVICAR M amp CRAIG JF 1981 Minding my own business Entrepreneurial women
share their secrets of success New York Richard Marek
MITCHELL R BUSENITZ L LANT T MCDOUGALL P MORSE E amp SMITH J
2002 Toward a theory of entrepreneurial cognition Rethinking the people side of
entrepreneurship research Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 93-104
MOHR P amp FOURIE L 2000 Economics for South African students 2nd ed Pretoria
Van Schaik Publishers
NIEUWENHUIZEN C amp KROON J 2003 The Relationship between financing criteria
and the success factors of entrepreneurs in small and medium enterprises
Development Southern Africa 20 (1)
NTSIKA ENTERPRISE PROMOTION AGENCY 1999 State of small business in South
Africa Policy and Research Division Pretoria
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2004 Promoting entrepreneurship and innovative SMEs in a Global economy Towards
a more responsible and inclusive globalisation Paper read at2n d OECD conference of
ministers responsible for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) Turkey Istanbul
OECD 1998 Women Entrepreneurs in Small and Medium Enterprises OECD Paris
[Web] httpwwwoecdorg [Date of access 8 September 2008]
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2008 Economic assessment of South Africa 2008 [Web] httpwwwsourceoecdorg
[Date of access 6 June 2008]
OSTENSSON O amp UWIZEYE-MAPENDANO A 2000 Growth and diversification in
mineral economies paper presented at the Regional Workshop for Mineral Economies
in Africa 7-9 November Cape Town South Africa
REVIVO-STEINER M 2006 Women entrepreneurs A growing and promising
phenomenon [Web]
httpyywwwaltassetscomknowledqebankleaminqcurve2006nz9913php [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
ONEILL RC amp VILJOEN L 2001 Support for female entrepreneurs in South Africa
Improvement or decline Journal of Family Ecology and Consumer Sciences 29(1) 37 -
44
RENZULLI L ALDRICH H amp MOODY J 2000 Family matters Gender networks
and entrepreneurial outcomes Social Forces 79(2) 523-546
REYNOLDS PD HAY M BYGRAVE WD CAMP SM AUTIO E 2000 Global
Entrepreneurship Monitor Kauffman Centre for Entrepreneurial Leadership at the Ewing
Marion Kauffman Foundation
RICHARDSON P HOWARTH R amp FINNEGAN G 2004 The Challenges of Growing
Small Businesses Insights from Women Entrepreneurs in Africa SEED Working Paper
No 47
ROGERSON C M 2004 The impact of the South African Governments SMME
Programmes a ten year review (1994-2003) Development Southern Africa 21 (5)
SAMSON M 2000 The macroeconomics of job-creating growth EPRI Research Paper
10 Cape Town Economic Policy Research Institute
SHANE S LOCKE EA amp COLLINS CJ 2003 Entrepreneurial motivation Human
Resource Management Review 13(2) 257-279
127
SANNIKOVA E 2004 Regulatory impediments to enterprise development Mobilizing
womens economic potential International Conference on Reducing Barriers to
Entrepreneurship and Encouraging Enterprise Development Policy Options Salle VII
Palais des Nations 18-19 June 2007 pp 1-13
SHEPHERD D amp KRUEGER N 2002 An intentions-based model of entrepreneurial
teams social cognition Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 167-186
SIGH S REYNOLDSR amp MUHAMMADS 2001 A gender-based performance
analysis of micro and small enterprises in Java Indonesia Journal of Small Business
Management 39 (2) 174-182
SIMMON M amp HOUGHTON S 2002 The relationship among biases misperceptions
and introducing pioneering products examining differences in venture decision contexts
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 105-124
SOUTH AFRICA 1996 National Small Business Act 102 of 1996 Government Gazette
377(17612)
SOUTH AFRICA 2004 National Small Business Amendment Bill 26926 of 2004
Government Gazette B23-2004
SOUTH AFRICAN GOVERNMENT 2008 South African government information
[Web] httpwwwinfogovzaissuesqovtprogstarthtm [Date of access 24 April 2008]
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Mid year population estimates July 2008
rWeblhttpwwwstatssaqovzapublicationsP0302P03022008pdf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
128
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Statistics South Africa 2008 Quarterly labour
force survey (QLFS) Quarter 1 and Quarter 2 rWeb1httpwwwstatssaqovza [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
STATSOFT INC 2008 Statistica (Data Analysis Software System) Vers 8 [Web]
vwvwstatsoftcom [Date of access 16 December 2008]
STRUWIG FW amp STEAD GB 2004 Planning designing and reporting research 3rd
ed Cape Town Pearson Education
TANIGUCHI H 2002 Determinants of womens entry into self-employment Social
Science Quarterly 83(3) 875-894
TAYLOR RR 1988 Exceptional entrepreneurial women Strategies for success New
York NY Quorum Books
TULL DS amp HAWKINS DI 1980 Marketing research Measurement and method 2nd
ed New York NY Macmillan Publishing
UNITED NATIONS 2008 Millennium development goals [Web]
httpwwwunorgrnilleriniumgoals
UNITED NATIONS ECONOMIC COMMISSION FOR EUROPE (UNECE) 2004
Womens self employment and entrepreneurship in the ECE Region Regional
Symposium on Mainstreaming Gender into Economic Policies 28-30 January 2004
UNECE Secretariat Geneva
VERWEY I 2006 Development bank of Southern Africa Case studies on how women entrepreneur in construction experience the entrepreneurial process and manage growth Pp 1-10
129
WALKER C 2003 Piety in the sky gender policy and land reform in South Africa
Journal of Agrarian Change 3(1-2) 113-148
WEILER S amp BERNASEK A 2001 Dodging the glass ceiling Networks and the new
wave of women entrepreneurs The Social Science Journal 3885-103
WRONG DH 2007 Sociology [Web] httpencartamsncom [Date of access 2
February 2008]
ZAHRA SA IRELAND DR GUTIERREZ I amp HITT MA 2000 Privatization and
entrepreneurial transformation emerging issues and a future research agenda
130
Private Bag X6001 Potchefstroom Campus
W^P North-West University BUSINESS SCHOOL Potchefstroom
2520
Code number
APPENDIX A
QUESTIONNAIRE WOMEN ENTREPRENUERSHIP DEVELOPMENT IN
EKURHULENI
CONTACT DETAILS Ame1 Kock
Cell 082 783 0041 E-mail amekockmwebcoza
I9J NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESIT1 YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT POTCHEFSTROOM CAMPUS
WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE PLEASE NOTE
This questionnaire must only be completed by women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni District
All information will be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL and will only be used for academic purposes
Instructions for completion
1 Please answer the questions as objectively and honestly as possible 2 Place a cross (x) in the space provided at each question which reflects your answer the
most accurately Use the following key 1 = Strongly disagree 2 = Disagree 3 = Slightly disagree 4 = Neutral view 5 = Slightly agree 6 = Agree 7 = Strongly agree
Str
ongl
y di
sagr
ee
U)
0) Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
Neu
tral
view
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0)
ltD i_
lt Str
ongl
y ag
ree
B7 Ekurhuleni Municipality is assisting adequately in the needs of especially women entrepreneurs
1 2 3 4 laquo 6 7
It is essential you indicate your choice clearly with a pen
3 Where asked for comments or to express your own opinion keep answers short and to the point
4 Please answer all the questions as this will provide more information to the researcher so that an accurate analysis and interpretation of data can be made
Thank you for your co-operation We hope that you will find the questionnaire interesting and stimulating
l
SECTION A PERSONAL INFORMATION The following information is needed to help us with the statistical analysis of the data for comparisons among different businesses All your responses will be treated confidentially We appreciate your help in providing this important information
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which age group do you fall lt19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
A2 What is your marital status Single Married Divorced Widowed
(01) (02) (03) (04)
Indicate your highest academic qualification
Lower than matric
Matric
Certificate
Diploma (Technical College orTechnicon)
University degree
Postgraduate degree
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the number of children that you have
None
One (1) child
Two (2) children
Three (3) children
Four (4) children
Five (5) children
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the age of your children
No children
One (1) to five (5) years
Six (6) to 10 years
1 1 - 1 8 years
18+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
2
A5 Indicate your past experience before self-employment (occupational background)
Unemployed
Self-employed (owned a business)
Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier)
Supervisor (first-line management)
Middle management
Top (executive) management
A6 Indicate the number of years that you are self-employed
Less than one (1) year
1 -3 years
4 - 5 years
6 - 1 0 years
More than 10 years Please specify
3
SECTION B BUSINESS INFORMATION
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which industry does your business operate
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Manufacturing
Construction
Transportdistribution
Accommodation and restaurant (guest houses hotel)
Food industry
Agricultureforest ryfishing
Services (Please specify the type of service)
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
Indicate the legal status of your business (form of business ownership)
Sole proprietorship
Partnership
Close corporation
Company (private)
Company (public)
Business Trust
Not registered
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
What is the age of the business (years)
Please specify
4
B4 Indicate your path to business ownership
Started (founded) the business (01)
Purchase the business (02)
Join the family business (03)
Inherited the business (from the family) (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B5 Indicate your source of start-up funding
Personal savings (01)
Borrowed orgifted(donated) from relative or friend (02)
Householdspouse (03)
Sold previous business (04)
Bank loan (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
B6 Indicate the business premises (from where does the business operates)
From home (home-based) (01)
Central business district (CBD) (02)
Outlying business area (03)
Industrial area (03)
Agriculture land (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B7 How many permanent employees are employed by your business
Myself 2-4 5-10 11-25 26-50 51-100 101-200 200+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
gt
Indicate the turnover (annual sales) that your business generates
Less than R30 000
R30 000 - R50 000
R50 000-R100 000
R100 000-R500 000
R500 000 - R1 million
R1 million - R5 million
R5 million+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
Did you have any exposure to business in your childhood (ie partents close family friend owned a business)
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes who owned the business (Please specify - ie father mother sibling family friend close friend)
B10 Is the present business the first business that you own Yes (01)
No (02)
If no please indicate what happened to the business previously owned
Went out of business (03)
Still successful (04)
Sold of (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
6
SECTION C MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS The purpose of this section is to determine which factors drove female entrepreneurs to
enter into their own business ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block with a cross (X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee 0
W Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
MOTIVATION FOR ENTERING SELF-EMPLOYMENT OR TO START OWN BUSINESS
C1 The need for independence 2 3 4 5 6 7
C2 Need for flexible work schedule 2 3 4 5 6 7
C3 Need for a challenge 2 3 4 5 6 7
C4 Self-fulfilment 2 3 4 5 6 7
C5 To develop my hobby 2 3 4 5 6 7
C6 Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members 2 3 4 5 6 7
C7 Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C8 Difficulty finding a job 2 3 4 5 6 7
C9 Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C10 Compatibility with family duties 2 3 4 5 6 7
C11 Insufficient family income 2 3 4 5 6 7
C12 Desire for wealth 2 3 4 5 6 7
C13 Ensure high job security 2 3 4 5 6 7
C14 Entered the family business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C15 Confidence in the productservice offered 2 3 4 5 6 7
C16 Others (Please specify)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD
O) a w a S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree CD
0) i_
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
DEMOGRAPHIC ASPECTS
C17 Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C18 Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 2 3 4 5 6 7
C19 The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 2 3 4 5 6 7
C20 Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C21 Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C22 Other aspects of Ekurhuleni that motivated you in starting your business in this region
8
SECTION D OBSTACLES TOWARDS WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers has for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those barriers
still exist today The purpose of this section is to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers
that were faced by current female entrepreneurs in entering and running their own business
ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block Witha cross(X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD CD
O )
cgt
b Slig
htly
di
sagr
ee
Neu
tral
view
S
light
ly
agre
e CD CD
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) THAT INHIBIT THE FEMALE ENTREPRENEUR TO START HER OWN BUSINESS
D1 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D2 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D3 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D4 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D5 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D6 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D7 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D8 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D9 Lack of education and training (in general) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D10 Inequality of access to credit (difficultto obtain financing as a female)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D11 Lack of self-confidence 2 3 4 5 6 7
D12 Risk averse (great fear of failure) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D13 Legislative (lack of focussed women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D14 Other (Please specify)
9
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
U) m b S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree (D
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) YOU ARE FACING CURRENTLY IN RUNNING YOUR BUSINESS
D15 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D16 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D17 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D18 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D19 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D20 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D21 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D22 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D23 Liquidity and other financial problems 2 3 4 5 6 7
D24 Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D25 No timefortrainingupgrading of skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D26 Other (Please specify)
SECTION E DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF ENTREPRENEURS Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
Have you ever been trained or developed by either a government agency or the private sector
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes name the institution
Indicate the type of training that you received
Technical skills (ie hand crafting)
Communication skills
Accounting skills
Management skills
Technological skills (computers)
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
Do you know any organisation which is specifically established for women entrepreneurs
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes what is the name of that organisation
How does the organisation helps to develop women entrepreneurs in their activities (Choose one or more)
Provides education and training
Provides financial assistance
Supportsenables networking with other women entrepreneurs
Provides accessexposure to motivational speakersrole models
Provides business information
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
11
Indicate your specific needs (Choose one or more)
Financial support
Trainingknowledgeskills
Tools equipment machinery
Business advice information counselling mentoring
Marketing support
Suitable business premises
Growth Support
Technical support
Psychological support
Networking with other business owners
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity)
Legal support
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area
Other (Please specify)
THANK YOU FOR YOUR TIME
12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABSTRACT j
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS jjj
TABLE OF CONTENTS jv
LIST OF FIGURES viii
LIST OF TABLES ix
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY 1
11 INTRODUCTION 1
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT 4
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 6
131 Primary Objective 6
132 Secondary objectives 6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 7
141 Field of Study 7
142 Geographical 7
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 8
151 Literature review 8
152 Empirical research 9
1521 Research design 10
1522 Sampling frame 11
1523 Sampling method 11
1524 Questionnaire design 12
1525 Verification of questionnaire 14
1526 Distribution of questionnaires 15
1527 Data analysis 15
16 LIMITATIONS TO THE STUDY 15
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY 16
IV
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN 19
ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION 19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 20
121 South African employment 20
222 South African economy trajectory 22
223 Reasons for unemployment 24
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA 27
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship 27
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) 29
233 Government strategy 31
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI 38
241 Ekurhuleni demographic 38
242 Ekurhuleni economics 40
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure 41
25 SUMMARY 46
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP 47
31 INTRODUCTION 47
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY 47
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP 50
331 Motivation 52
332 Opportunity identification 54
333 Type of business started 55
334 Venture size 56
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs 56
336 Growth strategies 59
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT 60
35 SUMMARY 65
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 67
41 INTRODUCTION 67
42 GATHERING OF DATA 67
421 Development and construction of questionnaire 67
v
422 Data collection 69
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS 71
431 Age group description of respondents 71
432 Marital status of respondents 72
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
434 Number of children 74
435 Age group description of children 75
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES 77
441 Number of permanent employees 77
442 Turnover of business 78
443 Economic sector of operation 79
444 Legal status of business 81
445 Business premises 82
446 Age of business 83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP 84
451 Path to business ownership 84
452 Previous employment experience 85
453 Years self employed 86
454 Source of start-up funding 87
455 Role models 88
456 First ownership 89
46 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS 90
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors 90
462 Ekurhuleni support 93
463 Obstacles to business start-up 94
464 Obstacles currently faced in business 96
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS 98 48 SUMMARY 99
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 101
51 INTRODUCTION 101
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 101
521 Biographical information results 102
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results 102
VI
523 Path to ownership results 102
524 Motivational factors to self employment result 102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni 103
526 Obstacles to business start-up results 103
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results 103
528 Support need results 104
53 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY 113
55 SUGGESTIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 114
56 SUMMARY 115
BIBLIOGRAPHY 117
APPENDIX A - W O M E N ENTREPRENEURSHIP QUESTIONNAIRE 131
vu
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni metropolitan
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former east Rand) region
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007I
Figure 31 Framework for the support of women entrepreneurship activity
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in
Ekurhuleni
LIST OF TABLES
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006 3
Table 21 Key labour market indicators 21
Table 22 South African projectory indicators 28
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa 32
Table 24 Small business support institutions 34
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks 37
Table 26 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics 39
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship theory 49
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurship 51
Table 41 Age group description of respondents 71
Table 42 Marital status of respondents 72
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
Table 44 Number of children of respondents 75
Table 45 Age group description of children 76
Table 46 Number of permanent employees 77
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business 79
Table 48 Economic sector of operation 80
Table 49 Legal status of business 81
Table 410 Business premises 82
Table 411 Age of business 83
Table 412 Path to business ownership 84
Table 413 Previous employment experience 85
Table 414 Years self employed 87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding 88
Table 416 Role models 89
Table 417 First ownership 90
Table 418 women entrepreneurship motivation factors 91
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support
this district is providing to their business operations 93
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up 95
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business 97
IX
Table 422 Support needs of respondents 98
x
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY
11 INTRODUCTION
In the year 2000 the largest gathering of world leaders in human history signed an agreement committing to achieve measurable improvements in the most critical areas of human development This agreement came to be called the Millennium Development Goals and it contained an important commitment to halve poverty by the year 2015 Now eight years after the Millennium Summit we better understand three important facts (United Nations 2008 1)
bull Poverty alleviation goals will not be achieved without sustainable economic growth in the developing world
bull This economic growth will rely in large part on the success of the private sector
bull Private sector development must touch all segments of the economy including the micro enterprise and SME sectors
The hypothesis that entrepreneurship is linked to economic growth finds Its most immediate foundation in simple intuition common sense and pure economic observation activities to convert ideas into economic opportunities lie at the very heart of entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a source of innovation and change and as such spurs improvements in productivity and economic competitiveness
With nearly half of its population living in conditions of extreme poverty caused by high unemployment rate the economic realities of South Africa are harsh And yet the promise of sustainable development remains bright By creating economic growth South African entrepreneurs are proving to be at the heart of that promise and a key weapon in the fight against poverty (Mboweni 2000 1)
1
No economically successful country can operate using less than half of its business
resources According to the latest labour force survey and mid year population estimates
released by Statistics South Africa women in South Africa currently make up 518
percent of South Africas adult population 439 percent of the workforce 566 percent of
the unemployed and 525 percent of the working age population (Statistics South Africa
2008 3) But unfortunately their contribution has not been adequately nurtured
Although limited research was focused on this topic in South Africa international
research has shown that women face a number of difficulties in establishing and
maintaining businesses Although most of these difficulties are common to both
genders in many cases they tend to be more significant for female entrepreneurs
(Edwards 2001 45) This is due to factors such as
bull Gender discrimination and stereotypes
bull Differences in the way women and men approach entrepreneurship
bull Difficulties in reconciling business and family obligations
bull The choice of business types and sectors
bull Information gaps
bull Lack of contacts and access to networking
Women entrepreneurship is still in its infancy in South Africa and only recently did the
government start to focus on this dynamic field of high importance The Department of
Trade and Industry (dti) has over the last few years tried to undertake a range of
initiatives to promote and support the economic empowerment of women These include
the holding of a number of conferences the establishment of the South African
Womens Empowerment Network and commissioning of studies looking at the internal
operations and external impact of both the Department of Trade and Industry and its
associated institutions from a gender perspective (Department of Trade and Industry
2008 1) Unfortunately these government activities did not shed or lighten any problems
that woman entrepreneurs are still facing today as South Africa is still not placed
favourable against other international countries in regards to entrepreneurship as
2
indicated by the 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) report (Maas amp
Herrington 2006 24)
The GEM is a research programme launched in 1999 that provides annual assessments
of the national level of entrepreneurship GEM analyses are based on a harmonised
assessment of the level of national entrepreneurial activity for the participating countries
and represent one of the rare sources of data on entrepreneurship conducive to crossshy
country comparison The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share
of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a
new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old According to the GEM
report 2006 (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) South Africa is placed 30th out of 42
participant countries as indicated in table 11 The table furthermore indicate that South
Africas position on the global ranking continues to deteriorate relative to other
participating countries This is despite improved macro-economic conditions in the
country
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006
South Africas TEA ranking
2001 14m out of 28 countries
2002 20m out of 37 countries
2003 22nd out of 31 countries
2004 20m out of 34 countries
2005 25th out of 34 countries
2006 30m out of 42 countries
Source Maas amp Herrington (200624)
Currently the global average for female entrepreneurship is standing at seven point
seven percent of the population South African women are however currently
performing at just four point eight percent (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) Almost three
percent lower than the global average indicating that considerable scope exists to
improve the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
3
Therefore a great need for a conceptual framework in the context of women entrepreneurship development must be look into This kind of framework will contribute to an unlimited advantage and sustainable growth for the South African economy
The South African National Small Business Act (1996) and National Small Business Amendment Bill (292004 2) classify micro very small small and medium-sized businesses as businesses that employ less than 200 full-time equivalent of paid employees
The focus of this study was thus small and medium-sized women owned businesses as
define above
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT
Research on women entrepreneurship remains limited in the South African context and
this has a direct influence on the formulation and implementation of policies and support
programmes that could be one of the main causes of South Africas current poor
performance in regards to female entrepreneurship activity
But in order to develop appropriate interventions to promote women entrepreneurs in
South Africa and therefore create a sustaining and entrepreneurial environment in the
country it is necessary first to understand more about them
This study will focus on enhancing the understanding of the profile of the woman entrepreneur through examining the contextual social psychological and economic factors that influence and shape the woman entrepreneur in a complex dynamic environment
Womens entrepreneurship needs to be studied separately for four main reasons
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
4
Firstly because womens entrepreneurs has been recognised during the last decade as
an important untapped source of economic growth Women creating unique solutions to
management business problems and exploitation of entrepreneurial opportunities
necessities this field of study As a result women represent a readily available pool of
potential entrepreneurial activity that countries may leverage to improve their economies
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
Secondly although without a doubt the economic impact of women is significant little
substantial research was done on this field Leaving unventured ground for further
research The topic of women in entrepreneurship has been largely neglected both in
society in general and in the social sciences (Organisation for economic co-operation
and development 2004 5)
Thirdly according to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(2004 5) not only do women participate less in entrepreneurship than men but will also
participate in entrepreneurial activities in other industries than those of their male
counterparts The industries (primarily retail education and other service industries)
chosen by women are often perceived as being less important to economic development
and growth than high-technology and manufacturing
It is thus clear that scientific research on women entrepreneurship is important to gain
knowledge on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs in order to make
recommendations
Lastly current support policies and programmes do not take into consideration the
unique needs of woman entrepreneurs sketching an unequal playing field and resulting
in a bias towards male entrepreneurs
From the worlds largest producer of gold a century ago the geographical area known
as the Ekurhuleni has become an entity of note in a globally competitive business and
industry Leaving ambient source of entrepreneurial opportunities not currently utilised to
5
full potential The study will therefore also aim to lessen this gap in the development of
women entrepreneurs in this dynamic district by developing a contextual framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship specifically in Ekurhuleni
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY
This study is based on both a primary objective and secondary objectives
131 Primary objective
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
132 Secondary objectives
In order to achieve the primary objective the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a South African context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
141 Field of the study
This study focused on the major discipline of entrepreneurship with the specific emphasis on women entrepreneurship
142 Geographical
Ekurhuleni comprised of nine towns of the former East Rand namely Greater Alberton Benoni Germiston Springs Kempton Park Edenvale Nigel Brakpan and Boksburg Refer to figure 11 for a map of the region
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
7
Ekurhuleni is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region
Ekurhuleni is a Tsonga word and can loosely be translated as the place of peace It denotes a place with plentiful opportunities for any enthusiastic entrepreneur but not to the avail of some unique challenges forfeiting by this diverse region
This study therefore determined what unique challenges specifically woman
entrepreneurs are facing while venturing into this dynamic environment
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
151 Literature study
A study of the literature involves tracing identifying and analysing documents containing information relating to the research problem (Struwig amp Stead 2001 38)The main aim of the literature study was first of all is to gain a body of knowledge regarding woman entrepreneurship and geographical aspects where after this knowledge was formulated into a comprehensive understanding of current elements associated to women entrepreneurs This understanding was utilised in the design of the questionnaire for the empirical study
Other advantages to the literature study (Struwig amp Stead 2001 39)
bull The literature study can provide a perspective on the study
bull The literature study can highlight previous investigations pertinent to the research
topic and indicate how other researchers have dealt with similar research problems
in similar situations
bull It can reveal unfamiliar sources of information
8
bull Can stimulate new ideas and approaches
bull It can provide a framework for the evaluation and assessment of future work
Various sources of secondary data including the following was studied and applied to
this study
bull Scientific journals
bull Text books
bull Reports from the Department of Trade and Industry (dti) of South Africa
bull Other dissertations and thesis on entrepreneurship
bull Statistical reports from Statistics South Africa
bull Environmental reports
Sources accessed and retrieved were used to write the literature review covering two
chapters The aim with chapter two was to provide background information to the study
in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise
development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the
South African economy
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
152 Empirical study
Empirical research activities contribute to casual understanding by investigating
relationships between scores obtained from cases on measure of concepts (Schwab
1999 3)
9
Three activities are needed to conduct empirical research
bull Measurement Measurement activities are aimed at obtaining scores on
measurement that correspond to the concepts studied
bull Research design Research design establishes procedures to obtain participants
and to determine how scores are obtained on measures
bull Analyses Analysis are performed to describe scores on single measures and
especlaWy to identify relationships that may exist between scores across different
measures
1521 Research design
The data on female-owned businesses are limited and the need for further research on female entrepreneurs has been identified as long ago as the early 1980s Most international studies on female entrepreneurs suffered from limitations that preluded their generalisation (ONeill amp Viljoen 200137)
Due to the incompleteness of current literature available on the subject of women entrepreneurship quantitative methods was utilised in combination with current available literature to formulate questions established during the study A hypothesis was therefore not formulated due to the exploratory nature of this study
As a component to the explorative nature of the study a survey of female entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni was conducted Survey research can be described as the gathering and scrutiny of responses from samples of people to polls and questionnaires that are designed to draw out their opinions attitudes and sentiments on a particular subject (Wrong 2007 1)
The survey instrument utilised in the study was a standardised questionnaire This questionnaire was administered either as interview schedule in face to face interviewing or was handed to participants to complete by themselves
10
For the purpose of the study the unit of analysis was the individual
The general mode of analysis used in this research is the one referred to as explanation building Explanation building points out that to explain a phenomenon is to stipulate a set of causal links about it In the context of approaches such as these sets of causal links are typically seen as being among the basic elements of a theoretical framework (Campbell 2004 22)
1522 Sampling frame
The sampling frame can be defined as the list of ultimate sampling entities and must be representative of the population and this is a question outside the scope of statistical theory demanding the judgment of experts in the particular subject matter being studied (Bartlett Kotrlik amp Higgins 2001 44)
The sampling frame identified for this study included all women entrepreneurs that owned small and medium-size businesses in Ekurhuleni This could include women entrepreneurs in the start-up phase of their respective business as well as established businesses owned by women
1523 Sampling method
The unavailability of a women owned business database in Ekurhuleni prompted this
review to make use of a hybrid mix of two types of sampling methods for this study
Firstly a convenience sampling method was chosen due to the accessibility and articulation of the sampling frame as well as the sufficiently homogeneous (similar) universe
Secondly Snowball sampling is a special non-probability method used when the desired
sample characteristic is rare While this technique can dramatically lower search costs it
11
comes at the expense of introducing bias because the technique itself reduces the
likelihood that the sample will represent a good cross section from the population
1524 Questionnaire design
The realm of survey research includes concepts and strategies that enable the researcher to accumulate data concerning the attitudes opinions and knowledge of a population or sample
One of the most potent survey research tools is the questionnaire which can be administered directly by telephone through the mail or used as structure in a face to face interview Because a questionnaire allows a researcher to gather data conveniently from large samples it is a useful tool to collect and analyse data from groups that may be affected by changes in professional practice or education
Unfortunately many questionnaires contain major flaws that render them incomprehensible to respondents or do not collect the intended data If a questionnaire is incomprehensible to the recipient it is unlikely to be returned a questionnaire that does not gather valid information does not allow the researcher to address the research problem being studied
A researchers attention to several fundamental principles for developing a questionnaire
greatly enhances the likelihood that valid and reliable data will be gathered
Generally the term validity refers to the ability of an instrument to measure actually what the researcher intends to measure Reliability refers to the consistency of a questionnaire in gathering data Optimally each time an individual responds to an item he or she should choose the same response Thus carefully developed questionnaires tend to gather data that accurately represent the knowledge attitudes or opinions of the respondents and address the researchers research problem
12
As a tool to collect data the questionnaire has advantages and limitations that must be taken into account
The main advantages of using a questionnaire are the following
bull Data are gathered economically because the cost for each completed response is low
bull Distributional flexibility is provided because the questionnaire can be sent almost anywhere
bull Data can be gathered from a large number of subjects
bull The data gathered can be standardised especially if an item requires a response from a group of choices provided by the researcher
bull The process is time efficient because it generally involves less of the researchers time to gather data in comparison with an equivalent number of interviews
The main limitations of a questionnaire are the following
bull The subjects motivation while completing a questionnaire is unknown
bull Data cannot be gathered from subjects who are illiterate
bull The researcher must assume all subjects have sufficient knowledge to complete the
questionnaire
bull The researcher must assume that all subjects are willing to answer all questions
bull All subjects who receive questionnaires may not complete and return them
bull Questionnaires do not allow follow-up questions such as an interviewer may pose to
clarify a given response
bull Although each subject receives the same items in a questionnaire test conditions
cannot be standardised
bull Subjects may not interpret items contained in a questionnaire in the same manner
Perceptions of what an item asks may differ
13
After carefully reviewing the advantages and limitations of using a questionnaire for a
particular study a researcher must decide if the advantages outweigh the limitations
Keeping the above advantages and disadvantages in mind this review followed the
below nine step plan in the questionnaire design process
bull Step one (1) Identify the problem to be studied
bull Step two (2) Translate the problem into a testable form
bull Step three (3) Determine what data must be collected and analysed
bull Step four (4) Identify sources where data can be obtained
bull Step five (5) Describe how data will be gathered
bull Step six (6) Decide on input method
bull Step seven (7) Construct questionnaire in an understandable format
bull Step eight (8) Verification of questionnaire
bull Step nine (9) Distribution
The questionnaire design was two folded This review made use of selection based
questions where more than one answer could be marked Another method employed
was the use of a seven point Likert scale
In the arena of social sciences Likert scale is a popular instrument to measure
constructs such as attitudes images and opinions To facilitate data analysis each
response category on the scale is generally assigned successively an integer value The
questionnaire requests respondents to specify their level of agreement to each of a list
of statements
1525 Verification of questionnaires
The questionnaire was pretested by fellow students at the Potchefstroom Business
School to test the accuracy precision and statistical usefulness of the questionnaire
prior to study
14
After the completion of the pretest a pilot phase was conducted by selecting women
entrepreneurs from a target population and simulates the procedures and protocol that will take place during the actual study The questionnaire was adapted accordance to any problems accounted during the verification process
1526 Distribution of questionnaires
Various options for questionnaire distribution are available to researches Questionnaire can be distributed either by post e-mail fax or directly delivered to participants This review made use of e-mail and direct delivery as to reduce the time frame for returns
1527 Data analysis
Descriptive statistics was used to obtain baseline data Data from questionnaires was coded The data collected were statistically analysed using Statistica (Statsoft 2008) Advanced statistical procedures were utilised to investigate and transform data to useful outputs such as frequency tables These frequency tables were used to make conclusions and provide recommendations to the development of the women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni
16 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY
This review has identified the following limitations of the study
bull The primary limitations of the study were possible threats to internal validity through (1) size of the sample (2) lack of randomisation The findings of this research can thus not be generalised to all women-owned enterprises in Ekurhuleni South Africa or the world
bull Academic articles on women business owners are still rare and mainstream entrepreneurship journals pay little attention to gender issues The discrepancy
15
between achievements in business ownership and lack of attention to them poses a
paradox
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY
The figure below depicts a simplified process through which this research will
predicatively flow It began with a choice of a broad research area progressed through
the formulation of a well defined and delimited research problem and the development of
an appropriate methodology This step will follow with the research proposal
Note the two headed arrows between each stage of the process indicating the cyclical nature of research planning After each step is completed it might be necessary to alter or rework previous steps to supply structure to the study
The research study is divided into six chapters
Chapter 1 Nature and scope of the study
Chapter 1 serves to orientate the reader to a paradigm perspective to the study This
chapter includes aspects such as the problem statement objectives of the study scope
of the study research methodology limitations of the study and the layout of the study
Chapter 2 and 3 Literature review
These chapters forms part of the literature review from which the research problem was
developed
The aim with chapter two is to provide background information to the study in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the South African economy
16
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
IDEA OR BROAD TOPIC AREA x WELL DEFINED AND DELIMITED RESEARCH PROBLEM
RESEARCH PROPOSAL
TMPERICAL STUDY
X HPR(
X t
TER2and3)
DATA COLLECTION
SAMPLING DESIGN
vfhL V
B^^^^Ji^^lWETATIIOfCsectlaquot^5)
Source Botha (2006)
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
17
Chapter 4 Results and discussion of empirical research
In chapter four a full exposition of the research design and analysis is offered This
empirical research chapter contains the following topics questionnaire design study
population gathering of data presentation of results and discussion of findings
The main purpose of the empirical research chapter is to display the findings in a clear and accessible manner The researcher made use of tables to illustrate the findings
Chapters Conclusions and recommendations
The body of information in this chapter portrays the following topics the conclusion recommendations achievement of the objectives and suggestions for further research
18
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION
According to Zahra Ireland Gutierrez and Hitt (2000 518) much has been discussed and written about the need for entrepreneurial development as an important force for economic development The reality is however that entrepreneurship as a possible economic activity is still not well recognised and poorly supported (Hitt Dacin Levitas Arregle amp Borza 2000 453)
Revivo-Steiner (2006 1) indicates that research findings have shown a high positive correlation between the level of national womens entrepreneurial activity and growth in Gross Domestic Product (GDP) suggesting that countries that are successful in promoting entrepreneurship among women could experience a positive impact on economic growth rates A refreshing new approach to entrepreneurship by women emphasises relative advantages of women and how they can be leveraged into entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a dynamic field particularly as it relates to the experience of women entrepreneurs (Kouriloff 2000 60)
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 10) are of the opinion that in common with other developed economies the number of women starting up new businesses in South Africa far exceeds the number of men Since the 1970s more women especially married women have become involved in the full-time workforce With the overall growth in the number of women in full-time work there has been a commensurate increase in the number of women starting their own businesses and hence an increase in the number of potential women entrepreneurs (Department of Trade and Industry (dti) 2001 2) The purpose of this literature study is to embed a research setting as to emphasise the need for the current study
19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Since the advent of democracy in 1994 South Africas economy has been undergoing
tremendous structural transformation The 2008 Organisation for Economic Coshy
operation and Development (OECD) economic survey focused entirely on this economic
metamorphosis and a number of broad factor changes have been isolated in the report
The OECD (2008 2) is of the opinion that before 1994 the economy was wracked by
long years of internal conflict and external sanctions Post 1994 brought forward an era
of considerable government populism in an effort to boost short term growth According
to the OECD (2008 2) this has resulted in public finances being stabilised inflation was
brought down foreign capital was attracted in growing amounts and economic growth
improved greatly
221 South African employment
Despite this macroeconomic prudence which has fostered fiscal and external
sustainability the OECD (2008 3) is of the opinion that some very serious weaknesses
in the economic record to date persist especially as regards to unemployment
inequality and poverty
Levels of poverty and unemployment in South Africa are critically high despite the
countrys status as an upper middle income country According to Mohr and Fourie
(2000 121) unemployment is arguably the most important and vexing problem facing
the South African economy and its governance The problem is that the economy is
currently unable to absorb productively all the current labour force or all the increment to
the labour force The public and private sectors have also been shedding labour in
response to economic imperatives of the domestic and global circumstances (Koller
2006 6) Accordingly more and more people are taking the route to informal sector
entrepreneurship (Mahadea 2008 5) As unemployment causes the unemployed to
20
suffer mental and physical hardship it poses a serious threat to social and political
stability (Mohr amp Fourie 2000 121)
In its starkest terms the issue of unemployment is depicted in Table 21 The latest
Quarterly Labour Force Survey (QLFS) conducted by Statistics South Africa released
in August 2008 measured the unemployment rate at 231 percent Out of a population of
30 705 000 (15-64 years) the labour force was measured at 17 844 000 Employment
stood at 13 729 000 and not economically active participants at 12 861 000 (Statistics
South Africa (QLFS) 2008 3)
Table 21 Key labour market indicators
April - June 2008
Thousands
Population 15-64 years 30 705
Labour force 17 844
Employed 13 729
Formal sector (Non-agriculture) 9415
Informal sector (Non-agriculture) 2340
Agriculture 790
Private households 1185
Unemployed 4114
Not economically active 12861
Discouraged work-seekers 1079
Other (not economically active) 11783
Rate () Unemployment rate 231
Employedpopulation ratio (Absorption) 447
Labour force participation rate 581
Source Statistic South Africa (2008 7)
21
Unemployment in South Africa was not always so high At the time of democratic
transition in 1994 unemployment was substantially lower than it is today (Banerjee
Galiani Levinsohn McLaren amp Woolard 2007 3) Banerjee et al (2007 3) state that
unemployment was fairly low through the 1970s although data limitations prelude
certainty They also indicated that during a nationally representative survey conducted
just before the 1994 transition the unemployment was measured at 13 percent By the
end of the decade unemployment jumped to 30 percent before starting to decline
slightly
Frey (2006 1) are of the opinion that taking in consideration that it is a middle-income
developing country two aspects of South Africas employment trends are striking
bull The first relates to the small and declining proportion of public sector employment
Public sector employment has shrunk as a result of governments restrictive fiscal
stance as well as its desire to improve efficiency in the public service In terms of its
fiscal stance the South African government has sought to release funds from current
to capital expenditure Moving away from a very substantial personnel budget
towards greater investment in infrastructure
bull The second unusual feature is the small proportion of non-formal employment The
non-formal economy does appear to have grown quite substantially since the mid-
1990s but has stagnated since 2000 and that the dynamics underpinning the growth
of the non-formal economy are poorly understood
222 South African economy trajectory
It is important to begin by outlying the character of South Africas economic development
trajectory during the past 50 years as this provides the context within which the demand
for labour and its skill composition is determined This trajectory analysis should
however be approach with caution due to several factors
22
bull Labour market data in South Africa is cause of some concern Data collected during
Apartheid and in the early post-apartheid period are problematic for various reasons
such as differing sampling non-coverage of former homelands1 in some surveys and
small samples (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
bull Kingdon and Knight (2005 2) explains further that the comparability of the data over
time is undermined both by changing questions between the various surveys
particularly as between the October Household Surveys (OHS) and Labour Force
Survey (LFS) and according to Casale and Posel (2002 170) by changes in the
way employment and unemployment are derived from the questions in the different
surveys
bull Another controversy in regards to unemployment data that are also needed to be
mentioned are the fact that because population estimates change at every census a
re-estimation of recent statistics need to be done after each five year revision of the
weights that have cause differences in the data (Chandra amp Nganou 2001 14) The
definition of the informal sector has also changed in 1997 also leading to differences
in data making comparability difficult (Devey Skinner amp Valodia 2002 5)
bull Lastly labour market data display some inexplicable large fluctuations For instance
employment figures rise sharply (by 104 percent) in a single year between 1998 and
1999 employment in subsistence agriculture rose and dipped over 1999- 2001 and
there are large fluctuations from year to year in the numbers employed in the
informal sector on a comparable definition between 1997 and 2002 (Bhorat 2002 5)
It is thus hazardous to make categorical statements about labour market changes over
time in South Africa This hazard is somewhat reduced if one takes a longer term view
than to look at year-on-year changes Nevertheless the purpose of this review is
intended not to be seen as an accurate reflection of specific labour market numbers but
rather as a description of broad labour market trends (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
23
223 Reasons for unemployment
In the case of the South African economy voluminous research was conducted in regard to the reasons for the high unemployment currently straining the country (Lewis 2002 733 Edwards 2001 48 Bhorat amp Hodge 1999 362 Devey etai 2002 6 Mayer amp Altman 2005 45) Therefore this review will attempt to briefly touch on certain elements of this research by looking into the trajectory development of the South African economy
Mayer and Altman (2005 45) are of the opinion that the primary cause of unemployment in South Africa is the capital-intensity that historically characterized the minerals economy and globalisation more recently Altman (2001 314) states that resource extraction has been the central driver of South Africas economic development Ostensson and Uwizeye-Mapendano (2000 4) argue that as a minerals economy South Africas industrial development has been driven by all the attendant complications associated with a resource curse
In general minerals economies tend to grow and experience structural shifts more slowly than non-minerals exporters (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34) These economies also tend to have a more capital-intensive structure of production This is explained by a number of characteristics that are common to these economies
Edwards (2001 45) are of the opinion that most developing countries go through a phase of low-wage low-productivity manufacturing development that has the impact of mopping up the labour surplus The pattern of development experienced by labour surplus developing economies usually follows a familiar path where underproductive labour moves off the farms and into labour-intensive manufacturing traded sectors (Lewis 2002 731) As there is a labour surplus wages are low and the sectors can therefore be highly competitive internationally Lewis (2002 731) goes further by explaining that only once there is a tighter labour market do wages begin to rise and the economy moves into the development of more capital and skill intensive industries and
24
the emphasis on labour-intensive traded sectors is a necessary step in an economy that
is capital and foreign exchange constrained
Altman (2001 314) is of the opinion that the more successful newly industrialised countries are those that simultaneously invested in human capital development so that the skills base developed alongside these structural shifts
In contrast minerals economies such as South Africa tend to leapfrog from the resource
base into the development of heavy and chemicals industries bypassing the
development stage of labour intensive manufacturing and this is made possible by the
large surpluses generated from resource extraction (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34)
Devey et al (2006 6) goes further by explaining that consequently the mass creation of jobs in labour intensive traded sectors is less viable in a context of high domestic cost structures Overvalued exchange rates caused by minerals exports earnings render labour intensive agricultural and manufactured exports uncompetitive Job creation is not a requirement of manufacturing development as it is in developing economies that do not have ready access to capital and foreign exchange (Devey et alr 2006 6)
Lewis (2002 733) is therefore of the opinion that the benefits of the minerals economy
do not tend to spread widely and high levels of income inequality and unemployment
result since heavy and chemicals industries are capital intensive and that domestic
demand may not expand as much as in other economies
Altman (2001 314) explains that in accordance with the experience of other minerals economies South Africa bypassed the phase of development where large numbers of workers are absorbed into low-cost low-skill labour-intensive traded goods sectors and that therefore the low growth and high levels of unemployment that characterize the economy today are the consequence of a minerals economy
25
Another reason for the high unemployment according to Klasen and Woolard (1999
300) might be due to Apartheid policies The Apartheid policies persistent legacy serve
to amplify this path dependence and that the apartheid legacy also leaves low rates of
economic participation and significant skills gaps in its wake They further argues that
unemployment continues to rise despite the positive relation between GDP and
employment and that this is explained partly by the relatively slow rate of GDP growth
Another reason might also be the dramatic increase in the number of people seeking
employment in the post-apartheid era This has widened the gap between labour force
entry and the ability of the economy to create jobs
Samson (2000 8) is of the opinion that in light of the relatively large output and
employment multipliers associated with government capital expenditure limited growth
in actual and planned expenditure has dampened potential growth and employment
creation and therefore the inability of the economy to absorb labour at the required
scale
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 15) argue that the jobs losses have been less a result of
import penetration and more related to technology and process adaptation and changing
forms of work organization leading to subcontracting of non-core activities
According to Edwards (2001 65) growing trade has also had the impact of shifting the
economy towards a higher skills composition in the demand for labour In the traded
sectors the demand for lower skill labour has fallen in the context of a very large
oversupply therefore in contrast the demand for higher skill labour has risen in the
context of a severe skills shortage
Banerjee et al (2007 3) concluded in their study that the increase in unemployment
could have been due to structural changes in the economy in the resent years resulting
in a new equilibrium unemployment rate or to negative shocks that had a temporarily
increasing effect on unemployment
26
While South Africas problems are difficult and multi-faceted a combination of sound
macroeconomic policies with structural policies aimed at enhancing entrepreneurship
appear to be most promising to unleash the enormous potential of South-Africas labour
force and address social ambitions within the framework of a strongly growing economy
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship
The development of entrepreneurship is the focus of considerable policy interest in
South Africa and many other countries of the world (Walker 2003 113) This is
particularly in recognition of its contribution to economic growth poverty alleviation and
employment
But amidst all this resent attention studies shows that South Africa is still doing poorly in
comparison to other emerging economies in terms of entrepreneurial activity and
development
There are various strands in the empirical literature on entrepreneurship and economic growth using different measures of entrepreneurial activity (United Nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) For instance while one strand of empirical studies measures entrepreneurship in terms of the relative share of economic activity accounted for by small firms other studies use data on self-employment the number of market participants (competition) or firm start-ups as an indicator of entrepreneurial activities (Carree amp Thurik 2002 16)
The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old (United nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) The primary measure of entrepreneurship used by GEM is the Total Early-Stage Entrepreneurial Activity (TEA) index The TEA index measures the
27
percentage of individuals between the ages of 18 and 64 years that are involved in starting a new business The TEA index consists of two different phases namely
bull The start-up phase (businesses between 0 and 3 months)
bull New firm businesses (businesses between periods of 3-42 months)
The GEM study does not focus on established businesses (businesses older than 42 months)
In the seven years in which South Africa has participated in this research initiative it has
consistently emerged that it has a low level of early stage entrepreneurial activity nearly
half that of the average of the 40 emerging economy countries which participate
Data from previous GEM studies also indicated that TEA rates for most countries do not
change significantly over time The TEA rates for South African have also not changed
significantly over the years (see Table 22)
Table 22 South African projectory TEA rates
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 TEA 43 62 41 51 50 50
Source Maas and Herrington (200715)
For the TEA rates to be significantly different from one year to another massive
changes in the macro environment must occur which is clearly not the case in South
Africa (Maas amp Herrington 2007 15)
28
Many researchers have questioned whether South Africa should be concerned about its TEA rates According to Maas and Heirington (2007 15) the following reasons could explain the projectory low TEA rates of South Africa
bull South Africa has a dual-logic economy which might have an influence on the TEA rating On the one side there is a highly developed economic sector and on the other side one struggling for survival
bull Although the TEA rates are lower when compared with the averages of different
categories of countries it can again be influenced by the dual-logic nature of the
economy and that a lower TEA rate is not necessarily a sign that nothing is
happening in a country It can also be a good indication
Any government interested in boosting economic prosperity should be interested in
promoting the entrepreneurial dynamic of its country Adult women represent a readily
available pool of potential entrepreneurs that countries can leverage to improve their
economies (Botha 2006149)
The 2006 GEM report specifically focus on the importance of developing women
entrepreneurship in any country Maas and Herrington (2006 14) indicated in their 2006
report that the global average for female entrepreneurship was standing on 772 of the
population where South African women were however performing at just 483 this is
289 lower than the global average There is therefore considerable scope to improve
the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME)
In South Africa various new strategies and institutions have been created recently with a view to empower formerly disadvantaged members to enter the mainstream economy as entrepreneurs rather than job seekers In parallel to and as part of this shift there has been the emergence of the micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) sector as a
29
significant component in economic development and employment (Richardson Howarth
ampFinnegan 2004 16)
SMMEs and entrepreneurship are fast becoming the dominant form of business
ventures in developing economies Especially on the African continent with high
unemployment rates people are turning toward informal and formal small business in
order to sustain their livelihood (De Klerk amp Havenga 2004 1)
According to Niewenhuizen and Kroon (2003 300) the South African small- micro- and
medium-sized enterprise (SMME) economy has been actively promoted since 1995
Some significant ratios and trends about the dynamics of the small enterprise sector in
South Africa can be seen in the Department of Trade and Industrys review of ten years
of small business support in South Africa report 1994 - 2004 (Department of Trade and
Industry (dti) 2004 4)
bull Combining formal and informal sector activities the small enterprise sector includes
about 95 of all enterprises in South Africa
bull On the basis of the most inclusive categorisation (covering non VAT-registered firms
and those regularly operating in the informal sector) there are currently between 18-
million and 25-million small enterprises in South Africa This number probably
doubled over the past 10 years which is equivalent to a seven percent increase in
numbers per year If we include rural subsistence agricultural activities the size of
this sector can grow by a further 15-million to 25-million even though average
income levels of that segment are very low
bull If we adjust gross domestic product (GDP) values to incorporate informal sector
value-added the small enterprise sector of South Africa contributes about 45 to
50 to the GDP with the share probably rising very slowly The other half is
contributed by large enterprises and the public sector
30
Despite voluminous research however there is still little clarity about the extent to which South Africas SMMEs and entrepreneurship contribute to poverty alleviation economic growth or international competitiveness
Berry Blottnitz Cassim Kesper Rajaratnam and Van Seventer (2002 3) list the following contributions of SMMEs
bull SMMEs are generally more labour-intensive than larger firms and hence have a
higher labour absorption capacity
bull SMMEs as enterprises have some economic roles to fulfil They contribute to the
countrys national product by either manufacturing goods of value or through the
provision of services to both consumers andor other enterprises
bull From an economic perspective enterprises are not just suppliers but also consumers which have an important role to play if they are able to position themselves in a market with purchasing power their demand for industrial or consumer goods will stimulate the activity of their suppliers just as their own activity is stimulated by the demands of their clients Demand in the form of investment plays a dual role both from a demand-side (with regard to the suppliers of industrial goods) and on the supply-side (through the potential for new production arising from upgraded equipment) In addition demand is important to income-generation potential of SMMEs and their ability to stimulate the demand for both consumption and capital goods
232 Government strategy
Unfortunately there is currently little clarity on how SMMEs fit within the industrial policy framework and other objectives of government Some attempts were initiated by government in resent years A strategy was outlined in a White paper by the Department of Trade and Industry in 1995 entitled A National Strategy for the Development of Small Business in South Africa (May 1995) A year later the National Small Business
31
Act was passed by Parliament which provided for the institutions to implement this
strategy (South Africa 1996 377)
The National Small Business Act divides SMMEs into the following categories
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa
Category of SMME
Description
Survivalist enterprises
bull Operates in the informal sector of the economy bull Mainly undertaken by unemployed persons bull Income generated below the poverty line providing minimum means to
keep the unemployed and their families alive bull Little capital invested not much assets bull Not much training bull Opportunities for growing the business very small
Micro enterprises
bull Between one to five employees usually the owner and family
raquo Informal no license formal business premises labour legislation raquo Turnover below the VAT registration level of R300 000 peryear bull Basic business skills and training
bull Potential to make the transition to a viable formal small business
Very small enterprise
raquo Part of the formal economy
Use technology raquo Less than 10 paid employees raquo Include self-employed artisans (electricians plumbers) and professionals
Small enterprise raquo 1 1 - 5 0 employees raquo More established than very small enterprises formal and registered raquo fixed business premises raquo Owner managed but more complex management structure
Medium enterprise
51 - 2 0 0 employees
Still mainly owner managed but decentralised management structure with division of labour Operates from fixed premises with all formal requirements
Note Women represent approximately 56 percent of the survivalist company category 38 percent of micro-enterprises with no employees and 15 percent of micro-enterprises with 1-4 employees
Source South African Government (2008)
32
Small business can also be divided between established formal SMMEs in predominantly urban settings and emerging SMME economy situated in townships informal settlements and rural areas According to the White paper by far the largest sector is the survivalist enterprise sector This implies that most people are active in the informal sector where they have little institutional support
The governments national small business strategy seeks to address the following
common problems faced by SMMEs (South African Government Information 20081)
bull An unfavourable legal environment
bull Lack of access to markets and procurement
bull Lack of access to finance and credit
bull Low skills levels
bull Lack of access to information
bull Shortage of effective supportive institutions
The White paper and Act sets out the objectives of our SMME development policy as (South Africa 1996377)
bull Alleviating poverty by making it possible for poor people to generate income to meet
basic needs
bull Reducing poverty through employment creation
bull Redistribution of wealth income and opportunities
bull Contributing to economic growth by improving innovation and thus competitiveness
The Act provided the foundation for the establishment of the institutions listed in the table 23 below to support small businesses
33
Table 24 Small business support institutions
Institution Services Target
Centre for Small Business Promotion
This is a Chief directorate in the DTI responsible for policy and coordinashytion of support programmes for SMMEs It also mobilises funds and supervises the establishment of new institutions
Ntsika Enterprise Promotion Agency
Provides non-financial support such as mentoring programmes business advice help with government tenders and technology support to small enterprises through bull Local business service centres
(LBSC) bull Tender Advice Centres (TACs)
Targets survivalist micro and very small enterprises Majority of the LBSCs focus on start-up business targeting unemployed women and youth
Khula Provides access to finance through bull Khula Credit Guarantee Scheme
- provide guarantee products to banks
bull Other institutions and NGOs referred to as Retail Finance Intermediaries (RFIs) which borrow from Khula to make loans to SMMEs
bull Khula-Start access to micro credit in rural areas
Mainly targets very small small and medium enterprises Have two small programmes forthe survivalist and micro sector
IMAMAC Two key programmes bull Manufacturing advisory centres
(MACs) providing support for small scale manufacturing businesses
bull Business Referral and Information Network (BRAIN) -information and a help line
The MACs are mainly for small and medium more formal businesses BRAIN forthe entire spectrum of SMMEs
34
Instftution Services Target
Provincial SMME desks
To provide a one-stop information centre to SMMEs and developing enabling government policy to support SMMEs in each province Activities of the SMME desks include (though not in all provinces)
bull Keeping data bases of SMMEs in the province
bull Developing SMME orientated procurement and sub-contracting policies for provincial government
bull Targeted support programmes forHDIs women contractors tourism entrepreneurs smallmicro manufacturers
Land Bank Finance agricultural businesses From small to large scale farmers
Industrial Development Corporation
Supports and funds various industrial development programmes
Predominantly large scale projects but some small to medium enterprises Has a specific BEE mandate
National Empowerment Corporation
Funded by government it provides funding for black economic empowerment ventures
Large but also small and medium enterprises
Source South African Government (2008)
As part of the National Skills Development Strategy the Sector Education and Training
Authorities (SETAs) are also supposed to develop programmes that help develop small
businesses in their respective sectors
There are a number of other parastatals which also support small businesses though
mainly at the upper end of the spectrum These include
bull Independent Development Corporation (IDC) tourism development venture capital
low interest empowerment and emerging entrepreneur schemes
bull South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) through its missing links programme
provide quality assistance and awareness to SMMEs
35
bull Centre for Science and Industrial Research (CSIR) product improvement and
manufacturing assistance to SMMEs through their National Manufacturing Centre
The institutions and organisations mentioned above also provide a wide range of business management support services to entrepreneurs and small enterprises such as (South African Government Information 2008 1)
bull Developing business plans
bull Doing market research
bull Managing a small business
bull Legal requirements of small businesses
bull Marketing
bull Business development
bull Advice on government tender processes
The national small business strategy since its inception sought to target women However women continue to make up the bulk of the survivalist sector of SMMEs and of the poor During the last decade a number of organisations and institutions were established by and for women entrepreneurs Table 24 refers to a number of such organisations
These support programmes however have not achieved their objectives if judged against the number of SMMEs that utilise them Rogerson (2004 212) estimate that a mere 6 of SMMEs and entrepreneurs utilise support programmes and argue that this is due to distrust of external agencies among SMMEs and incapacity to raise awareness about their existence and efficiency Moreover the poor coordination of service providers results in a replication of services and clustering of institutions in urban areas (Ntsika 19994)
36
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks
South African Women Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) -launched July 2001
SAWEN identifies the origin of women entrepreneurs problems as bull Gender-despite the fact that women-owned enterprises are contributing an
increasing share to national revenue they are generally perceived to lack the capacity of their male equivalents
bull Size - Nearly all women-owned enterprises belong to the lower end of the SMME category being either very small or micro sized companies Men are predominant in the more lucrative sectors Approximately 70 percent of informal businesses in South Africa are ownedcontrolled by women
SAWEN seeks to affiliate all women enterprise groups co-operatives organisations and initiatives in to a national umbrella body that will represent and articulate the aspirations of all women entrepreneurs (potential and existing) that operate within the South African SMME sector as well as lobby for their support needs It also seeks to target rural women Since its launch in 2001 it has established a number of provincial chapters
Women in Oil and Energy in South Africa (WOESA)-launched March 2002
Facilitates the participation of women in business ventures in the oil gas and other energy sectors
Technology for Women in Business (TW1P)
Aimed at enhancing the accessibility of science and technology to women in business in particular SMMEs It is a national programme under the auspices of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) The CSIR as contracted by DTI acts as an agent for DTI to implement the TWIB programme
South African Women in Construction -launched August 1999
Promotion and advancement of women in construction of education and contribution to the betterment of the construction industry and the enhancement of the entrepreneurial development of women-owned enterprises in construction
Source South African Government (2008)
37
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI
241 Ekurtiuleni demographic
The Metropolitan Municipality of Ekurtiuleni was established in 2000 and covers a vast
area for approximately 45 kilometres from west to east and for 55 kilometres from north
to south covering an area of approximately 26421 square kilometres (EMM 2007 4)
This large area is divided for administrative efficacy into the Northern Southern and Eastern Service Delivery Regions (SDRs) and is one of six Metropolitan Municipalities resulting from the restructuring of local government (refer to figure 21)
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former East Rand) region
r-4 gt J i
^ Hampton Park
J i
j Northern Ragioi
tmdashJ 0 Johannesburg _ pound International v
y trade trade Airport
I Bedrordview
bull
bull Bonon 1 GetmMon bullgt
Boksburg m Bnkpan 1
i Springs
Alberton J Eaitem Region
J Southern Region 1 ff ^
(f Nigallaquo
^
(f Nigallaquo
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
38
I
The former local administrations of nine towns in the East Rand - Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan EdenvaleLethabong Germiston Kempton ParkTembisa Nigel and Springs -were amalgamated into the new Metropolitan Municipality along with two other councils - the Kyalami Metropolitan Council and the Eastern Gauteng Services Council It is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents as replicated in Table 25
Table 25 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics
Key Statistics (2007 estimates) Ekurhuleni Gauteng National Region area (sq km) 2642 1 16975 1 1221246
Population 2534180 8845741 46710858
Population density (nr of people persq km) 959 521 38
Economically active population (as of total pop) 53 53 39
No of households 787040 2731869 12144712
Average household income (Rand current prices) 88025 115817 70326
Annual per capita income (Rand current prices) 27338 35768 18284
Gini coefficient 057 060 064
Formal sector employment estimates 679213 3156772 9058793
Informal sector employment estimates 84249 362647 1699327
Unemployment rate (expanded definition) 40 35 41
Percentage of persons in poverty 27 27 46
Poverty gap (R million) 974 3251 3 32960
Human development index (HDI) 067 069 059
Index of Buying power (IBP) 008 034 100
Economic output in 2003 (R million current prices) 84000 416562 1100929
Share of economic output (GVA of SA in current prices)
76 378 100
Economic output in 2003 (R1 million constant 1995 prices)
48074 236846 619790
Share of Economic output (GVA of SA in constant 1995 prices)
78 382 100
Economic growth performance 1996-2003 (GVA growth pa constant 1995 prices)
24 37 25
Source Ekurhuleni metropolitan municipality (20075)
39
Ekurhuleni constitutes 56 of the national population and makes up 28 of Gautengs population The population density is approximately 1 250 people per km2 making Ekurhuleni one of the most densely populated areas in the country and province By comparison population density in Gauteng is 513 people per km2 and 38 people per km2 in the country
The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region (EMM 2007 9)
242 Ekurhuleni economics
The Ekurhuleni Metropolitan economy is larger and more diverse than that of many of the smaller countries in Africa including all the countries in Southern Africa It accounts for nearly a quarter of the Gauteng economy which in turn contributes over a third of the national GDP Ekurhuleni contributes seven percent to the countrys spending power and seven percent to the nations production In most respects per capita income unemployment poverty average wages and other indicators of human development - it is similar to the rest of Gauteng (EMM 2007 9)
However there is one important structural difference many of the plants for production of goods and commodities are located in Ekurhuleni Manufacturing in Ekurhuleni accounts for just under 20 of the GDP of Gauteng In Ekurhuleni itself manufacturing accounts for some 28 of total production
Because of the largest concentration of industry in the whole of South Africa (and in Africa) Ekurhuleni is often referred to as Africas Workshop (EMM 2007 9) The downside of the manufacturing sector is that globalisation has a definitive impact on the structure of production and on the demand for labour Ekurhuleni although not benefiting from direct capital investments as a result of the automotive sector developments in the country continues to play the role of the workshop of the economy
40
with production of structural steel and fabricated metal products serving as inputs into other areas economies
Despite the area historically being one of the largest producers of gold the major
economic sectors now include manufacturing wholesale and trade energy and
services and finance with manufacturing and industry in Ekurhuleni comprising 40 of
all activity in the Province Mining contributes only 2 to Ekurhuleni economy (EMM
2007 4)
Annual economic growth in Ekurhuleni has recorded a pickup in the period 1998 to
2003 and has been almost double the rate of the national manufacturing growth rate
The economically active population is 52 compared to 38 nationally Household
income and per capita income exceed the national average by 10 and 33
respectively The percentage of people living in poverty nationally is 49 compared to
29 in Ekurhuleni (EMM 2007 4)
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure
Ekurhuleni has a network of roads airports rail lines telephones electricity grids and telecommunications that rivals that of Europe and America - a first world infrastructure supporting a well established industrial and commercial complex Ekurhuleni can in fact be regarded as the transportation hub of the country The municipality is home to the OR Thambo International Airport the busiest airport in Africa and services the entire continent and links to major cities throughout the world Similarly many of the worlds leading airlines fly into the OR Thambo Airport Some 14 million passengers pass through this airport each year In addition a number of smaller domestic airlines connect the OR Thambo Airport with cities throughout South Africa (EMM 2007 4)
South Africas largest railway hub is in Ekurhuleni [Germiston] and links the city to all the major population centres and ports in the Southern African region
41
A number of South Africas modern freeways and expressways connect Ekurhuleni to
other cities and provinces The Maputo corridor development South Africas most
advanced spatial development initiative connects Ekurhuleni with Mozambiques capital
and largest Indian Ocean port Direct rail road and air links connect Ekurhuleni to
Durban South Africas largest and busiest port
During the period 1995 to 2005 the Gauteng government made strategic investments in
upgrading some of the ageing road networks linked to the industrial hub to promote the
movement of goods and services The Blue IQ projects situated within Ekurhuleni
include the Wadeville-Alrode Industrial Corridor with linkages to the largest logistical
hub the City Deep Container terminal the planned Gautrain rapid rail link to
Johannesburg and Tshwane and the OR Thambo Industrial Development Zone [IDZ]
The latter aims to cluster light manufacturing more especially in beneficiation and to
develop an aero space park The EMMs annual budget is in the region of R11 billion of
which plusmnR1 billion is being budgeted annually for capital projects in line with the priorities
set in the Integrated Development Plan [IDP] The bulk of this expenditure is dedicated
to upgrading facilities and infrastructure backlogs (EMM 2007 9)
The three major land cover classes are natural untransformed areas cultivated land and
urban residential zones as presented in figure 22
42
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007
Transformed (industrial)
Transformed (commercial)mdash-
2
Transformed (urban)
27
Transformed (cuftivatjon) mdash mdash
15 Transformed
(forestry) 1
Transformed (mining)
5
Natural 43
Degraded 001
Transformed (grazing)
2
Source Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality (2007 9)
The following are notable patterns in land use (EMM 2007 4)
bull There is a central east-west orientated mining and industrial activity belt which
served as the core around which towns were established
bull A belt of residential developments surrounding the industrial activity belt and
bull Ruralagricultural areas to the northeast and in the central portion in the southern
part of EMM
The mining belt was historically the core around which the various towns and settlements were established Four major concentrations of mines and quarries exist Reiger Park between Gemniston and Boksburg the area east of Benoni an area east and south of Springs and 3 sites in the vidnity of Kwatsaduza The first 3 areas are respectively known as the GermistonBoksburg the BenoniBrakpanSprings and the SpringsNigel mining belts Mining occurs in a linear form along a belt which runs to the
43
I
north of the Germiston and Boksburg Central Business Districts (CBDs) and then along
a broad strip of land roughly between the Benoni CBD and Daveyton to the north and
Brakpan and Springs to the south To the south between Springs and Nigel another
major concentration of mining activity exists (EMM 2007 4)
Most of the urban activity is concentrated along the western edge and central spine of EMM The road engineering and social infrastructure strongly correlates to this urban form (EMM 2007 4)
The largest complex of small-holdings is situated in an east-west band lying east of
Kempton Park and north-west of Daveyton The second largest complex is situated west
of KwaThema surrounding the Sallies Gold Mine and Springs Municipal Crushers
There are other smaller patches of agricultural holdings scattered throughout the
metropolitan area (EMM 2007 5)
The EMM has an evenly distributed multi-nodal structure The central business district
however currently experience problems of urban decay as the cream of the retail
component of the CBDs have been drawn away to the four main shopping malls in the
area - Eastgate East Rand Mall Lakeside Mall and Alberton Mall Commercial activities
make good use of the main transport routes to provide access to such activities
Furthermore there is an imbalance in the distribution of land use for commercial activity
which is concentrated within higher income areas (Kempton Park Edenvaie a portion of
Bedfordview Boksburg Central Benoni Central Brakpan and small portions of Springs)
(EMM 2007 7)
In common with most black townships in the country there is very little formal commercial activity within the township complexes
Industrial activities are largely located within the south-western part of the metropolitan area in areas such as Germiston and Alrode These areas tend to be located near mining land and wedged between lower income areas (Katorus southern Benoni
KwaThema Tsakane small portion of Springs and areas north of Etwatwa) and the
higher income areas (between Alberton and Katlehong Germiston and
SpruitviewLeondale) Within Kempton Park and Edenvale some industrial activity
developed around the airport due to the agglomeration benefits and access to airfreight
transport facilities Industrial activities are also closely linked to the railway system
(EMM 2007 7)
Farming activities (cultivation) are grouped in the north-eastern part of EMM where more than a third of the land is cultivated This includes areas surrounding Bapsfontein areas north of the Benoni Agricultural Holdings and east of the R21 highway Smaller agricultural activities lie just south of Sunward Park while the remaining agricultural activities are grouped on the southern border of the metropolitan area (EMM 2007 4) During the past five years the EMM has made steady progress in developing its strategic planning capacity and process The Integrated Development Planning [IDP] process was institutionalised within national guidelines for local government planning and budgeting and the IDP together with its strategic sectoral plans such as the Spatial Development Framework [SDF] has become the principal strategic planning tool within the local authority However the IDP primarily deals with solutions to immediate development challenges within a five year time frame Therefore a holistic long term development vision and strategy for Ekurhuleni which will create common purpose between all development stakeholders and which will act as a guiding framework within which the IDPs can be formulated is needed (EMM 2007 8) With the above in mind the EMM embarked on a process to formulate a long-term development strategy During 2004 research was undertaken on national and international best practice examples as well as on key success factors relating to city development strategies This led to a strategy being formulated in early 2005 The strategy formulation process kicked off with a Mayoral Committee workshop on 29 January 2005 during which it was resolved to name the strategy the Ekurhuleni Growth and Development Strategy [GDS] 2025 as well as proposed 2025 development agenda (EMM 2007 8)
25 SUMMARY
Economically entrepreneurship invigorates markets The formation of new business leads to job creator) and has a multiplying effect on the economy Socially entrepreneurship empowers citizens generates innovation and changes mindsets These changes have the potential to integrate developing countries into the global economy (UNECE 2004 2)
The promotion of the SMME sector is a critical dimension of a broader employment
creation strategy because the creation of new firms is essential if the development of
stronger linkages through procurement is to materialise
If South Africa is to grow out of poverty unemployment and create a more prosperous
future it will need more SMMEs entrepreneurs and bigger businesses However to
achieve this a better environment is required for entrepreneurs to start up businesses
operate and grow (Mahadea 2008 3) Within the context of overall macro-economic
performance the ideal policy package for SMME support in South Africa should allow
this sector to maximise its contribution to the economys overall performance in terms of
growth employment and income distribution This is likely to involve making more
resources available to the sector as well as raising the efficiency with which it uses the
resources already available to it
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
31 INTRODUCTION
The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures have generated value and fuelled innovation on community and global levels The increased presence has had a remarkable impact on employment and on business environments worldwide (Kantor 2001 8)
Scholarly research in this area has examined the many forms of economic and social
value that women-owned businesses generate vis-a-vis peculiar barriers constraining their establishment and growth (Verwey 2006 3 Botha 2006 126 Cliff 1998 526 McClelland Swail Bell amp Ibbotson 2005 8) These barriers constitute unique challenges for women as research has shown that men are able to surmount them more easily
The intensity of research studies in this area has increased as scholars and
policymakers have begun to devote more serious attention toward understanding and
supporting women entrepreneurs
The purpose of this section is to provide an evaluative summary of the literature on
woman entrepreneurship and through this enhance the understanding of the profile of
the woman entrepreneur
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY
Entrepreneurship as an area of study has been claimed by a number of different
disciplines including psychology and economics each arriving at different definitions
derived from their own disciplines
47
Baruah (2005 3) are of the opinion that to an economist an entrepreneur is one who
brings resources labour materials and other assets into combinations that make their
value greater than before and also one who introduces changes innovations and a
new order To a psychologist such a person is typically driven by certain forces the
needs to obtain or attain something to experiment to accomplish or perhaps to escape
the authority of others (Hisrich Peters amp Shepherd 2005 8)
A series of studies recognise the need to re-think the people side of entrepreneurship research (Kouriloff 2000 62 Simon amp Houghton 2002 106 Keh Foo amp Lim 2002 136 Markman Balkin amp Baron 2002 162 Shepherd amp Krueger 2002 177 Gatewood Shaver Powers amp Gartner 2002 200 Korunka Frank Lueger amp Mugler 2003 35 Mitchell Busenitz Lant McDougall Morse amp Smith 2002 94)
Defining the term entrepreneurship is a difficult exercise in itself as the term has little specific definition either in common usage or in academic research (Arif 2008 5) In describing the key factors which are seen to influence entrepreneurial roles this review will strive to encapsulate some meaning behind the term entrepreneurship
Research has shown several approaches by different researchers in the development of
an entrepreneurship definition According to Bennett and Dann (2000 3) much will
depend on the viewpoint and academic background of the researcher as well as the
time period the researcher refrained at Table 31 gives a brief summary as to the
development of the term entrepreneurship
48
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship in theory
Year Researcher Entrepreneurial Role (ER)
Classical era 1755 R Cantillon Introduced the term Entrepreneur ER as speculator
1800 JB Say ER as coordinator
Early Neoclassical era 1890 A Marshall ER as coordinator innovator arbitrageur
1907 FB Hawley ER as owner of output (uncertainty bearer)
1911 J Schumpeter ER as innovator
1921 F Knight ER as responsible decision maker in an uncertain environment
1925 F Edgeworth ER as coordinator
Mature Neoclassical era
1925 M Dobb ER as innovator
1927 C Tuttle ER as responsible owner in an uncertain environment
Modem Neoclassical era
1973 l Kirzner ER arbitrageur and alertto profitable opportunities
1982 M Casson ER coordination of scarce resources under uncertainty
1993 W Baumol ER innovator and manager influenced by existing incentive structure
Source Aidis (20035)
These definitions are the natural point of departure because they have been the decisive
factor for the retrieval of data for the works of many researchers
For the purpose of this study the definition of Hisrich Peters and Shepherd (2005 8) was adopted The authors defined entrepreneurship as follows Entrepreneurship is the process of creating something new with value by devoting the necessary time and effort assuming the accompanying financial psychic and social risks and receiving the resulting rewards of monetary and personal satisfaction and independence
49
I
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Previous research into gender differences among entrepreneurs has yielded varied explanations as to why female entrepreneurs differ from male entrepreneurs A review of literature reveals that female entrepreneurs do have some characteristics that are unique in comparison to their male counterparts and that they have faced significant challenges in their efforts as they venture into a once male dominated environment This following section presents a comparative assessment of differences in entrepreneurial attributes of male and female individuals as to emphasise the unique environment where within women entrepreneurs operates
The social feminism theory asserts that women entrepreneurs have different but equally
effective qualities values and ways of thinking due to variations in early and ongoing
socialisation processes (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu 2003 3)
Affholder and Box (2004 3) are of the opinion that the research on personality seems to
have conflicting results some researchers finding no significant differences between
male and female entrepreneurs and others identifying specific personality differences
Table 32 emphasise the unique differences between male and female entrepreneurs as concluded by several researchers Due to the voluminous work completed in this regard the purpose of this presentation is not to supply a comprehensive review of current literature available but rather to compile a summary overview off research conducted as to encapsulate an overall body of knowledge in regards to observed gender characteristics in entrepreneurs
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurs hip
Characteristic Female entrepreneurs Male entrepreneurs
Research
Personality characteristics
Women are expected to possess higher communal qualities such as selflessness a concern for others and interpersonal sensitivity Female entrepreneurs tended to be visionaries and catalysts
Men are expected to have high levels of self-assertion self-expansion and the urge to master Male entrepreneurs tended to be more traditionalists
(Affholder amp Box 2004 3)
(Greene Hart Gatewood Brush amp Carter 20031)
(Du Rietz Henrekson 2000 5)
Area of importance
Women tend to assign more importance to social values and qualitative ambiguous measures of achievement and success such as personal fulfilment and strong interpersonal relations Women business owners tend to pursue a balance between economic goals such as profit and growth and non-economic goals such as product quality personal enjoyment and helping others
Men tend to assign more emphasis on economic values and quantitative non-ambiguous measures of achievement of success such as status and wealth
(Carter Anderson amp Shaw 20011)
(Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Possig 2002 80)
Success factors
Women will measure success qualitatively as they will look at interpersonal relationships and other less objective criteria such as personal satisfaction customer service ratings and additional employment created
Men will measure success quantitatively as they will look at size market position turnover and profitability
(Verwey 2006 3)
(Botha 2006126)
(Sigh Reynolds amp Muhammad 2001 180)
Growth elements
Female entrepreneurs tend to have less industry management and prior business start-up experience and that contribute to their modest growth expectations Women face domestic demands remaining the primary parent emotional nurturer and housekeeper despite their entrepreneurial ventures impacting on their ventures growth prospects report
The primary family responsibility of m e n - t o be a good provider is compatible with heading a growing firm
CKyro 20011)
(Cliff 1998526)
(Kantor 20014)
Source Own compilation
51
331 Motivation
Motivation is the factor other than knowledge that energizes directs and sustains an
individuals behaviour (Locke amp Latham 1990 7) According to Bennett and Dann (2000
6) motivation is an essential factor in the establishment of entrepreneurial activity Many
individuals have the characteristics that enable them to identify an opportunity combined
with the resources to implement the venture yet do not have the incentive or motivation
to do so
Botha (2006 122) proposed two closely-related explanations of entrepreneurial
motivation the push theory and the pull theory The push theory argues that
individuals are pushed into entrepreneurship by negative external forces such as job
dissatisfaction difficulty finding employment insufficient salary or an inflexible work
schedule The push or negative factors are therefore associated with the necessity
factors that force the female into pursuing her business idea McClelland Swail Bell and
Ibbotson (2005 85) emphasize that in this situation becoming an entrepreneur is not a
first choice but nevertheless argue that such negative motivational factors are more
important with entrepreneurs drawn from certain groups in society that may face
discrimination such as ethnic minority groups younger age groups and women
The pull or positive factors are those associated with factors of choice and the desire
for entrepreneurial aspirations The pull theory therefore contends that individuals are
attracted into entrepreneurial activities seeking independence self-fulfilment wealth
and other desirable outcomes (Hogskola 2008 19)
To date a numerous of studies have examined womens motivations for becoming
entrepreneurs The following summary provides an overview of key motWaiional factors
identified in several studies
I
Table 33 Push and pull motivational factors
PULL MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
MOTIVATIONA FACTOR STUDY
Desire for greater independence Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208) Hisrich and Peters (1996 98) Hughes (2006109)
Provides a challenge Hughes (2006109)
Improved financial opportunity Hughes (2006109) Marlow (1997208)
Self-fulfilment Borgia Schoenfeld and Segal (20053) Hughes (2006109) Bruni Gherardi and Poggio (2004260)
Desire to be own boss DeMatino and Barbato (2003 830) Hughes (2006109)
Flexibility for balancing family and work Borgia ef al (20053) Carter Gartner Shaver and Gatewood (2003 17) Hughes (2006109) Lombard (2001216)
Potential to develop a hobby Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208)
Gaining recognition of others Eckel and Grossman (2002288)
Role model influence Anna Chandler Jansen and Mero (2000392)
PUSH MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
Job dissatisfaction Borgia et al (20053) Tangiguchi (2002 882)
Prolonged joblessness Hughes (2006109)
Lack of available work Hughes (2006109)
Insufficient salary Borgia et al (20053)
Hitting the glass ceiling Georgellis and Wall (20041)
Involuntary layoff Hughes (2006109)
Career frustration Marlow (1997208)
Source Own compilation
While is it difficult to compare studies given the wide range of approaches and measures
used this overview nevertheless allows this review to identify the most commonly cited
motivators across several different contexts and time periods
332 Opportunity identification
According to Reynolds Hay Bygrave Camp and Autio (2000 5) the ability to perceive
good business opportunities is assumed to be important for entrepreneurship
Kepler and Shane (2007 200) state that female entrepreneurs search for new business
opportunities differently than male entrepreneurs for a variety of reasons
First many opportunities are identified through information that is transferred through
social networks Women have different types of social networks than men (Renzulli
Aldrich amp Moody 2000 534) As a result they have access to different sources of
information about opportunities For instance male entrepreneurs are more likely than
female entrepreneurs to identify opportunities through conversations with investors and
bankers because on average they know more investors and bankers (Anna Chandler
Jansen amp Mero 2000 392)
Second learned behaviours and social norms lead men and women to develop different
cognitive processing styles (Cassar 2006 628) As a result on average men and
women gather information and solve problems differently (DeMatino amp Barbato 2003
830) For instance female entrepreneurs are thought to learn from a greater variety of
sources than male entrepreneurs while male entrepreneurs are thought to learn more
from setbacks than female entrepreneurs (Lombard 2001 217) In addition the greater
risk aversion of female entrepreneurs may lead them to search for more information that
mitigates the potential risks about business opportunities than their male counterparts
(Eckel amp Grossman 2003 290)
333 Type of business started
Kepler and Shane (2007 309 ) are of the opinion that male and female entrepreneurs
do not start the same types of businesses Historically women entrepreneurship
activities were concentrated in the apparel cosmetics and food processing fields
(Taylor 1988 38) Whereas McVicar and Craig (1981 11) listed traditional categories in
their study of service-related businesses such as cooking teaching child care
secretarial services and sewing Female-led businesses are more likely to be found in
personal services and retail trade and less likely to be found in manufacturing and high
technology (Anna et al 2000 290 Brush et a 2006 18) In addition women start
businesses that are less growth-oriented and less driven by opportunity and more
oriented towards wage substitution (Eckel amp Grossman 2002 290)
Some researchers argue that gender differences in the types of businesses that men
and women found are the result of socialisation and structural barriers (Kepler amp Shane
2007 309) Women tend to work in certain occupations and industries because these
occupations and industries are more socially acceptable for women and because
women face obstacles to working in other industries and occupations (Marlow 1997
153) Sigh Reynolds and Muhammad (2007 180) argues that because entrepreneurs
tend to identify opportunities to start businesses that are similar in type and industry to
those in which they previously worked the tendency of women to work in certain types
of businesses leads them to start those types of businesses In addition some
businesses cannot be founded easily by people without the appropriate educational
background This is particularly the case for businesses that rely heavily on technology
Because women are less likely than men to study engineering or science (Brush et al
2006) they often lack the education to start businesses that demand technical skills
Furthermore some businesses are inherently easier to start than others because they
have lower barriers to entry (Boden amp Nucci 2000 353) Women may be more likely to
start businesses that face low barriers to entry because these businesses make lesser
55
demands on human or financial capital than other businesses and women may lack
these types of capital
334 Venture size
Women start businesses that are smaller than those started by men (Kepler amp Shane
2007) Studies of surviving businesses show that those that are women-owned are
smaller than those that are men-owned (Brown 2000 5) In addition women start
businesses with lower levels of initial employment and capitalization than men (Renzulli
et al 2000540)
The smaller scale of female-led start-ups is believed to be the result of a lack of access
to larger-scale business opportunities and the financial resources necessary to develop
them and different goals and intentions for their businesses (McClelland e^ al 2005
100)
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs
Richardson (2004 2) argues that while women are active in entrepreneurship they face
particular problems and challenges in starting and developing their businesses They
face more or at least different social cultural educational and technological challenges
than men when it comes to establishing and developing their own enterprises and
accessing economic resources (Mayoux 2001 20)
Kantor (20016) is of the opinion that constraints affecting the entrepreneur in general
but women more intensively include
bull Access to financing
bull Information bull Productive resources and markets
bull Levels of skills and knowledge
56
bull Relevance of education and experience
bull Effects of market saturation
bull Compliance costs
Furthermore it is recognised that women in most societies carry the added burden of
family and domestic responsibilities and this has a detrimental or limiting impact upon
their ability to generate income outside of the home
Kepler and Shane (2007) are of the opinion that research suggests that social norms
about the role of women in society the shortage of female role models and the greater
household- burdens faced by women lead female entrepreneurs to face more start-up
problems and for those problems to be of greater magnitude than their male
counterparts For instance attitudes toward the role of women make it more difficult for
female entrepreneurs to be taken seriously as business people (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu
2003 3) and to gain support for their entrepreneurial activities from their spouses
family and friends (Bradley amp Boles 2003 301) In addition the relative shortage of
female role models makes it more difficult for female entrepreneurs to obtain adequate
mentorship for their start-up efforts Furthermore the greater household and childcare
responsibilities of women lead them to have more trouble balancing business formation
and family responsibilities (Affholder amp Box 2004 18)
Research finds that one of the major barriers for women entrepreneurs are the access to capital finance (Revivo-Steiner 2006 20) Lack of access to capital has been a primary obstacle for women entrepreneurs and recent research suggests it continues to be (Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Posig 2002 72) This could also include start-up financing and credit cash flow management in the early operations and financial planning Research suggests that the primary source of funding for women has been through family loans personal savings credit cards and home equity loans (Gundry Ben-Yoseph and Posig 2002) In fact Verwey (2006 5) found that womens personal savings constitute between 80 and 99 of initial capitalisation compared to men where the figure is between 30 and 59 Some of the reasons stem from stereotypes created by the
57
masculine mentality in the banking industry (Weiler amp Bernasek 2001 92) Women are
entering an environment constructed by men therefore they may be perceived as less
legitimate in the eyes of prospective financial backers
Information is another resource that women entrepreneurs have difficulty accessing (ONeill amp Viljoen 2001 40) The information can be about markets suppliers export opportunities Large enterprises often have greater power time and resources to both access information for themselves and limit others access to it (Kouriloff 2000 65) Information can be obtained through informal networks as well as through membership in organizations such as trade guilds associations and unions (Kantor 2001 6) Female compared to male owners may have greater difficulty in accessing information because of difficulties in attending events due to their dual work roles and the resulting time constraints (Edwards 2001 58)
A lack of relevant skills and knowledge constrains the growth potential of entrepreneurial businesses (Kyro 2001 2) This is compounded by deficiencies in basic education Women tend to be less likely to have had education and experience relevant to starting and managing a business and thus have less potential for success (Botha 2006 30) Gaining relevant skills and knowledge also can be more difficult for women since their double work burden and childcare responsibilities make them less able to attend formal and informal training than men (Brush eiai 2006 18)
Kantor (2001 8) points out that womens more demanding role in the family relative to mens affects their entrepreneurial ability by reducing the time energy and concentration levels women can apply to their market work Women may have lower earnings and productivity levels since the amount of time they have available for market work will be limited by the time necessary to care for the family and their concentration while working may be reduced if there are multiple distractions leading to a further reduction in productivity and earnings (Hogskola 2008 25) Responsibility for household welfare also may make women more risk averse while societal perceptions of womens gender roles influence their treatment when they step outside of the perceived boundaries of
58
these roles limiting their access to the resources required for successful entrepreneurship (Anna etal 2000 291)
336 Growth Strategies
A relatively unexplored dimension of entrepreneurship on which male and female entrepreneurs are supposed to differ is their attitude towards growth (Verwey 2006 1) The process through which women-led entrepreneurial firms plan and achieve continual and sustainable growth often reflects a complex set of motivators and intentions that support this strategic path
Cliff (1998523) however researched whether gender differences do exist through quantitative as well as qualitative analysis of personal interviews with 229 small business owners in the Greater Vancouver are of British Columbia Canada Her study provided novel insights into the factors affecting an entrepreneurs growth decision and desired pace of expansion She found that both male and female entrepreneurs desire growth but there are important differences with respect to how they wish to expand (Verwey 2006 1)
Casale and Posel (2000 180) are of the opinion that female entrepreneurs are more likely to establish maximum business size thresholds beyond which they do not wish to expand and that moreover these thresholds are smaller than those set by male entrepreneurs This size relates to what she can manage and control with comfort balancing work and personal life Women tend to deliberately adopt a slow and steady pace of expansion as personal considerations appear to ovenide economic considerations in the business expansion decision According to Cliff (1998523) the attainment of such size thresholds appear to be a key trigger in the no-growth decision
This managed approach by female entrepreneurs to business expansion not letting growth get out of control may result in ventures that are able to out survive those headed by entrepreneurs pursuing more risky high-growth strategies (Bennett amp Dann
59
2000 78) This might lead to banks viewing women as lesser loan risks given their more cautious approach toward growth (Eckel amp Grossman 2000 288) Further research is needed to determine whether these different strategy approaches towards growth would affect venture performance If a more cautious approach leads to long-term survival of the firm awareness should be raised of the favourable outcomes of a more cautious approach This would require recognition that one approach to business ownership - the desire to head a large quickly growing enterprise may not necessarily fit all (Taniguchi 2002 888)
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT
Jalbert (200055) are of the opinion that womens entrepreneurship is gaining increasing
recognition in public policy circles National governments and international organisations
alike are coming to realise that fostering womens economic development through
enterprise creation can have a positive impact in a number of areas
First and foremost it enhances economic growth and provides employment opportunities for the owners and their workers In addition providing economic opportunities for women can also improve the social educational and health status of women and their families
The nature of the multitudinous challenges and obstacles facing women entrepreneurs suggest that their full economic potential is not fully actualised and women do not feature on the mainstream of the economic agenda One aspect that may be the route course of this dilemma that is faced by many female entrepreneurs may be the lack of proper support (De Groot 2001 9) Support is a potentially important means of raising the level of entrepreneurship in society overall
This section provides an overview of some efforts that are supporting the development of women-owned businesses Although this analysis is not a comprehensive review of
60
current literature and research it provides the best of what is known about womens
entrepreneurship
The objective of women entrepreneurship promotion is to create awareness of enterprise as an attractive employment option among women and to raise the profile of women entrepreneurs as credible role models to others It is a particularly important aspect in reinforcing the social value of entrepreneurship in the economy and in positioning it as a viable and feasible activity (International Labour Office (1LO) 2004 12)
The following examples illustrate how it is possible to promote effectively female entrepreneurship across a broad range of actions For example this might include (International Labour Office (ILO) 2004 12)
bull The establishment of specific institutions for (potential) female entrepreneurs
bull The provision of targeted support services and programmes the implementation of
electronic platforms for women entrepreneurs
bull The organisation of specific events targeted at female entrepreneurs
Before actual awareness campaigns can be initiated it is of the utmost importance to
establish an entrepreneurial environment that will in fact be attractive to potential women
entrepreneurs
While a growing body of literature exists on entrepreneurial environments the literature is highly fragmented Reviewing the empirical literature one can observe that Me research or even conceptualisation of the environment for entrepreneurship - enabling or otherwise - has been completed (Sannikova 20074) Some gaps that are evident in the literature are (Fogel 1994 1)
First a conceptual framework is lacking to integrate the available literature on
entrepreneurial environments
61
Second explicit links have not been established between the needs of
entrepreneurs and how environments can fulfil entrepreneurs needs induce or
reinforce their desire to go into business and thus facilitate the process of new
venture creation Third limited guidelines exist to conduct empirical research on entrepreneurial
environments
Finally a limited body of literature addresses the needs of policy makers despite the
recognition of this group as an important audience for research on entrepreneurship
One potential theory with implications for environmental factors and entrepreneurship is the resource dependence theory The resource dependence theory is based on the notion that environments are the source of scarce resources
The framework highlighted in figure 31 outline the key resources that support the
creation of an enabling environment for womens entrepreneurship These are
(Sannikova 20074)
bull Policy coordination and legal environment
bull Finance and Premises
bull Training and mentoring
bull Business Support
bull Network
bull Promotion
62
Figure 31 Framework for supporting women entrepreneurship activity
Source Sannikova (200718-19)
This framework fall inline with current issues addressed by the International Labour Office (ILO) In line with the ILOs gender policy the approach to women entrepreneurship seeks to redress existing gender imbalances in enterprise development through approaches and activities aimed specifically at women while simultaneously working with constituents to ensure that all small enterprise initiatives address gender in their formulation and roll-out The ILOs work to date has been in four main areas (Intemational Labour Office (ILO) 200412)
bull The development of a knowledge base on women entrepreneurs bull The development of a variety of support services for women entrepreneurs and their
service providers bull Supporting advocacy bull Developing internal and external partnerships
63
In 2002 the Austrian Institute for Small Business Research conducted a comprehensive study in regards to good practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002 105) They studied all available support organisations and programmes available to women entrepreneurs in Europe
A few critical success factors supporting good practice in the promotion of female entrepreneurship may be elaborated from the experience provided in this study These include (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002105)
bull Agencies should use female mentors trainers and advisers whenever possible to
increase the relevance of measures for women and to provide role models
bull Measures should be designed for both groups and individuals Group based
measures give women a chance to make contacts to network and to learn from the
experience of others Individual-based measures allow women to receive highly
effective advice directly related to the problems they face
bull Measures supporting enterprise start-ups should focus on sectors that can provide
women with an adequate income thereby increasing womens financial self-
sufficiency Strategies to move women into higher value markets in traditional or new
sectors are therefore important
bull Training measures should apply a modular approach with both a set of basic
courses such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and the opportunity
to select from a set of additional courses in various substantive areas This would
make the training flexible and give clients the independence to choose the skills on
which they want to focus
bull Training measures should also include entrepreneurship development training in
order to foster the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business
Business skills may not be sufficient for women who often lack confidence and belief
in their own abilities as entrepreneurs
bull Post-start-up support should be offered to trainees after having applied skills learned
in earlier training This may for example be offered by means of mentoring
64
addressing the specific problems faced by women entrepreneurs Additionally pre-
start-up mentoring can help women thinking about starting a business to determine if
it is really the right career choice
bull Women entrepreneurs should not be the only focus of business support and
personal development measures Reaching girls in order to encourage them to
become entrepreneurs and to develop their belief in their abilities is also important
bull Finally access to credit should be a key element in business support as limited
access to finance is a constraint faced by many entrepreneurs both female and
male Different methods of providing access to finance such as loan guarantees or
partnerships with formal financial institutions can reduce the costs of providing
credits to micro entrepreneurs and women entrepreneurs in particular
It has been demonstrated that there are various ways to tackle general and more specific problems faced by female entrepreneurs As many of the obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs are common all over the world most of the good practices that have been described above are not country-specific but might enrich the pool of possible actions in other countries as well
35 SUMMARY
Growing evidence asserts that womens entrepreneurship while differentiated is fundamentally different than mens It is apparent that women are crafting new visions and models of entrepreneurship and are experiencing unique processes entwining the developing self values of work life and family and the personal dynamics of change with the processes of developing and leading a business These phenomena deserve careful and critical exploration if we are to understand radical changes now occurring in women business owners work-lives and enterprise development The importance of supporting women entrepreneurship extends beyond academic relevance Government officials and NGOs have expressed interest in women entrepreneurship in countries in transition as a key to stimulating economies
65
Academics have been recommended to develop policy makers understanding by studying conditions and processes that encourage women entrepreneurship There is a particular theoretical need to conceptualise this environment and to test the environmental variables associated with women entrepreneurs
This support in developed countries usually has one main points to maximize the economic potential of self-employed women and also to encourage taking up of self-employment amongst women from disadvantaged backgrounds
Clearly the development of female entrepreneurship needs support through policies and adequate institutions in many areas such as education and training access to credit and financing access to information business networks and new technologies The Governments in partnership with other stakeholders should take the lead and responsibility for establishing institutions and policies aimed at development of SMEs These policies however should be gender sensitive and address specific barriers in entrepreneurial activities
It is increasingly recognised that entrepreneurship support offers a new model for
fighting poverty and ensuring economic growth in countries
66
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
41 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to present what has been empirically observed as set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the broader problem area Hence in the discussion the findings are interpreted in the light of the research questions The various methodological issues and considerations involved in the gathering of the data are also discussed
42 GATHERING OF DATA
This section contains a thorough explanation of the various methodological issues and considerations involved in obtaining and handling the data used in the study It has been divided into two parts each of which concerns a different component of the data collection gathering process
421 Development and construction of questionnaire
As explained in chapter one the survey instrument utilised in the study was a
standardised questionnaire Information could either be entered by the respondents
themselves or the review used it as a structure for face to face interviewing
The first step was to design a questionnaire with questions and items developed from the initial research problem and the literature study conducted
Questions or items of the same kind or that seek the same sort of information was grouped together They fell into a range of categories where some consisted of a small number of related questions The intend was to elicit information of a particular type
67
Analytical categories relevant to the research were determined from the literature These
topics were aggregated by unit of analysis
bull Section A Personal information
- Age - Marital status
- Educational level
- Number and age of children
- Employment history
bull Section B Business information
- Industry - Legal status of business
- Age of business
- Path to business ownership
- Source of start-up funding
- Business premises
- Number of employees
- Annual turnover
- Previous exposure to business
bull Section C Wlotivational factors and demographic aspects
bull Section D Obstacles towards women entrepreneurship
- During start-up phase of business
- During current operations
bull Section E Development needs of female entrepreneurs
- Previous development by private or government agency
- Women entrepreneurship association awareness
68
- Needs classification
In section A B and E the questionnaire was designed so that the responded could indicate the applicable answer by marking a designated block with a cross More than one block could be marked where applicable
In section C and D a Seven point Likert scale method was applied to measure
responses that range from disagree strongly to agree strongly A value of one will be
linked to disagree strongly and a value of seven to agree strongly
The idea of using the Likert scale method is that instead of learning whether or not the respondent was favourably inclined on an issue one also gets a measure and a reasonably reliable one of the actual position on the continuum However this method is frequently criticised because a number of unique response patterns can result in the same total score (Tull amp Hawkins 1980 322)
422 Data collection
The questionnaire in the form of printed copies was distributed to 100 women
entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni as a result of the sampling method applied
The study made use of both a convenience sampling method and secondly made use of
a snowball sampling method
Snowball sampling relies on referrals from initial subjects to generate additional subjects Therefore base selection of a primary informant took place The base selected for this study was the Chamber of Commerce for Gauteng which acted as an informant of women owned businesses Referrals were contacted to confirm if they adhere to the definition of small and medium-sized women owned businesses More referrals were subsequently collected by theses women owned business expanding the database It
69
may be extremely difficult or cost prohibitive to locate respondents in these situations A
list of 100 women owned business was compiled as a result of these efforts
Techniques for distributing questionnaires included e-mail personal delivery and structured interviews
This review aimed to distribute questionnaires to wide variety business sectors demographic locations and races as to obtain a representative view of women entrepreneurs
Business sectors included were ie retail trade wholesale trade manufacturing construction transportdistribution accommodation and restaurant food industry agricultureforestryfishing and services
Demographic areas included all towns within the boundaries of Ekurhuleni ie Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan Endenvale Lethabong Germiston Kempton Park Tembisa Nigel and Springs
A period of two weeks for responding to the questionnaire were allowed from where
questionnaires were collected either personally by the researcher or via facsimile and e-
A total of 80 usable questionnaires were returned from the sample This constitutes a
80 response rate
The major reasons for non returns faced during the process were the limited time available to the respondents to complete the questionnaires due to busy work schedules and the availability of certain owners that resided overseas
70
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS
431 Age group description of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A1 in Section A of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was
to determine the age group description of respondents
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented
in Table 41 below
Table 41 Age group description of respondents
Age group Frequency Percentage 40 to 49 years old 27 3375
30 to 39 years old 20 2500
50 to 59 years old 14 1750
20 tot 29 years old 12 1500
60+ years old 6 750
lt19 years old 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
The biggest category in this review is represented by the 40 to 49 year old group (refer
to table 41) were 3375 of the respondents indicated the age group A fourth (25) of
the respondents represents the 30 to 39 year age group
71
The remainder of the group constitutes less than 20 of the respondents where 1750
represents the 50 to 59 age group 1500 the 20 to 29 year old 750 the 60+ group
and 125) less than 19 years old respectively
All respondents answered the question
432 Marital status of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A2 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the marital status of respondents The results will be used to determine if
there is any link between the marital status of the women and their path to self
employment
bull Results obtained
The marital status of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 42 below
Table 42 Marital status of respondents
Marital status Frequency Percentage Married 52 6500
Single 10 1250
Widowed 9 1125
Divorced 7 875 Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
72
bull Analysis of the results
Table 42 indicates that more than half that is 52 (6500) of the respondents are married A total of 1250 of respondents are single 1125 are widowed and 875 are divorced
Two respondents did not indicate their marital status
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A3 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the highest academic qualification of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous education on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
bull Results obtained
The highest academic qualification of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 43 below
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents
Highest academic qualification Frequency Percentage Diploma (Technical college orTechnicon) 29 3625 University degree 29 3625
Matric 16 2000
Certificate 4 500
Post graduate degree 2 250
Total 80 10000
73
bull Analysis of the results
Table 43 indicates that a diploma and university degree constitute the largest group of all responses Both the diploma and university degree represent 3625 of the respondents respectively
A total of 16 (2000) of the respondents indicated a matric as their highest academic qualification whereas four respondents (500) indicated a certificate and two (250) indicated a post graduate degree
All respondents answered the question
434 Number of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A4 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of children of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 44 below
74
Table 44 Number of children of respondents
Number of children Frequency Percentage Two (2) children 31 3875
One (1) child 14 1750
Three (3) children 14 1750 None 10 1250
Four (4) children 8 1000
Five (5) children 3 375
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of the respondents (3875) have only 2 children A total of 1750 are
presented equally by both the one child and three child groups A total of 10 (1250)
respondents have no children Eight (1000) respondents have four children and three
or 375 have five children
All respondents answered the question
435 Age group description of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the age of children of the participants The results will be utilised in
determining if the age of children might have an influence on the path to business
ownership and act as an obstacle due to family responsibility to women entrepreneurs
75
bull Results obtained
The age of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 45 below
Table 45 Age group description of children
Age group description Frequency Percentage 18+years old 25 3125
11-18 years old 15 1875
1-5 years old 13 1625
No children 10 1250
6-10 years old 9 1125
Missing 8 1000
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 45 indicates that the majority of the respondents (25 or 3125) children are
older than 18 years A total of 15 (1875) of the respondents children are between 11
and 18 years 13 (1625) between one to five years old and nine (1125) between six
and 10 years old
A total of ten (1250) of the respondents indicated that they do not have children
whereas eight respondents did not answer the question
76
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES
441 Number of permanent employees
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B7 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of permanent employees of the participating women owned
businesses and to determine whether the family business can be classified as a micro-
very small- small- or a medium-sized enterprise
bull Results obtained
Table 46 Number of permanent employees
Number of permanent employees Frequency Percentage 2-4 30 3750 26-50 23 2875
Myself 10 1250
5-10 10 1250
11-25 4 500
101-200 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
A combined forty (5000) of the women owned business can be classified as micro-
enterprise from which 30 (3750) of the business have two to four employees and 10
(1250) of the businesses are only operated by the entrepreneur herself
77
A total of ten (125) of the businesses can be classified as very small enterprise
consisting of five to ten employees
Small-enterprises are represented by twenty seven (3375) of the businesses with four
(5) employed of 11 to 25 employees and 23 (2875) 26 to 50 employees
Only two (250) of the businesses surveyed can be classified as medium-enterprise
Of the 80 respondents only one responded (125) did not answer the question
Figure 46 indicates that the majority of the businesses surveyed falls into the micro-
enterprise category
442 Turnover of the business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B8 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the financial success and the size of the participating women
owned businesses
bull Results obtained
The annual turnover of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table
47
I
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business
Annual turnover Frequency Percentage R100 000 to R500 000 27 3375
R1 million to R5 million 20 2500
R500 000to R1 million 18 2250
R50 000toR100 000 9 1125
R5 million+ 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Twenty seven (3375) of the family businesses annual turnover were between the R100 000 to R500 000 range followed by twenty (2500) between the R1 to R5 million range eighteen (2250) in the R500 000 to R1 million range nine (1125) in the R50 000 to R100 000 range and six (75) in the more than R5 million range
All participants answered the question
443 Economic sector of operation
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B1 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the economic sector that the women owned businesses
operates in The sector may have an influence on specific needs for the women owned
businesses as well as policy implications
bull Results obtained
The economic sector of operation of the women owned businesses in this study is
presented in table 48
79
I
Table 48 Economic sector of operation
Economic sector Frequency Percentage Retail trade 33 4125
Services 26 3250
Accommodation and restaurant 7 875
Wholesale trade 6 750
Manufacturing trade 4 500
Transportdistribution 2 250
Food industry 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 33 (4125)) of the businesses in this study operate in retail trade that also represents that largest group within this review The service category is represented by 26 (3250) of the respondents This include the following businesses ie bakery school transport ballet studios swimming lessons DVD rentals garden services cleaning services doggy parlour dry cleaning wedding planning landscaping physiotherapy attorney petrol garage dress maker hair salons catering services graphic design party rentals business machine servicing and beauty salons
Other industries of operation includes seven (875) businesses in accommodation and
restaurant six (750) in wholesale trade four (500) businesses in manufacturing
and two (250) in distribution and food industry respectively
All respondents answered the question
80
444 Legal status of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B2 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The legal status of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table 49
Table 49 Legal status of business
Category Frequency Percentage Sole proprietorship 42 5250
Partnership 18 2250
Company (Private) 12 1500
Not registered 7 875
Close corporation 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Just more than half (52505)) of the participating women-owned businesses in this
study are registered as sole proprietorship 18 (2250) are registered partnerships 12
(1500) as private companies and one (125) business indicated a close corporation
A total of seven (875) of the businesses in this study is however not registered None
of the business indicated a business trust or public company All respondents answered
the question
81
445 Business premises
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B6 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The premises from where the women owned businesses in this study are operating from
are presented in table 410
Table 410 Business premises
Business district Frequency Percentage Outlying business area 50 6250
Home based 16 2000
Central business district (CBD) 12 1500
Agriculture 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
More than half (6250) of the respondents operate their business from an outlying
business area as indicated in table 410 A total of 16 (20) of the businesses in this
review are home-based with only 12 (1500) situated in a central business district
Agriculture land is only utilised by two (250) of the women owned businesses in this
review None of the respondent businesses operates from an industrial area
All respondents answered this question
82
446 Age of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B3 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the age of all women owned businesses that participated in this review
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women owned businesses that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 411 below
Table 411 Age of business
Age of business Frequency Percentage One (1) to five (5) years old 45 5625
Six (6) to 10 years old 24 3000
11 to 20 years old 6 750
21 to 30 years old 3 375
31 to 40 years old 1 125 41 to 50 years old 1 125
Analysis of the results
According to table 411 more than half (5625) of the respondents businesses are relatively young and fall under the one to five year old category A large group of 24 (30) of the participating businesses are between six and 10 years old The remainder of the categories are represented by less than 10 of the respondents where six (750) business are between 11 and 20 years old three (375) between 21 and 30 years and 1 (125) between 31 to 40 years and one (125) between 41 to 50 years respectively All respondents answered the question
83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP
451 Path to business ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B4 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the path to business ownership of respondents
bull Results obtained
The path to business ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 412 below
Table 412 Path to business ownership
Path to business ownership Frequency Percentage
Founded the business 52 6500
Purchase the business 25 3125
Join family business 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 412 reflects that 52 (6500) of the businesses studied in this review were
founded by the entrepreneur Just less than a third or 25 (3125) of the businesses
were purchased A total of two (250) respondents actually joined family businesses
and one (125) did not answer the question
84
452 Previous employment experience
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the previous employment experience of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous experience on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs The respondents had the option to choose between six experience levels categories
bull Results obtained
The previous employment experience of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 413 below
Table 413 Previous employment experience
Previous employment experience Frequency Percentage Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier) 34 4250
Self-employed 14 1750
Supervisor 11 1375
Middle management 9 1125
Unemployed 8 1000
Top management 4 500
Total 80 10000
85
bull Analysis of the results
Less than half (4250) of the respondents were previously employed as non-
management workers whereas only 11 (1375) of the respondents were supervisors A
total of nine (1125) of respondents indicated that they were employed in middle
management with only four (5) in top management A number of eight (1000)
respondents were previously unemployed
A quite interesting observation is the 14 or 1750 of respondents that were previously
self-employed that also constitute the second largest group in this review
All respondents answered the question
453 Years self-employed
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A6 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of years self employed of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of years self-employed of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 414 below
86
Table 414 Years self-employed
Number of years self-employed Frequency Percentage Four (4) to five (5) years 27 3375 Six (6) to 10 years 26 3250 One (1) to Three (3) years 14 1750
More than 10 years 12 1500
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of respondents are between four and ten years self-employed A number of
27 (3375) of the respondents has indicated a four to five year period and 26 (3250)
indicating a six to 10 year period The remainder of the age groups are represented by
less than 20 of the respondents where 14 (1750) fall within the relative young one
to three year category and 12 (1500) in the established more than ten year category
Only one (125) respondent did not answer the question
454 Source of start-up funding
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B5 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the source of start-up funding of the participants
bull Results obtained
The source of start-up funding of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 415 below
87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding
Source of start-up funding Frequency Percentage Bank loan 30 3750
Personal savings 29 3625
Relatives 10 1250
Householdspouse 5 625
Sold business 4 500
Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Both bank loan and personal savings constitutes the largest sources for start-up funding
with 30 (3750) made use of bank loans and 29 (3625) utilised personal savings
A total of 10 (1250) respondents collected start-up funds from relatives and five
(625) from a household member or spouse A number of four (500) respondents
sold their previous business to obtain funds
Respondents not answering the question accounted for 250 of the sample
455 Role models
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B9 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine if the respondents was inspired by someone during their youth to become an entrepreneur The results will be used to determine if there is any link between this previous influence and the women entrepreneurs decision to enter into self employment
bull Results obtained
The influence of role models on all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 416 below
Table 416 Role models
Influenced by role models Frequency Percentage No 68 8500
Yes 12 1500
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority (8500) of respondents indicated that they had no one inspiring them to
become entrepreneurs where 12 (1500) of the respondents claimed that they had
some influence Eight respondents indicated that their parents owned businesses where
four indicated that close friends of the family motivated them from childhood to enter
own employment
All respondents answered this question
456 First ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B10 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to determine if the current business is the women entrepreneurs first self owned
business
89
bull Results obtained
An indication of first ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 417 below
Table 417 First ownership
Category Frequency Percentage
Yes 62 7750
No 12 1500
Missing 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 62 (7750)) of the respondents indicated that their current business is their
first business owned Only a small amount of 12 (1500) of the respondents indicated
previously owned business or no to the answer A total of seven of the business was
sold of four is still operating and one went out of business
Quite a large total of six (750) of the respondents did not answer the question at all
46 MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C1-15 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the main motivational factors for women entrepreneurs entering own business ventures The results will be utilised in determining the influence of these motivational factors on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
90
bull Results obtained
The average response or mean (x) and the standard deviation (s) (variation around the
mean) of each of the 15 items indicating motivational factors for entering own
employment are indicated in Table 418
Table 418 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
Motivation n X s
Need for a challenge 80 6250 1326
Self-fulfilment 79 6215 1356
Confidence in the productservice offered 80 6188 0813
Insufficient family income 80 5513 1765
The need for independence 80 5488 1800
Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 80 5363 1759
Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) 80 5150 1870
Need forflexible work schedule 80 5063 2143
Desire for wealth 80 4900 1900
Ensure high job security 80 4700 2095
To develop hobby 78 4654 2373
Compatibility with family duties 80 4238 2279
Difficulty finding a job 80 3750 2405
Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 80 2650 1822
Entered the family business 80 1825 1310
Total 4796 0906
bull Analysis of the results
The standard deviations of all 15 statements averages are fairly high ranging from
0813 to 2405
Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement Thus a higher number representing agreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be true by the respondents Likewise a low number representing disagreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be false
The motivational statement indicating the highest agreement was need for challenge Participants indicated a very high average mean of x = 6250 for this statement Other
statements that also obtained high levels of agreement was self-fulfilment (x = 6215)
and confidence in the productservice offered (x = 6188)
Five items indicated average means higher than five Insufficient family income indicated an average mean of x = 5513 the need for independence an average mean
of x= 5488 dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) an average
mean of x= 5363 role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) an average x- 5150 and the need for flexible work schedule an average mean of x = 5063
Five items indicated average means higher than four Desire for wealth indicated an
average mean of x = 4900 ensure high job security an average mean ofx = 4700
to develop hobby and average mean ofx= 4654 and compatibility with family duties indicated an average mean of x =4238
Difficult finding a job only indicated an average mean of x = 3750 and redundancy (lost
their job retrenchment) an average mean of x = 2650
Entering family business was the statement with the lowest agreement standing on
an average mean of x = 1825
92
462 Ekurhuleni support
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C17- 21 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations The participating women entrepreneurs had to indicate their response on five statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is
providing to their business operations are reflected in Table 419 below
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations
Category n X s
Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 80 5288 1275
Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 80 5075 1100
Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 79 4772 1395
The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 80 4325 1589
Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 80 2563 1349
Total 4403 0837
93
bull Analysis of the results
An average mean of x = 5288 was calculated for the statement Ekurhuleni is a
source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities This result indicates
that the participants have a relative high agreement with the statement A high
agreement was also calculated for Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export
opportunities (x = 5075) Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road
network) adequately meet the needs of my business (x = 4772) and The
Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses
(x = 4325)
The statement Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women
entrepreneurship in the region however indicated a very low level of agreement with a
standard mean of only x = 2563
463 Obstacles to business start-up
bull Purpose of question
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers have for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those
barriers still exist today
The purpose of question D 1-14 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A)
was to accumulate a body of knowledge of banners that were faced by current female
entrepreneurs in entering their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate
their response on fourteen statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale
type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent
disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with
the statement
94
bull Results obtained
Agreement to obstacles that the respondents experienced during the start-up phase of
their businesses are presented in Table 420 below
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up
Obstacles n X s
Lack of business management skills 80 5888 1607
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5725 1646
Lack of timely business information 80 5438 1422
Risk averse (great fear of failure) 79 5253 1829
Lack of self-confidence 79 5241 1876
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 5150 1700
Inequality of access to credit (difficult to obtain financing as a female) 80 4875 1760
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 2009
Isolation from business network 80 4713 1917
Lack of education and training (in general) 80 4625 2065
Legislative (lack of focused women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government) 80 4400 1718
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3750 1832
Lack of female role models 80 3475 1882
Total 4874 1091
bull Analysis of the results
All fourteen statements as reflected in table 419 indicated high levels of agreement The statement lack of business management skills was indicated as the highest level of agreement with an average mean of x= 5888 A total of five other statements also indicated relative high agreements with inter role conflict (workhome conflict) indicating a standard mean of x= 5725 lack of timely business information (x = 5438) risk averse (great fear of failure) (x = 5253) lack of self-confidence (x =
95
5241) and awareness or access to business support indicating an average mean of
x =5150
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 3475
464 Obstacles currently faced in business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question D 16- 27 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers that were faced by female entrepreneurs currently operating their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate their response on 12 statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Obstacles that the respondents are experiencing in their current business operations are reflected in Table 421
96
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business
Obstacles n X s
Liquidity and other financial problems 80 6225 1102
Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 80 5775 1405
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5538 1793
Lack of business management skills 80 5488 1359
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 1872
Lack of timely business information 80 4663 1771
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 4600 1846
No time for trainingupgrading of skills 80 4563 1948
Isolation from business network 79 4506 1839
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3338 1771
Lack of female role models 79 2835 1581
Total 4764 0968
bull Analysis of the results
The statement with the highest level of agreement was liquidity and other financial
problems The average mean for this statement was calculated on a very high x -
6225
A total of three other statements also indicated relative high agreements with gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) indicating a standard mean
of x= 5775 inter role conflict (workhome conflict) (5c = 5538) and lack of business management skills indicating an average mean of x = 5488
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 2835
97
I
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question E3 Section E of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the development needs of respondents (refer to table 421)
bull Results obtained
Development needs indicated by all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 422 below
Table 422 Support needs of respondents
Category Frequency Percentage
Financial support 68 8500
Growth support 64 8000
Marketing support 62 7750
Business advice information counselling mentoring 57 7125
Networking with other business owners 55 6875
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area 53 6625
Legal support 41 5125
Tools equipment machinery 38 4750
Trainingknowledgeskills 35 4375
Suitable business premises 33 4125
Psychological support 21 2625
Technical support 20 2500
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity) 19 2375
98
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 68 (8500) of the respondents indicated that their greatest need is financial support with 64 (8000) also indicating growth support as a great need in the operation of their businesses A number of two categories also received high scoring with 62 (7750) respondents indicating marketing support and 57 (7125) indicating business advice information counselling and mentoring as support greatly needed
Almost half of the respondents also indicated that the following support will benefit their business A total of 41 (5125) of the participating women entrepreneurs indicated that legal support will benefit them 38 (4750) tools equipment and machinery support Trainingknowledge and skills was indicated by 4375 of respondents and a suitable business premises by 33 (4125) of the participating women entrepreneurs
Only 21 (2625) respondents indicated that psychological support will benefit them and
20 (2500o) indicated that technical support will be of use A small number of 19
(2375) indicated a need for infrastructure
48 SUMMARY
This chapter started of with the various methodological issues and considerations
involved in the gathering of the data from where results were presented in the form of
frequency tables on what has been empirically observed The results were analysed as
set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the
broader problem area
Data explored during this study included biographical information of all participating women entrepreneurs This includes age group description marital status highest academic qualification number of children and age group description of children
This empirical research also undertook the task to gather information in regards to the structure of the participating women entrepreneurs businesses This information
99
included number of permanent employees annual turnover of the business economic
sector of operation legal status of the business the business premises and age of the
business
Path to ownership information was also recorded by this study that includes the
following Path to business ownership previous employment experience number of
years self-employed source of start-up funding influence of role models and first
ownership
Factors of importance also gathered by this review includes motivational factors to enter self employment women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their businesses obstacles to business start-up obstacles currently faced within business operations and support needs of respondents
The information gathered by the empirical research was utilised in the drafting of the
Ekurhuleni women entrepreneurship profile discussed in chapter five This profile will be
of purpose in the drafting of the women entrepreneurship development framework for
the Ekurhuleni district
100
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
51 INTRODUCTION
Despite the large amount of research on the key factors influencing womens
entrepreneurship no study has yet provided an empirical field assessment of factors
influencing women at a municipality context
With the goal of delineating the unique circumstances of women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni this review undertook a study of 80 women entrepreneurial businesses The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures in this area have generated value and fuelled innovation on all levels The increased presence of women entrepreneurs has had a remarkable impact on employment
The purpose of this chapter is therefore to conclude on the empirical study by compiling
a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni Theoretical applications of these links
would derive strong arguments
Recommendations to women entrepreneurship development for this area will be made followed by a critical evaluation of the study Suggestions for future studies will be implied and this chapter will be concluded by a summary
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
The following reflects the make-up of the Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur as concluded in the empirical study conducted
101
521 Biographical information results
The majority of the women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
that participated in this study are between 30 to 49 years of age She is furthermore
married with an average of two children mainly older than eighteen years The
entrepreneur is well littered with either a diploma or university degree
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results
The average women-owned business in Ekurhuleni is between one to five years old with
an annual turnover in the R100 000 to R500 000 range Operation is mainly within the
retail trade or service sector within the micro-enterprise environment Most businesses
can be found in outlying business areas The legal status of the participating businesses
is mainly reserved to sole proprietorships
523 Path to ownership results
The Ekurhuleni women-owned business is either founded or purchased by the female entrepreneur which are on average four to ten years self-employed and mostly a first-time owner A bank loan or personal funding provided start-up capital Owners were not motivated by childhood role models
524 Motivational factors to self employment results
The need for a challenge self-fulfilment and confidence in the product or service offered are the main motivators for these women entrepreneurs Factors such as difficulty f inding a job redundancy and entering of family business are least motivational
indicating that the average Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur are drawn to self-employment by pull factors rather than push factors (Botha 2006 122)
102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni
For the average female entrepreneur Ekurhuleni will be a source of an ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities The Ekurhuleni infrastructure meets the needs of their businesses and the region provides good network opportunities with other businesses However most of the participating women entrepreneurs feel that the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality do not have proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in this district
526 Obstacles to business start-up results
The lack of business management skills inter-role conflict with home and work the lack of timely business information high risk aversion by women entrepreneurs lack of self-confidence and a lack of awareness or access to business support are all considered as huge obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs during the start-up phase of their respective business
Factors such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models are not considered as major obstacles to business start-ups
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results
The main current obstacles experienced by the average female entrepreneur are liquidity and other financial problems Aspects such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models were once again recognised as the least considered obstacles in current business operations
103
528 Support needs results
The average female entrepreneur feels that they can mostly benefit from financial and growth support whereas psychological technical and infrastructure support are rated low on urgency
53 RECOMMENDATIONS
In the light of the research results explained a development framework was compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni Figure 51 represents the specific elements of the Ekurhuleni entrepreneurial development framework (refer to the next page)
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs on in Ekurhuleni district are complex and calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
The main recommendation issued by this review is the establishing of an Ekurhuleni
women entrepreneurship development centre The main responsibility of this centre will
be the implementation and co-ordination of the recommendations listed below
104
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
Own compilation
The purpose of the section to follow is to provide a description of the specific elements
within the recommended framework to develop women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
105
531 Promotion
Recommendation
The review recommends the formation of a specific women entrepreneurship advocacy team within the overall development centre
Motivation
The main role of the advocacy team will be to raise the visibility of womens economic contribution and to change the policy to support womens role in the Ekurhuleni district It is important that the advocacy team are aware of the heterogeneity of their client group Without this awareness policy changes risk being unintentionally biased against a group such as women entrepreneurs
532 Strategy
Recommendation
It is recommended that women entrepreneurship specific policies be drafted within the
Ekurhuleni district and emphasis placed on continued research into the development of
the women entrepreneurs in the district
Motivation
bull The process of policy formulation has to incorporate gender mainstreaming strategies On a national base government has been introducing new gender-specific laws of a general nature but gender issues were not considered in all the other laws of relevance to womens entrepreneurship development
106
bull These policies must address awareness since many institutions are not aware of the gender-specific constraints of women entrepreneurs and therefore unable to address them adequately when providing the necessary services
bull Associations in charge of the enhancement of the status of women NGOs womens organisations and technical programmes could play an important role in emphasising gender issues in the creation of a more enabling policy and legal environment In this connection the importance of the systematic collection and analysis of gender specific data and information for gender-sensitive industrial policy formulation and implementation cannot be over emphasised This is necessary in order to identify the constraints and needs of women entrepreneurs prior to the formulation of any development programme targeting women
bull It is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations lobby groups and the municipality should strive for the systematic collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship
bull The creation of awareness about entrepreneurship requires the adoption of an entrepreneurial culture among potential women entrepreneurs and among youth in general as they are the future entrepreneurs This could be done if local support institutions professional assodations media and womens associations put emphasis on creating awareness about entrepreneurship Media and school campaigns exposure to role models and targeted training could also be used for this purpose
107
533 Support
bull Training
Recommendation
The development of proper training programmes focussing on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs is a necessity
Motivation
bull Training is one of the most common business development services provided Training initiatives include both the provision of general business skills as well as skills more particular to an industry General business training includes basic business skills such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and is usually a central element of an integrated service package Training in skills is often not sufficient for women and successful training programmes for women entrepreneurs therefore also include confidence building entrepreneurship developmenttraining fostering the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business are just a few to mention
bull Programmes that not only confine themselves to training existing or potential women entrepreneurs but also make efforts to reach girls in order to encourage them to become entrepreneurs must be developed
bull A modular approach to the training programme design must be followed - it offers core courses and then allows clients to select other courses suiting their needs This makes the training flexible and gives clients the independence to choose the skills on which they lack the most or want to focus on
bull However successful programme designs are always those which are based on realistic needs-based assessments Women have different training needs in terms of course content scheduling length and delivery Programme designers must be aware of womens multiple roles and programmes should be scheduled when
108
women are likely to be free Participatory techniques and incremental learning using
female instructors are considered good teaching models for reaching women
entrepreneurs
bull Access to credit
Recommendation
A proper study into good practices should be launched to enhance accesses for women
entrepreneurs to credit from where specific plans must be drafted to ensure better
access to financing for these women entrepreneurs
Motivation
Credit is a constraint faced by many women entrepreneurs Women need to be able to
access mainstream banking and finance and need support in this area Increased
access to credit is a key to the development of women entrepreneurs in SMEs
bull Counselling and mentoring programmes
Recommendation
This study recommends the establishing of counselling and mentoring centres
Motivation
bull Individually-based services where clients receive help and support on problems
specific to their businesses have proven to be most effective
bull Counselling programmes tend to be expensive One way of cutting costs is by using
volunteers and using group-based services for more general issues
109
bull Attention must be paid to hiring female consultants avoiding a male environment and providing services sensitive to womens needs In addition gender training of consultants should be done
bull Many women want post-start-up support accessible after trying out the skills learned in earlier training Mentoring is one method of providing this support which can be very effective as it addresses the specific problems faced by the individual entrepreneur This kind of support includes individual or group-based assistance directed at specific problems where mentors serve as role models Based on a longer-term relationship with the mentor this is essentially a form of knowledge transfer It can be tailored to client needs and therefore can have high effectiveness and impact However it can also be costly in terms of mentors time
bull Mentoring can be offered to individuals or groups Individual mentoring is often more effective and have a greater impact as it addresses problems specific to the womens businesses Group-based mentoring offers other benefits such as group solidarity and the opportunity to learn from others experiences
bull However as mentioned earlier mentoring can be an expensive service to provide Many support agencies have cut costs by using volunteer mentors but mentor quality has to be monitored Supply of female mentors volunteer or not is sometimes a problem Coupling mentoring with a sectoral focus has emerged as a good strategy to help women to enter new industries Use of female mentors and having women-only group mentoring programmes increases the likelihood that women will use the services
bull Information sharing and network formation
Recommendation
The study wants to emphasize the need for the development of a specific women entrepreneur association within the Ekurhuleni district for the main purpose of networking and information sharing
110
Motivation
Information is a key resource for women entrepreneurs Information can relate to markets suppliers costs and technology and networks have emerged as key strategy for offering support to women entrepreneurs Networking is very important to the success of a business and it is identified as one of the key ways to strengthen womens enterprises as it can provide access to information new customers and suppliers Networks are relations with others in the business community and are an important way to access information
Sometimes training courses provide early networking opportunities giving practice
time to women before they go out to network in the wider business environment
Training courses also allow women to meet others starting businesses Networks can
also contribute to the knowledge and development of support agencies
Information exchange in the networks is provided through many means including one-
stop shops trade fairs and the Internet Information technology has proven to be an
important asset for accessing information and expanding networks Often the network
makes services and information available to entrepreneurs by toll free telephone fax in
person and through the Internet In fact the use of the internet has greatly helped to
widen the geographic areas of networks both between entrepreneurs and between
support agencies Internet allows clients to access it at times that suit their schedules
This helps women have greater access as they often have to juggle multiple demands
on their time Online networks and community business centres offer networking
opportunities Decentralized service provision also insures that the information provided
to local women is relevant to the local context
i l l
bull Support organisations
Recommendation
Accumulation of support organisations must take place Through awareness the involvement of organisations and institutions must be increased
Motivation
Many different types of organisations can provide either direct or indirect support to women entrepreneurs The different organisations working with women entrepreneurs include NGOs credit providers training and technical assistance centres research institutes and universities professional organisations government agencies and private sector organisations
Professional membership organisations have also emerged as important agencies which work to change policy and provide services and networks to members They work best when they serve a clientele with common interests The membership organisations must serve women business owners with gender being perceived as one commonality across which membership organisations can be established
Private sector actors other than banks or private training providers include suppliers of inputs final goods customers and consultants They work with women entrepreneurs through subcontracting arrangements and by supplying inputs raw materials used equipment or technical assistance These are viewed as an increasingly important source of assistance for women entrepreneurs particularly for-profit service providers In addition to this consultants may work with entrepreneurs directly for a fee or as volunteers For example some firms may volunteer their staffs time as consultants while some individuals working in the private sector may do so independent of their place of work
112
Universities and research institutes can also contribute to the development of women entrepreneurs through provision of trainers and consultants and through direct research on entrepreneurship with particular focus on women and by highlighting their contribution to the local regional and national economy In some cases they can also develop technologies to improve productivity and reduce the time burden of women
54 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY
The success of this study is based upon the realising of the primary and secondary
objectives as indicated in section 13 of this study
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
In order to reach the primary objectives successfully the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a global context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
The first secondary objective namely to gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African economy was achieved through a comprehensive literature study in chapter two This chapter act as a motivation to this question by supplying ambient evidence in the role women entrepreneurs plays in the South African economy
113
The second secondary objective that is to study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur was also realised through the literature review in chapter two
The third secondary objective to identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing their own business ventures was achieved by both the literature review in chapter three and the detailed empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five
The fourth secondary objective to examine current development programmes in a
global context was realised through both chapter twos literature review focusing on
South African development programmes and a detailed description of international good
practices in chapter three
The last secondary objective to suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district was achieved through the results obtained during the empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five The results of this empirical research led to the development of a women entrepreneurship development framework as represented in section 53 of chapter five Practical recommendations forms part of the framework developed
Trough the achieving of all secondary objectives and the framework discussed in section
53 it can therefore be concluded that the primary objective namely the development of
a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
were achieved
55 SUGGESTION FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
Forthcoming work can build on this review by focusing on measuring the effectiveness
of programmes and initiative that was implemented due to recommendation issued in
section 53 of this review
114
Furthermore as explained earlier it is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations and the municipality should strive for the systematic and frequent collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship as to ensure that up to date and relevant programmes are in place to support the female entrepreneurs
56 SUMMARY
The purpose of this chapter was to conclude on the empirical study by compiling a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni was given that included the following aspects The biographical information of the female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support needs of the female entrepreneur
The empirical research resulted in recommendations to women entrepreneurship
development in Ekurhuleni being made That was followed by a critical evaluation of the
study in regards to the achievement of the research objectives Suggestions for future
studies were also recommended
Gender sensitivity of programme design and service delivery is critical Agencies which have a successful record in reaching women are always aware of the characteristics of their female and male clients and the gender-specific barriers affecting their economic participation when designing programmes Thus gender aware needs assessment is a vital tool to good service design and delivery
115
Furthermore developing a supportive environment for womens entrepreneurship is important to womens success This includes helping women to deal with their multiple roles and involving men families and communities (as appropriate) in womens entrepreneurship Support agencies must understand womens goals and objectives in becoming entrepreneurs and work to support those goals Providing for both practical and strategic gender needs is central to womens economic success While not all agencies can work at both levels the experience from developed countries shows that service providers should make an effort to partner with agencies which work to address deeper strategic issues through advocacy and policy change
Therefore an important learning is the need to couple programme actions with policy work In order to make long-term changes in womens ability to participate freely in the economy the socio-cultural constraints on women must be addressed Advocacy work should be directed at policymakers in order to raise their awareness of the important role of women in the economy and the positive effect of economic participation on women and their families
116
BIBLIOGRAPHY
AFFHOLDER J amp BOX DM 2004 Struggles of female entrepreneurs Allied
Academies International Conference Proceedings of the Academy of Entrepreneurship
10(1)
AIDIS R 2003 Entrepreneurship and economic transition Tinbergen Institute
discussion paper pp 5
ALTMAN M 2001 Paths to employment expansion in a minerals economy Urban
Forum Special Issue First International Conference on Employment Creation in
Development 12(3-4) 314
ANNA L CHANDLER G JANSEN E amp MERO N 2000 Women business owners
in traditional and non-traditional industries Journal of Business Venturing 15(3) 279-
303
ARIF M 2008 Definition and introduction of entrepreneurship Shri Ramswaroop
College of Engineering amp Management
AUSTRIAN INSTITUTE FOR SMALL BUSINESS RESEARCH (IFGH) 2002 Good
practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship Examples from Europe and other
OECD countries Pp 1 - 110
BANERJEE A GALIANI S LEVINSOHN J MCLAREN Z amp WOOLARD I 2007
Why has unemployment risen in the new South Africa [Web]
httpwwwnberorgpapersw13167 [Date of access 20 July 2008]
BARTLETT J E KOTRLIK J W amp HIGGINS C 2001 Organizational research
Determining appropriate sample size for survey research information Technology
Learning and Performance Journal 19(1) 43-50
117
BARUAH S 2005 Entrepreneurship Concept and definition Indian Institute of
Entrepreneurship
BENNETT R amp DANN S 2000 The changing experience of Australian female
entrepreneurs Gender Work and Organization 7(2) 75-83
BERRY A VON BLOTTNITZ M CASSIM R KESPER A RAJARATNAM B amp
VAN SEVENTER D 2002 The economics of SMMES in South Africa Paper presented
at the 2002 Trade and industrial policy strategy conference
BHORAT H 2002 Employment and unemployment trends in Post-Apartheid South
Africa Paper Prepared for the Presidency 10-Year Cabinet Review Process 2nd draft
BHORAT H amp HODGE J 1999 Decomposing shifts in labour demand in South Africa
South African Journal of Economics 67(3) 348-380
BHORAT H amp CASSIM R 2004 The challenge of growth employment and poverty in
the South African economy since democracy An exploratory review of selected issues
Development Southern Africa 21 (1) 7 -31
BODEN R amp NUCCI A 2000 On the survival prospects of mens and womens new
business ventures Journal of Business Venturing 15(4) 347-362
BORGIA D SEGAL G amp SCHOENFELD J 2005 The motivation to become an
entrepreneur College of Business Fort Myers Florida USA
BOTHA M 2006 Measuring the effectiveness of the women entrepreneurship
programme as a training intervention on potential start-up and established women
entrepreneurs in South Africa Pretoria University of Pretoria (Unpublished PhD-
thesis)
118
BRADLEY F amp BOLES K 2003 Female entrepreneurs from ethnic backgrounds An
exploration of motivations and barriers pp 301
BROWN W 2002 Ambition versus action do males and females exhibit conflicting
perspectives of entrepreneurial potential and growth A study among entrepreneurship
students and entrepreneurship graduates before and after start-up Paper presented at
the 25th Institute for Small Business and Entrepreneurship National Small Firms Policy
and Research Conference Competing Perspectives of Small Business and
Entrepreneurship
BRUNI A GHERARDI S amp POGGIO B 2004 Entrepreneur-mentality gender and
the study of women entrepreneurs Journal of Organizational Change Management
17(3) 256-268
BRUSH C CARTER N GATEWOOD E GREENE P amp HART M 2006 Womens
entrepreneurship in the United States
CAMPBELL H 2004 A study of knowledge management strategies as enabled by the
support of asynchronous groupware systems Pretoria University of South Africa
(Unpublished PhD-thesis)
CARREE M ampTHURIK AR 1998 Small firms and economic growth in Europe
Atlantic Economic Journal 26 (2) 137-146
CASALE D amp POSEL D 2002 The continued feminisation of the labour force in South
Africa An analysis of recent data and trends South African Journal of Economics
70(1) 156-184
CASSAR G 2006 Entrepreneur opportunity costs and intended venture growth
Journal of Business Venturing 21 610-632
119
CARTER S ANDERSON S amp SHAW E 2001 Womens business ownership A
review of the academic popular and internet literature Report to the Small Business
Service wwwsbsgovukcontentresearchcarter-reportpaf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
CARTER N GARTNER W SHAVER K amp GATEWOOD E 2003 The career
reasons of nascent entrepreneurs Journal of Business Ventunng 18 13-39
CHANDRA V amp NGANOU J 2001 Obstacles to formal employment creation in South
Africa Evidence from recent firm surveys Paper presented to DPRU Conference
Johannesburg November
CLIFF J 1998 Does one size fit all Exploring the relationship between attitudes
towards growth gender and business size Journal of Business Ventunng 13(6) 523-
542
DE GROOT TU 2001 Women entrepreneurship development in selected African
countries For United Nations Industrial Development Organization Pp 1 -36
DE KLERK GJ amp HAVENGA JJD 2004 SME networks and clusters and their
impact on economic growth An exploratory overview of Africa Potchefstroom Northshy
west University
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY (DTI) 2001 Driving competiveness in
South-Africa The integrated industrial strategy Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE A N D INDUSTRY (DTI) 2004 Ten years of small business
support in South Africa 1994-2004 Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Isivande Womens fund [Web]
httpwwwdtiqovzaisivandemainhtm [Date of access 10 September 2008]
120
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 South African Women
Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzasawensawenmainhtm
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Technology for women in business
(TWIB) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzathedtitwibhtm [Date of access 10 September
2008]
DEVEY R SKINNER C amp VALODIA I 2002 The informal economy in South Africa
who where what and how much Paper presented to the DPRU Conference on Labour
Markets and Poverty in South Africa Johannesburg 22-24 October 2002
DEMARTINO Ramp BARBATO R 2003 Differences Between Women and Men MBA
Entrepreneurs Exploring Family Flexibility and Wealth Creation as Career Motivators
Journal of Business Ventunng 18 815-832
DINING OUT 2008 South African restaurants [Web] httpwwwdining-
outcozaEkurhuleni-Mapasp [Date of access 10 September 2008]
DU RIETZ A amp HENREKSON M 2000 Testing the female underperformance
hypothesis Small Business Economics 14 1-10
ECKEL C amp GROSSMAN P 2002 Sex differences and statistical stereotyping in
attitudes toward financial risk Evolution and Human Behaviour 23(4) 281-295
EDWARDS L 2001 Globalisation and the skills bias of occupational employment in
South Africa South African Journal of Economics 69(1) 40-72
EKURHULENI METROPOLITAN MUNICIPALITY (EMM) 2007 Growth and
development strategy 2025 [Web] httpwwwekurhulenicomcontentview454296
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
121
FREY I 2006 Poverty and unemployment in South Africa National Labour and
Economic Development Institute [Web]
http7wwwnalediorgzadocsPovertv20and20unemployment20in20South20A
frica20Feb202006pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
FOGEL DS 1994 Environments for entrepreneurship development key dimensions
and research implications mmsjribsbs02usersAmeMy
DocumentsDEVELOPMENTEnvironments for entrepreneurship development key
dimensions and research implications_ Company Activities amp Management Company
Structures amp Ownership from AIIBusiness_commht [Date of access 1 October 2008]
GATEWOOD E SHAVER K POWERS J amp GARTNER W 2002 Entrepreneurial
expectancy task effort and performance Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2)
187-206
GEORGELLIS Y amp WALL H 2004 Gender differences in self-employment Working
paper The Federal Reserve Bank of Saint Louis
httpresearchstlouisfedOrgwp19991999-008pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
GREENE P HART M GATEWOOD E BRUSH C amp CARTER N 2003 Moving
front and centre An overview of research and theory [Web]
wwwusasbcorgknowledgewhitepapersgreene2003pdf [Date of access 19 March
2008]
GUN DRY L BEN-YOSEPH M amp POSIG M 2002 Contemporary perspectives on
womens entrepreneurship A review and strategic recommendations Journal of
Enterprising Culture 10 (1) 67-86
HISRICH RD PETERS MP amp SHEPHERD DA 2005 Entrepreneurship 6th ed
New York NY McGraw-Hill Irwin
122
HITT MA DACIN TM LEVITAS E ARREGLE JL amp BORZA A 2000 Partner
selection in emerging and developed market contexts resource-based and
organizational learning perspectives Academy of Management Journal 43(3) 449-468
HOGSKOLA M 2008 Female entrepreneurs in Sweden and Thailand Differences and
similarities in Motivation Sweden School of Sustainable Development of Society and
Technology (Unpublished MBA-dissertation)
HUGHES KD 2006 Exploring motivation and success among Canadian women
entrepreneurs America University of Alberta (Unpublished PhD-Thesis)
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR OFFICE (ILO) 2004 Supporting growth-oriented women
entrepreneurs in Ethiopia Kenya amp Tanzania SEED programme Pp 1-113
JALBERT E 2000 Women entrepreneurs in the global economy Pp 55
KANTOR P 2001 Promoting womens entrepreneurship development based on good
to South practice programmes Some experiences from North to South SEED Working
Paper No 9 International Labour Office Geneva
KEH H FOO M amp LIM B 2002 Opportunity evaluation under risky conditions The
cognitive processes of entrepreneurs Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 125-
148
KEPLER E amp SHANE S 2007 Are male and female entrepreneurs really that
different Small business research summary 309(1)
KINGDON G amp KNIGHT J 2005 Unemployment in South Africa 1995-2003 causes
problems and policies Global Poverty Research Group [Web] httpwwwqprqorg
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
123
KLASEN S amp WOOLARD I 1999 Levels trends and consistency of employment and
unemployment figures in South Africa Development Southern Africa 16(1)
KOLLER M 2006 Hysteresis and unemployment in South Africa Bloemfontein
University of the Free State (Dissertation - MCom)
KORUNKA C FRANK H LUEGER M amp MUGLER J 2003 The entrepreneurial
personality in the context of resources environment and the start-up process - A
configurational approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 28(1) 23-42
KOLIRILOFF M 2000 Exploring perceptions of a prior barriers to entrepreneurship A
multidisciplinary approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 25(2) 59-80
KUTANI RO amp BAYRAKTAROGLU S 2003 Female entrepreneurs Social feminist
insights for overcoming the barriers Sakarya University The Faculty of Business
Studies Turkey Pp 3
KYRO P 2001 Women entrepreneurs question mens criteria for success
wwwbabsoneduentrepferBabson202001 [Date of access 10 September 2008]
LEWIS JD 2002 Promoting growth and employment in South Africa South African
Journal of Economics 70(5) 725-41
LOCKE EA amp LATHAM GP 1990 A theory of goal setting and task performance
Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall
LOMBARD K 2001 Female self-employment and demand for flexible non-standard
work schedules Economic Inquiry 39(2) 214-237
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
124
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2007 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
MAHADEA D 2008 The environmental context for SMME entrepreneurship in
Kwazulu-Natal The regulatory environment and its impact on the nature and level of
economic growth and development in South Africa Conference 2008
MARKMAN G BALKIN D amp BARON R 2002 Inventors and new venture formation
The effects of general self-efficacy and regretful thinking Entrepreneurship Theory and
Practice 27(2) 149-166
MARLOW S 1997 Self-employed women new opportunities old challenges
Entrepreneurship amp Regional Development 9(3) 199-211
MAYER M amp ALTMAN M 2005 South Africas economic development trajectory
implications for skills development Journal of Education and Work 18(1) 33-56
MAYOUX L 2001 Jobs gender and small enterprises Getting the policy environment
right - SEED Working Paper No 15 - SEED Working Paper No 15 ILO Geneva
MAYSAMI RC amp GOBY VP 1999 Female business owners in Singapore and
elsewhere A review of studies Journal of Small Business Management 37(2) 96-105
MBOWENI TT 2000 A new monetary policy framework Statement of the Monetary
Policy Committee 6 April SARB [Web] httpwwwreservebankcoza internet
publicationnsf [Date of access 10 September 2008]
MCCLELLAND E SWAIL J BELL J amp IBBOTSON P 2005 Following the pathway
of female entrepreneurs A six-country investigation International Journal of
Entrepreneurial Behavior amp Research 11 (2) 84-107
MCVICAR M amp CRAIG JF 1981 Minding my own business Entrepreneurial women
share their secrets of success New York Richard Marek
MITCHELL R BUSENITZ L LANT T MCDOUGALL P MORSE E amp SMITH J
2002 Toward a theory of entrepreneurial cognition Rethinking the people side of
entrepreneurship research Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 93-104
MOHR P amp FOURIE L 2000 Economics for South African students 2nd ed Pretoria
Van Schaik Publishers
NIEUWENHUIZEN C amp KROON J 2003 The Relationship between financing criteria
and the success factors of entrepreneurs in small and medium enterprises
Development Southern Africa 20 (1)
NTSIKA ENTERPRISE PROMOTION AGENCY 1999 State of small business in South
Africa Policy and Research Division Pretoria
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2004 Promoting entrepreneurship and innovative SMEs in a Global economy Towards
a more responsible and inclusive globalisation Paper read at2n d OECD conference of
ministers responsible for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) Turkey Istanbul
OECD 1998 Women Entrepreneurs in Small and Medium Enterprises OECD Paris
[Web] httpwwwoecdorg [Date of access 8 September 2008]
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2008 Economic assessment of South Africa 2008 [Web] httpwwwsourceoecdorg
[Date of access 6 June 2008]
OSTENSSON O amp UWIZEYE-MAPENDANO A 2000 Growth and diversification in
mineral economies paper presented at the Regional Workshop for Mineral Economies
in Africa 7-9 November Cape Town South Africa
REVIVO-STEINER M 2006 Women entrepreneurs A growing and promising
phenomenon [Web]
httpyywwwaltassetscomknowledqebankleaminqcurve2006nz9913php [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
ONEILL RC amp VILJOEN L 2001 Support for female entrepreneurs in South Africa
Improvement or decline Journal of Family Ecology and Consumer Sciences 29(1) 37 -
44
RENZULLI L ALDRICH H amp MOODY J 2000 Family matters Gender networks
and entrepreneurial outcomes Social Forces 79(2) 523-546
REYNOLDS PD HAY M BYGRAVE WD CAMP SM AUTIO E 2000 Global
Entrepreneurship Monitor Kauffman Centre for Entrepreneurial Leadership at the Ewing
Marion Kauffman Foundation
RICHARDSON P HOWARTH R amp FINNEGAN G 2004 The Challenges of Growing
Small Businesses Insights from Women Entrepreneurs in Africa SEED Working Paper
No 47
ROGERSON C M 2004 The impact of the South African Governments SMME
Programmes a ten year review (1994-2003) Development Southern Africa 21 (5)
SAMSON M 2000 The macroeconomics of job-creating growth EPRI Research Paper
10 Cape Town Economic Policy Research Institute
SHANE S LOCKE EA amp COLLINS CJ 2003 Entrepreneurial motivation Human
Resource Management Review 13(2) 257-279
127
SANNIKOVA E 2004 Regulatory impediments to enterprise development Mobilizing
womens economic potential International Conference on Reducing Barriers to
Entrepreneurship and Encouraging Enterprise Development Policy Options Salle VII
Palais des Nations 18-19 June 2007 pp 1-13
SHEPHERD D amp KRUEGER N 2002 An intentions-based model of entrepreneurial
teams social cognition Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 167-186
SIGH S REYNOLDSR amp MUHAMMADS 2001 A gender-based performance
analysis of micro and small enterprises in Java Indonesia Journal of Small Business
Management 39 (2) 174-182
SIMMON M amp HOUGHTON S 2002 The relationship among biases misperceptions
and introducing pioneering products examining differences in venture decision contexts
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 105-124
SOUTH AFRICA 1996 National Small Business Act 102 of 1996 Government Gazette
377(17612)
SOUTH AFRICA 2004 National Small Business Amendment Bill 26926 of 2004
Government Gazette B23-2004
SOUTH AFRICAN GOVERNMENT 2008 South African government information
[Web] httpwwwinfogovzaissuesqovtprogstarthtm [Date of access 24 April 2008]
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Mid year population estimates July 2008
rWeblhttpwwwstatssaqovzapublicationsP0302P03022008pdf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
128
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Statistics South Africa 2008 Quarterly labour
force survey (QLFS) Quarter 1 and Quarter 2 rWeb1httpwwwstatssaqovza [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
STATSOFT INC 2008 Statistica (Data Analysis Software System) Vers 8 [Web]
vwvwstatsoftcom [Date of access 16 December 2008]
STRUWIG FW amp STEAD GB 2004 Planning designing and reporting research 3rd
ed Cape Town Pearson Education
TANIGUCHI H 2002 Determinants of womens entry into self-employment Social
Science Quarterly 83(3) 875-894
TAYLOR RR 1988 Exceptional entrepreneurial women Strategies for success New
York NY Quorum Books
TULL DS amp HAWKINS DI 1980 Marketing research Measurement and method 2nd
ed New York NY Macmillan Publishing
UNITED NATIONS 2008 Millennium development goals [Web]
httpwwwunorgrnilleriniumgoals
UNITED NATIONS ECONOMIC COMMISSION FOR EUROPE (UNECE) 2004
Womens self employment and entrepreneurship in the ECE Region Regional
Symposium on Mainstreaming Gender into Economic Policies 28-30 January 2004
UNECE Secretariat Geneva
VERWEY I 2006 Development bank of Southern Africa Case studies on how women entrepreneur in construction experience the entrepreneurial process and manage growth Pp 1-10
129
WALKER C 2003 Piety in the sky gender policy and land reform in South Africa
Journal of Agrarian Change 3(1-2) 113-148
WEILER S amp BERNASEK A 2001 Dodging the glass ceiling Networks and the new
wave of women entrepreneurs The Social Science Journal 3885-103
WRONG DH 2007 Sociology [Web] httpencartamsncom [Date of access 2
February 2008]
ZAHRA SA IRELAND DR GUTIERREZ I amp HITT MA 2000 Privatization and
entrepreneurial transformation emerging issues and a future research agenda
130
Private Bag X6001 Potchefstroom Campus
W^P North-West University BUSINESS SCHOOL Potchefstroom
2520
Code number
APPENDIX A
QUESTIONNAIRE WOMEN ENTREPRENUERSHIP DEVELOPMENT IN
EKURHULENI
CONTACT DETAILS Ame1 Kock
Cell 082 783 0041 E-mail amekockmwebcoza
I9J NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESIT1 YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT POTCHEFSTROOM CAMPUS
WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE PLEASE NOTE
This questionnaire must only be completed by women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni District
All information will be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL and will only be used for academic purposes
Instructions for completion
1 Please answer the questions as objectively and honestly as possible 2 Place a cross (x) in the space provided at each question which reflects your answer the
most accurately Use the following key 1 = Strongly disagree 2 = Disagree 3 = Slightly disagree 4 = Neutral view 5 = Slightly agree 6 = Agree 7 = Strongly agree
Str
ongl
y di
sagr
ee
U)
0) Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
Neu
tral
view
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0)
ltD i_
lt Str
ongl
y ag
ree
B7 Ekurhuleni Municipality is assisting adequately in the needs of especially women entrepreneurs
1 2 3 4 laquo 6 7
It is essential you indicate your choice clearly with a pen
3 Where asked for comments or to express your own opinion keep answers short and to the point
4 Please answer all the questions as this will provide more information to the researcher so that an accurate analysis and interpretation of data can be made
Thank you for your co-operation We hope that you will find the questionnaire interesting and stimulating
l
SECTION A PERSONAL INFORMATION The following information is needed to help us with the statistical analysis of the data for comparisons among different businesses All your responses will be treated confidentially We appreciate your help in providing this important information
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which age group do you fall lt19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
A2 What is your marital status Single Married Divorced Widowed
(01) (02) (03) (04)
Indicate your highest academic qualification
Lower than matric
Matric
Certificate
Diploma (Technical College orTechnicon)
University degree
Postgraduate degree
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the number of children that you have
None
One (1) child
Two (2) children
Three (3) children
Four (4) children
Five (5) children
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the age of your children
No children
One (1) to five (5) years
Six (6) to 10 years
1 1 - 1 8 years
18+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
2
A5 Indicate your past experience before self-employment (occupational background)
Unemployed
Self-employed (owned a business)
Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier)
Supervisor (first-line management)
Middle management
Top (executive) management
A6 Indicate the number of years that you are self-employed
Less than one (1) year
1 -3 years
4 - 5 years
6 - 1 0 years
More than 10 years Please specify
3
SECTION B BUSINESS INFORMATION
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which industry does your business operate
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Manufacturing
Construction
Transportdistribution
Accommodation and restaurant (guest houses hotel)
Food industry
Agricultureforest ryfishing
Services (Please specify the type of service)
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
Indicate the legal status of your business (form of business ownership)
Sole proprietorship
Partnership
Close corporation
Company (private)
Company (public)
Business Trust
Not registered
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
What is the age of the business (years)
Please specify
4
B4 Indicate your path to business ownership
Started (founded) the business (01)
Purchase the business (02)
Join the family business (03)
Inherited the business (from the family) (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B5 Indicate your source of start-up funding
Personal savings (01)
Borrowed orgifted(donated) from relative or friend (02)
Householdspouse (03)
Sold previous business (04)
Bank loan (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
B6 Indicate the business premises (from where does the business operates)
From home (home-based) (01)
Central business district (CBD) (02)
Outlying business area (03)
Industrial area (03)
Agriculture land (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B7 How many permanent employees are employed by your business
Myself 2-4 5-10 11-25 26-50 51-100 101-200 200+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
gt
Indicate the turnover (annual sales) that your business generates
Less than R30 000
R30 000 - R50 000
R50 000-R100 000
R100 000-R500 000
R500 000 - R1 million
R1 million - R5 million
R5 million+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
Did you have any exposure to business in your childhood (ie partents close family friend owned a business)
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes who owned the business (Please specify - ie father mother sibling family friend close friend)
B10 Is the present business the first business that you own Yes (01)
No (02)
If no please indicate what happened to the business previously owned
Went out of business (03)
Still successful (04)
Sold of (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
6
SECTION C MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS The purpose of this section is to determine which factors drove female entrepreneurs to
enter into their own business ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block with a cross (X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee 0
W Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
MOTIVATION FOR ENTERING SELF-EMPLOYMENT OR TO START OWN BUSINESS
C1 The need for independence 2 3 4 5 6 7
C2 Need for flexible work schedule 2 3 4 5 6 7
C3 Need for a challenge 2 3 4 5 6 7
C4 Self-fulfilment 2 3 4 5 6 7
C5 To develop my hobby 2 3 4 5 6 7
C6 Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members 2 3 4 5 6 7
C7 Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C8 Difficulty finding a job 2 3 4 5 6 7
C9 Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C10 Compatibility with family duties 2 3 4 5 6 7
C11 Insufficient family income 2 3 4 5 6 7
C12 Desire for wealth 2 3 4 5 6 7
C13 Ensure high job security 2 3 4 5 6 7
C14 Entered the family business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C15 Confidence in the productservice offered 2 3 4 5 6 7
C16 Others (Please specify)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD
O) a w a S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree CD
0) i_
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
DEMOGRAPHIC ASPECTS
C17 Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C18 Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 2 3 4 5 6 7
C19 The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 2 3 4 5 6 7
C20 Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C21 Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C22 Other aspects of Ekurhuleni that motivated you in starting your business in this region
8
SECTION D OBSTACLES TOWARDS WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers has for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those barriers
still exist today The purpose of this section is to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers
that were faced by current female entrepreneurs in entering and running their own business
ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block Witha cross(X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD CD
O )
cgt
b Slig
htly
di
sagr
ee
Neu
tral
view
S
light
ly
agre
e CD CD
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) THAT INHIBIT THE FEMALE ENTREPRENEUR TO START HER OWN BUSINESS
D1 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D2 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D3 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D4 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D5 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D6 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D7 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D8 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D9 Lack of education and training (in general) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D10 Inequality of access to credit (difficultto obtain financing as a female)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D11 Lack of self-confidence 2 3 4 5 6 7
D12 Risk averse (great fear of failure) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D13 Legislative (lack of focussed women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D14 Other (Please specify)
9
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
U) m b S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree (D
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) YOU ARE FACING CURRENTLY IN RUNNING YOUR BUSINESS
D15 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D16 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D17 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D18 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D19 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D20 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D21 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D22 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D23 Liquidity and other financial problems 2 3 4 5 6 7
D24 Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D25 No timefortrainingupgrading of skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D26 Other (Please specify)
SECTION E DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF ENTREPRENEURS Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
Have you ever been trained or developed by either a government agency or the private sector
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes name the institution
Indicate the type of training that you received
Technical skills (ie hand crafting)
Communication skills
Accounting skills
Management skills
Technological skills (computers)
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
Do you know any organisation which is specifically established for women entrepreneurs
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes what is the name of that organisation
How does the organisation helps to develop women entrepreneurs in their activities (Choose one or more)
Provides education and training
Provides financial assistance
Supportsenables networking with other women entrepreneurs
Provides accessexposure to motivational speakersrole models
Provides business information
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
11
Indicate your specific needs (Choose one or more)
Financial support
Trainingknowledgeskills
Tools equipment machinery
Business advice information counselling mentoring
Marketing support
Suitable business premises
Growth Support
Technical support
Psychological support
Networking with other business owners
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity)
Legal support
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area
Other (Please specify)
THANK YOU FOR YOUR TIME
12
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN 19
ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION 19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 20
121 South African employment 20
222 South African economy trajectory 22
223 Reasons for unemployment 24
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA 27
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship 27
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) 29
233 Government strategy 31
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI 38
241 Ekurhuleni demographic 38
242 Ekurhuleni economics 40
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure 41
25 SUMMARY 46
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP 47
31 INTRODUCTION 47
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY 47
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP 50
331 Motivation 52
332 Opportunity identification 54
333 Type of business started 55
334 Venture size 56
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs 56
336 Growth strategies 59
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT 60
35 SUMMARY 65
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 67
41 INTRODUCTION 67
42 GATHERING OF DATA 67
421 Development and construction of questionnaire 67
v
422 Data collection 69
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS 71
431 Age group description of respondents 71
432 Marital status of respondents 72
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
434 Number of children 74
435 Age group description of children 75
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES 77
441 Number of permanent employees 77
442 Turnover of business 78
443 Economic sector of operation 79
444 Legal status of business 81
445 Business premises 82
446 Age of business 83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP 84
451 Path to business ownership 84
452 Previous employment experience 85
453 Years self employed 86
454 Source of start-up funding 87
455 Role models 88
456 First ownership 89
46 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS 90
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors 90
462 Ekurhuleni support 93
463 Obstacles to business start-up 94
464 Obstacles currently faced in business 96
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS 98 48 SUMMARY 99
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 101
51 INTRODUCTION 101
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 101
521 Biographical information results 102
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results 102
VI
523 Path to ownership results 102
524 Motivational factors to self employment result 102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni 103
526 Obstacles to business start-up results 103
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results 103
528 Support need results 104
53 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY 113
55 SUGGESTIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 114
56 SUMMARY 115
BIBLIOGRAPHY 117
APPENDIX A - W O M E N ENTREPRENEURSHIP QUESTIONNAIRE 131
vu
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni metropolitan
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former east Rand) region
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007I
Figure 31 Framework for the support of women entrepreneurship activity
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in
Ekurhuleni
LIST OF TABLES
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006 3
Table 21 Key labour market indicators 21
Table 22 South African projectory indicators 28
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa 32
Table 24 Small business support institutions 34
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks 37
Table 26 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics 39
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship theory 49
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurship 51
Table 41 Age group description of respondents 71
Table 42 Marital status of respondents 72
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
Table 44 Number of children of respondents 75
Table 45 Age group description of children 76
Table 46 Number of permanent employees 77
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business 79
Table 48 Economic sector of operation 80
Table 49 Legal status of business 81
Table 410 Business premises 82
Table 411 Age of business 83
Table 412 Path to business ownership 84
Table 413 Previous employment experience 85
Table 414 Years self employed 87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding 88
Table 416 Role models 89
Table 417 First ownership 90
Table 418 women entrepreneurship motivation factors 91
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support
this district is providing to their business operations 93
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up 95
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business 97
IX
Table 422 Support needs of respondents 98
x
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY
11 INTRODUCTION
In the year 2000 the largest gathering of world leaders in human history signed an agreement committing to achieve measurable improvements in the most critical areas of human development This agreement came to be called the Millennium Development Goals and it contained an important commitment to halve poverty by the year 2015 Now eight years after the Millennium Summit we better understand three important facts (United Nations 2008 1)
bull Poverty alleviation goals will not be achieved without sustainable economic growth in the developing world
bull This economic growth will rely in large part on the success of the private sector
bull Private sector development must touch all segments of the economy including the micro enterprise and SME sectors
The hypothesis that entrepreneurship is linked to economic growth finds Its most immediate foundation in simple intuition common sense and pure economic observation activities to convert ideas into economic opportunities lie at the very heart of entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a source of innovation and change and as such spurs improvements in productivity and economic competitiveness
With nearly half of its population living in conditions of extreme poverty caused by high unemployment rate the economic realities of South Africa are harsh And yet the promise of sustainable development remains bright By creating economic growth South African entrepreneurs are proving to be at the heart of that promise and a key weapon in the fight against poverty (Mboweni 2000 1)
1
No economically successful country can operate using less than half of its business
resources According to the latest labour force survey and mid year population estimates
released by Statistics South Africa women in South Africa currently make up 518
percent of South Africas adult population 439 percent of the workforce 566 percent of
the unemployed and 525 percent of the working age population (Statistics South Africa
2008 3) But unfortunately their contribution has not been adequately nurtured
Although limited research was focused on this topic in South Africa international
research has shown that women face a number of difficulties in establishing and
maintaining businesses Although most of these difficulties are common to both
genders in many cases they tend to be more significant for female entrepreneurs
(Edwards 2001 45) This is due to factors such as
bull Gender discrimination and stereotypes
bull Differences in the way women and men approach entrepreneurship
bull Difficulties in reconciling business and family obligations
bull The choice of business types and sectors
bull Information gaps
bull Lack of contacts and access to networking
Women entrepreneurship is still in its infancy in South Africa and only recently did the
government start to focus on this dynamic field of high importance The Department of
Trade and Industry (dti) has over the last few years tried to undertake a range of
initiatives to promote and support the economic empowerment of women These include
the holding of a number of conferences the establishment of the South African
Womens Empowerment Network and commissioning of studies looking at the internal
operations and external impact of both the Department of Trade and Industry and its
associated institutions from a gender perspective (Department of Trade and Industry
2008 1) Unfortunately these government activities did not shed or lighten any problems
that woman entrepreneurs are still facing today as South Africa is still not placed
favourable against other international countries in regards to entrepreneurship as
2
indicated by the 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) report (Maas amp
Herrington 2006 24)
The GEM is a research programme launched in 1999 that provides annual assessments
of the national level of entrepreneurship GEM analyses are based on a harmonised
assessment of the level of national entrepreneurial activity for the participating countries
and represent one of the rare sources of data on entrepreneurship conducive to crossshy
country comparison The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share
of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a
new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old According to the GEM
report 2006 (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) South Africa is placed 30th out of 42
participant countries as indicated in table 11 The table furthermore indicate that South
Africas position on the global ranking continues to deteriorate relative to other
participating countries This is despite improved macro-economic conditions in the
country
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006
South Africas TEA ranking
2001 14m out of 28 countries
2002 20m out of 37 countries
2003 22nd out of 31 countries
2004 20m out of 34 countries
2005 25th out of 34 countries
2006 30m out of 42 countries
Source Maas amp Herrington (200624)
Currently the global average for female entrepreneurship is standing at seven point
seven percent of the population South African women are however currently
performing at just four point eight percent (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) Almost three
percent lower than the global average indicating that considerable scope exists to
improve the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
3
Therefore a great need for a conceptual framework in the context of women entrepreneurship development must be look into This kind of framework will contribute to an unlimited advantage and sustainable growth for the South African economy
The South African National Small Business Act (1996) and National Small Business Amendment Bill (292004 2) classify micro very small small and medium-sized businesses as businesses that employ less than 200 full-time equivalent of paid employees
The focus of this study was thus small and medium-sized women owned businesses as
define above
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT
Research on women entrepreneurship remains limited in the South African context and
this has a direct influence on the formulation and implementation of policies and support
programmes that could be one of the main causes of South Africas current poor
performance in regards to female entrepreneurship activity
But in order to develop appropriate interventions to promote women entrepreneurs in
South Africa and therefore create a sustaining and entrepreneurial environment in the
country it is necessary first to understand more about them
This study will focus on enhancing the understanding of the profile of the woman entrepreneur through examining the contextual social psychological and economic factors that influence and shape the woman entrepreneur in a complex dynamic environment
Womens entrepreneurship needs to be studied separately for four main reasons
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
4
Firstly because womens entrepreneurs has been recognised during the last decade as
an important untapped source of economic growth Women creating unique solutions to
management business problems and exploitation of entrepreneurial opportunities
necessities this field of study As a result women represent a readily available pool of
potential entrepreneurial activity that countries may leverage to improve their economies
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
Secondly although without a doubt the economic impact of women is significant little
substantial research was done on this field Leaving unventured ground for further
research The topic of women in entrepreneurship has been largely neglected both in
society in general and in the social sciences (Organisation for economic co-operation
and development 2004 5)
Thirdly according to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(2004 5) not only do women participate less in entrepreneurship than men but will also
participate in entrepreneurial activities in other industries than those of their male
counterparts The industries (primarily retail education and other service industries)
chosen by women are often perceived as being less important to economic development
and growth than high-technology and manufacturing
It is thus clear that scientific research on women entrepreneurship is important to gain
knowledge on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs in order to make
recommendations
Lastly current support policies and programmes do not take into consideration the
unique needs of woman entrepreneurs sketching an unequal playing field and resulting
in a bias towards male entrepreneurs
From the worlds largest producer of gold a century ago the geographical area known
as the Ekurhuleni has become an entity of note in a globally competitive business and
industry Leaving ambient source of entrepreneurial opportunities not currently utilised to
5
full potential The study will therefore also aim to lessen this gap in the development of
women entrepreneurs in this dynamic district by developing a contextual framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship specifically in Ekurhuleni
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY
This study is based on both a primary objective and secondary objectives
131 Primary objective
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
132 Secondary objectives
In order to achieve the primary objective the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a South African context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
141 Field of the study
This study focused on the major discipline of entrepreneurship with the specific emphasis on women entrepreneurship
142 Geographical
Ekurhuleni comprised of nine towns of the former East Rand namely Greater Alberton Benoni Germiston Springs Kempton Park Edenvale Nigel Brakpan and Boksburg Refer to figure 11 for a map of the region
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
7
Ekurhuleni is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region
Ekurhuleni is a Tsonga word and can loosely be translated as the place of peace It denotes a place with plentiful opportunities for any enthusiastic entrepreneur but not to the avail of some unique challenges forfeiting by this diverse region
This study therefore determined what unique challenges specifically woman
entrepreneurs are facing while venturing into this dynamic environment
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
151 Literature study
A study of the literature involves tracing identifying and analysing documents containing information relating to the research problem (Struwig amp Stead 2001 38)The main aim of the literature study was first of all is to gain a body of knowledge regarding woman entrepreneurship and geographical aspects where after this knowledge was formulated into a comprehensive understanding of current elements associated to women entrepreneurs This understanding was utilised in the design of the questionnaire for the empirical study
Other advantages to the literature study (Struwig amp Stead 2001 39)
bull The literature study can provide a perspective on the study
bull The literature study can highlight previous investigations pertinent to the research
topic and indicate how other researchers have dealt with similar research problems
in similar situations
bull It can reveal unfamiliar sources of information
8
bull Can stimulate new ideas and approaches
bull It can provide a framework for the evaluation and assessment of future work
Various sources of secondary data including the following was studied and applied to
this study
bull Scientific journals
bull Text books
bull Reports from the Department of Trade and Industry (dti) of South Africa
bull Other dissertations and thesis on entrepreneurship
bull Statistical reports from Statistics South Africa
bull Environmental reports
Sources accessed and retrieved were used to write the literature review covering two
chapters The aim with chapter two was to provide background information to the study
in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise
development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the
South African economy
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
152 Empirical study
Empirical research activities contribute to casual understanding by investigating
relationships between scores obtained from cases on measure of concepts (Schwab
1999 3)
9
Three activities are needed to conduct empirical research
bull Measurement Measurement activities are aimed at obtaining scores on
measurement that correspond to the concepts studied
bull Research design Research design establishes procedures to obtain participants
and to determine how scores are obtained on measures
bull Analyses Analysis are performed to describe scores on single measures and
especlaWy to identify relationships that may exist between scores across different
measures
1521 Research design
The data on female-owned businesses are limited and the need for further research on female entrepreneurs has been identified as long ago as the early 1980s Most international studies on female entrepreneurs suffered from limitations that preluded their generalisation (ONeill amp Viljoen 200137)
Due to the incompleteness of current literature available on the subject of women entrepreneurship quantitative methods was utilised in combination with current available literature to formulate questions established during the study A hypothesis was therefore not formulated due to the exploratory nature of this study
As a component to the explorative nature of the study a survey of female entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni was conducted Survey research can be described as the gathering and scrutiny of responses from samples of people to polls and questionnaires that are designed to draw out their opinions attitudes and sentiments on a particular subject (Wrong 2007 1)
The survey instrument utilised in the study was a standardised questionnaire This questionnaire was administered either as interview schedule in face to face interviewing or was handed to participants to complete by themselves
10
For the purpose of the study the unit of analysis was the individual
The general mode of analysis used in this research is the one referred to as explanation building Explanation building points out that to explain a phenomenon is to stipulate a set of causal links about it In the context of approaches such as these sets of causal links are typically seen as being among the basic elements of a theoretical framework (Campbell 2004 22)
1522 Sampling frame
The sampling frame can be defined as the list of ultimate sampling entities and must be representative of the population and this is a question outside the scope of statistical theory demanding the judgment of experts in the particular subject matter being studied (Bartlett Kotrlik amp Higgins 2001 44)
The sampling frame identified for this study included all women entrepreneurs that owned small and medium-size businesses in Ekurhuleni This could include women entrepreneurs in the start-up phase of their respective business as well as established businesses owned by women
1523 Sampling method
The unavailability of a women owned business database in Ekurhuleni prompted this
review to make use of a hybrid mix of two types of sampling methods for this study
Firstly a convenience sampling method was chosen due to the accessibility and articulation of the sampling frame as well as the sufficiently homogeneous (similar) universe
Secondly Snowball sampling is a special non-probability method used when the desired
sample characteristic is rare While this technique can dramatically lower search costs it
11
comes at the expense of introducing bias because the technique itself reduces the
likelihood that the sample will represent a good cross section from the population
1524 Questionnaire design
The realm of survey research includes concepts and strategies that enable the researcher to accumulate data concerning the attitudes opinions and knowledge of a population or sample
One of the most potent survey research tools is the questionnaire which can be administered directly by telephone through the mail or used as structure in a face to face interview Because a questionnaire allows a researcher to gather data conveniently from large samples it is a useful tool to collect and analyse data from groups that may be affected by changes in professional practice or education
Unfortunately many questionnaires contain major flaws that render them incomprehensible to respondents or do not collect the intended data If a questionnaire is incomprehensible to the recipient it is unlikely to be returned a questionnaire that does not gather valid information does not allow the researcher to address the research problem being studied
A researchers attention to several fundamental principles for developing a questionnaire
greatly enhances the likelihood that valid and reliable data will be gathered
Generally the term validity refers to the ability of an instrument to measure actually what the researcher intends to measure Reliability refers to the consistency of a questionnaire in gathering data Optimally each time an individual responds to an item he or she should choose the same response Thus carefully developed questionnaires tend to gather data that accurately represent the knowledge attitudes or opinions of the respondents and address the researchers research problem
12
As a tool to collect data the questionnaire has advantages and limitations that must be taken into account
The main advantages of using a questionnaire are the following
bull Data are gathered economically because the cost for each completed response is low
bull Distributional flexibility is provided because the questionnaire can be sent almost anywhere
bull Data can be gathered from a large number of subjects
bull The data gathered can be standardised especially if an item requires a response from a group of choices provided by the researcher
bull The process is time efficient because it generally involves less of the researchers time to gather data in comparison with an equivalent number of interviews
The main limitations of a questionnaire are the following
bull The subjects motivation while completing a questionnaire is unknown
bull Data cannot be gathered from subjects who are illiterate
bull The researcher must assume all subjects have sufficient knowledge to complete the
questionnaire
bull The researcher must assume that all subjects are willing to answer all questions
bull All subjects who receive questionnaires may not complete and return them
bull Questionnaires do not allow follow-up questions such as an interviewer may pose to
clarify a given response
bull Although each subject receives the same items in a questionnaire test conditions
cannot be standardised
bull Subjects may not interpret items contained in a questionnaire in the same manner
Perceptions of what an item asks may differ
13
After carefully reviewing the advantages and limitations of using a questionnaire for a
particular study a researcher must decide if the advantages outweigh the limitations
Keeping the above advantages and disadvantages in mind this review followed the
below nine step plan in the questionnaire design process
bull Step one (1) Identify the problem to be studied
bull Step two (2) Translate the problem into a testable form
bull Step three (3) Determine what data must be collected and analysed
bull Step four (4) Identify sources where data can be obtained
bull Step five (5) Describe how data will be gathered
bull Step six (6) Decide on input method
bull Step seven (7) Construct questionnaire in an understandable format
bull Step eight (8) Verification of questionnaire
bull Step nine (9) Distribution
The questionnaire design was two folded This review made use of selection based
questions where more than one answer could be marked Another method employed
was the use of a seven point Likert scale
In the arena of social sciences Likert scale is a popular instrument to measure
constructs such as attitudes images and opinions To facilitate data analysis each
response category on the scale is generally assigned successively an integer value The
questionnaire requests respondents to specify their level of agreement to each of a list
of statements
1525 Verification of questionnaires
The questionnaire was pretested by fellow students at the Potchefstroom Business
School to test the accuracy precision and statistical usefulness of the questionnaire
prior to study
14
After the completion of the pretest a pilot phase was conducted by selecting women
entrepreneurs from a target population and simulates the procedures and protocol that will take place during the actual study The questionnaire was adapted accordance to any problems accounted during the verification process
1526 Distribution of questionnaires
Various options for questionnaire distribution are available to researches Questionnaire can be distributed either by post e-mail fax or directly delivered to participants This review made use of e-mail and direct delivery as to reduce the time frame for returns
1527 Data analysis
Descriptive statistics was used to obtain baseline data Data from questionnaires was coded The data collected were statistically analysed using Statistica (Statsoft 2008) Advanced statistical procedures were utilised to investigate and transform data to useful outputs such as frequency tables These frequency tables were used to make conclusions and provide recommendations to the development of the women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni
16 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY
This review has identified the following limitations of the study
bull The primary limitations of the study were possible threats to internal validity through (1) size of the sample (2) lack of randomisation The findings of this research can thus not be generalised to all women-owned enterprises in Ekurhuleni South Africa or the world
bull Academic articles on women business owners are still rare and mainstream entrepreneurship journals pay little attention to gender issues The discrepancy
15
between achievements in business ownership and lack of attention to them poses a
paradox
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY
The figure below depicts a simplified process through which this research will
predicatively flow It began with a choice of a broad research area progressed through
the formulation of a well defined and delimited research problem and the development of
an appropriate methodology This step will follow with the research proposal
Note the two headed arrows between each stage of the process indicating the cyclical nature of research planning After each step is completed it might be necessary to alter or rework previous steps to supply structure to the study
The research study is divided into six chapters
Chapter 1 Nature and scope of the study
Chapter 1 serves to orientate the reader to a paradigm perspective to the study This
chapter includes aspects such as the problem statement objectives of the study scope
of the study research methodology limitations of the study and the layout of the study
Chapter 2 and 3 Literature review
These chapters forms part of the literature review from which the research problem was
developed
The aim with chapter two is to provide background information to the study in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the South African economy
16
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
IDEA OR BROAD TOPIC AREA x WELL DEFINED AND DELIMITED RESEARCH PROBLEM
RESEARCH PROPOSAL
TMPERICAL STUDY
X HPR(
X t
TER2and3)
DATA COLLECTION
SAMPLING DESIGN
vfhL V
B^^^^Ji^^lWETATIIOfCsectlaquot^5)
Source Botha (2006)
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
17
Chapter 4 Results and discussion of empirical research
In chapter four a full exposition of the research design and analysis is offered This
empirical research chapter contains the following topics questionnaire design study
population gathering of data presentation of results and discussion of findings
The main purpose of the empirical research chapter is to display the findings in a clear and accessible manner The researcher made use of tables to illustrate the findings
Chapters Conclusions and recommendations
The body of information in this chapter portrays the following topics the conclusion recommendations achievement of the objectives and suggestions for further research
18
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION
According to Zahra Ireland Gutierrez and Hitt (2000 518) much has been discussed and written about the need for entrepreneurial development as an important force for economic development The reality is however that entrepreneurship as a possible economic activity is still not well recognised and poorly supported (Hitt Dacin Levitas Arregle amp Borza 2000 453)
Revivo-Steiner (2006 1) indicates that research findings have shown a high positive correlation between the level of national womens entrepreneurial activity and growth in Gross Domestic Product (GDP) suggesting that countries that are successful in promoting entrepreneurship among women could experience a positive impact on economic growth rates A refreshing new approach to entrepreneurship by women emphasises relative advantages of women and how they can be leveraged into entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a dynamic field particularly as it relates to the experience of women entrepreneurs (Kouriloff 2000 60)
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 10) are of the opinion that in common with other developed economies the number of women starting up new businesses in South Africa far exceeds the number of men Since the 1970s more women especially married women have become involved in the full-time workforce With the overall growth in the number of women in full-time work there has been a commensurate increase in the number of women starting their own businesses and hence an increase in the number of potential women entrepreneurs (Department of Trade and Industry (dti) 2001 2) The purpose of this literature study is to embed a research setting as to emphasise the need for the current study
19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Since the advent of democracy in 1994 South Africas economy has been undergoing
tremendous structural transformation The 2008 Organisation for Economic Coshy
operation and Development (OECD) economic survey focused entirely on this economic
metamorphosis and a number of broad factor changes have been isolated in the report
The OECD (2008 2) is of the opinion that before 1994 the economy was wracked by
long years of internal conflict and external sanctions Post 1994 brought forward an era
of considerable government populism in an effort to boost short term growth According
to the OECD (2008 2) this has resulted in public finances being stabilised inflation was
brought down foreign capital was attracted in growing amounts and economic growth
improved greatly
221 South African employment
Despite this macroeconomic prudence which has fostered fiscal and external
sustainability the OECD (2008 3) is of the opinion that some very serious weaknesses
in the economic record to date persist especially as regards to unemployment
inequality and poverty
Levels of poverty and unemployment in South Africa are critically high despite the
countrys status as an upper middle income country According to Mohr and Fourie
(2000 121) unemployment is arguably the most important and vexing problem facing
the South African economy and its governance The problem is that the economy is
currently unable to absorb productively all the current labour force or all the increment to
the labour force The public and private sectors have also been shedding labour in
response to economic imperatives of the domestic and global circumstances (Koller
2006 6) Accordingly more and more people are taking the route to informal sector
entrepreneurship (Mahadea 2008 5) As unemployment causes the unemployed to
20
suffer mental and physical hardship it poses a serious threat to social and political
stability (Mohr amp Fourie 2000 121)
In its starkest terms the issue of unemployment is depicted in Table 21 The latest
Quarterly Labour Force Survey (QLFS) conducted by Statistics South Africa released
in August 2008 measured the unemployment rate at 231 percent Out of a population of
30 705 000 (15-64 years) the labour force was measured at 17 844 000 Employment
stood at 13 729 000 and not economically active participants at 12 861 000 (Statistics
South Africa (QLFS) 2008 3)
Table 21 Key labour market indicators
April - June 2008
Thousands
Population 15-64 years 30 705
Labour force 17 844
Employed 13 729
Formal sector (Non-agriculture) 9415
Informal sector (Non-agriculture) 2340
Agriculture 790
Private households 1185
Unemployed 4114
Not economically active 12861
Discouraged work-seekers 1079
Other (not economically active) 11783
Rate () Unemployment rate 231
Employedpopulation ratio (Absorption) 447
Labour force participation rate 581
Source Statistic South Africa (2008 7)
21
Unemployment in South Africa was not always so high At the time of democratic
transition in 1994 unemployment was substantially lower than it is today (Banerjee
Galiani Levinsohn McLaren amp Woolard 2007 3) Banerjee et al (2007 3) state that
unemployment was fairly low through the 1970s although data limitations prelude
certainty They also indicated that during a nationally representative survey conducted
just before the 1994 transition the unemployment was measured at 13 percent By the
end of the decade unemployment jumped to 30 percent before starting to decline
slightly
Frey (2006 1) are of the opinion that taking in consideration that it is a middle-income
developing country two aspects of South Africas employment trends are striking
bull The first relates to the small and declining proportion of public sector employment
Public sector employment has shrunk as a result of governments restrictive fiscal
stance as well as its desire to improve efficiency in the public service In terms of its
fiscal stance the South African government has sought to release funds from current
to capital expenditure Moving away from a very substantial personnel budget
towards greater investment in infrastructure
bull The second unusual feature is the small proportion of non-formal employment The
non-formal economy does appear to have grown quite substantially since the mid-
1990s but has stagnated since 2000 and that the dynamics underpinning the growth
of the non-formal economy are poorly understood
222 South African economy trajectory
It is important to begin by outlying the character of South Africas economic development
trajectory during the past 50 years as this provides the context within which the demand
for labour and its skill composition is determined This trajectory analysis should
however be approach with caution due to several factors
22
bull Labour market data in South Africa is cause of some concern Data collected during
Apartheid and in the early post-apartheid period are problematic for various reasons
such as differing sampling non-coverage of former homelands1 in some surveys and
small samples (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
bull Kingdon and Knight (2005 2) explains further that the comparability of the data over
time is undermined both by changing questions between the various surveys
particularly as between the October Household Surveys (OHS) and Labour Force
Survey (LFS) and according to Casale and Posel (2002 170) by changes in the
way employment and unemployment are derived from the questions in the different
surveys
bull Another controversy in regards to unemployment data that are also needed to be
mentioned are the fact that because population estimates change at every census a
re-estimation of recent statistics need to be done after each five year revision of the
weights that have cause differences in the data (Chandra amp Nganou 2001 14) The
definition of the informal sector has also changed in 1997 also leading to differences
in data making comparability difficult (Devey Skinner amp Valodia 2002 5)
bull Lastly labour market data display some inexplicable large fluctuations For instance
employment figures rise sharply (by 104 percent) in a single year between 1998 and
1999 employment in subsistence agriculture rose and dipped over 1999- 2001 and
there are large fluctuations from year to year in the numbers employed in the
informal sector on a comparable definition between 1997 and 2002 (Bhorat 2002 5)
It is thus hazardous to make categorical statements about labour market changes over
time in South Africa This hazard is somewhat reduced if one takes a longer term view
than to look at year-on-year changes Nevertheless the purpose of this review is
intended not to be seen as an accurate reflection of specific labour market numbers but
rather as a description of broad labour market trends (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
23
223 Reasons for unemployment
In the case of the South African economy voluminous research was conducted in regard to the reasons for the high unemployment currently straining the country (Lewis 2002 733 Edwards 2001 48 Bhorat amp Hodge 1999 362 Devey etai 2002 6 Mayer amp Altman 2005 45) Therefore this review will attempt to briefly touch on certain elements of this research by looking into the trajectory development of the South African economy
Mayer and Altman (2005 45) are of the opinion that the primary cause of unemployment in South Africa is the capital-intensity that historically characterized the minerals economy and globalisation more recently Altman (2001 314) states that resource extraction has been the central driver of South Africas economic development Ostensson and Uwizeye-Mapendano (2000 4) argue that as a minerals economy South Africas industrial development has been driven by all the attendant complications associated with a resource curse
In general minerals economies tend to grow and experience structural shifts more slowly than non-minerals exporters (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34) These economies also tend to have a more capital-intensive structure of production This is explained by a number of characteristics that are common to these economies
Edwards (2001 45) are of the opinion that most developing countries go through a phase of low-wage low-productivity manufacturing development that has the impact of mopping up the labour surplus The pattern of development experienced by labour surplus developing economies usually follows a familiar path where underproductive labour moves off the farms and into labour-intensive manufacturing traded sectors (Lewis 2002 731) As there is a labour surplus wages are low and the sectors can therefore be highly competitive internationally Lewis (2002 731) goes further by explaining that only once there is a tighter labour market do wages begin to rise and the economy moves into the development of more capital and skill intensive industries and
24
the emphasis on labour-intensive traded sectors is a necessary step in an economy that
is capital and foreign exchange constrained
Altman (2001 314) is of the opinion that the more successful newly industrialised countries are those that simultaneously invested in human capital development so that the skills base developed alongside these structural shifts
In contrast minerals economies such as South Africa tend to leapfrog from the resource
base into the development of heavy and chemicals industries bypassing the
development stage of labour intensive manufacturing and this is made possible by the
large surpluses generated from resource extraction (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34)
Devey et al (2006 6) goes further by explaining that consequently the mass creation of jobs in labour intensive traded sectors is less viable in a context of high domestic cost structures Overvalued exchange rates caused by minerals exports earnings render labour intensive agricultural and manufactured exports uncompetitive Job creation is not a requirement of manufacturing development as it is in developing economies that do not have ready access to capital and foreign exchange (Devey et alr 2006 6)
Lewis (2002 733) is therefore of the opinion that the benefits of the minerals economy
do not tend to spread widely and high levels of income inequality and unemployment
result since heavy and chemicals industries are capital intensive and that domestic
demand may not expand as much as in other economies
Altman (2001 314) explains that in accordance with the experience of other minerals economies South Africa bypassed the phase of development where large numbers of workers are absorbed into low-cost low-skill labour-intensive traded goods sectors and that therefore the low growth and high levels of unemployment that characterize the economy today are the consequence of a minerals economy
25
Another reason for the high unemployment according to Klasen and Woolard (1999
300) might be due to Apartheid policies The Apartheid policies persistent legacy serve
to amplify this path dependence and that the apartheid legacy also leaves low rates of
economic participation and significant skills gaps in its wake They further argues that
unemployment continues to rise despite the positive relation between GDP and
employment and that this is explained partly by the relatively slow rate of GDP growth
Another reason might also be the dramatic increase in the number of people seeking
employment in the post-apartheid era This has widened the gap between labour force
entry and the ability of the economy to create jobs
Samson (2000 8) is of the opinion that in light of the relatively large output and
employment multipliers associated with government capital expenditure limited growth
in actual and planned expenditure has dampened potential growth and employment
creation and therefore the inability of the economy to absorb labour at the required
scale
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 15) argue that the jobs losses have been less a result of
import penetration and more related to technology and process adaptation and changing
forms of work organization leading to subcontracting of non-core activities
According to Edwards (2001 65) growing trade has also had the impact of shifting the
economy towards a higher skills composition in the demand for labour In the traded
sectors the demand for lower skill labour has fallen in the context of a very large
oversupply therefore in contrast the demand for higher skill labour has risen in the
context of a severe skills shortage
Banerjee et al (2007 3) concluded in their study that the increase in unemployment
could have been due to structural changes in the economy in the resent years resulting
in a new equilibrium unemployment rate or to negative shocks that had a temporarily
increasing effect on unemployment
26
While South Africas problems are difficult and multi-faceted a combination of sound
macroeconomic policies with structural policies aimed at enhancing entrepreneurship
appear to be most promising to unleash the enormous potential of South-Africas labour
force and address social ambitions within the framework of a strongly growing economy
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship
The development of entrepreneurship is the focus of considerable policy interest in
South Africa and many other countries of the world (Walker 2003 113) This is
particularly in recognition of its contribution to economic growth poverty alleviation and
employment
But amidst all this resent attention studies shows that South Africa is still doing poorly in
comparison to other emerging economies in terms of entrepreneurial activity and
development
There are various strands in the empirical literature on entrepreneurship and economic growth using different measures of entrepreneurial activity (United Nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) For instance while one strand of empirical studies measures entrepreneurship in terms of the relative share of economic activity accounted for by small firms other studies use data on self-employment the number of market participants (competition) or firm start-ups as an indicator of entrepreneurial activities (Carree amp Thurik 2002 16)
The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old (United nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) The primary measure of entrepreneurship used by GEM is the Total Early-Stage Entrepreneurial Activity (TEA) index The TEA index measures the
27
percentage of individuals between the ages of 18 and 64 years that are involved in starting a new business The TEA index consists of two different phases namely
bull The start-up phase (businesses between 0 and 3 months)
bull New firm businesses (businesses between periods of 3-42 months)
The GEM study does not focus on established businesses (businesses older than 42 months)
In the seven years in which South Africa has participated in this research initiative it has
consistently emerged that it has a low level of early stage entrepreneurial activity nearly
half that of the average of the 40 emerging economy countries which participate
Data from previous GEM studies also indicated that TEA rates for most countries do not
change significantly over time The TEA rates for South African have also not changed
significantly over the years (see Table 22)
Table 22 South African projectory TEA rates
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 TEA 43 62 41 51 50 50
Source Maas and Herrington (200715)
For the TEA rates to be significantly different from one year to another massive
changes in the macro environment must occur which is clearly not the case in South
Africa (Maas amp Herrington 2007 15)
28
Many researchers have questioned whether South Africa should be concerned about its TEA rates According to Maas and Heirington (2007 15) the following reasons could explain the projectory low TEA rates of South Africa
bull South Africa has a dual-logic economy which might have an influence on the TEA rating On the one side there is a highly developed economic sector and on the other side one struggling for survival
bull Although the TEA rates are lower when compared with the averages of different
categories of countries it can again be influenced by the dual-logic nature of the
economy and that a lower TEA rate is not necessarily a sign that nothing is
happening in a country It can also be a good indication
Any government interested in boosting economic prosperity should be interested in
promoting the entrepreneurial dynamic of its country Adult women represent a readily
available pool of potential entrepreneurs that countries can leverage to improve their
economies (Botha 2006149)
The 2006 GEM report specifically focus on the importance of developing women
entrepreneurship in any country Maas and Herrington (2006 14) indicated in their 2006
report that the global average for female entrepreneurship was standing on 772 of the
population where South African women were however performing at just 483 this is
289 lower than the global average There is therefore considerable scope to improve
the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME)
In South Africa various new strategies and institutions have been created recently with a view to empower formerly disadvantaged members to enter the mainstream economy as entrepreneurs rather than job seekers In parallel to and as part of this shift there has been the emergence of the micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) sector as a
29
significant component in economic development and employment (Richardson Howarth
ampFinnegan 2004 16)
SMMEs and entrepreneurship are fast becoming the dominant form of business
ventures in developing economies Especially on the African continent with high
unemployment rates people are turning toward informal and formal small business in
order to sustain their livelihood (De Klerk amp Havenga 2004 1)
According to Niewenhuizen and Kroon (2003 300) the South African small- micro- and
medium-sized enterprise (SMME) economy has been actively promoted since 1995
Some significant ratios and trends about the dynamics of the small enterprise sector in
South Africa can be seen in the Department of Trade and Industrys review of ten years
of small business support in South Africa report 1994 - 2004 (Department of Trade and
Industry (dti) 2004 4)
bull Combining formal and informal sector activities the small enterprise sector includes
about 95 of all enterprises in South Africa
bull On the basis of the most inclusive categorisation (covering non VAT-registered firms
and those regularly operating in the informal sector) there are currently between 18-
million and 25-million small enterprises in South Africa This number probably
doubled over the past 10 years which is equivalent to a seven percent increase in
numbers per year If we include rural subsistence agricultural activities the size of
this sector can grow by a further 15-million to 25-million even though average
income levels of that segment are very low
bull If we adjust gross domestic product (GDP) values to incorporate informal sector
value-added the small enterprise sector of South Africa contributes about 45 to
50 to the GDP with the share probably rising very slowly The other half is
contributed by large enterprises and the public sector
30
Despite voluminous research however there is still little clarity about the extent to which South Africas SMMEs and entrepreneurship contribute to poverty alleviation economic growth or international competitiveness
Berry Blottnitz Cassim Kesper Rajaratnam and Van Seventer (2002 3) list the following contributions of SMMEs
bull SMMEs are generally more labour-intensive than larger firms and hence have a
higher labour absorption capacity
bull SMMEs as enterprises have some economic roles to fulfil They contribute to the
countrys national product by either manufacturing goods of value or through the
provision of services to both consumers andor other enterprises
bull From an economic perspective enterprises are not just suppliers but also consumers which have an important role to play if they are able to position themselves in a market with purchasing power their demand for industrial or consumer goods will stimulate the activity of their suppliers just as their own activity is stimulated by the demands of their clients Demand in the form of investment plays a dual role both from a demand-side (with regard to the suppliers of industrial goods) and on the supply-side (through the potential for new production arising from upgraded equipment) In addition demand is important to income-generation potential of SMMEs and their ability to stimulate the demand for both consumption and capital goods
232 Government strategy
Unfortunately there is currently little clarity on how SMMEs fit within the industrial policy framework and other objectives of government Some attempts were initiated by government in resent years A strategy was outlined in a White paper by the Department of Trade and Industry in 1995 entitled A National Strategy for the Development of Small Business in South Africa (May 1995) A year later the National Small Business
31
Act was passed by Parliament which provided for the institutions to implement this
strategy (South Africa 1996 377)
The National Small Business Act divides SMMEs into the following categories
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa
Category of SMME
Description
Survivalist enterprises
bull Operates in the informal sector of the economy bull Mainly undertaken by unemployed persons bull Income generated below the poverty line providing minimum means to
keep the unemployed and their families alive bull Little capital invested not much assets bull Not much training bull Opportunities for growing the business very small
Micro enterprises
bull Between one to five employees usually the owner and family
raquo Informal no license formal business premises labour legislation raquo Turnover below the VAT registration level of R300 000 peryear bull Basic business skills and training
bull Potential to make the transition to a viable formal small business
Very small enterprise
raquo Part of the formal economy
Use technology raquo Less than 10 paid employees raquo Include self-employed artisans (electricians plumbers) and professionals
Small enterprise raquo 1 1 - 5 0 employees raquo More established than very small enterprises formal and registered raquo fixed business premises raquo Owner managed but more complex management structure
Medium enterprise
51 - 2 0 0 employees
Still mainly owner managed but decentralised management structure with division of labour Operates from fixed premises with all formal requirements
Note Women represent approximately 56 percent of the survivalist company category 38 percent of micro-enterprises with no employees and 15 percent of micro-enterprises with 1-4 employees
Source South African Government (2008)
32
Small business can also be divided between established formal SMMEs in predominantly urban settings and emerging SMME economy situated in townships informal settlements and rural areas According to the White paper by far the largest sector is the survivalist enterprise sector This implies that most people are active in the informal sector where they have little institutional support
The governments national small business strategy seeks to address the following
common problems faced by SMMEs (South African Government Information 20081)
bull An unfavourable legal environment
bull Lack of access to markets and procurement
bull Lack of access to finance and credit
bull Low skills levels
bull Lack of access to information
bull Shortage of effective supportive institutions
The White paper and Act sets out the objectives of our SMME development policy as (South Africa 1996377)
bull Alleviating poverty by making it possible for poor people to generate income to meet
basic needs
bull Reducing poverty through employment creation
bull Redistribution of wealth income and opportunities
bull Contributing to economic growth by improving innovation and thus competitiveness
The Act provided the foundation for the establishment of the institutions listed in the table 23 below to support small businesses
33
Table 24 Small business support institutions
Institution Services Target
Centre for Small Business Promotion
This is a Chief directorate in the DTI responsible for policy and coordinashytion of support programmes for SMMEs It also mobilises funds and supervises the establishment of new institutions
Ntsika Enterprise Promotion Agency
Provides non-financial support such as mentoring programmes business advice help with government tenders and technology support to small enterprises through bull Local business service centres
(LBSC) bull Tender Advice Centres (TACs)
Targets survivalist micro and very small enterprises Majority of the LBSCs focus on start-up business targeting unemployed women and youth
Khula Provides access to finance through bull Khula Credit Guarantee Scheme
- provide guarantee products to banks
bull Other institutions and NGOs referred to as Retail Finance Intermediaries (RFIs) which borrow from Khula to make loans to SMMEs
bull Khula-Start access to micro credit in rural areas
Mainly targets very small small and medium enterprises Have two small programmes forthe survivalist and micro sector
IMAMAC Two key programmes bull Manufacturing advisory centres
(MACs) providing support for small scale manufacturing businesses
bull Business Referral and Information Network (BRAIN) -information and a help line
The MACs are mainly for small and medium more formal businesses BRAIN forthe entire spectrum of SMMEs
34
Instftution Services Target
Provincial SMME desks
To provide a one-stop information centre to SMMEs and developing enabling government policy to support SMMEs in each province Activities of the SMME desks include (though not in all provinces)
bull Keeping data bases of SMMEs in the province
bull Developing SMME orientated procurement and sub-contracting policies for provincial government
bull Targeted support programmes forHDIs women contractors tourism entrepreneurs smallmicro manufacturers
Land Bank Finance agricultural businesses From small to large scale farmers
Industrial Development Corporation
Supports and funds various industrial development programmes
Predominantly large scale projects but some small to medium enterprises Has a specific BEE mandate
National Empowerment Corporation
Funded by government it provides funding for black economic empowerment ventures
Large but also small and medium enterprises
Source South African Government (2008)
As part of the National Skills Development Strategy the Sector Education and Training
Authorities (SETAs) are also supposed to develop programmes that help develop small
businesses in their respective sectors
There are a number of other parastatals which also support small businesses though
mainly at the upper end of the spectrum These include
bull Independent Development Corporation (IDC) tourism development venture capital
low interest empowerment and emerging entrepreneur schemes
bull South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) through its missing links programme
provide quality assistance and awareness to SMMEs
35
bull Centre for Science and Industrial Research (CSIR) product improvement and
manufacturing assistance to SMMEs through their National Manufacturing Centre
The institutions and organisations mentioned above also provide a wide range of business management support services to entrepreneurs and small enterprises such as (South African Government Information 2008 1)
bull Developing business plans
bull Doing market research
bull Managing a small business
bull Legal requirements of small businesses
bull Marketing
bull Business development
bull Advice on government tender processes
The national small business strategy since its inception sought to target women However women continue to make up the bulk of the survivalist sector of SMMEs and of the poor During the last decade a number of organisations and institutions were established by and for women entrepreneurs Table 24 refers to a number of such organisations
These support programmes however have not achieved their objectives if judged against the number of SMMEs that utilise them Rogerson (2004 212) estimate that a mere 6 of SMMEs and entrepreneurs utilise support programmes and argue that this is due to distrust of external agencies among SMMEs and incapacity to raise awareness about their existence and efficiency Moreover the poor coordination of service providers results in a replication of services and clustering of institutions in urban areas (Ntsika 19994)
36
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks
South African Women Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) -launched July 2001
SAWEN identifies the origin of women entrepreneurs problems as bull Gender-despite the fact that women-owned enterprises are contributing an
increasing share to national revenue they are generally perceived to lack the capacity of their male equivalents
bull Size - Nearly all women-owned enterprises belong to the lower end of the SMME category being either very small or micro sized companies Men are predominant in the more lucrative sectors Approximately 70 percent of informal businesses in South Africa are ownedcontrolled by women
SAWEN seeks to affiliate all women enterprise groups co-operatives organisations and initiatives in to a national umbrella body that will represent and articulate the aspirations of all women entrepreneurs (potential and existing) that operate within the South African SMME sector as well as lobby for their support needs It also seeks to target rural women Since its launch in 2001 it has established a number of provincial chapters
Women in Oil and Energy in South Africa (WOESA)-launched March 2002
Facilitates the participation of women in business ventures in the oil gas and other energy sectors
Technology for Women in Business (TW1P)
Aimed at enhancing the accessibility of science and technology to women in business in particular SMMEs It is a national programme under the auspices of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) The CSIR as contracted by DTI acts as an agent for DTI to implement the TWIB programme
South African Women in Construction -launched August 1999
Promotion and advancement of women in construction of education and contribution to the betterment of the construction industry and the enhancement of the entrepreneurial development of women-owned enterprises in construction
Source South African Government (2008)
37
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI
241 Ekurtiuleni demographic
The Metropolitan Municipality of Ekurtiuleni was established in 2000 and covers a vast
area for approximately 45 kilometres from west to east and for 55 kilometres from north
to south covering an area of approximately 26421 square kilometres (EMM 2007 4)
This large area is divided for administrative efficacy into the Northern Southern and Eastern Service Delivery Regions (SDRs) and is one of six Metropolitan Municipalities resulting from the restructuring of local government (refer to figure 21)
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former East Rand) region
r-4 gt J i
^ Hampton Park
J i
j Northern Ragioi
tmdashJ 0 Johannesburg _ pound International v
y trade trade Airport
I Bedrordview
bull
bull Bonon 1 GetmMon bullgt
Boksburg m Bnkpan 1
i Springs
Alberton J Eaitem Region
J Southern Region 1 ff ^
(f Nigallaquo
^
(f Nigallaquo
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
38
I
The former local administrations of nine towns in the East Rand - Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan EdenvaleLethabong Germiston Kempton ParkTembisa Nigel and Springs -were amalgamated into the new Metropolitan Municipality along with two other councils - the Kyalami Metropolitan Council and the Eastern Gauteng Services Council It is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents as replicated in Table 25
Table 25 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics
Key Statistics (2007 estimates) Ekurhuleni Gauteng National Region area (sq km) 2642 1 16975 1 1221246
Population 2534180 8845741 46710858
Population density (nr of people persq km) 959 521 38
Economically active population (as of total pop) 53 53 39
No of households 787040 2731869 12144712
Average household income (Rand current prices) 88025 115817 70326
Annual per capita income (Rand current prices) 27338 35768 18284
Gini coefficient 057 060 064
Formal sector employment estimates 679213 3156772 9058793
Informal sector employment estimates 84249 362647 1699327
Unemployment rate (expanded definition) 40 35 41
Percentage of persons in poverty 27 27 46
Poverty gap (R million) 974 3251 3 32960
Human development index (HDI) 067 069 059
Index of Buying power (IBP) 008 034 100
Economic output in 2003 (R million current prices) 84000 416562 1100929
Share of economic output (GVA of SA in current prices)
76 378 100
Economic output in 2003 (R1 million constant 1995 prices)
48074 236846 619790
Share of Economic output (GVA of SA in constant 1995 prices)
78 382 100
Economic growth performance 1996-2003 (GVA growth pa constant 1995 prices)
24 37 25
Source Ekurhuleni metropolitan municipality (20075)
39
Ekurhuleni constitutes 56 of the national population and makes up 28 of Gautengs population The population density is approximately 1 250 people per km2 making Ekurhuleni one of the most densely populated areas in the country and province By comparison population density in Gauteng is 513 people per km2 and 38 people per km2 in the country
The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region (EMM 2007 9)
242 Ekurhuleni economics
The Ekurhuleni Metropolitan economy is larger and more diverse than that of many of the smaller countries in Africa including all the countries in Southern Africa It accounts for nearly a quarter of the Gauteng economy which in turn contributes over a third of the national GDP Ekurhuleni contributes seven percent to the countrys spending power and seven percent to the nations production In most respects per capita income unemployment poverty average wages and other indicators of human development - it is similar to the rest of Gauteng (EMM 2007 9)
However there is one important structural difference many of the plants for production of goods and commodities are located in Ekurhuleni Manufacturing in Ekurhuleni accounts for just under 20 of the GDP of Gauteng In Ekurhuleni itself manufacturing accounts for some 28 of total production
Because of the largest concentration of industry in the whole of South Africa (and in Africa) Ekurhuleni is often referred to as Africas Workshop (EMM 2007 9) The downside of the manufacturing sector is that globalisation has a definitive impact on the structure of production and on the demand for labour Ekurhuleni although not benefiting from direct capital investments as a result of the automotive sector developments in the country continues to play the role of the workshop of the economy
40
with production of structural steel and fabricated metal products serving as inputs into other areas economies
Despite the area historically being one of the largest producers of gold the major
economic sectors now include manufacturing wholesale and trade energy and
services and finance with manufacturing and industry in Ekurhuleni comprising 40 of
all activity in the Province Mining contributes only 2 to Ekurhuleni economy (EMM
2007 4)
Annual economic growth in Ekurhuleni has recorded a pickup in the period 1998 to
2003 and has been almost double the rate of the national manufacturing growth rate
The economically active population is 52 compared to 38 nationally Household
income and per capita income exceed the national average by 10 and 33
respectively The percentage of people living in poverty nationally is 49 compared to
29 in Ekurhuleni (EMM 2007 4)
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure
Ekurhuleni has a network of roads airports rail lines telephones electricity grids and telecommunications that rivals that of Europe and America - a first world infrastructure supporting a well established industrial and commercial complex Ekurhuleni can in fact be regarded as the transportation hub of the country The municipality is home to the OR Thambo International Airport the busiest airport in Africa and services the entire continent and links to major cities throughout the world Similarly many of the worlds leading airlines fly into the OR Thambo Airport Some 14 million passengers pass through this airport each year In addition a number of smaller domestic airlines connect the OR Thambo Airport with cities throughout South Africa (EMM 2007 4)
South Africas largest railway hub is in Ekurhuleni [Germiston] and links the city to all the major population centres and ports in the Southern African region
41
A number of South Africas modern freeways and expressways connect Ekurhuleni to
other cities and provinces The Maputo corridor development South Africas most
advanced spatial development initiative connects Ekurhuleni with Mozambiques capital
and largest Indian Ocean port Direct rail road and air links connect Ekurhuleni to
Durban South Africas largest and busiest port
During the period 1995 to 2005 the Gauteng government made strategic investments in
upgrading some of the ageing road networks linked to the industrial hub to promote the
movement of goods and services The Blue IQ projects situated within Ekurhuleni
include the Wadeville-Alrode Industrial Corridor with linkages to the largest logistical
hub the City Deep Container terminal the planned Gautrain rapid rail link to
Johannesburg and Tshwane and the OR Thambo Industrial Development Zone [IDZ]
The latter aims to cluster light manufacturing more especially in beneficiation and to
develop an aero space park The EMMs annual budget is in the region of R11 billion of
which plusmnR1 billion is being budgeted annually for capital projects in line with the priorities
set in the Integrated Development Plan [IDP] The bulk of this expenditure is dedicated
to upgrading facilities and infrastructure backlogs (EMM 2007 9)
The three major land cover classes are natural untransformed areas cultivated land and
urban residential zones as presented in figure 22
42
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007
Transformed (industrial)
Transformed (commercial)mdash-
2
Transformed (urban)
27
Transformed (cuftivatjon) mdash mdash
15 Transformed
(forestry) 1
Transformed (mining)
5
Natural 43
Degraded 001
Transformed (grazing)
2
Source Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality (2007 9)
The following are notable patterns in land use (EMM 2007 4)
bull There is a central east-west orientated mining and industrial activity belt which
served as the core around which towns were established
bull A belt of residential developments surrounding the industrial activity belt and
bull Ruralagricultural areas to the northeast and in the central portion in the southern
part of EMM
The mining belt was historically the core around which the various towns and settlements were established Four major concentrations of mines and quarries exist Reiger Park between Gemniston and Boksburg the area east of Benoni an area east and south of Springs and 3 sites in the vidnity of Kwatsaduza The first 3 areas are respectively known as the GermistonBoksburg the BenoniBrakpanSprings and the SpringsNigel mining belts Mining occurs in a linear form along a belt which runs to the
43
I
north of the Germiston and Boksburg Central Business Districts (CBDs) and then along
a broad strip of land roughly between the Benoni CBD and Daveyton to the north and
Brakpan and Springs to the south To the south between Springs and Nigel another
major concentration of mining activity exists (EMM 2007 4)
Most of the urban activity is concentrated along the western edge and central spine of EMM The road engineering and social infrastructure strongly correlates to this urban form (EMM 2007 4)
The largest complex of small-holdings is situated in an east-west band lying east of
Kempton Park and north-west of Daveyton The second largest complex is situated west
of KwaThema surrounding the Sallies Gold Mine and Springs Municipal Crushers
There are other smaller patches of agricultural holdings scattered throughout the
metropolitan area (EMM 2007 5)
The EMM has an evenly distributed multi-nodal structure The central business district
however currently experience problems of urban decay as the cream of the retail
component of the CBDs have been drawn away to the four main shopping malls in the
area - Eastgate East Rand Mall Lakeside Mall and Alberton Mall Commercial activities
make good use of the main transport routes to provide access to such activities
Furthermore there is an imbalance in the distribution of land use for commercial activity
which is concentrated within higher income areas (Kempton Park Edenvaie a portion of
Bedfordview Boksburg Central Benoni Central Brakpan and small portions of Springs)
(EMM 2007 7)
In common with most black townships in the country there is very little formal commercial activity within the township complexes
Industrial activities are largely located within the south-western part of the metropolitan area in areas such as Germiston and Alrode These areas tend to be located near mining land and wedged between lower income areas (Katorus southern Benoni
KwaThema Tsakane small portion of Springs and areas north of Etwatwa) and the
higher income areas (between Alberton and Katlehong Germiston and
SpruitviewLeondale) Within Kempton Park and Edenvale some industrial activity
developed around the airport due to the agglomeration benefits and access to airfreight
transport facilities Industrial activities are also closely linked to the railway system
(EMM 2007 7)
Farming activities (cultivation) are grouped in the north-eastern part of EMM where more than a third of the land is cultivated This includes areas surrounding Bapsfontein areas north of the Benoni Agricultural Holdings and east of the R21 highway Smaller agricultural activities lie just south of Sunward Park while the remaining agricultural activities are grouped on the southern border of the metropolitan area (EMM 2007 4) During the past five years the EMM has made steady progress in developing its strategic planning capacity and process The Integrated Development Planning [IDP] process was institutionalised within national guidelines for local government planning and budgeting and the IDP together with its strategic sectoral plans such as the Spatial Development Framework [SDF] has become the principal strategic planning tool within the local authority However the IDP primarily deals with solutions to immediate development challenges within a five year time frame Therefore a holistic long term development vision and strategy for Ekurhuleni which will create common purpose between all development stakeholders and which will act as a guiding framework within which the IDPs can be formulated is needed (EMM 2007 8) With the above in mind the EMM embarked on a process to formulate a long-term development strategy During 2004 research was undertaken on national and international best practice examples as well as on key success factors relating to city development strategies This led to a strategy being formulated in early 2005 The strategy formulation process kicked off with a Mayoral Committee workshop on 29 January 2005 during which it was resolved to name the strategy the Ekurhuleni Growth and Development Strategy [GDS] 2025 as well as proposed 2025 development agenda (EMM 2007 8)
25 SUMMARY
Economically entrepreneurship invigorates markets The formation of new business leads to job creator) and has a multiplying effect on the economy Socially entrepreneurship empowers citizens generates innovation and changes mindsets These changes have the potential to integrate developing countries into the global economy (UNECE 2004 2)
The promotion of the SMME sector is a critical dimension of a broader employment
creation strategy because the creation of new firms is essential if the development of
stronger linkages through procurement is to materialise
If South Africa is to grow out of poverty unemployment and create a more prosperous
future it will need more SMMEs entrepreneurs and bigger businesses However to
achieve this a better environment is required for entrepreneurs to start up businesses
operate and grow (Mahadea 2008 3) Within the context of overall macro-economic
performance the ideal policy package for SMME support in South Africa should allow
this sector to maximise its contribution to the economys overall performance in terms of
growth employment and income distribution This is likely to involve making more
resources available to the sector as well as raising the efficiency with which it uses the
resources already available to it
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
31 INTRODUCTION
The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures have generated value and fuelled innovation on community and global levels The increased presence has had a remarkable impact on employment and on business environments worldwide (Kantor 2001 8)
Scholarly research in this area has examined the many forms of economic and social
value that women-owned businesses generate vis-a-vis peculiar barriers constraining their establishment and growth (Verwey 2006 3 Botha 2006 126 Cliff 1998 526 McClelland Swail Bell amp Ibbotson 2005 8) These barriers constitute unique challenges for women as research has shown that men are able to surmount them more easily
The intensity of research studies in this area has increased as scholars and
policymakers have begun to devote more serious attention toward understanding and
supporting women entrepreneurs
The purpose of this section is to provide an evaluative summary of the literature on
woman entrepreneurship and through this enhance the understanding of the profile of
the woman entrepreneur
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY
Entrepreneurship as an area of study has been claimed by a number of different
disciplines including psychology and economics each arriving at different definitions
derived from their own disciplines
47
Baruah (2005 3) are of the opinion that to an economist an entrepreneur is one who
brings resources labour materials and other assets into combinations that make their
value greater than before and also one who introduces changes innovations and a
new order To a psychologist such a person is typically driven by certain forces the
needs to obtain or attain something to experiment to accomplish or perhaps to escape
the authority of others (Hisrich Peters amp Shepherd 2005 8)
A series of studies recognise the need to re-think the people side of entrepreneurship research (Kouriloff 2000 62 Simon amp Houghton 2002 106 Keh Foo amp Lim 2002 136 Markman Balkin amp Baron 2002 162 Shepherd amp Krueger 2002 177 Gatewood Shaver Powers amp Gartner 2002 200 Korunka Frank Lueger amp Mugler 2003 35 Mitchell Busenitz Lant McDougall Morse amp Smith 2002 94)
Defining the term entrepreneurship is a difficult exercise in itself as the term has little specific definition either in common usage or in academic research (Arif 2008 5) In describing the key factors which are seen to influence entrepreneurial roles this review will strive to encapsulate some meaning behind the term entrepreneurship
Research has shown several approaches by different researchers in the development of
an entrepreneurship definition According to Bennett and Dann (2000 3) much will
depend on the viewpoint and academic background of the researcher as well as the
time period the researcher refrained at Table 31 gives a brief summary as to the
development of the term entrepreneurship
48
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship in theory
Year Researcher Entrepreneurial Role (ER)
Classical era 1755 R Cantillon Introduced the term Entrepreneur ER as speculator
1800 JB Say ER as coordinator
Early Neoclassical era 1890 A Marshall ER as coordinator innovator arbitrageur
1907 FB Hawley ER as owner of output (uncertainty bearer)
1911 J Schumpeter ER as innovator
1921 F Knight ER as responsible decision maker in an uncertain environment
1925 F Edgeworth ER as coordinator
Mature Neoclassical era
1925 M Dobb ER as innovator
1927 C Tuttle ER as responsible owner in an uncertain environment
Modem Neoclassical era
1973 l Kirzner ER arbitrageur and alertto profitable opportunities
1982 M Casson ER coordination of scarce resources under uncertainty
1993 W Baumol ER innovator and manager influenced by existing incentive structure
Source Aidis (20035)
These definitions are the natural point of departure because they have been the decisive
factor for the retrieval of data for the works of many researchers
For the purpose of this study the definition of Hisrich Peters and Shepherd (2005 8) was adopted The authors defined entrepreneurship as follows Entrepreneurship is the process of creating something new with value by devoting the necessary time and effort assuming the accompanying financial psychic and social risks and receiving the resulting rewards of monetary and personal satisfaction and independence
49
I
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Previous research into gender differences among entrepreneurs has yielded varied explanations as to why female entrepreneurs differ from male entrepreneurs A review of literature reveals that female entrepreneurs do have some characteristics that are unique in comparison to their male counterparts and that they have faced significant challenges in their efforts as they venture into a once male dominated environment This following section presents a comparative assessment of differences in entrepreneurial attributes of male and female individuals as to emphasise the unique environment where within women entrepreneurs operates
The social feminism theory asserts that women entrepreneurs have different but equally
effective qualities values and ways of thinking due to variations in early and ongoing
socialisation processes (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu 2003 3)
Affholder and Box (2004 3) are of the opinion that the research on personality seems to
have conflicting results some researchers finding no significant differences between
male and female entrepreneurs and others identifying specific personality differences
Table 32 emphasise the unique differences between male and female entrepreneurs as concluded by several researchers Due to the voluminous work completed in this regard the purpose of this presentation is not to supply a comprehensive review of current literature available but rather to compile a summary overview off research conducted as to encapsulate an overall body of knowledge in regards to observed gender characteristics in entrepreneurs
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurs hip
Characteristic Female entrepreneurs Male entrepreneurs
Research
Personality characteristics
Women are expected to possess higher communal qualities such as selflessness a concern for others and interpersonal sensitivity Female entrepreneurs tended to be visionaries and catalysts
Men are expected to have high levels of self-assertion self-expansion and the urge to master Male entrepreneurs tended to be more traditionalists
(Affholder amp Box 2004 3)
(Greene Hart Gatewood Brush amp Carter 20031)
(Du Rietz Henrekson 2000 5)
Area of importance
Women tend to assign more importance to social values and qualitative ambiguous measures of achievement and success such as personal fulfilment and strong interpersonal relations Women business owners tend to pursue a balance between economic goals such as profit and growth and non-economic goals such as product quality personal enjoyment and helping others
Men tend to assign more emphasis on economic values and quantitative non-ambiguous measures of achievement of success such as status and wealth
(Carter Anderson amp Shaw 20011)
(Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Possig 2002 80)
Success factors
Women will measure success qualitatively as they will look at interpersonal relationships and other less objective criteria such as personal satisfaction customer service ratings and additional employment created
Men will measure success quantitatively as they will look at size market position turnover and profitability
(Verwey 2006 3)
(Botha 2006126)
(Sigh Reynolds amp Muhammad 2001 180)
Growth elements
Female entrepreneurs tend to have less industry management and prior business start-up experience and that contribute to their modest growth expectations Women face domestic demands remaining the primary parent emotional nurturer and housekeeper despite their entrepreneurial ventures impacting on their ventures growth prospects report
The primary family responsibility of m e n - t o be a good provider is compatible with heading a growing firm
CKyro 20011)
(Cliff 1998526)
(Kantor 20014)
Source Own compilation
51
331 Motivation
Motivation is the factor other than knowledge that energizes directs and sustains an
individuals behaviour (Locke amp Latham 1990 7) According to Bennett and Dann (2000
6) motivation is an essential factor in the establishment of entrepreneurial activity Many
individuals have the characteristics that enable them to identify an opportunity combined
with the resources to implement the venture yet do not have the incentive or motivation
to do so
Botha (2006 122) proposed two closely-related explanations of entrepreneurial
motivation the push theory and the pull theory The push theory argues that
individuals are pushed into entrepreneurship by negative external forces such as job
dissatisfaction difficulty finding employment insufficient salary or an inflexible work
schedule The push or negative factors are therefore associated with the necessity
factors that force the female into pursuing her business idea McClelland Swail Bell and
Ibbotson (2005 85) emphasize that in this situation becoming an entrepreneur is not a
first choice but nevertheless argue that such negative motivational factors are more
important with entrepreneurs drawn from certain groups in society that may face
discrimination such as ethnic minority groups younger age groups and women
The pull or positive factors are those associated with factors of choice and the desire
for entrepreneurial aspirations The pull theory therefore contends that individuals are
attracted into entrepreneurial activities seeking independence self-fulfilment wealth
and other desirable outcomes (Hogskola 2008 19)
To date a numerous of studies have examined womens motivations for becoming
entrepreneurs The following summary provides an overview of key motWaiional factors
identified in several studies
I
Table 33 Push and pull motivational factors
PULL MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
MOTIVATIONA FACTOR STUDY
Desire for greater independence Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208) Hisrich and Peters (1996 98) Hughes (2006109)
Provides a challenge Hughes (2006109)
Improved financial opportunity Hughes (2006109) Marlow (1997208)
Self-fulfilment Borgia Schoenfeld and Segal (20053) Hughes (2006109) Bruni Gherardi and Poggio (2004260)
Desire to be own boss DeMatino and Barbato (2003 830) Hughes (2006109)
Flexibility for balancing family and work Borgia ef al (20053) Carter Gartner Shaver and Gatewood (2003 17) Hughes (2006109) Lombard (2001216)
Potential to develop a hobby Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208)
Gaining recognition of others Eckel and Grossman (2002288)
Role model influence Anna Chandler Jansen and Mero (2000392)
PUSH MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
Job dissatisfaction Borgia et al (20053) Tangiguchi (2002 882)
Prolonged joblessness Hughes (2006109)
Lack of available work Hughes (2006109)
Insufficient salary Borgia et al (20053)
Hitting the glass ceiling Georgellis and Wall (20041)
Involuntary layoff Hughes (2006109)
Career frustration Marlow (1997208)
Source Own compilation
While is it difficult to compare studies given the wide range of approaches and measures
used this overview nevertheless allows this review to identify the most commonly cited
motivators across several different contexts and time periods
332 Opportunity identification
According to Reynolds Hay Bygrave Camp and Autio (2000 5) the ability to perceive
good business opportunities is assumed to be important for entrepreneurship
Kepler and Shane (2007 200) state that female entrepreneurs search for new business
opportunities differently than male entrepreneurs for a variety of reasons
First many opportunities are identified through information that is transferred through
social networks Women have different types of social networks than men (Renzulli
Aldrich amp Moody 2000 534) As a result they have access to different sources of
information about opportunities For instance male entrepreneurs are more likely than
female entrepreneurs to identify opportunities through conversations with investors and
bankers because on average they know more investors and bankers (Anna Chandler
Jansen amp Mero 2000 392)
Second learned behaviours and social norms lead men and women to develop different
cognitive processing styles (Cassar 2006 628) As a result on average men and
women gather information and solve problems differently (DeMatino amp Barbato 2003
830) For instance female entrepreneurs are thought to learn from a greater variety of
sources than male entrepreneurs while male entrepreneurs are thought to learn more
from setbacks than female entrepreneurs (Lombard 2001 217) In addition the greater
risk aversion of female entrepreneurs may lead them to search for more information that
mitigates the potential risks about business opportunities than their male counterparts
(Eckel amp Grossman 2003 290)
333 Type of business started
Kepler and Shane (2007 309 ) are of the opinion that male and female entrepreneurs
do not start the same types of businesses Historically women entrepreneurship
activities were concentrated in the apparel cosmetics and food processing fields
(Taylor 1988 38) Whereas McVicar and Craig (1981 11) listed traditional categories in
their study of service-related businesses such as cooking teaching child care
secretarial services and sewing Female-led businesses are more likely to be found in
personal services and retail trade and less likely to be found in manufacturing and high
technology (Anna et al 2000 290 Brush et a 2006 18) In addition women start
businesses that are less growth-oriented and less driven by opportunity and more
oriented towards wage substitution (Eckel amp Grossman 2002 290)
Some researchers argue that gender differences in the types of businesses that men
and women found are the result of socialisation and structural barriers (Kepler amp Shane
2007 309) Women tend to work in certain occupations and industries because these
occupations and industries are more socially acceptable for women and because
women face obstacles to working in other industries and occupations (Marlow 1997
153) Sigh Reynolds and Muhammad (2007 180) argues that because entrepreneurs
tend to identify opportunities to start businesses that are similar in type and industry to
those in which they previously worked the tendency of women to work in certain types
of businesses leads them to start those types of businesses In addition some
businesses cannot be founded easily by people without the appropriate educational
background This is particularly the case for businesses that rely heavily on technology
Because women are less likely than men to study engineering or science (Brush et al
2006) they often lack the education to start businesses that demand technical skills
Furthermore some businesses are inherently easier to start than others because they
have lower barriers to entry (Boden amp Nucci 2000 353) Women may be more likely to
start businesses that face low barriers to entry because these businesses make lesser
55
demands on human or financial capital than other businesses and women may lack
these types of capital
334 Venture size
Women start businesses that are smaller than those started by men (Kepler amp Shane
2007) Studies of surviving businesses show that those that are women-owned are
smaller than those that are men-owned (Brown 2000 5) In addition women start
businesses with lower levels of initial employment and capitalization than men (Renzulli
et al 2000540)
The smaller scale of female-led start-ups is believed to be the result of a lack of access
to larger-scale business opportunities and the financial resources necessary to develop
them and different goals and intentions for their businesses (McClelland e^ al 2005
100)
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs
Richardson (2004 2) argues that while women are active in entrepreneurship they face
particular problems and challenges in starting and developing their businesses They
face more or at least different social cultural educational and technological challenges
than men when it comes to establishing and developing their own enterprises and
accessing economic resources (Mayoux 2001 20)
Kantor (20016) is of the opinion that constraints affecting the entrepreneur in general
but women more intensively include
bull Access to financing
bull Information bull Productive resources and markets
bull Levels of skills and knowledge
56
bull Relevance of education and experience
bull Effects of market saturation
bull Compliance costs
Furthermore it is recognised that women in most societies carry the added burden of
family and domestic responsibilities and this has a detrimental or limiting impact upon
their ability to generate income outside of the home
Kepler and Shane (2007) are of the opinion that research suggests that social norms
about the role of women in society the shortage of female role models and the greater
household- burdens faced by women lead female entrepreneurs to face more start-up
problems and for those problems to be of greater magnitude than their male
counterparts For instance attitudes toward the role of women make it more difficult for
female entrepreneurs to be taken seriously as business people (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu
2003 3) and to gain support for their entrepreneurial activities from their spouses
family and friends (Bradley amp Boles 2003 301) In addition the relative shortage of
female role models makes it more difficult for female entrepreneurs to obtain adequate
mentorship for their start-up efforts Furthermore the greater household and childcare
responsibilities of women lead them to have more trouble balancing business formation
and family responsibilities (Affholder amp Box 2004 18)
Research finds that one of the major barriers for women entrepreneurs are the access to capital finance (Revivo-Steiner 2006 20) Lack of access to capital has been a primary obstacle for women entrepreneurs and recent research suggests it continues to be (Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Posig 2002 72) This could also include start-up financing and credit cash flow management in the early operations and financial planning Research suggests that the primary source of funding for women has been through family loans personal savings credit cards and home equity loans (Gundry Ben-Yoseph and Posig 2002) In fact Verwey (2006 5) found that womens personal savings constitute between 80 and 99 of initial capitalisation compared to men where the figure is between 30 and 59 Some of the reasons stem from stereotypes created by the
57
masculine mentality in the banking industry (Weiler amp Bernasek 2001 92) Women are
entering an environment constructed by men therefore they may be perceived as less
legitimate in the eyes of prospective financial backers
Information is another resource that women entrepreneurs have difficulty accessing (ONeill amp Viljoen 2001 40) The information can be about markets suppliers export opportunities Large enterprises often have greater power time and resources to both access information for themselves and limit others access to it (Kouriloff 2000 65) Information can be obtained through informal networks as well as through membership in organizations such as trade guilds associations and unions (Kantor 2001 6) Female compared to male owners may have greater difficulty in accessing information because of difficulties in attending events due to their dual work roles and the resulting time constraints (Edwards 2001 58)
A lack of relevant skills and knowledge constrains the growth potential of entrepreneurial businesses (Kyro 2001 2) This is compounded by deficiencies in basic education Women tend to be less likely to have had education and experience relevant to starting and managing a business and thus have less potential for success (Botha 2006 30) Gaining relevant skills and knowledge also can be more difficult for women since their double work burden and childcare responsibilities make them less able to attend formal and informal training than men (Brush eiai 2006 18)
Kantor (2001 8) points out that womens more demanding role in the family relative to mens affects their entrepreneurial ability by reducing the time energy and concentration levels women can apply to their market work Women may have lower earnings and productivity levels since the amount of time they have available for market work will be limited by the time necessary to care for the family and their concentration while working may be reduced if there are multiple distractions leading to a further reduction in productivity and earnings (Hogskola 2008 25) Responsibility for household welfare also may make women more risk averse while societal perceptions of womens gender roles influence their treatment when they step outside of the perceived boundaries of
58
these roles limiting their access to the resources required for successful entrepreneurship (Anna etal 2000 291)
336 Growth Strategies
A relatively unexplored dimension of entrepreneurship on which male and female entrepreneurs are supposed to differ is their attitude towards growth (Verwey 2006 1) The process through which women-led entrepreneurial firms plan and achieve continual and sustainable growth often reflects a complex set of motivators and intentions that support this strategic path
Cliff (1998523) however researched whether gender differences do exist through quantitative as well as qualitative analysis of personal interviews with 229 small business owners in the Greater Vancouver are of British Columbia Canada Her study provided novel insights into the factors affecting an entrepreneurs growth decision and desired pace of expansion She found that both male and female entrepreneurs desire growth but there are important differences with respect to how they wish to expand (Verwey 2006 1)
Casale and Posel (2000 180) are of the opinion that female entrepreneurs are more likely to establish maximum business size thresholds beyond which they do not wish to expand and that moreover these thresholds are smaller than those set by male entrepreneurs This size relates to what she can manage and control with comfort balancing work and personal life Women tend to deliberately adopt a slow and steady pace of expansion as personal considerations appear to ovenide economic considerations in the business expansion decision According to Cliff (1998523) the attainment of such size thresholds appear to be a key trigger in the no-growth decision
This managed approach by female entrepreneurs to business expansion not letting growth get out of control may result in ventures that are able to out survive those headed by entrepreneurs pursuing more risky high-growth strategies (Bennett amp Dann
59
2000 78) This might lead to banks viewing women as lesser loan risks given their more cautious approach toward growth (Eckel amp Grossman 2000 288) Further research is needed to determine whether these different strategy approaches towards growth would affect venture performance If a more cautious approach leads to long-term survival of the firm awareness should be raised of the favourable outcomes of a more cautious approach This would require recognition that one approach to business ownership - the desire to head a large quickly growing enterprise may not necessarily fit all (Taniguchi 2002 888)
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT
Jalbert (200055) are of the opinion that womens entrepreneurship is gaining increasing
recognition in public policy circles National governments and international organisations
alike are coming to realise that fostering womens economic development through
enterprise creation can have a positive impact in a number of areas
First and foremost it enhances economic growth and provides employment opportunities for the owners and their workers In addition providing economic opportunities for women can also improve the social educational and health status of women and their families
The nature of the multitudinous challenges and obstacles facing women entrepreneurs suggest that their full economic potential is not fully actualised and women do not feature on the mainstream of the economic agenda One aspect that may be the route course of this dilemma that is faced by many female entrepreneurs may be the lack of proper support (De Groot 2001 9) Support is a potentially important means of raising the level of entrepreneurship in society overall
This section provides an overview of some efforts that are supporting the development of women-owned businesses Although this analysis is not a comprehensive review of
60
current literature and research it provides the best of what is known about womens
entrepreneurship
The objective of women entrepreneurship promotion is to create awareness of enterprise as an attractive employment option among women and to raise the profile of women entrepreneurs as credible role models to others It is a particularly important aspect in reinforcing the social value of entrepreneurship in the economy and in positioning it as a viable and feasible activity (International Labour Office (1LO) 2004 12)
The following examples illustrate how it is possible to promote effectively female entrepreneurship across a broad range of actions For example this might include (International Labour Office (ILO) 2004 12)
bull The establishment of specific institutions for (potential) female entrepreneurs
bull The provision of targeted support services and programmes the implementation of
electronic platforms for women entrepreneurs
bull The organisation of specific events targeted at female entrepreneurs
Before actual awareness campaigns can be initiated it is of the utmost importance to
establish an entrepreneurial environment that will in fact be attractive to potential women
entrepreneurs
While a growing body of literature exists on entrepreneurial environments the literature is highly fragmented Reviewing the empirical literature one can observe that Me research or even conceptualisation of the environment for entrepreneurship - enabling or otherwise - has been completed (Sannikova 20074) Some gaps that are evident in the literature are (Fogel 1994 1)
First a conceptual framework is lacking to integrate the available literature on
entrepreneurial environments
61
Second explicit links have not been established between the needs of
entrepreneurs and how environments can fulfil entrepreneurs needs induce or
reinforce their desire to go into business and thus facilitate the process of new
venture creation Third limited guidelines exist to conduct empirical research on entrepreneurial
environments
Finally a limited body of literature addresses the needs of policy makers despite the
recognition of this group as an important audience for research on entrepreneurship
One potential theory with implications for environmental factors and entrepreneurship is the resource dependence theory The resource dependence theory is based on the notion that environments are the source of scarce resources
The framework highlighted in figure 31 outline the key resources that support the
creation of an enabling environment for womens entrepreneurship These are
(Sannikova 20074)
bull Policy coordination and legal environment
bull Finance and Premises
bull Training and mentoring
bull Business Support
bull Network
bull Promotion
62
Figure 31 Framework for supporting women entrepreneurship activity
Source Sannikova (200718-19)
This framework fall inline with current issues addressed by the International Labour Office (ILO) In line with the ILOs gender policy the approach to women entrepreneurship seeks to redress existing gender imbalances in enterprise development through approaches and activities aimed specifically at women while simultaneously working with constituents to ensure that all small enterprise initiatives address gender in their formulation and roll-out The ILOs work to date has been in four main areas (Intemational Labour Office (ILO) 200412)
bull The development of a knowledge base on women entrepreneurs bull The development of a variety of support services for women entrepreneurs and their
service providers bull Supporting advocacy bull Developing internal and external partnerships
63
In 2002 the Austrian Institute for Small Business Research conducted a comprehensive study in regards to good practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002 105) They studied all available support organisations and programmes available to women entrepreneurs in Europe
A few critical success factors supporting good practice in the promotion of female entrepreneurship may be elaborated from the experience provided in this study These include (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002105)
bull Agencies should use female mentors trainers and advisers whenever possible to
increase the relevance of measures for women and to provide role models
bull Measures should be designed for both groups and individuals Group based
measures give women a chance to make contacts to network and to learn from the
experience of others Individual-based measures allow women to receive highly
effective advice directly related to the problems they face
bull Measures supporting enterprise start-ups should focus on sectors that can provide
women with an adequate income thereby increasing womens financial self-
sufficiency Strategies to move women into higher value markets in traditional or new
sectors are therefore important
bull Training measures should apply a modular approach with both a set of basic
courses such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and the opportunity
to select from a set of additional courses in various substantive areas This would
make the training flexible and give clients the independence to choose the skills on
which they want to focus
bull Training measures should also include entrepreneurship development training in
order to foster the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business
Business skills may not be sufficient for women who often lack confidence and belief
in their own abilities as entrepreneurs
bull Post-start-up support should be offered to trainees after having applied skills learned
in earlier training This may for example be offered by means of mentoring
64
addressing the specific problems faced by women entrepreneurs Additionally pre-
start-up mentoring can help women thinking about starting a business to determine if
it is really the right career choice
bull Women entrepreneurs should not be the only focus of business support and
personal development measures Reaching girls in order to encourage them to
become entrepreneurs and to develop their belief in their abilities is also important
bull Finally access to credit should be a key element in business support as limited
access to finance is a constraint faced by many entrepreneurs both female and
male Different methods of providing access to finance such as loan guarantees or
partnerships with formal financial institutions can reduce the costs of providing
credits to micro entrepreneurs and women entrepreneurs in particular
It has been demonstrated that there are various ways to tackle general and more specific problems faced by female entrepreneurs As many of the obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs are common all over the world most of the good practices that have been described above are not country-specific but might enrich the pool of possible actions in other countries as well
35 SUMMARY
Growing evidence asserts that womens entrepreneurship while differentiated is fundamentally different than mens It is apparent that women are crafting new visions and models of entrepreneurship and are experiencing unique processes entwining the developing self values of work life and family and the personal dynamics of change with the processes of developing and leading a business These phenomena deserve careful and critical exploration if we are to understand radical changes now occurring in women business owners work-lives and enterprise development The importance of supporting women entrepreneurship extends beyond academic relevance Government officials and NGOs have expressed interest in women entrepreneurship in countries in transition as a key to stimulating economies
65
Academics have been recommended to develop policy makers understanding by studying conditions and processes that encourage women entrepreneurship There is a particular theoretical need to conceptualise this environment and to test the environmental variables associated with women entrepreneurs
This support in developed countries usually has one main points to maximize the economic potential of self-employed women and also to encourage taking up of self-employment amongst women from disadvantaged backgrounds
Clearly the development of female entrepreneurship needs support through policies and adequate institutions in many areas such as education and training access to credit and financing access to information business networks and new technologies The Governments in partnership with other stakeholders should take the lead and responsibility for establishing institutions and policies aimed at development of SMEs These policies however should be gender sensitive and address specific barriers in entrepreneurial activities
It is increasingly recognised that entrepreneurship support offers a new model for
fighting poverty and ensuring economic growth in countries
66
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
41 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to present what has been empirically observed as set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the broader problem area Hence in the discussion the findings are interpreted in the light of the research questions The various methodological issues and considerations involved in the gathering of the data are also discussed
42 GATHERING OF DATA
This section contains a thorough explanation of the various methodological issues and considerations involved in obtaining and handling the data used in the study It has been divided into two parts each of which concerns a different component of the data collection gathering process
421 Development and construction of questionnaire
As explained in chapter one the survey instrument utilised in the study was a
standardised questionnaire Information could either be entered by the respondents
themselves or the review used it as a structure for face to face interviewing
The first step was to design a questionnaire with questions and items developed from the initial research problem and the literature study conducted
Questions or items of the same kind or that seek the same sort of information was grouped together They fell into a range of categories where some consisted of a small number of related questions The intend was to elicit information of a particular type
67
Analytical categories relevant to the research were determined from the literature These
topics were aggregated by unit of analysis
bull Section A Personal information
- Age - Marital status
- Educational level
- Number and age of children
- Employment history
bull Section B Business information
- Industry - Legal status of business
- Age of business
- Path to business ownership
- Source of start-up funding
- Business premises
- Number of employees
- Annual turnover
- Previous exposure to business
bull Section C Wlotivational factors and demographic aspects
bull Section D Obstacles towards women entrepreneurship
- During start-up phase of business
- During current operations
bull Section E Development needs of female entrepreneurs
- Previous development by private or government agency
- Women entrepreneurship association awareness
68
- Needs classification
In section A B and E the questionnaire was designed so that the responded could indicate the applicable answer by marking a designated block with a cross More than one block could be marked where applicable
In section C and D a Seven point Likert scale method was applied to measure
responses that range from disagree strongly to agree strongly A value of one will be
linked to disagree strongly and a value of seven to agree strongly
The idea of using the Likert scale method is that instead of learning whether or not the respondent was favourably inclined on an issue one also gets a measure and a reasonably reliable one of the actual position on the continuum However this method is frequently criticised because a number of unique response patterns can result in the same total score (Tull amp Hawkins 1980 322)
422 Data collection
The questionnaire in the form of printed copies was distributed to 100 women
entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni as a result of the sampling method applied
The study made use of both a convenience sampling method and secondly made use of
a snowball sampling method
Snowball sampling relies on referrals from initial subjects to generate additional subjects Therefore base selection of a primary informant took place The base selected for this study was the Chamber of Commerce for Gauteng which acted as an informant of women owned businesses Referrals were contacted to confirm if they adhere to the definition of small and medium-sized women owned businesses More referrals were subsequently collected by theses women owned business expanding the database It
69
may be extremely difficult or cost prohibitive to locate respondents in these situations A
list of 100 women owned business was compiled as a result of these efforts
Techniques for distributing questionnaires included e-mail personal delivery and structured interviews
This review aimed to distribute questionnaires to wide variety business sectors demographic locations and races as to obtain a representative view of women entrepreneurs
Business sectors included were ie retail trade wholesale trade manufacturing construction transportdistribution accommodation and restaurant food industry agricultureforestryfishing and services
Demographic areas included all towns within the boundaries of Ekurhuleni ie Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan Endenvale Lethabong Germiston Kempton Park Tembisa Nigel and Springs
A period of two weeks for responding to the questionnaire were allowed from where
questionnaires were collected either personally by the researcher or via facsimile and e-
A total of 80 usable questionnaires were returned from the sample This constitutes a
80 response rate
The major reasons for non returns faced during the process were the limited time available to the respondents to complete the questionnaires due to busy work schedules and the availability of certain owners that resided overseas
70
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS
431 Age group description of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A1 in Section A of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was
to determine the age group description of respondents
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented
in Table 41 below
Table 41 Age group description of respondents
Age group Frequency Percentage 40 to 49 years old 27 3375
30 to 39 years old 20 2500
50 to 59 years old 14 1750
20 tot 29 years old 12 1500
60+ years old 6 750
lt19 years old 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
The biggest category in this review is represented by the 40 to 49 year old group (refer
to table 41) were 3375 of the respondents indicated the age group A fourth (25) of
the respondents represents the 30 to 39 year age group
71
The remainder of the group constitutes less than 20 of the respondents where 1750
represents the 50 to 59 age group 1500 the 20 to 29 year old 750 the 60+ group
and 125) less than 19 years old respectively
All respondents answered the question
432 Marital status of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A2 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the marital status of respondents The results will be used to determine if
there is any link between the marital status of the women and their path to self
employment
bull Results obtained
The marital status of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 42 below
Table 42 Marital status of respondents
Marital status Frequency Percentage Married 52 6500
Single 10 1250
Widowed 9 1125
Divorced 7 875 Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
72
bull Analysis of the results
Table 42 indicates that more than half that is 52 (6500) of the respondents are married A total of 1250 of respondents are single 1125 are widowed and 875 are divorced
Two respondents did not indicate their marital status
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A3 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the highest academic qualification of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous education on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
bull Results obtained
The highest academic qualification of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 43 below
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents
Highest academic qualification Frequency Percentage Diploma (Technical college orTechnicon) 29 3625 University degree 29 3625
Matric 16 2000
Certificate 4 500
Post graduate degree 2 250
Total 80 10000
73
bull Analysis of the results
Table 43 indicates that a diploma and university degree constitute the largest group of all responses Both the diploma and university degree represent 3625 of the respondents respectively
A total of 16 (2000) of the respondents indicated a matric as their highest academic qualification whereas four respondents (500) indicated a certificate and two (250) indicated a post graduate degree
All respondents answered the question
434 Number of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A4 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of children of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 44 below
74
Table 44 Number of children of respondents
Number of children Frequency Percentage Two (2) children 31 3875
One (1) child 14 1750
Three (3) children 14 1750 None 10 1250
Four (4) children 8 1000
Five (5) children 3 375
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of the respondents (3875) have only 2 children A total of 1750 are
presented equally by both the one child and three child groups A total of 10 (1250)
respondents have no children Eight (1000) respondents have four children and three
or 375 have five children
All respondents answered the question
435 Age group description of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the age of children of the participants The results will be utilised in
determining if the age of children might have an influence on the path to business
ownership and act as an obstacle due to family responsibility to women entrepreneurs
75
bull Results obtained
The age of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 45 below
Table 45 Age group description of children
Age group description Frequency Percentage 18+years old 25 3125
11-18 years old 15 1875
1-5 years old 13 1625
No children 10 1250
6-10 years old 9 1125
Missing 8 1000
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 45 indicates that the majority of the respondents (25 or 3125) children are
older than 18 years A total of 15 (1875) of the respondents children are between 11
and 18 years 13 (1625) between one to five years old and nine (1125) between six
and 10 years old
A total of ten (1250) of the respondents indicated that they do not have children
whereas eight respondents did not answer the question
76
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES
441 Number of permanent employees
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B7 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of permanent employees of the participating women owned
businesses and to determine whether the family business can be classified as a micro-
very small- small- or a medium-sized enterprise
bull Results obtained
Table 46 Number of permanent employees
Number of permanent employees Frequency Percentage 2-4 30 3750 26-50 23 2875
Myself 10 1250
5-10 10 1250
11-25 4 500
101-200 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
A combined forty (5000) of the women owned business can be classified as micro-
enterprise from which 30 (3750) of the business have two to four employees and 10
(1250) of the businesses are only operated by the entrepreneur herself
77
A total of ten (125) of the businesses can be classified as very small enterprise
consisting of five to ten employees
Small-enterprises are represented by twenty seven (3375) of the businesses with four
(5) employed of 11 to 25 employees and 23 (2875) 26 to 50 employees
Only two (250) of the businesses surveyed can be classified as medium-enterprise
Of the 80 respondents only one responded (125) did not answer the question
Figure 46 indicates that the majority of the businesses surveyed falls into the micro-
enterprise category
442 Turnover of the business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B8 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the financial success and the size of the participating women
owned businesses
bull Results obtained
The annual turnover of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table
47
I
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business
Annual turnover Frequency Percentage R100 000 to R500 000 27 3375
R1 million to R5 million 20 2500
R500 000to R1 million 18 2250
R50 000toR100 000 9 1125
R5 million+ 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Twenty seven (3375) of the family businesses annual turnover were between the R100 000 to R500 000 range followed by twenty (2500) between the R1 to R5 million range eighteen (2250) in the R500 000 to R1 million range nine (1125) in the R50 000 to R100 000 range and six (75) in the more than R5 million range
All participants answered the question
443 Economic sector of operation
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B1 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the economic sector that the women owned businesses
operates in The sector may have an influence on specific needs for the women owned
businesses as well as policy implications
bull Results obtained
The economic sector of operation of the women owned businesses in this study is
presented in table 48
79
I
Table 48 Economic sector of operation
Economic sector Frequency Percentage Retail trade 33 4125
Services 26 3250
Accommodation and restaurant 7 875
Wholesale trade 6 750
Manufacturing trade 4 500
Transportdistribution 2 250
Food industry 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 33 (4125)) of the businesses in this study operate in retail trade that also represents that largest group within this review The service category is represented by 26 (3250) of the respondents This include the following businesses ie bakery school transport ballet studios swimming lessons DVD rentals garden services cleaning services doggy parlour dry cleaning wedding planning landscaping physiotherapy attorney petrol garage dress maker hair salons catering services graphic design party rentals business machine servicing and beauty salons
Other industries of operation includes seven (875) businesses in accommodation and
restaurant six (750) in wholesale trade four (500) businesses in manufacturing
and two (250) in distribution and food industry respectively
All respondents answered the question
80
444 Legal status of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B2 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The legal status of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table 49
Table 49 Legal status of business
Category Frequency Percentage Sole proprietorship 42 5250
Partnership 18 2250
Company (Private) 12 1500
Not registered 7 875
Close corporation 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Just more than half (52505)) of the participating women-owned businesses in this
study are registered as sole proprietorship 18 (2250) are registered partnerships 12
(1500) as private companies and one (125) business indicated a close corporation
A total of seven (875) of the businesses in this study is however not registered None
of the business indicated a business trust or public company All respondents answered
the question
81
445 Business premises
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B6 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The premises from where the women owned businesses in this study are operating from
are presented in table 410
Table 410 Business premises
Business district Frequency Percentage Outlying business area 50 6250
Home based 16 2000
Central business district (CBD) 12 1500
Agriculture 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
More than half (6250) of the respondents operate their business from an outlying
business area as indicated in table 410 A total of 16 (20) of the businesses in this
review are home-based with only 12 (1500) situated in a central business district
Agriculture land is only utilised by two (250) of the women owned businesses in this
review None of the respondent businesses operates from an industrial area
All respondents answered this question
82
446 Age of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B3 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the age of all women owned businesses that participated in this review
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women owned businesses that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 411 below
Table 411 Age of business
Age of business Frequency Percentage One (1) to five (5) years old 45 5625
Six (6) to 10 years old 24 3000
11 to 20 years old 6 750
21 to 30 years old 3 375
31 to 40 years old 1 125 41 to 50 years old 1 125
Analysis of the results
According to table 411 more than half (5625) of the respondents businesses are relatively young and fall under the one to five year old category A large group of 24 (30) of the participating businesses are between six and 10 years old The remainder of the categories are represented by less than 10 of the respondents where six (750) business are between 11 and 20 years old three (375) between 21 and 30 years and 1 (125) between 31 to 40 years and one (125) between 41 to 50 years respectively All respondents answered the question
83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP
451 Path to business ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B4 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the path to business ownership of respondents
bull Results obtained
The path to business ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 412 below
Table 412 Path to business ownership
Path to business ownership Frequency Percentage
Founded the business 52 6500
Purchase the business 25 3125
Join family business 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 412 reflects that 52 (6500) of the businesses studied in this review were
founded by the entrepreneur Just less than a third or 25 (3125) of the businesses
were purchased A total of two (250) respondents actually joined family businesses
and one (125) did not answer the question
84
452 Previous employment experience
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the previous employment experience of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous experience on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs The respondents had the option to choose between six experience levels categories
bull Results obtained
The previous employment experience of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 413 below
Table 413 Previous employment experience
Previous employment experience Frequency Percentage Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier) 34 4250
Self-employed 14 1750
Supervisor 11 1375
Middle management 9 1125
Unemployed 8 1000
Top management 4 500
Total 80 10000
85
bull Analysis of the results
Less than half (4250) of the respondents were previously employed as non-
management workers whereas only 11 (1375) of the respondents were supervisors A
total of nine (1125) of respondents indicated that they were employed in middle
management with only four (5) in top management A number of eight (1000)
respondents were previously unemployed
A quite interesting observation is the 14 or 1750 of respondents that were previously
self-employed that also constitute the second largest group in this review
All respondents answered the question
453 Years self-employed
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A6 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of years self employed of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of years self-employed of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 414 below
86
Table 414 Years self-employed
Number of years self-employed Frequency Percentage Four (4) to five (5) years 27 3375 Six (6) to 10 years 26 3250 One (1) to Three (3) years 14 1750
More than 10 years 12 1500
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of respondents are between four and ten years self-employed A number of
27 (3375) of the respondents has indicated a four to five year period and 26 (3250)
indicating a six to 10 year period The remainder of the age groups are represented by
less than 20 of the respondents where 14 (1750) fall within the relative young one
to three year category and 12 (1500) in the established more than ten year category
Only one (125) respondent did not answer the question
454 Source of start-up funding
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B5 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the source of start-up funding of the participants
bull Results obtained
The source of start-up funding of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 415 below
87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding
Source of start-up funding Frequency Percentage Bank loan 30 3750
Personal savings 29 3625
Relatives 10 1250
Householdspouse 5 625
Sold business 4 500
Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Both bank loan and personal savings constitutes the largest sources for start-up funding
with 30 (3750) made use of bank loans and 29 (3625) utilised personal savings
A total of 10 (1250) respondents collected start-up funds from relatives and five
(625) from a household member or spouse A number of four (500) respondents
sold their previous business to obtain funds
Respondents not answering the question accounted for 250 of the sample
455 Role models
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B9 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine if the respondents was inspired by someone during their youth to become an entrepreneur The results will be used to determine if there is any link between this previous influence and the women entrepreneurs decision to enter into self employment
bull Results obtained
The influence of role models on all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 416 below
Table 416 Role models
Influenced by role models Frequency Percentage No 68 8500
Yes 12 1500
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority (8500) of respondents indicated that they had no one inspiring them to
become entrepreneurs where 12 (1500) of the respondents claimed that they had
some influence Eight respondents indicated that their parents owned businesses where
four indicated that close friends of the family motivated them from childhood to enter
own employment
All respondents answered this question
456 First ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B10 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to determine if the current business is the women entrepreneurs first self owned
business
89
bull Results obtained
An indication of first ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 417 below
Table 417 First ownership
Category Frequency Percentage
Yes 62 7750
No 12 1500
Missing 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 62 (7750)) of the respondents indicated that their current business is their
first business owned Only a small amount of 12 (1500) of the respondents indicated
previously owned business or no to the answer A total of seven of the business was
sold of four is still operating and one went out of business
Quite a large total of six (750) of the respondents did not answer the question at all
46 MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C1-15 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the main motivational factors for women entrepreneurs entering own business ventures The results will be utilised in determining the influence of these motivational factors on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
90
bull Results obtained
The average response or mean (x) and the standard deviation (s) (variation around the
mean) of each of the 15 items indicating motivational factors for entering own
employment are indicated in Table 418
Table 418 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
Motivation n X s
Need for a challenge 80 6250 1326
Self-fulfilment 79 6215 1356
Confidence in the productservice offered 80 6188 0813
Insufficient family income 80 5513 1765
The need for independence 80 5488 1800
Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 80 5363 1759
Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) 80 5150 1870
Need forflexible work schedule 80 5063 2143
Desire for wealth 80 4900 1900
Ensure high job security 80 4700 2095
To develop hobby 78 4654 2373
Compatibility with family duties 80 4238 2279
Difficulty finding a job 80 3750 2405
Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 80 2650 1822
Entered the family business 80 1825 1310
Total 4796 0906
bull Analysis of the results
The standard deviations of all 15 statements averages are fairly high ranging from
0813 to 2405
Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement Thus a higher number representing agreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be true by the respondents Likewise a low number representing disagreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be false
The motivational statement indicating the highest agreement was need for challenge Participants indicated a very high average mean of x = 6250 for this statement Other
statements that also obtained high levels of agreement was self-fulfilment (x = 6215)
and confidence in the productservice offered (x = 6188)
Five items indicated average means higher than five Insufficient family income indicated an average mean of x = 5513 the need for independence an average mean
of x= 5488 dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) an average
mean of x= 5363 role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) an average x- 5150 and the need for flexible work schedule an average mean of x = 5063
Five items indicated average means higher than four Desire for wealth indicated an
average mean of x = 4900 ensure high job security an average mean ofx = 4700
to develop hobby and average mean ofx= 4654 and compatibility with family duties indicated an average mean of x =4238
Difficult finding a job only indicated an average mean of x = 3750 and redundancy (lost
their job retrenchment) an average mean of x = 2650
Entering family business was the statement with the lowest agreement standing on
an average mean of x = 1825
92
462 Ekurhuleni support
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C17- 21 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations The participating women entrepreneurs had to indicate their response on five statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is
providing to their business operations are reflected in Table 419 below
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations
Category n X s
Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 80 5288 1275
Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 80 5075 1100
Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 79 4772 1395
The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 80 4325 1589
Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 80 2563 1349
Total 4403 0837
93
bull Analysis of the results
An average mean of x = 5288 was calculated for the statement Ekurhuleni is a
source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities This result indicates
that the participants have a relative high agreement with the statement A high
agreement was also calculated for Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export
opportunities (x = 5075) Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road
network) adequately meet the needs of my business (x = 4772) and The
Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses
(x = 4325)
The statement Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women
entrepreneurship in the region however indicated a very low level of agreement with a
standard mean of only x = 2563
463 Obstacles to business start-up
bull Purpose of question
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers have for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those
barriers still exist today
The purpose of question D 1-14 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A)
was to accumulate a body of knowledge of banners that were faced by current female
entrepreneurs in entering their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate
their response on fourteen statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale
type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent
disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with
the statement
94
bull Results obtained
Agreement to obstacles that the respondents experienced during the start-up phase of
their businesses are presented in Table 420 below
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up
Obstacles n X s
Lack of business management skills 80 5888 1607
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5725 1646
Lack of timely business information 80 5438 1422
Risk averse (great fear of failure) 79 5253 1829
Lack of self-confidence 79 5241 1876
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 5150 1700
Inequality of access to credit (difficult to obtain financing as a female) 80 4875 1760
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 2009
Isolation from business network 80 4713 1917
Lack of education and training (in general) 80 4625 2065
Legislative (lack of focused women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government) 80 4400 1718
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3750 1832
Lack of female role models 80 3475 1882
Total 4874 1091
bull Analysis of the results
All fourteen statements as reflected in table 419 indicated high levels of agreement The statement lack of business management skills was indicated as the highest level of agreement with an average mean of x= 5888 A total of five other statements also indicated relative high agreements with inter role conflict (workhome conflict) indicating a standard mean of x= 5725 lack of timely business information (x = 5438) risk averse (great fear of failure) (x = 5253) lack of self-confidence (x =
95
5241) and awareness or access to business support indicating an average mean of
x =5150
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 3475
464 Obstacles currently faced in business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question D 16- 27 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers that were faced by female entrepreneurs currently operating their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate their response on 12 statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Obstacles that the respondents are experiencing in their current business operations are reflected in Table 421
96
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business
Obstacles n X s
Liquidity and other financial problems 80 6225 1102
Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 80 5775 1405
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5538 1793
Lack of business management skills 80 5488 1359
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 1872
Lack of timely business information 80 4663 1771
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 4600 1846
No time for trainingupgrading of skills 80 4563 1948
Isolation from business network 79 4506 1839
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3338 1771
Lack of female role models 79 2835 1581
Total 4764 0968
bull Analysis of the results
The statement with the highest level of agreement was liquidity and other financial
problems The average mean for this statement was calculated on a very high x -
6225
A total of three other statements also indicated relative high agreements with gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) indicating a standard mean
of x= 5775 inter role conflict (workhome conflict) (5c = 5538) and lack of business management skills indicating an average mean of x = 5488
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 2835
97
I
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question E3 Section E of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the development needs of respondents (refer to table 421)
bull Results obtained
Development needs indicated by all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 422 below
Table 422 Support needs of respondents
Category Frequency Percentage
Financial support 68 8500
Growth support 64 8000
Marketing support 62 7750
Business advice information counselling mentoring 57 7125
Networking with other business owners 55 6875
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area 53 6625
Legal support 41 5125
Tools equipment machinery 38 4750
Trainingknowledgeskills 35 4375
Suitable business premises 33 4125
Psychological support 21 2625
Technical support 20 2500
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity) 19 2375
98
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 68 (8500) of the respondents indicated that their greatest need is financial support with 64 (8000) also indicating growth support as a great need in the operation of their businesses A number of two categories also received high scoring with 62 (7750) respondents indicating marketing support and 57 (7125) indicating business advice information counselling and mentoring as support greatly needed
Almost half of the respondents also indicated that the following support will benefit their business A total of 41 (5125) of the participating women entrepreneurs indicated that legal support will benefit them 38 (4750) tools equipment and machinery support Trainingknowledge and skills was indicated by 4375 of respondents and a suitable business premises by 33 (4125) of the participating women entrepreneurs
Only 21 (2625) respondents indicated that psychological support will benefit them and
20 (2500o) indicated that technical support will be of use A small number of 19
(2375) indicated a need for infrastructure
48 SUMMARY
This chapter started of with the various methodological issues and considerations
involved in the gathering of the data from where results were presented in the form of
frequency tables on what has been empirically observed The results were analysed as
set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the
broader problem area
Data explored during this study included biographical information of all participating women entrepreneurs This includes age group description marital status highest academic qualification number of children and age group description of children
This empirical research also undertook the task to gather information in regards to the structure of the participating women entrepreneurs businesses This information
99
included number of permanent employees annual turnover of the business economic
sector of operation legal status of the business the business premises and age of the
business
Path to ownership information was also recorded by this study that includes the
following Path to business ownership previous employment experience number of
years self-employed source of start-up funding influence of role models and first
ownership
Factors of importance also gathered by this review includes motivational factors to enter self employment women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their businesses obstacles to business start-up obstacles currently faced within business operations and support needs of respondents
The information gathered by the empirical research was utilised in the drafting of the
Ekurhuleni women entrepreneurship profile discussed in chapter five This profile will be
of purpose in the drafting of the women entrepreneurship development framework for
the Ekurhuleni district
100
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
51 INTRODUCTION
Despite the large amount of research on the key factors influencing womens
entrepreneurship no study has yet provided an empirical field assessment of factors
influencing women at a municipality context
With the goal of delineating the unique circumstances of women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni this review undertook a study of 80 women entrepreneurial businesses The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures in this area have generated value and fuelled innovation on all levels The increased presence of women entrepreneurs has had a remarkable impact on employment
The purpose of this chapter is therefore to conclude on the empirical study by compiling
a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni Theoretical applications of these links
would derive strong arguments
Recommendations to women entrepreneurship development for this area will be made followed by a critical evaluation of the study Suggestions for future studies will be implied and this chapter will be concluded by a summary
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
The following reflects the make-up of the Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur as concluded in the empirical study conducted
101
521 Biographical information results
The majority of the women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
that participated in this study are between 30 to 49 years of age She is furthermore
married with an average of two children mainly older than eighteen years The
entrepreneur is well littered with either a diploma or university degree
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results
The average women-owned business in Ekurhuleni is between one to five years old with
an annual turnover in the R100 000 to R500 000 range Operation is mainly within the
retail trade or service sector within the micro-enterprise environment Most businesses
can be found in outlying business areas The legal status of the participating businesses
is mainly reserved to sole proprietorships
523 Path to ownership results
The Ekurhuleni women-owned business is either founded or purchased by the female entrepreneur which are on average four to ten years self-employed and mostly a first-time owner A bank loan or personal funding provided start-up capital Owners were not motivated by childhood role models
524 Motivational factors to self employment results
The need for a challenge self-fulfilment and confidence in the product or service offered are the main motivators for these women entrepreneurs Factors such as difficulty f inding a job redundancy and entering of family business are least motivational
indicating that the average Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur are drawn to self-employment by pull factors rather than push factors (Botha 2006 122)
102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni
For the average female entrepreneur Ekurhuleni will be a source of an ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities The Ekurhuleni infrastructure meets the needs of their businesses and the region provides good network opportunities with other businesses However most of the participating women entrepreneurs feel that the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality do not have proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in this district
526 Obstacles to business start-up results
The lack of business management skills inter-role conflict with home and work the lack of timely business information high risk aversion by women entrepreneurs lack of self-confidence and a lack of awareness or access to business support are all considered as huge obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs during the start-up phase of their respective business
Factors such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models are not considered as major obstacles to business start-ups
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results
The main current obstacles experienced by the average female entrepreneur are liquidity and other financial problems Aspects such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models were once again recognised as the least considered obstacles in current business operations
103
528 Support needs results
The average female entrepreneur feels that they can mostly benefit from financial and growth support whereas psychological technical and infrastructure support are rated low on urgency
53 RECOMMENDATIONS
In the light of the research results explained a development framework was compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni Figure 51 represents the specific elements of the Ekurhuleni entrepreneurial development framework (refer to the next page)
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs on in Ekurhuleni district are complex and calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
The main recommendation issued by this review is the establishing of an Ekurhuleni
women entrepreneurship development centre The main responsibility of this centre will
be the implementation and co-ordination of the recommendations listed below
104
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
Own compilation
The purpose of the section to follow is to provide a description of the specific elements
within the recommended framework to develop women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
105
531 Promotion
Recommendation
The review recommends the formation of a specific women entrepreneurship advocacy team within the overall development centre
Motivation
The main role of the advocacy team will be to raise the visibility of womens economic contribution and to change the policy to support womens role in the Ekurhuleni district It is important that the advocacy team are aware of the heterogeneity of their client group Without this awareness policy changes risk being unintentionally biased against a group such as women entrepreneurs
532 Strategy
Recommendation
It is recommended that women entrepreneurship specific policies be drafted within the
Ekurhuleni district and emphasis placed on continued research into the development of
the women entrepreneurs in the district
Motivation
bull The process of policy formulation has to incorporate gender mainstreaming strategies On a national base government has been introducing new gender-specific laws of a general nature but gender issues were not considered in all the other laws of relevance to womens entrepreneurship development
106
bull These policies must address awareness since many institutions are not aware of the gender-specific constraints of women entrepreneurs and therefore unable to address them adequately when providing the necessary services
bull Associations in charge of the enhancement of the status of women NGOs womens organisations and technical programmes could play an important role in emphasising gender issues in the creation of a more enabling policy and legal environment In this connection the importance of the systematic collection and analysis of gender specific data and information for gender-sensitive industrial policy formulation and implementation cannot be over emphasised This is necessary in order to identify the constraints and needs of women entrepreneurs prior to the formulation of any development programme targeting women
bull It is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations lobby groups and the municipality should strive for the systematic collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship
bull The creation of awareness about entrepreneurship requires the adoption of an entrepreneurial culture among potential women entrepreneurs and among youth in general as they are the future entrepreneurs This could be done if local support institutions professional assodations media and womens associations put emphasis on creating awareness about entrepreneurship Media and school campaigns exposure to role models and targeted training could also be used for this purpose
107
533 Support
bull Training
Recommendation
The development of proper training programmes focussing on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs is a necessity
Motivation
bull Training is one of the most common business development services provided Training initiatives include both the provision of general business skills as well as skills more particular to an industry General business training includes basic business skills such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and is usually a central element of an integrated service package Training in skills is often not sufficient for women and successful training programmes for women entrepreneurs therefore also include confidence building entrepreneurship developmenttraining fostering the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business are just a few to mention
bull Programmes that not only confine themselves to training existing or potential women entrepreneurs but also make efforts to reach girls in order to encourage them to become entrepreneurs must be developed
bull A modular approach to the training programme design must be followed - it offers core courses and then allows clients to select other courses suiting their needs This makes the training flexible and gives clients the independence to choose the skills on which they lack the most or want to focus on
bull However successful programme designs are always those which are based on realistic needs-based assessments Women have different training needs in terms of course content scheduling length and delivery Programme designers must be aware of womens multiple roles and programmes should be scheduled when
108
women are likely to be free Participatory techniques and incremental learning using
female instructors are considered good teaching models for reaching women
entrepreneurs
bull Access to credit
Recommendation
A proper study into good practices should be launched to enhance accesses for women
entrepreneurs to credit from where specific plans must be drafted to ensure better
access to financing for these women entrepreneurs
Motivation
Credit is a constraint faced by many women entrepreneurs Women need to be able to
access mainstream banking and finance and need support in this area Increased
access to credit is a key to the development of women entrepreneurs in SMEs
bull Counselling and mentoring programmes
Recommendation
This study recommends the establishing of counselling and mentoring centres
Motivation
bull Individually-based services where clients receive help and support on problems
specific to their businesses have proven to be most effective
bull Counselling programmes tend to be expensive One way of cutting costs is by using
volunteers and using group-based services for more general issues
109
bull Attention must be paid to hiring female consultants avoiding a male environment and providing services sensitive to womens needs In addition gender training of consultants should be done
bull Many women want post-start-up support accessible after trying out the skills learned in earlier training Mentoring is one method of providing this support which can be very effective as it addresses the specific problems faced by the individual entrepreneur This kind of support includes individual or group-based assistance directed at specific problems where mentors serve as role models Based on a longer-term relationship with the mentor this is essentially a form of knowledge transfer It can be tailored to client needs and therefore can have high effectiveness and impact However it can also be costly in terms of mentors time
bull Mentoring can be offered to individuals or groups Individual mentoring is often more effective and have a greater impact as it addresses problems specific to the womens businesses Group-based mentoring offers other benefits such as group solidarity and the opportunity to learn from others experiences
bull However as mentioned earlier mentoring can be an expensive service to provide Many support agencies have cut costs by using volunteer mentors but mentor quality has to be monitored Supply of female mentors volunteer or not is sometimes a problem Coupling mentoring with a sectoral focus has emerged as a good strategy to help women to enter new industries Use of female mentors and having women-only group mentoring programmes increases the likelihood that women will use the services
bull Information sharing and network formation
Recommendation
The study wants to emphasize the need for the development of a specific women entrepreneur association within the Ekurhuleni district for the main purpose of networking and information sharing
110
Motivation
Information is a key resource for women entrepreneurs Information can relate to markets suppliers costs and technology and networks have emerged as key strategy for offering support to women entrepreneurs Networking is very important to the success of a business and it is identified as one of the key ways to strengthen womens enterprises as it can provide access to information new customers and suppliers Networks are relations with others in the business community and are an important way to access information
Sometimes training courses provide early networking opportunities giving practice
time to women before they go out to network in the wider business environment
Training courses also allow women to meet others starting businesses Networks can
also contribute to the knowledge and development of support agencies
Information exchange in the networks is provided through many means including one-
stop shops trade fairs and the Internet Information technology has proven to be an
important asset for accessing information and expanding networks Often the network
makes services and information available to entrepreneurs by toll free telephone fax in
person and through the Internet In fact the use of the internet has greatly helped to
widen the geographic areas of networks both between entrepreneurs and between
support agencies Internet allows clients to access it at times that suit their schedules
This helps women have greater access as they often have to juggle multiple demands
on their time Online networks and community business centres offer networking
opportunities Decentralized service provision also insures that the information provided
to local women is relevant to the local context
i l l
bull Support organisations
Recommendation
Accumulation of support organisations must take place Through awareness the involvement of organisations and institutions must be increased
Motivation
Many different types of organisations can provide either direct or indirect support to women entrepreneurs The different organisations working with women entrepreneurs include NGOs credit providers training and technical assistance centres research institutes and universities professional organisations government agencies and private sector organisations
Professional membership organisations have also emerged as important agencies which work to change policy and provide services and networks to members They work best when they serve a clientele with common interests The membership organisations must serve women business owners with gender being perceived as one commonality across which membership organisations can be established
Private sector actors other than banks or private training providers include suppliers of inputs final goods customers and consultants They work with women entrepreneurs through subcontracting arrangements and by supplying inputs raw materials used equipment or technical assistance These are viewed as an increasingly important source of assistance for women entrepreneurs particularly for-profit service providers In addition to this consultants may work with entrepreneurs directly for a fee or as volunteers For example some firms may volunteer their staffs time as consultants while some individuals working in the private sector may do so independent of their place of work
112
Universities and research institutes can also contribute to the development of women entrepreneurs through provision of trainers and consultants and through direct research on entrepreneurship with particular focus on women and by highlighting their contribution to the local regional and national economy In some cases they can also develop technologies to improve productivity and reduce the time burden of women
54 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY
The success of this study is based upon the realising of the primary and secondary
objectives as indicated in section 13 of this study
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
In order to reach the primary objectives successfully the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a global context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
The first secondary objective namely to gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African economy was achieved through a comprehensive literature study in chapter two This chapter act as a motivation to this question by supplying ambient evidence in the role women entrepreneurs plays in the South African economy
113
The second secondary objective that is to study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur was also realised through the literature review in chapter two
The third secondary objective to identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing their own business ventures was achieved by both the literature review in chapter three and the detailed empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five
The fourth secondary objective to examine current development programmes in a
global context was realised through both chapter twos literature review focusing on
South African development programmes and a detailed description of international good
practices in chapter three
The last secondary objective to suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district was achieved through the results obtained during the empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five The results of this empirical research led to the development of a women entrepreneurship development framework as represented in section 53 of chapter five Practical recommendations forms part of the framework developed
Trough the achieving of all secondary objectives and the framework discussed in section
53 it can therefore be concluded that the primary objective namely the development of
a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
were achieved
55 SUGGESTION FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
Forthcoming work can build on this review by focusing on measuring the effectiveness
of programmes and initiative that was implemented due to recommendation issued in
section 53 of this review
114
Furthermore as explained earlier it is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations and the municipality should strive for the systematic and frequent collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship as to ensure that up to date and relevant programmes are in place to support the female entrepreneurs
56 SUMMARY
The purpose of this chapter was to conclude on the empirical study by compiling a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni was given that included the following aspects The biographical information of the female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support needs of the female entrepreneur
The empirical research resulted in recommendations to women entrepreneurship
development in Ekurhuleni being made That was followed by a critical evaluation of the
study in regards to the achievement of the research objectives Suggestions for future
studies were also recommended
Gender sensitivity of programme design and service delivery is critical Agencies which have a successful record in reaching women are always aware of the characteristics of their female and male clients and the gender-specific barriers affecting their economic participation when designing programmes Thus gender aware needs assessment is a vital tool to good service design and delivery
115
Furthermore developing a supportive environment for womens entrepreneurship is important to womens success This includes helping women to deal with their multiple roles and involving men families and communities (as appropriate) in womens entrepreneurship Support agencies must understand womens goals and objectives in becoming entrepreneurs and work to support those goals Providing for both practical and strategic gender needs is central to womens economic success While not all agencies can work at both levels the experience from developed countries shows that service providers should make an effort to partner with agencies which work to address deeper strategic issues through advocacy and policy change
Therefore an important learning is the need to couple programme actions with policy work In order to make long-term changes in womens ability to participate freely in the economy the socio-cultural constraints on women must be addressed Advocacy work should be directed at policymakers in order to raise their awareness of the important role of women in the economy and the positive effect of economic participation on women and their families
116
BIBLIOGRAPHY
AFFHOLDER J amp BOX DM 2004 Struggles of female entrepreneurs Allied
Academies International Conference Proceedings of the Academy of Entrepreneurship
10(1)
AIDIS R 2003 Entrepreneurship and economic transition Tinbergen Institute
discussion paper pp 5
ALTMAN M 2001 Paths to employment expansion in a minerals economy Urban
Forum Special Issue First International Conference on Employment Creation in
Development 12(3-4) 314
ANNA L CHANDLER G JANSEN E amp MERO N 2000 Women business owners
in traditional and non-traditional industries Journal of Business Venturing 15(3) 279-
303
ARIF M 2008 Definition and introduction of entrepreneurship Shri Ramswaroop
College of Engineering amp Management
AUSTRIAN INSTITUTE FOR SMALL BUSINESS RESEARCH (IFGH) 2002 Good
practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship Examples from Europe and other
OECD countries Pp 1 - 110
BANERJEE A GALIANI S LEVINSOHN J MCLAREN Z amp WOOLARD I 2007
Why has unemployment risen in the new South Africa [Web]
httpwwwnberorgpapersw13167 [Date of access 20 July 2008]
BARTLETT J E KOTRLIK J W amp HIGGINS C 2001 Organizational research
Determining appropriate sample size for survey research information Technology
Learning and Performance Journal 19(1) 43-50
117
BARUAH S 2005 Entrepreneurship Concept and definition Indian Institute of
Entrepreneurship
BENNETT R amp DANN S 2000 The changing experience of Australian female
entrepreneurs Gender Work and Organization 7(2) 75-83
BERRY A VON BLOTTNITZ M CASSIM R KESPER A RAJARATNAM B amp
VAN SEVENTER D 2002 The economics of SMMES in South Africa Paper presented
at the 2002 Trade and industrial policy strategy conference
BHORAT H 2002 Employment and unemployment trends in Post-Apartheid South
Africa Paper Prepared for the Presidency 10-Year Cabinet Review Process 2nd draft
BHORAT H amp HODGE J 1999 Decomposing shifts in labour demand in South Africa
South African Journal of Economics 67(3) 348-380
BHORAT H amp CASSIM R 2004 The challenge of growth employment and poverty in
the South African economy since democracy An exploratory review of selected issues
Development Southern Africa 21 (1) 7 -31
BODEN R amp NUCCI A 2000 On the survival prospects of mens and womens new
business ventures Journal of Business Venturing 15(4) 347-362
BORGIA D SEGAL G amp SCHOENFELD J 2005 The motivation to become an
entrepreneur College of Business Fort Myers Florida USA
BOTHA M 2006 Measuring the effectiveness of the women entrepreneurship
programme as a training intervention on potential start-up and established women
entrepreneurs in South Africa Pretoria University of Pretoria (Unpublished PhD-
thesis)
118
BRADLEY F amp BOLES K 2003 Female entrepreneurs from ethnic backgrounds An
exploration of motivations and barriers pp 301
BROWN W 2002 Ambition versus action do males and females exhibit conflicting
perspectives of entrepreneurial potential and growth A study among entrepreneurship
students and entrepreneurship graduates before and after start-up Paper presented at
the 25th Institute for Small Business and Entrepreneurship National Small Firms Policy
and Research Conference Competing Perspectives of Small Business and
Entrepreneurship
BRUNI A GHERARDI S amp POGGIO B 2004 Entrepreneur-mentality gender and
the study of women entrepreneurs Journal of Organizational Change Management
17(3) 256-268
BRUSH C CARTER N GATEWOOD E GREENE P amp HART M 2006 Womens
entrepreneurship in the United States
CAMPBELL H 2004 A study of knowledge management strategies as enabled by the
support of asynchronous groupware systems Pretoria University of South Africa
(Unpublished PhD-thesis)
CARREE M ampTHURIK AR 1998 Small firms and economic growth in Europe
Atlantic Economic Journal 26 (2) 137-146
CASALE D amp POSEL D 2002 The continued feminisation of the labour force in South
Africa An analysis of recent data and trends South African Journal of Economics
70(1) 156-184
CASSAR G 2006 Entrepreneur opportunity costs and intended venture growth
Journal of Business Venturing 21 610-632
119
CARTER S ANDERSON S amp SHAW E 2001 Womens business ownership A
review of the academic popular and internet literature Report to the Small Business
Service wwwsbsgovukcontentresearchcarter-reportpaf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
CARTER N GARTNER W SHAVER K amp GATEWOOD E 2003 The career
reasons of nascent entrepreneurs Journal of Business Ventunng 18 13-39
CHANDRA V amp NGANOU J 2001 Obstacles to formal employment creation in South
Africa Evidence from recent firm surveys Paper presented to DPRU Conference
Johannesburg November
CLIFF J 1998 Does one size fit all Exploring the relationship between attitudes
towards growth gender and business size Journal of Business Ventunng 13(6) 523-
542
DE GROOT TU 2001 Women entrepreneurship development in selected African
countries For United Nations Industrial Development Organization Pp 1 -36
DE KLERK GJ amp HAVENGA JJD 2004 SME networks and clusters and their
impact on economic growth An exploratory overview of Africa Potchefstroom Northshy
west University
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY (DTI) 2001 Driving competiveness in
South-Africa The integrated industrial strategy Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE A N D INDUSTRY (DTI) 2004 Ten years of small business
support in South Africa 1994-2004 Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Isivande Womens fund [Web]
httpwwwdtiqovzaisivandemainhtm [Date of access 10 September 2008]
120
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 South African Women
Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzasawensawenmainhtm
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Technology for women in business
(TWIB) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzathedtitwibhtm [Date of access 10 September
2008]
DEVEY R SKINNER C amp VALODIA I 2002 The informal economy in South Africa
who where what and how much Paper presented to the DPRU Conference on Labour
Markets and Poverty in South Africa Johannesburg 22-24 October 2002
DEMARTINO Ramp BARBATO R 2003 Differences Between Women and Men MBA
Entrepreneurs Exploring Family Flexibility and Wealth Creation as Career Motivators
Journal of Business Ventunng 18 815-832
DINING OUT 2008 South African restaurants [Web] httpwwwdining-
outcozaEkurhuleni-Mapasp [Date of access 10 September 2008]
DU RIETZ A amp HENREKSON M 2000 Testing the female underperformance
hypothesis Small Business Economics 14 1-10
ECKEL C amp GROSSMAN P 2002 Sex differences and statistical stereotyping in
attitudes toward financial risk Evolution and Human Behaviour 23(4) 281-295
EDWARDS L 2001 Globalisation and the skills bias of occupational employment in
South Africa South African Journal of Economics 69(1) 40-72
EKURHULENI METROPOLITAN MUNICIPALITY (EMM) 2007 Growth and
development strategy 2025 [Web] httpwwwekurhulenicomcontentview454296
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
121
FREY I 2006 Poverty and unemployment in South Africa National Labour and
Economic Development Institute [Web]
http7wwwnalediorgzadocsPovertv20and20unemployment20in20South20A
frica20Feb202006pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
FOGEL DS 1994 Environments for entrepreneurship development key dimensions
and research implications mmsjribsbs02usersAmeMy
DocumentsDEVELOPMENTEnvironments for entrepreneurship development key
dimensions and research implications_ Company Activities amp Management Company
Structures amp Ownership from AIIBusiness_commht [Date of access 1 October 2008]
GATEWOOD E SHAVER K POWERS J amp GARTNER W 2002 Entrepreneurial
expectancy task effort and performance Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2)
187-206
GEORGELLIS Y amp WALL H 2004 Gender differences in self-employment Working
paper The Federal Reserve Bank of Saint Louis
httpresearchstlouisfedOrgwp19991999-008pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
GREENE P HART M GATEWOOD E BRUSH C amp CARTER N 2003 Moving
front and centre An overview of research and theory [Web]
wwwusasbcorgknowledgewhitepapersgreene2003pdf [Date of access 19 March
2008]
GUN DRY L BEN-YOSEPH M amp POSIG M 2002 Contemporary perspectives on
womens entrepreneurship A review and strategic recommendations Journal of
Enterprising Culture 10 (1) 67-86
HISRICH RD PETERS MP amp SHEPHERD DA 2005 Entrepreneurship 6th ed
New York NY McGraw-Hill Irwin
122
HITT MA DACIN TM LEVITAS E ARREGLE JL amp BORZA A 2000 Partner
selection in emerging and developed market contexts resource-based and
organizational learning perspectives Academy of Management Journal 43(3) 449-468
HOGSKOLA M 2008 Female entrepreneurs in Sweden and Thailand Differences and
similarities in Motivation Sweden School of Sustainable Development of Society and
Technology (Unpublished MBA-dissertation)
HUGHES KD 2006 Exploring motivation and success among Canadian women
entrepreneurs America University of Alberta (Unpublished PhD-Thesis)
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR OFFICE (ILO) 2004 Supporting growth-oriented women
entrepreneurs in Ethiopia Kenya amp Tanzania SEED programme Pp 1-113
JALBERT E 2000 Women entrepreneurs in the global economy Pp 55
KANTOR P 2001 Promoting womens entrepreneurship development based on good
to South practice programmes Some experiences from North to South SEED Working
Paper No 9 International Labour Office Geneva
KEH H FOO M amp LIM B 2002 Opportunity evaluation under risky conditions The
cognitive processes of entrepreneurs Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 125-
148
KEPLER E amp SHANE S 2007 Are male and female entrepreneurs really that
different Small business research summary 309(1)
KINGDON G amp KNIGHT J 2005 Unemployment in South Africa 1995-2003 causes
problems and policies Global Poverty Research Group [Web] httpwwwqprqorg
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
123
KLASEN S amp WOOLARD I 1999 Levels trends and consistency of employment and
unemployment figures in South Africa Development Southern Africa 16(1)
KOLLER M 2006 Hysteresis and unemployment in South Africa Bloemfontein
University of the Free State (Dissertation - MCom)
KORUNKA C FRANK H LUEGER M amp MUGLER J 2003 The entrepreneurial
personality in the context of resources environment and the start-up process - A
configurational approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 28(1) 23-42
KOLIRILOFF M 2000 Exploring perceptions of a prior barriers to entrepreneurship A
multidisciplinary approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 25(2) 59-80
KUTANI RO amp BAYRAKTAROGLU S 2003 Female entrepreneurs Social feminist
insights for overcoming the barriers Sakarya University The Faculty of Business
Studies Turkey Pp 3
KYRO P 2001 Women entrepreneurs question mens criteria for success
wwwbabsoneduentrepferBabson202001 [Date of access 10 September 2008]
LEWIS JD 2002 Promoting growth and employment in South Africa South African
Journal of Economics 70(5) 725-41
LOCKE EA amp LATHAM GP 1990 A theory of goal setting and task performance
Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall
LOMBARD K 2001 Female self-employment and demand for flexible non-standard
work schedules Economic Inquiry 39(2) 214-237
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
124
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2007 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
MAHADEA D 2008 The environmental context for SMME entrepreneurship in
Kwazulu-Natal The regulatory environment and its impact on the nature and level of
economic growth and development in South Africa Conference 2008
MARKMAN G BALKIN D amp BARON R 2002 Inventors and new venture formation
The effects of general self-efficacy and regretful thinking Entrepreneurship Theory and
Practice 27(2) 149-166
MARLOW S 1997 Self-employed women new opportunities old challenges
Entrepreneurship amp Regional Development 9(3) 199-211
MAYER M amp ALTMAN M 2005 South Africas economic development trajectory
implications for skills development Journal of Education and Work 18(1) 33-56
MAYOUX L 2001 Jobs gender and small enterprises Getting the policy environment
right - SEED Working Paper No 15 - SEED Working Paper No 15 ILO Geneva
MAYSAMI RC amp GOBY VP 1999 Female business owners in Singapore and
elsewhere A review of studies Journal of Small Business Management 37(2) 96-105
MBOWENI TT 2000 A new monetary policy framework Statement of the Monetary
Policy Committee 6 April SARB [Web] httpwwwreservebankcoza internet
publicationnsf [Date of access 10 September 2008]
MCCLELLAND E SWAIL J BELL J amp IBBOTSON P 2005 Following the pathway
of female entrepreneurs A six-country investigation International Journal of
Entrepreneurial Behavior amp Research 11 (2) 84-107
MCVICAR M amp CRAIG JF 1981 Minding my own business Entrepreneurial women
share their secrets of success New York Richard Marek
MITCHELL R BUSENITZ L LANT T MCDOUGALL P MORSE E amp SMITH J
2002 Toward a theory of entrepreneurial cognition Rethinking the people side of
entrepreneurship research Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 93-104
MOHR P amp FOURIE L 2000 Economics for South African students 2nd ed Pretoria
Van Schaik Publishers
NIEUWENHUIZEN C amp KROON J 2003 The Relationship between financing criteria
and the success factors of entrepreneurs in small and medium enterprises
Development Southern Africa 20 (1)
NTSIKA ENTERPRISE PROMOTION AGENCY 1999 State of small business in South
Africa Policy and Research Division Pretoria
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2004 Promoting entrepreneurship and innovative SMEs in a Global economy Towards
a more responsible and inclusive globalisation Paper read at2n d OECD conference of
ministers responsible for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) Turkey Istanbul
OECD 1998 Women Entrepreneurs in Small and Medium Enterprises OECD Paris
[Web] httpwwwoecdorg [Date of access 8 September 2008]
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2008 Economic assessment of South Africa 2008 [Web] httpwwwsourceoecdorg
[Date of access 6 June 2008]
OSTENSSON O amp UWIZEYE-MAPENDANO A 2000 Growth and diversification in
mineral economies paper presented at the Regional Workshop for Mineral Economies
in Africa 7-9 November Cape Town South Africa
REVIVO-STEINER M 2006 Women entrepreneurs A growing and promising
phenomenon [Web]
httpyywwwaltassetscomknowledqebankleaminqcurve2006nz9913php [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
ONEILL RC amp VILJOEN L 2001 Support for female entrepreneurs in South Africa
Improvement or decline Journal of Family Ecology and Consumer Sciences 29(1) 37 -
44
RENZULLI L ALDRICH H amp MOODY J 2000 Family matters Gender networks
and entrepreneurial outcomes Social Forces 79(2) 523-546
REYNOLDS PD HAY M BYGRAVE WD CAMP SM AUTIO E 2000 Global
Entrepreneurship Monitor Kauffman Centre for Entrepreneurial Leadership at the Ewing
Marion Kauffman Foundation
RICHARDSON P HOWARTH R amp FINNEGAN G 2004 The Challenges of Growing
Small Businesses Insights from Women Entrepreneurs in Africa SEED Working Paper
No 47
ROGERSON C M 2004 The impact of the South African Governments SMME
Programmes a ten year review (1994-2003) Development Southern Africa 21 (5)
SAMSON M 2000 The macroeconomics of job-creating growth EPRI Research Paper
10 Cape Town Economic Policy Research Institute
SHANE S LOCKE EA amp COLLINS CJ 2003 Entrepreneurial motivation Human
Resource Management Review 13(2) 257-279
127
SANNIKOVA E 2004 Regulatory impediments to enterprise development Mobilizing
womens economic potential International Conference on Reducing Barriers to
Entrepreneurship and Encouraging Enterprise Development Policy Options Salle VII
Palais des Nations 18-19 June 2007 pp 1-13
SHEPHERD D amp KRUEGER N 2002 An intentions-based model of entrepreneurial
teams social cognition Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 167-186
SIGH S REYNOLDSR amp MUHAMMADS 2001 A gender-based performance
analysis of micro and small enterprises in Java Indonesia Journal of Small Business
Management 39 (2) 174-182
SIMMON M amp HOUGHTON S 2002 The relationship among biases misperceptions
and introducing pioneering products examining differences in venture decision contexts
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 105-124
SOUTH AFRICA 1996 National Small Business Act 102 of 1996 Government Gazette
377(17612)
SOUTH AFRICA 2004 National Small Business Amendment Bill 26926 of 2004
Government Gazette B23-2004
SOUTH AFRICAN GOVERNMENT 2008 South African government information
[Web] httpwwwinfogovzaissuesqovtprogstarthtm [Date of access 24 April 2008]
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Mid year population estimates July 2008
rWeblhttpwwwstatssaqovzapublicationsP0302P03022008pdf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
128
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Statistics South Africa 2008 Quarterly labour
force survey (QLFS) Quarter 1 and Quarter 2 rWeb1httpwwwstatssaqovza [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
STATSOFT INC 2008 Statistica (Data Analysis Software System) Vers 8 [Web]
vwvwstatsoftcom [Date of access 16 December 2008]
STRUWIG FW amp STEAD GB 2004 Planning designing and reporting research 3rd
ed Cape Town Pearson Education
TANIGUCHI H 2002 Determinants of womens entry into self-employment Social
Science Quarterly 83(3) 875-894
TAYLOR RR 1988 Exceptional entrepreneurial women Strategies for success New
York NY Quorum Books
TULL DS amp HAWKINS DI 1980 Marketing research Measurement and method 2nd
ed New York NY Macmillan Publishing
UNITED NATIONS 2008 Millennium development goals [Web]
httpwwwunorgrnilleriniumgoals
UNITED NATIONS ECONOMIC COMMISSION FOR EUROPE (UNECE) 2004
Womens self employment and entrepreneurship in the ECE Region Regional
Symposium on Mainstreaming Gender into Economic Policies 28-30 January 2004
UNECE Secretariat Geneva
VERWEY I 2006 Development bank of Southern Africa Case studies on how women entrepreneur in construction experience the entrepreneurial process and manage growth Pp 1-10
129
WALKER C 2003 Piety in the sky gender policy and land reform in South Africa
Journal of Agrarian Change 3(1-2) 113-148
WEILER S amp BERNASEK A 2001 Dodging the glass ceiling Networks and the new
wave of women entrepreneurs The Social Science Journal 3885-103
WRONG DH 2007 Sociology [Web] httpencartamsncom [Date of access 2
February 2008]
ZAHRA SA IRELAND DR GUTIERREZ I amp HITT MA 2000 Privatization and
entrepreneurial transformation emerging issues and a future research agenda
130
Private Bag X6001 Potchefstroom Campus
W^P North-West University BUSINESS SCHOOL Potchefstroom
2520
Code number
APPENDIX A
QUESTIONNAIRE WOMEN ENTREPRENUERSHIP DEVELOPMENT IN
EKURHULENI
CONTACT DETAILS Ame1 Kock
Cell 082 783 0041 E-mail amekockmwebcoza
I9J NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESIT1 YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT POTCHEFSTROOM CAMPUS
WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE PLEASE NOTE
This questionnaire must only be completed by women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni District
All information will be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL and will only be used for academic purposes
Instructions for completion
1 Please answer the questions as objectively and honestly as possible 2 Place a cross (x) in the space provided at each question which reflects your answer the
most accurately Use the following key 1 = Strongly disagree 2 = Disagree 3 = Slightly disagree 4 = Neutral view 5 = Slightly agree 6 = Agree 7 = Strongly agree
Str
ongl
y di
sagr
ee
U)
0) Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
Neu
tral
view
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0)
ltD i_
lt Str
ongl
y ag
ree
B7 Ekurhuleni Municipality is assisting adequately in the needs of especially women entrepreneurs
1 2 3 4 laquo 6 7
It is essential you indicate your choice clearly with a pen
3 Where asked for comments or to express your own opinion keep answers short and to the point
4 Please answer all the questions as this will provide more information to the researcher so that an accurate analysis and interpretation of data can be made
Thank you for your co-operation We hope that you will find the questionnaire interesting and stimulating
l
SECTION A PERSONAL INFORMATION The following information is needed to help us with the statistical analysis of the data for comparisons among different businesses All your responses will be treated confidentially We appreciate your help in providing this important information
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which age group do you fall lt19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
A2 What is your marital status Single Married Divorced Widowed
(01) (02) (03) (04)
Indicate your highest academic qualification
Lower than matric
Matric
Certificate
Diploma (Technical College orTechnicon)
University degree
Postgraduate degree
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the number of children that you have
None
One (1) child
Two (2) children
Three (3) children
Four (4) children
Five (5) children
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the age of your children
No children
One (1) to five (5) years
Six (6) to 10 years
1 1 - 1 8 years
18+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
2
A5 Indicate your past experience before self-employment (occupational background)
Unemployed
Self-employed (owned a business)
Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier)
Supervisor (first-line management)
Middle management
Top (executive) management
A6 Indicate the number of years that you are self-employed
Less than one (1) year
1 -3 years
4 - 5 years
6 - 1 0 years
More than 10 years Please specify
3
SECTION B BUSINESS INFORMATION
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which industry does your business operate
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Manufacturing
Construction
Transportdistribution
Accommodation and restaurant (guest houses hotel)
Food industry
Agricultureforest ryfishing
Services (Please specify the type of service)
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
Indicate the legal status of your business (form of business ownership)
Sole proprietorship
Partnership
Close corporation
Company (private)
Company (public)
Business Trust
Not registered
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
What is the age of the business (years)
Please specify
4
B4 Indicate your path to business ownership
Started (founded) the business (01)
Purchase the business (02)
Join the family business (03)
Inherited the business (from the family) (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B5 Indicate your source of start-up funding
Personal savings (01)
Borrowed orgifted(donated) from relative or friend (02)
Householdspouse (03)
Sold previous business (04)
Bank loan (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
B6 Indicate the business premises (from where does the business operates)
From home (home-based) (01)
Central business district (CBD) (02)
Outlying business area (03)
Industrial area (03)
Agriculture land (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B7 How many permanent employees are employed by your business
Myself 2-4 5-10 11-25 26-50 51-100 101-200 200+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
gt
Indicate the turnover (annual sales) that your business generates
Less than R30 000
R30 000 - R50 000
R50 000-R100 000
R100 000-R500 000
R500 000 - R1 million
R1 million - R5 million
R5 million+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
Did you have any exposure to business in your childhood (ie partents close family friend owned a business)
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes who owned the business (Please specify - ie father mother sibling family friend close friend)
B10 Is the present business the first business that you own Yes (01)
No (02)
If no please indicate what happened to the business previously owned
Went out of business (03)
Still successful (04)
Sold of (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
6
SECTION C MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS The purpose of this section is to determine which factors drove female entrepreneurs to
enter into their own business ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block with a cross (X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee 0
W Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
MOTIVATION FOR ENTERING SELF-EMPLOYMENT OR TO START OWN BUSINESS
C1 The need for independence 2 3 4 5 6 7
C2 Need for flexible work schedule 2 3 4 5 6 7
C3 Need for a challenge 2 3 4 5 6 7
C4 Self-fulfilment 2 3 4 5 6 7
C5 To develop my hobby 2 3 4 5 6 7
C6 Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members 2 3 4 5 6 7
C7 Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C8 Difficulty finding a job 2 3 4 5 6 7
C9 Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C10 Compatibility with family duties 2 3 4 5 6 7
C11 Insufficient family income 2 3 4 5 6 7
C12 Desire for wealth 2 3 4 5 6 7
C13 Ensure high job security 2 3 4 5 6 7
C14 Entered the family business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C15 Confidence in the productservice offered 2 3 4 5 6 7
C16 Others (Please specify)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD
O) a w a S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree CD
0) i_
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
DEMOGRAPHIC ASPECTS
C17 Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C18 Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 2 3 4 5 6 7
C19 The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 2 3 4 5 6 7
C20 Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C21 Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C22 Other aspects of Ekurhuleni that motivated you in starting your business in this region
8
SECTION D OBSTACLES TOWARDS WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers has for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those barriers
still exist today The purpose of this section is to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers
that were faced by current female entrepreneurs in entering and running their own business
ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block Witha cross(X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD CD
O )
cgt
b Slig
htly
di
sagr
ee
Neu
tral
view
S
light
ly
agre
e CD CD
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) THAT INHIBIT THE FEMALE ENTREPRENEUR TO START HER OWN BUSINESS
D1 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D2 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D3 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D4 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D5 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D6 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D7 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D8 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D9 Lack of education and training (in general) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D10 Inequality of access to credit (difficultto obtain financing as a female)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D11 Lack of self-confidence 2 3 4 5 6 7
D12 Risk averse (great fear of failure) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D13 Legislative (lack of focussed women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D14 Other (Please specify)
9
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
U) m b S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree (D
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) YOU ARE FACING CURRENTLY IN RUNNING YOUR BUSINESS
D15 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D16 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D17 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D18 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D19 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D20 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D21 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D22 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D23 Liquidity and other financial problems 2 3 4 5 6 7
D24 Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D25 No timefortrainingupgrading of skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D26 Other (Please specify)
SECTION E DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF ENTREPRENEURS Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
Have you ever been trained or developed by either a government agency or the private sector
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes name the institution
Indicate the type of training that you received
Technical skills (ie hand crafting)
Communication skills
Accounting skills
Management skills
Technological skills (computers)
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
Do you know any organisation which is specifically established for women entrepreneurs
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes what is the name of that organisation
How does the organisation helps to develop women entrepreneurs in their activities (Choose one or more)
Provides education and training
Provides financial assistance
Supportsenables networking with other women entrepreneurs
Provides accessexposure to motivational speakersrole models
Provides business information
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
11
Indicate your specific needs (Choose one or more)
Financial support
Trainingknowledgeskills
Tools equipment machinery
Business advice information counselling mentoring
Marketing support
Suitable business premises
Growth Support
Technical support
Psychological support
Networking with other business owners
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity)
Legal support
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area
Other (Please specify)
THANK YOU FOR YOUR TIME
12
422 Data collection 69
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS 71
431 Age group description of respondents 71
432 Marital status of respondents 72
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
434 Number of children 74
435 Age group description of children 75
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES 77
441 Number of permanent employees 77
442 Turnover of business 78
443 Economic sector of operation 79
444 Legal status of business 81
445 Business premises 82
446 Age of business 83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP 84
451 Path to business ownership 84
452 Previous employment experience 85
453 Years self employed 86
454 Source of start-up funding 87
455 Role models 88
456 First ownership 89
46 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS 90
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors 90
462 Ekurhuleni support 93
463 Obstacles to business start-up 94
464 Obstacles currently faced in business 96
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS 98 48 SUMMARY 99
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 101
51 INTRODUCTION 101
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY 101
521 Biographical information results 102
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results 102
VI
523 Path to ownership results 102
524 Motivational factors to self employment result 102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni 103
526 Obstacles to business start-up results 103
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results 103
528 Support need results 104
53 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY 113
55 SUGGESTIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 114
56 SUMMARY 115
BIBLIOGRAPHY 117
APPENDIX A - W O M E N ENTREPRENEURSHIP QUESTIONNAIRE 131
vu
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni metropolitan
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former east Rand) region
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007I
Figure 31 Framework for the support of women entrepreneurship activity
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in
Ekurhuleni
LIST OF TABLES
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006 3
Table 21 Key labour market indicators 21
Table 22 South African projectory indicators 28
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa 32
Table 24 Small business support institutions 34
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks 37
Table 26 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics 39
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship theory 49
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurship 51
Table 41 Age group description of respondents 71
Table 42 Marital status of respondents 72
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
Table 44 Number of children of respondents 75
Table 45 Age group description of children 76
Table 46 Number of permanent employees 77
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business 79
Table 48 Economic sector of operation 80
Table 49 Legal status of business 81
Table 410 Business premises 82
Table 411 Age of business 83
Table 412 Path to business ownership 84
Table 413 Previous employment experience 85
Table 414 Years self employed 87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding 88
Table 416 Role models 89
Table 417 First ownership 90
Table 418 women entrepreneurship motivation factors 91
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support
this district is providing to their business operations 93
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up 95
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business 97
IX
Table 422 Support needs of respondents 98
x
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY
11 INTRODUCTION
In the year 2000 the largest gathering of world leaders in human history signed an agreement committing to achieve measurable improvements in the most critical areas of human development This agreement came to be called the Millennium Development Goals and it contained an important commitment to halve poverty by the year 2015 Now eight years after the Millennium Summit we better understand three important facts (United Nations 2008 1)
bull Poverty alleviation goals will not be achieved without sustainable economic growth in the developing world
bull This economic growth will rely in large part on the success of the private sector
bull Private sector development must touch all segments of the economy including the micro enterprise and SME sectors
The hypothesis that entrepreneurship is linked to economic growth finds Its most immediate foundation in simple intuition common sense and pure economic observation activities to convert ideas into economic opportunities lie at the very heart of entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a source of innovation and change and as such spurs improvements in productivity and economic competitiveness
With nearly half of its population living in conditions of extreme poverty caused by high unemployment rate the economic realities of South Africa are harsh And yet the promise of sustainable development remains bright By creating economic growth South African entrepreneurs are proving to be at the heart of that promise and a key weapon in the fight against poverty (Mboweni 2000 1)
1
No economically successful country can operate using less than half of its business
resources According to the latest labour force survey and mid year population estimates
released by Statistics South Africa women in South Africa currently make up 518
percent of South Africas adult population 439 percent of the workforce 566 percent of
the unemployed and 525 percent of the working age population (Statistics South Africa
2008 3) But unfortunately their contribution has not been adequately nurtured
Although limited research was focused on this topic in South Africa international
research has shown that women face a number of difficulties in establishing and
maintaining businesses Although most of these difficulties are common to both
genders in many cases they tend to be more significant for female entrepreneurs
(Edwards 2001 45) This is due to factors such as
bull Gender discrimination and stereotypes
bull Differences in the way women and men approach entrepreneurship
bull Difficulties in reconciling business and family obligations
bull The choice of business types and sectors
bull Information gaps
bull Lack of contacts and access to networking
Women entrepreneurship is still in its infancy in South Africa and only recently did the
government start to focus on this dynamic field of high importance The Department of
Trade and Industry (dti) has over the last few years tried to undertake a range of
initiatives to promote and support the economic empowerment of women These include
the holding of a number of conferences the establishment of the South African
Womens Empowerment Network and commissioning of studies looking at the internal
operations and external impact of both the Department of Trade and Industry and its
associated institutions from a gender perspective (Department of Trade and Industry
2008 1) Unfortunately these government activities did not shed or lighten any problems
that woman entrepreneurs are still facing today as South Africa is still not placed
favourable against other international countries in regards to entrepreneurship as
2
indicated by the 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) report (Maas amp
Herrington 2006 24)
The GEM is a research programme launched in 1999 that provides annual assessments
of the national level of entrepreneurship GEM analyses are based on a harmonised
assessment of the level of national entrepreneurial activity for the participating countries
and represent one of the rare sources of data on entrepreneurship conducive to crossshy
country comparison The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share
of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a
new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old According to the GEM
report 2006 (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) South Africa is placed 30th out of 42
participant countries as indicated in table 11 The table furthermore indicate that South
Africas position on the global ranking continues to deteriorate relative to other
participating countries This is despite improved macro-economic conditions in the
country
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006
South Africas TEA ranking
2001 14m out of 28 countries
2002 20m out of 37 countries
2003 22nd out of 31 countries
2004 20m out of 34 countries
2005 25th out of 34 countries
2006 30m out of 42 countries
Source Maas amp Herrington (200624)
Currently the global average for female entrepreneurship is standing at seven point
seven percent of the population South African women are however currently
performing at just four point eight percent (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) Almost three
percent lower than the global average indicating that considerable scope exists to
improve the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
3
Therefore a great need for a conceptual framework in the context of women entrepreneurship development must be look into This kind of framework will contribute to an unlimited advantage and sustainable growth for the South African economy
The South African National Small Business Act (1996) and National Small Business Amendment Bill (292004 2) classify micro very small small and medium-sized businesses as businesses that employ less than 200 full-time equivalent of paid employees
The focus of this study was thus small and medium-sized women owned businesses as
define above
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT
Research on women entrepreneurship remains limited in the South African context and
this has a direct influence on the formulation and implementation of policies and support
programmes that could be one of the main causes of South Africas current poor
performance in regards to female entrepreneurship activity
But in order to develop appropriate interventions to promote women entrepreneurs in
South Africa and therefore create a sustaining and entrepreneurial environment in the
country it is necessary first to understand more about them
This study will focus on enhancing the understanding of the profile of the woman entrepreneur through examining the contextual social psychological and economic factors that influence and shape the woman entrepreneur in a complex dynamic environment
Womens entrepreneurship needs to be studied separately for four main reasons
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
4
Firstly because womens entrepreneurs has been recognised during the last decade as
an important untapped source of economic growth Women creating unique solutions to
management business problems and exploitation of entrepreneurial opportunities
necessities this field of study As a result women represent a readily available pool of
potential entrepreneurial activity that countries may leverage to improve their economies
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
Secondly although without a doubt the economic impact of women is significant little
substantial research was done on this field Leaving unventured ground for further
research The topic of women in entrepreneurship has been largely neglected both in
society in general and in the social sciences (Organisation for economic co-operation
and development 2004 5)
Thirdly according to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(2004 5) not only do women participate less in entrepreneurship than men but will also
participate in entrepreneurial activities in other industries than those of their male
counterparts The industries (primarily retail education and other service industries)
chosen by women are often perceived as being less important to economic development
and growth than high-technology and manufacturing
It is thus clear that scientific research on women entrepreneurship is important to gain
knowledge on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs in order to make
recommendations
Lastly current support policies and programmes do not take into consideration the
unique needs of woman entrepreneurs sketching an unequal playing field and resulting
in a bias towards male entrepreneurs
From the worlds largest producer of gold a century ago the geographical area known
as the Ekurhuleni has become an entity of note in a globally competitive business and
industry Leaving ambient source of entrepreneurial opportunities not currently utilised to
5
full potential The study will therefore also aim to lessen this gap in the development of
women entrepreneurs in this dynamic district by developing a contextual framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship specifically in Ekurhuleni
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY
This study is based on both a primary objective and secondary objectives
131 Primary objective
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
132 Secondary objectives
In order to achieve the primary objective the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a South African context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
141 Field of the study
This study focused on the major discipline of entrepreneurship with the specific emphasis on women entrepreneurship
142 Geographical
Ekurhuleni comprised of nine towns of the former East Rand namely Greater Alberton Benoni Germiston Springs Kempton Park Edenvale Nigel Brakpan and Boksburg Refer to figure 11 for a map of the region
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
7
Ekurhuleni is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region
Ekurhuleni is a Tsonga word and can loosely be translated as the place of peace It denotes a place with plentiful opportunities for any enthusiastic entrepreneur but not to the avail of some unique challenges forfeiting by this diverse region
This study therefore determined what unique challenges specifically woman
entrepreneurs are facing while venturing into this dynamic environment
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
151 Literature study
A study of the literature involves tracing identifying and analysing documents containing information relating to the research problem (Struwig amp Stead 2001 38)The main aim of the literature study was first of all is to gain a body of knowledge regarding woman entrepreneurship and geographical aspects where after this knowledge was formulated into a comprehensive understanding of current elements associated to women entrepreneurs This understanding was utilised in the design of the questionnaire for the empirical study
Other advantages to the literature study (Struwig amp Stead 2001 39)
bull The literature study can provide a perspective on the study
bull The literature study can highlight previous investigations pertinent to the research
topic and indicate how other researchers have dealt with similar research problems
in similar situations
bull It can reveal unfamiliar sources of information
8
bull Can stimulate new ideas and approaches
bull It can provide a framework for the evaluation and assessment of future work
Various sources of secondary data including the following was studied and applied to
this study
bull Scientific journals
bull Text books
bull Reports from the Department of Trade and Industry (dti) of South Africa
bull Other dissertations and thesis on entrepreneurship
bull Statistical reports from Statistics South Africa
bull Environmental reports
Sources accessed and retrieved were used to write the literature review covering two
chapters The aim with chapter two was to provide background information to the study
in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise
development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the
South African economy
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
152 Empirical study
Empirical research activities contribute to casual understanding by investigating
relationships between scores obtained from cases on measure of concepts (Schwab
1999 3)
9
Three activities are needed to conduct empirical research
bull Measurement Measurement activities are aimed at obtaining scores on
measurement that correspond to the concepts studied
bull Research design Research design establishes procedures to obtain participants
and to determine how scores are obtained on measures
bull Analyses Analysis are performed to describe scores on single measures and
especlaWy to identify relationships that may exist between scores across different
measures
1521 Research design
The data on female-owned businesses are limited and the need for further research on female entrepreneurs has been identified as long ago as the early 1980s Most international studies on female entrepreneurs suffered from limitations that preluded their generalisation (ONeill amp Viljoen 200137)
Due to the incompleteness of current literature available on the subject of women entrepreneurship quantitative methods was utilised in combination with current available literature to formulate questions established during the study A hypothesis was therefore not formulated due to the exploratory nature of this study
As a component to the explorative nature of the study a survey of female entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni was conducted Survey research can be described as the gathering and scrutiny of responses from samples of people to polls and questionnaires that are designed to draw out their opinions attitudes and sentiments on a particular subject (Wrong 2007 1)
The survey instrument utilised in the study was a standardised questionnaire This questionnaire was administered either as interview schedule in face to face interviewing or was handed to participants to complete by themselves
10
For the purpose of the study the unit of analysis was the individual
The general mode of analysis used in this research is the one referred to as explanation building Explanation building points out that to explain a phenomenon is to stipulate a set of causal links about it In the context of approaches such as these sets of causal links are typically seen as being among the basic elements of a theoretical framework (Campbell 2004 22)
1522 Sampling frame
The sampling frame can be defined as the list of ultimate sampling entities and must be representative of the population and this is a question outside the scope of statistical theory demanding the judgment of experts in the particular subject matter being studied (Bartlett Kotrlik amp Higgins 2001 44)
The sampling frame identified for this study included all women entrepreneurs that owned small and medium-size businesses in Ekurhuleni This could include women entrepreneurs in the start-up phase of their respective business as well as established businesses owned by women
1523 Sampling method
The unavailability of a women owned business database in Ekurhuleni prompted this
review to make use of a hybrid mix of two types of sampling methods for this study
Firstly a convenience sampling method was chosen due to the accessibility and articulation of the sampling frame as well as the sufficiently homogeneous (similar) universe
Secondly Snowball sampling is a special non-probability method used when the desired
sample characteristic is rare While this technique can dramatically lower search costs it
11
comes at the expense of introducing bias because the technique itself reduces the
likelihood that the sample will represent a good cross section from the population
1524 Questionnaire design
The realm of survey research includes concepts and strategies that enable the researcher to accumulate data concerning the attitudes opinions and knowledge of a population or sample
One of the most potent survey research tools is the questionnaire which can be administered directly by telephone through the mail or used as structure in a face to face interview Because a questionnaire allows a researcher to gather data conveniently from large samples it is a useful tool to collect and analyse data from groups that may be affected by changes in professional practice or education
Unfortunately many questionnaires contain major flaws that render them incomprehensible to respondents or do not collect the intended data If a questionnaire is incomprehensible to the recipient it is unlikely to be returned a questionnaire that does not gather valid information does not allow the researcher to address the research problem being studied
A researchers attention to several fundamental principles for developing a questionnaire
greatly enhances the likelihood that valid and reliable data will be gathered
Generally the term validity refers to the ability of an instrument to measure actually what the researcher intends to measure Reliability refers to the consistency of a questionnaire in gathering data Optimally each time an individual responds to an item he or she should choose the same response Thus carefully developed questionnaires tend to gather data that accurately represent the knowledge attitudes or opinions of the respondents and address the researchers research problem
12
As a tool to collect data the questionnaire has advantages and limitations that must be taken into account
The main advantages of using a questionnaire are the following
bull Data are gathered economically because the cost for each completed response is low
bull Distributional flexibility is provided because the questionnaire can be sent almost anywhere
bull Data can be gathered from a large number of subjects
bull The data gathered can be standardised especially if an item requires a response from a group of choices provided by the researcher
bull The process is time efficient because it generally involves less of the researchers time to gather data in comparison with an equivalent number of interviews
The main limitations of a questionnaire are the following
bull The subjects motivation while completing a questionnaire is unknown
bull Data cannot be gathered from subjects who are illiterate
bull The researcher must assume all subjects have sufficient knowledge to complete the
questionnaire
bull The researcher must assume that all subjects are willing to answer all questions
bull All subjects who receive questionnaires may not complete and return them
bull Questionnaires do not allow follow-up questions such as an interviewer may pose to
clarify a given response
bull Although each subject receives the same items in a questionnaire test conditions
cannot be standardised
bull Subjects may not interpret items contained in a questionnaire in the same manner
Perceptions of what an item asks may differ
13
After carefully reviewing the advantages and limitations of using a questionnaire for a
particular study a researcher must decide if the advantages outweigh the limitations
Keeping the above advantages and disadvantages in mind this review followed the
below nine step plan in the questionnaire design process
bull Step one (1) Identify the problem to be studied
bull Step two (2) Translate the problem into a testable form
bull Step three (3) Determine what data must be collected and analysed
bull Step four (4) Identify sources where data can be obtained
bull Step five (5) Describe how data will be gathered
bull Step six (6) Decide on input method
bull Step seven (7) Construct questionnaire in an understandable format
bull Step eight (8) Verification of questionnaire
bull Step nine (9) Distribution
The questionnaire design was two folded This review made use of selection based
questions where more than one answer could be marked Another method employed
was the use of a seven point Likert scale
In the arena of social sciences Likert scale is a popular instrument to measure
constructs such as attitudes images and opinions To facilitate data analysis each
response category on the scale is generally assigned successively an integer value The
questionnaire requests respondents to specify their level of agreement to each of a list
of statements
1525 Verification of questionnaires
The questionnaire was pretested by fellow students at the Potchefstroom Business
School to test the accuracy precision and statistical usefulness of the questionnaire
prior to study
14
After the completion of the pretest a pilot phase was conducted by selecting women
entrepreneurs from a target population and simulates the procedures and protocol that will take place during the actual study The questionnaire was adapted accordance to any problems accounted during the verification process
1526 Distribution of questionnaires
Various options for questionnaire distribution are available to researches Questionnaire can be distributed either by post e-mail fax or directly delivered to participants This review made use of e-mail and direct delivery as to reduce the time frame for returns
1527 Data analysis
Descriptive statistics was used to obtain baseline data Data from questionnaires was coded The data collected were statistically analysed using Statistica (Statsoft 2008) Advanced statistical procedures were utilised to investigate and transform data to useful outputs such as frequency tables These frequency tables were used to make conclusions and provide recommendations to the development of the women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni
16 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY
This review has identified the following limitations of the study
bull The primary limitations of the study were possible threats to internal validity through (1) size of the sample (2) lack of randomisation The findings of this research can thus not be generalised to all women-owned enterprises in Ekurhuleni South Africa or the world
bull Academic articles on women business owners are still rare and mainstream entrepreneurship journals pay little attention to gender issues The discrepancy
15
between achievements in business ownership and lack of attention to them poses a
paradox
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY
The figure below depicts a simplified process through which this research will
predicatively flow It began with a choice of a broad research area progressed through
the formulation of a well defined and delimited research problem and the development of
an appropriate methodology This step will follow with the research proposal
Note the two headed arrows between each stage of the process indicating the cyclical nature of research planning After each step is completed it might be necessary to alter or rework previous steps to supply structure to the study
The research study is divided into six chapters
Chapter 1 Nature and scope of the study
Chapter 1 serves to orientate the reader to a paradigm perspective to the study This
chapter includes aspects such as the problem statement objectives of the study scope
of the study research methodology limitations of the study and the layout of the study
Chapter 2 and 3 Literature review
These chapters forms part of the literature review from which the research problem was
developed
The aim with chapter two is to provide background information to the study in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the South African economy
16
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
IDEA OR BROAD TOPIC AREA x WELL DEFINED AND DELIMITED RESEARCH PROBLEM
RESEARCH PROPOSAL
TMPERICAL STUDY
X HPR(
X t
TER2and3)
DATA COLLECTION
SAMPLING DESIGN
vfhL V
B^^^^Ji^^lWETATIIOfCsectlaquot^5)
Source Botha (2006)
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
17
Chapter 4 Results and discussion of empirical research
In chapter four a full exposition of the research design and analysis is offered This
empirical research chapter contains the following topics questionnaire design study
population gathering of data presentation of results and discussion of findings
The main purpose of the empirical research chapter is to display the findings in a clear and accessible manner The researcher made use of tables to illustrate the findings
Chapters Conclusions and recommendations
The body of information in this chapter portrays the following topics the conclusion recommendations achievement of the objectives and suggestions for further research
18
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION
According to Zahra Ireland Gutierrez and Hitt (2000 518) much has been discussed and written about the need for entrepreneurial development as an important force for economic development The reality is however that entrepreneurship as a possible economic activity is still not well recognised and poorly supported (Hitt Dacin Levitas Arregle amp Borza 2000 453)
Revivo-Steiner (2006 1) indicates that research findings have shown a high positive correlation between the level of national womens entrepreneurial activity and growth in Gross Domestic Product (GDP) suggesting that countries that are successful in promoting entrepreneurship among women could experience a positive impact on economic growth rates A refreshing new approach to entrepreneurship by women emphasises relative advantages of women and how they can be leveraged into entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a dynamic field particularly as it relates to the experience of women entrepreneurs (Kouriloff 2000 60)
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 10) are of the opinion that in common with other developed economies the number of women starting up new businesses in South Africa far exceeds the number of men Since the 1970s more women especially married women have become involved in the full-time workforce With the overall growth in the number of women in full-time work there has been a commensurate increase in the number of women starting their own businesses and hence an increase in the number of potential women entrepreneurs (Department of Trade and Industry (dti) 2001 2) The purpose of this literature study is to embed a research setting as to emphasise the need for the current study
19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Since the advent of democracy in 1994 South Africas economy has been undergoing
tremendous structural transformation The 2008 Organisation for Economic Coshy
operation and Development (OECD) economic survey focused entirely on this economic
metamorphosis and a number of broad factor changes have been isolated in the report
The OECD (2008 2) is of the opinion that before 1994 the economy was wracked by
long years of internal conflict and external sanctions Post 1994 brought forward an era
of considerable government populism in an effort to boost short term growth According
to the OECD (2008 2) this has resulted in public finances being stabilised inflation was
brought down foreign capital was attracted in growing amounts and economic growth
improved greatly
221 South African employment
Despite this macroeconomic prudence which has fostered fiscal and external
sustainability the OECD (2008 3) is of the opinion that some very serious weaknesses
in the economic record to date persist especially as regards to unemployment
inequality and poverty
Levels of poverty and unemployment in South Africa are critically high despite the
countrys status as an upper middle income country According to Mohr and Fourie
(2000 121) unemployment is arguably the most important and vexing problem facing
the South African economy and its governance The problem is that the economy is
currently unable to absorb productively all the current labour force or all the increment to
the labour force The public and private sectors have also been shedding labour in
response to economic imperatives of the domestic and global circumstances (Koller
2006 6) Accordingly more and more people are taking the route to informal sector
entrepreneurship (Mahadea 2008 5) As unemployment causes the unemployed to
20
suffer mental and physical hardship it poses a serious threat to social and political
stability (Mohr amp Fourie 2000 121)
In its starkest terms the issue of unemployment is depicted in Table 21 The latest
Quarterly Labour Force Survey (QLFS) conducted by Statistics South Africa released
in August 2008 measured the unemployment rate at 231 percent Out of a population of
30 705 000 (15-64 years) the labour force was measured at 17 844 000 Employment
stood at 13 729 000 and not economically active participants at 12 861 000 (Statistics
South Africa (QLFS) 2008 3)
Table 21 Key labour market indicators
April - June 2008
Thousands
Population 15-64 years 30 705
Labour force 17 844
Employed 13 729
Formal sector (Non-agriculture) 9415
Informal sector (Non-agriculture) 2340
Agriculture 790
Private households 1185
Unemployed 4114
Not economically active 12861
Discouraged work-seekers 1079
Other (not economically active) 11783
Rate () Unemployment rate 231
Employedpopulation ratio (Absorption) 447
Labour force participation rate 581
Source Statistic South Africa (2008 7)
21
Unemployment in South Africa was not always so high At the time of democratic
transition in 1994 unemployment was substantially lower than it is today (Banerjee
Galiani Levinsohn McLaren amp Woolard 2007 3) Banerjee et al (2007 3) state that
unemployment was fairly low through the 1970s although data limitations prelude
certainty They also indicated that during a nationally representative survey conducted
just before the 1994 transition the unemployment was measured at 13 percent By the
end of the decade unemployment jumped to 30 percent before starting to decline
slightly
Frey (2006 1) are of the opinion that taking in consideration that it is a middle-income
developing country two aspects of South Africas employment trends are striking
bull The first relates to the small and declining proportion of public sector employment
Public sector employment has shrunk as a result of governments restrictive fiscal
stance as well as its desire to improve efficiency in the public service In terms of its
fiscal stance the South African government has sought to release funds from current
to capital expenditure Moving away from a very substantial personnel budget
towards greater investment in infrastructure
bull The second unusual feature is the small proportion of non-formal employment The
non-formal economy does appear to have grown quite substantially since the mid-
1990s but has stagnated since 2000 and that the dynamics underpinning the growth
of the non-formal economy are poorly understood
222 South African economy trajectory
It is important to begin by outlying the character of South Africas economic development
trajectory during the past 50 years as this provides the context within which the demand
for labour and its skill composition is determined This trajectory analysis should
however be approach with caution due to several factors
22
bull Labour market data in South Africa is cause of some concern Data collected during
Apartheid and in the early post-apartheid period are problematic for various reasons
such as differing sampling non-coverage of former homelands1 in some surveys and
small samples (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
bull Kingdon and Knight (2005 2) explains further that the comparability of the data over
time is undermined both by changing questions between the various surveys
particularly as between the October Household Surveys (OHS) and Labour Force
Survey (LFS) and according to Casale and Posel (2002 170) by changes in the
way employment and unemployment are derived from the questions in the different
surveys
bull Another controversy in regards to unemployment data that are also needed to be
mentioned are the fact that because population estimates change at every census a
re-estimation of recent statistics need to be done after each five year revision of the
weights that have cause differences in the data (Chandra amp Nganou 2001 14) The
definition of the informal sector has also changed in 1997 also leading to differences
in data making comparability difficult (Devey Skinner amp Valodia 2002 5)
bull Lastly labour market data display some inexplicable large fluctuations For instance
employment figures rise sharply (by 104 percent) in a single year between 1998 and
1999 employment in subsistence agriculture rose and dipped over 1999- 2001 and
there are large fluctuations from year to year in the numbers employed in the
informal sector on a comparable definition between 1997 and 2002 (Bhorat 2002 5)
It is thus hazardous to make categorical statements about labour market changes over
time in South Africa This hazard is somewhat reduced if one takes a longer term view
than to look at year-on-year changes Nevertheless the purpose of this review is
intended not to be seen as an accurate reflection of specific labour market numbers but
rather as a description of broad labour market trends (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
23
223 Reasons for unemployment
In the case of the South African economy voluminous research was conducted in regard to the reasons for the high unemployment currently straining the country (Lewis 2002 733 Edwards 2001 48 Bhorat amp Hodge 1999 362 Devey etai 2002 6 Mayer amp Altman 2005 45) Therefore this review will attempt to briefly touch on certain elements of this research by looking into the trajectory development of the South African economy
Mayer and Altman (2005 45) are of the opinion that the primary cause of unemployment in South Africa is the capital-intensity that historically characterized the minerals economy and globalisation more recently Altman (2001 314) states that resource extraction has been the central driver of South Africas economic development Ostensson and Uwizeye-Mapendano (2000 4) argue that as a minerals economy South Africas industrial development has been driven by all the attendant complications associated with a resource curse
In general minerals economies tend to grow and experience structural shifts more slowly than non-minerals exporters (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34) These economies also tend to have a more capital-intensive structure of production This is explained by a number of characteristics that are common to these economies
Edwards (2001 45) are of the opinion that most developing countries go through a phase of low-wage low-productivity manufacturing development that has the impact of mopping up the labour surplus The pattern of development experienced by labour surplus developing economies usually follows a familiar path where underproductive labour moves off the farms and into labour-intensive manufacturing traded sectors (Lewis 2002 731) As there is a labour surplus wages are low and the sectors can therefore be highly competitive internationally Lewis (2002 731) goes further by explaining that only once there is a tighter labour market do wages begin to rise and the economy moves into the development of more capital and skill intensive industries and
24
the emphasis on labour-intensive traded sectors is a necessary step in an economy that
is capital and foreign exchange constrained
Altman (2001 314) is of the opinion that the more successful newly industrialised countries are those that simultaneously invested in human capital development so that the skills base developed alongside these structural shifts
In contrast minerals economies such as South Africa tend to leapfrog from the resource
base into the development of heavy and chemicals industries bypassing the
development stage of labour intensive manufacturing and this is made possible by the
large surpluses generated from resource extraction (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34)
Devey et al (2006 6) goes further by explaining that consequently the mass creation of jobs in labour intensive traded sectors is less viable in a context of high domestic cost structures Overvalued exchange rates caused by minerals exports earnings render labour intensive agricultural and manufactured exports uncompetitive Job creation is not a requirement of manufacturing development as it is in developing economies that do not have ready access to capital and foreign exchange (Devey et alr 2006 6)
Lewis (2002 733) is therefore of the opinion that the benefits of the minerals economy
do not tend to spread widely and high levels of income inequality and unemployment
result since heavy and chemicals industries are capital intensive and that domestic
demand may not expand as much as in other economies
Altman (2001 314) explains that in accordance with the experience of other minerals economies South Africa bypassed the phase of development where large numbers of workers are absorbed into low-cost low-skill labour-intensive traded goods sectors and that therefore the low growth and high levels of unemployment that characterize the economy today are the consequence of a minerals economy
25
Another reason for the high unemployment according to Klasen and Woolard (1999
300) might be due to Apartheid policies The Apartheid policies persistent legacy serve
to amplify this path dependence and that the apartheid legacy also leaves low rates of
economic participation and significant skills gaps in its wake They further argues that
unemployment continues to rise despite the positive relation between GDP and
employment and that this is explained partly by the relatively slow rate of GDP growth
Another reason might also be the dramatic increase in the number of people seeking
employment in the post-apartheid era This has widened the gap between labour force
entry and the ability of the economy to create jobs
Samson (2000 8) is of the opinion that in light of the relatively large output and
employment multipliers associated with government capital expenditure limited growth
in actual and planned expenditure has dampened potential growth and employment
creation and therefore the inability of the economy to absorb labour at the required
scale
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 15) argue that the jobs losses have been less a result of
import penetration and more related to technology and process adaptation and changing
forms of work organization leading to subcontracting of non-core activities
According to Edwards (2001 65) growing trade has also had the impact of shifting the
economy towards a higher skills composition in the demand for labour In the traded
sectors the demand for lower skill labour has fallen in the context of a very large
oversupply therefore in contrast the demand for higher skill labour has risen in the
context of a severe skills shortage
Banerjee et al (2007 3) concluded in their study that the increase in unemployment
could have been due to structural changes in the economy in the resent years resulting
in a new equilibrium unemployment rate or to negative shocks that had a temporarily
increasing effect on unemployment
26
While South Africas problems are difficult and multi-faceted a combination of sound
macroeconomic policies with structural policies aimed at enhancing entrepreneurship
appear to be most promising to unleash the enormous potential of South-Africas labour
force and address social ambitions within the framework of a strongly growing economy
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship
The development of entrepreneurship is the focus of considerable policy interest in
South Africa and many other countries of the world (Walker 2003 113) This is
particularly in recognition of its contribution to economic growth poverty alleviation and
employment
But amidst all this resent attention studies shows that South Africa is still doing poorly in
comparison to other emerging economies in terms of entrepreneurial activity and
development
There are various strands in the empirical literature on entrepreneurship and economic growth using different measures of entrepreneurial activity (United Nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) For instance while one strand of empirical studies measures entrepreneurship in terms of the relative share of economic activity accounted for by small firms other studies use data on self-employment the number of market participants (competition) or firm start-ups as an indicator of entrepreneurial activities (Carree amp Thurik 2002 16)
The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old (United nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) The primary measure of entrepreneurship used by GEM is the Total Early-Stage Entrepreneurial Activity (TEA) index The TEA index measures the
27
percentage of individuals between the ages of 18 and 64 years that are involved in starting a new business The TEA index consists of two different phases namely
bull The start-up phase (businesses between 0 and 3 months)
bull New firm businesses (businesses between periods of 3-42 months)
The GEM study does not focus on established businesses (businesses older than 42 months)
In the seven years in which South Africa has participated in this research initiative it has
consistently emerged that it has a low level of early stage entrepreneurial activity nearly
half that of the average of the 40 emerging economy countries which participate
Data from previous GEM studies also indicated that TEA rates for most countries do not
change significantly over time The TEA rates for South African have also not changed
significantly over the years (see Table 22)
Table 22 South African projectory TEA rates
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 TEA 43 62 41 51 50 50
Source Maas and Herrington (200715)
For the TEA rates to be significantly different from one year to another massive
changes in the macro environment must occur which is clearly not the case in South
Africa (Maas amp Herrington 2007 15)
28
Many researchers have questioned whether South Africa should be concerned about its TEA rates According to Maas and Heirington (2007 15) the following reasons could explain the projectory low TEA rates of South Africa
bull South Africa has a dual-logic economy which might have an influence on the TEA rating On the one side there is a highly developed economic sector and on the other side one struggling for survival
bull Although the TEA rates are lower when compared with the averages of different
categories of countries it can again be influenced by the dual-logic nature of the
economy and that a lower TEA rate is not necessarily a sign that nothing is
happening in a country It can also be a good indication
Any government interested in boosting economic prosperity should be interested in
promoting the entrepreneurial dynamic of its country Adult women represent a readily
available pool of potential entrepreneurs that countries can leverage to improve their
economies (Botha 2006149)
The 2006 GEM report specifically focus on the importance of developing women
entrepreneurship in any country Maas and Herrington (2006 14) indicated in their 2006
report that the global average for female entrepreneurship was standing on 772 of the
population where South African women were however performing at just 483 this is
289 lower than the global average There is therefore considerable scope to improve
the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME)
In South Africa various new strategies and institutions have been created recently with a view to empower formerly disadvantaged members to enter the mainstream economy as entrepreneurs rather than job seekers In parallel to and as part of this shift there has been the emergence of the micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) sector as a
29
significant component in economic development and employment (Richardson Howarth
ampFinnegan 2004 16)
SMMEs and entrepreneurship are fast becoming the dominant form of business
ventures in developing economies Especially on the African continent with high
unemployment rates people are turning toward informal and formal small business in
order to sustain their livelihood (De Klerk amp Havenga 2004 1)
According to Niewenhuizen and Kroon (2003 300) the South African small- micro- and
medium-sized enterprise (SMME) economy has been actively promoted since 1995
Some significant ratios and trends about the dynamics of the small enterprise sector in
South Africa can be seen in the Department of Trade and Industrys review of ten years
of small business support in South Africa report 1994 - 2004 (Department of Trade and
Industry (dti) 2004 4)
bull Combining formal and informal sector activities the small enterprise sector includes
about 95 of all enterprises in South Africa
bull On the basis of the most inclusive categorisation (covering non VAT-registered firms
and those regularly operating in the informal sector) there are currently between 18-
million and 25-million small enterprises in South Africa This number probably
doubled over the past 10 years which is equivalent to a seven percent increase in
numbers per year If we include rural subsistence agricultural activities the size of
this sector can grow by a further 15-million to 25-million even though average
income levels of that segment are very low
bull If we adjust gross domestic product (GDP) values to incorporate informal sector
value-added the small enterprise sector of South Africa contributes about 45 to
50 to the GDP with the share probably rising very slowly The other half is
contributed by large enterprises and the public sector
30
Despite voluminous research however there is still little clarity about the extent to which South Africas SMMEs and entrepreneurship contribute to poverty alleviation economic growth or international competitiveness
Berry Blottnitz Cassim Kesper Rajaratnam and Van Seventer (2002 3) list the following contributions of SMMEs
bull SMMEs are generally more labour-intensive than larger firms and hence have a
higher labour absorption capacity
bull SMMEs as enterprises have some economic roles to fulfil They contribute to the
countrys national product by either manufacturing goods of value or through the
provision of services to both consumers andor other enterprises
bull From an economic perspective enterprises are not just suppliers but also consumers which have an important role to play if they are able to position themselves in a market with purchasing power their demand for industrial or consumer goods will stimulate the activity of their suppliers just as their own activity is stimulated by the demands of their clients Demand in the form of investment plays a dual role both from a demand-side (with regard to the suppliers of industrial goods) and on the supply-side (through the potential for new production arising from upgraded equipment) In addition demand is important to income-generation potential of SMMEs and their ability to stimulate the demand for both consumption and capital goods
232 Government strategy
Unfortunately there is currently little clarity on how SMMEs fit within the industrial policy framework and other objectives of government Some attempts were initiated by government in resent years A strategy was outlined in a White paper by the Department of Trade and Industry in 1995 entitled A National Strategy for the Development of Small Business in South Africa (May 1995) A year later the National Small Business
31
Act was passed by Parliament which provided for the institutions to implement this
strategy (South Africa 1996 377)
The National Small Business Act divides SMMEs into the following categories
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa
Category of SMME
Description
Survivalist enterprises
bull Operates in the informal sector of the economy bull Mainly undertaken by unemployed persons bull Income generated below the poverty line providing minimum means to
keep the unemployed and their families alive bull Little capital invested not much assets bull Not much training bull Opportunities for growing the business very small
Micro enterprises
bull Between one to five employees usually the owner and family
raquo Informal no license formal business premises labour legislation raquo Turnover below the VAT registration level of R300 000 peryear bull Basic business skills and training
bull Potential to make the transition to a viable formal small business
Very small enterprise
raquo Part of the formal economy
Use technology raquo Less than 10 paid employees raquo Include self-employed artisans (electricians plumbers) and professionals
Small enterprise raquo 1 1 - 5 0 employees raquo More established than very small enterprises formal and registered raquo fixed business premises raquo Owner managed but more complex management structure
Medium enterprise
51 - 2 0 0 employees
Still mainly owner managed but decentralised management structure with division of labour Operates from fixed premises with all formal requirements
Note Women represent approximately 56 percent of the survivalist company category 38 percent of micro-enterprises with no employees and 15 percent of micro-enterprises with 1-4 employees
Source South African Government (2008)
32
Small business can also be divided between established formal SMMEs in predominantly urban settings and emerging SMME economy situated in townships informal settlements and rural areas According to the White paper by far the largest sector is the survivalist enterprise sector This implies that most people are active in the informal sector where they have little institutional support
The governments national small business strategy seeks to address the following
common problems faced by SMMEs (South African Government Information 20081)
bull An unfavourable legal environment
bull Lack of access to markets and procurement
bull Lack of access to finance and credit
bull Low skills levels
bull Lack of access to information
bull Shortage of effective supportive institutions
The White paper and Act sets out the objectives of our SMME development policy as (South Africa 1996377)
bull Alleviating poverty by making it possible for poor people to generate income to meet
basic needs
bull Reducing poverty through employment creation
bull Redistribution of wealth income and opportunities
bull Contributing to economic growth by improving innovation and thus competitiveness
The Act provided the foundation for the establishment of the institutions listed in the table 23 below to support small businesses
33
Table 24 Small business support institutions
Institution Services Target
Centre for Small Business Promotion
This is a Chief directorate in the DTI responsible for policy and coordinashytion of support programmes for SMMEs It also mobilises funds and supervises the establishment of new institutions
Ntsika Enterprise Promotion Agency
Provides non-financial support such as mentoring programmes business advice help with government tenders and technology support to small enterprises through bull Local business service centres
(LBSC) bull Tender Advice Centres (TACs)
Targets survivalist micro and very small enterprises Majority of the LBSCs focus on start-up business targeting unemployed women and youth
Khula Provides access to finance through bull Khula Credit Guarantee Scheme
- provide guarantee products to banks
bull Other institutions and NGOs referred to as Retail Finance Intermediaries (RFIs) which borrow from Khula to make loans to SMMEs
bull Khula-Start access to micro credit in rural areas
Mainly targets very small small and medium enterprises Have two small programmes forthe survivalist and micro sector
IMAMAC Two key programmes bull Manufacturing advisory centres
(MACs) providing support for small scale manufacturing businesses
bull Business Referral and Information Network (BRAIN) -information and a help line
The MACs are mainly for small and medium more formal businesses BRAIN forthe entire spectrum of SMMEs
34
Instftution Services Target
Provincial SMME desks
To provide a one-stop information centre to SMMEs and developing enabling government policy to support SMMEs in each province Activities of the SMME desks include (though not in all provinces)
bull Keeping data bases of SMMEs in the province
bull Developing SMME orientated procurement and sub-contracting policies for provincial government
bull Targeted support programmes forHDIs women contractors tourism entrepreneurs smallmicro manufacturers
Land Bank Finance agricultural businesses From small to large scale farmers
Industrial Development Corporation
Supports and funds various industrial development programmes
Predominantly large scale projects but some small to medium enterprises Has a specific BEE mandate
National Empowerment Corporation
Funded by government it provides funding for black economic empowerment ventures
Large but also small and medium enterprises
Source South African Government (2008)
As part of the National Skills Development Strategy the Sector Education and Training
Authorities (SETAs) are also supposed to develop programmes that help develop small
businesses in their respective sectors
There are a number of other parastatals which also support small businesses though
mainly at the upper end of the spectrum These include
bull Independent Development Corporation (IDC) tourism development venture capital
low interest empowerment and emerging entrepreneur schemes
bull South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) through its missing links programme
provide quality assistance and awareness to SMMEs
35
bull Centre for Science and Industrial Research (CSIR) product improvement and
manufacturing assistance to SMMEs through their National Manufacturing Centre
The institutions and organisations mentioned above also provide a wide range of business management support services to entrepreneurs and small enterprises such as (South African Government Information 2008 1)
bull Developing business plans
bull Doing market research
bull Managing a small business
bull Legal requirements of small businesses
bull Marketing
bull Business development
bull Advice on government tender processes
The national small business strategy since its inception sought to target women However women continue to make up the bulk of the survivalist sector of SMMEs and of the poor During the last decade a number of organisations and institutions were established by and for women entrepreneurs Table 24 refers to a number of such organisations
These support programmes however have not achieved their objectives if judged against the number of SMMEs that utilise them Rogerson (2004 212) estimate that a mere 6 of SMMEs and entrepreneurs utilise support programmes and argue that this is due to distrust of external agencies among SMMEs and incapacity to raise awareness about their existence and efficiency Moreover the poor coordination of service providers results in a replication of services and clustering of institutions in urban areas (Ntsika 19994)
36
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks
South African Women Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) -launched July 2001
SAWEN identifies the origin of women entrepreneurs problems as bull Gender-despite the fact that women-owned enterprises are contributing an
increasing share to national revenue they are generally perceived to lack the capacity of their male equivalents
bull Size - Nearly all women-owned enterprises belong to the lower end of the SMME category being either very small or micro sized companies Men are predominant in the more lucrative sectors Approximately 70 percent of informal businesses in South Africa are ownedcontrolled by women
SAWEN seeks to affiliate all women enterprise groups co-operatives organisations and initiatives in to a national umbrella body that will represent and articulate the aspirations of all women entrepreneurs (potential and existing) that operate within the South African SMME sector as well as lobby for their support needs It also seeks to target rural women Since its launch in 2001 it has established a number of provincial chapters
Women in Oil and Energy in South Africa (WOESA)-launched March 2002
Facilitates the participation of women in business ventures in the oil gas and other energy sectors
Technology for Women in Business (TW1P)
Aimed at enhancing the accessibility of science and technology to women in business in particular SMMEs It is a national programme under the auspices of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) The CSIR as contracted by DTI acts as an agent for DTI to implement the TWIB programme
South African Women in Construction -launched August 1999
Promotion and advancement of women in construction of education and contribution to the betterment of the construction industry and the enhancement of the entrepreneurial development of women-owned enterprises in construction
Source South African Government (2008)
37
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI
241 Ekurtiuleni demographic
The Metropolitan Municipality of Ekurtiuleni was established in 2000 and covers a vast
area for approximately 45 kilometres from west to east and for 55 kilometres from north
to south covering an area of approximately 26421 square kilometres (EMM 2007 4)
This large area is divided for administrative efficacy into the Northern Southern and Eastern Service Delivery Regions (SDRs) and is one of six Metropolitan Municipalities resulting from the restructuring of local government (refer to figure 21)
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former East Rand) region
r-4 gt J i
^ Hampton Park
J i
j Northern Ragioi
tmdashJ 0 Johannesburg _ pound International v
y trade trade Airport
I Bedrordview
bull
bull Bonon 1 GetmMon bullgt
Boksburg m Bnkpan 1
i Springs
Alberton J Eaitem Region
J Southern Region 1 ff ^
(f Nigallaquo
^
(f Nigallaquo
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
38
I
The former local administrations of nine towns in the East Rand - Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan EdenvaleLethabong Germiston Kempton ParkTembisa Nigel and Springs -were amalgamated into the new Metropolitan Municipality along with two other councils - the Kyalami Metropolitan Council and the Eastern Gauteng Services Council It is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents as replicated in Table 25
Table 25 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics
Key Statistics (2007 estimates) Ekurhuleni Gauteng National Region area (sq km) 2642 1 16975 1 1221246
Population 2534180 8845741 46710858
Population density (nr of people persq km) 959 521 38
Economically active population (as of total pop) 53 53 39
No of households 787040 2731869 12144712
Average household income (Rand current prices) 88025 115817 70326
Annual per capita income (Rand current prices) 27338 35768 18284
Gini coefficient 057 060 064
Formal sector employment estimates 679213 3156772 9058793
Informal sector employment estimates 84249 362647 1699327
Unemployment rate (expanded definition) 40 35 41
Percentage of persons in poverty 27 27 46
Poverty gap (R million) 974 3251 3 32960
Human development index (HDI) 067 069 059
Index of Buying power (IBP) 008 034 100
Economic output in 2003 (R million current prices) 84000 416562 1100929
Share of economic output (GVA of SA in current prices)
76 378 100
Economic output in 2003 (R1 million constant 1995 prices)
48074 236846 619790
Share of Economic output (GVA of SA in constant 1995 prices)
78 382 100
Economic growth performance 1996-2003 (GVA growth pa constant 1995 prices)
24 37 25
Source Ekurhuleni metropolitan municipality (20075)
39
Ekurhuleni constitutes 56 of the national population and makes up 28 of Gautengs population The population density is approximately 1 250 people per km2 making Ekurhuleni one of the most densely populated areas in the country and province By comparison population density in Gauteng is 513 people per km2 and 38 people per km2 in the country
The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region (EMM 2007 9)
242 Ekurhuleni economics
The Ekurhuleni Metropolitan economy is larger and more diverse than that of many of the smaller countries in Africa including all the countries in Southern Africa It accounts for nearly a quarter of the Gauteng economy which in turn contributes over a third of the national GDP Ekurhuleni contributes seven percent to the countrys spending power and seven percent to the nations production In most respects per capita income unemployment poverty average wages and other indicators of human development - it is similar to the rest of Gauteng (EMM 2007 9)
However there is one important structural difference many of the plants for production of goods and commodities are located in Ekurhuleni Manufacturing in Ekurhuleni accounts for just under 20 of the GDP of Gauteng In Ekurhuleni itself manufacturing accounts for some 28 of total production
Because of the largest concentration of industry in the whole of South Africa (and in Africa) Ekurhuleni is often referred to as Africas Workshop (EMM 2007 9) The downside of the manufacturing sector is that globalisation has a definitive impact on the structure of production and on the demand for labour Ekurhuleni although not benefiting from direct capital investments as a result of the automotive sector developments in the country continues to play the role of the workshop of the economy
40
with production of structural steel and fabricated metal products serving as inputs into other areas economies
Despite the area historically being one of the largest producers of gold the major
economic sectors now include manufacturing wholesale and trade energy and
services and finance with manufacturing and industry in Ekurhuleni comprising 40 of
all activity in the Province Mining contributes only 2 to Ekurhuleni economy (EMM
2007 4)
Annual economic growth in Ekurhuleni has recorded a pickup in the period 1998 to
2003 and has been almost double the rate of the national manufacturing growth rate
The economically active population is 52 compared to 38 nationally Household
income and per capita income exceed the national average by 10 and 33
respectively The percentage of people living in poverty nationally is 49 compared to
29 in Ekurhuleni (EMM 2007 4)
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure
Ekurhuleni has a network of roads airports rail lines telephones electricity grids and telecommunications that rivals that of Europe and America - a first world infrastructure supporting a well established industrial and commercial complex Ekurhuleni can in fact be regarded as the transportation hub of the country The municipality is home to the OR Thambo International Airport the busiest airport in Africa and services the entire continent and links to major cities throughout the world Similarly many of the worlds leading airlines fly into the OR Thambo Airport Some 14 million passengers pass through this airport each year In addition a number of smaller domestic airlines connect the OR Thambo Airport with cities throughout South Africa (EMM 2007 4)
South Africas largest railway hub is in Ekurhuleni [Germiston] and links the city to all the major population centres and ports in the Southern African region
41
A number of South Africas modern freeways and expressways connect Ekurhuleni to
other cities and provinces The Maputo corridor development South Africas most
advanced spatial development initiative connects Ekurhuleni with Mozambiques capital
and largest Indian Ocean port Direct rail road and air links connect Ekurhuleni to
Durban South Africas largest and busiest port
During the period 1995 to 2005 the Gauteng government made strategic investments in
upgrading some of the ageing road networks linked to the industrial hub to promote the
movement of goods and services The Blue IQ projects situated within Ekurhuleni
include the Wadeville-Alrode Industrial Corridor with linkages to the largest logistical
hub the City Deep Container terminal the planned Gautrain rapid rail link to
Johannesburg and Tshwane and the OR Thambo Industrial Development Zone [IDZ]
The latter aims to cluster light manufacturing more especially in beneficiation and to
develop an aero space park The EMMs annual budget is in the region of R11 billion of
which plusmnR1 billion is being budgeted annually for capital projects in line with the priorities
set in the Integrated Development Plan [IDP] The bulk of this expenditure is dedicated
to upgrading facilities and infrastructure backlogs (EMM 2007 9)
The three major land cover classes are natural untransformed areas cultivated land and
urban residential zones as presented in figure 22
42
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007
Transformed (industrial)
Transformed (commercial)mdash-
2
Transformed (urban)
27
Transformed (cuftivatjon) mdash mdash
15 Transformed
(forestry) 1
Transformed (mining)
5
Natural 43
Degraded 001
Transformed (grazing)
2
Source Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality (2007 9)
The following are notable patterns in land use (EMM 2007 4)
bull There is a central east-west orientated mining and industrial activity belt which
served as the core around which towns were established
bull A belt of residential developments surrounding the industrial activity belt and
bull Ruralagricultural areas to the northeast and in the central portion in the southern
part of EMM
The mining belt was historically the core around which the various towns and settlements were established Four major concentrations of mines and quarries exist Reiger Park between Gemniston and Boksburg the area east of Benoni an area east and south of Springs and 3 sites in the vidnity of Kwatsaduza The first 3 areas are respectively known as the GermistonBoksburg the BenoniBrakpanSprings and the SpringsNigel mining belts Mining occurs in a linear form along a belt which runs to the
43
I
north of the Germiston and Boksburg Central Business Districts (CBDs) and then along
a broad strip of land roughly between the Benoni CBD and Daveyton to the north and
Brakpan and Springs to the south To the south between Springs and Nigel another
major concentration of mining activity exists (EMM 2007 4)
Most of the urban activity is concentrated along the western edge and central spine of EMM The road engineering and social infrastructure strongly correlates to this urban form (EMM 2007 4)
The largest complex of small-holdings is situated in an east-west band lying east of
Kempton Park and north-west of Daveyton The second largest complex is situated west
of KwaThema surrounding the Sallies Gold Mine and Springs Municipal Crushers
There are other smaller patches of agricultural holdings scattered throughout the
metropolitan area (EMM 2007 5)
The EMM has an evenly distributed multi-nodal structure The central business district
however currently experience problems of urban decay as the cream of the retail
component of the CBDs have been drawn away to the four main shopping malls in the
area - Eastgate East Rand Mall Lakeside Mall and Alberton Mall Commercial activities
make good use of the main transport routes to provide access to such activities
Furthermore there is an imbalance in the distribution of land use for commercial activity
which is concentrated within higher income areas (Kempton Park Edenvaie a portion of
Bedfordview Boksburg Central Benoni Central Brakpan and small portions of Springs)
(EMM 2007 7)
In common with most black townships in the country there is very little formal commercial activity within the township complexes
Industrial activities are largely located within the south-western part of the metropolitan area in areas such as Germiston and Alrode These areas tend to be located near mining land and wedged between lower income areas (Katorus southern Benoni
KwaThema Tsakane small portion of Springs and areas north of Etwatwa) and the
higher income areas (between Alberton and Katlehong Germiston and
SpruitviewLeondale) Within Kempton Park and Edenvale some industrial activity
developed around the airport due to the agglomeration benefits and access to airfreight
transport facilities Industrial activities are also closely linked to the railway system
(EMM 2007 7)
Farming activities (cultivation) are grouped in the north-eastern part of EMM where more than a third of the land is cultivated This includes areas surrounding Bapsfontein areas north of the Benoni Agricultural Holdings and east of the R21 highway Smaller agricultural activities lie just south of Sunward Park while the remaining agricultural activities are grouped on the southern border of the metropolitan area (EMM 2007 4) During the past five years the EMM has made steady progress in developing its strategic planning capacity and process The Integrated Development Planning [IDP] process was institutionalised within national guidelines for local government planning and budgeting and the IDP together with its strategic sectoral plans such as the Spatial Development Framework [SDF] has become the principal strategic planning tool within the local authority However the IDP primarily deals with solutions to immediate development challenges within a five year time frame Therefore a holistic long term development vision and strategy for Ekurhuleni which will create common purpose between all development stakeholders and which will act as a guiding framework within which the IDPs can be formulated is needed (EMM 2007 8) With the above in mind the EMM embarked on a process to formulate a long-term development strategy During 2004 research was undertaken on national and international best practice examples as well as on key success factors relating to city development strategies This led to a strategy being formulated in early 2005 The strategy formulation process kicked off with a Mayoral Committee workshop on 29 January 2005 during which it was resolved to name the strategy the Ekurhuleni Growth and Development Strategy [GDS] 2025 as well as proposed 2025 development agenda (EMM 2007 8)
25 SUMMARY
Economically entrepreneurship invigorates markets The formation of new business leads to job creator) and has a multiplying effect on the economy Socially entrepreneurship empowers citizens generates innovation and changes mindsets These changes have the potential to integrate developing countries into the global economy (UNECE 2004 2)
The promotion of the SMME sector is a critical dimension of a broader employment
creation strategy because the creation of new firms is essential if the development of
stronger linkages through procurement is to materialise
If South Africa is to grow out of poverty unemployment and create a more prosperous
future it will need more SMMEs entrepreneurs and bigger businesses However to
achieve this a better environment is required for entrepreneurs to start up businesses
operate and grow (Mahadea 2008 3) Within the context of overall macro-economic
performance the ideal policy package for SMME support in South Africa should allow
this sector to maximise its contribution to the economys overall performance in terms of
growth employment and income distribution This is likely to involve making more
resources available to the sector as well as raising the efficiency with which it uses the
resources already available to it
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
31 INTRODUCTION
The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures have generated value and fuelled innovation on community and global levels The increased presence has had a remarkable impact on employment and on business environments worldwide (Kantor 2001 8)
Scholarly research in this area has examined the many forms of economic and social
value that women-owned businesses generate vis-a-vis peculiar barriers constraining their establishment and growth (Verwey 2006 3 Botha 2006 126 Cliff 1998 526 McClelland Swail Bell amp Ibbotson 2005 8) These barriers constitute unique challenges for women as research has shown that men are able to surmount them more easily
The intensity of research studies in this area has increased as scholars and
policymakers have begun to devote more serious attention toward understanding and
supporting women entrepreneurs
The purpose of this section is to provide an evaluative summary of the literature on
woman entrepreneurship and through this enhance the understanding of the profile of
the woman entrepreneur
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY
Entrepreneurship as an area of study has been claimed by a number of different
disciplines including psychology and economics each arriving at different definitions
derived from their own disciplines
47
Baruah (2005 3) are of the opinion that to an economist an entrepreneur is one who
brings resources labour materials and other assets into combinations that make their
value greater than before and also one who introduces changes innovations and a
new order To a psychologist such a person is typically driven by certain forces the
needs to obtain or attain something to experiment to accomplish or perhaps to escape
the authority of others (Hisrich Peters amp Shepherd 2005 8)
A series of studies recognise the need to re-think the people side of entrepreneurship research (Kouriloff 2000 62 Simon amp Houghton 2002 106 Keh Foo amp Lim 2002 136 Markman Balkin amp Baron 2002 162 Shepherd amp Krueger 2002 177 Gatewood Shaver Powers amp Gartner 2002 200 Korunka Frank Lueger amp Mugler 2003 35 Mitchell Busenitz Lant McDougall Morse amp Smith 2002 94)
Defining the term entrepreneurship is a difficult exercise in itself as the term has little specific definition either in common usage or in academic research (Arif 2008 5) In describing the key factors which are seen to influence entrepreneurial roles this review will strive to encapsulate some meaning behind the term entrepreneurship
Research has shown several approaches by different researchers in the development of
an entrepreneurship definition According to Bennett and Dann (2000 3) much will
depend on the viewpoint and academic background of the researcher as well as the
time period the researcher refrained at Table 31 gives a brief summary as to the
development of the term entrepreneurship
48
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship in theory
Year Researcher Entrepreneurial Role (ER)
Classical era 1755 R Cantillon Introduced the term Entrepreneur ER as speculator
1800 JB Say ER as coordinator
Early Neoclassical era 1890 A Marshall ER as coordinator innovator arbitrageur
1907 FB Hawley ER as owner of output (uncertainty bearer)
1911 J Schumpeter ER as innovator
1921 F Knight ER as responsible decision maker in an uncertain environment
1925 F Edgeworth ER as coordinator
Mature Neoclassical era
1925 M Dobb ER as innovator
1927 C Tuttle ER as responsible owner in an uncertain environment
Modem Neoclassical era
1973 l Kirzner ER arbitrageur and alertto profitable opportunities
1982 M Casson ER coordination of scarce resources under uncertainty
1993 W Baumol ER innovator and manager influenced by existing incentive structure
Source Aidis (20035)
These definitions are the natural point of departure because they have been the decisive
factor for the retrieval of data for the works of many researchers
For the purpose of this study the definition of Hisrich Peters and Shepherd (2005 8) was adopted The authors defined entrepreneurship as follows Entrepreneurship is the process of creating something new with value by devoting the necessary time and effort assuming the accompanying financial psychic and social risks and receiving the resulting rewards of monetary and personal satisfaction and independence
49
I
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Previous research into gender differences among entrepreneurs has yielded varied explanations as to why female entrepreneurs differ from male entrepreneurs A review of literature reveals that female entrepreneurs do have some characteristics that are unique in comparison to their male counterparts and that they have faced significant challenges in their efforts as they venture into a once male dominated environment This following section presents a comparative assessment of differences in entrepreneurial attributes of male and female individuals as to emphasise the unique environment where within women entrepreneurs operates
The social feminism theory asserts that women entrepreneurs have different but equally
effective qualities values and ways of thinking due to variations in early and ongoing
socialisation processes (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu 2003 3)
Affholder and Box (2004 3) are of the opinion that the research on personality seems to
have conflicting results some researchers finding no significant differences between
male and female entrepreneurs and others identifying specific personality differences
Table 32 emphasise the unique differences between male and female entrepreneurs as concluded by several researchers Due to the voluminous work completed in this regard the purpose of this presentation is not to supply a comprehensive review of current literature available but rather to compile a summary overview off research conducted as to encapsulate an overall body of knowledge in regards to observed gender characteristics in entrepreneurs
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurs hip
Characteristic Female entrepreneurs Male entrepreneurs
Research
Personality characteristics
Women are expected to possess higher communal qualities such as selflessness a concern for others and interpersonal sensitivity Female entrepreneurs tended to be visionaries and catalysts
Men are expected to have high levels of self-assertion self-expansion and the urge to master Male entrepreneurs tended to be more traditionalists
(Affholder amp Box 2004 3)
(Greene Hart Gatewood Brush amp Carter 20031)
(Du Rietz Henrekson 2000 5)
Area of importance
Women tend to assign more importance to social values and qualitative ambiguous measures of achievement and success such as personal fulfilment and strong interpersonal relations Women business owners tend to pursue a balance between economic goals such as profit and growth and non-economic goals such as product quality personal enjoyment and helping others
Men tend to assign more emphasis on economic values and quantitative non-ambiguous measures of achievement of success such as status and wealth
(Carter Anderson amp Shaw 20011)
(Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Possig 2002 80)
Success factors
Women will measure success qualitatively as they will look at interpersonal relationships and other less objective criteria such as personal satisfaction customer service ratings and additional employment created
Men will measure success quantitatively as they will look at size market position turnover and profitability
(Verwey 2006 3)
(Botha 2006126)
(Sigh Reynolds amp Muhammad 2001 180)
Growth elements
Female entrepreneurs tend to have less industry management and prior business start-up experience and that contribute to their modest growth expectations Women face domestic demands remaining the primary parent emotional nurturer and housekeeper despite their entrepreneurial ventures impacting on their ventures growth prospects report
The primary family responsibility of m e n - t o be a good provider is compatible with heading a growing firm
CKyro 20011)
(Cliff 1998526)
(Kantor 20014)
Source Own compilation
51
331 Motivation
Motivation is the factor other than knowledge that energizes directs and sustains an
individuals behaviour (Locke amp Latham 1990 7) According to Bennett and Dann (2000
6) motivation is an essential factor in the establishment of entrepreneurial activity Many
individuals have the characteristics that enable them to identify an opportunity combined
with the resources to implement the venture yet do not have the incentive or motivation
to do so
Botha (2006 122) proposed two closely-related explanations of entrepreneurial
motivation the push theory and the pull theory The push theory argues that
individuals are pushed into entrepreneurship by negative external forces such as job
dissatisfaction difficulty finding employment insufficient salary or an inflexible work
schedule The push or negative factors are therefore associated with the necessity
factors that force the female into pursuing her business idea McClelland Swail Bell and
Ibbotson (2005 85) emphasize that in this situation becoming an entrepreneur is not a
first choice but nevertheless argue that such negative motivational factors are more
important with entrepreneurs drawn from certain groups in society that may face
discrimination such as ethnic minority groups younger age groups and women
The pull or positive factors are those associated with factors of choice and the desire
for entrepreneurial aspirations The pull theory therefore contends that individuals are
attracted into entrepreneurial activities seeking independence self-fulfilment wealth
and other desirable outcomes (Hogskola 2008 19)
To date a numerous of studies have examined womens motivations for becoming
entrepreneurs The following summary provides an overview of key motWaiional factors
identified in several studies
I
Table 33 Push and pull motivational factors
PULL MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
MOTIVATIONA FACTOR STUDY
Desire for greater independence Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208) Hisrich and Peters (1996 98) Hughes (2006109)
Provides a challenge Hughes (2006109)
Improved financial opportunity Hughes (2006109) Marlow (1997208)
Self-fulfilment Borgia Schoenfeld and Segal (20053) Hughes (2006109) Bruni Gherardi and Poggio (2004260)
Desire to be own boss DeMatino and Barbato (2003 830) Hughes (2006109)
Flexibility for balancing family and work Borgia ef al (20053) Carter Gartner Shaver and Gatewood (2003 17) Hughes (2006109) Lombard (2001216)
Potential to develop a hobby Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208)
Gaining recognition of others Eckel and Grossman (2002288)
Role model influence Anna Chandler Jansen and Mero (2000392)
PUSH MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
Job dissatisfaction Borgia et al (20053) Tangiguchi (2002 882)
Prolonged joblessness Hughes (2006109)
Lack of available work Hughes (2006109)
Insufficient salary Borgia et al (20053)
Hitting the glass ceiling Georgellis and Wall (20041)
Involuntary layoff Hughes (2006109)
Career frustration Marlow (1997208)
Source Own compilation
While is it difficult to compare studies given the wide range of approaches and measures
used this overview nevertheless allows this review to identify the most commonly cited
motivators across several different contexts and time periods
332 Opportunity identification
According to Reynolds Hay Bygrave Camp and Autio (2000 5) the ability to perceive
good business opportunities is assumed to be important for entrepreneurship
Kepler and Shane (2007 200) state that female entrepreneurs search for new business
opportunities differently than male entrepreneurs for a variety of reasons
First many opportunities are identified through information that is transferred through
social networks Women have different types of social networks than men (Renzulli
Aldrich amp Moody 2000 534) As a result they have access to different sources of
information about opportunities For instance male entrepreneurs are more likely than
female entrepreneurs to identify opportunities through conversations with investors and
bankers because on average they know more investors and bankers (Anna Chandler
Jansen amp Mero 2000 392)
Second learned behaviours and social norms lead men and women to develop different
cognitive processing styles (Cassar 2006 628) As a result on average men and
women gather information and solve problems differently (DeMatino amp Barbato 2003
830) For instance female entrepreneurs are thought to learn from a greater variety of
sources than male entrepreneurs while male entrepreneurs are thought to learn more
from setbacks than female entrepreneurs (Lombard 2001 217) In addition the greater
risk aversion of female entrepreneurs may lead them to search for more information that
mitigates the potential risks about business opportunities than their male counterparts
(Eckel amp Grossman 2003 290)
333 Type of business started
Kepler and Shane (2007 309 ) are of the opinion that male and female entrepreneurs
do not start the same types of businesses Historically women entrepreneurship
activities were concentrated in the apparel cosmetics and food processing fields
(Taylor 1988 38) Whereas McVicar and Craig (1981 11) listed traditional categories in
their study of service-related businesses such as cooking teaching child care
secretarial services and sewing Female-led businesses are more likely to be found in
personal services and retail trade and less likely to be found in manufacturing and high
technology (Anna et al 2000 290 Brush et a 2006 18) In addition women start
businesses that are less growth-oriented and less driven by opportunity and more
oriented towards wage substitution (Eckel amp Grossman 2002 290)
Some researchers argue that gender differences in the types of businesses that men
and women found are the result of socialisation and structural barriers (Kepler amp Shane
2007 309) Women tend to work in certain occupations and industries because these
occupations and industries are more socially acceptable for women and because
women face obstacles to working in other industries and occupations (Marlow 1997
153) Sigh Reynolds and Muhammad (2007 180) argues that because entrepreneurs
tend to identify opportunities to start businesses that are similar in type and industry to
those in which they previously worked the tendency of women to work in certain types
of businesses leads them to start those types of businesses In addition some
businesses cannot be founded easily by people without the appropriate educational
background This is particularly the case for businesses that rely heavily on technology
Because women are less likely than men to study engineering or science (Brush et al
2006) they often lack the education to start businesses that demand technical skills
Furthermore some businesses are inherently easier to start than others because they
have lower barriers to entry (Boden amp Nucci 2000 353) Women may be more likely to
start businesses that face low barriers to entry because these businesses make lesser
55
demands on human or financial capital than other businesses and women may lack
these types of capital
334 Venture size
Women start businesses that are smaller than those started by men (Kepler amp Shane
2007) Studies of surviving businesses show that those that are women-owned are
smaller than those that are men-owned (Brown 2000 5) In addition women start
businesses with lower levels of initial employment and capitalization than men (Renzulli
et al 2000540)
The smaller scale of female-led start-ups is believed to be the result of a lack of access
to larger-scale business opportunities and the financial resources necessary to develop
them and different goals and intentions for their businesses (McClelland e^ al 2005
100)
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs
Richardson (2004 2) argues that while women are active in entrepreneurship they face
particular problems and challenges in starting and developing their businesses They
face more or at least different social cultural educational and technological challenges
than men when it comes to establishing and developing their own enterprises and
accessing economic resources (Mayoux 2001 20)
Kantor (20016) is of the opinion that constraints affecting the entrepreneur in general
but women more intensively include
bull Access to financing
bull Information bull Productive resources and markets
bull Levels of skills and knowledge
56
bull Relevance of education and experience
bull Effects of market saturation
bull Compliance costs
Furthermore it is recognised that women in most societies carry the added burden of
family and domestic responsibilities and this has a detrimental or limiting impact upon
their ability to generate income outside of the home
Kepler and Shane (2007) are of the opinion that research suggests that social norms
about the role of women in society the shortage of female role models and the greater
household- burdens faced by women lead female entrepreneurs to face more start-up
problems and for those problems to be of greater magnitude than their male
counterparts For instance attitudes toward the role of women make it more difficult for
female entrepreneurs to be taken seriously as business people (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu
2003 3) and to gain support for their entrepreneurial activities from their spouses
family and friends (Bradley amp Boles 2003 301) In addition the relative shortage of
female role models makes it more difficult for female entrepreneurs to obtain adequate
mentorship for their start-up efforts Furthermore the greater household and childcare
responsibilities of women lead them to have more trouble balancing business formation
and family responsibilities (Affholder amp Box 2004 18)
Research finds that one of the major barriers for women entrepreneurs are the access to capital finance (Revivo-Steiner 2006 20) Lack of access to capital has been a primary obstacle for women entrepreneurs and recent research suggests it continues to be (Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Posig 2002 72) This could also include start-up financing and credit cash flow management in the early operations and financial planning Research suggests that the primary source of funding for women has been through family loans personal savings credit cards and home equity loans (Gundry Ben-Yoseph and Posig 2002) In fact Verwey (2006 5) found that womens personal savings constitute between 80 and 99 of initial capitalisation compared to men where the figure is between 30 and 59 Some of the reasons stem from stereotypes created by the
57
masculine mentality in the banking industry (Weiler amp Bernasek 2001 92) Women are
entering an environment constructed by men therefore they may be perceived as less
legitimate in the eyes of prospective financial backers
Information is another resource that women entrepreneurs have difficulty accessing (ONeill amp Viljoen 2001 40) The information can be about markets suppliers export opportunities Large enterprises often have greater power time and resources to both access information for themselves and limit others access to it (Kouriloff 2000 65) Information can be obtained through informal networks as well as through membership in organizations such as trade guilds associations and unions (Kantor 2001 6) Female compared to male owners may have greater difficulty in accessing information because of difficulties in attending events due to their dual work roles and the resulting time constraints (Edwards 2001 58)
A lack of relevant skills and knowledge constrains the growth potential of entrepreneurial businesses (Kyro 2001 2) This is compounded by deficiencies in basic education Women tend to be less likely to have had education and experience relevant to starting and managing a business and thus have less potential for success (Botha 2006 30) Gaining relevant skills and knowledge also can be more difficult for women since their double work burden and childcare responsibilities make them less able to attend formal and informal training than men (Brush eiai 2006 18)
Kantor (2001 8) points out that womens more demanding role in the family relative to mens affects their entrepreneurial ability by reducing the time energy and concentration levels women can apply to their market work Women may have lower earnings and productivity levels since the amount of time they have available for market work will be limited by the time necessary to care for the family and their concentration while working may be reduced if there are multiple distractions leading to a further reduction in productivity and earnings (Hogskola 2008 25) Responsibility for household welfare also may make women more risk averse while societal perceptions of womens gender roles influence their treatment when they step outside of the perceived boundaries of
58
these roles limiting their access to the resources required for successful entrepreneurship (Anna etal 2000 291)
336 Growth Strategies
A relatively unexplored dimension of entrepreneurship on which male and female entrepreneurs are supposed to differ is their attitude towards growth (Verwey 2006 1) The process through which women-led entrepreneurial firms plan and achieve continual and sustainable growth often reflects a complex set of motivators and intentions that support this strategic path
Cliff (1998523) however researched whether gender differences do exist through quantitative as well as qualitative analysis of personal interviews with 229 small business owners in the Greater Vancouver are of British Columbia Canada Her study provided novel insights into the factors affecting an entrepreneurs growth decision and desired pace of expansion She found that both male and female entrepreneurs desire growth but there are important differences with respect to how they wish to expand (Verwey 2006 1)
Casale and Posel (2000 180) are of the opinion that female entrepreneurs are more likely to establish maximum business size thresholds beyond which they do not wish to expand and that moreover these thresholds are smaller than those set by male entrepreneurs This size relates to what she can manage and control with comfort balancing work and personal life Women tend to deliberately adopt a slow and steady pace of expansion as personal considerations appear to ovenide economic considerations in the business expansion decision According to Cliff (1998523) the attainment of such size thresholds appear to be a key trigger in the no-growth decision
This managed approach by female entrepreneurs to business expansion not letting growth get out of control may result in ventures that are able to out survive those headed by entrepreneurs pursuing more risky high-growth strategies (Bennett amp Dann
59
2000 78) This might lead to banks viewing women as lesser loan risks given their more cautious approach toward growth (Eckel amp Grossman 2000 288) Further research is needed to determine whether these different strategy approaches towards growth would affect venture performance If a more cautious approach leads to long-term survival of the firm awareness should be raised of the favourable outcomes of a more cautious approach This would require recognition that one approach to business ownership - the desire to head a large quickly growing enterprise may not necessarily fit all (Taniguchi 2002 888)
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT
Jalbert (200055) are of the opinion that womens entrepreneurship is gaining increasing
recognition in public policy circles National governments and international organisations
alike are coming to realise that fostering womens economic development through
enterprise creation can have a positive impact in a number of areas
First and foremost it enhances economic growth and provides employment opportunities for the owners and their workers In addition providing economic opportunities for women can also improve the social educational and health status of women and their families
The nature of the multitudinous challenges and obstacles facing women entrepreneurs suggest that their full economic potential is not fully actualised and women do not feature on the mainstream of the economic agenda One aspect that may be the route course of this dilemma that is faced by many female entrepreneurs may be the lack of proper support (De Groot 2001 9) Support is a potentially important means of raising the level of entrepreneurship in society overall
This section provides an overview of some efforts that are supporting the development of women-owned businesses Although this analysis is not a comprehensive review of
60
current literature and research it provides the best of what is known about womens
entrepreneurship
The objective of women entrepreneurship promotion is to create awareness of enterprise as an attractive employment option among women and to raise the profile of women entrepreneurs as credible role models to others It is a particularly important aspect in reinforcing the social value of entrepreneurship in the economy and in positioning it as a viable and feasible activity (International Labour Office (1LO) 2004 12)
The following examples illustrate how it is possible to promote effectively female entrepreneurship across a broad range of actions For example this might include (International Labour Office (ILO) 2004 12)
bull The establishment of specific institutions for (potential) female entrepreneurs
bull The provision of targeted support services and programmes the implementation of
electronic platforms for women entrepreneurs
bull The organisation of specific events targeted at female entrepreneurs
Before actual awareness campaigns can be initiated it is of the utmost importance to
establish an entrepreneurial environment that will in fact be attractive to potential women
entrepreneurs
While a growing body of literature exists on entrepreneurial environments the literature is highly fragmented Reviewing the empirical literature one can observe that Me research or even conceptualisation of the environment for entrepreneurship - enabling or otherwise - has been completed (Sannikova 20074) Some gaps that are evident in the literature are (Fogel 1994 1)
First a conceptual framework is lacking to integrate the available literature on
entrepreneurial environments
61
Second explicit links have not been established between the needs of
entrepreneurs and how environments can fulfil entrepreneurs needs induce or
reinforce their desire to go into business and thus facilitate the process of new
venture creation Third limited guidelines exist to conduct empirical research on entrepreneurial
environments
Finally a limited body of literature addresses the needs of policy makers despite the
recognition of this group as an important audience for research on entrepreneurship
One potential theory with implications for environmental factors and entrepreneurship is the resource dependence theory The resource dependence theory is based on the notion that environments are the source of scarce resources
The framework highlighted in figure 31 outline the key resources that support the
creation of an enabling environment for womens entrepreneurship These are
(Sannikova 20074)
bull Policy coordination and legal environment
bull Finance and Premises
bull Training and mentoring
bull Business Support
bull Network
bull Promotion
62
Figure 31 Framework for supporting women entrepreneurship activity
Source Sannikova (200718-19)
This framework fall inline with current issues addressed by the International Labour Office (ILO) In line with the ILOs gender policy the approach to women entrepreneurship seeks to redress existing gender imbalances in enterprise development through approaches and activities aimed specifically at women while simultaneously working with constituents to ensure that all small enterprise initiatives address gender in their formulation and roll-out The ILOs work to date has been in four main areas (Intemational Labour Office (ILO) 200412)
bull The development of a knowledge base on women entrepreneurs bull The development of a variety of support services for women entrepreneurs and their
service providers bull Supporting advocacy bull Developing internal and external partnerships
63
In 2002 the Austrian Institute for Small Business Research conducted a comprehensive study in regards to good practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002 105) They studied all available support organisations and programmes available to women entrepreneurs in Europe
A few critical success factors supporting good practice in the promotion of female entrepreneurship may be elaborated from the experience provided in this study These include (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002105)
bull Agencies should use female mentors trainers and advisers whenever possible to
increase the relevance of measures for women and to provide role models
bull Measures should be designed for both groups and individuals Group based
measures give women a chance to make contacts to network and to learn from the
experience of others Individual-based measures allow women to receive highly
effective advice directly related to the problems they face
bull Measures supporting enterprise start-ups should focus on sectors that can provide
women with an adequate income thereby increasing womens financial self-
sufficiency Strategies to move women into higher value markets in traditional or new
sectors are therefore important
bull Training measures should apply a modular approach with both a set of basic
courses such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and the opportunity
to select from a set of additional courses in various substantive areas This would
make the training flexible and give clients the independence to choose the skills on
which they want to focus
bull Training measures should also include entrepreneurship development training in
order to foster the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business
Business skills may not be sufficient for women who often lack confidence and belief
in their own abilities as entrepreneurs
bull Post-start-up support should be offered to trainees after having applied skills learned
in earlier training This may for example be offered by means of mentoring
64
addressing the specific problems faced by women entrepreneurs Additionally pre-
start-up mentoring can help women thinking about starting a business to determine if
it is really the right career choice
bull Women entrepreneurs should not be the only focus of business support and
personal development measures Reaching girls in order to encourage them to
become entrepreneurs and to develop their belief in their abilities is also important
bull Finally access to credit should be a key element in business support as limited
access to finance is a constraint faced by many entrepreneurs both female and
male Different methods of providing access to finance such as loan guarantees or
partnerships with formal financial institutions can reduce the costs of providing
credits to micro entrepreneurs and women entrepreneurs in particular
It has been demonstrated that there are various ways to tackle general and more specific problems faced by female entrepreneurs As many of the obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs are common all over the world most of the good practices that have been described above are not country-specific but might enrich the pool of possible actions in other countries as well
35 SUMMARY
Growing evidence asserts that womens entrepreneurship while differentiated is fundamentally different than mens It is apparent that women are crafting new visions and models of entrepreneurship and are experiencing unique processes entwining the developing self values of work life and family and the personal dynamics of change with the processes of developing and leading a business These phenomena deserve careful and critical exploration if we are to understand radical changes now occurring in women business owners work-lives and enterprise development The importance of supporting women entrepreneurship extends beyond academic relevance Government officials and NGOs have expressed interest in women entrepreneurship in countries in transition as a key to stimulating economies
65
Academics have been recommended to develop policy makers understanding by studying conditions and processes that encourage women entrepreneurship There is a particular theoretical need to conceptualise this environment and to test the environmental variables associated with women entrepreneurs
This support in developed countries usually has one main points to maximize the economic potential of self-employed women and also to encourage taking up of self-employment amongst women from disadvantaged backgrounds
Clearly the development of female entrepreneurship needs support through policies and adequate institutions in many areas such as education and training access to credit and financing access to information business networks and new technologies The Governments in partnership with other stakeholders should take the lead and responsibility for establishing institutions and policies aimed at development of SMEs These policies however should be gender sensitive and address specific barriers in entrepreneurial activities
It is increasingly recognised that entrepreneurship support offers a new model for
fighting poverty and ensuring economic growth in countries
66
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
41 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to present what has been empirically observed as set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the broader problem area Hence in the discussion the findings are interpreted in the light of the research questions The various methodological issues and considerations involved in the gathering of the data are also discussed
42 GATHERING OF DATA
This section contains a thorough explanation of the various methodological issues and considerations involved in obtaining and handling the data used in the study It has been divided into two parts each of which concerns a different component of the data collection gathering process
421 Development and construction of questionnaire
As explained in chapter one the survey instrument utilised in the study was a
standardised questionnaire Information could either be entered by the respondents
themselves or the review used it as a structure for face to face interviewing
The first step was to design a questionnaire with questions and items developed from the initial research problem and the literature study conducted
Questions or items of the same kind or that seek the same sort of information was grouped together They fell into a range of categories where some consisted of a small number of related questions The intend was to elicit information of a particular type
67
Analytical categories relevant to the research were determined from the literature These
topics were aggregated by unit of analysis
bull Section A Personal information
- Age - Marital status
- Educational level
- Number and age of children
- Employment history
bull Section B Business information
- Industry - Legal status of business
- Age of business
- Path to business ownership
- Source of start-up funding
- Business premises
- Number of employees
- Annual turnover
- Previous exposure to business
bull Section C Wlotivational factors and demographic aspects
bull Section D Obstacles towards women entrepreneurship
- During start-up phase of business
- During current operations
bull Section E Development needs of female entrepreneurs
- Previous development by private or government agency
- Women entrepreneurship association awareness
68
- Needs classification
In section A B and E the questionnaire was designed so that the responded could indicate the applicable answer by marking a designated block with a cross More than one block could be marked where applicable
In section C and D a Seven point Likert scale method was applied to measure
responses that range from disagree strongly to agree strongly A value of one will be
linked to disagree strongly and a value of seven to agree strongly
The idea of using the Likert scale method is that instead of learning whether or not the respondent was favourably inclined on an issue one also gets a measure and a reasonably reliable one of the actual position on the continuum However this method is frequently criticised because a number of unique response patterns can result in the same total score (Tull amp Hawkins 1980 322)
422 Data collection
The questionnaire in the form of printed copies was distributed to 100 women
entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni as a result of the sampling method applied
The study made use of both a convenience sampling method and secondly made use of
a snowball sampling method
Snowball sampling relies on referrals from initial subjects to generate additional subjects Therefore base selection of a primary informant took place The base selected for this study was the Chamber of Commerce for Gauteng which acted as an informant of women owned businesses Referrals were contacted to confirm if they adhere to the definition of small and medium-sized women owned businesses More referrals were subsequently collected by theses women owned business expanding the database It
69
may be extremely difficult or cost prohibitive to locate respondents in these situations A
list of 100 women owned business was compiled as a result of these efforts
Techniques for distributing questionnaires included e-mail personal delivery and structured interviews
This review aimed to distribute questionnaires to wide variety business sectors demographic locations and races as to obtain a representative view of women entrepreneurs
Business sectors included were ie retail trade wholesale trade manufacturing construction transportdistribution accommodation and restaurant food industry agricultureforestryfishing and services
Demographic areas included all towns within the boundaries of Ekurhuleni ie Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan Endenvale Lethabong Germiston Kempton Park Tembisa Nigel and Springs
A period of two weeks for responding to the questionnaire were allowed from where
questionnaires were collected either personally by the researcher or via facsimile and e-
A total of 80 usable questionnaires were returned from the sample This constitutes a
80 response rate
The major reasons for non returns faced during the process were the limited time available to the respondents to complete the questionnaires due to busy work schedules and the availability of certain owners that resided overseas
70
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS
431 Age group description of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A1 in Section A of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was
to determine the age group description of respondents
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented
in Table 41 below
Table 41 Age group description of respondents
Age group Frequency Percentage 40 to 49 years old 27 3375
30 to 39 years old 20 2500
50 to 59 years old 14 1750
20 tot 29 years old 12 1500
60+ years old 6 750
lt19 years old 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
The biggest category in this review is represented by the 40 to 49 year old group (refer
to table 41) were 3375 of the respondents indicated the age group A fourth (25) of
the respondents represents the 30 to 39 year age group
71
The remainder of the group constitutes less than 20 of the respondents where 1750
represents the 50 to 59 age group 1500 the 20 to 29 year old 750 the 60+ group
and 125) less than 19 years old respectively
All respondents answered the question
432 Marital status of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A2 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the marital status of respondents The results will be used to determine if
there is any link between the marital status of the women and their path to self
employment
bull Results obtained
The marital status of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 42 below
Table 42 Marital status of respondents
Marital status Frequency Percentage Married 52 6500
Single 10 1250
Widowed 9 1125
Divorced 7 875 Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
72
bull Analysis of the results
Table 42 indicates that more than half that is 52 (6500) of the respondents are married A total of 1250 of respondents are single 1125 are widowed and 875 are divorced
Two respondents did not indicate their marital status
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A3 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the highest academic qualification of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous education on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
bull Results obtained
The highest academic qualification of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 43 below
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents
Highest academic qualification Frequency Percentage Diploma (Technical college orTechnicon) 29 3625 University degree 29 3625
Matric 16 2000
Certificate 4 500
Post graduate degree 2 250
Total 80 10000
73
bull Analysis of the results
Table 43 indicates that a diploma and university degree constitute the largest group of all responses Both the diploma and university degree represent 3625 of the respondents respectively
A total of 16 (2000) of the respondents indicated a matric as their highest academic qualification whereas four respondents (500) indicated a certificate and two (250) indicated a post graduate degree
All respondents answered the question
434 Number of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A4 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of children of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 44 below
74
Table 44 Number of children of respondents
Number of children Frequency Percentage Two (2) children 31 3875
One (1) child 14 1750
Three (3) children 14 1750 None 10 1250
Four (4) children 8 1000
Five (5) children 3 375
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of the respondents (3875) have only 2 children A total of 1750 are
presented equally by both the one child and three child groups A total of 10 (1250)
respondents have no children Eight (1000) respondents have four children and three
or 375 have five children
All respondents answered the question
435 Age group description of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the age of children of the participants The results will be utilised in
determining if the age of children might have an influence on the path to business
ownership and act as an obstacle due to family responsibility to women entrepreneurs
75
bull Results obtained
The age of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 45 below
Table 45 Age group description of children
Age group description Frequency Percentage 18+years old 25 3125
11-18 years old 15 1875
1-5 years old 13 1625
No children 10 1250
6-10 years old 9 1125
Missing 8 1000
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 45 indicates that the majority of the respondents (25 or 3125) children are
older than 18 years A total of 15 (1875) of the respondents children are between 11
and 18 years 13 (1625) between one to five years old and nine (1125) between six
and 10 years old
A total of ten (1250) of the respondents indicated that they do not have children
whereas eight respondents did not answer the question
76
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES
441 Number of permanent employees
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B7 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of permanent employees of the participating women owned
businesses and to determine whether the family business can be classified as a micro-
very small- small- or a medium-sized enterprise
bull Results obtained
Table 46 Number of permanent employees
Number of permanent employees Frequency Percentage 2-4 30 3750 26-50 23 2875
Myself 10 1250
5-10 10 1250
11-25 4 500
101-200 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
A combined forty (5000) of the women owned business can be classified as micro-
enterprise from which 30 (3750) of the business have two to four employees and 10
(1250) of the businesses are only operated by the entrepreneur herself
77
A total of ten (125) of the businesses can be classified as very small enterprise
consisting of five to ten employees
Small-enterprises are represented by twenty seven (3375) of the businesses with four
(5) employed of 11 to 25 employees and 23 (2875) 26 to 50 employees
Only two (250) of the businesses surveyed can be classified as medium-enterprise
Of the 80 respondents only one responded (125) did not answer the question
Figure 46 indicates that the majority of the businesses surveyed falls into the micro-
enterprise category
442 Turnover of the business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B8 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the financial success and the size of the participating women
owned businesses
bull Results obtained
The annual turnover of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table
47
I
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business
Annual turnover Frequency Percentage R100 000 to R500 000 27 3375
R1 million to R5 million 20 2500
R500 000to R1 million 18 2250
R50 000toR100 000 9 1125
R5 million+ 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Twenty seven (3375) of the family businesses annual turnover were between the R100 000 to R500 000 range followed by twenty (2500) between the R1 to R5 million range eighteen (2250) in the R500 000 to R1 million range nine (1125) in the R50 000 to R100 000 range and six (75) in the more than R5 million range
All participants answered the question
443 Economic sector of operation
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B1 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the economic sector that the women owned businesses
operates in The sector may have an influence on specific needs for the women owned
businesses as well as policy implications
bull Results obtained
The economic sector of operation of the women owned businesses in this study is
presented in table 48
79
I
Table 48 Economic sector of operation
Economic sector Frequency Percentage Retail trade 33 4125
Services 26 3250
Accommodation and restaurant 7 875
Wholesale trade 6 750
Manufacturing trade 4 500
Transportdistribution 2 250
Food industry 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 33 (4125)) of the businesses in this study operate in retail trade that also represents that largest group within this review The service category is represented by 26 (3250) of the respondents This include the following businesses ie bakery school transport ballet studios swimming lessons DVD rentals garden services cleaning services doggy parlour dry cleaning wedding planning landscaping physiotherapy attorney petrol garage dress maker hair salons catering services graphic design party rentals business machine servicing and beauty salons
Other industries of operation includes seven (875) businesses in accommodation and
restaurant six (750) in wholesale trade four (500) businesses in manufacturing
and two (250) in distribution and food industry respectively
All respondents answered the question
80
444 Legal status of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B2 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The legal status of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table 49
Table 49 Legal status of business
Category Frequency Percentage Sole proprietorship 42 5250
Partnership 18 2250
Company (Private) 12 1500
Not registered 7 875
Close corporation 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Just more than half (52505)) of the participating women-owned businesses in this
study are registered as sole proprietorship 18 (2250) are registered partnerships 12
(1500) as private companies and one (125) business indicated a close corporation
A total of seven (875) of the businesses in this study is however not registered None
of the business indicated a business trust or public company All respondents answered
the question
81
445 Business premises
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B6 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The premises from where the women owned businesses in this study are operating from
are presented in table 410
Table 410 Business premises
Business district Frequency Percentage Outlying business area 50 6250
Home based 16 2000
Central business district (CBD) 12 1500
Agriculture 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
More than half (6250) of the respondents operate their business from an outlying
business area as indicated in table 410 A total of 16 (20) of the businesses in this
review are home-based with only 12 (1500) situated in a central business district
Agriculture land is only utilised by two (250) of the women owned businesses in this
review None of the respondent businesses operates from an industrial area
All respondents answered this question
82
446 Age of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B3 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the age of all women owned businesses that participated in this review
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women owned businesses that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 411 below
Table 411 Age of business
Age of business Frequency Percentage One (1) to five (5) years old 45 5625
Six (6) to 10 years old 24 3000
11 to 20 years old 6 750
21 to 30 years old 3 375
31 to 40 years old 1 125 41 to 50 years old 1 125
Analysis of the results
According to table 411 more than half (5625) of the respondents businesses are relatively young and fall under the one to five year old category A large group of 24 (30) of the participating businesses are between six and 10 years old The remainder of the categories are represented by less than 10 of the respondents where six (750) business are between 11 and 20 years old three (375) between 21 and 30 years and 1 (125) between 31 to 40 years and one (125) between 41 to 50 years respectively All respondents answered the question
83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP
451 Path to business ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B4 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the path to business ownership of respondents
bull Results obtained
The path to business ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 412 below
Table 412 Path to business ownership
Path to business ownership Frequency Percentage
Founded the business 52 6500
Purchase the business 25 3125
Join family business 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 412 reflects that 52 (6500) of the businesses studied in this review were
founded by the entrepreneur Just less than a third or 25 (3125) of the businesses
were purchased A total of two (250) respondents actually joined family businesses
and one (125) did not answer the question
84
452 Previous employment experience
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the previous employment experience of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous experience on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs The respondents had the option to choose between six experience levels categories
bull Results obtained
The previous employment experience of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 413 below
Table 413 Previous employment experience
Previous employment experience Frequency Percentage Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier) 34 4250
Self-employed 14 1750
Supervisor 11 1375
Middle management 9 1125
Unemployed 8 1000
Top management 4 500
Total 80 10000
85
bull Analysis of the results
Less than half (4250) of the respondents were previously employed as non-
management workers whereas only 11 (1375) of the respondents were supervisors A
total of nine (1125) of respondents indicated that they were employed in middle
management with only four (5) in top management A number of eight (1000)
respondents were previously unemployed
A quite interesting observation is the 14 or 1750 of respondents that were previously
self-employed that also constitute the second largest group in this review
All respondents answered the question
453 Years self-employed
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A6 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of years self employed of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of years self-employed of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 414 below
86
Table 414 Years self-employed
Number of years self-employed Frequency Percentage Four (4) to five (5) years 27 3375 Six (6) to 10 years 26 3250 One (1) to Three (3) years 14 1750
More than 10 years 12 1500
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of respondents are between four and ten years self-employed A number of
27 (3375) of the respondents has indicated a four to five year period and 26 (3250)
indicating a six to 10 year period The remainder of the age groups are represented by
less than 20 of the respondents where 14 (1750) fall within the relative young one
to three year category and 12 (1500) in the established more than ten year category
Only one (125) respondent did not answer the question
454 Source of start-up funding
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B5 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the source of start-up funding of the participants
bull Results obtained
The source of start-up funding of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 415 below
87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding
Source of start-up funding Frequency Percentage Bank loan 30 3750
Personal savings 29 3625
Relatives 10 1250
Householdspouse 5 625
Sold business 4 500
Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Both bank loan and personal savings constitutes the largest sources for start-up funding
with 30 (3750) made use of bank loans and 29 (3625) utilised personal savings
A total of 10 (1250) respondents collected start-up funds from relatives and five
(625) from a household member or spouse A number of four (500) respondents
sold their previous business to obtain funds
Respondents not answering the question accounted for 250 of the sample
455 Role models
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B9 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine if the respondents was inspired by someone during their youth to become an entrepreneur The results will be used to determine if there is any link between this previous influence and the women entrepreneurs decision to enter into self employment
bull Results obtained
The influence of role models on all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 416 below
Table 416 Role models
Influenced by role models Frequency Percentage No 68 8500
Yes 12 1500
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority (8500) of respondents indicated that they had no one inspiring them to
become entrepreneurs where 12 (1500) of the respondents claimed that they had
some influence Eight respondents indicated that their parents owned businesses where
four indicated that close friends of the family motivated them from childhood to enter
own employment
All respondents answered this question
456 First ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B10 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to determine if the current business is the women entrepreneurs first self owned
business
89
bull Results obtained
An indication of first ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 417 below
Table 417 First ownership
Category Frequency Percentage
Yes 62 7750
No 12 1500
Missing 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 62 (7750)) of the respondents indicated that their current business is their
first business owned Only a small amount of 12 (1500) of the respondents indicated
previously owned business or no to the answer A total of seven of the business was
sold of four is still operating and one went out of business
Quite a large total of six (750) of the respondents did not answer the question at all
46 MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C1-15 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the main motivational factors for women entrepreneurs entering own business ventures The results will be utilised in determining the influence of these motivational factors on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
90
bull Results obtained
The average response or mean (x) and the standard deviation (s) (variation around the
mean) of each of the 15 items indicating motivational factors for entering own
employment are indicated in Table 418
Table 418 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
Motivation n X s
Need for a challenge 80 6250 1326
Self-fulfilment 79 6215 1356
Confidence in the productservice offered 80 6188 0813
Insufficient family income 80 5513 1765
The need for independence 80 5488 1800
Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 80 5363 1759
Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) 80 5150 1870
Need forflexible work schedule 80 5063 2143
Desire for wealth 80 4900 1900
Ensure high job security 80 4700 2095
To develop hobby 78 4654 2373
Compatibility with family duties 80 4238 2279
Difficulty finding a job 80 3750 2405
Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 80 2650 1822
Entered the family business 80 1825 1310
Total 4796 0906
bull Analysis of the results
The standard deviations of all 15 statements averages are fairly high ranging from
0813 to 2405
Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement Thus a higher number representing agreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be true by the respondents Likewise a low number representing disagreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be false
The motivational statement indicating the highest agreement was need for challenge Participants indicated a very high average mean of x = 6250 for this statement Other
statements that also obtained high levels of agreement was self-fulfilment (x = 6215)
and confidence in the productservice offered (x = 6188)
Five items indicated average means higher than five Insufficient family income indicated an average mean of x = 5513 the need for independence an average mean
of x= 5488 dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) an average
mean of x= 5363 role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) an average x- 5150 and the need for flexible work schedule an average mean of x = 5063
Five items indicated average means higher than four Desire for wealth indicated an
average mean of x = 4900 ensure high job security an average mean ofx = 4700
to develop hobby and average mean ofx= 4654 and compatibility with family duties indicated an average mean of x =4238
Difficult finding a job only indicated an average mean of x = 3750 and redundancy (lost
their job retrenchment) an average mean of x = 2650
Entering family business was the statement with the lowest agreement standing on
an average mean of x = 1825
92
462 Ekurhuleni support
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C17- 21 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations The participating women entrepreneurs had to indicate their response on five statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is
providing to their business operations are reflected in Table 419 below
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations
Category n X s
Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 80 5288 1275
Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 80 5075 1100
Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 79 4772 1395
The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 80 4325 1589
Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 80 2563 1349
Total 4403 0837
93
bull Analysis of the results
An average mean of x = 5288 was calculated for the statement Ekurhuleni is a
source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities This result indicates
that the participants have a relative high agreement with the statement A high
agreement was also calculated for Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export
opportunities (x = 5075) Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road
network) adequately meet the needs of my business (x = 4772) and The
Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses
(x = 4325)
The statement Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women
entrepreneurship in the region however indicated a very low level of agreement with a
standard mean of only x = 2563
463 Obstacles to business start-up
bull Purpose of question
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers have for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those
barriers still exist today
The purpose of question D 1-14 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A)
was to accumulate a body of knowledge of banners that were faced by current female
entrepreneurs in entering their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate
their response on fourteen statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale
type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent
disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with
the statement
94
bull Results obtained
Agreement to obstacles that the respondents experienced during the start-up phase of
their businesses are presented in Table 420 below
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up
Obstacles n X s
Lack of business management skills 80 5888 1607
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5725 1646
Lack of timely business information 80 5438 1422
Risk averse (great fear of failure) 79 5253 1829
Lack of self-confidence 79 5241 1876
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 5150 1700
Inequality of access to credit (difficult to obtain financing as a female) 80 4875 1760
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 2009
Isolation from business network 80 4713 1917
Lack of education and training (in general) 80 4625 2065
Legislative (lack of focused women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government) 80 4400 1718
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3750 1832
Lack of female role models 80 3475 1882
Total 4874 1091
bull Analysis of the results
All fourteen statements as reflected in table 419 indicated high levels of agreement The statement lack of business management skills was indicated as the highest level of agreement with an average mean of x= 5888 A total of five other statements also indicated relative high agreements with inter role conflict (workhome conflict) indicating a standard mean of x= 5725 lack of timely business information (x = 5438) risk averse (great fear of failure) (x = 5253) lack of self-confidence (x =
95
5241) and awareness or access to business support indicating an average mean of
x =5150
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 3475
464 Obstacles currently faced in business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question D 16- 27 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers that were faced by female entrepreneurs currently operating their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate their response on 12 statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Obstacles that the respondents are experiencing in their current business operations are reflected in Table 421
96
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business
Obstacles n X s
Liquidity and other financial problems 80 6225 1102
Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 80 5775 1405
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5538 1793
Lack of business management skills 80 5488 1359
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 1872
Lack of timely business information 80 4663 1771
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 4600 1846
No time for trainingupgrading of skills 80 4563 1948
Isolation from business network 79 4506 1839
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3338 1771
Lack of female role models 79 2835 1581
Total 4764 0968
bull Analysis of the results
The statement with the highest level of agreement was liquidity and other financial
problems The average mean for this statement was calculated on a very high x -
6225
A total of three other statements also indicated relative high agreements with gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) indicating a standard mean
of x= 5775 inter role conflict (workhome conflict) (5c = 5538) and lack of business management skills indicating an average mean of x = 5488
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 2835
97
I
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question E3 Section E of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the development needs of respondents (refer to table 421)
bull Results obtained
Development needs indicated by all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 422 below
Table 422 Support needs of respondents
Category Frequency Percentage
Financial support 68 8500
Growth support 64 8000
Marketing support 62 7750
Business advice information counselling mentoring 57 7125
Networking with other business owners 55 6875
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area 53 6625
Legal support 41 5125
Tools equipment machinery 38 4750
Trainingknowledgeskills 35 4375
Suitable business premises 33 4125
Psychological support 21 2625
Technical support 20 2500
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity) 19 2375
98
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 68 (8500) of the respondents indicated that their greatest need is financial support with 64 (8000) also indicating growth support as a great need in the operation of their businesses A number of two categories also received high scoring with 62 (7750) respondents indicating marketing support and 57 (7125) indicating business advice information counselling and mentoring as support greatly needed
Almost half of the respondents also indicated that the following support will benefit their business A total of 41 (5125) of the participating women entrepreneurs indicated that legal support will benefit them 38 (4750) tools equipment and machinery support Trainingknowledge and skills was indicated by 4375 of respondents and a suitable business premises by 33 (4125) of the participating women entrepreneurs
Only 21 (2625) respondents indicated that psychological support will benefit them and
20 (2500o) indicated that technical support will be of use A small number of 19
(2375) indicated a need for infrastructure
48 SUMMARY
This chapter started of with the various methodological issues and considerations
involved in the gathering of the data from where results were presented in the form of
frequency tables on what has been empirically observed The results were analysed as
set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the
broader problem area
Data explored during this study included biographical information of all participating women entrepreneurs This includes age group description marital status highest academic qualification number of children and age group description of children
This empirical research also undertook the task to gather information in regards to the structure of the participating women entrepreneurs businesses This information
99
included number of permanent employees annual turnover of the business economic
sector of operation legal status of the business the business premises and age of the
business
Path to ownership information was also recorded by this study that includes the
following Path to business ownership previous employment experience number of
years self-employed source of start-up funding influence of role models and first
ownership
Factors of importance also gathered by this review includes motivational factors to enter self employment women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their businesses obstacles to business start-up obstacles currently faced within business operations and support needs of respondents
The information gathered by the empirical research was utilised in the drafting of the
Ekurhuleni women entrepreneurship profile discussed in chapter five This profile will be
of purpose in the drafting of the women entrepreneurship development framework for
the Ekurhuleni district
100
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
51 INTRODUCTION
Despite the large amount of research on the key factors influencing womens
entrepreneurship no study has yet provided an empirical field assessment of factors
influencing women at a municipality context
With the goal of delineating the unique circumstances of women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni this review undertook a study of 80 women entrepreneurial businesses The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures in this area have generated value and fuelled innovation on all levels The increased presence of women entrepreneurs has had a remarkable impact on employment
The purpose of this chapter is therefore to conclude on the empirical study by compiling
a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni Theoretical applications of these links
would derive strong arguments
Recommendations to women entrepreneurship development for this area will be made followed by a critical evaluation of the study Suggestions for future studies will be implied and this chapter will be concluded by a summary
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
The following reflects the make-up of the Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur as concluded in the empirical study conducted
101
521 Biographical information results
The majority of the women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
that participated in this study are between 30 to 49 years of age She is furthermore
married with an average of two children mainly older than eighteen years The
entrepreneur is well littered with either a diploma or university degree
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results
The average women-owned business in Ekurhuleni is between one to five years old with
an annual turnover in the R100 000 to R500 000 range Operation is mainly within the
retail trade or service sector within the micro-enterprise environment Most businesses
can be found in outlying business areas The legal status of the participating businesses
is mainly reserved to sole proprietorships
523 Path to ownership results
The Ekurhuleni women-owned business is either founded or purchased by the female entrepreneur which are on average four to ten years self-employed and mostly a first-time owner A bank loan or personal funding provided start-up capital Owners were not motivated by childhood role models
524 Motivational factors to self employment results
The need for a challenge self-fulfilment and confidence in the product or service offered are the main motivators for these women entrepreneurs Factors such as difficulty f inding a job redundancy and entering of family business are least motivational
indicating that the average Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur are drawn to self-employment by pull factors rather than push factors (Botha 2006 122)
102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni
For the average female entrepreneur Ekurhuleni will be a source of an ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities The Ekurhuleni infrastructure meets the needs of their businesses and the region provides good network opportunities with other businesses However most of the participating women entrepreneurs feel that the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality do not have proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in this district
526 Obstacles to business start-up results
The lack of business management skills inter-role conflict with home and work the lack of timely business information high risk aversion by women entrepreneurs lack of self-confidence and a lack of awareness or access to business support are all considered as huge obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs during the start-up phase of their respective business
Factors such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models are not considered as major obstacles to business start-ups
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results
The main current obstacles experienced by the average female entrepreneur are liquidity and other financial problems Aspects such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models were once again recognised as the least considered obstacles in current business operations
103
528 Support needs results
The average female entrepreneur feels that they can mostly benefit from financial and growth support whereas psychological technical and infrastructure support are rated low on urgency
53 RECOMMENDATIONS
In the light of the research results explained a development framework was compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni Figure 51 represents the specific elements of the Ekurhuleni entrepreneurial development framework (refer to the next page)
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs on in Ekurhuleni district are complex and calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
The main recommendation issued by this review is the establishing of an Ekurhuleni
women entrepreneurship development centre The main responsibility of this centre will
be the implementation and co-ordination of the recommendations listed below
104
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
Own compilation
The purpose of the section to follow is to provide a description of the specific elements
within the recommended framework to develop women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
105
531 Promotion
Recommendation
The review recommends the formation of a specific women entrepreneurship advocacy team within the overall development centre
Motivation
The main role of the advocacy team will be to raise the visibility of womens economic contribution and to change the policy to support womens role in the Ekurhuleni district It is important that the advocacy team are aware of the heterogeneity of their client group Without this awareness policy changes risk being unintentionally biased against a group such as women entrepreneurs
532 Strategy
Recommendation
It is recommended that women entrepreneurship specific policies be drafted within the
Ekurhuleni district and emphasis placed on continued research into the development of
the women entrepreneurs in the district
Motivation
bull The process of policy formulation has to incorporate gender mainstreaming strategies On a national base government has been introducing new gender-specific laws of a general nature but gender issues were not considered in all the other laws of relevance to womens entrepreneurship development
106
bull These policies must address awareness since many institutions are not aware of the gender-specific constraints of women entrepreneurs and therefore unable to address them adequately when providing the necessary services
bull Associations in charge of the enhancement of the status of women NGOs womens organisations and technical programmes could play an important role in emphasising gender issues in the creation of a more enabling policy and legal environment In this connection the importance of the systematic collection and analysis of gender specific data and information for gender-sensitive industrial policy formulation and implementation cannot be over emphasised This is necessary in order to identify the constraints and needs of women entrepreneurs prior to the formulation of any development programme targeting women
bull It is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations lobby groups and the municipality should strive for the systematic collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship
bull The creation of awareness about entrepreneurship requires the adoption of an entrepreneurial culture among potential women entrepreneurs and among youth in general as they are the future entrepreneurs This could be done if local support institutions professional assodations media and womens associations put emphasis on creating awareness about entrepreneurship Media and school campaigns exposure to role models and targeted training could also be used for this purpose
107
533 Support
bull Training
Recommendation
The development of proper training programmes focussing on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs is a necessity
Motivation
bull Training is one of the most common business development services provided Training initiatives include both the provision of general business skills as well as skills more particular to an industry General business training includes basic business skills such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and is usually a central element of an integrated service package Training in skills is often not sufficient for women and successful training programmes for women entrepreneurs therefore also include confidence building entrepreneurship developmenttraining fostering the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business are just a few to mention
bull Programmes that not only confine themselves to training existing or potential women entrepreneurs but also make efforts to reach girls in order to encourage them to become entrepreneurs must be developed
bull A modular approach to the training programme design must be followed - it offers core courses and then allows clients to select other courses suiting their needs This makes the training flexible and gives clients the independence to choose the skills on which they lack the most or want to focus on
bull However successful programme designs are always those which are based on realistic needs-based assessments Women have different training needs in terms of course content scheduling length and delivery Programme designers must be aware of womens multiple roles and programmes should be scheduled when
108
women are likely to be free Participatory techniques and incremental learning using
female instructors are considered good teaching models for reaching women
entrepreneurs
bull Access to credit
Recommendation
A proper study into good practices should be launched to enhance accesses for women
entrepreneurs to credit from where specific plans must be drafted to ensure better
access to financing for these women entrepreneurs
Motivation
Credit is a constraint faced by many women entrepreneurs Women need to be able to
access mainstream banking and finance and need support in this area Increased
access to credit is a key to the development of women entrepreneurs in SMEs
bull Counselling and mentoring programmes
Recommendation
This study recommends the establishing of counselling and mentoring centres
Motivation
bull Individually-based services where clients receive help and support on problems
specific to their businesses have proven to be most effective
bull Counselling programmes tend to be expensive One way of cutting costs is by using
volunteers and using group-based services for more general issues
109
bull Attention must be paid to hiring female consultants avoiding a male environment and providing services sensitive to womens needs In addition gender training of consultants should be done
bull Many women want post-start-up support accessible after trying out the skills learned in earlier training Mentoring is one method of providing this support which can be very effective as it addresses the specific problems faced by the individual entrepreneur This kind of support includes individual or group-based assistance directed at specific problems where mentors serve as role models Based on a longer-term relationship with the mentor this is essentially a form of knowledge transfer It can be tailored to client needs and therefore can have high effectiveness and impact However it can also be costly in terms of mentors time
bull Mentoring can be offered to individuals or groups Individual mentoring is often more effective and have a greater impact as it addresses problems specific to the womens businesses Group-based mentoring offers other benefits such as group solidarity and the opportunity to learn from others experiences
bull However as mentioned earlier mentoring can be an expensive service to provide Many support agencies have cut costs by using volunteer mentors but mentor quality has to be monitored Supply of female mentors volunteer or not is sometimes a problem Coupling mentoring with a sectoral focus has emerged as a good strategy to help women to enter new industries Use of female mentors and having women-only group mentoring programmes increases the likelihood that women will use the services
bull Information sharing and network formation
Recommendation
The study wants to emphasize the need for the development of a specific women entrepreneur association within the Ekurhuleni district for the main purpose of networking and information sharing
110
Motivation
Information is a key resource for women entrepreneurs Information can relate to markets suppliers costs and technology and networks have emerged as key strategy for offering support to women entrepreneurs Networking is very important to the success of a business and it is identified as one of the key ways to strengthen womens enterprises as it can provide access to information new customers and suppliers Networks are relations with others in the business community and are an important way to access information
Sometimes training courses provide early networking opportunities giving practice
time to women before they go out to network in the wider business environment
Training courses also allow women to meet others starting businesses Networks can
also contribute to the knowledge and development of support agencies
Information exchange in the networks is provided through many means including one-
stop shops trade fairs and the Internet Information technology has proven to be an
important asset for accessing information and expanding networks Often the network
makes services and information available to entrepreneurs by toll free telephone fax in
person and through the Internet In fact the use of the internet has greatly helped to
widen the geographic areas of networks both between entrepreneurs and between
support agencies Internet allows clients to access it at times that suit their schedules
This helps women have greater access as they often have to juggle multiple demands
on their time Online networks and community business centres offer networking
opportunities Decentralized service provision also insures that the information provided
to local women is relevant to the local context
i l l
bull Support organisations
Recommendation
Accumulation of support organisations must take place Through awareness the involvement of organisations and institutions must be increased
Motivation
Many different types of organisations can provide either direct or indirect support to women entrepreneurs The different organisations working with women entrepreneurs include NGOs credit providers training and technical assistance centres research institutes and universities professional organisations government agencies and private sector organisations
Professional membership organisations have also emerged as important agencies which work to change policy and provide services and networks to members They work best when they serve a clientele with common interests The membership organisations must serve women business owners with gender being perceived as one commonality across which membership organisations can be established
Private sector actors other than banks or private training providers include suppliers of inputs final goods customers and consultants They work with women entrepreneurs through subcontracting arrangements and by supplying inputs raw materials used equipment or technical assistance These are viewed as an increasingly important source of assistance for women entrepreneurs particularly for-profit service providers In addition to this consultants may work with entrepreneurs directly for a fee or as volunteers For example some firms may volunteer their staffs time as consultants while some individuals working in the private sector may do so independent of their place of work
112
Universities and research institutes can also contribute to the development of women entrepreneurs through provision of trainers and consultants and through direct research on entrepreneurship with particular focus on women and by highlighting their contribution to the local regional and national economy In some cases they can also develop technologies to improve productivity and reduce the time burden of women
54 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY
The success of this study is based upon the realising of the primary and secondary
objectives as indicated in section 13 of this study
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
In order to reach the primary objectives successfully the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a global context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
The first secondary objective namely to gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African economy was achieved through a comprehensive literature study in chapter two This chapter act as a motivation to this question by supplying ambient evidence in the role women entrepreneurs plays in the South African economy
113
The second secondary objective that is to study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur was also realised through the literature review in chapter two
The third secondary objective to identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing their own business ventures was achieved by both the literature review in chapter three and the detailed empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five
The fourth secondary objective to examine current development programmes in a
global context was realised through both chapter twos literature review focusing on
South African development programmes and a detailed description of international good
practices in chapter three
The last secondary objective to suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district was achieved through the results obtained during the empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five The results of this empirical research led to the development of a women entrepreneurship development framework as represented in section 53 of chapter five Practical recommendations forms part of the framework developed
Trough the achieving of all secondary objectives and the framework discussed in section
53 it can therefore be concluded that the primary objective namely the development of
a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
were achieved
55 SUGGESTION FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
Forthcoming work can build on this review by focusing on measuring the effectiveness
of programmes and initiative that was implemented due to recommendation issued in
section 53 of this review
114
Furthermore as explained earlier it is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations and the municipality should strive for the systematic and frequent collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship as to ensure that up to date and relevant programmes are in place to support the female entrepreneurs
56 SUMMARY
The purpose of this chapter was to conclude on the empirical study by compiling a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni was given that included the following aspects The biographical information of the female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support needs of the female entrepreneur
The empirical research resulted in recommendations to women entrepreneurship
development in Ekurhuleni being made That was followed by a critical evaluation of the
study in regards to the achievement of the research objectives Suggestions for future
studies were also recommended
Gender sensitivity of programme design and service delivery is critical Agencies which have a successful record in reaching women are always aware of the characteristics of their female and male clients and the gender-specific barriers affecting their economic participation when designing programmes Thus gender aware needs assessment is a vital tool to good service design and delivery
115
Furthermore developing a supportive environment for womens entrepreneurship is important to womens success This includes helping women to deal with their multiple roles and involving men families and communities (as appropriate) in womens entrepreneurship Support agencies must understand womens goals and objectives in becoming entrepreneurs and work to support those goals Providing for both practical and strategic gender needs is central to womens economic success While not all agencies can work at both levels the experience from developed countries shows that service providers should make an effort to partner with agencies which work to address deeper strategic issues through advocacy and policy change
Therefore an important learning is the need to couple programme actions with policy work In order to make long-term changes in womens ability to participate freely in the economy the socio-cultural constraints on women must be addressed Advocacy work should be directed at policymakers in order to raise their awareness of the important role of women in the economy and the positive effect of economic participation on women and their families
116
BIBLIOGRAPHY
AFFHOLDER J amp BOX DM 2004 Struggles of female entrepreneurs Allied
Academies International Conference Proceedings of the Academy of Entrepreneurship
10(1)
AIDIS R 2003 Entrepreneurship and economic transition Tinbergen Institute
discussion paper pp 5
ALTMAN M 2001 Paths to employment expansion in a minerals economy Urban
Forum Special Issue First International Conference on Employment Creation in
Development 12(3-4) 314
ANNA L CHANDLER G JANSEN E amp MERO N 2000 Women business owners
in traditional and non-traditional industries Journal of Business Venturing 15(3) 279-
303
ARIF M 2008 Definition and introduction of entrepreneurship Shri Ramswaroop
College of Engineering amp Management
AUSTRIAN INSTITUTE FOR SMALL BUSINESS RESEARCH (IFGH) 2002 Good
practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship Examples from Europe and other
OECD countries Pp 1 - 110
BANERJEE A GALIANI S LEVINSOHN J MCLAREN Z amp WOOLARD I 2007
Why has unemployment risen in the new South Africa [Web]
httpwwwnberorgpapersw13167 [Date of access 20 July 2008]
BARTLETT J E KOTRLIK J W amp HIGGINS C 2001 Organizational research
Determining appropriate sample size for survey research information Technology
Learning and Performance Journal 19(1) 43-50
117
BARUAH S 2005 Entrepreneurship Concept and definition Indian Institute of
Entrepreneurship
BENNETT R amp DANN S 2000 The changing experience of Australian female
entrepreneurs Gender Work and Organization 7(2) 75-83
BERRY A VON BLOTTNITZ M CASSIM R KESPER A RAJARATNAM B amp
VAN SEVENTER D 2002 The economics of SMMES in South Africa Paper presented
at the 2002 Trade and industrial policy strategy conference
BHORAT H 2002 Employment and unemployment trends in Post-Apartheid South
Africa Paper Prepared for the Presidency 10-Year Cabinet Review Process 2nd draft
BHORAT H amp HODGE J 1999 Decomposing shifts in labour demand in South Africa
South African Journal of Economics 67(3) 348-380
BHORAT H amp CASSIM R 2004 The challenge of growth employment and poverty in
the South African economy since democracy An exploratory review of selected issues
Development Southern Africa 21 (1) 7 -31
BODEN R amp NUCCI A 2000 On the survival prospects of mens and womens new
business ventures Journal of Business Venturing 15(4) 347-362
BORGIA D SEGAL G amp SCHOENFELD J 2005 The motivation to become an
entrepreneur College of Business Fort Myers Florida USA
BOTHA M 2006 Measuring the effectiveness of the women entrepreneurship
programme as a training intervention on potential start-up and established women
entrepreneurs in South Africa Pretoria University of Pretoria (Unpublished PhD-
thesis)
118
BRADLEY F amp BOLES K 2003 Female entrepreneurs from ethnic backgrounds An
exploration of motivations and barriers pp 301
BROWN W 2002 Ambition versus action do males and females exhibit conflicting
perspectives of entrepreneurial potential and growth A study among entrepreneurship
students and entrepreneurship graduates before and after start-up Paper presented at
the 25th Institute for Small Business and Entrepreneurship National Small Firms Policy
and Research Conference Competing Perspectives of Small Business and
Entrepreneurship
BRUNI A GHERARDI S amp POGGIO B 2004 Entrepreneur-mentality gender and
the study of women entrepreneurs Journal of Organizational Change Management
17(3) 256-268
BRUSH C CARTER N GATEWOOD E GREENE P amp HART M 2006 Womens
entrepreneurship in the United States
CAMPBELL H 2004 A study of knowledge management strategies as enabled by the
support of asynchronous groupware systems Pretoria University of South Africa
(Unpublished PhD-thesis)
CARREE M ampTHURIK AR 1998 Small firms and economic growth in Europe
Atlantic Economic Journal 26 (2) 137-146
CASALE D amp POSEL D 2002 The continued feminisation of the labour force in South
Africa An analysis of recent data and trends South African Journal of Economics
70(1) 156-184
CASSAR G 2006 Entrepreneur opportunity costs and intended venture growth
Journal of Business Venturing 21 610-632
119
CARTER S ANDERSON S amp SHAW E 2001 Womens business ownership A
review of the academic popular and internet literature Report to the Small Business
Service wwwsbsgovukcontentresearchcarter-reportpaf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
CARTER N GARTNER W SHAVER K amp GATEWOOD E 2003 The career
reasons of nascent entrepreneurs Journal of Business Ventunng 18 13-39
CHANDRA V amp NGANOU J 2001 Obstacles to formal employment creation in South
Africa Evidence from recent firm surveys Paper presented to DPRU Conference
Johannesburg November
CLIFF J 1998 Does one size fit all Exploring the relationship between attitudes
towards growth gender and business size Journal of Business Ventunng 13(6) 523-
542
DE GROOT TU 2001 Women entrepreneurship development in selected African
countries For United Nations Industrial Development Organization Pp 1 -36
DE KLERK GJ amp HAVENGA JJD 2004 SME networks and clusters and their
impact on economic growth An exploratory overview of Africa Potchefstroom Northshy
west University
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY (DTI) 2001 Driving competiveness in
South-Africa The integrated industrial strategy Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE A N D INDUSTRY (DTI) 2004 Ten years of small business
support in South Africa 1994-2004 Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Isivande Womens fund [Web]
httpwwwdtiqovzaisivandemainhtm [Date of access 10 September 2008]
120
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 South African Women
Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzasawensawenmainhtm
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Technology for women in business
(TWIB) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzathedtitwibhtm [Date of access 10 September
2008]
DEVEY R SKINNER C amp VALODIA I 2002 The informal economy in South Africa
who where what and how much Paper presented to the DPRU Conference on Labour
Markets and Poverty in South Africa Johannesburg 22-24 October 2002
DEMARTINO Ramp BARBATO R 2003 Differences Between Women and Men MBA
Entrepreneurs Exploring Family Flexibility and Wealth Creation as Career Motivators
Journal of Business Ventunng 18 815-832
DINING OUT 2008 South African restaurants [Web] httpwwwdining-
outcozaEkurhuleni-Mapasp [Date of access 10 September 2008]
DU RIETZ A amp HENREKSON M 2000 Testing the female underperformance
hypothesis Small Business Economics 14 1-10
ECKEL C amp GROSSMAN P 2002 Sex differences and statistical stereotyping in
attitudes toward financial risk Evolution and Human Behaviour 23(4) 281-295
EDWARDS L 2001 Globalisation and the skills bias of occupational employment in
South Africa South African Journal of Economics 69(1) 40-72
EKURHULENI METROPOLITAN MUNICIPALITY (EMM) 2007 Growth and
development strategy 2025 [Web] httpwwwekurhulenicomcontentview454296
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
121
FREY I 2006 Poverty and unemployment in South Africa National Labour and
Economic Development Institute [Web]
http7wwwnalediorgzadocsPovertv20and20unemployment20in20South20A
frica20Feb202006pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
FOGEL DS 1994 Environments for entrepreneurship development key dimensions
and research implications mmsjribsbs02usersAmeMy
DocumentsDEVELOPMENTEnvironments for entrepreneurship development key
dimensions and research implications_ Company Activities amp Management Company
Structures amp Ownership from AIIBusiness_commht [Date of access 1 October 2008]
GATEWOOD E SHAVER K POWERS J amp GARTNER W 2002 Entrepreneurial
expectancy task effort and performance Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2)
187-206
GEORGELLIS Y amp WALL H 2004 Gender differences in self-employment Working
paper The Federal Reserve Bank of Saint Louis
httpresearchstlouisfedOrgwp19991999-008pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
GREENE P HART M GATEWOOD E BRUSH C amp CARTER N 2003 Moving
front and centre An overview of research and theory [Web]
wwwusasbcorgknowledgewhitepapersgreene2003pdf [Date of access 19 March
2008]
GUN DRY L BEN-YOSEPH M amp POSIG M 2002 Contemporary perspectives on
womens entrepreneurship A review and strategic recommendations Journal of
Enterprising Culture 10 (1) 67-86
HISRICH RD PETERS MP amp SHEPHERD DA 2005 Entrepreneurship 6th ed
New York NY McGraw-Hill Irwin
122
HITT MA DACIN TM LEVITAS E ARREGLE JL amp BORZA A 2000 Partner
selection in emerging and developed market contexts resource-based and
organizational learning perspectives Academy of Management Journal 43(3) 449-468
HOGSKOLA M 2008 Female entrepreneurs in Sweden and Thailand Differences and
similarities in Motivation Sweden School of Sustainable Development of Society and
Technology (Unpublished MBA-dissertation)
HUGHES KD 2006 Exploring motivation and success among Canadian women
entrepreneurs America University of Alberta (Unpublished PhD-Thesis)
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR OFFICE (ILO) 2004 Supporting growth-oriented women
entrepreneurs in Ethiopia Kenya amp Tanzania SEED programme Pp 1-113
JALBERT E 2000 Women entrepreneurs in the global economy Pp 55
KANTOR P 2001 Promoting womens entrepreneurship development based on good
to South practice programmes Some experiences from North to South SEED Working
Paper No 9 International Labour Office Geneva
KEH H FOO M amp LIM B 2002 Opportunity evaluation under risky conditions The
cognitive processes of entrepreneurs Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 125-
148
KEPLER E amp SHANE S 2007 Are male and female entrepreneurs really that
different Small business research summary 309(1)
KINGDON G amp KNIGHT J 2005 Unemployment in South Africa 1995-2003 causes
problems and policies Global Poverty Research Group [Web] httpwwwqprqorg
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
123
KLASEN S amp WOOLARD I 1999 Levels trends and consistency of employment and
unemployment figures in South Africa Development Southern Africa 16(1)
KOLLER M 2006 Hysteresis and unemployment in South Africa Bloemfontein
University of the Free State (Dissertation - MCom)
KORUNKA C FRANK H LUEGER M amp MUGLER J 2003 The entrepreneurial
personality in the context of resources environment and the start-up process - A
configurational approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 28(1) 23-42
KOLIRILOFF M 2000 Exploring perceptions of a prior barriers to entrepreneurship A
multidisciplinary approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 25(2) 59-80
KUTANI RO amp BAYRAKTAROGLU S 2003 Female entrepreneurs Social feminist
insights for overcoming the barriers Sakarya University The Faculty of Business
Studies Turkey Pp 3
KYRO P 2001 Women entrepreneurs question mens criteria for success
wwwbabsoneduentrepferBabson202001 [Date of access 10 September 2008]
LEWIS JD 2002 Promoting growth and employment in South Africa South African
Journal of Economics 70(5) 725-41
LOCKE EA amp LATHAM GP 1990 A theory of goal setting and task performance
Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall
LOMBARD K 2001 Female self-employment and demand for flexible non-standard
work schedules Economic Inquiry 39(2) 214-237
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
124
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2007 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
MAHADEA D 2008 The environmental context for SMME entrepreneurship in
Kwazulu-Natal The regulatory environment and its impact on the nature and level of
economic growth and development in South Africa Conference 2008
MARKMAN G BALKIN D amp BARON R 2002 Inventors and new venture formation
The effects of general self-efficacy and regretful thinking Entrepreneurship Theory and
Practice 27(2) 149-166
MARLOW S 1997 Self-employed women new opportunities old challenges
Entrepreneurship amp Regional Development 9(3) 199-211
MAYER M amp ALTMAN M 2005 South Africas economic development trajectory
implications for skills development Journal of Education and Work 18(1) 33-56
MAYOUX L 2001 Jobs gender and small enterprises Getting the policy environment
right - SEED Working Paper No 15 - SEED Working Paper No 15 ILO Geneva
MAYSAMI RC amp GOBY VP 1999 Female business owners in Singapore and
elsewhere A review of studies Journal of Small Business Management 37(2) 96-105
MBOWENI TT 2000 A new monetary policy framework Statement of the Monetary
Policy Committee 6 April SARB [Web] httpwwwreservebankcoza internet
publicationnsf [Date of access 10 September 2008]
MCCLELLAND E SWAIL J BELL J amp IBBOTSON P 2005 Following the pathway
of female entrepreneurs A six-country investigation International Journal of
Entrepreneurial Behavior amp Research 11 (2) 84-107
MCVICAR M amp CRAIG JF 1981 Minding my own business Entrepreneurial women
share their secrets of success New York Richard Marek
MITCHELL R BUSENITZ L LANT T MCDOUGALL P MORSE E amp SMITH J
2002 Toward a theory of entrepreneurial cognition Rethinking the people side of
entrepreneurship research Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 93-104
MOHR P amp FOURIE L 2000 Economics for South African students 2nd ed Pretoria
Van Schaik Publishers
NIEUWENHUIZEN C amp KROON J 2003 The Relationship between financing criteria
and the success factors of entrepreneurs in small and medium enterprises
Development Southern Africa 20 (1)
NTSIKA ENTERPRISE PROMOTION AGENCY 1999 State of small business in South
Africa Policy and Research Division Pretoria
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2004 Promoting entrepreneurship and innovative SMEs in a Global economy Towards
a more responsible and inclusive globalisation Paper read at2n d OECD conference of
ministers responsible for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) Turkey Istanbul
OECD 1998 Women Entrepreneurs in Small and Medium Enterprises OECD Paris
[Web] httpwwwoecdorg [Date of access 8 September 2008]
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2008 Economic assessment of South Africa 2008 [Web] httpwwwsourceoecdorg
[Date of access 6 June 2008]
OSTENSSON O amp UWIZEYE-MAPENDANO A 2000 Growth and diversification in
mineral economies paper presented at the Regional Workshop for Mineral Economies
in Africa 7-9 November Cape Town South Africa
REVIVO-STEINER M 2006 Women entrepreneurs A growing and promising
phenomenon [Web]
httpyywwwaltassetscomknowledqebankleaminqcurve2006nz9913php [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
ONEILL RC amp VILJOEN L 2001 Support for female entrepreneurs in South Africa
Improvement or decline Journal of Family Ecology and Consumer Sciences 29(1) 37 -
44
RENZULLI L ALDRICH H amp MOODY J 2000 Family matters Gender networks
and entrepreneurial outcomes Social Forces 79(2) 523-546
REYNOLDS PD HAY M BYGRAVE WD CAMP SM AUTIO E 2000 Global
Entrepreneurship Monitor Kauffman Centre for Entrepreneurial Leadership at the Ewing
Marion Kauffman Foundation
RICHARDSON P HOWARTH R amp FINNEGAN G 2004 The Challenges of Growing
Small Businesses Insights from Women Entrepreneurs in Africa SEED Working Paper
No 47
ROGERSON C M 2004 The impact of the South African Governments SMME
Programmes a ten year review (1994-2003) Development Southern Africa 21 (5)
SAMSON M 2000 The macroeconomics of job-creating growth EPRI Research Paper
10 Cape Town Economic Policy Research Institute
SHANE S LOCKE EA amp COLLINS CJ 2003 Entrepreneurial motivation Human
Resource Management Review 13(2) 257-279
127
SANNIKOVA E 2004 Regulatory impediments to enterprise development Mobilizing
womens economic potential International Conference on Reducing Barriers to
Entrepreneurship and Encouraging Enterprise Development Policy Options Salle VII
Palais des Nations 18-19 June 2007 pp 1-13
SHEPHERD D amp KRUEGER N 2002 An intentions-based model of entrepreneurial
teams social cognition Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 167-186
SIGH S REYNOLDSR amp MUHAMMADS 2001 A gender-based performance
analysis of micro and small enterprises in Java Indonesia Journal of Small Business
Management 39 (2) 174-182
SIMMON M amp HOUGHTON S 2002 The relationship among biases misperceptions
and introducing pioneering products examining differences in venture decision contexts
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 105-124
SOUTH AFRICA 1996 National Small Business Act 102 of 1996 Government Gazette
377(17612)
SOUTH AFRICA 2004 National Small Business Amendment Bill 26926 of 2004
Government Gazette B23-2004
SOUTH AFRICAN GOVERNMENT 2008 South African government information
[Web] httpwwwinfogovzaissuesqovtprogstarthtm [Date of access 24 April 2008]
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Mid year population estimates July 2008
rWeblhttpwwwstatssaqovzapublicationsP0302P03022008pdf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
128
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Statistics South Africa 2008 Quarterly labour
force survey (QLFS) Quarter 1 and Quarter 2 rWeb1httpwwwstatssaqovza [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
STATSOFT INC 2008 Statistica (Data Analysis Software System) Vers 8 [Web]
vwvwstatsoftcom [Date of access 16 December 2008]
STRUWIG FW amp STEAD GB 2004 Planning designing and reporting research 3rd
ed Cape Town Pearson Education
TANIGUCHI H 2002 Determinants of womens entry into self-employment Social
Science Quarterly 83(3) 875-894
TAYLOR RR 1988 Exceptional entrepreneurial women Strategies for success New
York NY Quorum Books
TULL DS amp HAWKINS DI 1980 Marketing research Measurement and method 2nd
ed New York NY Macmillan Publishing
UNITED NATIONS 2008 Millennium development goals [Web]
httpwwwunorgrnilleriniumgoals
UNITED NATIONS ECONOMIC COMMISSION FOR EUROPE (UNECE) 2004
Womens self employment and entrepreneurship in the ECE Region Regional
Symposium on Mainstreaming Gender into Economic Policies 28-30 January 2004
UNECE Secretariat Geneva
VERWEY I 2006 Development bank of Southern Africa Case studies on how women entrepreneur in construction experience the entrepreneurial process and manage growth Pp 1-10
129
WALKER C 2003 Piety in the sky gender policy and land reform in South Africa
Journal of Agrarian Change 3(1-2) 113-148
WEILER S amp BERNASEK A 2001 Dodging the glass ceiling Networks and the new
wave of women entrepreneurs The Social Science Journal 3885-103
WRONG DH 2007 Sociology [Web] httpencartamsncom [Date of access 2
February 2008]
ZAHRA SA IRELAND DR GUTIERREZ I amp HITT MA 2000 Privatization and
entrepreneurial transformation emerging issues and a future research agenda
130
Private Bag X6001 Potchefstroom Campus
W^P North-West University BUSINESS SCHOOL Potchefstroom
2520
Code number
APPENDIX A
QUESTIONNAIRE WOMEN ENTREPRENUERSHIP DEVELOPMENT IN
EKURHULENI
CONTACT DETAILS Ame1 Kock
Cell 082 783 0041 E-mail amekockmwebcoza
I9J NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESIT1 YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT POTCHEFSTROOM CAMPUS
WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE PLEASE NOTE
This questionnaire must only be completed by women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni District
All information will be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL and will only be used for academic purposes
Instructions for completion
1 Please answer the questions as objectively and honestly as possible 2 Place a cross (x) in the space provided at each question which reflects your answer the
most accurately Use the following key 1 = Strongly disagree 2 = Disagree 3 = Slightly disagree 4 = Neutral view 5 = Slightly agree 6 = Agree 7 = Strongly agree
Str
ongl
y di
sagr
ee
U)
0) Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
Neu
tral
view
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0)
ltD i_
lt Str
ongl
y ag
ree
B7 Ekurhuleni Municipality is assisting adequately in the needs of especially women entrepreneurs
1 2 3 4 laquo 6 7
It is essential you indicate your choice clearly with a pen
3 Where asked for comments or to express your own opinion keep answers short and to the point
4 Please answer all the questions as this will provide more information to the researcher so that an accurate analysis and interpretation of data can be made
Thank you for your co-operation We hope that you will find the questionnaire interesting and stimulating
l
SECTION A PERSONAL INFORMATION The following information is needed to help us with the statistical analysis of the data for comparisons among different businesses All your responses will be treated confidentially We appreciate your help in providing this important information
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which age group do you fall lt19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
A2 What is your marital status Single Married Divorced Widowed
(01) (02) (03) (04)
Indicate your highest academic qualification
Lower than matric
Matric
Certificate
Diploma (Technical College orTechnicon)
University degree
Postgraduate degree
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the number of children that you have
None
One (1) child
Two (2) children
Three (3) children
Four (4) children
Five (5) children
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the age of your children
No children
One (1) to five (5) years
Six (6) to 10 years
1 1 - 1 8 years
18+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
2
A5 Indicate your past experience before self-employment (occupational background)
Unemployed
Self-employed (owned a business)
Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier)
Supervisor (first-line management)
Middle management
Top (executive) management
A6 Indicate the number of years that you are self-employed
Less than one (1) year
1 -3 years
4 - 5 years
6 - 1 0 years
More than 10 years Please specify
3
SECTION B BUSINESS INFORMATION
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which industry does your business operate
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Manufacturing
Construction
Transportdistribution
Accommodation and restaurant (guest houses hotel)
Food industry
Agricultureforest ryfishing
Services (Please specify the type of service)
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
Indicate the legal status of your business (form of business ownership)
Sole proprietorship
Partnership
Close corporation
Company (private)
Company (public)
Business Trust
Not registered
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
What is the age of the business (years)
Please specify
4
B4 Indicate your path to business ownership
Started (founded) the business (01)
Purchase the business (02)
Join the family business (03)
Inherited the business (from the family) (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B5 Indicate your source of start-up funding
Personal savings (01)
Borrowed orgifted(donated) from relative or friend (02)
Householdspouse (03)
Sold previous business (04)
Bank loan (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
B6 Indicate the business premises (from where does the business operates)
From home (home-based) (01)
Central business district (CBD) (02)
Outlying business area (03)
Industrial area (03)
Agriculture land (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B7 How many permanent employees are employed by your business
Myself 2-4 5-10 11-25 26-50 51-100 101-200 200+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
gt
Indicate the turnover (annual sales) that your business generates
Less than R30 000
R30 000 - R50 000
R50 000-R100 000
R100 000-R500 000
R500 000 - R1 million
R1 million - R5 million
R5 million+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
Did you have any exposure to business in your childhood (ie partents close family friend owned a business)
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes who owned the business (Please specify - ie father mother sibling family friend close friend)
B10 Is the present business the first business that you own Yes (01)
No (02)
If no please indicate what happened to the business previously owned
Went out of business (03)
Still successful (04)
Sold of (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
6
SECTION C MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS The purpose of this section is to determine which factors drove female entrepreneurs to
enter into their own business ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block with a cross (X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee 0
W Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
MOTIVATION FOR ENTERING SELF-EMPLOYMENT OR TO START OWN BUSINESS
C1 The need for independence 2 3 4 5 6 7
C2 Need for flexible work schedule 2 3 4 5 6 7
C3 Need for a challenge 2 3 4 5 6 7
C4 Self-fulfilment 2 3 4 5 6 7
C5 To develop my hobby 2 3 4 5 6 7
C6 Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members 2 3 4 5 6 7
C7 Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C8 Difficulty finding a job 2 3 4 5 6 7
C9 Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C10 Compatibility with family duties 2 3 4 5 6 7
C11 Insufficient family income 2 3 4 5 6 7
C12 Desire for wealth 2 3 4 5 6 7
C13 Ensure high job security 2 3 4 5 6 7
C14 Entered the family business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C15 Confidence in the productservice offered 2 3 4 5 6 7
C16 Others (Please specify)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD
O) a w a S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree CD
0) i_
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
DEMOGRAPHIC ASPECTS
C17 Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C18 Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 2 3 4 5 6 7
C19 The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 2 3 4 5 6 7
C20 Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C21 Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C22 Other aspects of Ekurhuleni that motivated you in starting your business in this region
8
SECTION D OBSTACLES TOWARDS WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers has for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those barriers
still exist today The purpose of this section is to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers
that were faced by current female entrepreneurs in entering and running their own business
ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block Witha cross(X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD CD
O )
cgt
b Slig
htly
di
sagr
ee
Neu
tral
view
S
light
ly
agre
e CD CD
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) THAT INHIBIT THE FEMALE ENTREPRENEUR TO START HER OWN BUSINESS
D1 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D2 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D3 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D4 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D5 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D6 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D7 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D8 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D9 Lack of education and training (in general) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D10 Inequality of access to credit (difficultto obtain financing as a female)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D11 Lack of self-confidence 2 3 4 5 6 7
D12 Risk averse (great fear of failure) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D13 Legislative (lack of focussed women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D14 Other (Please specify)
9
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
U) m b S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree (D
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) YOU ARE FACING CURRENTLY IN RUNNING YOUR BUSINESS
D15 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D16 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D17 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D18 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D19 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D20 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D21 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D22 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D23 Liquidity and other financial problems 2 3 4 5 6 7
D24 Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D25 No timefortrainingupgrading of skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D26 Other (Please specify)
SECTION E DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF ENTREPRENEURS Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
Have you ever been trained or developed by either a government agency or the private sector
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes name the institution
Indicate the type of training that you received
Technical skills (ie hand crafting)
Communication skills
Accounting skills
Management skills
Technological skills (computers)
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
Do you know any organisation which is specifically established for women entrepreneurs
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes what is the name of that organisation
How does the organisation helps to develop women entrepreneurs in their activities (Choose one or more)
Provides education and training
Provides financial assistance
Supportsenables networking with other women entrepreneurs
Provides accessexposure to motivational speakersrole models
Provides business information
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
11
Indicate your specific needs (Choose one or more)
Financial support
Trainingknowledgeskills
Tools equipment machinery
Business advice information counselling mentoring
Marketing support
Suitable business premises
Growth Support
Technical support
Psychological support
Networking with other business owners
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity)
Legal support
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area
Other (Please specify)
THANK YOU FOR YOUR TIME
12
523 Path to ownership results 102
524 Motivational factors to self employment result 102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni 103
526 Obstacles to business start-up results 103
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results 103
528 Support need results 104
53 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY 113
55 SUGGESTIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 114
56 SUMMARY 115
BIBLIOGRAPHY 117
APPENDIX A - W O M E N ENTREPRENEURSHIP QUESTIONNAIRE 131
vu
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni metropolitan
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former east Rand) region
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007I
Figure 31 Framework for the support of women entrepreneurship activity
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in
Ekurhuleni
LIST OF TABLES
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006 3
Table 21 Key labour market indicators 21
Table 22 South African projectory indicators 28
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa 32
Table 24 Small business support institutions 34
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks 37
Table 26 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics 39
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship theory 49
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurship 51
Table 41 Age group description of respondents 71
Table 42 Marital status of respondents 72
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
Table 44 Number of children of respondents 75
Table 45 Age group description of children 76
Table 46 Number of permanent employees 77
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business 79
Table 48 Economic sector of operation 80
Table 49 Legal status of business 81
Table 410 Business premises 82
Table 411 Age of business 83
Table 412 Path to business ownership 84
Table 413 Previous employment experience 85
Table 414 Years self employed 87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding 88
Table 416 Role models 89
Table 417 First ownership 90
Table 418 women entrepreneurship motivation factors 91
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support
this district is providing to their business operations 93
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up 95
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business 97
IX
Table 422 Support needs of respondents 98
x
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY
11 INTRODUCTION
In the year 2000 the largest gathering of world leaders in human history signed an agreement committing to achieve measurable improvements in the most critical areas of human development This agreement came to be called the Millennium Development Goals and it contained an important commitment to halve poverty by the year 2015 Now eight years after the Millennium Summit we better understand three important facts (United Nations 2008 1)
bull Poverty alleviation goals will not be achieved without sustainable economic growth in the developing world
bull This economic growth will rely in large part on the success of the private sector
bull Private sector development must touch all segments of the economy including the micro enterprise and SME sectors
The hypothesis that entrepreneurship is linked to economic growth finds Its most immediate foundation in simple intuition common sense and pure economic observation activities to convert ideas into economic opportunities lie at the very heart of entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a source of innovation and change and as such spurs improvements in productivity and economic competitiveness
With nearly half of its population living in conditions of extreme poverty caused by high unemployment rate the economic realities of South Africa are harsh And yet the promise of sustainable development remains bright By creating economic growth South African entrepreneurs are proving to be at the heart of that promise and a key weapon in the fight against poverty (Mboweni 2000 1)
1
No economically successful country can operate using less than half of its business
resources According to the latest labour force survey and mid year population estimates
released by Statistics South Africa women in South Africa currently make up 518
percent of South Africas adult population 439 percent of the workforce 566 percent of
the unemployed and 525 percent of the working age population (Statistics South Africa
2008 3) But unfortunately their contribution has not been adequately nurtured
Although limited research was focused on this topic in South Africa international
research has shown that women face a number of difficulties in establishing and
maintaining businesses Although most of these difficulties are common to both
genders in many cases they tend to be more significant for female entrepreneurs
(Edwards 2001 45) This is due to factors such as
bull Gender discrimination and stereotypes
bull Differences in the way women and men approach entrepreneurship
bull Difficulties in reconciling business and family obligations
bull The choice of business types and sectors
bull Information gaps
bull Lack of contacts and access to networking
Women entrepreneurship is still in its infancy in South Africa and only recently did the
government start to focus on this dynamic field of high importance The Department of
Trade and Industry (dti) has over the last few years tried to undertake a range of
initiatives to promote and support the economic empowerment of women These include
the holding of a number of conferences the establishment of the South African
Womens Empowerment Network and commissioning of studies looking at the internal
operations and external impact of both the Department of Trade and Industry and its
associated institutions from a gender perspective (Department of Trade and Industry
2008 1) Unfortunately these government activities did not shed or lighten any problems
that woman entrepreneurs are still facing today as South Africa is still not placed
favourable against other international countries in regards to entrepreneurship as
2
indicated by the 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) report (Maas amp
Herrington 2006 24)
The GEM is a research programme launched in 1999 that provides annual assessments
of the national level of entrepreneurship GEM analyses are based on a harmonised
assessment of the level of national entrepreneurial activity for the participating countries
and represent one of the rare sources of data on entrepreneurship conducive to crossshy
country comparison The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share
of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a
new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old According to the GEM
report 2006 (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) South Africa is placed 30th out of 42
participant countries as indicated in table 11 The table furthermore indicate that South
Africas position on the global ranking continues to deteriorate relative to other
participating countries This is despite improved macro-economic conditions in the
country
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006
South Africas TEA ranking
2001 14m out of 28 countries
2002 20m out of 37 countries
2003 22nd out of 31 countries
2004 20m out of 34 countries
2005 25th out of 34 countries
2006 30m out of 42 countries
Source Maas amp Herrington (200624)
Currently the global average for female entrepreneurship is standing at seven point
seven percent of the population South African women are however currently
performing at just four point eight percent (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) Almost three
percent lower than the global average indicating that considerable scope exists to
improve the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
3
Therefore a great need for a conceptual framework in the context of women entrepreneurship development must be look into This kind of framework will contribute to an unlimited advantage and sustainable growth for the South African economy
The South African National Small Business Act (1996) and National Small Business Amendment Bill (292004 2) classify micro very small small and medium-sized businesses as businesses that employ less than 200 full-time equivalent of paid employees
The focus of this study was thus small and medium-sized women owned businesses as
define above
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT
Research on women entrepreneurship remains limited in the South African context and
this has a direct influence on the formulation and implementation of policies and support
programmes that could be one of the main causes of South Africas current poor
performance in regards to female entrepreneurship activity
But in order to develop appropriate interventions to promote women entrepreneurs in
South Africa and therefore create a sustaining and entrepreneurial environment in the
country it is necessary first to understand more about them
This study will focus on enhancing the understanding of the profile of the woman entrepreneur through examining the contextual social psychological and economic factors that influence and shape the woman entrepreneur in a complex dynamic environment
Womens entrepreneurship needs to be studied separately for four main reasons
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
4
Firstly because womens entrepreneurs has been recognised during the last decade as
an important untapped source of economic growth Women creating unique solutions to
management business problems and exploitation of entrepreneurial opportunities
necessities this field of study As a result women represent a readily available pool of
potential entrepreneurial activity that countries may leverage to improve their economies
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
Secondly although without a doubt the economic impact of women is significant little
substantial research was done on this field Leaving unventured ground for further
research The topic of women in entrepreneurship has been largely neglected both in
society in general and in the social sciences (Organisation for economic co-operation
and development 2004 5)
Thirdly according to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(2004 5) not only do women participate less in entrepreneurship than men but will also
participate in entrepreneurial activities in other industries than those of their male
counterparts The industries (primarily retail education and other service industries)
chosen by women are often perceived as being less important to economic development
and growth than high-technology and manufacturing
It is thus clear that scientific research on women entrepreneurship is important to gain
knowledge on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs in order to make
recommendations
Lastly current support policies and programmes do not take into consideration the
unique needs of woman entrepreneurs sketching an unequal playing field and resulting
in a bias towards male entrepreneurs
From the worlds largest producer of gold a century ago the geographical area known
as the Ekurhuleni has become an entity of note in a globally competitive business and
industry Leaving ambient source of entrepreneurial opportunities not currently utilised to
5
full potential The study will therefore also aim to lessen this gap in the development of
women entrepreneurs in this dynamic district by developing a contextual framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship specifically in Ekurhuleni
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY
This study is based on both a primary objective and secondary objectives
131 Primary objective
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
132 Secondary objectives
In order to achieve the primary objective the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a South African context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
141 Field of the study
This study focused on the major discipline of entrepreneurship with the specific emphasis on women entrepreneurship
142 Geographical
Ekurhuleni comprised of nine towns of the former East Rand namely Greater Alberton Benoni Germiston Springs Kempton Park Edenvale Nigel Brakpan and Boksburg Refer to figure 11 for a map of the region
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
7
Ekurhuleni is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region
Ekurhuleni is a Tsonga word and can loosely be translated as the place of peace It denotes a place with plentiful opportunities for any enthusiastic entrepreneur but not to the avail of some unique challenges forfeiting by this diverse region
This study therefore determined what unique challenges specifically woman
entrepreneurs are facing while venturing into this dynamic environment
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
151 Literature study
A study of the literature involves tracing identifying and analysing documents containing information relating to the research problem (Struwig amp Stead 2001 38)The main aim of the literature study was first of all is to gain a body of knowledge regarding woman entrepreneurship and geographical aspects where after this knowledge was formulated into a comprehensive understanding of current elements associated to women entrepreneurs This understanding was utilised in the design of the questionnaire for the empirical study
Other advantages to the literature study (Struwig amp Stead 2001 39)
bull The literature study can provide a perspective on the study
bull The literature study can highlight previous investigations pertinent to the research
topic and indicate how other researchers have dealt with similar research problems
in similar situations
bull It can reveal unfamiliar sources of information
8
bull Can stimulate new ideas and approaches
bull It can provide a framework for the evaluation and assessment of future work
Various sources of secondary data including the following was studied and applied to
this study
bull Scientific journals
bull Text books
bull Reports from the Department of Trade and Industry (dti) of South Africa
bull Other dissertations and thesis on entrepreneurship
bull Statistical reports from Statistics South Africa
bull Environmental reports
Sources accessed and retrieved were used to write the literature review covering two
chapters The aim with chapter two was to provide background information to the study
in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise
development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the
South African economy
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
152 Empirical study
Empirical research activities contribute to casual understanding by investigating
relationships between scores obtained from cases on measure of concepts (Schwab
1999 3)
9
Three activities are needed to conduct empirical research
bull Measurement Measurement activities are aimed at obtaining scores on
measurement that correspond to the concepts studied
bull Research design Research design establishes procedures to obtain participants
and to determine how scores are obtained on measures
bull Analyses Analysis are performed to describe scores on single measures and
especlaWy to identify relationships that may exist between scores across different
measures
1521 Research design
The data on female-owned businesses are limited and the need for further research on female entrepreneurs has been identified as long ago as the early 1980s Most international studies on female entrepreneurs suffered from limitations that preluded their generalisation (ONeill amp Viljoen 200137)
Due to the incompleteness of current literature available on the subject of women entrepreneurship quantitative methods was utilised in combination with current available literature to formulate questions established during the study A hypothesis was therefore not formulated due to the exploratory nature of this study
As a component to the explorative nature of the study a survey of female entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni was conducted Survey research can be described as the gathering and scrutiny of responses from samples of people to polls and questionnaires that are designed to draw out their opinions attitudes and sentiments on a particular subject (Wrong 2007 1)
The survey instrument utilised in the study was a standardised questionnaire This questionnaire was administered either as interview schedule in face to face interviewing or was handed to participants to complete by themselves
10
For the purpose of the study the unit of analysis was the individual
The general mode of analysis used in this research is the one referred to as explanation building Explanation building points out that to explain a phenomenon is to stipulate a set of causal links about it In the context of approaches such as these sets of causal links are typically seen as being among the basic elements of a theoretical framework (Campbell 2004 22)
1522 Sampling frame
The sampling frame can be defined as the list of ultimate sampling entities and must be representative of the population and this is a question outside the scope of statistical theory demanding the judgment of experts in the particular subject matter being studied (Bartlett Kotrlik amp Higgins 2001 44)
The sampling frame identified for this study included all women entrepreneurs that owned small and medium-size businesses in Ekurhuleni This could include women entrepreneurs in the start-up phase of their respective business as well as established businesses owned by women
1523 Sampling method
The unavailability of a women owned business database in Ekurhuleni prompted this
review to make use of a hybrid mix of two types of sampling methods for this study
Firstly a convenience sampling method was chosen due to the accessibility and articulation of the sampling frame as well as the sufficiently homogeneous (similar) universe
Secondly Snowball sampling is a special non-probability method used when the desired
sample characteristic is rare While this technique can dramatically lower search costs it
11
comes at the expense of introducing bias because the technique itself reduces the
likelihood that the sample will represent a good cross section from the population
1524 Questionnaire design
The realm of survey research includes concepts and strategies that enable the researcher to accumulate data concerning the attitudes opinions and knowledge of a population or sample
One of the most potent survey research tools is the questionnaire which can be administered directly by telephone through the mail or used as structure in a face to face interview Because a questionnaire allows a researcher to gather data conveniently from large samples it is a useful tool to collect and analyse data from groups that may be affected by changes in professional practice or education
Unfortunately many questionnaires contain major flaws that render them incomprehensible to respondents or do not collect the intended data If a questionnaire is incomprehensible to the recipient it is unlikely to be returned a questionnaire that does not gather valid information does not allow the researcher to address the research problem being studied
A researchers attention to several fundamental principles for developing a questionnaire
greatly enhances the likelihood that valid and reliable data will be gathered
Generally the term validity refers to the ability of an instrument to measure actually what the researcher intends to measure Reliability refers to the consistency of a questionnaire in gathering data Optimally each time an individual responds to an item he or she should choose the same response Thus carefully developed questionnaires tend to gather data that accurately represent the knowledge attitudes or opinions of the respondents and address the researchers research problem
12
As a tool to collect data the questionnaire has advantages and limitations that must be taken into account
The main advantages of using a questionnaire are the following
bull Data are gathered economically because the cost for each completed response is low
bull Distributional flexibility is provided because the questionnaire can be sent almost anywhere
bull Data can be gathered from a large number of subjects
bull The data gathered can be standardised especially if an item requires a response from a group of choices provided by the researcher
bull The process is time efficient because it generally involves less of the researchers time to gather data in comparison with an equivalent number of interviews
The main limitations of a questionnaire are the following
bull The subjects motivation while completing a questionnaire is unknown
bull Data cannot be gathered from subjects who are illiterate
bull The researcher must assume all subjects have sufficient knowledge to complete the
questionnaire
bull The researcher must assume that all subjects are willing to answer all questions
bull All subjects who receive questionnaires may not complete and return them
bull Questionnaires do not allow follow-up questions such as an interviewer may pose to
clarify a given response
bull Although each subject receives the same items in a questionnaire test conditions
cannot be standardised
bull Subjects may not interpret items contained in a questionnaire in the same manner
Perceptions of what an item asks may differ
13
After carefully reviewing the advantages and limitations of using a questionnaire for a
particular study a researcher must decide if the advantages outweigh the limitations
Keeping the above advantages and disadvantages in mind this review followed the
below nine step plan in the questionnaire design process
bull Step one (1) Identify the problem to be studied
bull Step two (2) Translate the problem into a testable form
bull Step three (3) Determine what data must be collected and analysed
bull Step four (4) Identify sources where data can be obtained
bull Step five (5) Describe how data will be gathered
bull Step six (6) Decide on input method
bull Step seven (7) Construct questionnaire in an understandable format
bull Step eight (8) Verification of questionnaire
bull Step nine (9) Distribution
The questionnaire design was two folded This review made use of selection based
questions where more than one answer could be marked Another method employed
was the use of a seven point Likert scale
In the arena of social sciences Likert scale is a popular instrument to measure
constructs such as attitudes images and opinions To facilitate data analysis each
response category on the scale is generally assigned successively an integer value The
questionnaire requests respondents to specify their level of agreement to each of a list
of statements
1525 Verification of questionnaires
The questionnaire was pretested by fellow students at the Potchefstroom Business
School to test the accuracy precision and statistical usefulness of the questionnaire
prior to study
14
After the completion of the pretest a pilot phase was conducted by selecting women
entrepreneurs from a target population and simulates the procedures and protocol that will take place during the actual study The questionnaire was adapted accordance to any problems accounted during the verification process
1526 Distribution of questionnaires
Various options for questionnaire distribution are available to researches Questionnaire can be distributed either by post e-mail fax or directly delivered to participants This review made use of e-mail and direct delivery as to reduce the time frame for returns
1527 Data analysis
Descriptive statistics was used to obtain baseline data Data from questionnaires was coded The data collected were statistically analysed using Statistica (Statsoft 2008) Advanced statistical procedures were utilised to investigate and transform data to useful outputs such as frequency tables These frequency tables were used to make conclusions and provide recommendations to the development of the women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni
16 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY
This review has identified the following limitations of the study
bull The primary limitations of the study were possible threats to internal validity through (1) size of the sample (2) lack of randomisation The findings of this research can thus not be generalised to all women-owned enterprises in Ekurhuleni South Africa or the world
bull Academic articles on women business owners are still rare and mainstream entrepreneurship journals pay little attention to gender issues The discrepancy
15
between achievements in business ownership and lack of attention to them poses a
paradox
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY
The figure below depicts a simplified process through which this research will
predicatively flow It began with a choice of a broad research area progressed through
the formulation of a well defined and delimited research problem and the development of
an appropriate methodology This step will follow with the research proposal
Note the two headed arrows between each stage of the process indicating the cyclical nature of research planning After each step is completed it might be necessary to alter or rework previous steps to supply structure to the study
The research study is divided into six chapters
Chapter 1 Nature and scope of the study
Chapter 1 serves to orientate the reader to a paradigm perspective to the study This
chapter includes aspects such as the problem statement objectives of the study scope
of the study research methodology limitations of the study and the layout of the study
Chapter 2 and 3 Literature review
These chapters forms part of the literature review from which the research problem was
developed
The aim with chapter two is to provide background information to the study in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the South African economy
16
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
IDEA OR BROAD TOPIC AREA x WELL DEFINED AND DELIMITED RESEARCH PROBLEM
RESEARCH PROPOSAL
TMPERICAL STUDY
X HPR(
X t
TER2and3)
DATA COLLECTION
SAMPLING DESIGN
vfhL V
B^^^^Ji^^lWETATIIOfCsectlaquot^5)
Source Botha (2006)
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
17
Chapter 4 Results and discussion of empirical research
In chapter four a full exposition of the research design and analysis is offered This
empirical research chapter contains the following topics questionnaire design study
population gathering of data presentation of results and discussion of findings
The main purpose of the empirical research chapter is to display the findings in a clear and accessible manner The researcher made use of tables to illustrate the findings
Chapters Conclusions and recommendations
The body of information in this chapter portrays the following topics the conclusion recommendations achievement of the objectives and suggestions for further research
18
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION
According to Zahra Ireland Gutierrez and Hitt (2000 518) much has been discussed and written about the need for entrepreneurial development as an important force for economic development The reality is however that entrepreneurship as a possible economic activity is still not well recognised and poorly supported (Hitt Dacin Levitas Arregle amp Borza 2000 453)
Revivo-Steiner (2006 1) indicates that research findings have shown a high positive correlation between the level of national womens entrepreneurial activity and growth in Gross Domestic Product (GDP) suggesting that countries that are successful in promoting entrepreneurship among women could experience a positive impact on economic growth rates A refreshing new approach to entrepreneurship by women emphasises relative advantages of women and how they can be leveraged into entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a dynamic field particularly as it relates to the experience of women entrepreneurs (Kouriloff 2000 60)
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 10) are of the opinion that in common with other developed economies the number of women starting up new businesses in South Africa far exceeds the number of men Since the 1970s more women especially married women have become involved in the full-time workforce With the overall growth in the number of women in full-time work there has been a commensurate increase in the number of women starting their own businesses and hence an increase in the number of potential women entrepreneurs (Department of Trade and Industry (dti) 2001 2) The purpose of this literature study is to embed a research setting as to emphasise the need for the current study
19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Since the advent of democracy in 1994 South Africas economy has been undergoing
tremendous structural transformation The 2008 Organisation for Economic Coshy
operation and Development (OECD) economic survey focused entirely on this economic
metamorphosis and a number of broad factor changes have been isolated in the report
The OECD (2008 2) is of the opinion that before 1994 the economy was wracked by
long years of internal conflict and external sanctions Post 1994 brought forward an era
of considerable government populism in an effort to boost short term growth According
to the OECD (2008 2) this has resulted in public finances being stabilised inflation was
brought down foreign capital was attracted in growing amounts and economic growth
improved greatly
221 South African employment
Despite this macroeconomic prudence which has fostered fiscal and external
sustainability the OECD (2008 3) is of the opinion that some very serious weaknesses
in the economic record to date persist especially as regards to unemployment
inequality and poverty
Levels of poverty and unemployment in South Africa are critically high despite the
countrys status as an upper middle income country According to Mohr and Fourie
(2000 121) unemployment is arguably the most important and vexing problem facing
the South African economy and its governance The problem is that the economy is
currently unable to absorb productively all the current labour force or all the increment to
the labour force The public and private sectors have also been shedding labour in
response to economic imperatives of the domestic and global circumstances (Koller
2006 6) Accordingly more and more people are taking the route to informal sector
entrepreneurship (Mahadea 2008 5) As unemployment causes the unemployed to
20
suffer mental and physical hardship it poses a serious threat to social and political
stability (Mohr amp Fourie 2000 121)
In its starkest terms the issue of unemployment is depicted in Table 21 The latest
Quarterly Labour Force Survey (QLFS) conducted by Statistics South Africa released
in August 2008 measured the unemployment rate at 231 percent Out of a population of
30 705 000 (15-64 years) the labour force was measured at 17 844 000 Employment
stood at 13 729 000 and not economically active participants at 12 861 000 (Statistics
South Africa (QLFS) 2008 3)
Table 21 Key labour market indicators
April - June 2008
Thousands
Population 15-64 years 30 705
Labour force 17 844
Employed 13 729
Formal sector (Non-agriculture) 9415
Informal sector (Non-agriculture) 2340
Agriculture 790
Private households 1185
Unemployed 4114
Not economically active 12861
Discouraged work-seekers 1079
Other (not economically active) 11783
Rate () Unemployment rate 231
Employedpopulation ratio (Absorption) 447
Labour force participation rate 581
Source Statistic South Africa (2008 7)
21
Unemployment in South Africa was not always so high At the time of democratic
transition in 1994 unemployment was substantially lower than it is today (Banerjee
Galiani Levinsohn McLaren amp Woolard 2007 3) Banerjee et al (2007 3) state that
unemployment was fairly low through the 1970s although data limitations prelude
certainty They also indicated that during a nationally representative survey conducted
just before the 1994 transition the unemployment was measured at 13 percent By the
end of the decade unemployment jumped to 30 percent before starting to decline
slightly
Frey (2006 1) are of the opinion that taking in consideration that it is a middle-income
developing country two aspects of South Africas employment trends are striking
bull The first relates to the small and declining proportion of public sector employment
Public sector employment has shrunk as a result of governments restrictive fiscal
stance as well as its desire to improve efficiency in the public service In terms of its
fiscal stance the South African government has sought to release funds from current
to capital expenditure Moving away from a very substantial personnel budget
towards greater investment in infrastructure
bull The second unusual feature is the small proportion of non-formal employment The
non-formal economy does appear to have grown quite substantially since the mid-
1990s but has stagnated since 2000 and that the dynamics underpinning the growth
of the non-formal economy are poorly understood
222 South African economy trajectory
It is important to begin by outlying the character of South Africas economic development
trajectory during the past 50 years as this provides the context within which the demand
for labour and its skill composition is determined This trajectory analysis should
however be approach with caution due to several factors
22
bull Labour market data in South Africa is cause of some concern Data collected during
Apartheid and in the early post-apartheid period are problematic for various reasons
such as differing sampling non-coverage of former homelands1 in some surveys and
small samples (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
bull Kingdon and Knight (2005 2) explains further that the comparability of the data over
time is undermined both by changing questions between the various surveys
particularly as between the October Household Surveys (OHS) and Labour Force
Survey (LFS) and according to Casale and Posel (2002 170) by changes in the
way employment and unemployment are derived from the questions in the different
surveys
bull Another controversy in regards to unemployment data that are also needed to be
mentioned are the fact that because population estimates change at every census a
re-estimation of recent statistics need to be done after each five year revision of the
weights that have cause differences in the data (Chandra amp Nganou 2001 14) The
definition of the informal sector has also changed in 1997 also leading to differences
in data making comparability difficult (Devey Skinner amp Valodia 2002 5)
bull Lastly labour market data display some inexplicable large fluctuations For instance
employment figures rise sharply (by 104 percent) in a single year between 1998 and
1999 employment in subsistence agriculture rose and dipped over 1999- 2001 and
there are large fluctuations from year to year in the numbers employed in the
informal sector on a comparable definition between 1997 and 2002 (Bhorat 2002 5)
It is thus hazardous to make categorical statements about labour market changes over
time in South Africa This hazard is somewhat reduced if one takes a longer term view
than to look at year-on-year changes Nevertheless the purpose of this review is
intended not to be seen as an accurate reflection of specific labour market numbers but
rather as a description of broad labour market trends (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
23
223 Reasons for unemployment
In the case of the South African economy voluminous research was conducted in regard to the reasons for the high unemployment currently straining the country (Lewis 2002 733 Edwards 2001 48 Bhorat amp Hodge 1999 362 Devey etai 2002 6 Mayer amp Altman 2005 45) Therefore this review will attempt to briefly touch on certain elements of this research by looking into the trajectory development of the South African economy
Mayer and Altman (2005 45) are of the opinion that the primary cause of unemployment in South Africa is the capital-intensity that historically characterized the minerals economy and globalisation more recently Altman (2001 314) states that resource extraction has been the central driver of South Africas economic development Ostensson and Uwizeye-Mapendano (2000 4) argue that as a minerals economy South Africas industrial development has been driven by all the attendant complications associated with a resource curse
In general minerals economies tend to grow and experience structural shifts more slowly than non-minerals exporters (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34) These economies also tend to have a more capital-intensive structure of production This is explained by a number of characteristics that are common to these economies
Edwards (2001 45) are of the opinion that most developing countries go through a phase of low-wage low-productivity manufacturing development that has the impact of mopping up the labour surplus The pattern of development experienced by labour surplus developing economies usually follows a familiar path where underproductive labour moves off the farms and into labour-intensive manufacturing traded sectors (Lewis 2002 731) As there is a labour surplus wages are low and the sectors can therefore be highly competitive internationally Lewis (2002 731) goes further by explaining that only once there is a tighter labour market do wages begin to rise and the economy moves into the development of more capital and skill intensive industries and
24
the emphasis on labour-intensive traded sectors is a necessary step in an economy that
is capital and foreign exchange constrained
Altman (2001 314) is of the opinion that the more successful newly industrialised countries are those that simultaneously invested in human capital development so that the skills base developed alongside these structural shifts
In contrast minerals economies such as South Africa tend to leapfrog from the resource
base into the development of heavy and chemicals industries bypassing the
development stage of labour intensive manufacturing and this is made possible by the
large surpluses generated from resource extraction (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34)
Devey et al (2006 6) goes further by explaining that consequently the mass creation of jobs in labour intensive traded sectors is less viable in a context of high domestic cost structures Overvalued exchange rates caused by minerals exports earnings render labour intensive agricultural and manufactured exports uncompetitive Job creation is not a requirement of manufacturing development as it is in developing economies that do not have ready access to capital and foreign exchange (Devey et alr 2006 6)
Lewis (2002 733) is therefore of the opinion that the benefits of the minerals economy
do not tend to spread widely and high levels of income inequality and unemployment
result since heavy and chemicals industries are capital intensive and that domestic
demand may not expand as much as in other economies
Altman (2001 314) explains that in accordance with the experience of other minerals economies South Africa bypassed the phase of development where large numbers of workers are absorbed into low-cost low-skill labour-intensive traded goods sectors and that therefore the low growth and high levels of unemployment that characterize the economy today are the consequence of a minerals economy
25
Another reason for the high unemployment according to Klasen and Woolard (1999
300) might be due to Apartheid policies The Apartheid policies persistent legacy serve
to amplify this path dependence and that the apartheid legacy also leaves low rates of
economic participation and significant skills gaps in its wake They further argues that
unemployment continues to rise despite the positive relation between GDP and
employment and that this is explained partly by the relatively slow rate of GDP growth
Another reason might also be the dramatic increase in the number of people seeking
employment in the post-apartheid era This has widened the gap between labour force
entry and the ability of the economy to create jobs
Samson (2000 8) is of the opinion that in light of the relatively large output and
employment multipliers associated with government capital expenditure limited growth
in actual and planned expenditure has dampened potential growth and employment
creation and therefore the inability of the economy to absorb labour at the required
scale
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 15) argue that the jobs losses have been less a result of
import penetration and more related to technology and process adaptation and changing
forms of work organization leading to subcontracting of non-core activities
According to Edwards (2001 65) growing trade has also had the impact of shifting the
economy towards a higher skills composition in the demand for labour In the traded
sectors the demand for lower skill labour has fallen in the context of a very large
oversupply therefore in contrast the demand for higher skill labour has risen in the
context of a severe skills shortage
Banerjee et al (2007 3) concluded in their study that the increase in unemployment
could have been due to structural changes in the economy in the resent years resulting
in a new equilibrium unemployment rate or to negative shocks that had a temporarily
increasing effect on unemployment
26
While South Africas problems are difficult and multi-faceted a combination of sound
macroeconomic policies with structural policies aimed at enhancing entrepreneurship
appear to be most promising to unleash the enormous potential of South-Africas labour
force and address social ambitions within the framework of a strongly growing economy
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship
The development of entrepreneurship is the focus of considerable policy interest in
South Africa and many other countries of the world (Walker 2003 113) This is
particularly in recognition of its contribution to economic growth poverty alleviation and
employment
But amidst all this resent attention studies shows that South Africa is still doing poorly in
comparison to other emerging economies in terms of entrepreneurial activity and
development
There are various strands in the empirical literature on entrepreneurship and economic growth using different measures of entrepreneurial activity (United Nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) For instance while one strand of empirical studies measures entrepreneurship in terms of the relative share of economic activity accounted for by small firms other studies use data on self-employment the number of market participants (competition) or firm start-ups as an indicator of entrepreneurial activities (Carree amp Thurik 2002 16)
The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old (United nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) The primary measure of entrepreneurship used by GEM is the Total Early-Stage Entrepreneurial Activity (TEA) index The TEA index measures the
27
percentage of individuals between the ages of 18 and 64 years that are involved in starting a new business The TEA index consists of two different phases namely
bull The start-up phase (businesses between 0 and 3 months)
bull New firm businesses (businesses between periods of 3-42 months)
The GEM study does not focus on established businesses (businesses older than 42 months)
In the seven years in which South Africa has participated in this research initiative it has
consistently emerged that it has a low level of early stage entrepreneurial activity nearly
half that of the average of the 40 emerging economy countries which participate
Data from previous GEM studies also indicated that TEA rates for most countries do not
change significantly over time The TEA rates for South African have also not changed
significantly over the years (see Table 22)
Table 22 South African projectory TEA rates
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 TEA 43 62 41 51 50 50
Source Maas and Herrington (200715)
For the TEA rates to be significantly different from one year to another massive
changes in the macro environment must occur which is clearly not the case in South
Africa (Maas amp Herrington 2007 15)
28
Many researchers have questioned whether South Africa should be concerned about its TEA rates According to Maas and Heirington (2007 15) the following reasons could explain the projectory low TEA rates of South Africa
bull South Africa has a dual-logic economy which might have an influence on the TEA rating On the one side there is a highly developed economic sector and on the other side one struggling for survival
bull Although the TEA rates are lower when compared with the averages of different
categories of countries it can again be influenced by the dual-logic nature of the
economy and that a lower TEA rate is not necessarily a sign that nothing is
happening in a country It can also be a good indication
Any government interested in boosting economic prosperity should be interested in
promoting the entrepreneurial dynamic of its country Adult women represent a readily
available pool of potential entrepreneurs that countries can leverage to improve their
economies (Botha 2006149)
The 2006 GEM report specifically focus on the importance of developing women
entrepreneurship in any country Maas and Herrington (2006 14) indicated in their 2006
report that the global average for female entrepreneurship was standing on 772 of the
population where South African women were however performing at just 483 this is
289 lower than the global average There is therefore considerable scope to improve
the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME)
In South Africa various new strategies and institutions have been created recently with a view to empower formerly disadvantaged members to enter the mainstream economy as entrepreneurs rather than job seekers In parallel to and as part of this shift there has been the emergence of the micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) sector as a
29
significant component in economic development and employment (Richardson Howarth
ampFinnegan 2004 16)
SMMEs and entrepreneurship are fast becoming the dominant form of business
ventures in developing economies Especially on the African continent with high
unemployment rates people are turning toward informal and formal small business in
order to sustain their livelihood (De Klerk amp Havenga 2004 1)
According to Niewenhuizen and Kroon (2003 300) the South African small- micro- and
medium-sized enterprise (SMME) economy has been actively promoted since 1995
Some significant ratios and trends about the dynamics of the small enterprise sector in
South Africa can be seen in the Department of Trade and Industrys review of ten years
of small business support in South Africa report 1994 - 2004 (Department of Trade and
Industry (dti) 2004 4)
bull Combining formal and informal sector activities the small enterprise sector includes
about 95 of all enterprises in South Africa
bull On the basis of the most inclusive categorisation (covering non VAT-registered firms
and those regularly operating in the informal sector) there are currently between 18-
million and 25-million small enterprises in South Africa This number probably
doubled over the past 10 years which is equivalent to a seven percent increase in
numbers per year If we include rural subsistence agricultural activities the size of
this sector can grow by a further 15-million to 25-million even though average
income levels of that segment are very low
bull If we adjust gross domestic product (GDP) values to incorporate informal sector
value-added the small enterprise sector of South Africa contributes about 45 to
50 to the GDP with the share probably rising very slowly The other half is
contributed by large enterprises and the public sector
30
Despite voluminous research however there is still little clarity about the extent to which South Africas SMMEs and entrepreneurship contribute to poverty alleviation economic growth or international competitiveness
Berry Blottnitz Cassim Kesper Rajaratnam and Van Seventer (2002 3) list the following contributions of SMMEs
bull SMMEs are generally more labour-intensive than larger firms and hence have a
higher labour absorption capacity
bull SMMEs as enterprises have some economic roles to fulfil They contribute to the
countrys national product by either manufacturing goods of value or through the
provision of services to both consumers andor other enterprises
bull From an economic perspective enterprises are not just suppliers but also consumers which have an important role to play if they are able to position themselves in a market with purchasing power their demand for industrial or consumer goods will stimulate the activity of their suppliers just as their own activity is stimulated by the demands of their clients Demand in the form of investment plays a dual role both from a demand-side (with regard to the suppliers of industrial goods) and on the supply-side (through the potential for new production arising from upgraded equipment) In addition demand is important to income-generation potential of SMMEs and their ability to stimulate the demand for both consumption and capital goods
232 Government strategy
Unfortunately there is currently little clarity on how SMMEs fit within the industrial policy framework and other objectives of government Some attempts were initiated by government in resent years A strategy was outlined in a White paper by the Department of Trade and Industry in 1995 entitled A National Strategy for the Development of Small Business in South Africa (May 1995) A year later the National Small Business
31
Act was passed by Parliament which provided for the institutions to implement this
strategy (South Africa 1996 377)
The National Small Business Act divides SMMEs into the following categories
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa
Category of SMME
Description
Survivalist enterprises
bull Operates in the informal sector of the economy bull Mainly undertaken by unemployed persons bull Income generated below the poverty line providing minimum means to
keep the unemployed and their families alive bull Little capital invested not much assets bull Not much training bull Opportunities for growing the business very small
Micro enterprises
bull Between one to five employees usually the owner and family
raquo Informal no license formal business premises labour legislation raquo Turnover below the VAT registration level of R300 000 peryear bull Basic business skills and training
bull Potential to make the transition to a viable formal small business
Very small enterprise
raquo Part of the formal economy
Use technology raquo Less than 10 paid employees raquo Include self-employed artisans (electricians plumbers) and professionals
Small enterprise raquo 1 1 - 5 0 employees raquo More established than very small enterprises formal and registered raquo fixed business premises raquo Owner managed but more complex management structure
Medium enterprise
51 - 2 0 0 employees
Still mainly owner managed but decentralised management structure with division of labour Operates from fixed premises with all formal requirements
Note Women represent approximately 56 percent of the survivalist company category 38 percent of micro-enterprises with no employees and 15 percent of micro-enterprises with 1-4 employees
Source South African Government (2008)
32
Small business can also be divided between established formal SMMEs in predominantly urban settings and emerging SMME economy situated in townships informal settlements and rural areas According to the White paper by far the largest sector is the survivalist enterprise sector This implies that most people are active in the informal sector where they have little institutional support
The governments national small business strategy seeks to address the following
common problems faced by SMMEs (South African Government Information 20081)
bull An unfavourable legal environment
bull Lack of access to markets and procurement
bull Lack of access to finance and credit
bull Low skills levels
bull Lack of access to information
bull Shortage of effective supportive institutions
The White paper and Act sets out the objectives of our SMME development policy as (South Africa 1996377)
bull Alleviating poverty by making it possible for poor people to generate income to meet
basic needs
bull Reducing poverty through employment creation
bull Redistribution of wealth income and opportunities
bull Contributing to economic growth by improving innovation and thus competitiveness
The Act provided the foundation for the establishment of the institutions listed in the table 23 below to support small businesses
33
Table 24 Small business support institutions
Institution Services Target
Centre for Small Business Promotion
This is a Chief directorate in the DTI responsible for policy and coordinashytion of support programmes for SMMEs It also mobilises funds and supervises the establishment of new institutions
Ntsika Enterprise Promotion Agency
Provides non-financial support such as mentoring programmes business advice help with government tenders and technology support to small enterprises through bull Local business service centres
(LBSC) bull Tender Advice Centres (TACs)
Targets survivalist micro and very small enterprises Majority of the LBSCs focus on start-up business targeting unemployed women and youth
Khula Provides access to finance through bull Khula Credit Guarantee Scheme
- provide guarantee products to banks
bull Other institutions and NGOs referred to as Retail Finance Intermediaries (RFIs) which borrow from Khula to make loans to SMMEs
bull Khula-Start access to micro credit in rural areas
Mainly targets very small small and medium enterprises Have two small programmes forthe survivalist and micro sector
IMAMAC Two key programmes bull Manufacturing advisory centres
(MACs) providing support for small scale manufacturing businesses
bull Business Referral and Information Network (BRAIN) -information and a help line
The MACs are mainly for small and medium more formal businesses BRAIN forthe entire spectrum of SMMEs
34
Instftution Services Target
Provincial SMME desks
To provide a one-stop information centre to SMMEs and developing enabling government policy to support SMMEs in each province Activities of the SMME desks include (though not in all provinces)
bull Keeping data bases of SMMEs in the province
bull Developing SMME orientated procurement and sub-contracting policies for provincial government
bull Targeted support programmes forHDIs women contractors tourism entrepreneurs smallmicro manufacturers
Land Bank Finance agricultural businesses From small to large scale farmers
Industrial Development Corporation
Supports and funds various industrial development programmes
Predominantly large scale projects but some small to medium enterprises Has a specific BEE mandate
National Empowerment Corporation
Funded by government it provides funding for black economic empowerment ventures
Large but also small and medium enterprises
Source South African Government (2008)
As part of the National Skills Development Strategy the Sector Education and Training
Authorities (SETAs) are also supposed to develop programmes that help develop small
businesses in their respective sectors
There are a number of other parastatals which also support small businesses though
mainly at the upper end of the spectrum These include
bull Independent Development Corporation (IDC) tourism development venture capital
low interest empowerment and emerging entrepreneur schemes
bull South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) through its missing links programme
provide quality assistance and awareness to SMMEs
35
bull Centre for Science and Industrial Research (CSIR) product improvement and
manufacturing assistance to SMMEs through their National Manufacturing Centre
The institutions and organisations mentioned above also provide a wide range of business management support services to entrepreneurs and small enterprises such as (South African Government Information 2008 1)
bull Developing business plans
bull Doing market research
bull Managing a small business
bull Legal requirements of small businesses
bull Marketing
bull Business development
bull Advice on government tender processes
The national small business strategy since its inception sought to target women However women continue to make up the bulk of the survivalist sector of SMMEs and of the poor During the last decade a number of organisations and institutions were established by and for women entrepreneurs Table 24 refers to a number of such organisations
These support programmes however have not achieved their objectives if judged against the number of SMMEs that utilise them Rogerson (2004 212) estimate that a mere 6 of SMMEs and entrepreneurs utilise support programmes and argue that this is due to distrust of external agencies among SMMEs and incapacity to raise awareness about their existence and efficiency Moreover the poor coordination of service providers results in a replication of services and clustering of institutions in urban areas (Ntsika 19994)
36
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks
South African Women Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) -launched July 2001
SAWEN identifies the origin of women entrepreneurs problems as bull Gender-despite the fact that women-owned enterprises are contributing an
increasing share to national revenue they are generally perceived to lack the capacity of their male equivalents
bull Size - Nearly all women-owned enterprises belong to the lower end of the SMME category being either very small or micro sized companies Men are predominant in the more lucrative sectors Approximately 70 percent of informal businesses in South Africa are ownedcontrolled by women
SAWEN seeks to affiliate all women enterprise groups co-operatives organisations and initiatives in to a national umbrella body that will represent and articulate the aspirations of all women entrepreneurs (potential and existing) that operate within the South African SMME sector as well as lobby for their support needs It also seeks to target rural women Since its launch in 2001 it has established a number of provincial chapters
Women in Oil and Energy in South Africa (WOESA)-launched March 2002
Facilitates the participation of women in business ventures in the oil gas and other energy sectors
Technology for Women in Business (TW1P)
Aimed at enhancing the accessibility of science and technology to women in business in particular SMMEs It is a national programme under the auspices of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) The CSIR as contracted by DTI acts as an agent for DTI to implement the TWIB programme
South African Women in Construction -launched August 1999
Promotion and advancement of women in construction of education and contribution to the betterment of the construction industry and the enhancement of the entrepreneurial development of women-owned enterprises in construction
Source South African Government (2008)
37
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI
241 Ekurtiuleni demographic
The Metropolitan Municipality of Ekurtiuleni was established in 2000 and covers a vast
area for approximately 45 kilometres from west to east and for 55 kilometres from north
to south covering an area of approximately 26421 square kilometres (EMM 2007 4)
This large area is divided for administrative efficacy into the Northern Southern and Eastern Service Delivery Regions (SDRs) and is one of six Metropolitan Municipalities resulting from the restructuring of local government (refer to figure 21)
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former East Rand) region
r-4 gt J i
^ Hampton Park
J i
j Northern Ragioi
tmdashJ 0 Johannesburg _ pound International v
y trade trade Airport
I Bedrordview
bull
bull Bonon 1 GetmMon bullgt
Boksburg m Bnkpan 1
i Springs
Alberton J Eaitem Region
J Southern Region 1 ff ^
(f Nigallaquo
^
(f Nigallaquo
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
38
I
The former local administrations of nine towns in the East Rand - Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan EdenvaleLethabong Germiston Kempton ParkTembisa Nigel and Springs -were amalgamated into the new Metropolitan Municipality along with two other councils - the Kyalami Metropolitan Council and the Eastern Gauteng Services Council It is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents as replicated in Table 25
Table 25 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics
Key Statistics (2007 estimates) Ekurhuleni Gauteng National Region area (sq km) 2642 1 16975 1 1221246
Population 2534180 8845741 46710858
Population density (nr of people persq km) 959 521 38
Economically active population (as of total pop) 53 53 39
No of households 787040 2731869 12144712
Average household income (Rand current prices) 88025 115817 70326
Annual per capita income (Rand current prices) 27338 35768 18284
Gini coefficient 057 060 064
Formal sector employment estimates 679213 3156772 9058793
Informal sector employment estimates 84249 362647 1699327
Unemployment rate (expanded definition) 40 35 41
Percentage of persons in poverty 27 27 46
Poverty gap (R million) 974 3251 3 32960
Human development index (HDI) 067 069 059
Index of Buying power (IBP) 008 034 100
Economic output in 2003 (R million current prices) 84000 416562 1100929
Share of economic output (GVA of SA in current prices)
76 378 100
Economic output in 2003 (R1 million constant 1995 prices)
48074 236846 619790
Share of Economic output (GVA of SA in constant 1995 prices)
78 382 100
Economic growth performance 1996-2003 (GVA growth pa constant 1995 prices)
24 37 25
Source Ekurhuleni metropolitan municipality (20075)
39
Ekurhuleni constitutes 56 of the national population and makes up 28 of Gautengs population The population density is approximately 1 250 people per km2 making Ekurhuleni one of the most densely populated areas in the country and province By comparison population density in Gauteng is 513 people per km2 and 38 people per km2 in the country
The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region (EMM 2007 9)
242 Ekurhuleni economics
The Ekurhuleni Metropolitan economy is larger and more diverse than that of many of the smaller countries in Africa including all the countries in Southern Africa It accounts for nearly a quarter of the Gauteng economy which in turn contributes over a third of the national GDP Ekurhuleni contributes seven percent to the countrys spending power and seven percent to the nations production In most respects per capita income unemployment poverty average wages and other indicators of human development - it is similar to the rest of Gauteng (EMM 2007 9)
However there is one important structural difference many of the plants for production of goods and commodities are located in Ekurhuleni Manufacturing in Ekurhuleni accounts for just under 20 of the GDP of Gauteng In Ekurhuleni itself manufacturing accounts for some 28 of total production
Because of the largest concentration of industry in the whole of South Africa (and in Africa) Ekurhuleni is often referred to as Africas Workshop (EMM 2007 9) The downside of the manufacturing sector is that globalisation has a definitive impact on the structure of production and on the demand for labour Ekurhuleni although not benefiting from direct capital investments as a result of the automotive sector developments in the country continues to play the role of the workshop of the economy
40
with production of structural steel and fabricated metal products serving as inputs into other areas economies
Despite the area historically being one of the largest producers of gold the major
economic sectors now include manufacturing wholesale and trade energy and
services and finance with manufacturing and industry in Ekurhuleni comprising 40 of
all activity in the Province Mining contributes only 2 to Ekurhuleni economy (EMM
2007 4)
Annual economic growth in Ekurhuleni has recorded a pickup in the period 1998 to
2003 and has been almost double the rate of the national manufacturing growth rate
The economically active population is 52 compared to 38 nationally Household
income and per capita income exceed the national average by 10 and 33
respectively The percentage of people living in poverty nationally is 49 compared to
29 in Ekurhuleni (EMM 2007 4)
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure
Ekurhuleni has a network of roads airports rail lines telephones electricity grids and telecommunications that rivals that of Europe and America - a first world infrastructure supporting a well established industrial and commercial complex Ekurhuleni can in fact be regarded as the transportation hub of the country The municipality is home to the OR Thambo International Airport the busiest airport in Africa and services the entire continent and links to major cities throughout the world Similarly many of the worlds leading airlines fly into the OR Thambo Airport Some 14 million passengers pass through this airport each year In addition a number of smaller domestic airlines connect the OR Thambo Airport with cities throughout South Africa (EMM 2007 4)
South Africas largest railway hub is in Ekurhuleni [Germiston] and links the city to all the major population centres and ports in the Southern African region
41
A number of South Africas modern freeways and expressways connect Ekurhuleni to
other cities and provinces The Maputo corridor development South Africas most
advanced spatial development initiative connects Ekurhuleni with Mozambiques capital
and largest Indian Ocean port Direct rail road and air links connect Ekurhuleni to
Durban South Africas largest and busiest port
During the period 1995 to 2005 the Gauteng government made strategic investments in
upgrading some of the ageing road networks linked to the industrial hub to promote the
movement of goods and services The Blue IQ projects situated within Ekurhuleni
include the Wadeville-Alrode Industrial Corridor with linkages to the largest logistical
hub the City Deep Container terminal the planned Gautrain rapid rail link to
Johannesburg and Tshwane and the OR Thambo Industrial Development Zone [IDZ]
The latter aims to cluster light manufacturing more especially in beneficiation and to
develop an aero space park The EMMs annual budget is in the region of R11 billion of
which plusmnR1 billion is being budgeted annually for capital projects in line with the priorities
set in the Integrated Development Plan [IDP] The bulk of this expenditure is dedicated
to upgrading facilities and infrastructure backlogs (EMM 2007 9)
The three major land cover classes are natural untransformed areas cultivated land and
urban residential zones as presented in figure 22
42
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007
Transformed (industrial)
Transformed (commercial)mdash-
2
Transformed (urban)
27
Transformed (cuftivatjon) mdash mdash
15 Transformed
(forestry) 1
Transformed (mining)
5
Natural 43
Degraded 001
Transformed (grazing)
2
Source Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality (2007 9)
The following are notable patterns in land use (EMM 2007 4)
bull There is a central east-west orientated mining and industrial activity belt which
served as the core around which towns were established
bull A belt of residential developments surrounding the industrial activity belt and
bull Ruralagricultural areas to the northeast and in the central portion in the southern
part of EMM
The mining belt was historically the core around which the various towns and settlements were established Four major concentrations of mines and quarries exist Reiger Park between Gemniston and Boksburg the area east of Benoni an area east and south of Springs and 3 sites in the vidnity of Kwatsaduza The first 3 areas are respectively known as the GermistonBoksburg the BenoniBrakpanSprings and the SpringsNigel mining belts Mining occurs in a linear form along a belt which runs to the
43
I
north of the Germiston and Boksburg Central Business Districts (CBDs) and then along
a broad strip of land roughly between the Benoni CBD and Daveyton to the north and
Brakpan and Springs to the south To the south between Springs and Nigel another
major concentration of mining activity exists (EMM 2007 4)
Most of the urban activity is concentrated along the western edge and central spine of EMM The road engineering and social infrastructure strongly correlates to this urban form (EMM 2007 4)
The largest complex of small-holdings is situated in an east-west band lying east of
Kempton Park and north-west of Daveyton The second largest complex is situated west
of KwaThema surrounding the Sallies Gold Mine and Springs Municipal Crushers
There are other smaller patches of agricultural holdings scattered throughout the
metropolitan area (EMM 2007 5)
The EMM has an evenly distributed multi-nodal structure The central business district
however currently experience problems of urban decay as the cream of the retail
component of the CBDs have been drawn away to the four main shopping malls in the
area - Eastgate East Rand Mall Lakeside Mall and Alberton Mall Commercial activities
make good use of the main transport routes to provide access to such activities
Furthermore there is an imbalance in the distribution of land use for commercial activity
which is concentrated within higher income areas (Kempton Park Edenvaie a portion of
Bedfordview Boksburg Central Benoni Central Brakpan and small portions of Springs)
(EMM 2007 7)
In common with most black townships in the country there is very little formal commercial activity within the township complexes
Industrial activities are largely located within the south-western part of the metropolitan area in areas such as Germiston and Alrode These areas tend to be located near mining land and wedged between lower income areas (Katorus southern Benoni
KwaThema Tsakane small portion of Springs and areas north of Etwatwa) and the
higher income areas (between Alberton and Katlehong Germiston and
SpruitviewLeondale) Within Kempton Park and Edenvale some industrial activity
developed around the airport due to the agglomeration benefits and access to airfreight
transport facilities Industrial activities are also closely linked to the railway system
(EMM 2007 7)
Farming activities (cultivation) are grouped in the north-eastern part of EMM where more than a third of the land is cultivated This includes areas surrounding Bapsfontein areas north of the Benoni Agricultural Holdings and east of the R21 highway Smaller agricultural activities lie just south of Sunward Park while the remaining agricultural activities are grouped on the southern border of the metropolitan area (EMM 2007 4) During the past five years the EMM has made steady progress in developing its strategic planning capacity and process The Integrated Development Planning [IDP] process was institutionalised within national guidelines for local government planning and budgeting and the IDP together with its strategic sectoral plans such as the Spatial Development Framework [SDF] has become the principal strategic planning tool within the local authority However the IDP primarily deals with solutions to immediate development challenges within a five year time frame Therefore a holistic long term development vision and strategy for Ekurhuleni which will create common purpose between all development stakeholders and which will act as a guiding framework within which the IDPs can be formulated is needed (EMM 2007 8) With the above in mind the EMM embarked on a process to formulate a long-term development strategy During 2004 research was undertaken on national and international best practice examples as well as on key success factors relating to city development strategies This led to a strategy being formulated in early 2005 The strategy formulation process kicked off with a Mayoral Committee workshop on 29 January 2005 during which it was resolved to name the strategy the Ekurhuleni Growth and Development Strategy [GDS] 2025 as well as proposed 2025 development agenda (EMM 2007 8)
25 SUMMARY
Economically entrepreneurship invigorates markets The formation of new business leads to job creator) and has a multiplying effect on the economy Socially entrepreneurship empowers citizens generates innovation and changes mindsets These changes have the potential to integrate developing countries into the global economy (UNECE 2004 2)
The promotion of the SMME sector is a critical dimension of a broader employment
creation strategy because the creation of new firms is essential if the development of
stronger linkages through procurement is to materialise
If South Africa is to grow out of poverty unemployment and create a more prosperous
future it will need more SMMEs entrepreneurs and bigger businesses However to
achieve this a better environment is required for entrepreneurs to start up businesses
operate and grow (Mahadea 2008 3) Within the context of overall macro-economic
performance the ideal policy package for SMME support in South Africa should allow
this sector to maximise its contribution to the economys overall performance in terms of
growth employment and income distribution This is likely to involve making more
resources available to the sector as well as raising the efficiency with which it uses the
resources already available to it
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
31 INTRODUCTION
The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures have generated value and fuelled innovation on community and global levels The increased presence has had a remarkable impact on employment and on business environments worldwide (Kantor 2001 8)
Scholarly research in this area has examined the many forms of economic and social
value that women-owned businesses generate vis-a-vis peculiar barriers constraining their establishment and growth (Verwey 2006 3 Botha 2006 126 Cliff 1998 526 McClelland Swail Bell amp Ibbotson 2005 8) These barriers constitute unique challenges for women as research has shown that men are able to surmount them more easily
The intensity of research studies in this area has increased as scholars and
policymakers have begun to devote more serious attention toward understanding and
supporting women entrepreneurs
The purpose of this section is to provide an evaluative summary of the literature on
woman entrepreneurship and through this enhance the understanding of the profile of
the woman entrepreneur
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY
Entrepreneurship as an area of study has been claimed by a number of different
disciplines including psychology and economics each arriving at different definitions
derived from their own disciplines
47
Baruah (2005 3) are of the opinion that to an economist an entrepreneur is one who
brings resources labour materials and other assets into combinations that make their
value greater than before and also one who introduces changes innovations and a
new order To a psychologist such a person is typically driven by certain forces the
needs to obtain or attain something to experiment to accomplish or perhaps to escape
the authority of others (Hisrich Peters amp Shepherd 2005 8)
A series of studies recognise the need to re-think the people side of entrepreneurship research (Kouriloff 2000 62 Simon amp Houghton 2002 106 Keh Foo amp Lim 2002 136 Markman Balkin amp Baron 2002 162 Shepherd amp Krueger 2002 177 Gatewood Shaver Powers amp Gartner 2002 200 Korunka Frank Lueger amp Mugler 2003 35 Mitchell Busenitz Lant McDougall Morse amp Smith 2002 94)
Defining the term entrepreneurship is a difficult exercise in itself as the term has little specific definition either in common usage or in academic research (Arif 2008 5) In describing the key factors which are seen to influence entrepreneurial roles this review will strive to encapsulate some meaning behind the term entrepreneurship
Research has shown several approaches by different researchers in the development of
an entrepreneurship definition According to Bennett and Dann (2000 3) much will
depend on the viewpoint and academic background of the researcher as well as the
time period the researcher refrained at Table 31 gives a brief summary as to the
development of the term entrepreneurship
48
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship in theory
Year Researcher Entrepreneurial Role (ER)
Classical era 1755 R Cantillon Introduced the term Entrepreneur ER as speculator
1800 JB Say ER as coordinator
Early Neoclassical era 1890 A Marshall ER as coordinator innovator arbitrageur
1907 FB Hawley ER as owner of output (uncertainty bearer)
1911 J Schumpeter ER as innovator
1921 F Knight ER as responsible decision maker in an uncertain environment
1925 F Edgeworth ER as coordinator
Mature Neoclassical era
1925 M Dobb ER as innovator
1927 C Tuttle ER as responsible owner in an uncertain environment
Modem Neoclassical era
1973 l Kirzner ER arbitrageur and alertto profitable opportunities
1982 M Casson ER coordination of scarce resources under uncertainty
1993 W Baumol ER innovator and manager influenced by existing incentive structure
Source Aidis (20035)
These definitions are the natural point of departure because they have been the decisive
factor for the retrieval of data for the works of many researchers
For the purpose of this study the definition of Hisrich Peters and Shepherd (2005 8) was adopted The authors defined entrepreneurship as follows Entrepreneurship is the process of creating something new with value by devoting the necessary time and effort assuming the accompanying financial psychic and social risks and receiving the resulting rewards of monetary and personal satisfaction and independence
49
I
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Previous research into gender differences among entrepreneurs has yielded varied explanations as to why female entrepreneurs differ from male entrepreneurs A review of literature reveals that female entrepreneurs do have some characteristics that are unique in comparison to their male counterparts and that they have faced significant challenges in their efforts as they venture into a once male dominated environment This following section presents a comparative assessment of differences in entrepreneurial attributes of male and female individuals as to emphasise the unique environment where within women entrepreneurs operates
The social feminism theory asserts that women entrepreneurs have different but equally
effective qualities values and ways of thinking due to variations in early and ongoing
socialisation processes (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu 2003 3)
Affholder and Box (2004 3) are of the opinion that the research on personality seems to
have conflicting results some researchers finding no significant differences between
male and female entrepreneurs and others identifying specific personality differences
Table 32 emphasise the unique differences between male and female entrepreneurs as concluded by several researchers Due to the voluminous work completed in this regard the purpose of this presentation is not to supply a comprehensive review of current literature available but rather to compile a summary overview off research conducted as to encapsulate an overall body of knowledge in regards to observed gender characteristics in entrepreneurs
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurs hip
Characteristic Female entrepreneurs Male entrepreneurs
Research
Personality characteristics
Women are expected to possess higher communal qualities such as selflessness a concern for others and interpersonal sensitivity Female entrepreneurs tended to be visionaries and catalysts
Men are expected to have high levels of self-assertion self-expansion and the urge to master Male entrepreneurs tended to be more traditionalists
(Affholder amp Box 2004 3)
(Greene Hart Gatewood Brush amp Carter 20031)
(Du Rietz Henrekson 2000 5)
Area of importance
Women tend to assign more importance to social values and qualitative ambiguous measures of achievement and success such as personal fulfilment and strong interpersonal relations Women business owners tend to pursue a balance between economic goals such as profit and growth and non-economic goals such as product quality personal enjoyment and helping others
Men tend to assign more emphasis on economic values and quantitative non-ambiguous measures of achievement of success such as status and wealth
(Carter Anderson amp Shaw 20011)
(Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Possig 2002 80)
Success factors
Women will measure success qualitatively as they will look at interpersonal relationships and other less objective criteria such as personal satisfaction customer service ratings and additional employment created
Men will measure success quantitatively as they will look at size market position turnover and profitability
(Verwey 2006 3)
(Botha 2006126)
(Sigh Reynolds amp Muhammad 2001 180)
Growth elements
Female entrepreneurs tend to have less industry management and prior business start-up experience and that contribute to their modest growth expectations Women face domestic demands remaining the primary parent emotional nurturer and housekeeper despite their entrepreneurial ventures impacting on their ventures growth prospects report
The primary family responsibility of m e n - t o be a good provider is compatible with heading a growing firm
CKyro 20011)
(Cliff 1998526)
(Kantor 20014)
Source Own compilation
51
331 Motivation
Motivation is the factor other than knowledge that energizes directs and sustains an
individuals behaviour (Locke amp Latham 1990 7) According to Bennett and Dann (2000
6) motivation is an essential factor in the establishment of entrepreneurial activity Many
individuals have the characteristics that enable them to identify an opportunity combined
with the resources to implement the venture yet do not have the incentive or motivation
to do so
Botha (2006 122) proposed two closely-related explanations of entrepreneurial
motivation the push theory and the pull theory The push theory argues that
individuals are pushed into entrepreneurship by negative external forces such as job
dissatisfaction difficulty finding employment insufficient salary or an inflexible work
schedule The push or negative factors are therefore associated with the necessity
factors that force the female into pursuing her business idea McClelland Swail Bell and
Ibbotson (2005 85) emphasize that in this situation becoming an entrepreneur is not a
first choice but nevertheless argue that such negative motivational factors are more
important with entrepreneurs drawn from certain groups in society that may face
discrimination such as ethnic minority groups younger age groups and women
The pull or positive factors are those associated with factors of choice and the desire
for entrepreneurial aspirations The pull theory therefore contends that individuals are
attracted into entrepreneurial activities seeking independence self-fulfilment wealth
and other desirable outcomes (Hogskola 2008 19)
To date a numerous of studies have examined womens motivations for becoming
entrepreneurs The following summary provides an overview of key motWaiional factors
identified in several studies
I
Table 33 Push and pull motivational factors
PULL MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
MOTIVATIONA FACTOR STUDY
Desire for greater independence Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208) Hisrich and Peters (1996 98) Hughes (2006109)
Provides a challenge Hughes (2006109)
Improved financial opportunity Hughes (2006109) Marlow (1997208)
Self-fulfilment Borgia Schoenfeld and Segal (20053) Hughes (2006109) Bruni Gherardi and Poggio (2004260)
Desire to be own boss DeMatino and Barbato (2003 830) Hughes (2006109)
Flexibility for balancing family and work Borgia ef al (20053) Carter Gartner Shaver and Gatewood (2003 17) Hughes (2006109) Lombard (2001216)
Potential to develop a hobby Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208)
Gaining recognition of others Eckel and Grossman (2002288)
Role model influence Anna Chandler Jansen and Mero (2000392)
PUSH MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
Job dissatisfaction Borgia et al (20053) Tangiguchi (2002 882)
Prolonged joblessness Hughes (2006109)
Lack of available work Hughes (2006109)
Insufficient salary Borgia et al (20053)
Hitting the glass ceiling Georgellis and Wall (20041)
Involuntary layoff Hughes (2006109)
Career frustration Marlow (1997208)
Source Own compilation
While is it difficult to compare studies given the wide range of approaches and measures
used this overview nevertheless allows this review to identify the most commonly cited
motivators across several different contexts and time periods
332 Opportunity identification
According to Reynolds Hay Bygrave Camp and Autio (2000 5) the ability to perceive
good business opportunities is assumed to be important for entrepreneurship
Kepler and Shane (2007 200) state that female entrepreneurs search for new business
opportunities differently than male entrepreneurs for a variety of reasons
First many opportunities are identified through information that is transferred through
social networks Women have different types of social networks than men (Renzulli
Aldrich amp Moody 2000 534) As a result they have access to different sources of
information about opportunities For instance male entrepreneurs are more likely than
female entrepreneurs to identify opportunities through conversations with investors and
bankers because on average they know more investors and bankers (Anna Chandler
Jansen amp Mero 2000 392)
Second learned behaviours and social norms lead men and women to develop different
cognitive processing styles (Cassar 2006 628) As a result on average men and
women gather information and solve problems differently (DeMatino amp Barbato 2003
830) For instance female entrepreneurs are thought to learn from a greater variety of
sources than male entrepreneurs while male entrepreneurs are thought to learn more
from setbacks than female entrepreneurs (Lombard 2001 217) In addition the greater
risk aversion of female entrepreneurs may lead them to search for more information that
mitigates the potential risks about business opportunities than their male counterparts
(Eckel amp Grossman 2003 290)
333 Type of business started
Kepler and Shane (2007 309 ) are of the opinion that male and female entrepreneurs
do not start the same types of businesses Historically women entrepreneurship
activities were concentrated in the apparel cosmetics and food processing fields
(Taylor 1988 38) Whereas McVicar and Craig (1981 11) listed traditional categories in
their study of service-related businesses such as cooking teaching child care
secretarial services and sewing Female-led businesses are more likely to be found in
personal services and retail trade and less likely to be found in manufacturing and high
technology (Anna et al 2000 290 Brush et a 2006 18) In addition women start
businesses that are less growth-oriented and less driven by opportunity and more
oriented towards wage substitution (Eckel amp Grossman 2002 290)
Some researchers argue that gender differences in the types of businesses that men
and women found are the result of socialisation and structural barriers (Kepler amp Shane
2007 309) Women tend to work in certain occupations and industries because these
occupations and industries are more socially acceptable for women and because
women face obstacles to working in other industries and occupations (Marlow 1997
153) Sigh Reynolds and Muhammad (2007 180) argues that because entrepreneurs
tend to identify opportunities to start businesses that are similar in type and industry to
those in which they previously worked the tendency of women to work in certain types
of businesses leads them to start those types of businesses In addition some
businesses cannot be founded easily by people without the appropriate educational
background This is particularly the case for businesses that rely heavily on technology
Because women are less likely than men to study engineering or science (Brush et al
2006) they often lack the education to start businesses that demand technical skills
Furthermore some businesses are inherently easier to start than others because they
have lower barriers to entry (Boden amp Nucci 2000 353) Women may be more likely to
start businesses that face low barriers to entry because these businesses make lesser
55
demands on human or financial capital than other businesses and women may lack
these types of capital
334 Venture size
Women start businesses that are smaller than those started by men (Kepler amp Shane
2007) Studies of surviving businesses show that those that are women-owned are
smaller than those that are men-owned (Brown 2000 5) In addition women start
businesses with lower levels of initial employment and capitalization than men (Renzulli
et al 2000540)
The smaller scale of female-led start-ups is believed to be the result of a lack of access
to larger-scale business opportunities and the financial resources necessary to develop
them and different goals and intentions for their businesses (McClelland e^ al 2005
100)
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs
Richardson (2004 2) argues that while women are active in entrepreneurship they face
particular problems and challenges in starting and developing their businesses They
face more or at least different social cultural educational and technological challenges
than men when it comes to establishing and developing their own enterprises and
accessing economic resources (Mayoux 2001 20)
Kantor (20016) is of the opinion that constraints affecting the entrepreneur in general
but women more intensively include
bull Access to financing
bull Information bull Productive resources and markets
bull Levels of skills and knowledge
56
bull Relevance of education and experience
bull Effects of market saturation
bull Compliance costs
Furthermore it is recognised that women in most societies carry the added burden of
family and domestic responsibilities and this has a detrimental or limiting impact upon
their ability to generate income outside of the home
Kepler and Shane (2007) are of the opinion that research suggests that social norms
about the role of women in society the shortage of female role models and the greater
household- burdens faced by women lead female entrepreneurs to face more start-up
problems and for those problems to be of greater magnitude than their male
counterparts For instance attitudes toward the role of women make it more difficult for
female entrepreneurs to be taken seriously as business people (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu
2003 3) and to gain support for their entrepreneurial activities from their spouses
family and friends (Bradley amp Boles 2003 301) In addition the relative shortage of
female role models makes it more difficult for female entrepreneurs to obtain adequate
mentorship for their start-up efforts Furthermore the greater household and childcare
responsibilities of women lead them to have more trouble balancing business formation
and family responsibilities (Affholder amp Box 2004 18)
Research finds that one of the major barriers for women entrepreneurs are the access to capital finance (Revivo-Steiner 2006 20) Lack of access to capital has been a primary obstacle for women entrepreneurs and recent research suggests it continues to be (Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Posig 2002 72) This could also include start-up financing and credit cash flow management in the early operations and financial planning Research suggests that the primary source of funding for women has been through family loans personal savings credit cards and home equity loans (Gundry Ben-Yoseph and Posig 2002) In fact Verwey (2006 5) found that womens personal savings constitute between 80 and 99 of initial capitalisation compared to men where the figure is between 30 and 59 Some of the reasons stem from stereotypes created by the
57
masculine mentality in the banking industry (Weiler amp Bernasek 2001 92) Women are
entering an environment constructed by men therefore they may be perceived as less
legitimate in the eyes of prospective financial backers
Information is another resource that women entrepreneurs have difficulty accessing (ONeill amp Viljoen 2001 40) The information can be about markets suppliers export opportunities Large enterprises often have greater power time and resources to both access information for themselves and limit others access to it (Kouriloff 2000 65) Information can be obtained through informal networks as well as through membership in organizations such as trade guilds associations and unions (Kantor 2001 6) Female compared to male owners may have greater difficulty in accessing information because of difficulties in attending events due to their dual work roles and the resulting time constraints (Edwards 2001 58)
A lack of relevant skills and knowledge constrains the growth potential of entrepreneurial businesses (Kyro 2001 2) This is compounded by deficiencies in basic education Women tend to be less likely to have had education and experience relevant to starting and managing a business and thus have less potential for success (Botha 2006 30) Gaining relevant skills and knowledge also can be more difficult for women since their double work burden and childcare responsibilities make them less able to attend formal and informal training than men (Brush eiai 2006 18)
Kantor (2001 8) points out that womens more demanding role in the family relative to mens affects their entrepreneurial ability by reducing the time energy and concentration levels women can apply to their market work Women may have lower earnings and productivity levels since the amount of time they have available for market work will be limited by the time necessary to care for the family and their concentration while working may be reduced if there are multiple distractions leading to a further reduction in productivity and earnings (Hogskola 2008 25) Responsibility for household welfare also may make women more risk averse while societal perceptions of womens gender roles influence their treatment when they step outside of the perceived boundaries of
58
these roles limiting their access to the resources required for successful entrepreneurship (Anna etal 2000 291)
336 Growth Strategies
A relatively unexplored dimension of entrepreneurship on which male and female entrepreneurs are supposed to differ is their attitude towards growth (Verwey 2006 1) The process through which women-led entrepreneurial firms plan and achieve continual and sustainable growth often reflects a complex set of motivators and intentions that support this strategic path
Cliff (1998523) however researched whether gender differences do exist through quantitative as well as qualitative analysis of personal interviews with 229 small business owners in the Greater Vancouver are of British Columbia Canada Her study provided novel insights into the factors affecting an entrepreneurs growth decision and desired pace of expansion She found that both male and female entrepreneurs desire growth but there are important differences with respect to how they wish to expand (Verwey 2006 1)
Casale and Posel (2000 180) are of the opinion that female entrepreneurs are more likely to establish maximum business size thresholds beyond which they do not wish to expand and that moreover these thresholds are smaller than those set by male entrepreneurs This size relates to what she can manage and control with comfort balancing work and personal life Women tend to deliberately adopt a slow and steady pace of expansion as personal considerations appear to ovenide economic considerations in the business expansion decision According to Cliff (1998523) the attainment of such size thresholds appear to be a key trigger in the no-growth decision
This managed approach by female entrepreneurs to business expansion not letting growth get out of control may result in ventures that are able to out survive those headed by entrepreneurs pursuing more risky high-growth strategies (Bennett amp Dann
59
2000 78) This might lead to banks viewing women as lesser loan risks given their more cautious approach toward growth (Eckel amp Grossman 2000 288) Further research is needed to determine whether these different strategy approaches towards growth would affect venture performance If a more cautious approach leads to long-term survival of the firm awareness should be raised of the favourable outcomes of a more cautious approach This would require recognition that one approach to business ownership - the desire to head a large quickly growing enterprise may not necessarily fit all (Taniguchi 2002 888)
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT
Jalbert (200055) are of the opinion that womens entrepreneurship is gaining increasing
recognition in public policy circles National governments and international organisations
alike are coming to realise that fostering womens economic development through
enterprise creation can have a positive impact in a number of areas
First and foremost it enhances economic growth and provides employment opportunities for the owners and their workers In addition providing economic opportunities for women can also improve the social educational and health status of women and their families
The nature of the multitudinous challenges and obstacles facing women entrepreneurs suggest that their full economic potential is not fully actualised and women do not feature on the mainstream of the economic agenda One aspect that may be the route course of this dilemma that is faced by many female entrepreneurs may be the lack of proper support (De Groot 2001 9) Support is a potentially important means of raising the level of entrepreneurship in society overall
This section provides an overview of some efforts that are supporting the development of women-owned businesses Although this analysis is not a comprehensive review of
60
current literature and research it provides the best of what is known about womens
entrepreneurship
The objective of women entrepreneurship promotion is to create awareness of enterprise as an attractive employment option among women and to raise the profile of women entrepreneurs as credible role models to others It is a particularly important aspect in reinforcing the social value of entrepreneurship in the economy and in positioning it as a viable and feasible activity (International Labour Office (1LO) 2004 12)
The following examples illustrate how it is possible to promote effectively female entrepreneurship across a broad range of actions For example this might include (International Labour Office (ILO) 2004 12)
bull The establishment of specific institutions for (potential) female entrepreneurs
bull The provision of targeted support services and programmes the implementation of
electronic platforms for women entrepreneurs
bull The organisation of specific events targeted at female entrepreneurs
Before actual awareness campaigns can be initiated it is of the utmost importance to
establish an entrepreneurial environment that will in fact be attractive to potential women
entrepreneurs
While a growing body of literature exists on entrepreneurial environments the literature is highly fragmented Reviewing the empirical literature one can observe that Me research or even conceptualisation of the environment for entrepreneurship - enabling or otherwise - has been completed (Sannikova 20074) Some gaps that are evident in the literature are (Fogel 1994 1)
First a conceptual framework is lacking to integrate the available literature on
entrepreneurial environments
61
Second explicit links have not been established between the needs of
entrepreneurs and how environments can fulfil entrepreneurs needs induce or
reinforce their desire to go into business and thus facilitate the process of new
venture creation Third limited guidelines exist to conduct empirical research on entrepreneurial
environments
Finally a limited body of literature addresses the needs of policy makers despite the
recognition of this group as an important audience for research on entrepreneurship
One potential theory with implications for environmental factors and entrepreneurship is the resource dependence theory The resource dependence theory is based on the notion that environments are the source of scarce resources
The framework highlighted in figure 31 outline the key resources that support the
creation of an enabling environment for womens entrepreneurship These are
(Sannikova 20074)
bull Policy coordination and legal environment
bull Finance and Premises
bull Training and mentoring
bull Business Support
bull Network
bull Promotion
62
Figure 31 Framework for supporting women entrepreneurship activity
Source Sannikova (200718-19)
This framework fall inline with current issues addressed by the International Labour Office (ILO) In line with the ILOs gender policy the approach to women entrepreneurship seeks to redress existing gender imbalances in enterprise development through approaches and activities aimed specifically at women while simultaneously working with constituents to ensure that all small enterprise initiatives address gender in their formulation and roll-out The ILOs work to date has been in four main areas (Intemational Labour Office (ILO) 200412)
bull The development of a knowledge base on women entrepreneurs bull The development of a variety of support services for women entrepreneurs and their
service providers bull Supporting advocacy bull Developing internal and external partnerships
63
In 2002 the Austrian Institute for Small Business Research conducted a comprehensive study in regards to good practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002 105) They studied all available support organisations and programmes available to women entrepreneurs in Europe
A few critical success factors supporting good practice in the promotion of female entrepreneurship may be elaborated from the experience provided in this study These include (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002105)
bull Agencies should use female mentors trainers and advisers whenever possible to
increase the relevance of measures for women and to provide role models
bull Measures should be designed for both groups and individuals Group based
measures give women a chance to make contacts to network and to learn from the
experience of others Individual-based measures allow women to receive highly
effective advice directly related to the problems they face
bull Measures supporting enterprise start-ups should focus on sectors that can provide
women with an adequate income thereby increasing womens financial self-
sufficiency Strategies to move women into higher value markets in traditional or new
sectors are therefore important
bull Training measures should apply a modular approach with both a set of basic
courses such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and the opportunity
to select from a set of additional courses in various substantive areas This would
make the training flexible and give clients the independence to choose the skills on
which they want to focus
bull Training measures should also include entrepreneurship development training in
order to foster the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business
Business skills may not be sufficient for women who often lack confidence and belief
in their own abilities as entrepreneurs
bull Post-start-up support should be offered to trainees after having applied skills learned
in earlier training This may for example be offered by means of mentoring
64
addressing the specific problems faced by women entrepreneurs Additionally pre-
start-up mentoring can help women thinking about starting a business to determine if
it is really the right career choice
bull Women entrepreneurs should not be the only focus of business support and
personal development measures Reaching girls in order to encourage them to
become entrepreneurs and to develop their belief in their abilities is also important
bull Finally access to credit should be a key element in business support as limited
access to finance is a constraint faced by many entrepreneurs both female and
male Different methods of providing access to finance such as loan guarantees or
partnerships with formal financial institutions can reduce the costs of providing
credits to micro entrepreneurs and women entrepreneurs in particular
It has been demonstrated that there are various ways to tackle general and more specific problems faced by female entrepreneurs As many of the obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs are common all over the world most of the good practices that have been described above are not country-specific but might enrich the pool of possible actions in other countries as well
35 SUMMARY
Growing evidence asserts that womens entrepreneurship while differentiated is fundamentally different than mens It is apparent that women are crafting new visions and models of entrepreneurship and are experiencing unique processes entwining the developing self values of work life and family and the personal dynamics of change with the processes of developing and leading a business These phenomena deserve careful and critical exploration if we are to understand radical changes now occurring in women business owners work-lives and enterprise development The importance of supporting women entrepreneurship extends beyond academic relevance Government officials and NGOs have expressed interest in women entrepreneurship in countries in transition as a key to stimulating economies
65
Academics have been recommended to develop policy makers understanding by studying conditions and processes that encourage women entrepreneurship There is a particular theoretical need to conceptualise this environment and to test the environmental variables associated with women entrepreneurs
This support in developed countries usually has one main points to maximize the economic potential of self-employed women and also to encourage taking up of self-employment amongst women from disadvantaged backgrounds
Clearly the development of female entrepreneurship needs support through policies and adequate institutions in many areas such as education and training access to credit and financing access to information business networks and new technologies The Governments in partnership with other stakeholders should take the lead and responsibility for establishing institutions and policies aimed at development of SMEs These policies however should be gender sensitive and address specific barriers in entrepreneurial activities
It is increasingly recognised that entrepreneurship support offers a new model for
fighting poverty and ensuring economic growth in countries
66
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
41 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to present what has been empirically observed as set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the broader problem area Hence in the discussion the findings are interpreted in the light of the research questions The various methodological issues and considerations involved in the gathering of the data are also discussed
42 GATHERING OF DATA
This section contains a thorough explanation of the various methodological issues and considerations involved in obtaining and handling the data used in the study It has been divided into two parts each of which concerns a different component of the data collection gathering process
421 Development and construction of questionnaire
As explained in chapter one the survey instrument utilised in the study was a
standardised questionnaire Information could either be entered by the respondents
themselves or the review used it as a structure for face to face interviewing
The first step was to design a questionnaire with questions and items developed from the initial research problem and the literature study conducted
Questions or items of the same kind or that seek the same sort of information was grouped together They fell into a range of categories where some consisted of a small number of related questions The intend was to elicit information of a particular type
67
Analytical categories relevant to the research were determined from the literature These
topics were aggregated by unit of analysis
bull Section A Personal information
- Age - Marital status
- Educational level
- Number and age of children
- Employment history
bull Section B Business information
- Industry - Legal status of business
- Age of business
- Path to business ownership
- Source of start-up funding
- Business premises
- Number of employees
- Annual turnover
- Previous exposure to business
bull Section C Wlotivational factors and demographic aspects
bull Section D Obstacles towards women entrepreneurship
- During start-up phase of business
- During current operations
bull Section E Development needs of female entrepreneurs
- Previous development by private or government agency
- Women entrepreneurship association awareness
68
- Needs classification
In section A B and E the questionnaire was designed so that the responded could indicate the applicable answer by marking a designated block with a cross More than one block could be marked where applicable
In section C and D a Seven point Likert scale method was applied to measure
responses that range from disagree strongly to agree strongly A value of one will be
linked to disagree strongly and a value of seven to agree strongly
The idea of using the Likert scale method is that instead of learning whether or not the respondent was favourably inclined on an issue one also gets a measure and a reasonably reliable one of the actual position on the continuum However this method is frequently criticised because a number of unique response patterns can result in the same total score (Tull amp Hawkins 1980 322)
422 Data collection
The questionnaire in the form of printed copies was distributed to 100 women
entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni as a result of the sampling method applied
The study made use of both a convenience sampling method and secondly made use of
a snowball sampling method
Snowball sampling relies on referrals from initial subjects to generate additional subjects Therefore base selection of a primary informant took place The base selected for this study was the Chamber of Commerce for Gauteng which acted as an informant of women owned businesses Referrals were contacted to confirm if they adhere to the definition of small and medium-sized women owned businesses More referrals were subsequently collected by theses women owned business expanding the database It
69
may be extremely difficult or cost prohibitive to locate respondents in these situations A
list of 100 women owned business was compiled as a result of these efforts
Techniques for distributing questionnaires included e-mail personal delivery and structured interviews
This review aimed to distribute questionnaires to wide variety business sectors demographic locations and races as to obtain a representative view of women entrepreneurs
Business sectors included were ie retail trade wholesale trade manufacturing construction transportdistribution accommodation and restaurant food industry agricultureforestryfishing and services
Demographic areas included all towns within the boundaries of Ekurhuleni ie Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan Endenvale Lethabong Germiston Kempton Park Tembisa Nigel and Springs
A period of two weeks for responding to the questionnaire were allowed from where
questionnaires were collected either personally by the researcher or via facsimile and e-
A total of 80 usable questionnaires were returned from the sample This constitutes a
80 response rate
The major reasons for non returns faced during the process were the limited time available to the respondents to complete the questionnaires due to busy work schedules and the availability of certain owners that resided overseas
70
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS
431 Age group description of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A1 in Section A of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was
to determine the age group description of respondents
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented
in Table 41 below
Table 41 Age group description of respondents
Age group Frequency Percentage 40 to 49 years old 27 3375
30 to 39 years old 20 2500
50 to 59 years old 14 1750
20 tot 29 years old 12 1500
60+ years old 6 750
lt19 years old 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
The biggest category in this review is represented by the 40 to 49 year old group (refer
to table 41) were 3375 of the respondents indicated the age group A fourth (25) of
the respondents represents the 30 to 39 year age group
71
The remainder of the group constitutes less than 20 of the respondents where 1750
represents the 50 to 59 age group 1500 the 20 to 29 year old 750 the 60+ group
and 125) less than 19 years old respectively
All respondents answered the question
432 Marital status of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A2 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the marital status of respondents The results will be used to determine if
there is any link between the marital status of the women and their path to self
employment
bull Results obtained
The marital status of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 42 below
Table 42 Marital status of respondents
Marital status Frequency Percentage Married 52 6500
Single 10 1250
Widowed 9 1125
Divorced 7 875 Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
72
bull Analysis of the results
Table 42 indicates that more than half that is 52 (6500) of the respondents are married A total of 1250 of respondents are single 1125 are widowed and 875 are divorced
Two respondents did not indicate their marital status
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A3 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the highest academic qualification of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous education on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
bull Results obtained
The highest academic qualification of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 43 below
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents
Highest academic qualification Frequency Percentage Diploma (Technical college orTechnicon) 29 3625 University degree 29 3625
Matric 16 2000
Certificate 4 500
Post graduate degree 2 250
Total 80 10000
73
bull Analysis of the results
Table 43 indicates that a diploma and university degree constitute the largest group of all responses Both the diploma and university degree represent 3625 of the respondents respectively
A total of 16 (2000) of the respondents indicated a matric as their highest academic qualification whereas four respondents (500) indicated a certificate and two (250) indicated a post graduate degree
All respondents answered the question
434 Number of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A4 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of children of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 44 below
74
Table 44 Number of children of respondents
Number of children Frequency Percentage Two (2) children 31 3875
One (1) child 14 1750
Three (3) children 14 1750 None 10 1250
Four (4) children 8 1000
Five (5) children 3 375
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of the respondents (3875) have only 2 children A total of 1750 are
presented equally by both the one child and three child groups A total of 10 (1250)
respondents have no children Eight (1000) respondents have four children and three
or 375 have five children
All respondents answered the question
435 Age group description of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the age of children of the participants The results will be utilised in
determining if the age of children might have an influence on the path to business
ownership and act as an obstacle due to family responsibility to women entrepreneurs
75
bull Results obtained
The age of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 45 below
Table 45 Age group description of children
Age group description Frequency Percentage 18+years old 25 3125
11-18 years old 15 1875
1-5 years old 13 1625
No children 10 1250
6-10 years old 9 1125
Missing 8 1000
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 45 indicates that the majority of the respondents (25 or 3125) children are
older than 18 years A total of 15 (1875) of the respondents children are between 11
and 18 years 13 (1625) between one to five years old and nine (1125) between six
and 10 years old
A total of ten (1250) of the respondents indicated that they do not have children
whereas eight respondents did not answer the question
76
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES
441 Number of permanent employees
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B7 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of permanent employees of the participating women owned
businesses and to determine whether the family business can be classified as a micro-
very small- small- or a medium-sized enterprise
bull Results obtained
Table 46 Number of permanent employees
Number of permanent employees Frequency Percentage 2-4 30 3750 26-50 23 2875
Myself 10 1250
5-10 10 1250
11-25 4 500
101-200 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
A combined forty (5000) of the women owned business can be classified as micro-
enterprise from which 30 (3750) of the business have two to four employees and 10
(1250) of the businesses are only operated by the entrepreneur herself
77
A total of ten (125) of the businesses can be classified as very small enterprise
consisting of five to ten employees
Small-enterprises are represented by twenty seven (3375) of the businesses with four
(5) employed of 11 to 25 employees and 23 (2875) 26 to 50 employees
Only two (250) of the businesses surveyed can be classified as medium-enterprise
Of the 80 respondents only one responded (125) did not answer the question
Figure 46 indicates that the majority of the businesses surveyed falls into the micro-
enterprise category
442 Turnover of the business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B8 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the financial success and the size of the participating women
owned businesses
bull Results obtained
The annual turnover of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table
47
I
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business
Annual turnover Frequency Percentage R100 000 to R500 000 27 3375
R1 million to R5 million 20 2500
R500 000to R1 million 18 2250
R50 000toR100 000 9 1125
R5 million+ 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Twenty seven (3375) of the family businesses annual turnover were between the R100 000 to R500 000 range followed by twenty (2500) between the R1 to R5 million range eighteen (2250) in the R500 000 to R1 million range nine (1125) in the R50 000 to R100 000 range and six (75) in the more than R5 million range
All participants answered the question
443 Economic sector of operation
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B1 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the economic sector that the women owned businesses
operates in The sector may have an influence on specific needs for the women owned
businesses as well as policy implications
bull Results obtained
The economic sector of operation of the women owned businesses in this study is
presented in table 48
79
I
Table 48 Economic sector of operation
Economic sector Frequency Percentage Retail trade 33 4125
Services 26 3250
Accommodation and restaurant 7 875
Wholesale trade 6 750
Manufacturing trade 4 500
Transportdistribution 2 250
Food industry 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 33 (4125)) of the businesses in this study operate in retail trade that also represents that largest group within this review The service category is represented by 26 (3250) of the respondents This include the following businesses ie bakery school transport ballet studios swimming lessons DVD rentals garden services cleaning services doggy parlour dry cleaning wedding planning landscaping physiotherapy attorney petrol garage dress maker hair salons catering services graphic design party rentals business machine servicing and beauty salons
Other industries of operation includes seven (875) businesses in accommodation and
restaurant six (750) in wholesale trade four (500) businesses in manufacturing
and two (250) in distribution and food industry respectively
All respondents answered the question
80
444 Legal status of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B2 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The legal status of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table 49
Table 49 Legal status of business
Category Frequency Percentage Sole proprietorship 42 5250
Partnership 18 2250
Company (Private) 12 1500
Not registered 7 875
Close corporation 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Just more than half (52505)) of the participating women-owned businesses in this
study are registered as sole proprietorship 18 (2250) are registered partnerships 12
(1500) as private companies and one (125) business indicated a close corporation
A total of seven (875) of the businesses in this study is however not registered None
of the business indicated a business trust or public company All respondents answered
the question
81
445 Business premises
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B6 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The premises from where the women owned businesses in this study are operating from
are presented in table 410
Table 410 Business premises
Business district Frequency Percentage Outlying business area 50 6250
Home based 16 2000
Central business district (CBD) 12 1500
Agriculture 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
More than half (6250) of the respondents operate their business from an outlying
business area as indicated in table 410 A total of 16 (20) of the businesses in this
review are home-based with only 12 (1500) situated in a central business district
Agriculture land is only utilised by two (250) of the women owned businesses in this
review None of the respondent businesses operates from an industrial area
All respondents answered this question
82
446 Age of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B3 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the age of all women owned businesses that participated in this review
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women owned businesses that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 411 below
Table 411 Age of business
Age of business Frequency Percentage One (1) to five (5) years old 45 5625
Six (6) to 10 years old 24 3000
11 to 20 years old 6 750
21 to 30 years old 3 375
31 to 40 years old 1 125 41 to 50 years old 1 125
Analysis of the results
According to table 411 more than half (5625) of the respondents businesses are relatively young and fall under the one to five year old category A large group of 24 (30) of the participating businesses are between six and 10 years old The remainder of the categories are represented by less than 10 of the respondents where six (750) business are between 11 and 20 years old three (375) between 21 and 30 years and 1 (125) between 31 to 40 years and one (125) between 41 to 50 years respectively All respondents answered the question
83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP
451 Path to business ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B4 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the path to business ownership of respondents
bull Results obtained
The path to business ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 412 below
Table 412 Path to business ownership
Path to business ownership Frequency Percentage
Founded the business 52 6500
Purchase the business 25 3125
Join family business 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 412 reflects that 52 (6500) of the businesses studied in this review were
founded by the entrepreneur Just less than a third or 25 (3125) of the businesses
were purchased A total of two (250) respondents actually joined family businesses
and one (125) did not answer the question
84
452 Previous employment experience
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the previous employment experience of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous experience on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs The respondents had the option to choose between six experience levels categories
bull Results obtained
The previous employment experience of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 413 below
Table 413 Previous employment experience
Previous employment experience Frequency Percentage Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier) 34 4250
Self-employed 14 1750
Supervisor 11 1375
Middle management 9 1125
Unemployed 8 1000
Top management 4 500
Total 80 10000
85
bull Analysis of the results
Less than half (4250) of the respondents were previously employed as non-
management workers whereas only 11 (1375) of the respondents were supervisors A
total of nine (1125) of respondents indicated that they were employed in middle
management with only four (5) in top management A number of eight (1000)
respondents were previously unemployed
A quite interesting observation is the 14 or 1750 of respondents that were previously
self-employed that also constitute the second largest group in this review
All respondents answered the question
453 Years self-employed
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A6 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of years self employed of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of years self-employed of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 414 below
86
Table 414 Years self-employed
Number of years self-employed Frequency Percentage Four (4) to five (5) years 27 3375 Six (6) to 10 years 26 3250 One (1) to Three (3) years 14 1750
More than 10 years 12 1500
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of respondents are between four and ten years self-employed A number of
27 (3375) of the respondents has indicated a four to five year period and 26 (3250)
indicating a six to 10 year period The remainder of the age groups are represented by
less than 20 of the respondents where 14 (1750) fall within the relative young one
to three year category and 12 (1500) in the established more than ten year category
Only one (125) respondent did not answer the question
454 Source of start-up funding
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B5 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the source of start-up funding of the participants
bull Results obtained
The source of start-up funding of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 415 below
87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding
Source of start-up funding Frequency Percentage Bank loan 30 3750
Personal savings 29 3625
Relatives 10 1250
Householdspouse 5 625
Sold business 4 500
Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Both bank loan and personal savings constitutes the largest sources for start-up funding
with 30 (3750) made use of bank loans and 29 (3625) utilised personal savings
A total of 10 (1250) respondents collected start-up funds from relatives and five
(625) from a household member or spouse A number of four (500) respondents
sold their previous business to obtain funds
Respondents not answering the question accounted for 250 of the sample
455 Role models
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B9 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine if the respondents was inspired by someone during their youth to become an entrepreneur The results will be used to determine if there is any link between this previous influence and the women entrepreneurs decision to enter into self employment
bull Results obtained
The influence of role models on all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 416 below
Table 416 Role models
Influenced by role models Frequency Percentage No 68 8500
Yes 12 1500
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority (8500) of respondents indicated that they had no one inspiring them to
become entrepreneurs where 12 (1500) of the respondents claimed that they had
some influence Eight respondents indicated that their parents owned businesses where
four indicated that close friends of the family motivated them from childhood to enter
own employment
All respondents answered this question
456 First ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B10 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to determine if the current business is the women entrepreneurs first self owned
business
89
bull Results obtained
An indication of first ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 417 below
Table 417 First ownership
Category Frequency Percentage
Yes 62 7750
No 12 1500
Missing 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 62 (7750)) of the respondents indicated that their current business is their
first business owned Only a small amount of 12 (1500) of the respondents indicated
previously owned business or no to the answer A total of seven of the business was
sold of four is still operating and one went out of business
Quite a large total of six (750) of the respondents did not answer the question at all
46 MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C1-15 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the main motivational factors for women entrepreneurs entering own business ventures The results will be utilised in determining the influence of these motivational factors on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
90
bull Results obtained
The average response or mean (x) and the standard deviation (s) (variation around the
mean) of each of the 15 items indicating motivational factors for entering own
employment are indicated in Table 418
Table 418 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
Motivation n X s
Need for a challenge 80 6250 1326
Self-fulfilment 79 6215 1356
Confidence in the productservice offered 80 6188 0813
Insufficient family income 80 5513 1765
The need for independence 80 5488 1800
Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 80 5363 1759
Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) 80 5150 1870
Need forflexible work schedule 80 5063 2143
Desire for wealth 80 4900 1900
Ensure high job security 80 4700 2095
To develop hobby 78 4654 2373
Compatibility with family duties 80 4238 2279
Difficulty finding a job 80 3750 2405
Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 80 2650 1822
Entered the family business 80 1825 1310
Total 4796 0906
bull Analysis of the results
The standard deviations of all 15 statements averages are fairly high ranging from
0813 to 2405
Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement Thus a higher number representing agreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be true by the respondents Likewise a low number representing disagreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be false
The motivational statement indicating the highest agreement was need for challenge Participants indicated a very high average mean of x = 6250 for this statement Other
statements that also obtained high levels of agreement was self-fulfilment (x = 6215)
and confidence in the productservice offered (x = 6188)
Five items indicated average means higher than five Insufficient family income indicated an average mean of x = 5513 the need for independence an average mean
of x= 5488 dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) an average
mean of x= 5363 role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) an average x- 5150 and the need for flexible work schedule an average mean of x = 5063
Five items indicated average means higher than four Desire for wealth indicated an
average mean of x = 4900 ensure high job security an average mean ofx = 4700
to develop hobby and average mean ofx= 4654 and compatibility with family duties indicated an average mean of x =4238
Difficult finding a job only indicated an average mean of x = 3750 and redundancy (lost
their job retrenchment) an average mean of x = 2650
Entering family business was the statement with the lowest agreement standing on
an average mean of x = 1825
92
462 Ekurhuleni support
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C17- 21 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations The participating women entrepreneurs had to indicate their response on five statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is
providing to their business operations are reflected in Table 419 below
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations
Category n X s
Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 80 5288 1275
Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 80 5075 1100
Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 79 4772 1395
The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 80 4325 1589
Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 80 2563 1349
Total 4403 0837
93
bull Analysis of the results
An average mean of x = 5288 was calculated for the statement Ekurhuleni is a
source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities This result indicates
that the participants have a relative high agreement with the statement A high
agreement was also calculated for Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export
opportunities (x = 5075) Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road
network) adequately meet the needs of my business (x = 4772) and The
Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses
(x = 4325)
The statement Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women
entrepreneurship in the region however indicated a very low level of agreement with a
standard mean of only x = 2563
463 Obstacles to business start-up
bull Purpose of question
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers have for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those
barriers still exist today
The purpose of question D 1-14 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A)
was to accumulate a body of knowledge of banners that were faced by current female
entrepreneurs in entering their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate
their response on fourteen statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale
type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent
disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with
the statement
94
bull Results obtained
Agreement to obstacles that the respondents experienced during the start-up phase of
their businesses are presented in Table 420 below
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up
Obstacles n X s
Lack of business management skills 80 5888 1607
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5725 1646
Lack of timely business information 80 5438 1422
Risk averse (great fear of failure) 79 5253 1829
Lack of self-confidence 79 5241 1876
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 5150 1700
Inequality of access to credit (difficult to obtain financing as a female) 80 4875 1760
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 2009
Isolation from business network 80 4713 1917
Lack of education and training (in general) 80 4625 2065
Legislative (lack of focused women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government) 80 4400 1718
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3750 1832
Lack of female role models 80 3475 1882
Total 4874 1091
bull Analysis of the results
All fourteen statements as reflected in table 419 indicated high levels of agreement The statement lack of business management skills was indicated as the highest level of agreement with an average mean of x= 5888 A total of five other statements also indicated relative high agreements with inter role conflict (workhome conflict) indicating a standard mean of x= 5725 lack of timely business information (x = 5438) risk averse (great fear of failure) (x = 5253) lack of self-confidence (x =
95
5241) and awareness or access to business support indicating an average mean of
x =5150
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 3475
464 Obstacles currently faced in business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question D 16- 27 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers that were faced by female entrepreneurs currently operating their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate their response on 12 statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Obstacles that the respondents are experiencing in their current business operations are reflected in Table 421
96
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business
Obstacles n X s
Liquidity and other financial problems 80 6225 1102
Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 80 5775 1405
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5538 1793
Lack of business management skills 80 5488 1359
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 1872
Lack of timely business information 80 4663 1771
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 4600 1846
No time for trainingupgrading of skills 80 4563 1948
Isolation from business network 79 4506 1839
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3338 1771
Lack of female role models 79 2835 1581
Total 4764 0968
bull Analysis of the results
The statement with the highest level of agreement was liquidity and other financial
problems The average mean for this statement was calculated on a very high x -
6225
A total of three other statements also indicated relative high agreements with gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) indicating a standard mean
of x= 5775 inter role conflict (workhome conflict) (5c = 5538) and lack of business management skills indicating an average mean of x = 5488
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 2835
97
I
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question E3 Section E of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the development needs of respondents (refer to table 421)
bull Results obtained
Development needs indicated by all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 422 below
Table 422 Support needs of respondents
Category Frequency Percentage
Financial support 68 8500
Growth support 64 8000
Marketing support 62 7750
Business advice information counselling mentoring 57 7125
Networking with other business owners 55 6875
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area 53 6625
Legal support 41 5125
Tools equipment machinery 38 4750
Trainingknowledgeskills 35 4375
Suitable business premises 33 4125
Psychological support 21 2625
Technical support 20 2500
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity) 19 2375
98
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 68 (8500) of the respondents indicated that their greatest need is financial support with 64 (8000) also indicating growth support as a great need in the operation of their businesses A number of two categories also received high scoring with 62 (7750) respondents indicating marketing support and 57 (7125) indicating business advice information counselling and mentoring as support greatly needed
Almost half of the respondents also indicated that the following support will benefit their business A total of 41 (5125) of the participating women entrepreneurs indicated that legal support will benefit them 38 (4750) tools equipment and machinery support Trainingknowledge and skills was indicated by 4375 of respondents and a suitable business premises by 33 (4125) of the participating women entrepreneurs
Only 21 (2625) respondents indicated that psychological support will benefit them and
20 (2500o) indicated that technical support will be of use A small number of 19
(2375) indicated a need for infrastructure
48 SUMMARY
This chapter started of with the various methodological issues and considerations
involved in the gathering of the data from where results were presented in the form of
frequency tables on what has been empirically observed The results were analysed as
set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the
broader problem area
Data explored during this study included biographical information of all participating women entrepreneurs This includes age group description marital status highest academic qualification number of children and age group description of children
This empirical research also undertook the task to gather information in regards to the structure of the participating women entrepreneurs businesses This information
99
included number of permanent employees annual turnover of the business economic
sector of operation legal status of the business the business premises and age of the
business
Path to ownership information was also recorded by this study that includes the
following Path to business ownership previous employment experience number of
years self-employed source of start-up funding influence of role models and first
ownership
Factors of importance also gathered by this review includes motivational factors to enter self employment women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their businesses obstacles to business start-up obstacles currently faced within business operations and support needs of respondents
The information gathered by the empirical research was utilised in the drafting of the
Ekurhuleni women entrepreneurship profile discussed in chapter five This profile will be
of purpose in the drafting of the women entrepreneurship development framework for
the Ekurhuleni district
100
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
51 INTRODUCTION
Despite the large amount of research on the key factors influencing womens
entrepreneurship no study has yet provided an empirical field assessment of factors
influencing women at a municipality context
With the goal of delineating the unique circumstances of women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni this review undertook a study of 80 women entrepreneurial businesses The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures in this area have generated value and fuelled innovation on all levels The increased presence of women entrepreneurs has had a remarkable impact on employment
The purpose of this chapter is therefore to conclude on the empirical study by compiling
a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni Theoretical applications of these links
would derive strong arguments
Recommendations to women entrepreneurship development for this area will be made followed by a critical evaluation of the study Suggestions for future studies will be implied and this chapter will be concluded by a summary
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
The following reflects the make-up of the Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur as concluded in the empirical study conducted
101
521 Biographical information results
The majority of the women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
that participated in this study are between 30 to 49 years of age She is furthermore
married with an average of two children mainly older than eighteen years The
entrepreneur is well littered with either a diploma or university degree
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results
The average women-owned business in Ekurhuleni is between one to five years old with
an annual turnover in the R100 000 to R500 000 range Operation is mainly within the
retail trade or service sector within the micro-enterprise environment Most businesses
can be found in outlying business areas The legal status of the participating businesses
is mainly reserved to sole proprietorships
523 Path to ownership results
The Ekurhuleni women-owned business is either founded or purchased by the female entrepreneur which are on average four to ten years self-employed and mostly a first-time owner A bank loan or personal funding provided start-up capital Owners were not motivated by childhood role models
524 Motivational factors to self employment results
The need for a challenge self-fulfilment and confidence in the product or service offered are the main motivators for these women entrepreneurs Factors such as difficulty f inding a job redundancy and entering of family business are least motivational
indicating that the average Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur are drawn to self-employment by pull factors rather than push factors (Botha 2006 122)
102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni
For the average female entrepreneur Ekurhuleni will be a source of an ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities The Ekurhuleni infrastructure meets the needs of their businesses and the region provides good network opportunities with other businesses However most of the participating women entrepreneurs feel that the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality do not have proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in this district
526 Obstacles to business start-up results
The lack of business management skills inter-role conflict with home and work the lack of timely business information high risk aversion by women entrepreneurs lack of self-confidence and a lack of awareness or access to business support are all considered as huge obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs during the start-up phase of their respective business
Factors such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models are not considered as major obstacles to business start-ups
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results
The main current obstacles experienced by the average female entrepreneur are liquidity and other financial problems Aspects such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models were once again recognised as the least considered obstacles in current business operations
103
528 Support needs results
The average female entrepreneur feels that they can mostly benefit from financial and growth support whereas psychological technical and infrastructure support are rated low on urgency
53 RECOMMENDATIONS
In the light of the research results explained a development framework was compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni Figure 51 represents the specific elements of the Ekurhuleni entrepreneurial development framework (refer to the next page)
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs on in Ekurhuleni district are complex and calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
The main recommendation issued by this review is the establishing of an Ekurhuleni
women entrepreneurship development centre The main responsibility of this centre will
be the implementation and co-ordination of the recommendations listed below
104
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
Own compilation
The purpose of the section to follow is to provide a description of the specific elements
within the recommended framework to develop women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
105
531 Promotion
Recommendation
The review recommends the formation of a specific women entrepreneurship advocacy team within the overall development centre
Motivation
The main role of the advocacy team will be to raise the visibility of womens economic contribution and to change the policy to support womens role in the Ekurhuleni district It is important that the advocacy team are aware of the heterogeneity of their client group Without this awareness policy changes risk being unintentionally biased against a group such as women entrepreneurs
532 Strategy
Recommendation
It is recommended that women entrepreneurship specific policies be drafted within the
Ekurhuleni district and emphasis placed on continued research into the development of
the women entrepreneurs in the district
Motivation
bull The process of policy formulation has to incorporate gender mainstreaming strategies On a national base government has been introducing new gender-specific laws of a general nature but gender issues were not considered in all the other laws of relevance to womens entrepreneurship development
106
bull These policies must address awareness since many institutions are not aware of the gender-specific constraints of women entrepreneurs and therefore unable to address them adequately when providing the necessary services
bull Associations in charge of the enhancement of the status of women NGOs womens organisations and technical programmes could play an important role in emphasising gender issues in the creation of a more enabling policy and legal environment In this connection the importance of the systematic collection and analysis of gender specific data and information for gender-sensitive industrial policy formulation and implementation cannot be over emphasised This is necessary in order to identify the constraints and needs of women entrepreneurs prior to the formulation of any development programme targeting women
bull It is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations lobby groups and the municipality should strive for the systematic collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship
bull The creation of awareness about entrepreneurship requires the adoption of an entrepreneurial culture among potential women entrepreneurs and among youth in general as they are the future entrepreneurs This could be done if local support institutions professional assodations media and womens associations put emphasis on creating awareness about entrepreneurship Media and school campaigns exposure to role models and targeted training could also be used for this purpose
107
533 Support
bull Training
Recommendation
The development of proper training programmes focussing on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs is a necessity
Motivation
bull Training is one of the most common business development services provided Training initiatives include both the provision of general business skills as well as skills more particular to an industry General business training includes basic business skills such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and is usually a central element of an integrated service package Training in skills is often not sufficient for women and successful training programmes for women entrepreneurs therefore also include confidence building entrepreneurship developmenttraining fostering the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business are just a few to mention
bull Programmes that not only confine themselves to training existing or potential women entrepreneurs but also make efforts to reach girls in order to encourage them to become entrepreneurs must be developed
bull A modular approach to the training programme design must be followed - it offers core courses and then allows clients to select other courses suiting their needs This makes the training flexible and gives clients the independence to choose the skills on which they lack the most or want to focus on
bull However successful programme designs are always those which are based on realistic needs-based assessments Women have different training needs in terms of course content scheduling length and delivery Programme designers must be aware of womens multiple roles and programmes should be scheduled when
108
women are likely to be free Participatory techniques and incremental learning using
female instructors are considered good teaching models for reaching women
entrepreneurs
bull Access to credit
Recommendation
A proper study into good practices should be launched to enhance accesses for women
entrepreneurs to credit from where specific plans must be drafted to ensure better
access to financing for these women entrepreneurs
Motivation
Credit is a constraint faced by many women entrepreneurs Women need to be able to
access mainstream banking and finance and need support in this area Increased
access to credit is a key to the development of women entrepreneurs in SMEs
bull Counselling and mentoring programmes
Recommendation
This study recommends the establishing of counselling and mentoring centres
Motivation
bull Individually-based services where clients receive help and support on problems
specific to their businesses have proven to be most effective
bull Counselling programmes tend to be expensive One way of cutting costs is by using
volunteers and using group-based services for more general issues
109
bull Attention must be paid to hiring female consultants avoiding a male environment and providing services sensitive to womens needs In addition gender training of consultants should be done
bull Many women want post-start-up support accessible after trying out the skills learned in earlier training Mentoring is one method of providing this support which can be very effective as it addresses the specific problems faced by the individual entrepreneur This kind of support includes individual or group-based assistance directed at specific problems where mentors serve as role models Based on a longer-term relationship with the mentor this is essentially a form of knowledge transfer It can be tailored to client needs and therefore can have high effectiveness and impact However it can also be costly in terms of mentors time
bull Mentoring can be offered to individuals or groups Individual mentoring is often more effective and have a greater impact as it addresses problems specific to the womens businesses Group-based mentoring offers other benefits such as group solidarity and the opportunity to learn from others experiences
bull However as mentioned earlier mentoring can be an expensive service to provide Many support agencies have cut costs by using volunteer mentors but mentor quality has to be monitored Supply of female mentors volunteer or not is sometimes a problem Coupling mentoring with a sectoral focus has emerged as a good strategy to help women to enter new industries Use of female mentors and having women-only group mentoring programmes increases the likelihood that women will use the services
bull Information sharing and network formation
Recommendation
The study wants to emphasize the need for the development of a specific women entrepreneur association within the Ekurhuleni district for the main purpose of networking and information sharing
110
Motivation
Information is a key resource for women entrepreneurs Information can relate to markets suppliers costs and technology and networks have emerged as key strategy for offering support to women entrepreneurs Networking is very important to the success of a business and it is identified as one of the key ways to strengthen womens enterprises as it can provide access to information new customers and suppliers Networks are relations with others in the business community and are an important way to access information
Sometimes training courses provide early networking opportunities giving practice
time to women before they go out to network in the wider business environment
Training courses also allow women to meet others starting businesses Networks can
also contribute to the knowledge and development of support agencies
Information exchange in the networks is provided through many means including one-
stop shops trade fairs and the Internet Information technology has proven to be an
important asset for accessing information and expanding networks Often the network
makes services and information available to entrepreneurs by toll free telephone fax in
person and through the Internet In fact the use of the internet has greatly helped to
widen the geographic areas of networks both between entrepreneurs and between
support agencies Internet allows clients to access it at times that suit their schedules
This helps women have greater access as they often have to juggle multiple demands
on their time Online networks and community business centres offer networking
opportunities Decentralized service provision also insures that the information provided
to local women is relevant to the local context
i l l
bull Support organisations
Recommendation
Accumulation of support organisations must take place Through awareness the involvement of organisations and institutions must be increased
Motivation
Many different types of organisations can provide either direct or indirect support to women entrepreneurs The different organisations working with women entrepreneurs include NGOs credit providers training and technical assistance centres research institutes and universities professional organisations government agencies and private sector organisations
Professional membership organisations have also emerged as important agencies which work to change policy and provide services and networks to members They work best when they serve a clientele with common interests The membership organisations must serve women business owners with gender being perceived as one commonality across which membership organisations can be established
Private sector actors other than banks or private training providers include suppliers of inputs final goods customers and consultants They work with women entrepreneurs through subcontracting arrangements and by supplying inputs raw materials used equipment or technical assistance These are viewed as an increasingly important source of assistance for women entrepreneurs particularly for-profit service providers In addition to this consultants may work with entrepreneurs directly for a fee or as volunteers For example some firms may volunteer their staffs time as consultants while some individuals working in the private sector may do so independent of their place of work
112
Universities and research institutes can also contribute to the development of women entrepreneurs through provision of trainers and consultants and through direct research on entrepreneurship with particular focus on women and by highlighting their contribution to the local regional and national economy In some cases they can also develop technologies to improve productivity and reduce the time burden of women
54 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY
The success of this study is based upon the realising of the primary and secondary
objectives as indicated in section 13 of this study
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
In order to reach the primary objectives successfully the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a global context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
The first secondary objective namely to gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African economy was achieved through a comprehensive literature study in chapter two This chapter act as a motivation to this question by supplying ambient evidence in the role women entrepreneurs plays in the South African economy
113
The second secondary objective that is to study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur was also realised through the literature review in chapter two
The third secondary objective to identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing their own business ventures was achieved by both the literature review in chapter three and the detailed empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five
The fourth secondary objective to examine current development programmes in a
global context was realised through both chapter twos literature review focusing on
South African development programmes and a detailed description of international good
practices in chapter three
The last secondary objective to suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district was achieved through the results obtained during the empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five The results of this empirical research led to the development of a women entrepreneurship development framework as represented in section 53 of chapter five Practical recommendations forms part of the framework developed
Trough the achieving of all secondary objectives and the framework discussed in section
53 it can therefore be concluded that the primary objective namely the development of
a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
were achieved
55 SUGGESTION FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
Forthcoming work can build on this review by focusing on measuring the effectiveness
of programmes and initiative that was implemented due to recommendation issued in
section 53 of this review
114
Furthermore as explained earlier it is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations and the municipality should strive for the systematic and frequent collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship as to ensure that up to date and relevant programmes are in place to support the female entrepreneurs
56 SUMMARY
The purpose of this chapter was to conclude on the empirical study by compiling a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni was given that included the following aspects The biographical information of the female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support needs of the female entrepreneur
The empirical research resulted in recommendations to women entrepreneurship
development in Ekurhuleni being made That was followed by a critical evaluation of the
study in regards to the achievement of the research objectives Suggestions for future
studies were also recommended
Gender sensitivity of programme design and service delivery is critical Agencies which have a successful record in reaching women are always aware of the characteristics of their female and male clients and the gender-specific barriers affecting their economic participation when designing programmes Thus gender aware needs assessment is a vital tool to good service design and delivery
115
Furthermore developing a supportive environment for womens entrepreneurship is important to womens success This includes helping women to deal with their multiple roles and involving men families and communities (as appropriate) in womens entrepreneurship Support agencies must understand womens goals and objectives in becoming entrepreneurs and work to support those goals Providing for both practical and strategic gender needs is central to womens economic success While not all agencies can work at both levels the experience from developed countries shows that service providers should make an effort to partner with agencies which work to address deeper strategic issues through advocacy and policy change
Therefore an important learning is the need to couple programme actions with policy work In order to make long-term changes in womens ability to participate freely in the economy the socio-cultural constraints on women must be addressed Advocacy work should be directed at policymakers in order to raise their awareness of the important role of women in the economy and the positive effect of economic participation on women and their families
116
BIBLIOGRAPHY
AFFHOLDER J amp BOX DM 2004 Struggles of female entrepreneurs Allied
Academies International Conference Proceedings of the Academy of Entrepreneurship
10(1)
AIDIS R 2003 Entrepreneurship and economic transition Tinbergen Institute
discussion paper pp 5
ALTMAN M 2001 Paths to employment expansion in a minerals economy Urban
Forum Special Issue First International Conference on Employment Creation in
Development 12(3-4) 314
ANNA L CHANDLER G JANSEN E amp MERO N 2000 Women business owners
in traditional and non-traditional industries Journal of Business Venturing 15(3) 279-
303
ARIF M 2008 Definition and introduction of entrepreneurship Shri Ramswaroop
College of Engineering amp Management
AUSTRIAN INSTITUTE FOR SMALL BUSINESS RESEARCH (IFGH) 2002 Good
practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship Examples from Europe and other
OECD countries Pp 1 - 110
BANERJEE A GALIANI S LEVINSOHN J MCLAREN Z amp WOOLARD I 2007
Why has unemployment risen in the new South Africa [Web]
httpwwwnberorgpapersw13167 [Date of access 20 July 2008]
BARTLETT J E KOTRLIK J W amp HIGGINS C 2001 Organizational research
Determining appropriate sample size for survey research information Technology
Learning and Performance Journal 19(1) 43-50
117
BARUAH S 2005 Entrepreneurship Concept and definition Indian Institute of
Entrepreneurship
BENNETT R amp DANN S 2000 The changing experience of Australian female
entrepreneurs Gender Work and Organization 7(2) 75-83
BERRY A VON BLOTTNITZ M CASSIM R KESPER A RAJARATNAM B amp
VAN SEVENTER D 2002 The economics of SMMES in South Africa Paper presented
at the 2002 Trade and industrial policy strategy conference
BHORAT H 2002 Employment and unemployment trends in Post-Apartheid South
Africa Paper Prepared for the Presidency 10-Year Cabinet Review Process 2nd draft
BHORAT H amp HODGE J 1999 Decomposing shifts in labour demand in South Africa
South African Journal of Economics 67(3) 348-380
BHORAT H amp CASSIM R 2004 The challenge of growth employment and poverty in
the South African economy since democracy An exploratory review of selected issues
Development Southern Africa 21 (1) 7 -31
BODEN R amp NUCCI A 2000 On the survival prospects of mens and womens new
business ventures Journal of Business Venturing 15(4) 347-362
BORGIA D SEGAL G amp SCHOENFELD J 2005 The motivation to become an
entrepreneur College of Business Fort Myers Florida USA
BOTHA M 2006 Measuring the effectiveness of the women entrepreneurship
programme as a training intervention on potential start-up and established women
entrepreneurs in South Africa Pretoria University of Pretoria (Unpublished PhD-
thesis)
118
BRADLEY F amp BOLES K 2003 Female entrepreneurs from ethnic backgrounds An
exploration of motivations and barriers pp 301
BROWN W 2002 Ambition versus action do males and females exhibit conflicting
perspectives of entrepreneurial potential and growth A study among entrepreneurship
students and entrepreneurship graduates before and after start-up Paper presented at
the 25th Institute for Small Business and Entrepreneurship National Small Firms Policy
and Research Conference Competing Perspectives of Small Business and
Entrepreneurship
BRUNI A GHERARDI S amp POGGIO B 2004 Entrepreneur-mentality gender and
the study of women entrepreneurs Journal of Organizational Change Management
17(3) 256-268
BRUSH C CARTER N GATEWOOD E GREENE P amp HART M 2006 Womens
entrepreneurship in the United States
CAMPBELL H 2004 A study of knowledge management strategies as enabled by the
support of asynchronous groupware systems Pretoria University of South Africa
(Unpublished PhD-thesis)
CARREE M ampTHURIK AR 1998 Small firms and economic growth in Europe
Atlantic Economic Journal 26 (2) 137-146
CASALE D amp POSEL D 2002 The continued feminisation of the labour force in South
Africa An analysis of recent data and trends South African Journal of Economics
70(1) 156-184
CASSAR G 2006 Entrepreneur opportunity costs and intended venture growth
Journal of Business Venturing 21 610-632
119
CARTER S ANDERSON S amp SHAW E 2001 Womens business ownership A
review of the academic popular and internet literature Report to the Small Business
Service wwwsbsgovukcontentresearchcarter-reportpaf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
CARTER N GARTNER W SHAVER K amp GATEWOOD E 2003 The career
reasons of nascent entrepreneurs Journal of Business Ventunng 18 13-39
CHANDRA V amp NGANOU J 2001 Obstacles to formal employment creation in South
Africa Evidence from recent firm surveys Paper presented to DPRU Conference
Johannesburg November
CLIFF J 1998 Does one size fit all Exploring the relationship between attitudes
towards growth gender and business size Journal of Business Ventunng 13(6) 523-
542
DE GROOT TU 2001 Women entrepreneurship development in selected African
countries For United Nations Industrial Development Organization Pp 1 -36
DE KLERK GJ amp HAVENGA JJD 2004 SME networks and clusters and their
impact on economic growth An exploratory overview of Africa Potchefstroom Northshy
west University
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY (DTI) 2001 Driving competiveness in
South-Africa The integrated industrial strategy Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE A N D INDUSTRY (DTI) 2004 Ten years of small business
support in South Africa 1994-2004 Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Isivande Womens fund [Web]
httpwwwdtiqovzaisivandemainhtm [Date of access 10 September 2008]
120
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 South African Women
Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzasawensawenmainhtm
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Technology for women in business
(TWIB) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzathedtitwibhtm [Date of access 10 September
2008]
DEVEY R SKINNER C amp VALODIA I 2002 The informal economy in South Africa
who where what and how much Paper presented to the DPRU Conference on Labour
Markets and Poverty in South Africa Johannesburg 22-24 October 2002
DEMARTINO Ramp BARBATO R 2003 Differences Between Women and Men MBA
Entrepreneurs Exploring Family Flexibility and Wealth Creation as Career Motivators
Journal of Business Ventunng 18 815-832
DINING OUT 2008 South African restaurants [Web] httpwwwdining-
outcozaEkurhuleni-Mapasp [Date of access 10 September 2008]
DU RIETZ A amp HENREKSON M 2000 Testing the female underperformance
hypothesis Small Business Economics 14 1-10
ECKEL C amp GROSSMAN P 2002 Sex differences and statistical stereotyping in
attitudes toward financial risk Evolution and Human Behaviour 23(4) 281-295
EDWARDS L 2001 Globalisation and the skills bias of occupational employment in
South Africa South African Journal of Economics 69(1) 40-72
EKURHULENI METROPOLITAN MUNICIPALITY (EMM) 2007 Growth and
development strategy 2025 [Web] httpwwwekurhulenicomcontentview454296
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
121
FREY I 2006 Poverty and unemployment in South Africa National Labour and
Economic Development Institute [Web]
http7wwwnalediorgzadocsPovertv20and20unemployment20in20South20A
frica20Feb202006pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
FOGEL DS 1994 Environments for entrepreneurship development key dimensions
and research implications mmsjribsbs02usersAmeMy
DocumentsDEVELOPMENTEnvironments for entrepreneurship development key
dimensions and research implications_ Company Activities amp Management Company
Structures amp Ownership from AIIBusiness_commht [Date of access 1 October 2008]
GATEWOOD E SHAVER K POWERS J amp GARTNER W 2002 Entrepreneurial
expectancy task effort and performance Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2)
187-206
GEORGELLIS Y amp WALL H 2004 Gender differences in self-employment Working
paper The Federal Reserve Bank of Saint Louis
httpresearchstlouisfedOrgwp19991999-008pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
GREENE P HART M GATEWOOD E BRUSH C amp CARTER N 2003 Moving
front and centre An overview of research and theory [Web]
wwwusasbcorgknowledgewhitepapersgreene2003pdf [Date of access 19 March
2008]
GUN DRY L BEN-YOSEPH M amp POSIG M 2002 Contemporary perspectives on
womens entrepreneurship A review and strategic recommendations Journal of
Enterprising Culture 10 (1) 67-86
HISRICH RD PETERS MP amp SHEPHERD DA 2005 Entrepreneurship 6th ed
New York NY McGraw-Hill Irwin
122
HITT MA DACIN TM LEVITAS E ARREGLE JL amp BORZA A 2000 Partner
selection in emerging and developed market contexts resource-based and
organizational learning perspectives Academy of Management Journal 43(3) 449-468
HOGSKOLA M 2008 Female entrepreneurs in Sweden and Thailand Differences and
similarities in Motivation Sweden School of Sustainable Development of Society and
Technology (Unpublished MBA-dissertation)
HUGHES KD 2006 Exploring motivation and success among Canadian women
entrepreneurs America University of Alberta (Unpublished PhD-Thesis)
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR OFFICE (ILO) 2004 Supporting growth-oriented women
entrepreneurs in Ethiopia Kenya amp Tanzania SEED programme Pp 1-113
JALBERT E 2000 Women entrepreneurs in the global economy Pp 55
KANTOR P 2001 Promoting womens entrepreneurship development based on good
to South practice programmes Some experiences from North to South SEED Working
Paper No 9 International Labour Office Geneva
KEH H FOO M amp LIM B 2002 Opportunity evaluation under risky conditions The
cognitive processes of entrepreneurs Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 125-
148
KEPLER E amp SHANE S 2007 Are male and female entrepreneurs really that
different Small business research summary 309(1)
KINGDON G amp KNIGHT J 2005 Unemployment in South Africa 1995-2003 causes
problems and policies Global Poverty Research Group [Web] httpwwwqprqorg
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
123
KLASEN S amp WOOLARD I 1999 Levels trends and consistency of employment and
unemployment figures in South Africa Development Southern Africa 16(1)
KOLLER M 2006 Hysteresis and unemployment in South Africa Bloemfontein
University of the Free State (Dissertation - MCom)
KORUNKA C FRANK H LUEGER M amp MUGLER J 2003 The entrepreneurial
personality in the context of resources environment and the start-up process - A
configurational approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 28(1) 23-42
KOLIRILOFF M 2000 Exploring perceptions of a prior barriers to entrepreneurship A
multidisciplinary approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 25(2) 59-80
KUTANI RO amp BAYRAKTAROGLU S 2003 Female entrepreneurs Social feminist
insights for overcoming the barriers Sakarya University The Faculty of Business
Studies Turkey Pp 3
KYRO P 2001 Women entrepreneurs question mens criteria for success
wwwbabsoneduentrepferBabson202001 [Date of access 10 September 2008]
LEWIS JD 2002 Promoting growth and employment in South Africa South African
Journal of Economics 70(5) 725-41
LOCKE EA amp LATHAM GP 1990 A theory of goal setting and task performance
Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall
LOMBARD K 2001 Female self-employment and demand for flexible non-standard
work schedules Economic Inquiry 39(2) 214-237
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
124
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2007 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
MAHADEA D 2008 The environmental context for SMME entrepreneurship in
Kwazulu-Natal The regulatory environment and its impact on the nature and level of
economic growth and development in South Africa Conference 2008
MARKMAN G BALKIN D amp BARON R 2002 Inventors and new venture formation
The effects of general self-efficacy and regretful thinking Entrepreneurship Theory and
Practice 27(2) 149-166
MARLOW S 1997 Self-employed women new opportunities old challenges
Entrepreneurship amp Regional Development 9(3) 199-211
MAYER M amp ALTMAN M 2005 South Africas economic development trajectory
implications for skills development Journal of Education and Work 18(1) 33-56
MAYOUX L 2001 Jobs gender and small enterprises Getting the policy environment
right - SEED Working Paper No 15 - SEED Working Paper No 15 ILO Geneva
MAYSAMI RC amp GOBY VP 1999 Female business owners in Singapore and
elsewhere A review of studies Journal of Small Business Management 37(2) 96-105
MBOWENI TT 2000 A new monetary policy framework Statement of the Monetary
Policy Committee 6 April SARB [Web] httpwwwreservebankcoza internet
publicationnsf [Date of access 10 September 2008]
MCCLELLAND E SWAIL J BELL J amp IBBOTSON P 2005 Following the pathway
of female entrepreneurs A six-country investigation International Journal of
Entrepreneurial Behavior amp Research 11 (2) 84-107
MCVICAR M amp CRAIG JF 1981 Minding my own business Entrepreneurial women
share their secrets of success New York Richard Marek
MITCHELL R BUSENITZ L LANT T MCDOUGALL P MORSE E amp SMITH J
2002 Toward a theory of entrepreneurial cognition Rethinking the people side of
entrepreneurship research Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 93-104
MOHR P amp FOURIE L 2000 Economics for South African students 2nd ed Pretoria
Van Schaik Publishers
NIEUWENHUIZEN C amp KROON J 2003 The Relationship between financing criteria
and the success factors of entrepreneurs in small and medium enterprises
Development Southern Africa 20 (1)
NTSIKA ENTERPRISE PROMOTION AGENCY 1999 State of small business in South
Africa Policy and Research Division Pretoria
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2004 Promoting entrepreneurship and innovative SMEs in a Global economy Towards
a more responsible and inclusive globalisation Paper read at2n d OECD conference of
ministers responsible for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) Turkey Istanbul
OECD 1998 Women Entrepreneurs in Small and Medium Enterprises OECD Paris
[Web] httpwwwoecdorg [Date of access 8 September 2008]
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2008 Economic assessment of South Africa 2008 [Web] httpwwwsourceoecdorg
[Date of access 6 June 2008]
OSTENSSON O amp UWIZEYE-MAPENDANO A 2000 Growth and diversification in
mineral economies paper presented at the Regional Workshop for Mineral Economies
in Africa 7-9 November Cape Town South Africa
REVIVO-STEINER M 2006 Women entrepreneurs A growing and promising
phenomenon [Web]
httpyywwwaltassetscomknowledqebankleaminqcurve2006nz9913php [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
ONEILL RC amp VILJOEN L 2001 Support for female entrepreneurs in South Africa
Improvement or decline Journal of Family Ecology and Consumer Sciences 29(1) 37 -
44
RENZULLI L ALDRICH H amp MOODY J 2000 Family matters Gender networks
and entrepreneurial outcomes Social Forces 79(2) 523-546
REYNOLDS PD HAY M BYGRAVE WD CAMP SM AUTIO E 2000 Global
Entrepreneurship Monitor Kauffman Centre for Entrepreneurial Leadership at the Ewing
Marion Kauffman Foundation
RICHARDSON P HOWARTH R amp FINNEGAN G 2004 The Challenges of Growing
Small Businesses Insights from Women Entrepreneurs in Africa SEED Working Paper
No 47
ROGERSON C M 2004 The impact of the South African Governments SMME
Programmes a ten year review (1994-2003) Development Southern Africa 21 (5)
SAMSON M 2000 The macroeconomics of job-creating growth EPRI Research Paper
10 Cape Town Economic Policy Research Institute
SHANE S LOCKE EA amp COLLINS CJ 2003 Entrepreneurial motivation Human
Resource Management Review 13(2) 257-279
127
SANNIKOVA E 2004 Regulatory impediments to enterprise development Mobilizing
womens economic potential International Conference on Reducing Barriers to
Entrepreneurship and Encouraging Enterprise Development Policy Options Salle VII
Palais des Nations 18-19 June 2007 pp 1-13
SHEPHERD D amp KRUEGER N 2002 An intentions-based model of entrepreneurial
teams social cognition Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 167-186
SIGH S REYNOLDSR amp MUHAMMADS 2001 A gender-based performance
analysis of micro and small enterprises in Java Indonesia Journal of Small Business
Management 39 (2) 174-182
SIMMON M amp HOUGHTON S 2002 The relationship among biases misperceptions
and introducing pioneering products examining differences in venture decision contexts
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 105-124
SOUTH AFRICA 1996 National Small Business Act 102 of 1996 Government Gazette
377(17612)
SOUTH AFRICA 2004 National Small Business Amendment Bill 26926 of 2004
Government Gazette B23-2004
SOUTH AFRICAN GOVERNMENT 2008 South African government information
[Web] httpwwwinfogovzaissuesqovtprogstarthtm [Date of access 24 April 2008]
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Mid year population estimates July 2008
rWeblhttpwwwstatssaqovzapublicationsP0302P03022008pdf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
128
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Statistics South Africa 2008 Quarterly labour
force survey (QLFS) Quarter 1 and Quarter 2 rWeb1httpwwwstatssaqovza [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
STATSOFT INC 2008 Statistica (Data Analysis Software System) Vers 8 [Web]
vwvwstatsoftcom [Date of access 16 December 2008]
STRUWIG FW amp STEAD GB 2004 Planning designing and reporting research 3rd
ed Cape Town Pearson Education
TANIGUCHI H 2002 Determinants of womens entry into self-employment Social
Science Quarterly 83(3) 875-894
TAYLOR RR 1988 Exceptional entrepreneurial women Strategies for success New
York NY Quorum Books
TULL DS amp HAWKINS DI 1980 Marketing research Measurement and method 2nd
ed New York NY Macmillan Publishing
UNITED NATIONS 2008 Millennium development goals [Web]
httpwwwunorgrnilleriniumgoals
UNITED NATIONS ECONOMIC COMMISSION FOR EUROPE (UNECE) 2004
Womens self employment and entrepreneurship in the ECE Region Regional
Symposium on Mainstreaming Gender into Economic Policies 28-30 January 2004
UNECE Secretariat Geneva
VERWEY I 2006 Development bank of Southern Africa Case studies on how women entrepreneur in construction experience the entrepreneurial process and manage growth Pp 1-10
129
WALKER C 2003 Piety in the sky gender policy and land reform in South Africa
Journal of Agrarian Change 3(1-2) 113-148
WEILER S amp BERNASEK A 2001 Dodging the glass ceiling Networks and the new
wave of women entrepreneurs The Social Science Journal 3885-103
WRONG DH 2007 Sociology [Web] httpencartamsncom [Date of access 2
February 2008]
ZAHRA SA IRELAND DR GUTIERREZ I amp HITT MA 2000 Privatization and
entrepreneurial transformation emerging issues and a future research agenda
130
Private Bag X6001 Potchefstroom Campus
W^P North-West University BUSINESS SCHOOL Potchefstroom
2520
Code number
APPENDIX A
QUESTIONNAIRE WOMEN ENTREPRENUERSHIP DEVELOPMENT IN
EKURHULENI
CONTACT DETAILS Ame1 Kock
Cell 082 783 0041 E-mail amekockmwebcoza
I9J NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESIT1 YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT POTCHEFSTROOM CAMPUS
WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE PLEASE NOTE
This questionnaire must only be completed by women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni District
All information will be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL and will only be used for academic purposes
Instructions for completion
1 Please answer the questions as objectively and honestly as possible 2 Place a cross (x) in the space provided at each question which reflects your answer the
most accurately Use the following key 1 = Strongly disagree 2 = Disagree 3 = Slightly disagree 4 = Neutral view 5 = Slightly agree 6 = Agree 7 = Strongly agree
Str
ongl
y di
sagr
ee
U)
0) Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
Neu
tral
view
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0)
ltD i_
lt Str
ongl
y ag
ree
B7 Ekurhuleni Municipality is assisting adequately in the needs of especially women entrepreneurs
1 2 3 4 laquo 6 7
It is essential you indicate your choice clearly with a pen
3 Where asked for comments or to express your own opinion keep answers short and to the point
4 Please answer all the questions as this will provide more information to the researcher so that an accurate analysis and interpretation of data can be made
Thank you for your co-operation We hope that you will find the questionnaire interesting and stimulating
l
SECTION A PERSONAL INFORMATION The following information is needed to help us with the statistical analysis of the data for comparisons among different businesses All your responses will be treated confidentially We appreciate your help in providing this important information
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which age group do you fall lt19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
A2 What is your marital status Single Married Divorced Widowed
(01) (02) (03) (04)
Indicate your highest academic qualification
Lower than matric
Matric
Certificate
Diploma (Technical College orTechnicon)
University degree
Postgraduate degree
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the number of children that you have
None
One (1) child
Two (2) children
Three (3) children
Four (4) children
Five (5) children
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the age of your children
No children
One (1) to five (5) years
Six (6) to 10 years
1 1 - 1 8 years
18+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
2
A5 Indicate your past experience before self-employment (occupational background)
Unemployed
Self-employed (owned a business)
Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier)
Supervisor (first-line management)
Middle management
Top (executive) management
A6 Indicate the number of years that you are self-employed
Less than one (1) year
1 -3 years
4 - 5 years
6 - 1 0 years
More than 10 years Please specify
3
SECTION B BUSINESS INFORMATION
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which industry does your business operate
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Manufacturing
Construction
Transportdistribution
Accommodation and restaurant (guest houses hotel)
Food industry
Agricultureforest ryfishing
Services (Please specify the type of service)
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
Indicate the legal status of your business (form of business ownership)
Sole proprietorship
Partnership
Close corporation
Company (private)
Company (public)
Business Trust
Not registered
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
What is the age of the business (years)
Please specify
4
B4 Indicate your path to business ownership
Started (founded) the business (01)
Purchase the business (02)
Join the family business (03)
Inherited the business (from the family) (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B5 Indicate your source of start-up funding
Personal savings (01)
Borrowed orgifted(donated) from relative or friend (02)
Householdspouse (03)
Sold previous business (04)
Bank loan (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
B6 Indicate the business premises (from where does the business operates)
From home (home-based) (01)
Central business district (CBD) (02)
Outlying business area (03)
Industrial area (03)
Agriculture land (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B7 How many permanent employees are employed by your business
Myself 2-4 5-10 11-25 26-50 51-100 101-200 200+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
gt
Indicate the turnover (annual sales) that your business generates
Less than R30 000
R30 000 - R50 000
R50 000-R100 000
R100 000-R500 000
R500 000 - R1 million
R1 million - R5 million
R5 million+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
Did you have any exposure to business in your childhood (ie partents close family friend owned a business)
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes who owned the business (Please specify - ie father mother sibling family friend close friend)
B10 Is the present business the first business that you own Yes (01)
No (02)
If no please indicate what happened to the business previously owned
Went out of business (03)
Still successful (04)
Sold of (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
6
SECTION C MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS The purpose of this section is to determine which factors drove female entrepreneurs to
enter into their own business ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block with a cross (X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee 0
W Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
MOTIVATION FOR ENTERING SELF-EMPLOYMENT OR TO START OWN BUSINESS
C1 The need for independence 2 3 4 5 6 7
C2 Need for flexible work schedule 2 3 4 5 6 7
C3 Need for a challenge 2 3 4 5 6 7
C4 Self-fulfilment 2 3 4 5 6 7
C5 To develop my hobby 2 3 4 5 6 7
C6 Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members 2 3 4 5 6 7
C7 Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C8 Difficulty finding a job 2 3 4 5 6 7
C9 Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C10 Compatibility with family duties 2 3 4 5 6 7
C11 Insufficient family income 2 3 4 5 6 7
C12 Desire for wealth 2 3 4 5 6 7
C13 Ensure high job security 2 3 4 5 6 7
C14 Entered the family business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C15 Confidence in the productservice offered 2 3 4 5 6 7
C16 Others (Please specify)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD
O) a w a S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree CD
0) i_
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
DEMOGRAPHIC ASPECTS
C17 Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C18 Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 2 3 4 5 6 7
C19 The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 2 3 4 5 6 7
C20 Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C21 Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C22 Other aspects of Ekurhuleni that motivated you in starting your business in this region
8
SECTION D OBSTACLES TOWARDS WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers has for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those barriers
still exist today The purpose of this section is to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers
that were faced by current female entrepreneurs in entering and running their own business
ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block Witha cross(X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD CD
O )
cgt
b Slig
htly
di
sagr
ee
Neu
tral
view
S
light
ly
agre
e CD CD
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) THAT INHIBIT THE FEMALE ENTREPRENEUR TO START HER OWN BUSINESS
D1 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D2 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D3 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D4 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D5 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D6 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D7 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D8 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D9 Lack of education and training (in general) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D10 Inequality of access to credit (difficultto obtain financing as a female)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D11 Lack of self-confidence 2 3 4 5 6 7
D12 Risk averse (great fear of failure) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D13 Legislative (lack of focussed women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D14 Other (Please specify)
9
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
U) m b S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree (D
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) YOU ARE FACING CURRENTLY IN RUNNING YOUR BUSINESS
D15 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D16 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D17 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D18 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D19 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D20 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D21 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D22 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D23 Liquidity and other financial problems 2 3 4 5 6 7
D24 Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D25 No timefortrainingupgrading of skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D26 Other (Please specify)
SECTION E DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF ENTREPRENEURS Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
Have you ever been trained or developed by either a government agency or the private sector
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes name the institution
Indicate the type of training that you received
Technical skills (ie hand crafting)
Communication skills
Accounting skills
Management skills
Technological skills (computers)
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
Do you know any organisation which is specifically established for women entrepreneurs
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes what is the name of that organisation
How does the organisation helps to develop women entrepreneurs in their activities (Choose one or more)
Provides education and training
Provides financial assistance
Supportsenables networking with other women entrepreneurs
Provides accessexposure to motivational speakersrole models
Provides business information
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
11
Indicate your specific needs (Choose one or more)
Financial support
Trainingknowledgeskills
Tools equipment machinery
Business advice information counselling mentoring
Marketing support
Suitable business premises
Growth Support
Technical support
Psychological support
Networking with other business owners
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity)
Legal support
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area
Other (Please specify)
THANK YOU FOR YOUR TIME
12
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni metropolitan
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former east Rand) region
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007I
Figure 31 Framework for the support of women entrepreneurship activity
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in
Ekurhuleni
LIST OF TABLES
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006 3
Table 21 Key labour market indicators 21
Table 22 South African projectory indicators 28
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa 32
Table 24 Small business support institutions 34
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks 37
Table 26 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics 39
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship theory 49
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurship 51
Table 41 Age group description of respondents 71
Table 42 Marital status of respondents 72
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents 73
Table 44 Number of children of respondents 75
Table 45 Age group description of children 76
Table 46 Number of permanent employees 77
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business 79
Table 48 Economic sector of operation 80
Table 49 Legal status of business 81
Table 410 Business premises 82
Table 411 Age of business 83
Table 412 Path to business ownership 84
Table 413 Previous employment experience 85
Table 414 Years self employed 87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding 88
Table 416 Role models 89
Table 417 First ownership 90
Table 418 women entrepreneurship motivation factors 91
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support
this district is providing to their business operations 93
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up 95
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business 97
IX
Table 422 Support needs of respondents 98
x
CHAPTER 1 NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY
11 INTRODUCTION
In the year 2000 the largest gathering of world leaders in human history signed an agreement committing to achieve measurable improvements in the most critical areas of human development This agreement came to be called the Millennium Development Goals and it contained an important commitment to halve poverty by the year 2015 Now eight years after the Millennium Summit we better understand three important facts (United Nations 2008 1)
bull Poverty alleviation goals will not be achieved without sustainable economic growth in the developing world
bull This economic growth will rely in large part on the success of the private sector
bull Private sector development must touch all segments of the economy including the micro enterprise and SME sectors
The hypothesis that entrepreneurship is linked to economic growth finds Its most immediate foundation in simple intuition common sense and pure economic observation activities to convert ideas into economic opportunities lie at the very heart of entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a source of innovation and change and as such spurs improvements in productivity and economic competitiveness
With nearly half of its population living in conditions of extreme poverty caused by high unemployment rate the economic realities of South Africa are harsh And yet the promise of sustainable development remains bright By creating economic growth South African entrepreneurs are proving to be at the heart of that promise and a key weapon in the fight against poverty (Mboweni 2000 1)
1
No economically successful country can operate using less than half of its business
resources According to the latest labour force survey and mid year population estimates
released by Statistics South Africa women in South Africa currently make up 518
percent of South Africas adult population 439 percent of the workforce 566 percent of
the unemployed and 525 percent of the working age population (Statistics South Africa
2008 3) But unfortunately their contribution has not been adequately nurtured
Although limited research was focused on this topic in South Africa international
research has shown that women face a number of difficulties in establishing and
maintaining businesses Although most of these difficulties are common to both
genders in many cases they tend to be more significant for female entrepreneurs
(Edwards 2001 45) This is due to factors such as
bull Gender discrimination and stereotypes
bull Differences in the way women and men approach entrepreneurship
bull Difficulties in reconciling business and family obligations
bull The choice of business types and sectors
bull Information gaps
bull Lack of contacts and access to networking
Women entrepreneurship is still in its infancy in South Africa and only recently did the
government start to focus on this dynamic field of high importance The Department of
Trade and Industry (dti) has over the last few years tried to undertake a range of
initiatives to promote and support the economic empowerment of women These include
the holding of a number of conferences the establishment of the South African
Womens Empowerment Network and commissioning of studies looking at the internal
operations and external impact of both the Department of Trade and Industry and its
associated institutions from a gender perspective (Department of Trade and Industry
2008 1) Unfortunately these government activities did not shed or lighten any problems
that woman entrepreneurs are still facing today as South Africa is still not placed
favourable against other international countries in regards to entrepreneurship as
2
indicated by the 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) report (Maas amp
Herrington 2006 24)
The GEM is a research programme launched in 1999 that provides annual assessments
of the national level of entrepreneurship GEM analyses are based on a harmonised
assessment of the level of national entrepreneurial activity for the participating countries
and represent one of the rare sources of data on entrepreneurship conducive to crossshy
country comparison The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share
of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a
new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old According to the GEM
report 2006 (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) South Africa is placed 30th out of 42
participant countries as indicated in table 11 The table furthermore indicate that South
Africas position on the global ranking continues to deteriorate relative to other
participating countries This is despite improved macro-economic conditions in the
country
Table 11 Relative entrepreneurial rankings 2001 to 2006
South Africas TEA ranking
2001 14m out of 28 countries
2002 20m out of 37 countries
2003 22nd out of 31 countries
2004 20m out of 34 countries
2005 25th out of 34 countries
2006 30m out of 42 countries
Source Maas amp Herrington (200624)
Currently the global average for female entrepreneurship is standing at seven point
seven percent of the population South African women are however currently
performing at just four point eight percent (Maas amp Herrington 2006 24) Almost three
percent lower than the global average indicating that considerable scope exists to
improve the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
3
Therefore a great need for a conceptual framework in the context of women entrepreneurship development must be look into This kind of framework will contribute to an unlimited advantage and sustainable growth for the South African economy
The South African National Small Business Act (1996) and National Small Business Amendment Bill (292004 2) classify micro very small small and medium-sized businesses as businesses that employ less than 200 full-time equivalent of paid employees
The focus of this study was thus small and medium-sized women owned businesses as
define above
12 PROBLEM STATEMENT
Research on women entrepreneurship remains limited in the South African context and
this has a direct influence on the formulation and implementation of policies and support
programmes that could be one of the main causes of South Africas current poor
performance in regards to female entrepreneurship activity
But in order to develop appropriate interventions to promote women entrepreneurs in
South Africa and therefore create a sustaining and entrepreneurial environment in the
country it is necessary first to understand more about them
This study will focus on enhancing the understanding of the profile of the woman entrepreneur through examining the contextual social psychological and economic factors that influence and shape the woman entrepreneur in a complex dynamic environment
Womens entrepreneurship needs to be studied separately for four main reasons
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
4
Firstly because womens entrepreneurs has been recognised during the last decade as
an important untapped source of economic growth Women creating unique solutions to
management business problems and exploitation of entrepreneurial opportunities
necessities this field of study As a result women represent a readily available pool of
potential entrepreneurial activity that countries may leverage to improve their economies
(Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2004 5)
Secondly although without a doubt the economic impact of women is significant little
substantial research was done on this field Leaving unventured ground for further
research The topic of women in entrepreneurship has been largely neglected both in
society in general and in the social sciences (Organisation for economic co-operation
and development 2004 5)
Thirdly according to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(2004 5) not only do women participate less in entrepreneurship than men but will also
participate in entrepreneurial activities in other industries than those of their male
counterparts The industries (primarily retail education and other service industries)
chosen by women are often perceived as being less important to economic development
and growth than high-technology and manufacturing
It is thus clear that scientific research on women entrepreneurship is important to gain
knowledge on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs in order to make
recommendations
Lastly current support policies and programmes do not take into consideration the
unique needs of woman entrepreneurs sketching an unequal playing field and resulting
in a bias towards male entrepreneurs
From the worlds largest producer of gold a century ago the geographical area known
as the Ekurhuleni has become an entity of note in a globally competitive business and
industry Leaving ambient source of entrepreneurial opportunities not currently utilised to
5
full potential The study will therefore also aim to lessen this gap in the development of
women entrepreneurs in this dynamic district by developing a contextual framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship specifically in Ekurhuleni
13 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY
This study is based on both a primary objective and secondary objectives
131 Primary objective
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
132 Secondary objectives
In order to achieve the primary objective the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a South African context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
6
14 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
141 Field of the study
This study focused on the major discipline of entrepreneurship with the specific emphasis on women entrepreneurship
142 Geographical
Ekurhuleni comprised of nine towns of the former East Rand namely Greater Alberton Benoni Germiston Springs Kempton Park Edenvale Nigel Brakpan and Boksburg Refer to figure 11 for a map of the region
Figure 11 Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
7
Ekurhuleni is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region
Ekurhuleni is a Tsonga word and can loosely be translated as the place of peace It denotes a place with plentiful opportunities for any enthusiastic entrepreneur but not to the avail of some unique challenges forfeiting by this diverse region
This study therefore determined what unique challenges specifically woman
entrepreneurs are facing while venturing into this dynamic environment
15 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
151 Literature study
A study of the literature involves tracing identifying and analysing documents containing information relating to the research problem (Struwig amp Stead 2001 38)The main aim of the literature study was first of all is to gain a body of knowledge regarding woman entrepreneurship and geographical aspects where after this knowledge was formulated into a comprehensive understanding of current elements associated to women entrepreneurs This understanding was utilised in the design of the questionnaire for the empirical study
Other advantages to the literature study (Struwig amp Stead 2001 39)
bull The literature study can provide a perspective on the study
bull The literature study can highlight previous investigations pertinent to the research
topic and indicate how other researchers have dealt with similar research problems
in similar situations
bull It can reveal unfamiliar sources of information
8
bull Can stimulate new ideas and approaches
bull It can provide a framework for the evaluation and assessment of future work
Various sources of secondary data including the following was studied and applied to
this study
bull Scientific journals
bull Text books
bull Reports from the Department of Trade and Industry (dti) of South Africa
bull Other dissertations and thesis on entrepreneurship
bull Statistical reports from Statistics South Africa
bull Environmental reports
Sources accessed and retrieved were used to write the literature review covering two
chapters The aim with chapter two was to provide background information to the study
in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise
development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the
South African economy
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
152 Empirical study
Empirical research activities contribute to casual understanding by investigating
relationships between scores obtained from cases on measure of concepts (Schwab
1999 3)
9
Three activities are needed to conduct empirical research
bull Measurement Measurement activities are aimed at obtaining scores on
measurement that correspond to the concepts studied
bull Research design Research design establishes procedures to obtain participants
and to determine how scores are obtained on measures
bull Analyses Analysis are performed to describe scores on single measures and
especlaWy to identify relationships that may exist between scores across different
measures
1521 Research design
The data on female-owned businesses are limited and the need for further research on female entrepreneurs has been identified as long ago as the early 1980s Most international studies on female entrepreneurs suffered from limitations that preluded their generalisation (ONeill amp Viljoen 200137)
Due to the incompleteness of current literature available on the subject of women entrepreneurship quantitative methods was utilised in combination with current available literature to formulate questions established during the study A hypothesis was therefore not formulated due to the exploratory nature of this study
As a component to the explorative nature of the study a survey of female entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni was conducted Survey research can be described as the gathering and scrutiny of responses from samples of people to polls and questionnaires that are designed to draw out their opinions attitudes and sentiments on a particular subject (Wrong 2007 1)
The survey instrument utilised in the study was a standardised questionnaire This questionnaire was administered either as interview schedule in face to face interviewing or was handed to participants to complete by themselves
10
For the purpose of the study the unit of analysis was the individual
The general mode of analysis used in this research is the one referred to as explanation building Explanation building points out that to explain a phenomenon is to stipulate a set of causal links about it In the context of approaches such as these sets of causal links are typically seen as being among the basic elements of a theoretical framework (Campbell 2004 22)
1522 Sampling frame
The sampling frame can be defined as the list of ultimate sampling entities and must be representative of the population and this is a question outside the scope of statistical theory demanding the judgment of experts in the particular subject matter being studied (Bartlett Kotrlik amp Higgins 2001 44)
The sampling frame identified for this study included all women entrepreneurs that owned small and medium-size businesses in Ekurhuleni This could include women entrepreneurs in the start-up phase of their respective business as well as established businesses owned by women
1523 Sampling method
The unavailability of a women owned business database in Ekurhuleni prompted this
review to make use of a hybrid mix of two types of sampling methods for this study
Firstly a convenience sampling method was chosen due to the accessibility and articulation of the sampling frame as well as the sufficiently homogeneous (similar) universe
Secondly Snowball sampling is a special non-probability method used when the desired
sample characteristic is rare While this technique can dramatically lower search costs it
11
comes at the expense of introducing bias because the technique itself reduces the
likelihood that the sample will represent a good cross section from the population
1524 Questionnaire design
The realm of survey research includes concepts and strategies that enable the researcher to accumulate data concerning the attitudes opinions and knowledge of a population or sample
One of the most potent survey research tools is the questionnaire which can be administered directly by telephone through the mail or used as structure in a face to face interview Because a questionnaire allows a researcher to gather data conveniently from large samples it is a useful tool to collect and analyse data from groups that may be affected by changes in professional practice or education
Unfortunately many questionnaires contain major flaws that render them incomprehensible to respondents or do not collect the intended data If a questionnaire is incomprehensible to the recipient it is unlikely to be returned a questionnaire that does not gather valid information does not allow the researcher to address the research problem being studied
A researchers attention to several fundamental principles for developing a questionnaire
greatly enhances the likelihood that valid and reliable data will be gathered
Generally the term validity refers to the ability of an instrument to measure actually what the researcher intends to measure Reliability refers to the consistency of a questionnaire in gathering data Optimally each time an individual responds to an item he or she should choose the same response Thus carefully developed questionnaires tend to gather data that accurately represent the knowledge attitudes or opinions of the respondents and address the researchers research problem
12
As a tool to collect data the questionnaire has advantages and limitations that must be taken into account
The main advantages of using a questionnaire are the following
bull Data are gathered economically because the cost for each completed response is low
bull Distributional flexibility is provided because the questionnaire can be sent almost anywhere
bull Data can be gathered from a large number of subjects
bull The data gathered can be standardised especially if an item requires a response from a group of choices provided by the researcher
bull The process is time efficient because it generally involves less of the researchers time to gather data in comparison with an equivalent number of interviews
The main limitations of a questionnaire are the following
bull The subjects motivation while completing a questionnaire is unknown
bull Data cannot be gathered from subjects who are illiterate
bull The researcher must assume all subjects have sufficient knowledge to complete the
questionnaire
bull The researcher must assume that all subjects are willing to answer all questions
bull All subjects who receive questionnaires may not complete and return them
bull Questionnaires do not allow follow-up questions such as an interviewer may pose to
clarify a given response
bull Although each subject receives the same items in a questionnaire test conditions
cannot be standardised
bull Subjects may not interpret items contained in a questionnaire in the same manner
Perceptions of what an item asks may differ
13
After carefully reviewing the advantages and limitations of using a questionnaire for a
particular study a researcher must decide if the advantages outweigh the limitations
Keeping the above advantages and disadvantages in mind this review followed the
below nine step plan in the questionnaire design process
bull Step one (1) Identify the problem to be studied
bull Step two (2) Translate the problem into a testable form
bull Step three (3) Determine what data must be collected and analysed
bull Step four (4) Identify sources where data can be obtained
bull Step five (5) Describe how data will be gathered
bull Step six (6) Decide on input method
bull Step seven (7) Construct questionnaire in an understandable format
bull Step eight (8) Verification of questionnaire
bull Step nine (9) Distribution
The questionnaire design was two folded This review made use of selection based
questions where more than one answer could be marked Another method employed
was the use of a seven point Likert scale
In the arena of social sciences Likert scale is a popular instrument to measure
constructs such as attitudes images and opinions To facilitate data analysis each
response category on the scale is generally assigned successively an integer value The
questionnaire requests respondents to specify their level of agreement to each of a list
of statements
1525 Verification of questionnaires
The questionnaire was pretested by fellow students at the Potchefstroom Business
School to test the accuracy precision and statistical usefulness of the questionnaire
prior to study
14
After the completion of the pretest a pilot phase was conducted by selecting women
entrepreneurs from a target population and simulates the procedures and protocol that will take place during the actual study The questionnaire was adapted accordance to any problems accounted during the verification process
1526 Distribution of questionnaires
Various options for questionnaire distribution are available to researches Questionnaire can be distributed either by post e-mail fax or directly delivered to participants This review made use of e-mail and direct delivery as to reduce the time frame for returns
1527 Data analysis
Descriptive statistics was used to obtain baseline data Data from questionnaires was coded The data collected were statistically analysed using Statistica (Statsoft 2008) Advanced statistical procedures were utilised to investigate and transform data to useful outputs such as frequency tables These frequency tables were used to make conclusions and provide recommendations to the development of the women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni
16 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY
This review has identified the following limitations of the study
bull The primary limitations of the study were possible threats to internal validity through (1) size of the sample (2) lack of randomisation The findings of this research can thus not be generalised to all women-owned enterprises in Ekurhuleni South Africa or the world
bull Academic articles on women business owners are still rare and mainstream entrepreneurship journals pay little attention to gender issues The discrepancy
15
between achievements in business ownership and lack of attention to them poses a
paradox
17 LAYOUT OF THE STUDY
The figure below depicts a simplified process through which this research will
predicatively flow It began with a choice of a broad research area progressed through
the formulation of a well defined and delimited research problem and the development of
an appropriate methodology This step will follow with the research proposal
Note the two headed arrows between each stage of the process indicating the cyclical nature of research planning After each step is completed it might be necessary to alter or rework previous steps to supply structure to the study
The research study is divided into six chapters
Chapter 1 Nature and scope of the study
Chapter 1 serves to orientate the reader to a paradigm perspective to the study This
chapter includes aspects such as the problem statement objectives of the study scope
of the study research methodology limitations of the study and the layout of the study
Chapter 2 and 3 Literature review
These chapters forms part of the literature review from which the research problem was
developed
The aim with chapter two is to provide background information to the study in regards to information on the South African business environment enterprise development in South Africa and the economic impact of the Ekurhuleni district on the South African economy
16
Figure 12 A schematic representation of the research process
IDEA OR BROAD TOPIC AREA x WELL DEFINED AND DELIMITED RESEARCH PROBLEM
RESEARCH PROPOSAL
TMPERICAL STUDY
X HPR(
X t
TER2and3)
DATA COLLECTION
SAMPLING DESIGN
vfhL V
B^^^^Ji^^lWETATIIOfCsectlaquot^5)
Source Botha (2006)
Chapter three forms the body of the literature review and contains information on
entrepreneurship as an area of study gender entrepreneurship women
entrepreneurship development and support
17
Chapter 4 Results and discussion of empirical research
In chapter four a full exposition of the research design and analysis is offered This
empirical research chapter contains the following topics questionnaire design study
population gathering of data presentation of results and discussion of findings
The main purpose of the empirical research chapter is to display the findings in a clear and accessible manner The researcher made use of tables to illustrate the findings
Chapters Conclusions and recommendations
The body of information in this chapter portrays the following topics the conclusion recommendations achievement of the objectives and suggestions for further research
18
CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
21 INTRODUCTION
According to Zahra Ireland Gutierrez and Hitt (2000 518) much has been discussed and written about the need for entrepreneurial development as an important force for economic development The reality is however that entrepreneurship as a possible economic activity is still not well recognised and poorly supported (Hitt Dacin Levitas Arregle amp Borza 2000 453)
Revivo-Steiner (2006 1) indicates that research findings have shown a high positive correlation between the level of national womens entrepreneurial activity and growth in Gross Domestic Product (GDP) suggesting that countries that are successful in promoting entrepreneurship among women could experience a positive impact on economic growth rates A refreshing new approach to entrepreneurship by women emphasises relative advantages of women and how they can be leveraged into entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is a dynamic field particularly as it relates to the experience of women entrepreneurs (Kouriloff 2000 60)
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 10) are of the opinion that in common with other developed economies the number of women starting up new businesses in South Africa far exceeds the number of men Since the 1970s more women especially married women have become involved in the full-time workforce With the overall growth in the number of women in full-time work there has been a commensurate increase in the number of women starting their own businesses and hence an increase in the number of potential women entrepreneurs (Department of Trade and Industry (dti) 2001 2) The purpose of this literature study is to embed a research setting as to emphasise the need for the current study
19
22 BACKGROUND TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Since the advent of democracy in 1994 South Africas economy has been undergoing
tremendous structural transformation The 2008 Organisation for Economic Coshy
operation and Development (OECD) economic survey focused entirely on this economic
metamorphosis and a number of broad factor changes have been isolated in the report
The OECD (2008 2) is of the opinion that before 1994 the economy was wracked by
long years of internal conflict and external sanctions Post 1994 brought forward an era
of considerable government populism in an effort to boost short term growth According
to the OECD (2008 2) this has resulted in public finances being stabilised inflation was
brought down foreign capital was attracted in growing amounts and economic growth
improved greatly
221 South African employment
Despite this macroeconomic prudence which has fostered fiscal and external
sustainability the OECD (2008 3) is of the opinion that some very serious weaknesses
in the economic record to date persist especially as regards to unemployment
inequality and poverty
Levels of poverty and unemployment in South Africa are critically high despite the
countrys status as an upper middle income country According to Mohr and Fourie
(2000 121) unemployment is arguably the most important and vexing problem facing
the South African economy and its governance The problem is that the economy is
currently unable to absorb productively all the current labour force or all the increment to
the labour force The public and private sectors have also been shedding labour in
response to economic imperatives of the domestic and global circumstances (Koller
2006 6) Accordingly more and more people are taking the route to informal sector
entrepreneurship (Mahadea 2008 5) As unemployment causes the unemployed to
20
suffer mental and physical hardship it poses a serious threat to social and political
stability (Mohr amp Fourie 2000 121)
In its starkest terms the issue of unemployment is depicted in Table 21 The latest
Quarterly Labour Force Survey (QLFS) conducted by Statistics South Africa released
in August 2008 measured the unemployment rate at 231 percent Out of a population of
30 705 000 (15-64 years) the labour force was measured at 17 844 000 Employment
stood at 13 729 000 and not economically active participants at 12 861 000 (Statistics
South Africa (QLFS) 2008 3)
Table 21 Key labour market indicators
April - June 2008
Thousands
Population 15-64 years 30 705
Labour force 17 844
Employed 13 729
Formal sector (Non-agriculture) 9415
Informal sector (Non-agriculture) 2340
Agriculture 790
Private households 1185
Unemployed 4114
Not economically active 12861
Discouraged work-seekers 1079
Other (not economically active) 11783
Rate () Unemployment rate 231
Employedpopulation ratio (Absorption) 447
Labour force participation rate 581
Source Statistic South Africa (2008 7)
21
Unemployment in South Africa was not always so high At the time of democratic
transition in 1994 unemployment was substantially lower than it is today (Banerjee
Galiani Levinsohn McLaren amp Woolard 2007 3) Banerjee et al (2007 3) state that
unemployment was fairly low through the 1970s although data limitations prelude
certainty They also indicated that during a nationally representative survey conducted
just before the 1994 transition the unemployment was measured at 13 percent By the
end of the decade unemployment jumped to 30 percent before starting to decline
slightly
Frey (2006 1) are of the opinion that taking in consideration that it is a middle-income
developing country two aspects of South Africas employment trends are striking
bull The first relates to the small and declining proportion of public sector employment
Public sector employment has shrunk as a result of governments restrictive fiscal
stance as well as its desire to improve efficiency in the public service In terms of its
fiscal stance the South African government has sought to release funds from current
to capital expenditure Moving away from a very substantial personnel budget
towards greater investment in infrastructure
bull The second unusual feature is the small proportion of non-formal employment The
non-formal economy does appear to have grown quite substantially since the mid-
1990s but has stagnated since 2000 and that the dynamics underpinning the growth
of the non-formal economy are poorly understood
222 South African economy trajectory
It is important to begin by outlying the character of South Africas economic development
trajectory during the past 50 years as this provides the context within which the demand
for labour and its skill composition is determined This trajectory analysis should
however be approach with caution due to several factors
22
bull Labour market data in South Africa is cause of some concern Data collected during
Apartheid and in the early post-apartheid period are problematic for various reasons
such as differing sampling non-coverage of former homelands1 in some surveys and
small samples (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
bull Kingdon and Knight (2005 2) explains further that the comparability of the data over
time is undermined both by changing questions between the various surveys
particularly as between the October Household Surveys (OHS) and Labour Force
Survey (LFS) and according to Casale and Posel (2002 170) by changes in the
way employment and unemployment are derived from the questions in the different
surveys
bull Another controversy in regards to unemployment data that are also needed to be
mentioned are the fact that because population estimates change at every census a
re-estimation of recent statistics need to be done after each five year revision of the
weights that have cause differences in the data (Chandra amp Nganou 2001 14) The
definition of the informal sector has also changed in 1997 also leading to differences
in data making comparability difficult (Devey Skinner amp Valodia 2002 5)
bull Lastly labour market data display some inexplicable large fluctuations For instance
employment figures rise sharply (by 104 percent) in a single year between 1998 and
1999 employment in subsistence agriculture rose and dipped over 1999- 2001 and
there are large fluctuations from year to year in the numbers employed in the
informal sector on a comparable definition between 1997 and 2002 (Bhorat 2002 5)
It is thus hazardous to make categorical statements about labour market changes over
time in South Africa This hazard is somewhat reduced if one takes a longer term view
than to look at year-on-year changes Nevertheless the purpose of this review is
intended not to be seen as an accurate reflection of specific labour market numbers but
rather as a description of broad labour market trends (Kingdon amp Knight 2005 2)
23
223 Reasons for unemployment
In the case of the South African economy voluminous research was conducted in regard to the reasons for the high unemployment currently straining the country (Lewis 2002 733 Edwards 2001 48 Bhorat amp Hodge 1999 362 Devey etai 2002 6 Mayer amp Altman 2005 45) Therefore this review will attempt to briefly touch on certain elements of this research by looking into the trajectory development of the South African economy
Mayer and Altman (2005 45) are of the opinion that the primary cause of unemployment in South Africa is the capital-intensity that historically characterized the minerals economy and globalisation more recently Altman (2001 314) states that resource extraction has been the central driver of South Africas economic development Ostensson and Uwizeye-Mapendano (2000 4) argue that as a minerals economy South Africas industrial development has been driven by all the attendant complications associated with a resource curse
In general minerals economies tend to grow and experience structural shifts more slowly than non-minerals exporters (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34) These economies also tend to have a more capital-intensive structure of production This is explained by a number of characteristics that are common to these economies
Edwards (2001 45) are of the opinion that most developing countries go through a phase of low-wage low-productivity manufacturing development that has the impact of mopping up the labour surplus The pattern of development experienced by labour surplus developing economies usually follows a familiar path where underproductive labour moves off the farms and into labour-intensive manufacturing traded sectors (Lewis 2002 731) As there is a labour surplus wages are low and the sectors can therefore be highly competitive internationally Lewis (2002 731) goes further by explaining that only once there is a tighter labour market do wages begin to rise and the economy moves into the development of more capital and skill intensive industries and
24
the emphasis on labour-intensive traded sectors is a necessary step in an economy that
is capital and foreign exchange constrained
Altman (2001 314) is of the opinion that the more successful newly industrialised countries are those that simultaneously invested in human capital development so that the skills base developed alongside these structural shifts
In contrast minerals economies such as South Africa tend to leapfrog from the resource
base into the development of heavy and chemicals industries bypassing the
development stage of labour intensive manufacturing and this is made possible by the
large surpluses generated from resource extraction (Mayer amp Altman 2005 34)
Devey et al (2006 6) goes further by explaining that consequently the mass creation of jobs in labour intensive traded sectors is less viable in a context of high domestic cost structures Overvalued exchange rates caused by minerals exports earnings render labour intensive agricultural and manufactured exports uncompetitive Job creation is not a requirement of manufacturing development as it is in developing economies that do not have ready access to capital and foreign exchange (Devey et alr 2006 6)
Lewis (2002 733) is therefore of the opinion that the benefits of the minerals economy
do not tend to spread widely and high levels of income inequality and unemployment
result since heavy and chemicals industries are capital intensive and that domestic
demand may not expand as much as in other economies
Altman (2001 314) explains that in accordance with the experience of other minerals economies South Africa bypassed the phase of development where large numbers of workers are absorbed into low-cost low-skill labour-intensive traded goods sectors and that therefore the low growth and high levels of unemployment that characterize the economy today are the consequence of a minerals economy
25
Another reason for the high unemployment according to Klasen and Woolard (1999
300) might be due to Apartheid policies The Apartheid policies persistent legacy serve
to amplify this path dependence and that the apartheid legacy also leaves low rates of
economic participation and significant skills gaps in its wake They further argues that
unemployment continues to rise despite the positive relation between GDP and
employment and that this is explained partly by the relatively slow rate of GDP growth
Another reason might also be the dramatic increase in the number of people seeking
employment in the post-apartheid era This has widened the gap between labour force
entry and the ability of the economy to create jobs
Samson (2000 8) is of the opinion that in light of the relatively large output and
employment multipliers associated with government capital expenditure limited growth
in actual and planned expenditure has dampened potential growth and employment
creation and therefore the inability of the economy to absorb labour at the required
scale
Bhorat and Cassim (2004 15) argue that the jobs losses have been less a result of
import penetration and more related to technology and process adaptation and changing
forms of work organization leading to subcontracting of non-core activities
According to Edwards (2001 65) growing trade has also had the impact of shifting the
economy towards a higher skills composition in the demand for labour In the traded
sectors the demand for lower skill labour has fallen in the context of a very large
oversupply therefore in contrast the demand for higher skill labour has risen in the
context of a severe skills shortage
Banerjee et al (2007 3) concluded in their study that the increase in unemployment
could have been due to structural changes in the economy in the resent years resulting
in a new equilibrium unemployment rate or to negative shocks that had a temporarily
increasing effect on unemployment
26
While South Africas problems are difficult and multi-faceted a combination of sound
macroeconomic policies with structural policies aimed at enhancing entrepreneurship
appear to be most promising to unleash the enormous potential of South-Africas labour
force and address social ambitions within the framework of a strongly growing economy
23 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH AFRICA
231 Global perspective of South African entrepreneurship
The development of entrepreneurship is the focus of considerable policy interest in
South Africa and many other countries of the world (Walker 2003 113) This is
particularly in recognition of its contribution to economic growth poverty alleviation and
employment
But amidst all this resent attention studies shows that South Africa is still doing poorly in
comparison to other emerging economies in terms of entrepreneurial activity and
development
There are various strands in the empirical literature on entrepreneurship and economic growth using different measures of entrepreneurial activity (United Nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) For instance while one strand of empirical studies measures entrepreneurship in terms of the relative share of economic activity accounted for by small firms other studies use data on self-employment the number of market participants (competition) or firm start-ups as an indicator of entrepreneurial activities (Carree amp Thurik 2002 16)
The GEM measures national entrepreneurial activity as the share of people among a countrys labour force who are either actively involved in starting a new venture andor manage a business less than 42 months old (United nations Economic Commission for Europe 2004 4) The primary measure of entrepreneurship used by GEM is the Total Early-Stage Entrepreneurial Activity (TEA) index The TEA index measures the
27
percentage of individuals between the ages of 18 and 64 years that are involved in starting a new business The TEA index consists of two different phases namely
bull The start-up phase (businesses between 0 and 3 months)
bull New firm businesses (businesses between periods of 3-42 months)
The GEM study does not focus on established businesses (businesses older than 42 months)
In the seven years in which South Africa has participated in this research initiative it has
consistently emerged that it has a low level of early stage entrepreneurial activity nearly
half that of the average of the 40 emerging economy countries which participate
Data from previous GEM studies also indicated that TEA rates for most countries do not
change significantly over time The TEA rates for South African have also not changed
significantly over the years (see Table 22)
Table 22 South African projectory TEA rates
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 TEA 43 62 41 51 50 50
Source Maas and Herrington (200715)
For the TEA rates to be significantly different from one year to another massive
changes in the macro environment must occur which is clearly not the case in South
Africa (Maas amp Herrington 2007 15)
28
Many researchers have questioned whether South Africa should be concerned about its TEA rates According to Maas and Heirington (2007 15) the following reasons could explain the projectory low TEA rates of South Africa
bull South Africa has a dual-logic economy which might have an influence on the TEA rating On the one side there is a highly developed economic sector and on the other side one struggling for survival
bull Although the TEA rates are lower when compared with the averages of different
categories of countries it can again be influenced by the dual-logic nature of the
economy and that a lower TEA rate is not necessarily a sign that nothing is
happening in a country It can also be a good indication
Any government interested in boosting economic prosperity should be interested in
promoting the entrepreneurial dynamic of its country Adult women represent a readily
available pool of potential entrepreneurs that countries can leverage to improve their
economies (Botha 2006149)
The 2006 GEM report specifically focus on the importance of developing women
entrepreneurship in any country Maas and Herrington (2006 14) indicated in their 2006
report that the global average for female entrepreneurship was standing on 772 of the
population where South African women were however performing at just 483 this is
289 lower than the global average There is therefore considerable scope to improve
the number of women entrepreneurs in the economy and the level at which they
operate
232 Micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME)
In South Africa various new strategies and institutions have been created recently with a view to empower formerly disadvantaged members to enter the mainstream economy as entrepreneurs rather than job seekers In parallel to and as part of this shift there has been the emergence of the micro and small-scale enterprise (SMME) sector as a
29
significant component in economic development and employment (Richardson Howarth
ampFinnegan 2004 16)
SMMEs and entrepreneurship are fast becoming the dominant form of business
ventures in developing economies Especially on the African continent with high
unemployment rates people are turning toward informal and formal small business in
order to sustain their livelihood (De Klerk amp Havenga 2004 1)
According to Niewenhuizen and Kroon (2003 300) the South African small- micro- and
medium-sized enterprise (SMME) economy has been actively promoted since 1995
Some significant ratios and trends about the dynamics of the small enterprise sector in
South Africa can be seen in the Department of Trade and Industrys review of ten years
of small business support in South Africa report 1994 - 2004 (Department of Trade and
Industry (dti) 2004 4)
bull Combining formal and informal sector activities the small enterprise sector includes
about 95 of all enterprises in South Africa
bull On the basis of the most inclusive categorisation (covering non VAT-registered firms
and those regularly operating in the informal sector) there are currently between 18-
million and 25-million small enterprises in South Africa This number probably
doubled over the past 10 years which is equivalent to a seven percent increase in
numbers per year If we include rural subsistence agricultural activities the size of
this sector can grow by a further 15-million to 25-million even though average
income levels of that segment are very low
bull If we adjust gross domestic product (GDP) values to incorporate informal sector
value-added the small enterprise sector of South Africa contributes about 45 to
50 to the GDP with the share probably rising very slowly The other half is
contributed by large enterprises and the public sector
30
Despite voluminous research however there is still little clarity about the extent to which South Africas SMMEs and entrepreneurship contribute to poverty alleviation economic growth or international competitiveness
Berry Blottnitz Cassim Kesper Rajaratnam and Van Seventer (2002 3) list the following contributions of SMMEs
bull SMMEs are generally more labour-intensive than larger firms and hence have a
higher labour absorption capacity
bull SMMEs as enterprises have some economic roles to fulfil They contribute to the
countrys national product by either manufacturing goods of value or through the
provision of services to both consumers andor other enterprises
bull From an economic perspective enterprises are not just suppliers but also consumers which have an important role to play if they are able to position themselves in a market with purchasing power their demand for industrial or consumer goods will stimulate the activity of their suppliers just as their own activity is stimulated by the demands of their clients Demand in the form of investment plays a dual role both from a demand-side (with regard to the suppliers of industrial goods) and on the supply-side (through the potential for new production arising from upgraded equipment) In addition demand is important to income-generation potential of SMMEs and their ability to stimulate the demand for both consumption and capital goods
232 Government strategy
Unfortunately there is currently little clarity on how SMMEs fit within the industrial policy framework and other objectives of government Some attempts were initiated by government in resent years A strategy was outlined in a White paper by the Department of Trade and Industry in 1995 entitled A National Strategy for the Development of Small Business in South Africa (May 1995) A year later the National Small Business
31
Act was passed by Parliament which provided for the institutions to implement this
strategy (South Africa 1996 377)
The National Small Business Act divides SMMEs into the following categories
Table 23 Classification of SMME in South Africa
Category of SMME
Description
Survivalist enterprises
bull Operates in the informal sector of the economy bull Mainly undertaken by unemployed persons bull Income generated below the poverty line providing minimum means to
keep the unemployed and their families alive bull Little capital invested not much assets bull Not much training bull Opportunities for growing the business very small
Micro enterprises
bull Between one to five employees usually the owner and family
raquo Informal no license formal business premises labour legislation raquo Turnover below the VAT registration level of R300 000 peryear bull Basic business skills and training
bull Potential to make the transition to a viable formal small business
Very small enterprise
raquo Part of the formal economy
Use technology raquo Less than 10 paid employees raquo Include self-employed artisans (electricians plumbers) and professionals
Small enterprise raquo 1 1 - 5 0 employees raquo More established than very small enterprises formal and registered raquo fixed business premises raquo Owner managed but more complex management structure
Medium enterprise
51 - 2 0 0 employees
Still mainly owner managed but decentralised management structure with division of labour Operates from fixed premises with all formal requirements
Note Women represent approximately 56 percent of the survivalist company category 38 percent of micro-enterprises with no employees and 15 percent of micro-enterprises with 1-4 employees
Source South African Government (2008)
32
Small business can also be divided between established formal SMMEs in predominantly urban settings and emerging SMME economy situated in townships informal settlements and rural areas According to the White paper by far the largest sector is the survivalist enterprise sector This implies that most people are active in the informal sector where they have little institutional support
The governments national small business strategy seeks to address the following
common problems faced by SMMEs (South African Government Information 20081)
bull An unfavourable legal environment
bull Lack of access to markets and procurement
bull Lack of access to finance and credit
bull Low skills levels
bull Lack of access to information
bull Shortage of effective supportive institutions
The White paper and Act sets out the objectives of our SMME development policy as (South Africa 1996377)
bull Alleviating poverty by making it possible for poor people to generate income to meet
basic needs
bull Reducing poverty through employment creation
bull Redistribution of wealth income and opportunities
bull Contributing to economic growth by improving innovation and thus competitiveness
The Act provided the foundation for the establishment of the institutions listed in the table 23 below to support small businesses
33
Table 24 Small business support institutions
Institution Services Target
Centre for Small Business Promotion
This is a Chief directorate in the DTI responsible for policy and coordinashytion of support programmes for SMMEs It also mobilises funds and supervises the establishment of new institutions
Ntsika Enterprise Promotion Agency
Provides non-financial support such as mentoring programmes business advice help with government tenders and technology support to small enterprises through bull Local business service centres
(LBSC) bull Tender Advice Centres (TACs)
Targets survivalist micro and very small enterprises Majority of the LBSCs focus on start-up business targeting unemployed women and youth
Khula Provides access to finance through bull Khula Credit Guarantee Scheme
- provide guarantee products to banks
bull Other institutions and NGOs referred to as Retail Finance Intermediaries (RFIs) which borrow from Khula to make loans to SMMEs
bull Khula-Start access to micro credit in rural areas
Mainly targets very small small and medium enterprises Have two small programmes forthe survivalist and micro sector
IMAMAC Two key programmes bull Manufacturing advisory centres
(MACs) providing support for small scale manufacturing businesses
bull Business Referral and Information Network (BRAIN) -information and a help line
The MACs are mainly for small and medium more formal businesses BRAIN forthe entire spectrum of SMMEs
34
Instftution Services Target
Provincial SMME desks
To provide a one-stop information centre to SMMEs and developing enabling government policy to support SMMEs in each province Activities of the SMME desks include (though not in all provinces)
bull Keeping data bases of SMMEs in the province
bull Developing SMME orientated procurement and sub-contracting policies for provincial government
bull Targeted support programmes forHDIs women contractors tourism entrepreneurs smallmicro manufacturers
Land Bank Finance agricultural businesses From small to large scale farmers
Industrial Development Corporation
Supports and funds various industrial development programmes
Predominantly large scale projects but some small to medium enterprises Has a specific BEE mandate
National Empowerment Corporation
Funded by government it provides funding for black economic empowerment ventures
Large but also small and medium enterprises
Source South African Government (2008)
As part of the National Skills Development Strategy the Sector Education and Training
Authorities (SETAs) are also supposed to develop programmes that help develop small
businesses in their respective sectors
There are a number of other parastatals which also support small businesses though
mainly at the upper end of the spectrum These include
bull Independent Development Corporation (IDC) tourism development venture capital
low interest empowerment and emerging entrepreneur schemes
bull South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) through its missing links programme
provide quality assistance and awareness to SMMEs
35
bull Centre for Science and Industrial Research (CSIR) product improvement and
manufacturing assistance to SMMEs through their National Manufacturing Centre
The institutions and organisations mentioned above also provide a wide range of business management support services to entrepreneurs and small enterprises such as (South African Government Information 2008 1)
bull Developing business plans
bull Doing market research
bull Managing a small business
bull Legal requirements of small businesses
bull Marketing
bull Business development
bull Advice on government tender processes
The national small business strategy since its inception sought to target women However women continue to make up the bulk of the survivalist sector of SMMEs and of the poor During the last decade a number of organisations and institutions were established by and for women entrepreneurs Table 24 refers to a number of such organisations
These support programmes however have not achieved their objectives if judged against the number of SMMEs that utilise them Rogerson (2004 212) estimate that a mere 6 of SMMEs and entrepreneurs utilise support programmes and argue that this is due to distrust of external agencies among SMMEs and incapacity to raise awareness about their existence and efficiency Moreover the poor coordination of service providers results in a replication of services and clustering of institutions in urban areas (Ntsika 19994)
36
Table 25 Women entrepreneurship associations and networks
South African Women Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) -launched July 2001
SAWEN identifies the origin of women entrepreneurs problems as bull Gender-despite the fact that women-owned enterprises are contributing an
increasing share to national revenue they are generally perceived to lack the capacity of their male equivalents
bull Size - Nearly all women-owned enterprises belong to the lower end of the SMME category being either very small or micro sized companies Men are predominant in the more lucrative sectors Approximately 70 percent of informal businesses in South Africa are ownedcontrolled by women
SAWEN seeks to affiliate all women enterprise groups co-operatives organisations and initiatives in to a national umbrella body that will represent and articulate the aspirations of all women entrepreneurs (potential and existing) that operate within the South African SMME sector as well as lobby for their support needs It also seeks to target rural women Since its launch in 2001 it has established a number of provincial chapters
Women in Oil and Energy in South Africa (WOESA)-launched March 2002
Facilitates the participation of women in business ventures in the oil gas and other energy sectors
Technology for Women in Business (TW1P)
Aimed at enhancing the accessibility of science and technology to women in business in particular SMMEs It is a national programme under the auspices of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) The CSIR as contracted by DTI acts as an agent for DTI to implement the TWIB programme
South African Women in Construction -launched August 1999
Promotion and advancement of women in construction of education and contribution to the betterment of the construction industry and the enhancement of the entrepreneurial development of women-owned enterprises in construction
Source South African Government (2008)
37
24 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF EKURHULENI
241 Ekurtiuleni demographic
The Metropolitan Municipality of Ekurtiuleni was established in 2000 and covers a vast
area for approximately 45 kilometres from west to east and for 55 kilometres from north
to south covering an area of approximately 26421 square kilometres (EMM 2007 4)
This large area is divided for administrative efficacy into the Northern Southern and Eastern Service Delivery Regions (SDRs) and is one of six Metropolitan Municipalities resulting from the restructuring of local government (refer to figure 21)
Figure 21 Map of Ekurhuleni (former East Rand) region
r-4 gt J i
^ Hampton Park
J i
j Northern Ragioi
tmdashJ 0 Johannesburg _ pound International v
y trade trade Airport
I Bedrordview
bull
bull Bonon 1 GetmMon bullgt
Boksburg m Bnkpan 1
i Springs
Alberton J Eaitem Region
J Southern Region 1 ff ^
(f Nigallaquo
^
(f Nigallaquo
Source Dining-out South African restaurants (2008)
38
I
The former local administrations of nine towns in the East Rand - Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan EdenvaleLethabong Germiston Kempton ParkTembisa Nigel and Springs -were amalgamated into the new Metropolitan Municipality along with two other councils - the Kyalami Metropolitan Council and the Eastern Gauteng Services Council It is a vibrant cosmopolitan and culturally diverse region with over 25 million residents as replicated in Table 25
Table 25 Ekurhuleni key comparative statistics
Key Statistics (2007 estimates) Ekurhuleni Gauteng National Region area (sq km) 2642 1 16975 1 1221246
Population 2534180 8845741 46710858
Population density (nr of people persq km) 959 521 38
Economically active population (as of total pop) 53 53 39
No of households 787040 2731869 12144712
Average household income (Rand current prices) 88025 115817 70326
Annual per capita income (Rand current prices) 27338 35768 18284
Gini coefficient 057 060 064
Formal sector employment estimates 679213 3156772 9058793
Informal sector employment estimates 84249 362647 1699327
Unemployment rate (expanded definition) 40 35 41
Percentage of persons in poverty 27 27 46
Poverty gap (R million) 974 3251 3 32960
Human development index (HDI) 067 069 059
Index of Buying power (IBP) 008 034 100
Economic output in 2003 (R million current prices) 84000 416562 1100929
Share of economic output (GVA of SA in current prices)
76 378 100
Economic output in 2003 (R1 million constant 1995 prices)
48074 236846 619790
Share of Economic output (GVA of SA in constant 1995 prices)
78 382 100
Economic growth performance 1996-2003 (GVA growth pa constant 1995 prices)
24 37 25
Source Ekurhuleni metropolitan municipality (20075)
39
Ekurhuleni constitutes 56 of the national population and makes up 28 of Gautengs population The population density is approximately 1 250 people per km2 making Ekurhuleni one of the most densely populated areas in the country and province By comparison population density in Gauteng is 513 people per km2 and 38 people per km2 in the country
The area has around 8 000 industries and is responsible for about 23 percent of the gross geographical product of Gauteng province which is sub-Saharan Africas most economically powerful and active region (EMM 2007 9)
242 Ekurhuleni economics
The Ekurhuleni Metropolitan economy is larger and more diverse than that of many of the smaller countries in Africa including all the countries in Southern Africa It accounts for nearly a quarter of the Gauteng economy which in turn contributes over a third of the national GDP Ekurhuleni contributes seven percent to the countrys spending power and seven percent to the nations production In most respects per capita income unemployment poverty average wages and other indicators of human development - it is similar to the rest of Gauteng (EMM 2007 9)
However there is one important structural difference many of the plants for production of goods and commodities are located in Ekurhuleni Manufacturing in Ekurhuleni accounts for just under 20 of the GDP of Gauteng In Ekurhuleni itself manufacturing accounts for some 28 of total production
Because of the largest concentration of industry in the whole of South Africa (and in Africa) Ekurhuleni is often referred to as Africas Workshop (EMM 2007 9) The downside of the manufacturing sector is that globalisation has a definitive impact on the structure of production and on the demand for labour Ekurhuleni although not benefiting from direct capital investments as a result of the automotive sector developments in the country continues to play the role of the workshop of the economy
40
with production of structural steel and fabricated metal products serving as inputs into other areas economies
Despite the area historically being one of the largest producers of gold the major
economic sectors now include manufacturing wholesale and trade energy and
services and finance with manufacturing and industry in Ekurhuleni comprising 40 of
all activity in the Province Mining contributes only 2 to Ekurhuleni economy (EMM
2007 4)
Annual economic growth in Ekurhuleni has recorded a pickup in the period 1998 to
2003 and has been almost double the rate of the national manufacturing growth rate
The economically active population is 52 compared to 38 nationally Household
income and per capita income exceed the national average by 10 and 33
respectively The percentage of people living in poverty nationally is 49 compared to
29 in Ekurhuleni (EMM 2007 4)
243 Ekurhuleni infrastructure
Ekurhuleni has a network of roads airports rail lines telephones electricity grids and telecommunications that rivals that of Europe and America - a first world infrastructure supporting a well established industrial and commercial complex Ekurhuleni can in fact be regarded as the transportation hub of the country The municipality is home to the OR Thambo International Airport the busiest airport in Africa and services the entire continent and links to major cities throughout the world Similarly many of the worlds leading airlines fly into the OR Thambo Airport Some 14 million passengers pass through this airport each year In addition a number of smaller domestic airlines connect the OR Thambo Airport with cities throughout South Africa (EMM 2007 4)
South Africas largest railway hub is in Ekurhuleni [Germiston] and links the city to all the major population centres and ports in the Southern African region
41
A number of South Africas modern freeways and expressways connect Ekurhuleni to
other cities and provinces The Maputo corridor development South Africas most
advanced spatial development initiative connects Ekurhuleni with Mozambiques capital
and largest Indian Ocean port Direct rail road and air links connect Ekurhuleni to
Durban South Africas largest and busiest port
During the period 1995 to 2005 the Gauteng government made strategic investments in
upgrading some of the ageing road networks linked to the industrial hub to promote the
movement of goods and services The Blue IQ projects situated within Ekurhuleni
include the Wadeville-Alrode Industrial Corridor with linkages to the largest logistical
hub the City Deep Container terminal the planned Gautrain rapid rail link to
Johannesburg and Tshwane and the OR Thambo Industrial Development Zone [IDZ]
The latter aims to cluster light manufacturing more especially in beneficiation and to
develop an aero space park The EMMs annual budget is in the region of R11 billion of
which plusmnR1 billion is being budgeted annually for capital projects in line with the priorities
set in the Integrated Development Plan [IDP] The bulk of this expenditure is dedicated
to upgrading facilities and infrastructure backlogs (EMM 2007 9)
The three major land cover classes are natural untransformed areas cultivated land and
urban residential zones as presented in figure 22
42
Figure 22 Estimate land coverage in Ekurhuleni for 2007
Transformed (industrial)
Transformed (commercial)mdash-
2
Transformed (urban)
27
Transformed (cuftivatjon) mdash mdash
15 Transformed
(forestry) 1
Transformed (mining)
5
Natural 43
Degraded 001
Transformed (grazing)
2
Source Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality (2007 9)
The following are notable patterns in land use (EMM 2007 4)
bull There is a central east-west orientated mining and industrial activity belt which
served as the core around which towns were established
bull A belt of residential developments surrounding the industrial activity belt and
bull Ruralagricultural areas to the northeast and in the central portion in the southern
part of EMM
The mining belt was historically the core around which the various towns and settlements were established Four major concentrations of mines and quarries exist Reiger Park between Gemniston and Boksburg the area east of Benoni an area east and south of Springs and 3 sites in the vidnity of Kwatsaduza The first 3 areas are respectively known as the GermistonBoksburg the BenoniBrakpanSprings and the SpringsNigel mining belts Mining occurs in a linear form along a belt which runs to the
43
I
north of the Germiston and Boksburg Central Business Districts (CBDs) and then along
a broad strip of land roughly between the Benoni CBD and Daveyton to the north and
Brakpan and Springs to the south To the south between Springs and Nigel another
major concentration of mining activity exists (EMM 2007 4)
Most of the urban activity is concentrated along the western edge and central spine of EMM The road engineering and social infrastructure strongly correlates to this urban form (EMM 2007 4)
The largest complex of small-holdings is situated in an east-west band lying east of
Kempton Park and north-west of Daveyton The second largest complex is situated west
of KwaThema surrounding the Sallies Gold Mine and Springs Municipal Crushers
There are other smaller patches of agricultural holdings scattered throughout the
metropolitan area (EMM 2007 5)
The EMM has an evenly distributed multi-nodal structure The central business district
however currently experience problems of urban decay as the cream of the retail
component of the CBDs have been drawn away to the four main shopping malls in the
area - Eastgate East Rand Mall Lakeside Mall and Alberton Mall Commercial activities
make good use of the main transport routes to provide access to such activities
Furthermore there is an imbalance in the distribution of land use for commercial activity
which is concentrated within higher income areas (Kempton Park Edenvaie a portion of
Bedfordview Boksburg Central Benoni Central Brakpan and small portions of Springs)
(EMM 2007 7)
In common with most black townships in the country there is very little formal commercial activity within the township complexes
Industrial activities are largely located within the south-western part of the metropolitan area in areas such as Germiston and Alrode These areas tend to be located near mining land and wedged between lower income areas (Katorus southern Benoni
KwaThema Tsakane small portion of Springs and areas north of Etwatwa) and the
higher income areas (between Alberton and Katlehong Germiston and
SpruitviewLeondale) Within Kempton Park and Edenvale some industrial activity
developed around the airport due to the agglomeration benefits and access to airfreight
transport facilities Industrial activities are also closely linked to the railway system
(EMM 2007 7)
Farming activities (cultivation) are grouped in the north-eastern part of EMM where more than a third of the land is cultivated This includes areas surrounding Bapsfontein areas north of the Benoni Agricultural Holdings and east of the R21 highway Smaller agricultural activities lie just south of Sunward Park while the remaining agricultural activities are grouped on the southern border of the metropolitan area (EMM 2007 4) During the past five years the EMM has made steady progress in developing its strategic planning capacity and process The Integrated Development Planning [IDP] process was institutionalised within national guidelines for local government planning and budgeting and the IDP together with its strategic sectoral plans such as the Spatial Development Framework [SDF] has become the principal strategic planning tool within the local authority However the IDP primarily deals with solutions to immediate development challenges within a five year time frame Therefore a holistic long term development vision and strategy for Ekurhuleni which will create common purpose between all development stakeholders and which will act as a guiding framework within which the IDPs can be formulated is needed (EMM 2007 8) With the above in mind the EMM embarked on a process to formulate a long-term development strategy During 2004 research was undertaken on national and international best practice examples as well as on key success factors relating to city development strategies This led to a strategy being formulated in early 2005 The strategy formulation process kicked off with a Mayoral Committee workshop on 29 January 2005 during which it was resolved to name the strategy the Ekurhuleni Growth and Development Strategy [GDS] 2025 as well as proposed 2025 development agenda (EMM 2007 8)
25 SUMMARY
Economically entrepreneurship invigorates markets The formation of new business leads to job creator) and has a multiplying effect on the economy Socially entrepreneurship empowers citizens generates innovation and changes mindsets These changes have the potential to integrate developing countries into the global economy (UNECE 2004 2)
The promotion of the SMME sector is a critical dimension of a broader employment
creation strategy because the creation of new firms is essential if the development of
stronger linkages through procurement is to materialise
If South Africa is to grow out of poverty unemployment and create a more prosperous
future it will need more SMMEs entrepreneurs and bigger businesses However to
achieve this a better environment is required for entrepreneurs to start up businesses
operate and grow (Mahadea 2008 3) Within the context of overall macro-economic
performance the ideal policy package for SMME support in South Africa should allow
this sector to maximise its contribution to the economys overall performance in terms of
growth employment and income distribution This is likely to involve making more
resources available to the sector as well as raising the efficiency with which it uses the
resources already available to it
Ekurhuleni has to be one of the best areas for doing business in Africa Its infrastructure facilities location and business climate all help make Ekurhuleni attractive to any business proposition and international investors but with this come the reality of an amends competitive environment therefore creating an environment with tremendous challenges for the entrepreneur
CHAPTER 3 LITERATURE REVIEW ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
31 INTRODUCTION
The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures have generated value and fuelled innovation on community and global levels The increased presence has had a remarkable impact on employment and on business environments worldwide (Kantor 2001 8)
Scholarly research in this area has examined the many forms of economic and social
value that women-owned businesses generate vis-a-vis peculiar barriers constraining their establishment and growth (Verwey 2006 3 Botha 2006 126 Cliff 1998 526 McClelland Swail Bell amp Ibbotson 2005 8) These barriers constitute unique challenges for women as research has shown that men are able to surmount them more easily
The intensity of research studies in this area has increased as scholars and
policymakers have begun to devote more serious attention toward understanding and
supporting women entrepreneurs
The purpose of this section is to provide an evaluative summary of the literature on
woman entrepreneurship and through this enhance the understanding of the profile of
the woman entrepreneur
32 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS AN AREA OF STUDY
Entrepreneurship as an area of study has been claimed by a number of different
disciplines including psychology and economics each arriving at different definitions
derived from their own disciplines
47
Baruah (2005 3) are of the opinion that to an economist an entrepreneur is one who
brings resources labour materials and other assets into combinations that make their
value greater than before and also one who introduces changes innovations and a
new order To a psychologist such a person is typically driven by certain forces the
needs to obtain or attain something to experiment to accomplish or perhaps to escape
the authority of others (Hisrich Peters amp Shepherd 2005 8)
A series of studies recognise the need to re-think the people side of entrepreneurship research (Kouriloff 2000 62 Simon amp Houghton 2002 106 Keh Foo amp Lim 2002 136 Markman Balkin amp Baron 2002 162 Shepherd amp Krueger 2002 177 Gatewood Shaver Powers amp Gartner 2002 200 Korunka Frank Lueger amp Mugler 2003 35 Mitchell Busenitz Lant McDougall Morse amp Smith 2002 94)
Defining the term entrepreneurship is a difficult exercise in itself as the term has little specific definition either in common usage or in academic research (Arif 2008 5) In describing the key factors which are seen to influence entrepreneurial roles this review will strive to encapsulate some meaning behind the term entrepreneurship
Research has shown several approaches by different researchers in the development of
an entrepreneurship definition According to Bennett and Dann (2000 3) much will
depend on the viewpoint and academic background of the researcher as well as the
time period the researcher refrained at Table 31 gives a brief summary as to the
development of the term entrepreneurship
48
Table 31 Main contributors to entrepreneurship in theory
Year Researcher Entrepreneurial Role (ER)
Classical era 1755 R Cantillon Introduced the term Entrepreneur ER as speculator
1800 JB Say ER as coordinator
Early Neoclassical era 1890 A Marshall ER as coordinator innovator arbitrageur
1907 FB Hawley ER as owner of output (uncertainty bearer)
1911 J Schumpeter ER as innovator
1921 F Knight ER as responsible decision maker in an uncertain environment
1925 F Edgeworth ER as coordinator
Mature Neoclassical era
1925 M Dobb ER as innovator
1927 C Tuttle ER as responsible owner in an uncertain environment
Modem Neoclassical era
1973 l Kirzner ER arbitrageur and alertto profitable opportunities
1982 M Casson ER coordination of scarce resources under uncertainty
1993 W Baumol ER innovator and manager influenced by existing incentive structure
Source Aidis (20035)
These definitions are the natural point of departure because they have been the decisive
factor for the retrieval of data for the works of many researchers
For the purpose of this study the definition of Hisrich Peters and Shepherd (2005 8) was adopted The authors defined entrepreneurship as follows Entrepreneurship is the process of creating something new with value by devoting the necessary time and effort assuming the accompanying financial psychic and social risks and receiving the resulting rewards of monetary and personal satisfaction and independence
49
I
33 GENDER ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Previous research into gender differences among entrepreneurs has yielded varied explanations as to why female entrepreneurs differ from male entrepreneurs A review of literature reveals that female entrepreneurs do have some characteristics that are unique in comparison to their male counterparts and that they have faced significant challenges in their efforts as they venture into a once male dominated environment This following section presents a comparative assessment of differences in entrepreneurial attributes of male and female individuals as to emphasise the unique environment where within women entrepreneurs operates
The social feminism theory asserts that women entrepreneurs have different but equally
effective qualities values and ways of thinking due to variations in early and ongoing
socialisation processes (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu 2003 3)
Affholder and Box (2004 3) are of the opinion that the research on personality seems to
have conflicting results some researchers finding no significant differences between
male and female entrepreneurs and others identifying specific personality differences
Table 32 emphasise the unique differences between male and female entrepreneurs as concluded by several researchers Due to the voluminous work completed in this regard the purpose of this presentation is not to supply a comprehensive review of current literature available but rather to compile a summary overview off research conducted as to encapsulate an overall body of knowledge in regards to observed gender characteristics in entrepreneurs
Table 32 Identification of gender differences in entrepreneurs hip
Characteristic Female entrepreneurs Male entrepreneurs
Research
Personality characteristics
Women are expected to possess higher communal qualities such as selflessness a concern for others and interpersonal sensitivity Female entrepreneurs tended to be visionaries and catalysts
Men are expected to have high levels of self-assertion self-expansion and the urge to master Male entrepreneurs tended to be more traditionalists
(Affholder amp Box 2004 3)
(Greene Hart Gatewood Brush amp Carter 20031)
(Du Rietz Henrekson 2000 5)
Area of importance
Women tend to assign more importance to social values and qualitative ambiguous measures of achievement and success such as personal fulfilment and strong interpersonal relations Women business owners tend to pursue a balance between economic goals such as profit and growth and non-economic goals such as product quality personal enjoyment and helping others
Men tend to assign more emphasis on economic values and quantitative non-ambiguous measures of achievement of success such as status and wealth
(Carter Anderson amp Shaw 20011)
(Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Possig 2002 80)
Success factors
Women will measure success qualitatively as they will look at interpersonal relationships and other less objective criteria such as personal satisfaction customer service ratings and additional employment created
Men will measure success quantitatively as they will look at size market position turnover and profitability
(Verwey 2006 3)
(Botha 2006126)
(Sigh Reynolds amp Muhammad 2001 180)
Growth elements
Female entrepreneurs tend to have less industry management and prior business start-up experience and that contribute to their modest growth expectations Women face domestic demands remaining the primary parent emotional nurturer and housekeeper despite their entrepreneurial ventures impacting on their ventures growth prospects report
The primary family responsibility of m e n - t o be a good provider is compatible with heading a growing firm
CKyro 20011)
(Cliff 1998526)
(Kantor 20014)
Source Own compilation
51
331 Motivation
Motivation is the factor other than knowledge that energizes directs and sustains an
individuals behaviour (Locke amp Latham 1990 7) According to Bennett and Dann (2000
6) motivation is an essential factor in the establishment of entrepreneurial activity Many
individuals have the characteristics that enable them to identify an opportunity combined
with the resources to implement the venture yet do not have the incentive or motivation
to do so
Botha (2006 122) proposed two closely-related explanations of entrepreneurial
motivation the push theory and the pull theory The push theory argues that
individuals are pushed into entrepreneurship by negative external forces such as job
dissatisfaction difficulty finding employment insufficient salary or an inflexible work
schedule The push or negative factors are therefore associated with the necessity
factors that force the female into pursuing her business idea McClelland Swail Bell and
Ibbotson (2005 85) emphasize that in this situation becoming an entrepreneur is not a
first choice but nevertheless argue that such negative motivational factors are more
important with entrepreneurs drawn from certain groups in society that may face
discrimination such as ethnic minority groups younger age groups and women
The pull or positive factors are those associated with factors of choice and the desire
for entrepreneurial aspirations The pull theory therefore contends that individuals are
attracted into entrepreneurial activities seeking independence self-fulfilment wealth
and other desirable outcomes (Hogskola 2008 19)
To date a numerous of studies have examined womens motivations for becoming
entrepreneurs The following summary provides an overview of key motWaiional factors
identified in several studies
I
Table 33 Push and pull motivational factors
PULL MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
MOTIVATIONA FACTOR STUDY
Desire for greater independence Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208) Hisrich and Peters (1996 98) Hughes (2006109)
Provides a challenge Hughes (2006109)
Improved financial opportunity Hughes (2006109) Marlow (1997208)
Self-fulfilment Borgia Schoenfeld and Segal (20053) Hughes (2006109) Bruni Gherardi and Poggio (2004260)
Desire to be own boss DeMatino and Barbato (2003 830) Hughes (2006109)
Flexibility for balancing family and work Borgia ef al (20053) Carter Gartner Shaver and Gatewood (2003 17) Hughes (2006109) Lombard (2001216)
Potential to develop a hobby Bradley and Boles (2003301) Marlow (1997208)
Gaining recognition of others Eckel and Grossman (2002288)
Role model influence Anna Chandler Jansen and Mero (2000392)
PUSH MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
Job dissatisfaction Borgia et al (20053) Tangiguchi (2002 882)
Prolonged joblessness Hughes (2006109)
Lack of available work Hughes (2006109)
Insufficient salary Borgia et al (20053)
Hitting the glass ceiling Georgellis and Wall (20041)
Involuntary layoff Hughes (2006109)
Career frustration Marlow (1997208)
Source Own compilation
While is it difficult to compare studies given the wide range of approaches and measures
used this overview nevertheless allows this review to identify the most commonly cited
motivators across several different contexts and time periods
332 Opportunity identification
According to Reynolds Hay Bygrave Camp and Autio (2000 5) the ability to perceive
good business opportunities is assumed to be important for entrepreneurship
Kepler and Shane (2007 200) state that female entrepreneurs search for new business
opportunities differently than male entrepreneurs for a variety of reasons
First many opportunities are identified through information that is transferred through
social networks Women have different types of social networks than men (Renzulli
Aldrich amp Moody 2000 534) As a result they have access to different sources of
information about opportunities For instance male entrepreneurs are more likely than
female entrepreneurs to identify opportunities through conversations with investors and
bankers because on average they know more investors and bankers (Anna Chandler
Jansen amp Mero 2000 392)
Second learned behaviours and social norms lead men and women to develop different
cognitive processing styles (Cassar 2006 628) As a result on average men and
women gather information and solve problems differently (DeMatino amp Barbato 2003
830) For instance female entrepreneurs are thought to learn from a greater variety of
sources than male entrepreneurs while male entrepreneurs are thought to learn more
from setbacks than female entrepreneurs (Lombard 2001 217) In addition the greater
risk aversion of female entrepreneurs may lead them to search for more information that
mitigates the potential risks about business opportunities than their male counterparts
(Eckel amp Grossman 2003 290)
333 Type of business started
Kepler and Shane (2007 309 ) are of the opinion that male and female entrepreneurs
do not start the same types of businesses Historically women entrepreneurship
activities were concentrated in the apparel cosmetics and food processing fields
(Taylor 1988 38) Whereas McVicar and Craig (1981 11) listed traditional categories in
their study of service-related businesses such as cooking teaching child care
secretarial services and sewing Female-led businesses are more likely to be found in
personal services and retail trade and less likely to be found in manufacturing and high
technology (Anna et al 2000 290 Brush et a 2006 18) In addition women start
businesses that are less growth-oriented and less driven by opportunity and more
oriented towards wage substitution (Eckel amp Grossman 2002 290)
Some researchers argue that gender differences in the types of businesses that men
and women found are the result of socialisation and structural barriers (Kepler amp Shane
2007 309) Women tend to work in certain occupations and industries because these
occupations and industries are more socially acceptable for women and because
women face obstacles to working in other industries and occupations (Marlow 1997
153) Sigh Reynolds and Muhammad (2007 180) argues that because entrepreneurs
tend to identify opportunities to start businesses that are similar in type and industry to
those in which they previously worked the tendency of women to work in certain types
of businesses leads them to start those types of businesses In addition some
businesses cannot be founded easily by people without the appropriate educational
background This is particularly the case for businesses that rely heavily on technology
Because women are less likely than men to study engineering or science (Brush et al
2006) they often lack the education to start businesses that demand technical skills
Furthermore some businesses are inherently easier to start than others because they
have lower barriers to entry (Boden amp Nucci 2000 353) Women may be more likely to
start businesses that face low barriers to entry because these businesses make lesser
55
demands on human or financial capital than other businesses and women may lack
these types of capital
334 Venture size
Women start businesses that are smaller than those started by men (Kepler amp Shane
2007) Studies of surviving businesses show that those that are women-owned are
smaller than those that are men-owned (Brown 2000 5) In addition women start
businesses with lower levels of initial employment and capitalization than men (Renzulli
et al 2000540)
The smaller scale of female-led start-ups is believed to be the result of a lack of access
to larger-scale business opportunities and the financial resources necessary to develop
them and different goals and intentions for their businesses (McClelland e^ al 2005
100)
335 Unique challenges facing women entrepreneurs
Richardson (2004 2) argues that while women are active in entrepreneurship they face
particular problems and challenges in starting and developing their businesses They
face more or at least different social cultural educational and technological challenges
than men when it comes to establishing and developing their own enterprises and
accessing economic resources (Mayoux 2001 20)
Kantor (20016) is of the opinion that constraints affecting the entrepreneur in general
but women more intensively include
bull Access to financing
bull Information bull Productive resources and markets
bull Levels of skills and knowledge
56
bull Relevance of education and experience
bull Effects of market saturation
bull Compliance costs
Furthermore it is recognised that women in most societies carry the added burden of
family and domestic responsibilities and this has a detrimental or limiting impact upon
their ability to generate income outside of the home
Kepler and Shane (2007) are of the opinion that research suggests that social norms
about the role of women in society the shortage of female role models and the greater
household- burdens faced by women lead female entrepreneurs to face more start-up
problems and for those problems to be of greater magnitude than their male
counterparts For instance attitudes toward the role of women make it more difficult for
female entrepreneurs to be taken seriously as business people (Kutani amp Bayraktaroglu
2003 3) and to gain support for their entrepreneurial activities from their spouses
family and friends (Bradley amp Boles 2003 301) In addition the relative shortage of
female role models makes it more difficult for female entrepreneurs to obtain adequate
mentorship for their start-up efforts Furthermore the greater household and childcare
responsibilities of women lead them to have more trouble balancing business formation
and family responsibilities (Affholder amp Box 2004 18)
Research finds that one of the major barriers for women entrepreneurs are the access to capital finance (Revivo-Steiner 2006 20) Lack of access to capital has been a primary obstacle for women entrepreneurs and recent research suggests it continues to be (Gundry Ben-Yoseph amp Posig 2002 72) This could also include start-up financing and credit cash flow management in the early operations and financial planning Research suggests that the primary source of funding for women has been through family loans personal savings credit cards and home equity loans (Gundry Ben-Yoseph and Posig 2002) In fact Verwey (2006 5) found that womens personal savings constitute between 80 and 99 of initial capitalisation compared to men where the figure is between 30 and 59 Some of the reasons stem from stereotypes created by the
57
masculine mentality in the banking industry (Weiler amp Bernasek 2001 92) Women are
entering an environment constructed by men therefore they may be perceived as less
legitimate in the eyes of prospective financial backers
Information is another resource that women entrepreneurs have difficulty accessing (ONeill amp Viljoen 2001 40) The information can be about markets suppliers export opportunities Large enterprises often have greater power time and resources to both access information for themselves and limit others access to it (Kouriloff 2000 65) Information can be obtained through informal networks as well as through membership in organizations such as trade guilds associations and unions (Kantor 2001 6) Female compared to male owners may have greater difficulty in accessing information because of difficulties in attending events due to their dual work roles and the resulting time constraints (Edwards 2001 58)
A lack of relevant skills and knowledge constrains the growth potential of entrepreneurial businesses (Kyro 2001 2) This is compounded by deficiencies in basic education Women tend to be less likely to have had education and experience relevant to starting and managing a business and thus have less potential for success (Botha 2006 30) Gaining relevant skills and knowledge also can be more difficult for women since their double work burden and childcare responsibilities make them less able to attend formal and informal training than men (Brush eiai 2006 18)
Kantor (2001 8) points out that womens more demanding role in the family relative to mens affects their entrepreneurial ability by reducing the time energy and concentration levels women can apply to their market work Women may have lower earnings and productivity levels since the amount of time they have available for market work will be limited by the time necessary to care for the family and their concentration while working may be reduced if there are multiple distractions leading to a further reduction in productivity and earnings (Hogskola 2008 25) Responsibility for household welfare also may make women more risk averse while societal perceptions of womens gender roles influence their treatment when they step outside of the perceived boundaries of
58
these roles limiting their access to the resources required for successful entrepreneurship (Anna etal 2000 291)
336 Growth Strategies
A relatively unexplored dimension of entrepreneurship on which male and female entrepreneurs are supposed to differ is their attitude towards growth (Verwey 2006 1) The process through which women-led entrepreneurial firms plan and achieve continual and sustainable growth often reflects a complex set of motivators and intentions that support this strategic path
Cliff (1998523) however researched whether gender differences do exist through quantitative as well as qualitative analysis of personal interviews with 229 small business owners in the Greater Vancouver are of British Columbia Canada Her study provided novel insights into the factors affecting an entrepreneurs growth decision and desired pace of expansion She found that both male and female entrepreneurs desire growth but there are important differences with respect to how they wish to expand (Verwey 2006 1)
Casale and Posel (2000 180) are of the opinion that female entrepreneurs are more likely to establish maximum business size thresholds beyond which they do not wish to expand and that moreover these thresholds are smaller than those set by male entrepreneurs This size relates to what she can manage and control with comfort balancing work and personal life Women tend to deliberately adopt a slow and steady pace of expansion as personal considerations appear to ovenide economic considerations in the business expansion decision According to Cliff (1998523) the attainment of such size thresholds appear to be a key trigger in the no-growth decision
This managed approach by female entrepreneurs to business expansion not letting growth get out of control may result in ventures that are able to out survive those headed by entrepreneurs pursuing more risky high-growth strategies (Bennett amp Dann
59
2000 78) This might lead to banks viewing women as lesser loan risks given their more cautious approach toward growth (Eckel amp Grossman 2000 288) Further research is needed to determine whether these different strategy approaches towards growth would affect venture performance If a more cautious approach leads to long-term survival of the firm awareness should be raised of the favourable outcomes of a more cautious approach This would require recognition that one approach to business ownership - the desire to head a large quickly growing enterprise may not necessarily fit all (Taniguchi 2002 888)
34 WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT
Jalbert (200055) are of the opinion that womens entrepreneurship is gaining increasing
recognition in public policy circles National governments and international organisations
alike are coming to realise that fostering womens economic development through
enterprise creation can have a positive impact in a number of areas
First and foremost it enhances economic growth and provides employment opportunities for the owners and their workers In addition providing economic opportunities for women can also improve the social educational and health status of women and their families
The nature of the multitudinous challenges and obstacles facing women entrepreneurs suggest that their full economic potential is not fully actualised and women do not feature on the mainstream of the economic agenda One aspect that may be the route course of this dilemma that is faced by many female entrepreneurs may be the lack of proper support (De Groot 2001 9) Support is a potentially important means of raising the level of entrepreneurship in society overall
This section provides an overview of some efforts that are supporting the development of women-owned businesses Although this analysis is not a comprehensive review of
60
current literature and research it provides the best of what is known about womens
entrepreneurship
The objective of women entrepreneurship promotion is to create awareness of enterprise as an attractive employment option among women and to raise the profile of women entrepreneurs as credible role models to others It is a particularly important aspect in reinforcing the social value of entrepreneurship in the economy and in positioning it as a viable and feasible activity (International Labour Office (1LO) 2004 12)
The following examples illustrate how it is possible to promote effectively female entrepreneurship across a broad range of actions For example this might include (International Labour Office (ILO) 2004 12)
bull The establishment of specific institutions for (potential) female entrepreneurs
bull The provision of targeted support services and programmes the implementation of
electronic platforms for women entrepreneurs
bull The organisation of specific events targeted at female entrepreneurs
Before actual awareness campaigns can be initiated it is of the utmost importance to
establish an entrepreneurial environment that will in fact be attractive to potential women
entrepreneurs
While a growing body of literature exists on entrepreneurial environments the literature is highly fragmented Reviewing the empirical literature one can observe that Me research or even conceptualisation of the environment for entrepreneurship - enabling or otherwise - has been completed (Sannikova 20074) Some gaps that are evident in the literature are (Fogel 1994 1)
First a conceptual framework is lacking to integrate the available literature on
entrepreneurial environments
61
Second explicit links have not been established between the needs of
entrepreneurs and how environments can fulfil entrepreneurs needs induce or
reinforce their desire to go into business and thus facilitate the process of new
venture creation Third limited guidelines exist to conduct empirical research on entrepreneurial
environments
Finally a limited body of literature addresses the needs of policy makers despite the
recognition of this group as an important audience for research on entrepreneurship
One potential theory with implications for environmental factors and entrepreneurship is the resource dependence theory The resource dependence theory is based on the notion that environments are the source of scarce resources
The framework highlighted in figure 31 outline the key resources that support the
creation of an enabling environment for womens entrepreneurship These are
(Sannikova 20074)
bull Policy coordination and legal environment
bull Finance and Premises
bull Training and mentoring
bull Business Support
bull Network
bull Promotion
62
Figure 31 Framework for supporting women entrepreneurship activity
Source Sannikova (200718-19)
This framework fall inline with current issues addressed by the International Labour Office (ILO) In line with the ILOs gender policy the approach to women entrepreneurship seeks to redress existing gender imbalances in enterprise development through approaches and activities aimed specifically at women while simultaneously working with constituents to ensure that all small enterprise initiatives address gender in their formulation and roll-out The ILOs work to date has been in four main areas (Intemational Labour Office (ILO) 200412)
bull The development of a knowledge base on women entrepreneurs bull The development of a variety of support services for women entrepreneurs and their
service providers bull Supporting advocacy bull Developing internal and external partnerships
63
In 2002 the Austrian Institute for Small Business Research conducted a comprehensive study in regards to good practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002 105) They studied all available support organisations and programmes available to women entrepreneurs in Europe
A few critical success factors supporting good practice in the promotion of female entrepreneurship may be elaborated from the experience provided in this study These include (Austrian Institute for Small business research 2002105)
bull Agencies should use female mentors trainers and advisers whenever possible to
increase the relevance of measures for women and to provide role models
bull Measures should be designed for both groups and individuals Group based
measures give women a chance to make contacts to network and to learn from the
experience of others Individual-based measures allow women to receive highly
effective advice directly related to the problems they face
bull Measures supporting enterprise start-ups should focus on sectors that can provide
women with an adequate income thereby increasing womens financial self-
sufficiency Strategies to move women into higher value markets in traditional or new
sectors are therefore important
bull Training measures should apply a modular approach with both a set of basic
courses such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and the opportunity
to select from a set of additional courses in various substantive areas This would
make the training flexible and give clients the independence to choose the skills on
which they want to focus
bull Training measures should also include entrepreneurship development training in
order to foster the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business
Business skills may not be sufficient for women who often lack confidence and belief
in their own abilities as entrepreneurs
bull Post-start-up support should be offered to trainees after having applied skills learned
in earlier training This may for example be offered by means of mentoring
64
addressing the specific problems faced by women entrepreneurs Additionally pre-
start-up mentoring can help women thinking about starting a business to determine if
it is really the right career choice
bull Women entrepreneurs should not be the only focus of business support and
personal development measures Reaching girls in order to encourage them to
become entrepreneurs and to develop their belief in their abilities is also important
bull Finally access to credit should be a key element in business support as limited
access to finance is a constraint faced by many entrepreneurs both female and
male Different methods of providing access to finance such as loan guarantees or
partnerships with formal financial institutions can reduce the costs of providing
credits to micro entrepreneurs and women entrepreneurs in particular
It has been demonstrated that there are various ways to tackle general and more specific problems faced by female entrepreneurs As many of the obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs are common all over the world most of the good practices that have been described above are not country-specific but might enrich the pool of possible actions in other countries as well
35 SUMMARY
Growing evidence asserts that womens entrepreneurship while differentiated is fundamentally different than mens It is apparent that women are crafting new visions and models of entrepreneurship and are experiencing unique processes entwining the developing self values of work life and family and the personal dynamics of change with the processes of developing and leading a business These phenomena deserve careful and critical exploration if we are to understand radical changes now occurring in women business owners work-lives and enterprise development The importance of supporting women entrepreneurship extends beyond academic relevance Government officials and NGOs have expressed interest in women entrepreneurship in countries in transition as a key to stimulating economies
65
Academics have been recommended to develop policy makers understanding by studying conditions and processes that encourage women entrepreneurship There is a particular theoretical need to conceptualise this environment and to test the environmental variables associated with women entrepreneurs
This support in developed countries usually has one main points to maximize the economic potential of self-employed women and also to encourage taking up of self-employment amongst women from disadvantaged backgrounds
Clearly the development of female entrepreneurship needs support through policies and adequate institutions in many areas such as education and training access to credit and financing access to information business networks and new technologies The Governments in partnership with other stakeholders should take the lead and responsibility for establishing institutions and policies aimed at development of SMEs These policies however should be gender sensitive and address specific barriers in entrepreneurial activities
It is increasingly recognised that entrepreneurship support offers a new model for
fighting poverty and ensuring economic growth in countries
66
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
41 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to present what has been empirically observed as set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the broader problem area Hence in the discussion the findings are interpreted in the light of the research questions The various methodological issues and considerations involved in the gathering of the data are also discussed
42 GATHERING OF DATA
This section contains a thorough explanation of the various methodological issues and considerations involved in obtaining and handling the data used in the study It has been divided into two parts each of which concerns a different component of the data collection gathering process
421 Development and construction of questionnaire
As explained in chapter one the survey instrument utilised in the study was a
standardised questionnaire Information could either be entered by the respondents
themselves or the review used it as a structure for face to face interviewing
The first step was to design a questionnaire with questions and items developed from the initial research problem and the literature study conducted
Questions or items of the same kind or that seek the same sort of information was grouped together They fell into a range of categories where some consisted of a small number of related questions The intend was to elicit information of a particular type
67
Analytical categories relevant to the research were determined from the literature These
topics were aggregated by unit of analysis
bull Section A Personal information
- Age - Marital status
- Educational level
- Number and age of children
- Employment history
bull Section B Business information
- Industry - Legal status of business
- Age of business
- Path to business ownership
- Source of start-up funding
- Business premises
- Number of employees
- Annual turnover
- Previous exposure to business
bull Section C Wlotivational factors and demographic aspects
bull Section D Obstacles towards women entrepreneurship
- During start-up phase of business
- During current operations
bull Section E Development needs of female entrepreneurs
- Previous development by private or government agency
- Women entrepreneurship association awareness
68
- Needs classification
In section A B and E the questionnaire was designed so that the responded could indicate the applicable answer by marking a designated block with a cross More than one block could be marked where applicable
In section C and D a Seven point Likert scale method was applied to measure
responses that range from disagree strongly to agree strongly A value of one will be
linked to disagree strongly and a value of seven to agree strongly
The idea of using the Likert scale method is that instead of learning whether or not the respondent was favourably inclined on an issue one also gets a measure and a reasonably reliable one of the actual position on the continuum However this method is frequently criticised because a number of unique response patterns can result in the same total score (Tull amp Hawkins 1980 322)
422 Data collection
The questionnaire in the form of printed copies was distributed to 100 women
entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni as a result of the sampling method applied
The study made use of both a convenience sampling method and secondly made use of
a snowball sampling method
Snowball sampling relies on referrals from initial subjects to generate additional subjects Therefore base selection of a primary informant took place The base selected for this study was the Chamber of Commerce for Gauteng which acted as an informant of women owned businesses Referrals were contacted to confirm if they adhere to the definition of small and medium-sized women owned businesses More referrals were subsequently collected by theses women owned business expanding the database It
69
may be extremely difficult or cost prohibitive to locate respondents in these situations A
list of 100 women owned business was compiled as a result of these efforts
Techniques for distributing questionnaires included e-mail personal delivery and structured interviews
This review aimed to distribute questionnaires to wide variety business sectors demographic locations and races as to obtain a representative view of women entrepreneurs
Business sectors included were ie retail trade wholesale trade manufacturing construction transportdistribution accommodation and restaurant food industry agricultureforestryfishing and services
Demographic areas included all towns within the boundaries of Ekurhuleni ie Alberton Benoni Boksburg Brakpan Endenvale Lethabong Germiston Kempton Park Tembisa Nigel and Springs
A period of two weeks for responding to the questionnaire were allowed from where
questionnaires were collected either personally by the researcher or via facsimile and e-
A total of 80 usable questionnaires were returned from the sample This constitutes a
80 response rate
The major reasons for non returns faced during the process were the limited time available to the respondents to complete the questionnaires due to busy work schedules and the availability of certain owners that resided overseas
70
43 BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF THE RESPONDENTS
431 Age group description of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A1 in Section A of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was
to determine the age group description of respondents
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented
in Table 41 below
Table 41 Age group description of respondents
Age group Frequency Percentage 40 to 49 years old 27 3375
30 to 39 years old 20 2500
50 to 59 years old 14 1750
20 tot 29 years old 12 1500
60+ years old 6 750
lt19 years old 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
The biggest category in this review is represented by the 40 to 49 year old group (refer
to table 41) were 3375 of the respondents indicated the age group A fourth (25) of
the respondents represents the 30 to 39 year age group
71
The remainder of the group constitutes less than 20 of the respondents where 1750
represents the 50 to 59 age group 1500 the 20 to 29 year old 750 the 60+ group
and 125) less than 19 years old respectively
All respondents answered the question
432 Marital status of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A2 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the marital status of respondents The results will be used to determine if
there is any link between the marital status of the women and their path to self
employment
bull Results obtained
The marital status of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 42 below
Table 42 Marital status of respondents
Marital status Frequency Percentage Married 52 6500
Single 10 1250
Widowed 9 1125
Divorced 7 875 Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
72
bull Analysis of the results
Table 42 indicates that more than half that is 52 (6500) of the respondents are married A total of 1250 of respondents are single 1125 are widowed and 875 are divorced
Two respondents did not indicate their marital status
433 Highest academic qualification of respondents
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A3 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the highest academic qualification of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous education on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
bull Results obtained
The highest academic qualification of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 43 below
Table 43 Highest academic qualification of respondents
Highest academic qualification Frequency Percentage Diploma (Technical college orTechnicon) 29 3625 University degree 29 3625
Matric 16 2000
Certificate 4 500
Post graduate degree 2 250
Total 80 10000
73
bull Analysis of the results
Table 43 indicates that a diploma and university degree constitute the largest group of all responses Both the diploma and university degree represent 3625 of the respondents respectively
A total of 16 (2000) of the respondents indicated a matric as their highest academic qualification whereas four respondents (500) indicated a certificate and two (250) indicated a post graduate degree
All respondents answered the question
434 Number of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A4 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of children of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 44 below
74
Table 44 Number of children of respondents
Number of children Frequency Percentage Two (2) children 31 3875
One (1) child 14 1750
Three (3) children 14 1750 None 10 1250
Four (4) children 8 1000
Five (5) children 3 375
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of the respondents (3875) have only 2 children A total of 1750 are
presented equally by both the one child and three child groups A total of 10 (1250)
respondents have no children Eight (1000) respondents have four children and three
or 375 have five children
All respondents answered the question
435 Age group description of children
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the age of children of the participants The results will be utilised in
determining if the age of children might have an influence on the path to business
ownership and act as an obstacle due to family responsibility to women entrepreneurs
75
bull Results obtained
The age of children of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey is
presented in Table 45 below
Table 45 Age group description of children
Age group description Frequency Percentage 18+years old 25 3125
11-18 years old 15 1875
1-5 years old 13 1625
No children 10 1250
6-10 years old 9 1125
Missing 8 1000
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 45 indicates that the majority of the respondents (25 or 3125) children are
older than 18 years A total of 15 (1875) of the respondents children are between 11
and 18 years 13 (1625) between one to five years old and nine (1125) between six
and 10 years old
A total of ten (1250) of the respondents indicated that they do not have children
whereas eight respondents did not answer the question
76
44 STRUCTURE OF PARTICIPATING WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES
441 Number of permanent employees
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B7 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of permanent employees of the participating women owned
businesses and to determine whether the family business can be classified as a micro-
very small- small- or a medium-sized enterprise
bull Results obtained
Table 46 Number of permanent employees
Number of permanent employees Frequency Percentage 2-4 30 3750 26-50 23 2875
Myself 10 1250
5-10 10 1250
11-25 4 500
101-200 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
Analysis of the results
A combined forty (5000) of the women owned business can be classified as micro-
enterprise from which 30 (3750) of the business have two to four employees and 10
(1250) of the businesses are only operated by the entrepreneur herself
77
A total of ten (125) of the businesses can be classified as very small enterprise
consisting of five to ten employees
Small-enterprises are represented by twenty seven (3375) of the businesses with four
(5) employed of 11 to 25 employees and 23 (2875) 26 to 50 employees
Only two (250) of the businesses surveyed can be classified as medium-enterprise
Of the 80 respondents only one responded (125) did not answer the question
Figure 46 indicates that the majority of the businesses surveyed falls into the micro-
enterprise category
442 Turnover of the business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B8 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the financial success and the size of the participating women
owned businesses
bull Results obtained
The annual turnover of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table
47
I
Table 47 Annual turnover of the business
Annual turnover Frequency Percentage R100 000 to R500 000 27 3375
R1 million to R5 million 20 2500
R500 000to R1 million 18 2250
R50 000toR100 000 9 1125
R5 million+ 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Twenty seven (3375) of the family businesses annual turnover were between the R100 000 to R500 000 range followed by twenty (2500) between the R1 to R5 million range eighteen (2250) in the R500 000 to R1 million range nine (1125) in the R50 000 to R100 000 range and six (75) in the more than R5 million range
All participants answered the question
443 Economic sector of operation
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B1 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the economic sector that the women owned businesses
operates in The sector may have an influence on specific needs for the women owned
businesses as well as policy implications
bull Results obtained
The economic sector of operation of the women owned businesses in this study is
presented in table 48
79
I
Table 48 Economic sector of operation
Economic sector Frequency Percentage Retail trade 33 4125
Services 26 3250
Accommodation and restaurant 7 875
Wholesale trade 6 750
Manufacturing trade 4 500
Transportdistribution 2 250
Food industry 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 33 (4125)) of the businesses in this study operate in retail trade that also represents that largest group within this review The service category is represented by 26 (3250) of the respondents This include the following businesses ie bakery school transport ballet studios swimming lessons DVD rentals garden services cleaning services doggy parlour dry cleaning wedding planning landscaping physiotherapy attorney petrol garage dress maker hair salons catering services graphic design party rentals business machine servicing and beauty salons
Other industries of operation includes seven (875) businesses in accommodation and
restaurant six (750) in wholesale trade four (500) businesses in manufacturing
and two (250) in distribution and food industry respectively
All respondents answered the question
80
444 Legal status of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B2 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The legal status of the women owned businesses in this study is presented in table 49
Table 49 Legal status of business
Category Frequency Percentage Sole proprietorship 42 5250
Partnership 18 2250
Company (Private) 12 1500
Not registered 7 875
Close corporation 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Just more than half (52505)) of the participating women-owned businesses in this
study are registered as sole proprietorship 18 (2250) are registered partnerships 12
(1500) as private companies and one (125) business indicated a close corporation
A total of seven (875) of the businesses in this study is however not registered None
of the business indicated a business trust or public company All respondents answered
the question
81
445 Business premises
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B6 in Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to obtain information on the legal status of the women owned businesses that
participated in this study The legal status of the women owned businesses may have
an impact on the specific needs of the women entrepreneur
bull Results obtained
The premises from where the women owned businesses in this study are operating from
are presented in table 410
Table 410 Business premises
Business district Frequency Percentage Outlying business area 50 6250
Home based 16 2000
Central business district (CBD) 12 1500
Agriculture 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
More than half (6250) of the respondents operate their business from an outlying
business area as indicated in table 410 A total of 16 (20) of the businesses in this
review are home-based with only 12 (1500) situated in a central business district
Agriculture land is only utilised by two (250) of the women owned businesses in this
review None of the respondent businesses operates from an industrial area
All respondents answered this question
82
446 Age of business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B3 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the age of all women owned businesses that participated in this review
bull Results obtained
The age groups of all women owned businesses that responded to the survey are
presented in Table 411 below
Table 411 Age of business
Age of business Frequency Percentage One (1) to five (5) years old 45 5625
Six (6) to 10 years old 24 3000
11 to 20 years old 6 750
21 to 30 years old 3 375
31 to 40 years old 1 125 41 to 50 years old 1 125
Analysis of the results
According to table 411 more than half (5625) of the respondents businesses are relatively young and fall under the one to five year old category A large group of 24 (30) of the participating businesses are between six and 10 years old The remainder of the categories are represented by less than 10 of the respondents where six (750) business are between 11 and 20 years old three (375) between 21 and 30 years and 1 (125) between 31 to 40 years and one (125) between 41 to 50 years respectively All respondents answered the question
83
45 PATH TO OWNERSHIP
451 Path to business ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B4 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the path to business ownership of respondents
bull Results obtained
The path to business ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 412 below
Table 412 Path to business ownership
Path to business ownership Frequency Percentage
Founded the business 52 6500
Purchase the business 25 3125
Join family business 2 250
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Table 412 reflects that 52 (6500) of the businesses studied in this review were
founded by the entrepreneur Just less than a third or 25 (3125) of the businesses
were purchased A total of two (250) respondents actually joined family businesses
and one (125) did not answer the question
84
452 Previous employment experience
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A5 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the previous employment experience of the participants The results will be utilised in determining the influence of previous experience on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs The respondents had the option to choose between six experience levels categories
bull Results obtained
The previous employment experience of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 413 below
Table 413 Previous employment experience
Previous employment experience Frequency Percentage Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier) 34 4250
Self-employed 14 1750
Supervisor 11 1375
Middle management 9 1125
Unemployed 8 1000
Top management 4 500
Total 80 10000
85
bull Analysis of the results
Less than half (4250) of the respondents were previously employed as non-
management workers whereas only 11 (1375) of the respondents were supervisors A
total of nine (1125) of respondents indicated that they were employed in middle
management with only four (5) in top management A number of eight (1000)
respondents were previously unemployed
A quite interesting observation is the 14 or 1750 of respondents that were previously
self-employed that also constitute the second largest group in this review
All respondents answered the question
453 Years self-employed
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question A6 Section A (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the number of years self employed of the participants
bull Results obtained
The number of years self-employed of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the
survey are presented in Table 414 below
86
Table 414 Years self-employed
Number of years self-employed Frequency Percentage Four (4) to five (5) years 27 3375 Six (6) to 10 years 26 3250 One (1) to Three (3) years 14 1750
More than 10 years 12 1500
Missing 1 125
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority of respondents are between four and ten years self-employed A number of
27 (3375) of the respondents has indicated a four to five year period and 26 (3250)
indicating a six to 10 year period The remainder of the age groups are represented by
less than 20 of the respondents where 14 (1750) fall within the relative young one
to three year category and 12 (1500) in the established more than ten year category
Only one (125) respondent did not answer the question
454 Source of start-up funding
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B5 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to
determine the source of start-up funding of the participants
bull Results obtained
The source of start-up funding of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 415 below
87
Table 415 Source of start-up funding
Source of start-up funding Frequency Percentage Bank loan 30 3750
Personal savings 29 3625
Relatives 10 1250
Householdspouse 5 625
Sold business 4 500
Missing 2 250
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
Both bank loan and personal savings constitutes the largest sources for start-up funding
with 30 (3750) made use of bank loans and 29 (3625) utilised personal savings
A total of 10 (1250) respondents collected start-up funds from relatives and five
(625) from a household member or spouse A number of four (500) respondents
sold their previous business to obtain funds
Respondents not answering the question accounted for 250 of the sample
455 Role models
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B9 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine if the respondents was inspired by someone during their youth to become an entrepreneur The results will be used to determine if there is any link between this previous influence and the women entrepreneurs decision to enter into self employment
bull Results obtained
The influence of role models on all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 416 below
Table 416 Role models
Influenced by role models Frequency Percentage No 68 8500
Yes 12 1500
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
The majority (8500) of respondents indicated that they had no one inspiring them to
become entrepreneurs where 12 (1500) of the respondents claimed that they had
some influence Eight respondents indicated that their parents owned businesses where
four indicated that close friends of the family motivated them from childhood to enter
own employment
All respondents answered this question
456 First ownership
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question B10 Section B (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was
to determine if the current business is the women entrepreneurs first self owned
business
89
bull Results obtained
An indication of first ownership of all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey
is presented in Table 417 below
Table 417 First ownership
Category Frequency Percentage
Yes 62 7750
No 12 1500
Missing 6 750
Total 80 10000
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 62 (7750)) of the respondents indicated that their current business is their
first business owned Only a small amount of 12 (1500) of the respondents indicated
previously owned business or no to the answer A total of seven of the business was
sold of four is still operating and one went out of business
Quite a large total of six (750) of the respondents did not answer the question at all
46 MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS
461 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C1-15 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the main motivational factors for women entrepreneurs entering own business ventures The results will be utilised in determining the influence of these motivational factors on the specific development needs of women entrepreneurs
90
bull Results obtained
The average response or mean (x) and the standard deviation (s) (variation around the
mean) of each of the 15 items indicating motivational factors for entering own
employment are indicated in Table 418
Table 418 Women entrepreneurship motivational factors
Motivation n X s
Need for a challenge 80 6250 1326
Self-fulfilment 79 6215 1356
Confidence in the productservice offered 80 6188 0813
Insufficient family income 80 5513 1765
The need for independence 80 5488 1800
Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 80 5363 1759
Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) 80 5150 1870
Need forflexible work schedule 80 5063 2143
Desire for wealth 80 4900 1900
Ensure high job security 80 4700 2095
To develop hobby 78 4654 2373
Compatibility with family duties 80 4238 2279
Difficulty finding a job 80 3750 2405
Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 80 2650 1822
Entered the family business 80 1825 1310
Total 4796 0906
bull Analysis of the results
The standard deviations of all 15 statements averages are fairly high ranging from
0813 to 2405
Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement Thus a higher number representing agreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be true by the respondents Likewise a low number representing disagreement with the statement suggests that the statement is perceived to be false
The motivational statement indicating the highest agreement was need for challenge Participants indicated a very high average mean of x = 6250 for this statement Other
statements that also obtained high levels of agreement was self-fulfilment (x = 6215)
and confidence in the productservice offered (x = 6188)
Five items indicated average means higher than five Insufficient family income indicated an average mean of x = 5513 the need for independence an average mean
of x= 5488 dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) an average
mean of x= 5363 role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members) an average x- 5150 and the need for flexible work schedule an average mean of x = 5063
Five items indicated average means higher than four Desire for wealth indicated an
average mean of x = 4900 ensure high job security an average mean ofx = 4700
to develop hobby and average mean ofx= 4654 and compatibility with family duties indicated an average mean of x =4238
Difficult finding a job only indicated an average mean of x = 3750 and redundancy (lost
their job retrenchment) an average mean of x = 2650
Entering family business was the statement with the lowest agreement standing on
an average mean of x = 1825
92
462 Ekurhuleni support
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question C17- 21 Section C (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations The participating women entrepreneurs had to indicate their response on five statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is
providing to their business operations are reflected in Table 419 below
Table 419 Women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their business operations
Category n X s
Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 80 5288 1275
Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 80 5075 1100
Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 79 4772 1395
The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 80 4325 1589
Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 80 2563 1349
Total 4403 0837
93
bull Analysis of the results
An average mean of x = 5288 was calculated for the statement Ekurhuleni is a
source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities This result indicates
that the participants have a relative high agreement with the statement A high
agreement was also calculated for Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export
opportunities (x = 5075) Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road
network) adequately meet the needs of my business (x = 4772) and The
Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses
(x = 4325)
The statement Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women
entrepreneurship in the region however indicated a very low level of agreement with a
standard mean of only x = 2563
463 Obstacles to business start-up
bull Purpose of question
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers have for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those
barriers still exist today
The purpose of question D 1-14 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A)
was to accumulate a body of knowledge of banners that were faced by current female
entrepreneurs in entering their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate
their response on fourteen statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale
type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent
disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with
the statement
94
bull Results obtained
Agreement to obstacles that the respondents experienced during the start-up phase of
their businesses are presented in Table 420 below
Table 420 Obstacles to business start-up
Obstacles n X s
Lack of business management skills 80 5888 1607
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5725 1646
Lack of timely business information 80 5438 1422
Risk averse (great fear of failure) 79 5253 1829
Lack of self-confidence 79 5241 1876
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 5150 1700
Inequality of access to credit (difficult to obtain financing as a female) 80 4875 1760
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 2009
Isolation from business network 80 4713 1917
Lack of education and training (in general) 80 4625 2065
Legislative (lack of focused women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government) 80 4400 1718
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3750 1832
Lack of female role models 80 3475 1882
Total 4874 1091
bull Analysis of the results
All fourteen statements as reflected in table 419 indicated high levels of agreement The statement lack of business management skills was indicated as the highest level of agreement with an average mean of x= 5888 A total of five other statements also indicated relative high agreements with inter role conflict (workhome conflict) indicating a standard mean of x= 5725 lack of timely business information (x = 5438) risk averse (great fear of failure) (x = 5253) lack of self-confidence (x =
95
5241) and awareness or access to business support indicating an average mean of
x =5150
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 3475
464 Obstacles currently faced in business
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question D 16- 27 Section D of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) was to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers that were faced by female entrepreneurs currently operating their own business ventures The respondents had to indicate their response on 12 statements The responses were set out on a Likert scale type questionnaire (eg where 1 = Strongly disagree 7 = Strongly agree) represent disagreement with the statement and relatively high numbers represent agreement with the statement
bull Results obtained
Obstacles that the respondents are experiencing in their current business operations are reflected in Table 421
96
Table 421 Obstacles currently faced in business
Obstacles n X s
Liquidity and other financial problems 80 6225 1102
Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 80 5775 1405
Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 80 5538 1793
Lack of business management skills 80 5488 1359
Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 80 4838 1872
Lack of timely business information 80 4663 1771
AwarenessAccess to business support 80 4600 1846
No time for trainingupgrading of skills 80 4563 1948
Isolation from business network 79 4506 1839
Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 80 3338 1771
Lack of female role models 79 2835 1581
Total 4764 0968
bull Analysis of the results
The statement with the highest level of agreement was liquidity and other financial
problems The average mean for this statement was calculated on a very high x -
6225
A total of three other statements also indicated relative high agreements with gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) indicating a standard mean
of x= 5775 inter role conflict (workhome conflict) (5c = 5538) and lack of business management skills indicating an average mean of x = 5488
The statement with the least level of agreement was lack of female role models The
average mean for this statement was calculated as x = 2835
97
I
47 SUPPORT NEEDS OF RESPONDENTS
bull Purpose of question
The purpose of question E3 Section E of the questionnaire (refer to Appendix A) of the questionnaire was to determine the development needs of respondents (refer to table 421)
bull Results obtained
Development needs indicated by all women entrepreneurs that responded to the survey are presented in Table 422 below
Table 422 Support needs of respondents
Category Frequency Percentage
Financial support 68 8500
Growth support 64 8000
Marketing support 62 7750
Business advice information counselling mentoring 57 7125
Networking with other business owners 55 6875
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area 53 6625
Legal support 41 5125
Tools equipment machinery 38 4750
Trainingknowledgeskills 35 4375
Suitable business premises 33 4125
Psychological support 21 2625
Technical support 20 2500
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity) 19 2375
98
bull Analysis of the results
A total of 68 (8500) of the respondents indicated that their greatest need is financial support with 64 (8000) also indicating growth support as a great need in the operation of their businesses A number of two categories also received high scoring with 62 (7750) respondents indicating marketing support and 57 (7125) indicating business advice information counselling and mentoring as support greatly needed
Almost half of the respondents also indicated that the following support will benefit their business A total of 41 (5125) of the participating women entrepreneurs indicated that legal support will benefit them 38 (4750) tools equipment and machinery support Trainingknowledge and skills was indicated by 4375 of respondents and a suitable business premises by 33 (4125) of the participating women entrepreneurs
Only 21 (2625) respondents indicated that psychological support will benefit them and
20 (2500o) indicated that technical support will be of use A small number of 19
(2375) indicated a need for infrastructure
48 SUMMARY
This chapter started of with the various methodological issues and considerations
involved in the gathering of the data from where results were presented in the form of
frequency tables on what has been empirically observed The results were analysed as
set in the context of the research objectives and design as well as in relation to the
broader problem area
Data explored during this study included biographical information of all participating women entrepreneurs This includes age group description marital status highest academic qualification number of children and age group description of children
This empirical research also undertook the task to gather information in regards to the structure of the participating women entrepreneurs businesses This information
99
included number of permanent employees annual turnover of the business economic
sector of operation legal status of the business the business premises and age of the
business
Path to ownership information was also recorded by this study that includes the
following Path to business ownership previous employment experience number of
years self-employed source of start-up funding influence of role models and first
ownership
Factors of importance also gathered by this review includes motivational factors to enter self employment women entrepreneurs feelings towards Ekurhuleni and the support this district is providing to their businesses obstacles to business start-up obstacles currently faced within business operations and support needs of respondents
The information gathered by the empirical research was utilised in the drafting of the
Ekurhuleni women entrepreneurship profile discussed in chapter five This profile will be
of purpose in the drafting of the women entrepreneurship development framework for
the Ekurhuleni district
100
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
51 INTRODUCTION
Despite the large amount of research on the key factors influencing womens
entrepreneurship no study has yet provided an empirical field assessment of factors
influencing women at a municipality context
With the goal of delineating the unique circumstances of women entrepreneurs in Ekurhuleni this review undertook a study of 80 women entrepreneurial businesses The emergence and growth of viable women-owned entrepreneurial new business ventures in this area have generated value and fuelled innovation on all levels The increased presence of women entrepreneurs has had a remarkable impact on employment
The purpose of this chapter is therefore to conclude on the empirical study by compiling
a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni Theoretical applications of these links
would derive strong arguments
Recommendations to women entrepreneurship development for this area will be made followed by a critical evaluation of the study Suggestions for future studies will be implied and this chapter will be concluded by a summary
52 CONCLUSIONS ON THE EMPIRICAL STUDY
The following reflects the make-up of the Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur as concluded in the empirical study conducted
101
521 Biographical information results
The majority of the women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
that participated in this study are between 30 to 49 years of age She is furthermore
married with an average of two children mainly older than eighteen years The
entrepreneur is well littered with either a diploma or university degree
522 Structure of participating women-owned businesses results
The average women-owned business in Ekurhuleni is between one to five years old with
an annual turnover in the R100 000 to R500 000 range Operation is mainly within the
retail trade or service sector within the micro-enterprise environment Most businesses
can be found in outlying business areas The legal status of the participating businesses
is mainly reserved to sole proprietorships
523 Path to ownership results
The Ekurhuleni women-owned business is either founded or purchased by the female entrepreneur which are on average four to ten years self-employed and mostly a first-time owner A bank loan or personal funding provided start-up capital Owners were not motivated by childhood role models
524 Motivational factors to self employment results
The need for a challenge self-fulfilment and confidence in the product or service offered are the main motivators for these women entrepreneurs Factors such as difficulty f inding a job redundancy and entering of family business are least motivational
indicating that the average Ekurhuleni female entrepreneur are drawn to self-employment by pull factors rather than push factors (Botha 2006 122)
102
525 Support services offered by Ekurhuleni
For the average female entrepreneur Ekurhuleni will be a source of an ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities The Ekurhuleni infrastructure meets the needs of their businesses and the region provides good network opportunities with other businesses However most of the participating women entrepreneurs feel that the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality do not have proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in this district
526 Obstacles to business start-up results
The lack of business management skills inter-role conflict with home and work the lack of timely business information high risk aversion by women entrepreneurs lack of self-confidence and a lack of awareness or access to business support are all considered as huge obstacles faced by women entrepreneurs during the start-up phase of their respective business
Factors such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models are not considered as major obstacles to business start-ups
527 Obstacles experience in current business operations results
The main current obstacles experienced by the average female entrepreneur are liquidity and other financial problems Aspects such as the socio-cultural environment that is a lack of respect from the male community and stereotyping and a lack of female role models were once again recognised as the least considered obstacles in current business operations
103
528 Support needs results
The average female entrepreneur feels that they can mostly benefit from financial and growth support whereas psychological technical and infrastructure support are rated low on urgency
53 RECOMMENDATIONS
In the light of the research results explained a development framework was compiled to specifically address the needs of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni Figure 51 represents the specific elements of the Ekurhuleni entrepreneurial development framework (refer to the next page)
Constraints faced by women entrepreneurs on in Ekurhuleni district are complex and calls for a parallel range of services to address them Broadly there are three kinds of services which will be effective in supporting these entrepreneurs and as a result addressing the various barriers faced by them ie promotion strategy and support
The main recommendation issued by this review is the establishing of an Ekurhuleni
women entrepreneurship development centre The main responsibility of this centre will
be the implementation and co-ordination of the recommendations listed below
104
Figure 51 A framework for the development of women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
Own compilation
The purpose of the section to follow is to provide a description of the specific elements
within the recommended framework to develop women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
105
531 Promotion
Recommendation
The review recommends the formation of a specific women entrepreneurship advocacy team within the overall development centre
Motivation
The main role of the advocacy team will be to raise the visibility of womens economic contribution and to change the policy to support womens role in the Ekurhuleni district It is important that the advocacy team are aware of the heterogeneity of their client group Without this awareness policy changes risk being unintentionally biased against a group such as women entrepreneurs
532 Strategy
Recommendation
It is recommended that women entrepreneurship specific policies be drafted within the
Ekurhuleni district and emphasis placed on continued research into the development of
the women entrepreneurs in the district
Motivation
bull The process of policy formulation has to incorporate gender mainstreaming strategies On a national base government has been introducing new gender-specific laws of a general nature but gender issues were not considered in all the other laws of relevance to womens entrepreneurship development
106
bull These policies must address awareness since many institutions are not aware of the gender-specific constraints of women entrepreneurs and therefore unable to address them adequately when providing the necessary services
bull Associations in charge of the enhancement of the status of women NGOs womens organisations and technical programmes could play an important role in emphasising gender issues in the creation of a more enabling policy and legal environment In this connection the importance of the systematic collection and analysis of gender specific data and information for gender-sensitive industrial policy formulation and implementation cannot be over emphasised This is necessary in order to identify the constraints and needs of women entrepreneurs prior to the formulation of any development programme targeting women
bull It is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations lobby groups and the municipality should strive for the systematic collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship
bull The creation of awareness about entrepreneurship requires the adoption of an entrepreneurial culture among potential women entrepreneurs and among youth in general as they are the future entrepreneurs This could be done if local support institutions professional assodations media and womens associations put emphasis on creating awareness about entrepreneurship Media and school campaigns exposure to role models and targeted training could also be used for this purpose
107
533 Support
bull Training
Recommendation
The development of proper training programmes focussing on the uniqueness of women entrepreneurs is a necessity
Motivation
bull Training is one of the most common business development services provided Training initiatives include both the provision of general business skills as well as skills more particular to an industry General business training includes basic business skills such as costing marketing accounting and negotiation and is usually a central element of an integrated service package Training in skills is often not sufficient for women and successful training programmes for women entrepreneurs therefore also include confidence building entrepreneurship developmenttraining fostering the attitudes important to starting and managing ones own business are just a few to mention
bull Programmes that not only confine themselves to training existing or potential women entrepreneurs but also make efforts to reach girls in order to encourage them to become entrepreneurs must be developed
bull A modular approach to the training programme design must be followed - it offers core courses and then allows clients to select other courses suiting their needs This makes the training flexible and gives clients the independence to choose the skills on which they lack the most or want to focus on
bull However successful programme designs are always those which are based on realistic needs-based assessments Women have different training needs in terms of course content scheduling length and delivery Programme designers must be aware of womens multiple roles and programmes should be scheduled when
108
women are likely to be free Participatory techniques and incremental learning using
female instructors are considered good teaching models for reaching women
entrepreneurs
bull Access to credit
Recommendation
A proper study into good practices should be launched to enhance accesses for women
entrepreneurs to credit from where specific plans must be drafted to ensure better
access to financing for these women entrepreneurs
Motivation
Credit is a constraint faced by many women entrepreneurs Women need to be able to
access mainstream banking and finance and need support in this area Increased
access to credit is a key to the development of women entrepreneurs in SMEs
bull Counselling and mentoring programmes
Recommendation
This study recommends the establishing of counselling and mentoring centres
Motivation
bull Individually-based services where clients receive help and support on problems
specific to their businesses have proven to be most effective
bull Counselling programmes tend to be expensive One way of cutting costs is by using
volunteers and using group-based services for more general issues
109
bull Attention must be paid to hiring female consultants avoiding a male environment and providing services sensitive to womens needs In addition gender training of consultants should be done
bull Many women want post-start-up support accessible after trying out the skills learned in earlier training Mentoring is one method of providing this support which can be very effective as it addresses the specific problems faced by the individual entrepreneur This kind of support includes individual or group-based assistance directed at specific problems where mentors serve as role models Based on a longer-term relationship with the mentor this is essentially a form of knowledge transfer It can be tailored to client needs and therefore can have high effectiveness and impact However it can also be costly in terms of mentors time
bull Mentoring can be offered to individuals or groups Individual mentoring is often more effective and have a greater impact as it addresses problems specific to the womens businesses Group-based mentoring offers other benefits such as group solidarity and the opportunity to learn from others experiences
bull However as mentioned earlier mentoring can be an expensive service to provide Many support agencies have cut costs by using volunteer mentors but mentor quality has to be monitored Supply of female mentors volunteer or not is sometimes a problem Coupling mentoring with a sectoral focus has emerged as a good strategy to help women to enter new industries Use of female mentors and having women-only group mentoring programmes increases the likelihood that women will use the services
bull Information sharing and network formation
Recommendation
The study wants to emphasize the need for the development of a specific women entrepreneur association within the Ekurhuleni district for the main purpose of networking and information sharing
110
Motivation
Information is a key resource for women entrepreneurs Information can relate to markets suppliers costs and technology and networks have emerged as key strategy for offering support to women entrepreneurs Networking is very important to the success of a business and it is identified as one of the key ways to strengthen womens enterprises as it can provide access to information new customers and suppliers Networks are relations with others in the business community and are an important way to access information
Sometimes training courses provide early networking opportunities giving practice
time to women before they go out to network in the wider business environment
Training courses also allow women to meet others starting businesses Networks can
also contribute to the knowledge and development of support agencies
Information exchange in the networks is provided through many means including one-
stop shops trade fairs and the Internet Information technology has proven to be an
important asset for accessing information and expanding networks Often the network
makes services and information available to entrepreneurs by toll free telephone fax in
person and through the Internet In fact the use of the internet has greatly helped to
widen the geographic areas of networks both between entrepreneurs and between
support agencies Internet allows clients to access it at times that suit their schedules
This helps women have greater access as they often have to juggle multiple demands
on their time Online networks and community business centres offer networking
opportunities Decentralized service provision also insures that the information provided
to local women is relevant to the local context
i l l
bull Support organisations
Recommendation
Accumulation of support organisations must take place Through awareness the involvement of organisations and institutions must be increased
Motivation
Many different types of organisations can provide either direct or indirect support to women entrepreneurs The different organisations working with women entrepreneurs include NGOs credit providers training and technical assistance centres research institutes and universities professional organisations government agencies and private sector organisations
Professional membership organisations have also emerged as important agencies which work to change policy and provide services and networks to members They work best when they serve a clientele with common interests The membership organisations must serve women business owners with gender being perceived as one commonality across which membership organisations can be established
Private sector actors other than banks or private training providers include suppliers of inputs final goods customers and consultants They work with women entrepreneurs through subcontracting arrangements and by supplying inputs raw materials used equipment or technical assistance These are viewed as an increasingly important source of assistance for women entrepreneurs particularly for-profit service providers In addition to this consultants may work with entrepreneurs directly for a fee or as volunteers For example some firms may volunteer their staffs time as consultants while some individuals working in the private sector may do so independent of their place of work
112
Universities and research institutes can also contribute to the development of women entrepreneurs through provision of trainers and consultants and through direct research on entrepreneurship with particular focus on women and by highlighting their contribution to the local regional and national economy In some cases they can also develop technologies to improve productivity and reduce the time burden of women
54 CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE STUDY
The success of this study is based upon the realising of the primary and secondary
objectives as indicated in section 13 of this study
The primary objective of the study was to develop a contextual strategic framework to
enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
In order to reach the primary objectives successfully the following secondary objectives were formulated
bull To gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African
economy by means of a literature study
bull To study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur
bull To identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing own
business ventures
bull To examine current development programmes in a global context
bull To suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the
Ekurhuleni district
The first secondary objective namely to gain insight into the role women entrepreneurs can play in the South African economy was achieved through a comprehensive literature study in chapter two This chapter act as a motivation to this question by supplying ambient evidence in the role women entrepreneurs plays in the South African economy
113
The second secondary objective that is to study the unique elements that Ekurhuleni can offer the female entrepreneur was also realised through the literature review in chapter two
The third secondary objective to identify challenges that female entrepreneurs may face entering and growing their own business ventures was achieved by both the literature review in chapter three and the detailed empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five
The fourth secondary objective to examine current development programmes in a
global context was realised through both chapter twos literature review focusing on
South African development programmes and a detailed description of international good
practices in chapter three
The last secondary objective to suggest practical recommendations to develop women entrepreneurship in the Ekurhuleni district was achieved through the results obtained during the empirical research discussed in chapter four and concluded in chapter five The results of this empirical research led to the development of a women entrepreneurship development framework as represented in section 53 of chapter five Practical recommendations forms part of the framework developed
Trough the achieving of all secondary objectives and the framework discussed in section
53 it can therefore be concluded that the primary objective namely the development of
a contextual strategic framework to enhance women entrepreneurship in Ekurhuleni
were achieved
55 SUGGESTION FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
Forthcoming work can build on this review by focusing on measuring the effectiveness
of programmes and initiative that was implemented due to recommendation issued in
section 53 of this review
114
Furthermore as explained earlier it is imperative that regional statistical agencies chambers of commerce and industry womens organisations and associations research organisations and the municipality should strive for the systematic and frequent collection and analysis of information and data on women in industry with a specific focus on entrepreneurship as to ensure that up to date and relevant programmes are in place to support the female entrepreneurs
56 SUMMARY
The purpose of this chapter was to conclude on the empirical study by compiling a profile of the women entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni A detailed description of the female entrepreneur in Ekurhuleni was given that included the following aspects The biographical information of the female entrepreneur was discussed followed by the structure of female owned businesses within Ekurhuleni The path to ownership was explored as well as the views of the entrepreneurs in regards to the support offered by Ekurhuleni the motivational factors to enter self-employment obstacles faced during the start-up phase obstacles that are currently experienced in daily operations and the support needs of the female entrepreneur
The empirical research resulted in recommendations to women entrepreneurship
development in Ekurhuleni being made That was followed by a critical evaluation of the
study in regards to the achievement of the research objectives Suggestions for future
studies were also recommended
Gender sensitivity of programme design and service delivery is critical Agencies which have a successful record in reaching women are always aware of the characteristics of their female and male clients and the gender-specific barriers affecting their economic participation when designing programmes Thus gender aware needs assessment is a vital tool to good service design and delivery
115
Furthermore developing a supportive environment for womens entrepreneurship is important to womens success This includes helping women to deal with their multiple roles and involving men families and communities (as appropriate) in womens entrepreneurship Support agencies must understand womens goals and objectives in becoming entrepreneurs and work to support those goals Providing for both practical and strategic gender needs is central to womens economic success While not all agencies can work at both levels the experience from developed countries shows that service providers should make an effort to partner with agencies which work to address deeper strategic issues through advocacy and policy change
Therefore an important learning is the need to couple programme actions with policy work In order to make long-term changes in womens ability to participate freely in the economy the socio-cultural constraints on women must be addressed Advocacy work should be directed at policymakers in order to raise their awareness of the important role of women in the economy and the positive effect of economic participation on women and their families
116
BIBLIOGRAPHY
AFFHOLDER J amp BOX DM 2004 Struggles of female entrepreneurs Allied
Academies International Conference Proceedings of the Academy of Entrepreneurship
10(1)
AIDIS R 2003 Entrepreneurship and economic transition Tinbergen Institute
discussion paper pp 5
ALTMAN M 2001 Paths to employment expansion in a minerals economy Urban
Forum Special Issue First International Conference on Employment Creation in
Development 12(3-4) 314
ANNA L CHANDLER G JANSEN E amp MERO N 2000 Women business owners
in traditional and non-traditional industries Journal of Business Venturing 15(3) 279-
303
ARIF M 2008 Definition and introduction of entrepreneurship Shri Ramswaroop
College of Engineering amp Management
AUSTRIAN INSTITUTE FOR SMALL BUSINESS RESEARCH (IFGH) 2002 Good
practices in the promotion of female entrepreneurship Examples from Europe and other
OECD countries Pp 1 - 110
BANERJEE A GALIANI S LEVINSOHN J MCLAREN Z amp WOOLARD I 2007
Why has unemployment risen in the new South Africa [Web]
httpwwwnberorgpapersw13167 [Date of access 20 July 2008]
BARTLETT J E KOTRLIK J W amp HIGGINS C 2001 Organizational research
Determining appropriate sample size for survey research information Technology
Learning and Performance Journal 19(1) 43-50
117
BARUAH S 2005 Entrepreneurship Concept and definition Indian Institute of
Entrepreneurship
BENNETT R amp DANN S 2000 The changing experience of Australian female
entrepreneurs Gender Work and Organization 7(2) 75-83
BERRY A VON BLOTTNITZ M CASSIM R KESPER A RAJARATNAM B amp
VAN SEVENTER D 2002 The economics of SMMES in South Africa Paper presented
at the 2002 Trade and industrial policy strategy conference
BHORAT H 2002 Employment and unemployment trends in Post-Apartheid South
Africa Paper Prepared for the Presidency 10-Year Cabinet Review Process 2nd draft
BHORAT H amp HODGE J 1999 Decomposing shifts in labour demand in South Africa
South African Journal of Economics 67(3) 348-380
BHORAT H amp CASSIM R 2004 The challenge of growth employment and poverty in
the South African economy since democracy An exploratory review of selected issues
Development Southern Africa 21 (1) 7 -31
BODEN R amp NUCCI A 2000 On the survival prospects of mens and womens new
business ventures Journal of Business Venturing 15(4) 347-362
BORGIA D SEGAL G amp SCHOENFELD J 2005 The motivation to become an
entrepreneur College of Business Fort Myers Florida USA
BOTHA M 2006 Measuring the effectiveness of the women entrepreneurship
programme as a training intervention on potential start-up and established women
entrepreneurs in South Africa Pretoria University of Pretoria (Unpublished PhD-
thesis)
118
BRADLEY F amp BOLES K 2003 Female entrepreneurs from ethnic backgrounds An
exploration of motivations and barriers pp 301
BROWN W 2002 Ambition versus action do males and females exhibit conflicting
perspectives of entrepreneurial potential and growth A study among entrepreneurship
students and entrepreneurship graduates before and after start-up Paper presented at
the 25th Institute for Small Business and Entrepreneurship National Small Firms Policy
and Research Conference Competing Perspectives of Small Business and
Entrepreneurship
BRUNI A GHERARDI S amp POGGIO B 2004 Entrepreneur-mentality gender and
the study of women entrepreneurs Journal of Organizational Change Management
17(3) 256-268
BRUSH C CARTER N GATEWOOD E GREENE P amp HART M 2006 Womens
entrepreneurship in the United States
CAMPBELL H 2004 A study of knowledge management strategies as enabled by the
support of asynchronous groupware systems Pretoria University of South Africa
(Unpublished PhD-thesis)
CARREE M ampTHURIK AR 1998 Small firms and economic growth in Europe
Atlantic Economic Journal 26 (2) 137-146
CASALE D amp POSEL D 2002 The continued feminisation of the labour force in South
Africa An analysis of recent data and trends South African Journal of Economics
70(1) 156-184
CASSAR G 2006 Entrepreneur opportunity costs and intended venture growth
Journal of Business Venturing 21 610-632
119
CARTER S ANDERSON S amp SHAW E 2001 Womens business ownership A
review of the academic popular and internet literature Report to the Small Business
Service wwwsbsgovukcontentresearchcarter-reportpaf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
CARTER N GARTNER W SHAVER K amp GATEWOOD E 2003 The career
reasons of nascent entrepreneurs Journal of Business Ventunng 18 13-39
CHANDRA V amp NGANOU J 2001 Obstacles to formal employment creation in South
Africa Evidence from recent firm surveys Paper presented to DPRU Conference
Johannesburg November
CLIFF J 1998 Does one size fit all Exploring the relationship between attitudes
towards growth gender and business size Journal of Business Ventunng 13(6) 523-
542
DE GROOT TU 2001 Women entrepreneurship development in selected African
countries For United Nations Industrial Development Organization Pp 1 -36
DE KLERK GJ amp HAVENGA JJD 2004 SME networks and clusters and their
impact on economic growth An exploratory overview of Africa Potchefstroom Northshy
west University
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY (DTI) 2001 Driving competiveness in
South-Africa The integrated industrial strategy Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE A N D INDUSTRY (DTI) 2004 Ten years of small business
support in South Africa 1994-2004 Pretoria
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Isivande Womens fund [Web]
httpwwwdtiqovzaisivandemainhtm [Date of access 10 September 2008]
120
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 South African Women
Entrepreneurs Network (SAWEN) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzasawensawenmainhtm
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY 2008 Technology for women in business
(TWIB) [Web] httpwwwdtiqovzathedtitwibhtm [Date of access 10 September
2008]
DEVEY R SKINNER C amp VALODIA I 2002 The informal economy in South Africa
who where what and how much Paper presented to the DPRU Conference on Labour
Markets and Poverty in South Africa Johannesburg 22-24 October 2002
DEMARTINO Ramp BARBATO R 2003 Differences Between Women and Men MBA
Entrepreneurs Exploring Family Flexibility and Wealth Creation as Career Motivators
Journal of Business Ventunng 18 815-832
DINING OUT 2008 South African restaurants [Web] httpwwwdining-
outcozaEkurhuleni-Mapasp [Date of access 10 September 2008]
DU RIETZ A amp HENREKSON M 2000 Testing the female underperformance
hypothesis Small Business Economics 14 1-10
ECKEL C amp GROSSMAN P 2002 Sex differences and statistical stereotyping in
attitudes toward financial risk Evolution and Human Behaviour 23(4) 281-295
EDWARDS L 2001 Globalisation and the skills bias of occupational employment in
South Africa South African Journal of Economics 69(1) 40-72
EKURHULENI METROPOLITAN MUNICIPALITY (EMM) 2007 Growth and
development strategy 2025 [Web] httpwwwekurhulenicomcontentview454296
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
121
FREY I 2006 Poverty and unemployment in South Africa National Labour and
Economic Development Institute [Web]
http7wwwnalediorgzadocsPovertv20and20unemployment20in20South20A
frica20Feb202006pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
FOGEL DS 1994 Environments for entrepreneurship development key dimensions
and research implications mmsjribsbs02usersAmeMy
DocumentsDEVELOPMENTEnvironments for entrepreneurship development key
dimensions and research implications_ Company Activities amp Management Company
Structures amp Ownership from AIIBusiness_commht [Date of access 1 October 2008]
GATEWOOD E SHAVER K POWERS J amp GARTNER W 2002 Entrepreneurial
expectancy task effort and performance Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2)
187-206
GEORGELLIS Y amp WALL H 2004 Gender differences in self-employment Working
paper The Federal Reserve Bank of Saint Louis
httpresearchstlouisfedOrgwp19991999-008pdf [Date of access 5 October 2008]
GREENE P HART M GATEWOOD E BRUSH C amp CARTER N 2003 Moving
front and centre An overview of research and theory [Web]
wwwusasbcorgknowledgewhitepapersgreene2003pdf [Date of access 19 March
2008]
GUN DRY L BEN-YOSEPH M amp POSIG M 2002 Contemporary perspectives on
womens entrepreneurship A review and strategic recommendations Journal of
Enterprising Culture 10 (1) 67-86
HISRICH RD PETERS MP amp SHEPHERD DA 2005 Entrepreneurship 6th ed
New York NY McGraw-Hill Irwin
122
HITT MA DACIN TM LEVITAS E ARREGLE JL amp BORZA A 2000 Partner
selection in emerging and developed market contexts resource-based and
organizational learning perspectives Academy of Management Journal 43(3) 449-468
HOGSKOLA M 2008 Female entrepreneurs in Sweden and Thailand Differences and
similarities in Motivation Sweden School of Sustainable Development of Society and
Technology (Unpublished MBA-dissertation)
HUGHES KD 2006 Exploring motivation and success among Canadian women
entrepreneurs America University of Alberta (Unpublished PhD-Thesis)
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR OFFICE (ILO) 2004 Supporting growth-oriented women
entrepreneurs in Ethiopia Kenya amp Tanzania SEED programme Pp 1-113
JALBERT E 2000 Women entrepreneurs in the global economy Pp 55
KANTOR P 2001 Promoting womens entrepreneurship development based on good
to South practice programmes Some experiences from North to South SEED Working
Paper No 9 International Labour Office Geneva
KEH H FOO M amp LIM B 2002 Opportunity evaluation under risky conditions The
cognitive processes of entrepreneurs Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 125-
148
KEPLER E amp SHANE S 2007 Are male and female entrepreneurs really that
different Small business research summary 309(1)
KINGDON G amp KNIGHT J 2005 Unemployment in South Africa 1995-2003 causes
problems and policies Global Poverty Research Group [Web] httpwwwqprqorg
[Date of access 10 September 2008]
123
KLASEN S amp WOOLARD I 1999 Levels trends and consistency of employment and
unemployment figures in South Africa Development Southern Africa 16(1)
KOLLER M 2006 Hysteresis and unemployment in South Africa Bloemfontein
University of the Free State (Dissertation - MCom)
KORUNKA C FRANK H LUEGER M amp MUGLER J 2003 The entrepreneurial
personality in the context of resources environment and the start-up process - A
configurational approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 28(1) 23-42
KOLIRILOFF M 2000 Exploring perceptions of a prior barriers to entrepreneurship A
multidisciplinary approach Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 25(2) 59-80
KUTANI RO amp BAYRAKTAROGLU S 2003 Female entrepreneurs Social feminist
insights for overcoming the barriers Sakarya University The Faculty of Business
Studies Turkey Pp 3
KYRO P 2001 Women entrepreneurs question mens criteria for success
wwwbabsoneduentrepferBabson202001 [Date of access 10 September 2008]
LEWIS JD 2002 Promoting growth and employment in South Africa South African
Journal of Economics 70(5) 725-41
LOCKE EA amp LATHAM GP 1990 A theory of goal setting and task performance
Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall
LOMBARD K 2001 Female self-employment and demand for flexible non-standard
work schedules Economic Inquiry 39(2) 214-237
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2006 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
124
MAAS G amp HERRINGTON M 2007 Global Entrepreneurship Monitor South African
executive report Graduate School of Business University of Cape Town Cape Town
MAHADEA D 2008 The environmental context for SMME entrepreneurship in
Kwazulu-Natal The regulatory environment and its impact on the nature and level of
economic growth and development in South Africa Conference 2008
MARKMAN G BALKIN D amp BARON R 2002 Inventors and new venture formation
The effects of general self-efficacy and regretful thinking Entrepreneurship Theory and
Practice 27(2) 149-166
MARLOW S 1997 Self-employed women new opportunities old challenges
Entrepreneurship amp Regional Development 9(3) 199-211
MAYER M amp ALTMAN M 2005 South Africas economic development trajectory
implications for skills development Journal of Education and Work 18(1) 33-56
MAYOUX L 2001 Jobs gender and small enterprises Getting the policy environment
right - SEED Working Paper No 15 - SEED Working Paper No 15 ILO Geneva
MAYSAMI RC amp GOBY VP 1999 Female business owners in Singapore and
elsewhere A review of studies Journal of Small Business Management 37(2) 96-105
MBOWENI TT 2000 A new monetary policy framework Statement of the Monetary
Policy Committee 6 April SARB [Web] httpwwwreservebankcoza internet
publicationnsf [Date of access 10 September 2008]
MCCLELLAND E SWAIL J BELL J amp IBBOTSON P 2005 Following the pathway
of female entrepreneurs A six-country investigation International Journal of
Entrepreneurial Behavior amp Research 11 (2) 84-107
MCVICAR M amp CRAIG JF 1981 Minding my own business Entrepreneurial women
share their secrets of success New York Richard Marek
MITCHELL R BUSENITZ L LANT T MCDOUGALL P MORSE E amp SMITH J
2002 Toward a theory of entrepreneurial cognition Rethinking the people side of
entrepreneurship research Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 93-104
MOHR P amp FOURIE L 2000 Economics for South African students 2nd ed Pretoria
Van Schaik Publishers
NIEUWENHUIZEN C amp KROON J 2003 The Relationship between financing criteria
and the success factors of entrepreneurs in small and medium enterprises
Development Southern Africa 20 (1)
NTSIKA ENTERPRISE PROMOTION AGENCY 1999 State of small business in South
Africa Policy and Research Division Pretoria
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2004 Promoting entrepreneurship and innovative SMEs in a Global economy Towards
a more responsible and inclusive globalisation Paper read at2n d OECD conference of
ministers responsible for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) Turkey Istanbul
OECD 1998 Women Entrepreneurs in Small and Medium Enterprises OECD Paris
[Web] httpwwwoecdorg [Date of access 8 September 2008]
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT (OECD)
2008 Economic assessment of South Africa 2008 [Web] httpwwwsourceoecdorg
[Date of access 6 June 2008]
OSTENSSON O amp UWIZEYE-MAPENDANO A 2000 Growth and diversification in
mineral economies paper presented at the Regional Workshop for Mineral Economies
in Africa 7-9 November Cape Town South Africa
REVIVO-STEINER M 2006 Women entrepreneurs A growing and promising
phenomenon [Web]
httpyywwwaltassetscomknowledqebankleaminqcurve2006nz9913php [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
ONEILL RC amp VILJOEN L 2001 Support for female entrepreneurs in South Africa
Improvement or decline Journal of Family Ecology and Consumer Sciences 29(1) 37 -
44
RENZULLI L ALDRICH H amp MOODY J 2000 Family matters Gender networks
and entrepreneurial outcomes Social Forces 79(2) 523-546
REYNOLDS PD HAY M BYGRAVE WD CAMP SM AUTIO E 2000 Global
Entrepreneurship Monitor Kauffman Centre for Entrepreneurial Leadership at the Ewing
Marion Kauffman Foundation
RICHARDSON P HOWARTH R amp FINNEGAN G 2004 The Challenges of Growing
Small Businesses Insights from Women Entrepreneurs in Africa SEED Working Paper
No 47
ROGERSON C M 2004 The impact of the South African Governments SMME
Programmes a ten year review (1994-2003) Development Southern Africa 21 (5)
SAMSON M 2000 The macroeconomics of job-creating growth EPRI Research Paper
10 Cape Town Economic Policy Research Institute
SHANE S LOCKE EA amp COLLINS CJ 2003 Entrepreneurial motivation Human
Resource Management Review 13(2) 257-279
127
SANNIKOVA E 2004 Regulatory impediments to enterprise development Mobilizing
womens economic potential International Conference on Reducing Barriers to
Entrepreneurship and Encouraging Enterprise Development Policy Options Salle VII
Palais des Nations 18-19 June 2007 pp 1-13
SHEPHERD D amp KRUEGER N 2002 An intentions-based model of entrepreneurial
teams social cognition Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 167-186
SIGH S REYNOLDSR amp MUHAMMADS 2001 A gender-based performance
analysis of micro and small enterprises in Java Indonesia Journal of Small Business
Management 39 (2) 174-182
SIMMON M amp HOUGHTON S 2002 The relationship among biases misperceptions
and introducing pioneering products examining differences in venture decision contexts
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 27(2) 105-124
SOUTH AFRICA 1996 National Small Business Act 102 of 1996 Government Gazette
377(17612)
SOUTH AFRICA 2004 National Small Business Amendment Bill 26926 of 2004
Government Gazette B23-2004
SOUTH AFRICAN GOVERNMENT 2008 South African government information
[Web] httpwwwinfogovzaissuesqovtprogstarthtm [Date of access 24 April 2008]
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Mid year population estimates July 2008
rWeblhttpwwwstatssaqovzapublicationsP0302P03022008pdf [Date of access 10
September 2008]
128
STATISTICS SOUTH AFRICA 2008 Statistics South Africa 2008 Quarterly labour
force survey (QLFS) Quarter 1 and Quarter 2 rWeb1httpwwwstatssaqovza [Date of
access 10 September 2008]
STATSOFT INC 2008 Statistica (Data Analysis Software System) Vers 8 [Web]
vwvwstatsoftcom [Date of access 16 December 2008]
STRUWIG FW amp STEAD GB 2004 Planning designing and reporting research 3rd
ed Cape Town Pearson Education
TANIGUCHI H 2002 Determinants of womens entry into self-employment Social
Science Quarterly 83(3) 875-894
TAYLOR RR 1988 Exceptional entrepreneurial women Strategies for success New
York NY Quorum Books
TULL DS amp HAWKINS DI 1980 Marketing research Measurement and method 2nd
ed New York NY Macmillan Publishing
UNITED NATIONS 2008 Millennium development goals [Web]
httpwwwunorgrnilleriniumgoals
UNITED NATIONS ECONOMIC COMMISSION FOR EUROPE (UNECE) 2004
Womens self employment and entrepreneurship in the ECE Region Regional
Symposium on Mainstreaming Gender into Economic Policies 28-30 January 2004
UNECE Secretariat Geneva
VERWEY I 2006 Development bank of Southern Africa Case studies on how women entrepreneur in construction experience the entrepreneurial process and manage growth Pp 1-10
129
WALKER C 2003 Piety in the sky gender policy and land reform in South Africa
Journal of Agrarian Change 3(1-2) 113-148
WEILER S amp BERNASEK A 2001 Dodging the glass ceiling Networks and the new
wave of women entrepreneurs The Social Science Journal 3885-103
WRONG DH 2007 Sociology [Web] httpencartamsncom [Date of access 2
February 2008]
ZAHRA SA IRELAND DR GUTIERREZ I amp HITT MA 2000 Privatization and
entrepreneurial transformation emerging issues and a future research agenda
130
Private Bag X6001 Potchefstroom Campus
W^P North-West University BUSINESS SCHOOL Potchefstroom
2520
Code number
APPENDIX A
QUESTIONNAIRE WOMEN ENTREPRENUERSHIP DEVELOPMENT IN
EKURHULENI
CONTACT DETAILS Ame1 Kock
Cell 082 783 0041 E-mail amekockmwebcoza
I9J NORTH-WEST UNIVERSITY YUNIBESIT1 YA BOKONE-BOPHIRIMA NOORDWES-UNIVERSITEIT POTCHEFSTROOM CAMPUS
WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE PLEASE NOTE
This questionnaire must only be completed by women entrepreneurs in the Ekurhuleni District
All information will be treated as STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL and will only be used for academic purposes
Instructions for completion
1 Please answer the questions as objectively and honestly as possible 2 Place a cross (x) in the space provided at each question which reflects your answer the
most accurately Use the following key 1 = Strongly disagree 2 = Disagree 3 = Slightly disagree 4 = Neutral view 5 = Slightly agree 6 = Agree 7 = Strongly agree
Str
ongl
y di
sagr
ee
U)
0) Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
Neu
tral
view
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0)
ltD i_
lt Str
ongl
y ag
ree
B7 Ekurhuleni Municipality is assisting adequately in the needs of especially women entrepreneurs
1 2 3 4 laquo 6 7
It is essential you indicate your choice clearly with a pen
3 Where asked for comments or to express your own opinion keep answers short and to the point
4 Please answer all the questions as this will provide more information to the researcher so that an accurate analysis and interpretation of data can be made
Thank you for your co-operation We hope that you will find the questionnaire interesting and stimulating
l
SECTION A PERSONAL INFORMATION The following information is needed to help us with the statistical analysis of the data for comparisons among different businesses All your responses will be treated confidentially We appreciate your help in providing this important information
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which age group do you fall lt19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
A2 What is your marital status Single Married Divorced Widowed
(01) (02) (03) (04)
Indicate your highest academic qualification
Lower than matric
Matric
Certificate
Diploma (Technical College orTechnicon)
University degree
Postgraduate degree
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the number of children that you have
None
One (1) child
Two (2) children
Three (3) children
Four (4) children
Five (5) children
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
Indicate the age of your children
No children
One (1) to five (5) years
Six (6) to 10 years
1 1 - 1 8 years
18+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
2
A5 Indicate your past experience before self-employment (occupational background)
Unemployed
Self-employed (owned a business)
Worker (administration clerk secretary cashier)
Supervisor (first-line management)
Middle management
Top (executive) management
A6 Indicate the number of years that you are self-employed
Less than one (1) year
1 -3 years
4 - 5 years
6 - 1 0 years
More than 10 years Please specify
3
SECTION B BUSINESS INFORMATION
Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
In which industry does your business operate
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Manufacturing
Construction
Transportdistribution
Accommodation and restaurant (guest houses hotel)
Food industry
Agricultureforest ryfishing
Services (Please specify the type of service)
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
Indicate the legal status of your business (form of business ownership)
Sole proprietorship
Partnership
Close corporation
Company (private)
Company (public)
Business Trust
Not registered
Other (Please specify)
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
What is the age of the business (years)
Please specify
4
B4 Indicate your path to business ownership
Started (founded) the business (01)
Purchase the business (02)
Join the family business (03)
Inherited the business (from the family) (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B5 Indicate your source of start-up funding
Personal savings (01)
Borrowed orgifted(donated) from relative or friend (02)
Householdspouse (03)
Sold previous business (04)
Bank loan (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
B6 Indicate the business premises (from where does the business operates)
From home (home-based) (01)
Central business district (CBD) (02)
Outlying business area (03)
Industrial area (03)
Agriculture land (04)
Other (Please specify) (05)
B7 How many permanent employees are employed by your business
Myself 2-4 5-10 11-25 26-50 51-100 101-200 200+
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
gt
Indicate the turnover (annual sales) that your business generates
Less than R30 000
R30 000 - R50 000
R50 000-R100 000
R100 000-R500 000
R500 000 - R1 million
R1 million - R5 million
R5 million+
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
Did you have any exposure to business in your childhood (ie partents close family friend owned a business)
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes who owned the business (Please specify - ie father mother sibling family friend close friend)
B10 Is the present business the first business that you own Yes (01)
No (02)
If no please indicate what happened to the business previously owned
Went out of business (03)
Still successful (04)
Sold of (05)
Other (Please specify) (06)
6
SECTION C MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS The purpose of this section is to determine which factors drove female entrepreneurs to
enter into their own business ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block with a cross (X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee 0
W Q S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree 0
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
MOTIVATION FOR ENTERING SELF-EMPLOYMENT OR TO START OWN BUSINESS
C1 The need for independence 2 3 4 5 6 7
C2 Need for flexible work schedule 2 3 4 5 6 7
C3 Need for a challenge 2 3 4 5 6 7
C4 Self-fulfilment 2 3 4 5 6 7
C5 To develop my hobby 2 3 4 5 6 7
C6 Role models and other peoples influences (friends amp family members 2 3 4 5 6 7
C7 Redundancy (lost your job retrenchment) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C8 Difficulty finding a job 2 3 4 5 6 7
C9 Dissatisfaction with salaried jobs (job career frustration) 2 3 4 5 6 7
C10 Compatibility with family duties 2 3 4 5 6 7
C11 Insufficient family income 2 3 4 5 6 7
C12 Desire for wealth 2 3 4 5 6 7
C13 Ensure high job security 2 3 4 5 6 7
C14 Entered the family business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C15 Confidence in the productservice offered 2 3 4 5 6 7
C16 Others (Please specify)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD
O) a w a S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree CD
0) i_
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
DEMOGRAPHIC ASPECTS
C17 Ekurhuleni is a source of ambient number of entrepreneurial opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C18 Ekurhuleni has proper policies in place for enhancing women entrepreneurship in the region 2 3 4 5 6 7
C19 The Ekurhuleni region provides ambient network opportunities with other businesses 2 3 4 5 6 7
C20 Ekurhuleni infrastructure (electricity water road network) adequately meet the needs of my business 2 3 4 5 6 7
C21 Ekurhuleni provides excellent base for export opportunities 2 3 4 5 6 7
C22 Other aspects of Ekurhuleni that motivated you in starting your business in this region
8
SECTION D OBSTACLES TOWARDS WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The presence of different institutional financial market and social barriers has for long
discouraged women to start and run their own business and many believe that those barriers
still exist today The purpose of this section is to accumulate a body of knowledge of barriers
that were faced by current female entrepreneurs in entering and running their own business
ventures
Indicate to what extent does you agree or disagree with the statements Mark the applicable block Witha cross(X)
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
CD CD
O )
cgt
b Slig
htly
di
sagr
ee
Neu
tral
view
S
light
ly
agre
e CD CD
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) THAT INHIBIT THE FEMALE ENTREPRENEUR TO START HER OWN BUSINESS
D1 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D2 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D3 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D4 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D5 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D6 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D7 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D8 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D9 Lack of education and training (in general) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D10 Inequality of access to credit (difficultto obtain financing as a female)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D11 Lack of self-confidence 2 3 4 5 6 7
D12 Risk averse (great fear of failure) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D13 Legislative (lack of focussed women entrepreneurship policies from regional municipalities or government)
2 3 4 5 6 7
D14 Other (Please specify)
9
Stro
ngly
di
sagr
ee
U) m b S
light
ly
disa
gree
N
eutra
l vi
ew
Slig
htly
ag
ree (D
a)
lt Stro
ngly
ag
ree
FACTORS (OBSTACLES) YOU ARE FACING CURRENTLY IN RUNNING YOUR BUSINESS
D15 Inter role conflict (workhome conflict) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D16 Family pressures (gender-role expectations) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D17 AwarenessAccess to business support 2 3 4 5 6 7
D18 Lack of timely business information 2 3 4 5 6 7
D19 Lack of female role models 2 3 4 5 6 7
D20 Isolation from business network 2 3 4 5 6 7
D21 Socio-cultural environment (lack of respect from male community and stereotype) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D22 Lack of business management skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D23 Liquidity and other financial problems 2 3 4 5 6 7
D24 Gaining acceptancerespect of people (internally and externally) 2 3 4 5 6 7
D25 No timefortrainingupgrading of skills 2 3 4 5 6 7
D26 Other (Please specify)
SECTION E DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF ENTREPRENEURS Mark the applicable block with a cross (X) Complete the applicable information
Have you ever been trained or developed by either a government agency or the private sector
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes name the institution
Indicate the type of training that you received
Technical skills (ie hand crafting)
Communication skills
Accounting skills
Management skills
Technological skills (computers)
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
Do you know any organisation which is specifically established for women entrepreneurs
Yes (01)
No (02)
If yes what is the name of that organisation
How does the organisation helps to develop women entrepreneurs in their activities (Choose one or more)
Provides education and training
Provides financial assistance
Supportsenables networking with other women entrepreneurs
Provides accessexposure to motivational speakersrole models
Provides business information
Other (Please specify)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
11
Indicate your specific needs (Choose one or more)
Financial support
Trainingknowledgeskills
Tools equipment machinery
Business advice information counselling mentoring
Marketing support
Suitable business premises
Growth Support
Technical support
Psychological support
Networking with other business owners
Infrastructure (roads telephone electricity)
Legal support
Women entrepreneurship specific based policies for the area
Other (Please specify)
THANK YOU FOR YOUR TIME
12